Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Root Search
li has 3 results
        Root Word (Pāṇini Dhātupāṭha:)Full Root MarkerSenseClassSutra
√līdravīkaraṇe10205
√līśleṣaṇe933
√līśleṣaṇe430
 
 
li has 3 results
Root WordIAST MeaningMonier Williams PageClass
√लीadhering, melting / śleṣaṇa1104/2Cl.9
√लीsticking or adhering firmly to, clinging to / śleṣaṇa1104/2Cl.4
√लीmelting / travīkaraṇa501/1Cl.10
Amarakosha Search
150 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
adhobhuvanamNeuterSingularpātālam, balisadma, rasātalam, nāgalokaḥa festival
ādram3.1.105MasculineSingularuttam, sāndram, klinnam, timitam, stimitam, samunnam
ajñaḥ3.1.47MasculineSingularliśaḥ, mūḍhaḥ, yathājātaḥ, mūrkhaḥ, vaidheyaḥ
ākrandaḥ3.3.97MasculineSingularvṛṣāṅgam, prādhānyam, rājaliṅgam
aṅkyaḥ1.7.5MasculineSingularāliṅgyaḥ, ūrdhvakaḥdrum, a synonm of mridanga
antikā2.9.29FeminineSingularuddhānam, adhiśryaṇī, culli, aśmantam
āpaḥ1.10.3-4FemininePluralsalilam, payaḥ, jīvanam, kabandham, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, nīram, śambaram, vāḥ, kamalam, kīlālam, bhuvanam, udakam, sarvatomukham, toyaḥ, kṣīram, meghapuṣpam, vāri, jalam, amṛtam, vanam, pāthaḥ, ambhaḥ, pānīyam, ambu, ghanarasaḥwater
āpakvam2.9.47NeuterSingular‍pauli, abhyūṣaḥ
āpūpikam2.4.40NeuterSingularśāṣkulikam
arālam3.1.70MasculineSingularbhugnam, natam, jihmam, vakram, kuṭilam, kuñcitam, vṛjinam, vellitam, āviddham, ūrmimat
avalgujaḥMasculineSingularvākucī, somarājī, pūtaphalī, suvalli, somavalli, kālameśī, kṛṣṇaphalā
baddhaḥ3.1.41MasculineSingularlitaḥ, saṃyataḥ
bāḍham3.3.50NeuterSingularbalisutaḥ, śaraḥ
balabhadraḥ1.1.23-24MasculineSingularbaladevaḥ, balaḥ, saṅkarṣaṇaḥ, tālāṅkaḥ, halāyudhaḥ, revatīramaṇaḥ, pralambaghnaḥ, lindībhedanaḥ, halī, rauhiṇeyaḥ, kāmapālaḥ, acyutāgrajaḥ, ānakadundubhiḥ, sīrapāṇiḥ, musalī, nīlāmbaraḥ, rāmaḥbalaram
balinaḥ2.6.45MasculineSingularbalibhaḥ
bhakṣitaḥMasculineSingularglastam, annam, khāditam, liptam, bhuktam, grastam, abhyavahṛtam, gilitam, carvitam, aśitam, jagdham, psātam, pratyasitam
bhṛṅgārī2.5.30FeminineSingularcīrukā, cīrī, jhilli
caurakaḥ2.10.24MasculineSingularparāskandī, taskaraḥ, aikāgārikaḥ, ‍‌pratirodhī, dasyuḥ, malimlucaḥ, ‍‍‍pāṭaccaraḥ, moṣakaḥ, stenaḥ
dharmadhvajī2.7.58MasculineSingularliṅgavṛttiḥ
digdhaḥ2.8.90MasculineSingular‍viṣāktaḥ, liptakaḥ
digdhaliptahaḥ3.1.89MasculineSingularliptam
dohadam1.7.27NeuterSingularabhilāṣaḥ, lipsā, īhā, icchā, kāmaḥ, vāñchā, spṛhā, tarpaḥ, manorathaḥ, tṛṭ, kāṅkṣādesire or longing
dravaḥ1.7.32MasculineSingularkrīḍā, khelā, narma, keli, parīhāsaḥdalliance or blandishnment
gandharvaḥ3.3.140MasculineSingularśiśuḥ, liśaḥ
gaṇikā3.3.22FeminineSingularbāṇaḥ, ali
gantrī2.8.53FeminineSingularkambalivāhyakam
garbhāgāramNeuterSingularvāsagṛham, pānīyaśāli
golīḍhaḥ2.4.39MasculineSingularjhāṭalaḥ, ghaṇṭāpāṭali, mokṣaḥ, muṣkakaḥ
gonasaḥ1.8.4MasculineSingulartilitsaḥthe king of snakes
hlādinīFeminineSingulardambholi, śatakoṭiḥ, kuliśam, śambaḥ, paviḥ, vajram, aśaniḥ, svaruḥ, bhiduramthe thunderbolt of indra
jagatī3.3.78FeminineSingularyoniḥ, liṅgam
jyautsnīFeminineSingularjālī, paṭoli
kākaḥ2.5.22MasculineSingularcirañjīvī, parabhṛt, sakṛtprajaḥ, karaṭaḥ, maukuli, vāyasaḥ, ātmaghoṣaḥ, balipuṣṭaḥ, ekadṛṣṭiḥ, balibhuk, dhvāṅkṣaḥ, ariṣṭaḥ
kalkaḥ3.3.14MasculineSingularkarṇabhūṣaṇam, karihastaḥ, aṅguli, padmabījakośī
kamaṭhī1.10.24FeminineSingulardulia female turtle
karaḥ2.8.27MasculineSingularbhāgadheyaḥ, bali
kaṭam2.9.27MasculineSingularkiliñjakaḥ
kiṃśāruḥ3.3.171MasculineSingularbali, hastaḥ, aṃśuḥ
kliṣṭaḥ3.1.97MasculineSingularkliśitaḥ
koṇaḥ2.8.95MasculineSingularli, aśri, koṭiḥ
kṣayaḥ3.3.153MasculineSingularpuṣyaḥ, kaliyugam
kulastrī2.6.7FeminineSingularkulapāli
kuṭajaḥ2.2.66MasculineSingulargirimalli, śakraḥ, vatsakaḥ
lakṣma3.3.131NeuterSingularsalilam, kānanam
lakucaḥ2.2.60MasculineSingularlikucaḥ, ḍihuḥ
lalāṭam2.6.93NeuterSingularalikam, godhiḥ
lekhakaḥ2.8.15MasculineSingularakṣaracaṇaḥ, akṣaracuñcuḥ, lipiṃkaraḥ
likṣā3.5.10FeminineSingular
liṅgam3.3.30NeuterSingularvṛndaḥ, ambhasāṃrayaḥ
lipiḥ2.8.15FeminineSingularlibiḥ
madhuvrataḥ2.5.31MasculineSingularbhramaraḥ, puṣpali, madhupaḥ, ṣaṭpadaḥ, dvirephaḥ, madhuli, ali, bhṛṅgaḥ, alī, madhukaraḥ
mālākāraḥ2.10.5MasculineSingularlikaḥ
malīmasam3.1.54MasculineSingularmalinam, kaccaram, maladūṣitam
mūrkhaḥ3.3.112MasculineSingularlipsā, upagrahaḥ
mūrvāFeminineSingulargokarṇī, sruvā, madhurasā, madhuśreṇī, tejanī, devī, pīluparṇī, madhūli, moraṭā
musalīFeminineSingulartālamūli
nadī1.10.29-30FeminineSingularkūlaṅkaṣā, sravantī, dhunī, śaivali, rodhovakrā, apagā, dvīpavatī, hradinī, taraṅgiṇī, nirjhariṇī, nimnagā, srotasvatī, taḍinī, sarit, sarasvatīa river
nalamīnaḥMasculineSingularcilicimaḥsort of spart(one kind of fish)
nīlīFeminineSingulardolā, śrīphalī, grāmīṇā, droṇī, rañjnī, klītakikā, li, tutthā, madhuparṇikā, kālā
nīpaḥMasculineSingularpriyakaḥ, kadambaḥ, halipriyaḥ
padmam1.10.39-40MasculineSingularpaṅkeruham, kamalam, aravindam, rājīvam, sārasam, kuśeśayam, sahasrapattram, nalinam, ambhoruham, bisaprasūnam, tāmarasam, śatapattram, mahotpalam, puṣkaram, sarasīruhama lotus
pākhaṇḍā2.7.49MasculineSingularsarvaliṅgī
patralekhā2.6.123FeminineSingularpattrāṅguli
phalavānMasculineSingularphalinaḥ, phalī
picchilā2.2.46FeminineSingularmocā, sthirāyuḥ, śālmali, pūraṇī
pīluḥ3.3.201MasculineSingularprāṇyaṅgajābali, karaḥ, upahāraḥ
piśunaḥ3.3.134MasculineSingularparicchedaḥ, paryuptaḥ, salilasthitaḥ
pracakram2.8.97NeuterSingularcalitam
praghāṇaḥ2.2.12MasculineSingularalindaḥ, praghaṇaḥ
praiṣaḥ3.3.227MasculineSingularcakram, vyavahāraḥ, kali, indriyam, drumaḥ, dyūtāṅgam, karṣaḥ
prakīryaḥ2.2.48MasculineSingularpūtikarajaḥ, pūtikaḥ, kalimārakaḥ
pravalhikā1.6.6FeminineSingularpraheliriddle/ name of the atharvaveda
rajasvalā2.6.20FeminineSingularātreyī, mali, puṣpavatī, ṛtumatī, strīdharmiṇī, udakyā, aviḥ
rocanaḥ2.2.47MasculineSingularkūṭaśālmali
sakhī2.6.12FeminineSingularāli, vayasyā
śakrapādapaḥ2.2.53MasculineSingulardevadāru, bhadradāru, drukilimam, pītadāru, dāru, pūtikāṣṭham, pāribhadrakaḥ
saṃkulamMasculineSingularkliṣṭam, parasparaparāhṛtaminconsistent
saṅgūḍhaḥ3.1.92MasculineSingularsaṅkalitaḥ
saptalāFeminineSingularnavamāli
sarpaḥ1.8.6-8MasculineSingulardvirasanaḥ, kumbhīnasaḥ, bhogadharaḥ, bhujaṅgaḥ, āśīviṣaḥ, vyālaḥ, gūḍhapāt, phaṇī, dandaśūkaḥ, pannagaḥ, pavanāśanaḥ, gokarṇaḥ, phaṇadharaḥ, pṛdākuḥ, ahiḥ, viṣadharaḥ, sarīsṛpaḥ, cakṣuḥśravā, darvīkaraḥ, bileśayaḥ, bhogī, lelihānaḥ, kañcukī, hariḥ, bhujagaḥ, bhujaṅgamaḥ, cakrī, kuṇḍalī, kākodaraḥ, dīrghapṛṣṭhaḥ, uragaḥ, jihvagaḥa snake or serpent
śephāliFeminineSingularli, suvahā, nirguṇḍī
setuḥMasculineSingularāli
srastam3.1.104MasculineSingularpannam, cyutam, galitam, dhvastam, bhraṣṭam, skannam
surā2.10.39FeminineSingularva‍ruṇātmajā, halipriyā, madyam, pari‍srutā, prasannā, para‍srut, kaśyam, ‍‍kādambarī, gandhokṣamā, hālā, madirā, irā
śyāmā2.2.55FeminineSingulargovandanī, priyakaḥ, viśvaksenā, priyaṅguḥ, latā, kārambhā, phalā, gundrā, mahilāhvayā, gandhaphalī, phali
śyāmāFeminineSingularlindī, suṣeṇikā, kālā, masūravidalā, ardhacandrā, kālameṣikā
titinḍī2.2.43FeminineSingularciñcā, ambli
tṛṇaśūnyamNeuterSingularmalli, bhūpadī, śītabhīruḥ
utkaṇṭhāFeminineSingularutkaliuneasiness in general
‍vellitaḥ3.1.86MasculineSingularpreṅkhitaḥ, ādhūtaḥ, calitaḥ, ākampitaḥ, dhutaḥ
vibhītakaḥ2.2.57MasculineSingulartuṣaḥ, karṣaphalaḥ, bhūtāvāsaḥ, kalidrumaḥ, akṣaḥ
viśalyāFeminineSingularagniśikhā, anantā, phali, śakrapuṣpī
viṣavaidyaḥMasculineSingularjāṅgulikaḥa dealer in antidotes
viṣṇuḥ1.1.18-21MasculineSingularadhokṣajaḥ, vidhuḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, svabhūḥ, govindaḥ, acyutaḥ, janārdanaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, madhuripuḥ, devakīnandanaḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, kaṃsārātiḥ, kaiṭabhajit, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, dāmodaraḥ, mādhavaḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, viśvaksenaḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, trivikramaḥ, śrīpatiḥ, balidhvaṃsī, viśvambharaḥ, śrīvatsalāñchanaḥ, narakāntakaḥ, mukundaḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, keśavaḥ, daityāriḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, śārṅgī, upendraḥ, caturbhujaḥ, vāsudevaḥ, śauriḥ, vanamālī(45)vishnu, the god
vīthīFeminineSingularāli, āvali, paṅktiḥ, śreṇī
vṛddhā2.6.12FeminineSingularpa‍liknī
vṛṣabhedaḥ2.9.65MasculineSingularlikaḥ
vṛścikaḥ2.2.15MasculineSingularali, druṇaḥ
yuddham2.8.107NeuterSingularāyodhanam, pravidāraṇam, saṃkhyam, ‍samaraḥ, kalahaḥ, abhisaṃpātaḥ, saṃyogaḥ, saṃgrāmaḥ, ‍saṃyat, samit, janyam, mṛdham, samīkam, a‍nīkaḥ, ‍vigrahaḥ, kaṃli, abhyāmardaḥ, āhavaḥ, ‍samitiḥ, yut, pradhanam, āskandanam, ‍sāṃparāthikam, raṇaḥ, saṃprahāraḥ, saṃsphoṭaḥ, ‍samāghātaḥ, samudāyaḥ, ājiḥ
mātali1.1.47MasculineSingularthe charioter of indra
sphulliṅgaḥMasculineSingularagnikaṇaḥa spark of fire
matalliFeminineSingularuddhaḥ, tallajaḥ, macarcikā, prakāṇḍamexcellence or happiness
mliṣṭamMasculineSingularavispaṣṭaman indistinct speech
pulinamNeuterSingularone formed by alluvion
baliśam1.10.16NeuterSingularmatsyavedhanamgoad
lindīFeminineSingularśamanasvasā, sūryatanayā, yamunāyamuna(river)
naliFeminineSingularbisinī, padminīan assemblage of lotus flowers
kapotapāli2.2.15FeminineSingularviṭaṅkam
kaliFeminineSingularkorakaḥ
pāṭali2.2.54MasculineSingularkuberākṣī, pāṭalā, amoghā, kācasthālī, phaleruhā, kṛṣṇavṛntā
kaliṅgam2.2.67NeuterSingularindrayavam, bhadrayavam
śephāliFeminineSingularli, suvahā, nirguṇḍī
lāṅgaliFeminineSingularagniśikhā
kaliṅgaḥ2.5.18MasculineSingulardhūmyāṭaḥ, bhṛṅgaḥ
mallikākṣaḥMasculineSingular
litam2.6.41NeuterSingular
balinaḥ2.6.45MasculineSingularbalibhaḥ
valiraḥ2.6.49MasculineSingularkekaraḥ
klinnākṣaḥ2.6.60MasculineSingularcullaḥ, cillaḥ, pillaḥ
añjali2.6.86MasculineSingular
aṅgulimudrā2.6.109FeminineSingular
li2.8.39FeminineSingular
karavāli2.8.92FeminineSingularīlī
vaitālikaḥ2.8.98MasculineSingularbodhakaraḥ
dhūli2.8.101FeminineSingularreṇuḥ, pāṃśuḥ, rajaḥ
skhalitam2.8.110NeuterSingularchalam
aliñjaraḥ2.9.31MasculineSingularmaṇikaḥ
likaḥ2.10.14MasculineSingular‍vāgurikaḥ
pāñcāli2.10.29FeminineSingular‍‍‍putrikā
cāṇḍāli2.10.32FeminineSingularkāṇḍolavīṇā, caṇḍālavallakī
li2.10.33FeminineSingulareṣikā
kalilam3.1.84MasculineSingulargahanam
‍vellitaḥ3.1.86MasculineSingularpreṅkhitaḥ, ādhūtaḥ, calitaḥ, ākampitaḥ, dhutaḥ
digdhaliptahaḥ3.1.89MasculineSingularliptam
kliṣṭaḥ3.1.97MasculineSingularkliśitaḥ
īlitaśaḥMasculineSingularvarṇitam, paṇitam, paṇāyim, īḍitam, gīrṇam, praṇum, śastam, abhiṣṭutam, panitam, panāyim, stutam
khali2.4.42FeminineSingularkhalyā, svargaḥ, ākāśaḥ
kali3.3.15FeminineSingulardāmbhikaḥ, adūreritākṣaḥ
likaḥ3.3.20MasculineSingularkariṇī
kali3.3.21FeminineSingulardarpaḥ, aśmadāraṇī
talinam3.3.134MasculineSingularaparāddhaḥ, abhigrastaḥ, vyāpadgataḥ
mauli3.3.201Ubhaya-lingaSingularprāvāraḥ
kali3.3.202MasculineSingularvātyā, vātāsahaḥ
bali3.3.203MasculineSingularāyudham, ruk
li3.3.204FeminineSingularvilāsaḥ, kriyā
āli3.3.206FeminineSingularśoṇitam, ambhaḥ
liśaḥ3.3.226MasculineSingularpragraham, raśmiḥ
śeफ़ाli3.5.7FeminineSingular
pipīli3.5.8FeminineSingular
jhāṭali3.5.38Ubhaya-lingaSingular
Monier-Williams Search
5095 results for li
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
लिm. (only ;perhaps connected with -) weariness, fatigue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिm. loss, destruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिm. end, term View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिm. equality, sameness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिm. a bracelet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिm. (in gram.) abbreviated form of, liṅga- (See li-dhu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिबिSee livi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिबि libī- See livi-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिबुजाf. a creeping plant, creeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिच्छविor licchivi- m. Name of a regal race (according to to "the son of a kṣatriya- vrātya- and a kṣatriyā-") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिधु(in gram.) a term for nominal verbs (abbreviated from liṅga-,"the crude base or stem of a noun", and dhātu-,"a root") n. 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिगीSee -- and v/i-ligī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिगुn. ( lag-?) the mind, heart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिगुm. a fool, blockhead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिगुm. a deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिगुm. equals bhū-pradeśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिगुm. Name of a man gaRa nadādi- and gargādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिह् (later form of rih-) cl.2 P. A1. () leḍhi-, līḍhe- (Epic also lihati-; perfect tense lileha-, lilihe- grammar; future leḍhā-, lekṣyati-, te- ; Aorist alikṣat-, alikṣata-and alīḍha- ; infinitive mood leḍhum- ; ind.p. līḍhvā- ) to lick, lap, lick at (locative case), taste, sip, take any food by licking or lapping etc. ; to lick up = destroy (said of an arrow) ; Causal leh/ayati- (Aorist alīlihat-), to cause to lick ; to apply as an electuary : Desiderative lilikṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive lelihyati-, leleḍhi- (parasmE-pada lelihat- hyat-, hyamana-or hāna- q.v), to lick frequently or constantly, play with the tongue [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin lingo; Slavonic or Slavonian liz5ati; Lithuanian le14z3ti; German le0ccho7n,lecken; Anglo-Saxon liccian; English lick.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिह्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') licking (see madhu-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिह्mfn. perceiving (nayanayoḥ-"in the eyes") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिह्m. mild wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिह(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') "licking"or"being licked" (See abhraṃ-l-and go-l-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिख् (confer, compare the earlier form rikh-) cl.6 P. () likh/ati- (rarely A1. te-; perfect tense lil/ekha- etc.; Aorist alekhīt- ; future lekhitā-, lekhiṣyati- grammar; likhiṣyati- ; infinitive mood lekhitum-,or likhitum- grammar; ind.p. lekhitvā- ; likhitvā- ; -l/ikhya- etc.) , to scratch, scrape, furrow, tear up (the ground) etc. ; to pick, peck (said of birds). ; to scarify, lance ; to produce by scratching etc., draw a line (with or scilicet lekhām-), engrave, inscribe, write, copy, trace, sketch, delineate, paint etc. ; to make smooth, polish ; to graze, touch ; to unite sexually with a female(?) () : Passive voice likhyate- (Aorist alekhi-), to be written : Causal lekhayati- (or likhāpayati-; Aorist alīlikhat-), to cause to scratch or write or copy or paint etc. ; to scratch, lance ; to write, paint : Desiderative lilikhiṣati- or lilekhiṣati- [ confer, compare Greek ; Lithuanian re14kti,"to cut."] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखmfn. scratching, writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखmfn. a writer etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखनn. the act of scratching, furrowing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखनn. writing, inscribing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखनn. scarifying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखनn. a written document View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखिखिल्ल(?) m. a peacock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितmfn. scratched, scraped, scarified etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितmfn. written (= mentioned ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितmfn. drawn, delineated, sketched, painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितm. Name of a ṛṣi- and author of a work on law (frequently mentioned together with śaṅkha- q.v). () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितm. Name of śaṅkha-'s brother (whose hands were cut off by king su-dyumna- as a punishment for having eaten some fruit in śaṅkha-'s hermitage without leave, described in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितn. a writing, written document, scripture () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितपाठm. the reading of written words, learning from books View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितपाठकm. one who reads from manuscript
लिखितरुद्रm. Name of a grammarian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितस्मृतिf. Name of a law-book (see above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितत्वn. the condition of being written down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितव्यmfn. to be painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिखितृm. a painter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिख्यm. and f(ā-). idem or 'f. equals likṣā-, a nit ' (also a measure of weight) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिख्यSee column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिक्षाf. (also written likkā-) a nit, young louse, the egg of a louse (as a measure of weight = 8 trasa-reṇu-s) (m. Calcutta edition also likṣa- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिक्षिकाf. equals likṣā-, a nit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिकुचm. equals lakuca-, Artocarpus Lacucha View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिकुचn. vinegar. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिकुचिm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिलक्षयिषितmfn. (fr. Desiderative of laksh-, lakṣayati-) wished or intended to be indicated, had in view, meant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिम्बभट्टm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिम्पm. smearing, anointing plastering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिम्पm. Name of one of śiva-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिम्प pi- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिम्पाकm. an ass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिम्पाकm. a citron or lime tree (n. its fruit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिम्पटmfn. libidinous, lustful, lecherous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिम्पटm. a libertine (see Ia, lampaṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिम्पिf. equals lipi-, a writing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्(in gram.) Name of the terminations of the Potential and Precative Moods or Name of those Moods themselves (the Precative being usually distinguished by the fuller term liṅ āśiṣi-,or āśir-lin-; see under 1. la-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङर्थवाद m. "explanation of the sense of liṅ-", Name of grammatical treatises. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङर्थविचारm. "explanation of the sense of liṅ-", Name of grammatical treatises. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिन्दुmfn. equals picchala-, slimy, slippery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिन्दुमm. a particular fragrant substance, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्ग् (see ā-- liṅg-) cl.1 P. liṅgati-, to go ; cl.10 P. liṅgayati-, to paint, variegate (citrī-karaṇe-) ; to change or inflect a noun according to its gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. (once m.in ; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).,f(ī-).only in viṣṇu-liṅgī-;prob. fr. lag-; see lakṣa-, lakṣaṇa-) a mark, spot, sign, token, badge, emblem, characteristic (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' equals tal-liṅga-,"having anything for a mark or sign") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. any assumed or false badge or mark, guise, disguise etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. a proof, evidence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. a sign of guilt, corpus delicti View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. the sign of gender or sex, organ of generation etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. the male organ or Phallus (especially that of śiva- worshipped in the form of a stone or marble column which generally rises out of a yoni-, q.v,and is set up in temples dedicated to śiva-;formerly 12 principal śiva-liṅga-s existed, of which the best known are soma-nātha- in Gujarat, mahā-kāla- at ujjayinī-, viśveśvara- at Benares etc.;but the number of liṅga-s in India is estimated at 30 millions ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. gender (in gram.; see puṃ-l-), Prst. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. the image of a god, an idol View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. (in logic) equals vyāpya-, the invariable mark which proves the existence of anything in an object (as in the proposition"there is fire because there is smoke" , smoke is the liṅga-; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. inference, conclusion, reason (see kāvya-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. equals liṅgaśarīra- (in vedānta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. anything having an origin and therefore liable to be destroyed again View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. equals ākāśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. (in sāṃkhya-) equals prakṛti- or pradhāna-,"the eternal procreative germ"
लिङ्गn. equals vyakta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. see View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. equals prātipadika-, the crude base or uninflected stem of a noun (shortened into li-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. (in rhetoric) an indication (word that serves to fix the meaning of another word; exempli gratia, 'for example' in the passage kupito makara-dhvajaḥ-the word kupita-restricts the meaning of makara-dhvaja-to " kāma-") equals liṅga-purāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. the order of the religious student View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गn. a symptom, mark of disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गभाषापुराणn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गभट्टm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गभट्टीयn. Name of work (written also liṅgābh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गाभट्टीयn. Name of work (see liṅnga-bh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गचरणभाष्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गदेहm. n. the subtle body (See liṅga-above and liṅga-śarīra-below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गधरmfn. (ifc.) wearing or having marks or mere marks, having the mere appearance of. simulating anything (mithyā-l-wearing false marks, a hypocrite; see suhṛl-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गधारणmfn. wearing a badge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गधारणn. the act of wearing a badge or any characteristic mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गधारणचन्द्रिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गधारणदीपिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गधारिन्mfn. wearing a badge. wearing the liṅga- of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गधारिन्m. equals -vat- m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गधारिणीf. Name of dākṣāyaṇī- in naimiṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गादिप्रतिष्ठाविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गदुर्भेदName of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गद्वादशव्रतn. a particular religious ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गागमतन्त्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गाग्रn. the end or glans of the penis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गगुण्टमरामm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गहनीf. Sanseviera Roxburghiana View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गजm. (mucus) secreted on the penis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गजाf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गज्येष्ठm. (in sāṃkhya-) the great principle or intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गकmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गकm. Feroma Elephantum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गकारणतापूर्वपक्षरहस्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गकारणतासिद्धान्तरहस्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गकारणतावादm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गकारणवादm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गकारिकाf. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गकारिकावृत्तिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गकॢप्तmfn. having the right mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गलेपm. a particular disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गालिकाf. a kind of mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गलीलाविलासचरित्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गमाहात्म्यn. Name of a section of several purāṇa-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गमाहात्म्यदीपिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गमात्रn. the intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गमूर्तिmfn. (represented) in the form of a Phallus (said of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गनn. equals ā-liṅgana-, embracing, an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गनाशm. loss of what is characteristic or of the real essence () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गनाशm. a particular disease of the eyes (loss of vision from cataract etc., considered to be a discolouration of the pupil) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गनाशm. loss of the penis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गनिर्णयm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गनिर्णयभूषणn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गानुशासनn. the doctrine or laws of grammatical gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गानुशासनn. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गानुशासनवृत्तिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गपरामर्शm. (in logic) the groping after or seeking for a sign or token, the inference drawn from an invariable sign or characteristic (exempli gratia, 'for example' as of the existence of fire from smoke) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गपीठn. the pedestal of a śiva--Phallus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गप्रकाशm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गप्रतिष्ठाf. the setting up or consecration of a Phallus of śiva- (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गप्रतिष्ठाf. Name of several works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गप्रतिष्ठापद्धह्तिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गप्रतिष्ठाविधिm. rules for setting up a Phallus of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गपूजापद्धतिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गपूजाफलn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गपूजोद्यापनn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गपुराणn. Name of one of the 18 purāṇa-s (in which śiva-, supposed to be present in the agniliṅga- or great fiery liṅga-, gives an account of the creation etc. as well as of his own incarnations in opposition to those of viṣṇu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गार्चनn. worship of the Phallus of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गार्चनचन्द्रिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गार्चनतन्त्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गार्चाप्रतिष्ठाविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गार्शस्n. a particular disease of the genital organs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गसम्भूताf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गशरीरn. the subtle body which accompanies the individual spirit or soul in all its transmigrations and is not destroyed by death (it is also called sūkṣma-ś- q.v,and since it is the sign and accompaniment of individuality it can never perish till the individualized soul is finally merged in the Universal) () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गशास्त्रn. a grammatical treatise on gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गशास्त्रn. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गशोफm. swelling on the penis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गाष्टकn. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गस्थm. a religious student ()
लिङ्गतस्ind. from a mark or sign, according to marks etc. (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गतोभद्रn. a particular magical circle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गतोभद्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गतोभद्रकारिकाf. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गतोभद्रलक्षणn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गतोभद्रप्रयोगm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गत्वn. the state of being a mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवादm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवर्धनmfn. causing erections of the male organ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवर्धनm. Feronia Elephantum (also -vardha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवर्धिन्mfn. causing erections View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवर्धिणीf. Achyranthes Aspera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवर्तिf. a particular disease of the genital organs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवत्mfn. having marks, containing a characteristic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवत्mfn. having various sexes or genders View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवत्mfn. having or wearing a small model of the Phallus of śiva- in a casket suspended round the neck View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवत्m. Name of a particular śaiva- sect who so wear the Phallus (commonly called Lingaits and sometimes jaṅgama-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवेदीf. the pedestal of a śiva--Phallus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गविपर्ययm. change of gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गविसेषणn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गविशेषविधिm. rules for the different genders, Name of a grammatical treatise. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवृत्तिmfn. making a livelihood by false appearance or assumed outward marks, hypocritical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवृत्तिm. a religious hypocrite, one who assumes the dress etc. of an ascetic to gain a livelihood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गवृत्तिf. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गयसूरिm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिकाf. (ikā-) a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिकand liṅgita- n. lameness (prob. wrong reading for laṅgika-, gita-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्mfn. having a mark or sign, wearing a distinguishing mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having the marks or appearance of, characterized by etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्mfn. bearing false marks or signs, a hypocrite, (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') only having the appearance or acting the part of (see dvija-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्mfn. having a right to wear signs or badges, one whose external appearance corresponds, with his inner character View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्mfn. having a subtle body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्m. a Brahman of a particular order, religious student, ascetic etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्m. plural "possessing or furnished with a liṅga-", Name of a śaiva- sect (See liṅga-vat-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्m. "sustaining the liṅga- or pradhāna-", Name of parameśvara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्m. (in logic) equals -vyāpaka-, that which possesses an invariable characteristic mark (as in the proposition"there is fire because there is smoke" , fire is the liṅgin-; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्m. original source or germ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्m. an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिन्m. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिनीf. a female ascetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गिवेषm. (fr. liṅgin-+ v-) the dress or the insignia of a religious student View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गोद्धारm. the excision or removal of the male organ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गोपदंशm. equals liṅgārśas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गोपधानवादार्थf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गोपहितलैङ्गिकभाननिरासरहस्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गोपहितलैङ्गिकभानविचारm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गोपहितलैङ्गिकवादार्थm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गोपनिषद्f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्गोत्पत्तिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्ग्यind. = ā-liṅgya-2, having embraced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्कवाराहतीर्थn. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिङ्ख् (see lakh-, laṅkh-) cl.1 P. liṅkhati-, to go, move View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप् (cf rip-) cl.6.1.P. A1. () limp/ati-, te- (perfect tense lilepa-. etc.; Aorist alipat- ; alispata-, alipta- grammar; -alipsata- ; future lepta1-, lepsyati-, te- grammar; infinitive mood leptum- ; ind.p. -lipya- etc.) , to smear, besmear, anoint with (instrumental case), stain, soil, taint, pollute, defile etc. ; to inflame, kindle, burn : Passive voice lipyate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist alepi-), to be smeared etc. ; to be attached to (locative case), stick, adhere : ; Causal lepayati- (Aorist alīlipat-), to cause to smear etc. ; to smear or anoint anything (accusative) with (instrumental case) or on (locative case) ; to cover ; to cast blame on any one ; (limpayati-), to smear anything (accusative) with (instrumental case): Desiderative lilipsati-, te- grammar : Intensive leliyate-, lelepti- [ confer, compare Greek , Latin lippus; Lithuanian li4pti; Gothic bileiban; Germ,bili4ian,bli7ben,bleiben,leben,Leib; Anglo-Saxon libban; English live,life.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपm. smearing, anointing, plastering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिf. (according to to also lipī-) smearing, anointing etc. (See -kara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिf. painting, drawing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिf. writing, letters, alphabet, art or manner of writing
लिपिf. anything written, manuscript, inscription, letter, document View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिf. outward appearance (lipim-āp-,with genitive case,"to assume the appearance of"; citrāṃ lipiṃ- -,"to decorate beautifully") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिज्ञmfn. one who can write View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिज्ञानn. the science or art of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिकm. a scribe, clerk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिकाf. lipi-, a writing, written paper etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिकरm. an anointer, whitewasher, plasterer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिकरm. a writer, scribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिकरm. an engraver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिकारm. a writer, scribe, copyist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिकर्मन्n. drawing, painting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिकर्मनिर्मितmfn. painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिन्यासm. "the act of putting down written characters", writing, transcribing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिफलकn. a writing-tablet, leaf for writing on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिसज्जाf. implements or materials for writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिशालाf. a writing-school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिसंख्याf. a number of written characters View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिसंनाहm. "writing belt", a belt worn on the fore-arm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिशास्त्रn. the art of art of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपित्वn. the condition of being anything written View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिपिविवेकm. Name of work on the art of writing of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्साf. (fr. Desiderative) the desire to gain, wish to acquire or obtain, longing for (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्सा lipsu-, lipsya- etc. See .
लिप्सितmfn. wished to be obtained, desired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्सितव्यmfn. desirable to be obtained, wished for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्सुmfn. wishing to gain or obtain, desirous of, longing for (accusative or compound) ( lipsutā -- f."desire of gaining") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्सुताf. lipsu
लिप्स्यmfn. to be wished to be obtained, desirable to be acquired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तmfn. smeared, anointed, soiled, defiled etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तmfn. sticking or adhering to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तmfn. joined, connected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तmfn. envenomed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तmfn. eaten View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्ताf. See liptā- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्ताf. = , a minute, the 60th part of a degree (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तहस्तmfn. having the hands smeared or stained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तकmfn. smeared, covered with poison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तकm. a poisoned arrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्ताङ्गmfn. having the body anointed with unguents etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तवासितmfn. anointed and perfumed. (see gaRa rājadantādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तवत्mfn. one who has smeared or anointed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तिf. ointment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तिकाf. See liptikā- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तिकाf. idem or 'f. =, a minute, the 60th part of a degree (see ) .' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिप्तीकृP. -karoti-, to reduce to minutes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिश् (later form of ris-,in ā-- liś-, vi-liś-) ; cl.4 A1. liśyate- (perfect tense liliśe-etc.) , to be or become small, lessen ; cl.6 P. liśati- (perfect tense lileśa-etc.) . to go, move : Causal leśayati- (Aorist alīliśat-) grammar : Desiderative lilikṣate- : Intensive , leliśyate-, leleṣṭi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिश्mfn. (Nominal verb liṭ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिशSee ku-liśa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिष्टmfn. lessened, wasted, decayed (see vi-liṣṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिष्वm. equals laṣva-, a dancer, actor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिट्(in gram.) Name of the terminations of the Reduplicated Perfect Tense or Name of that Tense itself. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिट्यNom. P. liṭyati-,"to be little"or,"to think little of." gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिविf. equals prec. (according to to also -). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिविकरm. a writer, scribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लिविंकरm. idem or 'm. a writer, scribe ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आबद्धाञ्जलिmfn. (equals kṛtāñjali-) joining the palms of the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अबलिमन्m. enfeeblement, weakness, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अबालिशmfn. not childish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अबलिष्ठsuperl. mfn. weakest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभिलिख्to engrave, write upon, draw, paint: Caus. to cause to paint, have anything painted ; to cause to write down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभिलिप्to smear with : Causal idem or 'n. a written document ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभिलिप्साf. desire of obtaining. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभिलुलितmfn. touched or grazed by (anything) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभिलुलितmfn. shaken about, agitated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभिमानशालिन्mfn. proud, arrogant
अभिनवकालिदासm. the modern kālidāsa-, id est mādhavācārya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभिपालिन्see gṛhā- bh- (parasmE-pada 362). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आभीरपल्लि f. a station of herdsmen, village inhabited by cowherds only, abode of cowherds etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभिरश्मिमालिind. towards the sun, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभिसंश्लिष्(ind.p. -śliṣya-) to cling to each other View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभ्रलिप्तmf(ī-)n. partly overspread with clouds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभ्रंलिहmfn. (abhraṃ-l-) ([ ])"cloud-licking" , what touches the clouds, high, lofty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभ्रंलिहm. wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभ्रविलिप्तmf(ī-)n. equals -lipta- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अब्लिङ्गn. plural ([ ]) plural ([ ]) Name of some Vedic verses ([ ]) addressed to the waters (see abdaivata-above.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अब्लिङ्गाf. plural ([ ]) Name of some Vedic verses ([ ]) addressed to the waters (see abdaivata-above.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्रिपुष्पलिकाf. a species of the Pa1n2 plant, Piper Betel. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अगालितmfn. unfiltered, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आगलितmfn. sinking down, drooping (as a flower), falling or flowing down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आघट्टलिकाf. a horn for blowing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अग्निज्वलिततेजनmfn. having a point hardened in fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अग्राङ्गुलिm. the finger-tip. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अहलिmfn. idem or 'mfn. unploughed, unfurrowed? (see )'
अहल्लिकm. a talker (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अहेलिन्mfn. not dallying, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अहिलोलिकाf. equals ahibhaya-- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अहिनकुलिकाf. the natural enmity between a snake and an ichneumon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अइकशालिकmfn. equals eka-śālika- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अइलिकm. a descendant of ilinī-, Name of jaṃsu- (father of duṣyanta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अइन्द्रजालिकmf(ī-)n. familiar with or relating to magic, magical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अइन्द्रजालिकm. a juggler, magician View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अइन्द्रालिशmfn. made of indrāliśa- or the cochineal insect ([ ]) gaRa tālādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अजगल्लिकाf. "goat's cheek", an infantile disease. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अजहल्लिङ्गm. (in grammar) a noun which does not drop its original gender, when used as an adjective. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अजातौल्वलिm. Name of a muni- who lived on the milk of goats (an example of compounds in which the middle term is left out, gaRa śākapārthivādi- q.v). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आज्यलिप्त(/ājya--) mfn. anointed with clarified butter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अकलिmfn. not quarrelling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकालिकmfn. (fr. ā-kālam-) lasting until the same time on the following day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकालिकाf. (ā- commentator or commentary) (fr. ā-kāl/a-[ ]or perhaps = 2. ākālika-) momentary, instantaneous (as lightning) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकालिकmf(ī-)n. (fr. a-kāla-) not happening in the right time, unexpected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अकालिकम्ind. immediately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकालिकातीरम्ind. as far as the bank of the kālikā- river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकालिकीf. (fr. ā-kāl/a-[ ]or perhaps = 2. ākālika-) momentary, instantaneous (as lightning) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकालिकीf. lightning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अकलितmfn. incalculable, immeasurable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकलितmfn. shaken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकलितmfn. laid hold of, seized View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकलितmfn. tied, fastened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकलितmfn. reckoned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकलितmfn. observed, examined, considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकाशपोलिm. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकाशसलिलn. "water from the atmosphere", rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अकिलिनmfn. (for a-- klinna-) not moist or wet, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्लिकाf. the Indigo plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आक्लिन्नmfn. "wet" id est touched with pity (as the mind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्लिन्नवर्त्मन्n. Name of a disease of the eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्लिष्टmfn. untroubled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्लिष्टmfn. undisturbed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्लिष्टmfn. unwearied. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्लिष्टकारिन्mfn. unwearied in action. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्लिष्टकर्मन् mfn. unwearied in action. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्लिष्टव्रतmfn. unwearied in keeping religious vows. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्षमालिकाf. a rosary, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्षमालिन्mfn. wearing a rosary of seeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्षमालिन्mfn. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आक्षपटलिकm. (fr. akṣa-paṭala- sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order 3. akṣa-) a keeper of archives or records. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अक्षरतूलिकाf. a reed or pen. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकुलिm. "Name of an asura- priest" See kilāta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकुलितmfn. confounded, bewildered, perplexed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आकुलितmfn. made muddy (as water) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलक्ष्यलिङ्गmfn. disguised, incognito. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिm. (for alin-,fr. ala- q.v) "possessed of a sting", a (large black) bee etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिm. a scorpion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिm. a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिm. the Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिm. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिm. (in the apabhraṃśa- dialect) for ari-, enemy (plural alayas-for arayas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिm. also al/avas- is mentioned as a corrupt pronunciation for /aryas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिm. (see ali-), a scorpion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिm. Scorpio in the zodiac View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिm. a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिf. a woman's female friend etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिmfn. useless, idle, unmeaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिmfn. pure, honest, secure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिदूर्वाf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिगर्द m. equals ala-garda- q.v ,L View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिगर्दand -gardha- See 1. ali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिगर्धm. equals ala-garda- q.v ,L View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिगव्यm. (fr. aligu- ), a descendant of aligu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिगव्यायनी() f. (fr. aligu- ), a descendant of aligu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिगीf. a kind of serpent ([ ?]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिगुm. Name of a man, (gaRa gargādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिह्P. -lihati-, to apply the tongue to ; to lick, lap : Intensive (parasmE-pada -lelihāna-) to lick up (as fire) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिजनm. a lady's female friends View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिजिह्वा f. the uvula or soft palate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिजिह्विकाf. the uvula or soft palate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिकm. equals alīka-, the forehead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिकm. Name of a Prakrit poetry or poetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिकलेखाf. an impression or mark upon the forehead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिख्P. -likhati-, to make a scratch on ; to delineate by scratches ; to scratch etc. ; to mark, draw, write, delineate, paint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिखत्mfn. scratching View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिखत्m. (an-) Name of an evil spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिखितmfn. delineated by scratches, scratched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिखितmfn. drawn, written, delineated, painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिख्य ind.p. portraying, delineating, sketching. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिक्लवm. a kind of carrion bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिक्रमm. a kind of musical composition. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिकुलn. a swarm of bees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिकुलप्रियाf. "fond of or full of swarms of bees", the plant Rosa Glandulifera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिकुलसंकुलाf. "fond of or full of swarms of bees", the plant Rosa Glandulifera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिमकm. a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिमकm. the Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिमकm. a frog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिमकm. the plant Bassia Latifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिमकm. the filaments of the lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिमालाf. a line or swarm of bees, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिमत्mfn. swarming with bees, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिम्बकm. equals alimaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिमोदाf. the plant Premna Spinosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिमोहिनीf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिम्पक m. equals alimaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिम्पनn. whitening or painting (the floor, wall etc. on festal occasions) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिंशm. a kind of demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्m. "possessed of a sting" (ala- q.v), a (large black) bee etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्m. a scorpion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्m. the Scorpion (in the zodiac) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिन्m. a scorpion (see alin-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिनm. plural Name of a tribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्दm. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ī-). gaRa gaurādi- q.v) a terrace before a house-door etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्दm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिन्दm. a terrace before a house, a raised place or terrace for sleeping upon (see alinda-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिन्दकm. a terrace before a house-door View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्ग्P. -liṅgati- and -liṅgayati- A1. -liṅgate-, to clasp, join the limbs closely ; to encircle, embrace etc. ; to spread out, extend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिङ्गn. absence of marks commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिङ्ग(mfn.) having no marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिङ्गn. (in grammar) having no gender. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्गm. a kind of drum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्गनn. clasping, embracing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्गनn. an embrace etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्गनाf. idem or 'n. an embrace etc.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिङ्गिन्mfn. "not wearing the usual"frontal marks, skin, staff, etc., a pretended ascetic or student (see sa-liṅgin-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्गिन्mfn. embracing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्गिन्m. a small drum shaped like a barleycorn and carried upon the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्गितmfn. embraced etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्गितmfn. occupied
आलिङ्गितn. an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्गितवत्mfn. one who has embraced. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्ग्यmfn. to be embraced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्ग्यm. a kind of drum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्ग्य ind.p. having embraced. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिङ्ग्यायनm. ([?]) Name of a village or town, (gaRa varaṇādi-on ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिनीf. a female bee , a swarm of bees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिञ्जरm. a small earthen water-jar (see alañjara-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिञ्जरm. a large clay water-jar (see aliñjara-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिप्P. -limpati- (Aorist ālipat-) to besmear, anoint etc.: Causal -limpayati- and -lepayati-, to besmear, anoint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिपकm. (= 1 ali-above) a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिपकm. the Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिपकm. a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिपर्णीf. the plant Tragia Involacrata Lin. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिपत्त्रिकाf. Name of a shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिपिmfn. unstained (and"unwritten"), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिप्रियn. the red lotus, Nymphaea Rubra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिप्रियाf. the flower (Bignonia Suaveolens) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिप्साf. freedom from desire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिप्तmfn. anointed, smeared, plastered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिप्य ind.p. having besmeared or anointed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलिश्(only perfect tense - liliśire-)= ā-- riś- (parasmE-pada 150), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिवल्लभाf. equals priyā- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिविरावm. song or hum of the bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलिविरुतn. song or hum of the bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलोलिकाf. a humming sound made for soothing a child to sleep, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलोलितmfn. a little shaken or agitated. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आलुलितmfn. ( lul-), a little moved or agitated
अमलिनmfn. stainless, free from dirt, clean. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अमलिनधीmfn. of a pure mind. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अम्बालिकाf. (vocative case /ambālike-), mother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अम्बालिकाf. of a plant, Name of a daughter of a king of kāśi- (wife of vicitravīrya-, and mother of pāṇḍu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अमेध्यलिप्तmfn. smeared with ordure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अंहोलिङ्गmfn. characterized by the word aṃhas- (said of a series of texts), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अम्ललोलिकाf. wood sorrel (Oxalis Corniculata). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अम्लिकाf. a sour taste in the mouth, acidity of stomach, the tamarind tree, wood sorrel (Oxalis Corniculata). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आम्लिका f. the tamarind tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आम्लिकाf. sourness in the mouth, acidity of stomach (equals amlīkā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अम्लिमन्m. sourness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अमृतमालिनीf. "having an everlasting garland"Name of durgā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अंशुमालिन्m. the sun. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आमुकुलितmfn. (fr. mukalaya- Nom.with ā-), a little open (as a blossom) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आमुष्यकुलिकाf. (fr. amuṣya-kula-), the being of that family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनभिलुलितmfn. not pressed upon (varia lectio for an-- atil-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनलिm. the tree Sesbana Grandiflora. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आनन्दकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आन्दोलिकाf. a swing-cot, palanquin, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्दोलितmfn. agitated, swung. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आन्दोलितmfn. agitated, shaken, swung View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गलिपिf. written character of aṅga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गपालिf. an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गपालिf. See aṅka-pāli-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्घ्रिवल्लि f. the plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्घ्रिवल्लिकाf. the plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिf. or aṅgulī- a finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिf. a toe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिf. the thumb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिf. the great toe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिf. the finger-like tip of an elephant's trunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिf. the measure aṅgula-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिजm. a finger-nail, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिकाf. a kind of ant, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आङ्गुलिकmfn. (fr. aṅguli-),"like a finger" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिमात्रmfn. of the size of a finger, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिमोटनn. snapping or cracking the fingers. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिमुद्रा f. a seal-ring, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिमुद्रिकाf. a seal-ring, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिमुख n. the tip of the finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिप्रणेजनn. water for washing the fingers, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिप्राशनn. eating with the fingers, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिसंदेंसm. snapping or cracking the fingers as a sign. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिषङ्गm. contact of the fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिषङ्गm. act of fingering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिषङ्गmfn. sticking to the fingers. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिस्फोटनn. snapping or cracking the fingers. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलितोरणn. a sectarial mark on the forehead consisting of three fingers or lines shaped like an arch or doorway (toraṇa-), drawn with sandal or the ashes of cow-dung. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलित्रn. a finger-protector, a contrivance like a thimble (used by archers to protect the thumb or finger from being injured by the bowstring) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलित्राणn. equals -tra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलित्रवत्mfn. provided with it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिवेष्टकm. a glove (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्गुलिवेष्टनn. a glove (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आनिलिm. "a descendant of anila-" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आनिलिm. Name of hanumat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आनिलिm. of bhīma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनिमित्तलिङ्गनासm. "unaccountable loss of distinct vision", Name of an ophthalmic disease ending in total blindness (perhaps amaurosis). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनिमित्तलिपिf. a particular mode of writing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अञ्जलिSee sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अञ्जलिm. ( añj-), the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as if by a beggar to receive food;hence when raised to the forehead, a mark of supplication), reverence, salutation, benediction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अञ्जलिm. a libation to the Manes (two hands full of water, udakāñjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अञ्जलिm. a measure of corn, sufficient to fill both hands when placed side by side, equal to a kuḍava-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अञ्जलिबन्धनn. salutation with the añjali- raised to the forehead. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अञ्जलिकmn. Name of one of arjuna-'s arrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अञ्जलिकाf. a young mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अञ्जलिकारिकाf. an earthen figure (with the hands joined for salutation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अञ्जलिकारिकाf. the plant Mimosa Natans. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अञ्जलिकर्मन्n. making the above respectful salutation. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आञ्जलिक्यn. fr. añjalika-, (gaRa purohitādi-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अञ्जलिपुटm. n. cavity produced in making the añjali- salutation.
अङ्कपालिf. embracing, an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्कपालिकाf. embracing, an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अङ्कोलिकाf. (a corruption of aṅka-pālikā- q.v), an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्नलिप्साf. desire for food, appetite. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तःप्रचलितmfn. inwardly moved, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तःसलिलmf(ā-)n. having its waters hidden (said of the sarasvatī-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तःसलिलम्ind. in the waters, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तःसलिलस्थmfn. (standing in water, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आन्तरालिकm. the son of an anuloma- by a woman of superior caste, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आनुकूलिकmfn. (fr. anu-kūla-), conformable, favourable, inclined to help View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुलिप्P. to anoint, besmear ; A1. to anoint one's self after (bathing): Causal -lepayati-, to cause to be anointed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुलिप्तmfn. smeared, anointed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुलिप्ताङ्गmfn. having the limbs anointed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुमालिनीतीरम्ind. on the bank of the mālinī-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुपालिन्mfn. preserving, keeping up. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुपलिप्तm. Name (also title or epithet) of a tathāgata-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुपूर्वाङ्गुलिताf. having regular fingers (idem or 'ind. equals anu-pūrv/am-.'), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुशीलितmfn. studied carefully, attended to. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुष्णवल्लिकाf. the plant Niladurba. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुवेल्लितn. ( vell-), bandaging, securing with bandages (in surgery) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुवेल्लितn. a kind of bandage applied to the extremities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुवेल्लितmfn. bent in conformity with, bent under. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्यलिङ्ग mfn. having the gender of another (word, viz. of the substantive), an adjective. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्यलिङ्गकmfn. having the gender of another (word, viz. of the substantive), an adjective. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्यथाशीलिकmfn. accustomed to act differently from (atas-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपालिmfn. having no tip of the ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपालिmfn. free from bees, etc. (See ali-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आपालिm. a louse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपलिख्(subjunctive -likhāt-) to scrape off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपलितmfn. not grey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपरिचलितmfn. unmoved, immovable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपरिकलितmfn. unknown, unseen. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपरिक्लिन्नmfn. not moist, not liquid, dry. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपरिमितालिखितmfn. having an indefinite number of lines View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आपातलिकाf. Name of a vaitālīya- metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आपाटलिपुत्रम्ind. as far as or to pāṭaliputra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आपत्कालिकmfn. occurring in a time of calamity, belonging to such a time gaRa kāśy-ādi- () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आपिशलिm. Name of an ancient grammarian mentioned by View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अप्लिङ्गn. Name (also title or epithet) of a liṅga-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आपोक्लिमn. (in astronomy) = .
अरालि varia lectio for araṇs- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आरालिकm. (fr. arāla-,"crooked, deceitful"), a cook View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आरालितmfn. () idem or 'mfn. (gaRa tārakādi- ), a little curved or crooked (?)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अरण्यशालिm. wild rice. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अर्धचन्दनलिप्तmfn. half rubbed with sandal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अर्धलिखितmfn. half painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अर्धेन्दुमौलिm. "whose diadem is a half-moon", śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अर्गलिकाf. a small door pin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अर्गलितmfn. fastened by a bolt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अर्थशालिन्mfn. wealthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अर्थशालिन्m. a wealthy man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अर्वाक्कलिकताf. the belonging to a proximate time, the state of being more modern (than anything else) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आर्यलिङ्गिन्mfn. bearing the external semblance of an Aryan or honourable man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
असंलुलितकेशताf. having the hair not tangled (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
असंश्लिष्टmfn. not in close contact View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
असंश्लिष्टm. a Name of śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आसन्नकालिकmfn. near in time, Sch. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अशिश्लिक्षुsee śiśl- (parasmE-pada 1076). 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अस्खलितmfn. unshaken, unyielding, firm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अस्खलितmfn. not stumbling or slipping, undeviating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अस्खलितmfn. uninterrupted, unimpeded, undisturbed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अस्खलितप्रयाणmfn. not stumbling in progress, with unfaltering step View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अश्लिकSee 2. a-śri-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आश्लिष्(see ā-śr/eṣa-above) P. -śliṣyati- (but also -śliṣati- ) and A1. -śliṣyate- () to adhere or cling to ; to embrace etc.: Causal -śleṣayati-, to affix, stick on ; to embrace (See ā-śleṣita-).
अश्लिष्टmfn. incoherent, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आश्लिष्टmfn. adhering, clung to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आश्लिष्टmfn. embracing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आश्लिष्टmfn. embraced, surrounded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आश्लिष्टmfn. twisted round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अश्लिष्टार्थmfn. inconsistent, contradictory, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आस्फालितmfn. struck gently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आस्फालितmfn. stirred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आस्फालितmfn. caused to move View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आस्फालितmfn. flapped, clapped, struck together. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आश्रयलिङ्गmfn. (a word) the gender of which must agree with the gender of the word to which it refers, an adjective. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अष्टमकालिकmfn. one who omitting seven meals partakes only of the eighth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अस्थिच्छल्लितn. a particular fracture of the bones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अष्ठीलिकाf. a kind of abscess, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अस्थिमालिन्m. "having a necklace of bones id est of skulls ", śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अशुचिलिप्तmfn. soiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अश्वललितn. a species of the vikṛti- metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अश्वमतल्लिकाand - macarcikā-, f. (= - kuñjara-), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding ii, 1, 66, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आश्वपालिकmf. a descendant of aśva-pālī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अश्वसृगालिकाf. the natural enmity between the horse and the jackal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिलिहाor aṭhillā- f. Name of a Prakrit metre (of four lines each containing sixteen mātra-s). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिलुलितmfn. closely attached or adhering. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतिश्लिष्to fasten or tie over. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अत्तलिm. Name of a man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अट्टालिकाf. a palace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अट्टालिकाf. Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अट्टालिकाबन्धम्ind. (in the way that aṭṭālikā-s are formed) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अट्टालिकाकारm. a bricklayer (son of a painter and a lascivious śūdra- woman) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अट्टिलिकाf. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अउर्ध्वदेहिककल्पवल्लिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अउर्ध्वकालिकmf(ā-and ī-)n. (fr. ūrdhva-kāla-), relating to subsequent time gaRa kāśy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अउषधावलिf. Name of a medical work composed by prāṇa-kṛṣṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवदलितmfn. burst, cracked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवधूलितmfn. scattered over, covered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवगलितmfn. fallen down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवहालिकाf. ( hal-), a wall, hedge (see nir av-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवहेलितmfn. disrespected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवहेलितn. disrespect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवहिताञ्जलिmfn. with joined hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवकलितmfn. (2. kal-), seen, observed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवक्लिन्नपक्वmfn. trickling because of being over-ripe, (gaRa rājadantādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आवलिf(i-and ī-). ( val- ), a row, range View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आवलिf(i-and ī-). a continuous line View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आवलिf(i-and ī-). a series View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आवलिf(i-and ī-). dynasty, lineage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवलिह्P. -leḍhi- (imperfect tense avāleṭ-; Potential -lihet-[ ]or -lihyāt-; ind.p. -lihya-; rarely A1. sg. -lihe- ) to lick, lap etc.: Intensive (parasmE-pada -lelihat-) to flicker (as a flame) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आवलिकाf. equals āvali- q.v , coriander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवलिख्(Potential -likhet- ind.p. -likhya-) to scratch, graze View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवलिप्P. (indeclinable -lipya-) to smear, : A1. (parasmE-pada -limpamāna-) to smear one's self. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवलिप्सm. a kind of amulet, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवलिप्तmfn. smeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवलिप्तmfn. furred (as the tongue) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवलिप्तmfn. (equals /api-ripta- q.v) blind (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवलिप्तmfn. proud, arrogant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवलिप्तताf. ([ ]) pride, arrogance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवलिप्तत्वn. ([ ]) pride, arrogance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवलितmfn. not bent or curved, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविचाचलिmfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. not staggering, standing firmly ' ' , (see commentator or commentary) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविचालिन्mfn. not falling off from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविचालिन्mfn. invariable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविचलितmfn. not deviating, steadily fixed (as the mind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविचलितmfn. not deviating from (ablative) commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविचालितmfn. unmoved, unshaken. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविचालितetc. See a-vicala-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविगलितmfn. inexhaustible
अविक्लिन्नाक्षmfn. whose eyes do not water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविक्लिष्टmfn. distinct, intelligible, (Bombay edition) iv, 19, 10 (varia lectio). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविलिखmfn. unable to write or paint, writing or painting badly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविमुक्तेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अविरलितmfn. not separated, closely united or joined, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आविष्टलिङ्गmfn. "having a fixed gender", (in grammar) a word which does not change its gender. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आयःशूलिकmf(ī-)n. (fr. ayaḥśāla- ), acting violently, using violence, using forcible means (exempli gratia, 'for example' a beggar holding a lance to your breast in asking for alms) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बभ्रुमालिन्m. "brown-garlanded", Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बद्धगोधाङ्गुलित्रवत्mfn. having the (finger-protectors called) godhā- and aṅguli-tra- fastened on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बद्धाङ्गुलित्र mfn. having the finger-guard fastened on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बद्धाङ्गुलित्राणmfn. having the finger-guard fastened on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बद्धाञ्जलिmfn. one who has joined the hollowed palms of the hands (see añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बद्धाञ्जलिपुटmfn. forming a cup with the hollowed hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बहलितmfn. grown thick or compact or strong, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बह्लि bahlika-, bahlīka- varia lectio for balhi- etc., q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाह्लि Name of a country, Balkh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाह्लिकm. (plural) Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाह्लिकm. a king of the bālhika-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाह्लिकm. Name of a son of pratīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाह्लिकm. (plural) of a dynasty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाह्लिकmfn. of the Balkh breed (as horses) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाह्लिकn. (wrong reading bālhaka-) saffron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाह्लिकn. Asa Foetida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुबलिm. (fr. bahu-bala-?) Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुबलिन्mfn. strong in arm, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुबलिन्mfn. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुलिm. Name of a son of viśvā-mitra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बहुलिकाf. plural the Pleiades (equals bahulās-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बहुलितmfn. augmented, increased View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बहुफालिकाf. a species of jujube View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बहुप्रज्ञानशालिन्mfn. possessed of much knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्mfn. possessing strong arm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. of a warrior View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. of bhīma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुशालिन्m. of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बहुस्तवावलिf. Name of a collection of hymns. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाह्यलिङ्गिन्m. a heretic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बैडालिकर्णककन्थ n. (prob.) Name of a city gaRa cihaṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बैडालिकर्णककन्थकर्णिकन्थn. (prob.) Name of a city gaRa cihaṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बकुलमालिनीपरिणयm. Name of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बकुलावलिf. equals la-dāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बकुलावलिकाf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बकुलितmfn. furnished with bakula- trees or flowers, gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालकमलिनीf. a young lotus plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालकेलि f. child's play or amusement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालमूलिकाf. Hibiscus Cannabinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलशालिन्mfn. having or possessing strength, strong, vigorous ( balaśālitā li-- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलशालिन्mfn. possessing a great army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलशालिताf. balaśālin
बलिm. (perhaps fr. bhṛ-) tribute, offering, gift, oblation (in later language always with hṛ-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिm. tax, impost, royal revenue etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिm. any offering or propitiatory oblation (especially an offering of portions of food, such as grain, rice etc., to certain gods, semi-divine beings, household divinities, spirits, men, birds, other animals and all creatures including even lifeless objects; it is made before the daily meal by arranging portions of food in a circle or by throwing them into the air outside the house or into the sacred fire; it is also called bhūta-yajña-and was one of the 5 mahā-yajñas-,or great devotional acts; see ) etc. (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with the object, the receiver, the time, or the place of the offering) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिm. fragments of food at a meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिm. a victim (often a goat or buffalo) offered to durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिm. the handle of a chowrie or fly-flapper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिm. Name of a daitya- (son of virocana-;priding himself on his empire over the three worlds, he was humiliated by viṣṇu-, who appeared before him in the form of a vāmana- or dwarf. son of kaśyapa- and aditi- and younger brother of indra-, and obtained from him the promise of as much land as he could pace in three steps, whereupon the dwarf expanding himself deprived him of heaven and earth in two steps, but left him the sovereignty of pātāla- or the lower regions) etc. (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिm. Name of indra- in the 8th manv-antara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिm. of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिm. of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिm. of a son of su-tapas- (see vali-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालिSee vāli-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिबन्धनm. "binder or killer of bali-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिभद्र wrong reading for bala-bh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिभोज m. a crow (see bhuj-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिभोजनm. a crow (see bhuj-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिभृत्mfn. paying tribute, tributary (see -hṛt-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिभुज्mfn. devouring oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिभुज्mfn. enjoying offerings (said of gods) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिभुज्m. a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिभुज्m. a sparrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिभुज्m. a crane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिचेष्टितवर्णनn. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिदानn. the presentation of an offering to a deity (consisting of rice, milk, fruits etc. when presented to viṣṇu-, or of living victims when offered to śiva- or durgā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिदानn. presentation of grain etc. to all creatures
बलिदानपद्धतिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिदानविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिध्वंसिन्m. "destroyer of bali-" idem or 'm. "hater of bali-", Name of viṣṇu- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिद्विष्m. "hater of bali-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिगायत्रीf. Name of a mantra- employed by the śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिहन्m. "slayer of bali-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिहारmfn. paying taxes or tribute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिहारm. equals -haraṇa- n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिहरणmf(ī-)n. adapted for the presentation of oblations, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिहरणn. the presentation of oblations (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिहरणविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिहोमm. the offering of oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिह्रित्mfn. equals -hāra- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिह्रित्offering oblations, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिकm. (see valika-) Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिकाf. Sida Cordifolia and Rhombifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिकmfn. one who takes his food every 6th day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिकरm. plural taxes and duties View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिकरmfn. offering propitiatory sacrifices (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिकरम्भm. sacrificial cake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिकर्मन्n. offering oblations to all creatures etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिकर्मन्n. presentation or payment of tribute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिकृत्mfn. paying taxes, tributary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिमहानरेन्द्राख्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिमन्m. power, strength (in a-b-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालिमन्m. childhood, youth, immaturity gaRa pṛthv-ādi-.
बलिमन्दिरn. " bali-'s abode", the infernal regions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिमत्mfn. receiving taxes or tribute (said of agni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिमत्mfn. provided with food -oblations (said of a house) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिमात्रn. a mere offering (to all beings), as much in quantity as an oblation to all creatures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिंदमm. "tamer of bali-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिंदमप्रख्यmfn. equal to viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिन्mfn. powerful, strong, mighty, stout, robust etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिन्m. a soldier (see balastha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिन्m. Name of vatsa-prī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिन्m. (only L) a hog bull, buffalo, camel, kind of sheep, serpent, Phaseolus Radiatus, a sort of jasmine, the phlegmatic humour, Name of a bala-rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालिन्See vālin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिनन्दनm. "son of bali-", Name of the asura- bāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिनीf. Sida Cordifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिनियमनोद्युतmfn. prepared to subdue bali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिपीठलक्षणn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिपोदकीf. Basella Cordifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिप्रतिग्राहकmf(ikā-)n. receiving oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिप्रियmf(ā-)n. fond of offering oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिप्रियm. Symplocos Racemosa (fabled to grow faster if presented with oblations consisting of incense, lights etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिपुष्टm. "nourished by food-offerings", a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिपुत्रm. equals -nandana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिपुत्रमोक्षणn. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिशnf(i-or śī-). (also written val-) a hook, fish-hook (see baḍiśa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालिशmf(ā-)n. young, childish, puerile, ignorant, simple, foolish etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालिशm. a fool, simpleton, blockhead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालिशn. (for 1.See above) = Persian $ a pillow, cushion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिषड्भागm. the sixth part as tribute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिषड्भागहारिन्mfn. taking the sixth part as tribute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिसद्मन्n. equals -mandira- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालिशमतिmfn. childish-minded, foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालिशताf. () childishness, simplicity, folly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालिशत्वn. () childishness, simplicity, folly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिशेषm. the remains of an oblation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिष्णुmfn. disregarded, despised (arrogant, disrespectful ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिष्ठmfn. (superl. fr. bal/in-) most powerful, very. strong or mighty etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिष्ठmfn. stronger or mightier than (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिष्ठm. a camel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिष्ठ b/aliyas- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिष्ठतमmfn. most powerful, mightiest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिसुदन wrong reading for bala-s-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बालिश्यn. (gaRa brāhmaṇādi-) childishness, youth, thoughtlessness, folly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलितन्त्रn. the regular form of an oblation to all creatures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिवाहनmfn. carrying tribute, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिवाकm. Name of a muni- (varia lectio baliv-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिवर्दm. a bull or ox etc. etc. (also balīv-; wrong reading vardha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिवर्दीf. Name of a woman gaRa kalyāṇy-ādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिवेश्मन्n. equals mandira- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिविधानn. the offering of an oblation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिविन्ध्यm. Name of a son of manu- raivata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिवृषहन्m. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बलिव्याकुलmfn. busied in offering oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बम्भरालि f. a fly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बम्भरालिf. a fly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाणलिङ्गn. a white stone found in the narmadā- river and worshipped as the liṅga- of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बन्धूलिm. Pentapetes Phoenicea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बन्धुपालितm. "kindred-protected", Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बन्धुरकोमलाङ्गुलिmfn. (a hand) that has rounded or delicate fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बन्दिशालिकाf. a prison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाष्कलिm. patronymic of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाष्कलिकाf. the ṛg-- veda- text of the bāṣkala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाष्पसलिलn. water of tears, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भद्दालिन्m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भद्रमल्लिकाf. Name of a particular plant (= gavākṣī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भद्रवल्लिकाf. Hemidesmus Indicus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भागलिm. patronymic or metron, of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भगालिन्m. "bedecked with skulls", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भगवल्लिलाचिन्तामणिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भगवतीपद्यपुष्पाञ्जलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भक्ताराधनप्रयोगमणिमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भल्लिf. a kind of arrow (equals bhallī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भल्लिकाf. Semecarpus Anacardium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भल्लिकm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भल्लिकm. See above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भल्लिकाf. See under bhallaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भम्भरालिका(or l-?) f. a gnat, mosquito View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भानुमतलिङ्गशास्त्र n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भरतमल्लिक m. Name of an author (equals -sena-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भस्मोद्धूलितविग्रहm. "whose body is smeared with ashes", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भौलिकायनिm. patronymic fr. next gaRa tikādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भौलिकिm. (f(ī-).) gaRa gaurādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भौलिकिविधmfn. inhabited by bhauliki- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भौलिक्याf. gaRa krauḍy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भौलिङ्गिm. a king of bhū-liṅga- gaRa pailādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भौलिङ्गीf. a princess of bhū-liṅga- gaRa gaurādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भौलिङ्गिकmf(ā-and ī-)n. relating to bhauliṅgi- on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भौमदेवलिपिf. Name of a kind of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भावस्खलितn. an offence (committed only) in the mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भयनिमीलिताक्षmfn. having the eyes closed from fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भेद्यलिङ्गmfn. distinguished by gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भिदेलिमmfn. easily broken, brittle, fragile (see Va1rtt. 1 ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भिल्लिन्m. Symplocos Racemosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भिन्नलिङ्गn. incongruity of gender in a comparison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भिन्नलिङ्गकmf(ikā-)n. containing words of different gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भिन्नसंकलित() n. addition of fractions, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भिन्नव्यवकलितn. subtraction of fractions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भोगमालिनीf. Name of a dik-kanyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भोगावलिवृत्तिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भोलिm. a camel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भ्रान्ताकुलितचेतनmfn. one whose mind is troubled by doubt or error View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भृङ्गमूलिकाf. Name of a creeping plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भृत्यशालिन्mfn. having many servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भुजबलिन्m. "strong in the arm", Name of a jaina- teacher. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भुजशालिन्mfn. possessing strong arms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूलिङ्गn. Name of a district of śālva- (see bhauliṅgī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूलिङ्गाf. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूलिङ्गशकुनm. a species of bird (said to make a sound like mā sāhasam-,"no rashness!")
भूलिङ्गशकुनिm. a species of bird (said to make a sound like mā sāhasam-,"no rashness!")
भूमिवल्लिf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूरिमूलिकाf. "id.", a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूरिपलितदाf. a species of shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूतबलिm. equals -yājña- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूतबलिm. Name of a grammarian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूतकालिकmfn. relating to it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूतलिकाf. Trigonella Corniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूतलिपिf. "demon-writing", Name of a particular magical formula View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूतिबलिm. Name of a grammarian (see bhūta-b-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूतिमलिनmfn. soiled with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बिदालिकाf. a little cat, kitten View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बीजाञ्जलिm. a handful of s. or grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बिलिन्थ(?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बिलिशm. or n. (?) equals baḍisa-, a fish hook or the bait on it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बिन्दुमालिन्m. (in music) a kind of measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्रह्मबलिm. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्रह्मलिखितn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्राह्मणलिङ्गmfn. resembling the texts called brāhmaṇa-s (said of verses or formulas) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्रह्मनामावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्रह्मानन्दसूत्रमुक्तावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्रह्माञ्जलिm. joining the hollowed hands while repeating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्रह्माञ्जलिकृतmfn. one who has joined the hands hands in token of homage to the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्रह्मवदलिपिf. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्रह्मवल्लीलिपिf. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बृहदम्बालिकाf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बृहद्गुरुगुर्वावलिपूजाशान्तिविधानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बृहन्नालिकn. a cannon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बृहत्पालिन्m. wild cumin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बृहत्पाटलिm. the thorn-apple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बुद्धकपालिनीf. Name of one of the 6 goddesses of magic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बुद्धपालितm. Name of a disciple of nāgārjuna-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बुद्धिशालिन्mfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बुलिf. equals buri- or the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बुलिलम्Name of a man (equals buḍila-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चाचलिmfn. (Intensive cal-) moving much or repeatedly (see /a-vi--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चैलिकa piece of cloth (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चक्रमण्डलिन्m. the Boa constrictor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चक्रमौलि"having a circular diadem", Name of a rākṣasa-
चक्रमौलिन्mfn. having the wheels turned upwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चक्रपालितm. Name of a man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलिm. a cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलिm. a surtout View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चालिक्य equals lukya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलितmfn. shaking, tremulous, unfixed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलितmfn. one who has moved on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलितmfn. gone, departed (exempli gratia, 'for example' sa calitaḥ-,"he started off" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलितmfn. walked (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलितmfn. being on the march (an army) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलितmfn. moved from one's usual course, disturbed, disordered (the mind, senses, fortune, etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलितmfn. caused to deviate, turned off from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलितn. unsteady motion (of eyes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलितetc. See cal-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलितस्थानmfn. changing its place, R (B) iv, 1, 14. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चलितव्यn. impersonal or used impersonally to be gone away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चञ्चलितmfn. caused to shake or quiver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चण्डकापालिकm. Name of a teacher, (see ṣaṇḍ-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चाण्डालिm. plural Name of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चण्डालिकाf. equals la-vallakī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चण्डालिकाf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चण्डालिकाf. of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चाण्डालिकाf. equals caṇḍ- (the caṇḍāla- lute;a kind of plant; durgā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चण्डालिकाबन्धम्ind. so as to form a particular knot (not in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चाण्डालिकाश्रमm. the hermitage of cāṇḍālikā- (ñjal-,B) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चाण्डालिनीf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चन्द्रगोलिकाf. moonlight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चन्द्रमौलिmfn. moon-crested (a daitya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चन्द्रमौलिm. equals -mukuṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चन्द्रमौलिm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चन्द्रमौलिf. a particular blood-vessel in the vulva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चन्द्रमौलिन्m. equals -mukuṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चन्द्रार्धमौलिm. idem or 'm. equals candra-mukuṭa- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चन्द्रशालिकाf. equals -prāsāda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चन्द्रेशलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चरुचेलिन्mfn. (for cār-?) having portions of offerings on the clothes (śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चाटलिकाf. Name of a locality
चतुःशालिकाf. idem or 'n. idem or 'm. a building with 4 halls ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चटुलितmfn. shaken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चतुर्थकालिकmfn. one who takes only every 4th meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चतुश्चलितn. a kind of play or sport View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चौडालिm. metron. fr. cūḍālā- gaRa bāhv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चौलिm. equals cauḍi-, (lakāyana-B, lika-V) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चेलिचीमm. equals cilic- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चेलिकाf. a corset, bodice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छड्डलिकाName of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छागलिm. patronymic fr. chagala- (if not of atri-'s family ;one of atri-'s family varia lectio la-, gava-) or metron. fr. chagalā- (gaRa bāhv-ādi-), Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छगलिकाf. a she-goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छगलिन्m. Name of a teacher (pupil of kalāpin- ), 109. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलिकn. a song consisting of 4 parts (recited with gesticulation;subdivision of nātya- ) (in Prakrit) and (varia lectio litaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छालिक्यn. equals chalika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलिन्m. a cheat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलिन्m. a swindler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलितmfn. deceived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलितn. a kind of dance performed by men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलितकm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलितकn. See lika-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलितकयोगm. plural Name of a kalā- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलितरामn. "the outwitted rāma-", Name of a drama View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलितस्वामिन्m. Name of a sanctuary (called after chalitaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छल्लिf. (Prakrit fr. 1. chard/is-) bark ([ llī-, ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छल्लिf. a cloak View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छल्लितSee asthi--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छन्दोपहारावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छेलिकाf. a she-goat, 76. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छिलिहिण्डm. Name of a creeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिचलिषुmfn. ( cal- Desiderative) being about to set out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिखल्लिm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिकित्साकलिकाf. Name of two med. treatises (of about 400 verses each) by tīsaṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिकित्साकलिकाटिकाf. a commentator or commentary on one of the two treatises by candraṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिक्लिदm. ( klid-) equals kledan- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिक्लिदn. ( ) moisture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिलमीलिकाf. a kind of necklace (ciliminikā- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिलमीलिकाf. a firefly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिलमीलिकाf. lightning(cilicīmi- and - ) (see cilim-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिलिName of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिलिचिमm. a kind of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिलिचीमm. id. See also cilamīlikā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिलिचीमिm. id. See also cilamīlikā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिलिका equals cirikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चीलिकाf. equals cīrī-vāka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिलिमीलिकाf. equals lam-
चिलिमीनकm. equals licima- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिलिमिनिकाSee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिल्लिm. a kind of bird of prey (see cilla-and gāṅgacillī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिल्लिf. a kind of pot herb (llī- ) , i, 20, 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिल्लिकाf. a kind of pot-herb (cilli-) (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिल्लिकाf. of llaka- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिल्लिकालताf. " cillikā- creeper", the eye-brow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिरकालपालितmfn. protected for a long time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिरकालिकmfn. of long standing, old, long-continued, chronic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चीरल्लिn. a kind of large fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चीरल्लिn. see cirilla-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चित्रलिखनn. painting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चित्रलिखितmfn. painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चित्राङ्गुलिताf. the having beautiful fingers (confer, compare - keśatā-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चित्ररथबाह्लिकn. sg. gaRa rājadantādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चित्रशालिकाf. equals -gṛha- (in Prakrit). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चित्रतूलिकाf. a painter's brush View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चित्रवल्लिकm. the fish Silurus boalis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चित्तकलितmfn. "calculated in one's mind", anticipated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चिविल्लिकाf. Name of a shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चीविल्लिका varia lectio for civ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकाf. (ikā-) a cock's comb (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकाf. the root of an elephant's ear (cūḍikā- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकाf. the top of a column (cūḍikā- Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकाf. summit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकाf. Name of a metre (also cūḍikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकाf. of several additional parts of Jain texts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकाf. the hinting of a matter or event by those behind the curtain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकm. plural See cūcupa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकn. cake of flour fried with ghee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकाf. See laka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकाf. of laka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकापैशाचीf. Name of a dialect in dramas. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकापैशाचिकn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिकोपनिषद्f. Name of an View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिन्mfn. equals cūḍin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिन्mfn. having an ornament on the crown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिन्mfn. having a crest (a bird), 2495 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिन्m. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलिन्m. see vi--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चूलितकm. Name of a poet, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चुल्लिf. equals llī-, a fire-place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चुञ्चुलिf. idem or 'f. a kind of game played with tamarind seeds instead of dice ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दैवज्ञदीपकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दैवलिm. patronymic fr. devala- gaRa taulvaly-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दक्षेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दक्षिणकालिकाf. a form of durgā- worshipped by the tāntrika-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दक्षिणलिपिf. the southern way of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दक्षिणालिपि varia lectio for ṇa-l-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलमालिनीf. leaf-cabbage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलशालिनीf. Name of a pot-herb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलिf. idem or 'n. mānsa--.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दालिकाf. colocynth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलिकn. timber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दालिमm. the Pomegranate tree (see dādima-).
डालिमm. equals dāḍima- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दालिमफलn. a pomegranate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलिन्mfn. fr. la- gaRa sukhādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलितmfn. (gaRa kṛtādi-, ) burst, split, broken, torn asunder etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलितmfn. unfolded, blown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलितmfn. halved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलितmfn. divided into degrees, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलितmfn. driven asunder, scattered, dispersed, destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलितmfn. ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलितmfn. displayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दलितmfn. see saṃ--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दामलिह्mfn. licking or wishing to lick a rope. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दामलिह्यNom. P., ti-, to wish to lick a rope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दामलिप्तm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दामलिप्तfn. Name of a town, (see tāma--,or tāmra--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दम्भोलिm. indra-'s thunderbolt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दम्भोलिm. agastya- (ṛṣi- of the Ist manv-antara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दम्भोलिm. (dattogni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दम्भोलिm. (ttoni-) and (varia lectio dānt-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दम्भोलिm. (ttātri-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दम्भोलिm. (ttātreya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दम्भोलिपाणिm. " d--handed", indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दम्भोलिपातm. the falling of indra-'s thunderbolt, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दम्भोलिपातायNom. yate-, to fall down like indra-'s thunderbolt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दानकेलिकौमुदीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दानकुसुमाञ्जलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दानशालिन्mfn. rich in gifts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दानशालिन्mfn. wet with rut-fluid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दण्डकलितवत्ind. like one driven by a stick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दण्डकपालिन्mfn. carrying a staff and a skull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तालिf. a row of teeth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तालिकाf. a horse's bridle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तमूलिकाf. equals dantikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तपालिf. an ivory hilt (of a sword) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तपाञ्चालिकाf. an ivory doll, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तश्लिष्टmfn. entangled in the teeth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्ताश्लिष्टmfn. equals ta-i- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तावलिf. equals dli- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तोलूखलिकmfn. "using the teeth as a mortar", eating unground grain (an ascetic) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तोलूखलिन्mfn. idem or 'mfn. "using the teeth as a mortar", eating unground grain (an ascetic) ' , ix, 2166 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दारबलिभुज् wrong reading for dvāra-b-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दरदलिपिf. writing peculiar to the darada-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दरमुकुलितmfn. a little budded, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दरविदलितmfn. slightly opened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दशबलबलिन्mfn. possessing the 10 powers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दशमालिक equals -mānika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दाशमूलिकmf(ī-)n. coming from the daśa-mūla-
दशनालिmfn. 10x24 minutes long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दशरथललिताव्रतn. Name of an observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दशतौलिकm. Name of a weight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दशवैकालिकn. Name of a Jain text View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दौवालिकm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देलिमm. or n. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देउलियn. (Prakritfor devakulya-?) Name of a grāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देवबलिm. oblation to the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देवदालिका f. a kind of pumpkin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देवकुलिकm. attendant on a temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देवकुलिकाf. a small temple, chapel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देवलाङ्गुलिकाf. Tragia Involucrata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देवलिङ्गn. the image or statue of a deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देवमलिम्लुच्m. "robber of the gods", an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देवपालितm. "god-protected", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देवस्थलिm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धैर्यकलितmfn. assuming firmness or composure, steady, calm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धलिलm. or n. Name of a valley in which the capital of udyāna- is said to have been situated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ढालिन्mfn. armed with a shield, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धनकेलिm. "sporting with wealth", Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धनयौवनशालिन्mfn. endowed with wealth and youth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धारासलिलn. equals -jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धर्मेश्वरलिङ्गn. dharmeśvara
धवलिमन्m. white colour, whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धवलितmfn. whitened, illuminated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ढिल्लिका f. the city Delhi, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धीरललितmfn. firm and brave, but reckless and sportive (hero of a play) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धीरललिताf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतिमालिन्m. a particular magic. formula spoken over weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिf. ( also m.; dhū-?) dust (also the dusty soil), powder, pollen etc. (also f(-). & in compound See below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिf. a particular number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिधूम्रmfn. smoke-coloured or dark with dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिध्वजm. "dust-bannered", air or wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिगुच्छ m. the red powder thrown about at the Holi festival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिगुच्छकm. the red powder thrown about at the Holi festival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिहस्तयNom. P. yati-, to take dust into the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिकाf. pollen of flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिकाf. fog, mist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिकाf. a kind of game View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिकेदारm. a mound, rampart of earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिकुट्टिमn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिमयmf(ī-)n. covered with dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिमयmf(ī-)n. See above li-p- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिमुष्टिm. a handful of dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिपटलn. cloud of dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिप्रक्षेपm. the throwing of handful of dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलिपुष्पिकाf. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूलितmfn. sprinkled with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूमावलिf. a wreath or cloud of smoke View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूम्रमूलिकाf. "dark-rooted", a kind of grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ध्वाङ्क्षिक्षोलिका f. a particular medicinal plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
डिल्लि llī-, the town Delhi. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीपकलिकाf. Name of a commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीपालिककल्पm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीपमालिकाf. idem or 'f. a row of lamp, an illumination ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीपमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीपमालिकोत्सवm. "the feast of lights", Name of the 125th chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीपावलिf. a row of lights, nocturnal illumination equals dīpā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीपावलिप्रयोगm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीर्घमूलिकाf. Desmodium Gangeticum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीर्घाङ्गुलिताf. the having long fingers (one of the 32 signs of perfection), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दीर्घपटोलिकाf. a kind of cucurbitaceous fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दिवोदासेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga-
दिव्यकालिनीf. a kind of non poisonous snake, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दिव्यप्रज्ञानषालिन्mfn. = idem or 'n. equals -jñāna- n.' mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दोहलिन् equals dohada- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दोःशालिन्etc. See doḥ-, p.499. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दोःशालिन्mfn. having strong arms = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दोलिकाf. a litter, swing, cradle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दोलितmfn. swung, shaken, tossed (-citta- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दोलितm. a buffalo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्राविडलिपिf. the Dravidian writing or character View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्रविडोपनिषत्तात्पर्यरत्नावलिf. Name of work relating to draviḍopaniṣad- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्रव्यरत्नावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दृष्टान्तकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्रुकिलिमn. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुःखालिढmfn. consumed with grief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दूलालिपत्त्र n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुलिm. Name of a sage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुलि dulī f. a small or female tortoise (Cf. dauleya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
डुलिf. equals duli-, a turtle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुलिदुहm. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दूलिकाand dūlī- f. the Indigo plant (see tūlī-, dolā-, taru-dūlikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
डुलिकाf. a kind of wagtail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्बलिm. ( varia lectio la-) () a kind of bird (equals bhāṇḍīka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्बलिकm. () a kind of bird (equals bhāṇḍīka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्बलितmfn. weakened, rendered ineffective View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्हलिmfn. having a bad plough View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्ललितmfn. ill-mannered, wayward View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्ललितmfn. spoilt by, weary of, disgusted with (compound) (ka-and -lasita- varia lectio ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्ललितn. way wardness, naughty or roguish tricks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्लिखितmfn. badly scarified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्लिपिm. "the fatal writing"(of Destiny on man's forehead) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्मल्लिका f. a kind of minor drama, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्मिलिकाf. Name of several forms of metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्वादशज्योतिर्लिङ्गस्तोत्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्वादशलिङ्गस्तवनn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्वादशलिङ्गस्तोत्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्वादशलिङ्गोद्भवn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्वैकुलिजिकmf(ī-)n. containing 2 kulija-s (kind of measure) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्वैलिङ्ग्यn. duplicity of sex Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्वारबलिभुज्m.,"eater of offering at door", Ardea nivea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्वारबलिभुज्m. a crow or a sparrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्वारपालिकाf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्वारपालिकm. metron. fr. -pālī- (gaRa revaty-ādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्विजलिङ्गिन्mfn. wearing the insignia of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्विजलिङ्गिन्mfn. a kṣatriya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्विजलिङ्गिन्mfn. an impostor, a pretended Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्विकुलिजmf(ā-, ī-)n. containing 2 kulija-s (See s.v.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्विकुलिजिकmf(ī-)n. containing 2 kulija-s (See s.v.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्विकुलिजीनmf(ā-)n. containing 2 kulija-s (See s.v.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्विमुसलि(written also ṣali-) ind. with 2 clubs, club against club (in fighting) gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एककालिकम्ind. once a day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एककालिन्mfn. happening only once a day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकाक्षरमालिकाf. Name of vocabulary of monosyllabic words. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकाक्षिपिङ्गलिन्m. Name (also title or epithet) of kubera-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकलिङ्गn. (scilicet kṣetra-) a field or place in which (for the distance of five krośa-s) there is but one liṅga- or landmark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकलिङ्गn. "having a singular śiva-liṅga- (q.v) ", Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकलिङ्गm. Name of kuvera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकाञ्जलिm. a handful. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकशालिकmfn. like a single hall or room View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकतालिकाf. a particular time (in mus.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकावलि f. a single row, single string of pearls or beads or flowers, etc. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकावलिf. (in rhetoric) a series of sentences where the subject of each following sentence has some characteristic of the predicate of the preceding one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकावलिf. Name of work on rhetoric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकावलिप्रकाशm. Name of commentary on the above works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकावलितरलm. Name of commentary on the above works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एलावलिf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गभस्तिमालिन्m. "garlanded with rays", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गभोलिकm. a small round pillow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गड्डालिकाf. idem or 'f. a single ewe going in front of a flock of sheep ' (only in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गड्डालिकाप्रवाहेण instrumental case ind. "like the current of the gaḍḍālikā- river", very slowly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गाढालिङ्गनn. a close embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गगनलिह्mfn. reaching up to heaven View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गजमण्डलिकाf. a ring or circle of elephants surrounding a car etc.
गजनिमीलिकाf. (equals ibha-n-) "shutting the eyes (at anything) like an elephant", feigning not to look at anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गजनिमीलिकाf. inattention, carelessness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गजनिमीलितn. (equals likā-) feigning not to look at anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलिm. (equals gaḍi-) a young steer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालिf. plural reviling speech, invectives, execrations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालिetc. See 2. gālana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालिदानn. reviling, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालिमत्mfn. uttering execrations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालिन्mfn. distilling, fusing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालिन्mfn. reviling, abusive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालिनीf. a particular position of the fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालिप्रदानn. idem or 'n. reviling, .' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितmfn. dropped, oozed, trickling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितmfn. fallen down or off, loosed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितmfn. lost, perished, decayed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितmfn. waning (as the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितmfn. "dropped"(said of the verses omitted in the pada-pāṭha- of the because of their occurrence in a previous passage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितmfn. for gālita- (liquefied, melted) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालितmfn. strained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गालितmfn. melted, iv, 7, 18. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितmfn. swallowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितSee 1. and 2. gal-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितदन्तmfn. having the teeth decayed, toothless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितकm. a kind of dance, gesticulation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितकm. Name of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितकुष्ठn. advanced and incurable leprosy (when the fingers and toes fall off) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितनखmfn. having the claws or nails fallen off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितनखदन्तmfn. one who has lost his claws and teeth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितनयनmfn. one who has lost his eyes, blind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितप्रदीपm. "light of dropped verses", Name of a treatise giving in full the verses omitted in the pada-pāṭha- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गलितप्रदीपिकाf. idem or 'm. "light of dropped verses", Name of a treatise giving in full the verses omitted in the pada-pāṭha- of the ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गल्लिकाSee aja-g-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गणनावर्तलिपिf. a kind of writing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गण्डगोपालिकाf. a particular worm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गण्डलिन्m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गण्डमालिकाf. Mimosa pudica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गण्डमालिन्mfn. having the glands of the neck inflamed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धचेलिकाf. musk (varia lectio gandh/a-kelikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धचेलिकाf. equals -mārjāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धधूलिf. musk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धकालिकाf. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धकालिकाf. equals -kālī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धकेलिकाfor -celikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धलिप्तmfn. anointed with perfumes, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धमालिन्m. "having fragrant garlands", Name of a nāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धमालिनीf. a kind of perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धमूलिकाf. idem or 'm. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. equals -palāśī- ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धमूलिकाf. Emblica officinalis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धनालिकाf. the nose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धपालिन्m. "preserving perfumes", śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धशालिm. equals -taṇḍula- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गन्धोलिf. equals dha-palāśī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गङ्गेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गरलिन्mfn. poisonous, venomous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गतितालिन्m. Name of an attendant in skanda-'s retinue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गौधिलि plural patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गौलिकm. Bignonia suaveolens (equals go-liha-, -līḍha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गौपालपशुपालिकाf. the state or office of gopāla-s (cowherds) and paśupāla-s (herdsmen) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गौपालिm. idem or 'm. patronymic fr. go-pāl/a- ' (mentioned as having had a quarrel with the śālaṅkāyana-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गौपालिm. see gop-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गौपालिकm. (fr. go-pālikā-) equals pika- gaRa śivādi- () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गौरशालिm. a species of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गौरीललितn. orpiment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घनवल्लिकाf. "cloud-creeper", lightning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घण्टालिf. (ṭāl-) a series of bells View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घण्टालिf. Name of several cucurbitaceous plants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घण्टापाटलिm. Bignonia suaveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घण्टापाटलिm. Schreberia Swietenoides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घाटलिकाf. idem or 'See ṭāla-.' on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घेञ्चुलिकाf. Arum orixense (krauñcādana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घोडाचोलिन्m. Name of a man, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घोलिf. equals - View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घोलिकाf. equals - View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घृतमण्डलिकाf. equals -maṇḍā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गिलिf. = giri-2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गिलितmfn. (equals girita-) swallowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गिरिमल्लिकाf. Wrightla antidysenterica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गिरिशालिनीf. equals -karṇā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोधूलिf. "earth-dust" id est "a time at which mist seems to rise from the earth", a period of the day (in the hot season) when the sun is half risen, (in the cold and dewy seasons) when the sun is full but mild, (and in the 3 other seasons) sunset View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोधूलिकाf. idem or 'f. "earth-dust" id est "a time at which mist seems to rise from the earth", a period of the day (in the hot season) when the sun is half risen, (in the cold and dewy seasons) when the sun is full but mild, (and in the 3 other seasons) sunset ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोहालियाf. Name of a plant, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोकर्णलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोकर्णेशलिङ्गn. (and gokarṇeśa-) Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोखपिङ्गलिm. plural Name of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोखपिङ्गलिm. see gocchā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोकुलिकmfn. one who gives help (or gives no help ) to a cow in the mud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोकुलिकmfn. squint-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोकुलिकm. plural Name of a Buddhist sect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोलिहm. "cow-licked", Bignonia suaveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोलिह -līḍha- See g/o-, p.366. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोलिकाf. a small ball or globule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोलिकाa particular insect, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोमतल्लिकाf. ( ) an excellent cow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोपालकेलिचन्द्रिकाf. Name of a drama View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोपालिm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोपालिm. of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोपालिकाf. ( ) a cowherd's wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोपालिकाf. a kind of worm or fly found on dung-heaps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोपालितm. Name of a lexicographer Scholiast or Commentator on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोपोतलिकाf. a cow Introd. 35; 97, and on Va1rtt. 6. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोशालि varia lectio for la- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोवालिन्mfn. "cow-haired"(a kind of gaja-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ग्रहकुण्डलिकाf. the mutual relation of planets and prophecy derived from it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ग्रामजालिन्m. the governor of a district View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ग्रामाक्षपटलिकm. a village archivist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ग्रामकुलालिकाf. the state or business of a village potter gaRa manojñādi- (not in )
गृहबलिm. a domestic oblation (offering of the remnants of a meal to all creatures, such as animals and certain deities;See p.422) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहबलिभुज्m. "enjoying domestic oblations", a sparrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहबलिभुज्m. a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहबलिभुज्m. the crane Ardea nivea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहबलिदेवताf. plural certain deities to whom domestic oblations are offered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहबलिप्रियm. "fond of domestic oblations", the crane Ardea nivea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहाभिपालिन्mfn. watching or taking care of the house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहाभिपालिन्m. a watchman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहगोलिकाf. idem or 'm. equals -godhā- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहजालिकाf. disguise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहकुलिङ्गm. a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहालिकm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहालिकीf. equals gṛhagolaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गृहोलिकाf. equals lika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ग्रीवालिकाf. the neck
गुच्छमूलिकाf. Scirpus Kysoor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुडलिह्mfn. sugar-licking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुडलिण्मत्mfn. having sugar-lickers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गूढचतुर्थपादप्रहेलिकाf. a riddle in which the fourth pāda- (of a stanza) is hidden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गूढमल्लिकाf. Alangium hexapetalum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गूढवल्लिका varia lectio for gūḍh/a-mallikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुग्गुलि plural Name of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलिकाf. (equals guḍikā-) a ball (as a missile) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलिकाf. a small ball or globule (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलिकाf. a ball for playing with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलिकाf. a pearl (varia lectio for guṭikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलिकाf. a pill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलिकाf. "a kernel" See guḍikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलिकाf. a head (of cattle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलिकm. Name of a hunter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलिकाf. See gula-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलिकाक्रीडाf. playing with a ball (bat and ball, golf, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलिङ्कm. (equals kul-) a sparrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुलुगुलितn. the roaring (of an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुणपालितm. "protected by one's merits", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुणशतशालिन्mfn. possessed of a hundred excellent qualities. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुणिलिङ्गmfn. taking the same gender as a substantive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुर्वावलिf. "succession of teachers", Name of several works View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हैलिहिलmfn. of a sportive or wanton nature View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिm. a large plough (See śata-h-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिm. a furrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिm. agriculture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिm. Name of a man gaRa griṣṭy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिin compound for halin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिभm. or n. a particular high number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिकm. a ploughman, husbandman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिकm. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हालिकmfn. relating or belonging to a plough, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हालिकm. a ploughman, agriculturist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हालिकm. a slaughterer (used in explaining go-vikarta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिक्ष्णm. a kind of lion ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिमाf. Name of one of the seven mothers of skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिन्m. a ploughman, agriculturist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिन्m. Name of bala-rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिन्m. of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हालिङ्गवm. patr, fr. haliṅgu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिङ्गुm. Name of a man (See next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिनीf. a number of ploughs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिनीf. Methonica Superba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हालिनीf. a kind of lizard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिप्रियm. Nauclea Kadamba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिप्रियाf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हलिरामm. (with śarman-) Name of an author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हंसलिपिf. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हंसतूलिकाf. () "goose-cotton", the soft feathers or down of a goose. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हनुमद्बलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरकेलिName of a drama (composed by vigraha-rāja-deva- A.D. 1153). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरमेखलिन्m. a particular class of artisans View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरिहरमन्ण्डलषोडशलिङ्गोभवm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरिहराष्टोत्तरशतनामावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरितालिकाf. See next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरितालिकाf. Panicum Dactylon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरितालिकाf. the fourth (or third) day of the light half of the month bhādra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरितालिकाकथाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरितालिकापूजनn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरितालिकाव्रतn. a particular religious observance on the above day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरितालिकाव्रतकथाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरितालिकाव्रतनिर्णयm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरितत्त्वमुक्तावलि f. Name of a commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हर्तालिकाव्रतनिर्णयm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तकोहलि(?) f. the binding of the string round the fore-arm of the bride and bridegroom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तालिङ्गन n. an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तालिङ्गनकn. an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्ताञ्जलिm. the hands joined together and hollowed (See añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तरेलिहाf. a line on the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्तिकोलिm. or f. a sort of jujube View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेलिf. equals helā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेलिf. an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेलिf. a marriage-procession in the street View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेलिm. (Greek ;for 1. heli-See above) the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेलिहिल mfn. of a sportive or wanton nature View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेलिकm. idem or 'm. (Greek;for 1. heli-See above) the sun ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेलितव्यn. (impersonal or used impersonally) it is to be acted carelessly or frivolously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेमचूलिन्mfn. having a golden crest or top View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेमकेलिm. "golden sport", Name of agni- or fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेमकिरीटमालिन्mfn. garlanded with a golden diadem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेममालिकाf. a golden necklace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेममालिन्mfn. garlanded or adorned with golden (as elephants, a rākṣasa- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेममालिन्m. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेतुबलिकmfn. strong in argument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हेतुश्लिष्टn. ? (in rhetoric) the combining of causes (a method of describing similarity by using epithets common to two objects) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हिलिहिलmfn. sporting, dallying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हिलिमाf. (of unknown meaning) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हिमांशुमालिन्m. "encircled by cold rays", the moon
हिङ्गुलिm. vermilion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हिङ्गुलिकाf. (ikā-) Solanum Jacquini View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हिरण्यमालिन्mfn. having a golden garland View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
होलिकाf. the holī- festival (also applied to a rākṣasī- worshipped at it) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
होलिकामाहात्म्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
होलिकाप्रयोगm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
होलिकापूजाm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
होलिकापूजनाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
होलिकाविधानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
होलिकोत्पत्तिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
होलिनिर्णयm. (prob. for holī-n-) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हुगलि f. Name of a town in Bengal (= Hugli) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हुगुलि f. Name of a town in Bengal (= Hugli) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हुलिहुलीf. nuptial music View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हुलिहुलीf. roaring, howling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हुलिङ्गm. Name of a country belonging to śālva- in madhya-deśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हुताङ्गुलि f. a finger of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इभनिमीलिकाf. smartness, shrewdness, sagacity (like that of an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ईहालिह्mfn. reading (any one's) wish (nayanayoḥ-,"in his eyes"; confer, compare 2. lih-, parasmE-pada 903), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इक्षुबालिकाf. Saccharum Spontaneum equals -tulyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इक्षुमालिनीf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इक्षुमालिनीf. See ikṣu--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इक्ष्वालिकm. (for ikṣu-vālika-?), Saccharum Spontaneum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इक्ष्वालिकाf. another sort, Saccharum Fuscum (native reed-pens are made from its stem) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इलिकाf. the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ईलिकाf. a nerve, tendon, gut, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इलिनाf. Name of a daughter of yama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ईलिनm. Name of a son of taṃsu- and father of duṣyanta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इलिनीf. Name of a daughter of medhātithi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ईलिनीf. Name of a daughter of medhātithi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इलिविलm. Name of a son of daśaratha- (see idaviḍa-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इल्लिशm. the fish Clupea Alosa ([ see ilīśa-]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इल्लिसm. idem or 'm. the fish Clupea Alosa ([ see ilīśa-]) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इन्द्रजालिकm. a juggler, a conjurer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इन्द्रजालिन्m. a juggler, sorcerer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इन्द्रजालिन्m. Name of a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इन्द्रपालितm. "protected by indra-", Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इन्द्रपालितm. also of a vaiśya- commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इन्द्रेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इन्दुकलिकाf. the plant Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इन्दुमौलिm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ईशानबलिm. a particular sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इत्यालिखितmfn. so scratched or marked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाबालिm. patronymic fr. jabāla- ( Va1rtt. 1 ), Name of an ancient sage (author of a law-book ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाबालिm. Name of an infidel Brahman (priest of daśa-ratha-, who ineffectually tried after his death to shake rāma-'s resolution and induce him to take the throne) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाबालिन्m. plural Name of jābāla-'s school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जैवलिm. idem or 'm. patronymic fr. jīv- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाजलिm. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाजलिन्m. idem or 'm. Name of a teacher ' Va1rtt. 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालाबद्धाङ्गुलिपाणिपादतल्स्ताf. the having the soles of the feet and palms and fingers covered with nets (or cross-lines; one of the 32 signs of perfection), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालकमालिन्mfn. adorned with a kind of pearl-ornament ("veiled") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जलकेलिm. f. frolicking in water, splashing one another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जलकेलिवर्णनn. Name of hari-nātha-'s rAma-vilAsa-kAvya iii. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालाङ्गुलिकmfn. equals la-pāda-bhuja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जलनीलिकाf. equals -kuntala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जलाञ्जलिm. the hollowed palms filled with water offered to ancestors (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' lika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जलपालिकाf. lightning, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जलवालिकाf. lightning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जलिकाf. equals lau- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जलिका lukā-, etc. See above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकाf. a net (for catching birds etc.) (see mṛga-jālikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकाf. a veil, a kind of cloth or raiment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकाf. chain-armour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकाf. a spider View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकाf. plantain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकाf. a multitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकाf. a widow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकाf. iron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकाf. equals komāsikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकmf(ī-)n. deceptive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकm. a cheat gaRa parpādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकm. (gaRa vetanādi-) "living on his net", a bird-catcher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकm. a spider View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकm. equals grāma-jālin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिकाf. equals jal- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिन्mfn. having a net View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिन्mfn. retiform View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिन्mfn. having a window View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिन्mfn. deceptive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिनीf. (scilicet piḍakā-) Name of certain boils appearing in the prameha- disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिनीf. a species of melon (having a reticulated rind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिनीf. a painted room or one ornamented with pictures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जालिनीमुखm. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जमालिन्m. Name of mahā-vīra-'s son-in-law (founder of schism 1. of the Jain church). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जम्बालिनीf. "muddy", a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जम्भलिकाf. a kind of song View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जम्बूलमालिकाf. " jambūla- garland", jesting compliments addressed to the bridegroom by his female relatives (Scholiast or Commentator;"brightness of countenance in a bride and bridegroom", ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जम्बुमालिन्m. Name of a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जनबालिकाf. lightning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जानकीनाथलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाङ्गलिm. equals guli- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाङ्गलिकm. equals gul- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाङ्गलिन्m. idem or 'm. equals gul- '
जाङ्गुलिm. a snake-charmer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाङ्गुलिकm. idem or 'm. a snake-charmer ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जनिनीलिकाf. the plant mahā-nīlī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाटलिm. f. equals jhāṭ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जटालिकाf. Name of one of the mothers attending on skanda- (jāṭ- Calcutta edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाटलिकाfor jaṭ- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जटामालिन्m. "garlanded with matted hair", Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जटावल्कलिन्mfn. wearing twisted hair and a garment made of bark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जटिलिकाf. (gaRa śivādi-) Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जाटिलिकm. metron. fr. jaṭilikā- gaRa sivādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झलिf. the areca-nut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झालिf. sour or unripe mango fried with salt, mustard, and Asa foetida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झल्लिकाf. a cloth used for applying colour or perfumes (also jhill- ; jhillī- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झल्लिकाf. dirt rubbed off the body by the application of perfumes (also jhillakā-and jhillīkā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झल्लिकाf. light, sunshine (also jhill-, jhillī-and jhillīkā-; see jhalā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झाटलिm. Bignonia suaveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झौलिकa small bag View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झिल्लिf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. a cricket ' ' ' (?, or equals jhall-) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झिल्लिf. a kind of musical instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झिल्लिf. parchment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झिल्लिकm. plural varia lectio for jill- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झिल्लिकाf. a cricket
झिल्लिकाf. a cricket's chirp View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झिल्लिकाf. a kind of vehicle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झिल्लिकाf. equals jhall- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झिल्लिकाf. equals jhiṇṭikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झिल्लिकाf. membrane, parchment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
झिल्लिन्Name of a vṛṣṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जिह्वालिह्m. "licking with the tongue", a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जिल्लिकm. plural Name of a people (varia lectio jhil/i-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वालालिङ्गn. Name of a sanctuary of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वालामालिन्mfn. flame-garlanded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वालिन्mfn. flaming (śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वलिनीf. Sanseviera Zeylanica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वालिनीf. a mystical Name of the letter v- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वलितmfn. lighted, blazing, flaming, shining (tṛṇeṣu jvalitaṃ tvayā-,"you have lighted flames in the grass", id est you have had an easy work, ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वलितmfn. (fr. Causal) set on fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वलितn. radiance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वलितn. blazing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वलितचक्षुस्mfn. fiery-eyed, looking angrily or fiercely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वलिताननmfn. flame-faced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वलितनयनmfn. idem or 'mfn. fiery-eyed, looking angrily or fiercely ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वलितनेत्रmfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. fiery-eyed, looking angrily or fiercely ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्वलितृmfn. shining, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्येष्ठललिताf. a particular vow to be observed in month jyaiṣṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्योतिर्लिङ्गm. Name of several liṅga- temples. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्योतिर्मिलिन्m. equals -iṅga- (see nīlamīlika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कबुलिf. the hinder part of an animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काचकामलिन्mfn. afflicted with the preceding disease. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काचलिन्दि varia lectio for kāka-ciñcika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काचिलिन्दिand kācilindika- vv.ll. for kāka-ciñcika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कदलिकाf. idem or 'm. Musa Sapientum ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कदलिकाf. a flag carried by an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कदलिन्m. a kind of antelope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काहलिm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काहलिन्m. Name of a ṛṣi-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कैलिकिलm. plural Name of a people (perhaps a yavana- tribe; varia lectio kailak-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कैलिञ्जmf(ī-)n. made of a thin plank (kiliñja-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कज्जलिकाf. powder (especially made of mercury) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कज्जलितmfn. covered with lampblack or with a collyrium prepared from it gaRa tārakādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कज्जलितmfn. blackened, soiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काकबलिm. "crow-offering", Name of the bali-karaṇa- or offerings of food for crows and other animals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काकलिf. a soft sweet sound (kala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काकलिf. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काकलिकाf. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कक्कोलिकाf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काकोलिf. a medicinal plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलधौतलिपिf. (?) a streak of gold, illumination of a manuscript with gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलाकेलिm. amorous play View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलाकेलिm. "frolicsome", Name of kāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलाकेलिmfn. one who exercises an art for pleasure, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालमल्लिकाf. an Ocimum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालप्रणालिकाf. a water-clock, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालशालिm. a black kind of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलतूलिकाf. a wanton or lascivious woman (see -kūṇikā-above.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिm. (1. kal- commentator or commentary on ), Name of the die or side of a die marked with one dot, the losing die etc. (personified as an evil genius in the episode of nala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिm. symbolical expression for the number 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिm. Terminalia Bellerica (the nuts of which in older times were used as dice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिm. Name of the last and worst of the four yuga-s or ages, the present age, age of vice etc. (the kali- age contains, inclusive of the two dawns, 1200 years of the gods or 432,000 years of men, and begins the eighteenth of February, 3102 B.C.;at the end of this yuga- the world is to be destroyed;See yuga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिm. strife, discord, quarrel, contention (personified as the son of krodha-,"Anger", and hiṃsā-,"Injury", and as generating with his sister durukti-,"Calumny."two children, viz. bhaya-,"Fear", and mṛtyu-,"Death" ) etc.
कलिm. the worst of a class or number of objects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिm. a hero (or an arrow, śūra-,or śara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिm. Name of an upaniṣad- (equals kalisaṃtaraṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिm. (/is-) Name of a class of mythic beings (related to the gandharva-s, and supposed by some to be fond of gambling;in epic poetry kali- is held to be the fifteenth of the deva-gandharva-s or children of the muni-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिf(is-, ī-). an unblown flower, bud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिच्छन्दस्n. a kind of metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिदासm. (fr. kālī-,the goddess durgā-, and dāsa-,a slave, the final of kālī-being shortened; see ), Name of a celebrated poet (author of the śakuntalā-, vikramorvaśī-, mālavikāgnimitra-, megha-dūta-, and raghu-vaṃśa-;described as one of the nine gems of vikramāditya-'s court, and variously placed in the first, second, third, and middle of the sixth century A.D.;the name is, however, applied to several persons, especially to two others who may have written the nalodaya- and śruta-- bodha- [hence the N. is used to denote the number,"three"], and seems, in some measure, to have been used as an honorary title). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिदासकm. equals preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिधर्मनिर्णयm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिधर्मसारसंग्रहm. Name of a work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिद्रुm. "tree of strife", Terminalia Bellerica (supposed to be the haunt of imps) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिद्रुमm. idem or 'm. "tree of strife", Terminalia Bellerica (supposed to be the haunt of imps) ' commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिहारीf. Methonica Superba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकाf. the sixteenth part of the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकाf. a division of time (equals kalā- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकाf. an unblown flower, bud etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकाf. the bottom or peg of the Indian lute (made of cane) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकाf. Name of several metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकाf. a kind of artificial verse (see kānta-k-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकाf. Name of work on medicine. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकm. a curlew View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकाSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकाf. blackness or black colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकm. a species of heron (Ardea jaculator) (varia lectio kālīka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकm. Name of a king of the nāga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकm. of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिका(f. of 1. kālaka- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकmf(ī- )n. relating to or connected with or depending on time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकmf(ī- )n. fit for any particular season, seasonable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकmf(ī- )n. lasting a long time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकmf(ī- )n. (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' exempli gratia, 'for example' āsanna-k-,relating to a time near at hand, impending ; māsa-k-,monthly ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिक1. and 2. kālika- See column 1 and . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकाSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकाचार्यm. varia lectio for kālakāc- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकाग्रन्थm. a medical work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकागुरुm. plural Name of certain authors of mystical prayers. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकाक्रमm. Name of work (equals kālī-kr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकालm. the kali- age View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकामुखm. Name of a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकापुराणn. "the purāṇa- of kālikā- (id est of durgā-)", Name of an upa-purāṇa-.
कलिकापूर्वn. an unforeseen event (as birth etc.) partly resulting from an act and leading to totally unforeseen consequences (as heaven etc.; pūrvabhedaḥ&iencoding=deva&lang=sans'>paramāpūrvajanako 'ṅgajanyāpūrvabhedaḥ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकारm. (in all its meanings ) the fork-tailed shrike View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकारm. Loxia philippensis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकारm. a kind of chicken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकारm. Pongamia glabra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकारm. Guilandina Bonduc View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकारm. Name of nārada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकारहस्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकारकm. Name of nārada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकारकm. Caesalpina Bonducella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकारीf. Methonica superba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकारिकाf. Name of a plant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकार्यm. equals kālakācārya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकाश्रमm. Name of a hermitage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकास्तोत्रn. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकाताf. the town Calcutta. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकताf. time, date, season. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकातन्त्रn. Name of a tantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकत्वn. idem or 'f. time, date, season.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकाव्रतn. Name of a ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकेयmfn. relating to kālikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकेयSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकोपनिषद्f. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिकोपपुराणn. equals kālikā-pur-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकृत्mfn. contentious, quarrelling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिकुञ्चिकाf. a younger sister of a husband View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिलmfn. (1. kal- ), mixed with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिलmfn. full of, covered with etc.
कलिलmfn. impenetrable, impervious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिलn. a large heap, thicket, confusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिलmfn. gaRa picchādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिमालकm. idem or 'm. Caesalpina Bonducella ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिमाल्यm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. Caesalpina Bonducella ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिमन्m. blackness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिमन्etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिमारकm. Caesalpina Bonducella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिंमन्याf. thinking oneself to be kālī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिंमन्याetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्m. Name of a son of caidyoparicara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्See column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिनाथm. Name of a writer on music. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दm. Terminalia Bellerica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दm. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दm. Name of a mountain on which the river yamunā- rises View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दm. Name of a being attending on skanda- (edition Calc.) ix, 2566 (varia lectio kaliṅga- edition Bomb.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दm. plural Name of a people (edition Calc.) (varia lectio kaliṅga- edition Bomb.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दाf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दn. the water-melon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दmfn. connected with or coming from the river yamunā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दजाf. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दकn. a water-melon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दकन्याf. " kalinda-'s daughter", Name of the river yamunā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दनन्दिनीf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दशैलजाताf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दसुताf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दतनयाf. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दात्मजाf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दीf. Name of the river yamunā- (equals kālindī- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीf. a sort of vessel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीf. a sort of trivṛt- with red flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीf. Name of a wife of kṛṣṇa- (a daughter of sūrya- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीf. Name of the wife of asita- and mother of sagara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीf. a patronymic of the river yamunā- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दी(f. of nda- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीभेदनm. equals -karṣaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दिकाf. science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिन्दिकाf. (varia lectio kalandikā-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दिकाf. (equals kal-) science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीकर्षणm. "diverting the yamunā- stream", Name of bala-rāma- (who diverted the yamunā- into a new and devious channel marked out by his ploughshare) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीमाहात्म्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीमुकुन्दm. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीपतिm. "the lord of kālindī-", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीसोदरm. "brother of yamunā-", Name of yama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीसूm. "generator of kālindī-", Name of sūrya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिन्दीसूf. (ūs-) "giving birth to kālindī-", Name of one of sūrya-'s wives View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गm. plural Name of a people and their country (the N. is applied in the purāṇa-s to several places, but especially signifies a district on the Coromandel coast, extending from below Cuttack [ kaṭaka-] to the vicinity of Madras) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गm. an inhabitant of kaliṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गm. Name of a king of kaliṅga- (from whom the kaliṅga- people are said to have originated;he is sometimes mentioned as a son of dīrghatamas- and sudeṣṇā-, sometimes identified with bali-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गm. Name of a being attending on skanda- (edition Bomb.) ix, 45, 64 (varia lectio kalinda- edition Calc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गm. Name of several authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गm. the fork-tailed shrike View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गm. Caesalpina Bonducella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गm. Wrightia antidysenteria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गm. Acacia Sirissa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गm. Ficus infectoria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गाf. a beautiful woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गm. Opomea Turpethum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गn. the seed of Wrightia antidysenteria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गmfn. clever, cunning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गm. "produced in or belonging to the kaliṅga- country", a kaliṅga- man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गm. () a prince of the kaliṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गm. (plural) the kaliṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गm. an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गm. a snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गm. a species of cucumber (Cucumis usitatissimus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गm. Beninkasa cerifera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गm. a poisonous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गm. a sort of iron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गmn. the plant Wrightia antidysenterica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गmn. a kind of gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गn. the water-melon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गबीजn. the seed of Wrightia antidysenteria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गकm. the country of the kaliṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गकm. the seed of Wrightia antidysenteria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गकाf. a particular plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गकm. a prince of the kaliṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गकm. the plant Wrightia antidysenterica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गसेनाf. Name of a princess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिङ्गयवm. idem or 'n. the seed of Wrightia antidysenteria ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गीf. a princess of the kaliṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिङ्गिकाf. Ipomoea Turpethum
कलिनीf. pea-plant, pulse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिनीf. "bringing death", Name of the sixth lunar mansion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिञ्जm. a mat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिञ्जn. wood (see kiliñja-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिञ्जरm. Name of a king (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिञ्जरm. (see kālañj-), Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिञ्जरm. of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिञ्जरीf. Name of gaurī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिप्रदm. a liquor-shop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिप्रियmfn. fond of quarrelling, quarrelsome, mischievous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिप्रियm. Name of nārada-, an ape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिसंश्रयm. the act of betaking one's self to kali-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिसंतरणn. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिशासनm. a jina- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिशत्रुm. an evil enemy(?), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिस्तोमm. a particular stoma-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलितmfn. impelled, driven etc. (see 3. kal-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलितmfn. made, formed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलितmfn. furnished or provided with etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलितmfn. divided, separated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलितmfn. sounded indistinctly, murmured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलितSee 3. kal-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलितकुसुमmfn. budded, blossomed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालितराf. (Comparative degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालितराSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिवर्ज्यmfn. (in law) to be avoided in the present Kali age, obsolete View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिविनाशिनीf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिविष्णुवर्धनm. Name (also title or epithet) of a king, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलिवृक्षm. Terminalia Bellerica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिव्यmfn. fr. kaliva- gaRa pragady-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालिव्यmfn. (varia lectio kāvilya-fr. kavila-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालियm. Name of a nāga- (inhabiting the yamunā-, slain by kṛṣṇa-, also written kālīya- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालियetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालियदमनm. idem or 'm. "destroyer of kāliya-", Name of kṛṣṇa- or viṣṇu- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालियजित्m. "destroyer of kāliya-", Name of kṛṣṇa- or viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालियकn. (equals kālīyaka-) a yellow fragrant wood (perhaps sandal-wood or Agallochum) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालियारिm. Name (also title or epithet) of kṛṣṇa-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कलियुगn. the kali- age (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्लिind. to-morrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्लिनाथm. Name of a writer on music. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्लोलिनीf. a surging stream, river in general View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्लोलिनीf. a surging stream, river (gaRa puṣkarādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्लोलितmfn. surging, billowy gaRa tārakādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्लोलितmfn. surging, billowing (gaRa tārakādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्मलिm. (3. kal-+ mala-,"dispelling darkness") splendour, brightness, sparkling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्पद्रुकलिकाf. Name of work by lakṣmī- vallabha- expounding the kalpa-sūtra- of the jaina-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कल्पद्रुमकलिकाf. equals -drukalikā- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामकलिकाf. Name of a surāṅganā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामकेलिm. "love-sport", amorous sport, sexual intercourse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामकेलिm. the vidūṣaka- of the drama View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामकेलिmfn. having amorous sport, wanton View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामकेलिरसm. a kind of aphrodisiac. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामलिm. a descendant of kamala-, Name of a pupil of vaiśampāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामलिm. gaRa taulvaly-ādi- in the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामलिकmfn. customary in (or symptomatic of) jaundice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामलिन्mfn. suffering from jaundice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कामलिन्m. plural the school of kamala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलिनीf. the lotus plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलिनीf. a number of lotus plants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलिनीf. a pool or place abounding with them View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलिनीबन्धुm. idem or 'm. "the lover of the lotus", Name of the sun ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलिनीकान्तm. "the lover of the lotus", Name of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कमलोत्पलमालिन्mfn. having garlands of kamala- and utpala- lotuses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काममालिन्m. Name of gaṇeśa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कम्बलिकाf. gaRa pakṣādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काम्बलिकm. sour milk-mixed with whey and vinegar, gruel, barley-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काम्बलिकायनmfn. (fr. kambalikā-) gaRa pakṣādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कम्बलिन्mfn. covered with a woollen cloth or blanket, wearing a woollen garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कम्बलिन्m. "having a dewlap", an ox View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कम्बलिवाह्यकn. a carriage drawn by oxen. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कम्बुमालिनीf. idem or 'f. Andropogon Aciculatus ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काम्पिल्लिकाf. idem or 'm. (equals kāmpilya-), Name of a plant ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काम्पिल्लिकाf. a drug (commonly called sunda- rocanī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काम्पिल्लिकाf. a perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कञ्चुलिकाf. a bodice, corset View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कन्दलिa sprout, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कन्दलिन्mfn. covered with kandalī- flowers
कन्दलिन्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') abounding with, full of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कन्दलिन्m. a kind of deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कन्दलितmfn. put forth or emitted in abundance or simultaneously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कन्दर्पकेलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कन्दुकेश्वरलिङ्गn. idem or 'n. Name of a liṅga-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कङ्कालमालिन्m. idem or 'm. "wearing a necklace of bones", Name of śiva-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कङ्कालिन्m. Name of a yakṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कङ्कालिनीf. Name of a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कङ्केलिm. the tree Jonesia Asoka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कङ्केल्लिmf(ī-). idem or 'm. idem or 'm. the tree Jonesia Asoka ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कान्तकलिकाf. a particular kind of artificial verse. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कण्टालिकाf. Solanum Jacquini View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कण्ठनालिकाf. the windpipe, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कण्ठप्रणालिकाf. idem or 'f. sharp pains in the throat ', View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कन्यापिपीलिकाf. a very small ant, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालमालिन्mfn. bearing a garland of skulls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालनालिकाf. a sort of pin or spindle (for winding cotton, thread etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिm. Name of śiva- (see the next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिm. Name of a siddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिकाf. a potsherd etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिकmf(ī-)n. relating to or belonging to a skull (equals kapālikeva-) gaRa śarkarādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिकm. a kind of śaiva- ascetic who carries a human skull and uses it as a receptacle for his food (he belongs to the left-hand sect) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिकm. Name of a mixed class (kapālin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिकm. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिकn. a kind of leprosy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिकmfn. peculiar to a kāpālika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिकत्वn. barbarousness, cruelty, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्mfn. bearing a pot (to receive food, as a beggar) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्mfn. furnished with or bearing skulls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्mf. (ī-, inī-) a man or woman of low caste (son or daughter of a Brahman mother and a fisherman father) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्mf. the follower of a particular śaiva- sect (carrying skulls of men as ornament and eating and drinking from them; see kāpālika-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्m. Name of śiva- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्m. of one of the eleven rudra-s etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्m. of a demon causing diseases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिन्m. of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिन्m. "adorned with skulls", Name of śiva- (see kapālin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिन्m. Name of a mixed caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापालिन्m. Name of a son of kṛṣṇa- and yaudhiṣṭhirī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिनmfn. relating to kapālin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिनीf. a form of durgā- (as the wife of śiva-kapālin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपालिनीf. of a being attending on devī-.
कपर्दीशलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपिकोलिm. a species of Zizyphus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापिलबलिm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपिलिकाf. Name of a woman gaRa śivādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापिलिकm. a metron. fr. kapilikā- gaRa śivādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापिञ्जलिm. a patronymic fr. kapiñjala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कापिष्ठलिm. a son or descendant of kapiṣṭhala- gaRa krauḍy-ādi-: vArttika View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपिवल्लिकाf. Scindapsus Officinalis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपोलपालिor ī- f. the side of a cheek View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपोतपालिf. frieze, cornice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कपोतपालिकाf. a dove-cot, pigeon-house, aviary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करचुलिm. Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करालिकm. a tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करालिकm. a sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करालिकाf. Name of durgā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करालिन्mfn. singing with a gaping and distorted mouth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करालिन्m. a tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करालितmfn. rendered formidable, afraid of, alarmed at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करालितmfn. magnified, intensified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करमण्डलिन्m. Achyranthes Aspera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कराङ्गुलिf. a finger of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करङ्कशालिm. a sort of sugar-cane. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करपालिm. a kind of sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करपालिकाf. a cudgel, short club or wooden sword, a sword or one-edged knife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करपुटटाञ्जलिm. cavity made in joining the palms of the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करस्थालिन्m. "using the hands for a jar", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करतालिकाf. clapping the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करतालिकाf. beating time by clapping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करतालिकाf. a kind of cymbal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करवालिm. a kind of sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करवालिकाf. equals -pālika- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कारवेल्लिकाf. idem or 'm. idem or 'n. its fruit ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कारेणुपालिm. a son or descendant of kareṇu-pāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कर्णहल्लिकाf. a particular disease of the ear, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कर्णाञ्जलिm. the ears pricked up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कर्णपालिf. the lobe of the ear, the outer ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कर्णशष्कुलिकाf. the auditory passage of the ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कर्णशूलिन्mfn. having ear-ache View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कर्पूरकेलिm. Name of a flamingo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कर्पूरनालिकाf. a kind of food prepared with camphor (rice dressed with spices and camphor and ghee) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कार्त्तिकशालिm. rice ripening in the month kārttika- (forming the principal harvest in India) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काशाल्मलिf. a kind of silk-cotton tree, Bombax heptaphyllum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काश्मीरलिङ्गn. N. a liṅga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काष्ठपुत्तलिकाf. a wooden image, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काष्ठशालिकm. (probably) a dealer in wood, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काष्ठवल्लिकाf. Name of a plant (equals kaṭukā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कस्तूरीमल्लिकाf. a species of jasmine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कटमालिनीf. any vinous liquor. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कटपल्लिकुञ्चिकाf. a straw hut (-pari-k-and -pali-k- vv.ll.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कटिमालिकाf. idem or 'm. a zone, girdle ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौदालिकm. (fr. kudāla-), a man of a mixed caste (son of a fisherman by a woman of the washerman caste) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौकुलिकाf. Name of one of the mothers in skanda-'s retinue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिm. ( ) patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिSee kaulaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिकmfn. belonging to a family or race, ancestral, customary or heritable in a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिकm. a weaver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिकm. a follower of the left-hand śākta- ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिकm. (hence) a heretic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिकSee kaula-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिकतन्त्रn. Name of a tantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिन्दm. plural Name of a people (varia lectio for kauṇinda-)
कौलिन्दm. a prince of that people, iv, 24. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिशायनिmfn. fr. kuliśa- gaRa karṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलिशिकmf(ī-)n. resembling a thunderbolt gaRa aṅguly-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौलितरmfn. ? (said of the demon śambara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौण्डलिकmfn. idem or 'mfn. (fr. kuṇḍ-), furnished with rings gaRa jyotsnādi-.' gaRa kumudādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौशलिm. metron. fr. kuśalā- gaRa bāhv-ādi-.
कौशलिकाf. a present, respectful gift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौशिकाङ्गुलिm. "having paws like an owl", Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौटलिm. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौटिलिकm. (fr. kuṭilikā- ) "deceiving the hunter [or the deer Scholiast or Commentator ] by particular movements ", a deer ["a hunter"Scholiast or Commentator ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कौटिलिकm. "using the tool called kuṭilikā- ", a blacksmith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कवलिकाf. a piece of cloth over a sore or wound, a bandage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कवलितmfn. swallowed by the mouthful, eaten, devoured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कवितावलिf. Name (also title or epithet) of an anthology View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
काव्यलिङ्गn. a kind of alaṃkāra- or figure of rhetoric in which a statement is explained or made clearer by giving the reason for it
केदारलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केदारेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिmf. play, sport, amorous sport, pastime, amusement etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिmf. disguise, concealment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिf. the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिगृहn. a pleasure-house, private apartment commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकmfn. sporting, sportive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकmfn. the tree Jonesia aśoka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकदम्बm. (equals -vṛkṣa-) a variety of the Kadamba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकैलासm. a mountain that is to represent the kailāsa- mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकलmfn. amusing one's self (varia lectio -kila-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकलाf. amorous or sportive accents or address View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकलाf. sportive skill, wantonness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकलाf. the vīṇā- or lute of sarasvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकलहm. a quarrel in jest or joke View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलीकलितn. amusement, jest, play View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकमलn. a lotus flower for playing with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकाननn. a pleasure-grove View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकिलmfn. sporting, amusing one's self (varia lectio -kala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकिलmfn. finding pleasure in (in compound), 7671 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकिलmfn. wanton, arrogant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकिलmfn. litigious, quarrelsome, 3209 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकिलm. the confidential companion, of the hero of a drama (in general a sort of buffoon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकिलm. Name of one of śiva-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकिलाf. sport, amusement commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकिलm. Name of rati- (the wife of kāma-deva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकिलm. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकीर्णm. "full of amusement", a camel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकोशm. "receptacle of amusement", a dancer, actor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिकुञ्चिकाf. a wife's younger sister (see kal-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिमण्डपn. equals -gṛha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिमन्दिरn. equals -gṛha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिमुखm. pastime, sport View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिनागरm. a sensualist, enjoyer of worldly pleasures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिनिकेतनn. equals -gṛha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिपल्वलn. a pleasure-pond View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिपरmfn. wanton, sportive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिरैवतकn. Name of a treatise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिरङ्गm. a pleasure-ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिसचिवm. minister of the sports, master of the revels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिसदनn. equals -gṛha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिशैलm. a pleasure-hill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिसारm. Name of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिशयनn. a pleasure-couch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिस्थलीf. a place of pleasure, play-ground, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिशुषिf. the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिश्वेतसहस्रपत्त्रNom. P. ttrati-, to represent a white lotus for playing with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलितn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' , kali-- equals kelī-kalita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिवनn. equals -kānana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केलिवृक्षm. a species of the Kadamba (commonly keli-kadamba-, Nauclea cordifolia, being abundant in the scene of kṛṣṇa-'s sports with the gopī-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केरलिकाf. Name of a woman, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केशालिm. "row of hair", Eclipta prostrata (keśa-rañjana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केतलिकीर्तिm. Name of the author of the work megha-mālā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केतुमालिSee lin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केतुमालिन्m. Name of a dānava- (metrically also li-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केतुमालिन्m. of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केवलाद्वैतवादकुलिशn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केवलिन्mfn. alone, one, only View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केवलिन्m. "devoted to the doctrine of the absolute unity of spirit", a meditative ascetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
केवलिन्m. "possessing the kevala- (-jñāna-) ", an arhat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खैलिकmfn. supplementary, additional, added afterwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलमालिन्mfn. garlanded with threshing-floors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिm. sediment of oil or oil-cake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिm. equals -druma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिद्रुमm. (equals khalla-) Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खालिकmf(ī-)n. equals khala iva- (like a threshing-floor) gaRa aṅguly-ādi- (not in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिन्mfn. one who possesses threshing-floors (said of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिन्m. plural Name of a class of dānava-s, 7282 ff. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनm. Name of a place (named after the khalin-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनmn. (see) the bit of a bridle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनmn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनीf. a multitude of threshing-floors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनीf. Anethum graveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिनीf. Curculigo orchioides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिशm. a kind of fish (Trichopodus Colisa ;or equals kaṅka-troṭa-,Esox Kankila) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खलिशm. (varia lectio khalliśa-; see khaśeṭa-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खालित्यn. idem or 'n. (fr. khalat/i-), morbid baldness ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खल्लिf. (equals kallī-) shooting pain in the extremities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खल्लिकाf. a frying-pan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खल्लिशSee khaliśa-.
खल्लितmfn. slack (as a female breast) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खल्लिटmfn. (equals khalat/i-) bald View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खमूलिf. an aquatic plant (Pistia Stratiotes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खमूलिकाf. an aquatic plant (Pistia Stratiotes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खण्डकापालिकm. an inferior kāpālika- ascetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खण्डकापालिकm. Name of a teacher (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खरालिकm. an iron arrow (varia lectio laka- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खरालिकm. a pillow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खरालिकm. a barber (grāmaṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खरालिकm. a razor-case View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खरवल्लिकाf. equals -gandha-nibhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खार्गलिm. patronymic fr. kharg/ala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खास्यलिपिf. (fr. khasa-?), a kind of written character or alphabet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खट्वाङ्गशूलिन्mfn. bearing the weapons called kh- and śūla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खेलिf. (equals keli-) play, sport View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खेलिm. an animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खेलिm. a bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खेलिm. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खेलिm. an arrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खेलिm. a song View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खोलिf. a quiver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
खुरालिकm. varia lectio for khar- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीलालिन्m. a lizard, chameleon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीलिकाf. a pin, bolt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिकिलm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिकिलाf. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिकिलf. (equals lak-) cries expressing joy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिकिलयNom. P. yati-, to raise sounds expressing joy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिकिलायNom. A1. yate- idem or 'Nom. P. yati-, to raise sounds expressing joy ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिकिलयetc. See kilakila-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिकिलितn. sounds expressing joy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिमn. a kind of pine (Pinus Deodar see deva-dāru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिमm. idem or 'n. a kind of pine (Pinus Deodar see deva-dāru-) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिनmfn. = klinna-, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिञ्चm. a thin plank, board View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिञ्चm. (equals vaṃśa-) a bamboo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिञ्चनm. a sort of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीलिनीf. the earth (confer, compare adri-- kīlā-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिञ्जm. a thin plank of green wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिञ्जm. a mat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिञ्जहस्तिन्m. an elephant formed by mats View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किलिञ्जकm. a mat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीलितmfn. staked, impaled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीलितmfn. set up as a stake or pole View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीलितmfn. pinned, fastened by a stake, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीलितmfn. bound, tied, confined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीलितm. Name of a mantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीलितSee kīl-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किनारिलिपिf. a kind of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किञ्चिलिकm. an earth-worm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किङ्किणीजालमालिन्mfn. having a circlet of small bells View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किरणमालिन्m. "garlanded with rays", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किरीटमालिन्m. ornamented with a diadem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
किरीटमालिन्m. Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कीर्तिमालिनीf. "garlanded with fame", Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिब्f. (varia lectio, kḷb-; kḷp-?) accomplishment ["the created world" ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लीबलिङ्गn. the neuter gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिद् cl.4. klidyati- (rarely A1. te- ), to be or become wet or damp ; to rot, putrefy : Causal P. kledayati-, to bedew, wet, moisten ; (Aorist aciklidat-) ; "to soil" See kledita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्द् cl.1 P. A1. klindati-, te-, to lament (see kland-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्द् pr.p. dat-. See klid-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्दत्mfn. (2. klind-) wet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नmfn. moistened, wet etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नmfn. running (as an eye) Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नmfn. rotted, putrefied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नmfn. soft, moved (the heart) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नm. Name of a śākta- author of mantra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नाf. the plant Solanum diffusum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नSee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नहृद्mfn. tender-hearted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नकmfn. moistened a little commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नकSee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नाक्षmfn. having moist eyes, blear-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्ननेत्रmfn. having running eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्ननेत्रmfn. having moist eyes, pitiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नत्वn. the being wet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिन्नवर्त्मन्n. excess of the lachrymal discharge, watering of the eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिश् cl.9 P. kliśnāti- (perf. cikleśa-; ind.p. kliśitvā-,or kliṣṭvā- ), to torment, trouble, molest, cause pain, afflict etc. ; to suffer, feel pain : cl.4 P. kliśjati-, to torment, cause pain (with accusative) ; A1. kliśyate- (rarely P. ti- ; parasmE-pada kliśyamāna-), to be tormented or molested, be afflicted, feel pain etc. ; (P.) to be sinful : Causal P. kleśayati- (rarely A1. ; Aorist subjunctive 2. sg. cikliśas- ), to torment, molest
क्लिशितmfn. molested View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिशितवत्mfn. suffering pain or distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिष्टmfn. () molested, tormented, afflicted, distressed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिष्टmfn. wearied, hurt, injured, being in bad condition, worn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिष्टmfn. connected with pain or suffering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिष्टmfn. (in rhetoric) forced, obscure, not easily intelligible (see kleś-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिष्टम्ind. in distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिष्टत्वn. obscurity (of a passage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिष्टवर्त्मन्n. a disease of the eyelids (see klinna-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिष्टवृत्तिmfn. leading a wretched life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिष्टिf. affliction, distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिष्टिf. service View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्लिश्यमानmfn. being distressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोकलिकm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोक्किलिm. Name (also title or epithet) of a king, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोलाहलिन्mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' filled with noise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोलाकोलिind. (see ) with mutual embraces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोलिmf. the jujube tree (Zizyphus Jujuba) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोलिकगर्दभm. a kind of ass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोलिकिलm. plural varia lectio for kolak- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोलिसर्पm. plural Name of a degraded warrior-tribe (varia lectio -sparśa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोलिस्पर्शSee -sarpa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोलितm. Name of maudgalyāyana- () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोनालिm. idem or 'm. a kind of aquatic bird ' (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोपज्वलितmfn. inflamed with wrath, enraged. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोशकालिन्m. a kind of aquatic bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोटिलिङ्गn. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कोटिलिङ्गेश्वरn. idem or 'n. Name of a tīrtha- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्रीडाबिडालिकाf. a cat to play with, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्रीलिmfn. playing, sporting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्रीलिmfn. (said of the winds) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृकालिकाf. a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृमिलिकाf. linen cloth dyed with red colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृष्णकलिf. equals -keli- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृष्णकेलिf. Mirabilis Jalapa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृष्णमल्लिकाf. the plant Ocimum Sanctum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृष्णशालिm. a black sort of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृष्णवल्लिकाf. equals -ruhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृताञ्जलिmfn. one who joins the hollowed palms in reverence or to solicit a favour (holding the hollowed palms together as if to receive alms or an offering), standing in a reverent or respectful posture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृताञ्जलिm. a shrub used in medicine and in magical potions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृताञ्जलिपुटmf(ā-)n. joining the palms of the hands for obeisance or for holding offerings of water etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृत्तिवासेश्वरलिङ्गn. kṛttivāsa
क्षालितmfn. washed, cleansed, cleaned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षालितmfn. wiped away, removed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षालितव्यmfn. equals lanīya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षमालिङ्गात्मपीडावत्mfn. (any legal affair) in which testimonies for patience practised and an estimate of one's damage or loss are given commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षेत्रलिप्ताf. a minute of the ecliptic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षेत्रलिप्तीकरणn. reducing to minutes of the ecliptic. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षिल्लिकाf. Name of the grand mother of king cakra-varman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षीरकाकोलिकाf. Name of a root from the himālaya-s (yielding a milky juice and used by the Hindus as one of the 8 principal medicaments) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षीरवल्लिकाf. equals -kākolī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षुद्रहिङ्गुलिकाf. equals -kaṇṭakārī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षुद्रकारलिकाf. a kind of Cucurbitaceous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षुद्रकुलिशm. a precious stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षुद्राम्लिकाf. equals kṣudra-pattrā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षुलिकfor kṣullak/a- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्ष्वेलिf. (equals keli-) idem or 'n. play, jest ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्ष्वेलिकाf. idem or 'f. (equals keli-) idem or 'n. play, jest ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्ष्वेलिकाf. for kṣveḍikā- See udaka-kṣ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्ष्वेलितn. (also m. ) idem or 'f. for kṣveḍikā- See udaka-kṣ-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्ष्वेलितn. (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्ष्वेलितn. (kṣveḍita-) (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुबेरनलिनीf. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुचैलिन्mfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. badly clothed ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूच्छलिङ्गm. dual number equals kukundara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुड्मलितmfn. (gaRa tārakādi-) filled with buds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुड्मलितmfn. shut like a bud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुहलिm. the leaf of the Piper Betel (commonly called Pan) with small pieces of the Areca-nut and Catechu and a little lime (chewed by persons in the East and especially offered to the persons at a matrimonial ceremony) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुहेलिकाf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. fog, mist ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलबालिकाf. (equals -pālikā-) a virtuous high-born woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलाकुलिm. Name of a dānava- (varia lectio for kulākula-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलकुण्डलिनीf. Name of a particular śakti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलालिकाfor lāyikā- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलपालिf. "family-protectress", a high-born virtuous woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलपालिकाf. a virtuous high-born woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलपालिकाf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलपालिन्mfn. maintaining (the honour of) a family, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलरत्नमालिकाf. Name of two works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिm. the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिf. (equals -) Solanum Jacquini (prickly nightshade) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूलिm. Name of a Brahman, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिजn. a particular vessel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिजn. a sort of measure (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-[ ]or ī-).). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिजिकmf(ī-)n. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' fr. kulija- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिजीनmf(ā-)n. idem or 'mf(ī-)n. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' fr. kulija- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकmfn. of good family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकa judge, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकm. a kinsman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकm. the chief or head man of a guild View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकm. any artisan of eminent birth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकm. a hunter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकm. a thorny plant (Ruellia longifolia or Asteracantha longifolia) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकm. (equals kulavāra-) Tuesday or Friday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकm. one of the eight chiefs of the nāga-s or serpent-race (described as having a half-moon on the top of his head and being of a dusky-brown colour)
कुलिकm. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकm. a kind of poison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकSee k/ula-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूलिकाf. bottom part of the Indian lute (see kūṇikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूलिकm. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूलिकाf. See kūlaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिकवेलाf. certain portions of each day on which it is improper to begin any good business. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिन्mfn. belonging to a noble family gaRa balādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिन्See k/ula-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूलिन्mfn. furnished with banks or shores gaRa balādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूलिन्etc. See k/ūla-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिन्दm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिन्दm. a prince of the kulinda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिन्दोपत्यकm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्गm. "having bad marks", kind of mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्गm. the fork-tailed shrike View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्गm. a sparrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्गाf. a kind of oak-apple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्गाf. Name of a town (or of a river) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्ग ṅgaka- See 1. ku-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्गकm. a sparrow (varia lectio kuliṅkaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्गकm. Name of a bird of prey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्गाक्षीf. Name of a plant (equals peṭikā-, kuberākṣī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्गीf. the female of the fork-tailed shrike View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्गीf. Name of a plant (-karkaṭaśṛṅgī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिनीf. the plant Impatiens balsamina View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूलिनीf. a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिङ्ककSee liṅgaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिरfor līra- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशm. (fr. 1. ku-and liśa-for riśa-fr. riś-), an axe, hatchet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशn. [ as- m. and ] the thunderbolt of indra- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशn. (equals vajra-) a diamond View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशm. a sort of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशmn. the plant Heliotropium indicum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशभृत्m. equals -dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशधरm. "holding the thunderbolt", Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशद्रुमm. a sort of Opuntia tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशलेपm. equals vajra-l- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशनायकm. a kind of coitus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशाङ्कुशाf. Name of one of the sixteen vidyā-devī-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशपाणिm. equals -dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशासनm. "having a diamond seat", Name of śākya-muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशासन equals kuliśāana- q.v (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order k/uliśa-) or equals kuli-śāsana-,"one who commands with his hand (kuli-) ", Name of śākya-muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशायNom. A1. yate-, to be equal to the thunderbolt or to a diamond (in hardness) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुलिशीf. Name of a river (supposed to be in the middle region of the sky) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूलितmfn. burnt, scorched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुमारललिताf. "boy's play", Name of a metre (consisting of four lines of eight syllables each). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुमुदोत्पलिन्mfn. richly furnished with kumuda-s and utpala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुनालिकm. the Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुनलिन्m. the plant Agati grandiflora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुनलिन्etc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुञ्चिताङ्गुलिmfn. with bent or curved fingers. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिकाf. Name of a metre in Prakrit poetry (see vāta-k-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिकामतn. Name of a tantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिकात्वn. the state of being circular commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्mfn. decorated with ear-rings etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्mfn. circular, annulate, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. a snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. the spotted or painted deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. a peacock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. the tree Bauhinia variegata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिन्m. of varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिनीf. the plant Coccus cordifolius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिनीf. a particular dish (curds boiled with ghee and rice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलिनीf. a śakti- or form of durgā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुण्डलितmfn. annulated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुन्तलिकाf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुन्तलिकाf. butter knife or scoop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुशलिन्mfn. healthy, well, prosperous etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुशलिन्mfn. auspicious, favourable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुशलिन्mfn. clever View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुशलिन्mfn. virtuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुशमालिन्m. Name (also title or epithet) of all ocean, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमकेतुमण्डलिन्m. Name of a kiṃnara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमाञ्जलिf. a handful of flowers (properly as much as will fill both hands), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमाञ्जलिf. Name of a philosophical work (written by udayana- ācārya- to prove the existence of a Supreme Being, and consisting of seventy-two kārikā-s divided into five chapters) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमाञ्जलिकारिकाव्याख्याf. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमाञ्जलिमकरण्डm. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमाञ्जलिप्रकाशm. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमाञ्जलिप्रकाशमकरण्डm. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमाञ्जलिटीकाf. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमाञ्जलिवृत्तिf. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमाञ्जलिव्याख्याf. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुमितलतावेल्लिकाf. Name of a metre consisting of four lines of eighteen syllables each. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूटशाल्मलिmf. the plant Andersonia Rohitaka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूटशाल्मलिmf. a fabulous cotton plant with sharp thorns (with which the wicked are tortured in the world of yama-) (also kūṭaśālmalī lika-,m.) ( kūṭaśālmalī -, f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूटशाल्मलिmf. Name of a hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कूटशाल्मलिकm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुटिलिकाf. () crouching, coming stealthily (like a hunter on his prey;a particular movement on the stage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुटिलिकाf. a tool used by a blacksmith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुतूहलिन्mfn. curious, highly interested in anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुतूहलिन्mfn. eager, impatient. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुतूहलितmfn. gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाभलिप्साf. greediness of gain avarice, covetousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लगालिकाf. "series of iambi", a kind of metre (four times $ see nagānikā-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लघुललितविस्तरm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लघुनालिकn. a musket View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लक्षणरत्नमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लक्षपार्थिवलिङ्गव्रतोद्यापनn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लक्ष्मीनृसिंहपञ्चरत्नमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लकुलिन्m. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालाक्लिन्नmfn. wet with saliva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललाटलिखितmfn. written (by brahmā-) on the forehead (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालिकाf. a rope round the nostrils of a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालिकm. a buffalo (see lāvikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालिकाf. See under lālaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालिक lālita- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालिन्mfn. caressing, fondling, coaxing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालिन्m. a seducer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालिनीf. a wanton woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितmfn. sported, played, playing, wanton, amorous, voluptuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितmfn. artless, innocent, soft, gentle, charming, lovely ( lalitam am- ind.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितmfn. wished for, desired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितmfn. quivering, tremulous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितm. a particular position of the hands in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितm. (in music) a particular rāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताf. a wanton woman, any woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितm. musk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितm. Name of various metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितm. (in music) a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितm. a particular rāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितm. Name of a gram. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितm. Name of a durgā- or a particular form of her View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितm. of a gopī- (identified with durgā- and rādhikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितm. of the wife of a śatāyudha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितm. of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितn. sport, dalliance, artlessness, grace, charm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितn. languid gestures in a woman (expressive of amorous feelings,"lolling, languishing"etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितn. Name of 2 metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितn. of a town (see -pura-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितn. a kind of necklace (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताf. (See lalita-) in compound
लालितmfn. (fr. Causal) caressed, fondled, coaxed, indulged, cherished etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालितn. pleasure, joy, love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितetc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताभाष्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताभट्टभास्करm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताभिनयm. erotic performance, representation of love scenes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितचैत्यm. Name of a caitya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितादिकीर्ति(d-) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितादिपूजाविधि(d-) m. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितादित्यm. Name of a king of kaśmīra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितादित्यपुरn. Name of a town founded by him View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितागद्यनिरूपणn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताहृदयn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताजाविधानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितकn. Name of a tīrtha- (varia lectio lalitika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालितकm. a favourite, pet (perhaps in some places a proper N.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताखण्डn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताक्रमदीपिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितललितmfn. excessively beautiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितलोचनmf(ā-)n. beautiful-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितलोचनाf. Name of a daughter of the vidyā-dhara- vāma-datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितम्ind. lalita
ललितमाधवn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितामाधवn. Name of work (equals lalita-m-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितामाहात्म्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताङ्गm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताङ्गनरेश्वरचरितn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताङ्गीf. a beautiful woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितानुरागm. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितपदmf(ā-)n. consisting of amorous or graceful words, elegantly composed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितपदn. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितपदबन्धनn. an amorous composition in verse, a metrical composition treating of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितापद्धतिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितापञ्चमीf. the 5th day of the moon's increase in the month āśvina- (when the goddess lalitā- or pārvatī- is worshipped) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितापञ्चाङ्गn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितापञ्चशतीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितापीडm. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितप्रहारm. a soft or gentle blow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितप्रियm. (in music) a kind of measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितापूजाखण्डn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितपुरn. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितपुराणn. equals -vistara-purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितारहस्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितरत्नमलाf. Name of dramas. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितार्चनचन्द्रिका(r-) f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितार्चनदीपिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितार्चनविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितार्थmfn. having an amorous meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितार्थबन्धmfn. composed in words of love or in words having an amorous meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितार्याद्विशतीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितासहस्रn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितासहस्रनामभाष्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितासहस्रनामन्n. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितासपर्यापद्धतिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितासप्तमीf. Name of the 7th day in the light half of the month bhādra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताषष्ठीf. a particular sixth day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताषष्ठीव्रतn. a particular religious observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितासिद्धान्तm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितास्तवरत्नn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताष्टोत्तरशतनामन्n. plural Name of work (-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितस्वच्छन्दm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिततालm. a particular time (in music) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितातन्त्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितत्रिभङ्गm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितात्रिशतीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितातृतीयाf. Name of a particular third day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितातृतीयाव्रतn. a particular religious ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितवनिताf. a lovely woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितविग्रहराज Name (also title or epithet) of a nāṭaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितविस्तरm. Name of a sūtra- work giving a detailed account of the artless and natural acts in the life of the buddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितविस्तरपुराणn. Name of a sūtra- work giving a detailed account of the artless and natural acts in the life of the buddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललिताव्रतn. a particular religious observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितव्यूहm. (with ) a particular kind of samādhi- or meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितव्यूहm. Name of a deva-putra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितव्यूहm. of a bodhisattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितोकm. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललितोपाख्यानn. Name of work and of chs. of purāṇa-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ललित्थm. plural Name of a people (sg. a prince of this people) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लालित्यn. (fr. lalita-) grace, beauty, charm, amorous or languid gestures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लल्लियm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिm. patronymic of a certain preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिकmfn. relating or belonging to a plough View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिकm. a particular vegetable poison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिकm. plural Name of a school of the sāma-veda-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिकीf. Methonia Superba (ikā- f.See under laṅgalaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिन्mfn. furnished with or possessing a plough (see phāla-kuddāla-l-and yugma-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिन्m. Name of bala-deva- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिन्m. of a preceptor Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिन्m. the cocoa-nut tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गलिनीf. Methonica Superba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गुलिकाf. Uraria Lagopodioides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गूलिका(L.) f. Hemionitis Cordifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गूलिकी() f. Hemionitis Cordifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गूलिन्mfn. tailed, having a tail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गूलिन्m. a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गूलिन्m. a kind of bulbous plant which grows on the hima-vat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गुलिनीf. Name of a river (see lāṅgūlinī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लाङ्गूलिनीf. Name of a river (see lāṅgulinī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लताकोलिf. the Jujube creeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लतालिङ्ग(?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लताङ्गुलि(-) f. "creeper-finger", a branch serving as a finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लवलिf. Averrhoa Acida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लवंगकलिकाf. cloves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लवणपाटलिकाf. a salt-bag View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लावण्यकलितmfn. endowed with beauty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लयनालिकm. a Buddhist or jaina- temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लेखप्रतिलेखलिपिf. a particular kind of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लेखशालिकm. a pupil in a writing-school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लेलिहmfn. (fr. Intensive)"constantly licking" , a kind of parasitical worm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लेलिहmfn. a serpent, snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लेलिहाf. a particular mudrā- or position of the fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लेलिह hāna- etc. See p.903, col, 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लेलिहानmfn. frequently licking or darting out the tongue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लेलिहानm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लेलिहानाf. a particular mudra- or position of the fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लेलितक m. or n. (?) sulphur View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लीमालिf. equals lomāvali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लीनालिmfn. having bees adhering (to anything), embraced or clung to by bees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोहलिङ्गn. a boil or abscess filled with blood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोकपालिनीf. "world-protectress", Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोलत्कसाङ्गुलिmfn. having restless or tremulous fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोलिकाf. a sort of sorrel, Oxalis Pusilla (see loṭikā-and loṇikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोलिम्बराजm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोलितmfn. (fr. Causal) moved hither and thither, shaken, agitated, tremulous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोमालि f. equals lomāvali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोमालिकाf. a fox View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोमावलि f. the line of hair from the breast to the navel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितmfn. moved or tossed about, agitated, swinging to and fro, dangling, fluttering, heaving, waving, tremulous etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') touched by, come in contact with (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितmfn. disarranged, dishevelled (as hair) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितmfn. hurt, injured, crushed, destroyed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितmfn. fatigued, unnerved, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितmfn. agreeable, pleasing, beautiful (wrong reading for lalita-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितn. movement, motion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलिताकुलकेशान्तmfn. one whose hair is disordered and dishevelled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितकुण्डलmfn. having dangling earrings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितालककेशान्तmfn. one whose curls and locks are dishevelled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितमकरन्दmfn. (flowers) whose sap is disturbed (by bees) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितमण्डनmfn. having ornaments tossed about in confusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितपल्लवmfn. (a wood) with waving twigs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लुलितस्रगाकुलmfn. (a bed) strewn with scattered garlands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मदनक्लिष्टmfn. pained by love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मदनललितmf(ā-)n. amorously sporting or dallying
मदनललिताf. a kind of metre
मदनमालिनी() f. Name of two women. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मदननालिकाf. a faithless wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मदविह्वलितmfn. excited by passion, lustful, wanton View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधुधूलिf. molasses, unrefined brown sugar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधुलिह्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') one who has licked the honey of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधुलिह्m. a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधुलिकाf. black mustard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधुलिकाf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधूलिकाf. a kind of bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधूलिकmfn. astringent, sweet and pungent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधूलिकm. astringent, sweet and pungent taste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधूलिकाf. See prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधुनालिकेरक m. a kind of cocoa-nut tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधुनालिकेरिकm. a kind of cocoa-nut tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधुपालिकाf. Gmelina Arborea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधुफलिकाf. a kind of date View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मधुसंश्लिष्टmfn. connected with honey, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माधुतैलिकmfn. (fr. madhu-+ taila-) prepared from honey and oil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्वमुक्तावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याहारिणीलिपिf. Name of a particular kind of written character (Calcutta edition adhyāh-).
मध्याक्षरविस्तरलिपिf. Name of a particular kind of written character View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमाङ्गुलिm. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याङ्गुलि(or -) f. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येमध्यमाङ्गुलिकर्पूरम्ind. between middle finger and elbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मगधलिपिf. the writing of magadha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मघवन्मुक्तकुलिशmn. (?) the thunderbolt hurled by indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महाबलिm. Name of the giant bali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महाहैलिहिल View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महाजालिनि(mc. for -) f. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महाक्षपटलिकm. a chief keeper of archives View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महालिकटभीf. varia lectio for mah/ādik- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महालिङ्गn. a great liṅga- or phallus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महालिङ्गn. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महालिङ्गmfn. having a great male organ (Name of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महालिङ्गशास्त्रिन्m. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महालिङ्गयोगिन्m. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महल्लिकाf. a female attendant in the women's apartments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महल्लिकm. equals mahalla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महामहिमशालिन्mfn. mahāmahiman
महामालिकाf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महामण्डलिकm. Name of a nāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महामुचिलिन्दm. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महामुचिलिन्दm. Name of a mythical mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महामुचिलिन्दपर्वतm. idem or 'm. Name of a mythical mountain ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महापद्मसलिलn. Name of a lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महाशालिm. a kind of large rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महाशल्कलिन्mfn. large-scaled (a fish) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महावाक्यरत्नावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महेलिकाf. equals mahelā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महेशलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महोरगलिपिf. a kind of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मैलिन्दm. (fr. milinda-) a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मैथिलिकm. plural the inhabitants of mithilā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माकलिm. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माकलिm. Name of the charioteer of indra- (see mātali-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माकुलिm. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालालिका (mālāl-) f. Trigonella Corniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलयमालिन्m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिf. holding, having, possession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') = and varia lectio for mālin- (see yājña--, veda--and su-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिm. equals mālin- Name of a son of the rākṣasa- su-keśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिहmfn. equals malh/a- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिकm. (= $) a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकाf. a garland View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकाf. a necklace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकाf. a row, series, collection of things arranged in a line View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकाf. a white-washed upper-storied house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकाf. Name of various plants (double jasmine, Linum Usitatissimum etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकाf. a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकाf. an intoxicating drink View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकाf. a daughter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकाf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकm. a garland-maker, gardener View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकm. a painter, dyer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकm. a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिकाf. See under mālaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुor maliml/u- m. (prob. a mutilated form) a robber, thief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुच्m. (fr. Intensive of mluc-) "one who goes about in the dark", a robber, thief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुच्m. a particular demon (see deva-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुचm. a thief, robber () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुचm. a demon, imp View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुचm. a gnat, mosquito View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुचm. a Brahman who omits the 5 chief devotional acts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुचm. an intercalated 13th month (introduced every 5th year to approximate the lunar and solar modes of computation; see mala-māsa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुचm. fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुचm. wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुचm. frost or snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुचतत्त्वn. Name of work (= mala-māsa-tattva-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिम्लुसेनाf. a band of robbers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्mfn. garlanded, crowned, encircled or surrounded by (instrumental case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्m. a gardener, florist (see f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्m. Name of a son of the rākṣasa- su-keśa- (see māli-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनmfn. dirty, filthy, impure, soiled, tarnished (literally and figuratively) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनmfn. of a dark colour, gray, dark gray, black etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनm. a religious mendicant wearing dirty clothes (perhaps) a pāśupata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनm. Name of a son of taṃsu- (varia lectio anila-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनf(ā-or ī-). (ā-[ ] or ī-[ ]) a woman during menstruation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनn. a vile or bad action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनn. buttermilk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनn. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनn. borax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनetc. See column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमनस्mfn. having a foul mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनाम्बुn. "black-fluid", ink View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमुखmfn. (only ) "dirty-faced, dark-faced", vile, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमुखmfn. cruel, fierce View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमुखm. fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमुखm. a kind of ape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनमुखm. a departed spirit, ghost, apparition. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनप्रभmfn. whose light is obscured or clouded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनास्यmfn. "dirty-faced, dark-faced", vulgar, low, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनास्यmfn. savage, cruel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनताf. dirtiness, impurity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनताf. moral impurity, blackness, moral blackness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनात्मन्mfn. having a spotted nature (the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनात्मन्mfn. impure-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनत्वn. blackness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनत्वn. moral blackness, wickedness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनयNom. P. yati-, to soil, make dirty, defile, tarnish (literally and figuratively) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्द्यm. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीin compound for malina-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. See next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. the wife of a garland-maker or gardener, female florist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. Name of two plants (= Alhagi Maurorum and agni-śikhā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. (in music) a particular śruti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. Name of various metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of durgā- and one of her female attendants (also of a girl seven years old representing durgā- at her festival) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of a celestial maiden
मालिनीf. of one of the seven mātṛ-s of skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of a rākṣasī- (mother of vibhīṣaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. N. assumed by draupadī- (while resident with king virāṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of the wife of śvetakarṇa- (daughter of su-kāru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of the wife of priya-vrata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of the wife of ruci- and mother of manu- raucya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of the wife of prasena-jit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of various rivers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of the celestial Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. of a city (equals campā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीf. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीभूP. -bhavati-, to become dirty ; to pass away, vanish commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीकरmfn. defiling, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीकरणn. the act of soiling, staining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीकरणn. an action which defiles, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीकरणीयmfn. fitted to cause defilement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनीकृP. -karoti-, to make dirty, soil, stain (properly and figuratively) ; to darken, make obscure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनिमन्m. dirtiness, impurity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनिमन्m. blackness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनिमन्m. vileness, wickedness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनितmfn. dirtied, soiled, defiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिनितmfn. tainted, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीतन्त्रn. Name of a tantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिनीविजयm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्यmfn. (fr. malina-) gaRa saṃkāśādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्यn. foulness, dirtiness, impurity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्यn. darkness, obscurity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालिन्यn. trouble, shame, affliction (see vadana-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिष्ठmfn. excessively dirty, filthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मलिष्ठाf. a woman during menstruation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मालितmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') garlanded, crowned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिm. the act of having, holding, possessing (see mali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिm. Name of the 19th arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिf. (equals mallikā-) Jasminum Zambac (also ī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिf. earthenware View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिf. a seat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिभूषणदेव m. Name of two men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिगन्धिmfn. smelling like Jasminum Zambac View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिगन्धिn. a kind of Agallochum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाf. Jasminum Zambac (both the plant and the flower; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ikā-).) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाf. an earthenware vessel of a peculiar form View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाf. a lamp-stand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाf. a lamp View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाf. any vessel made out of a cocoa-nut shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाf. a species of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाf. Name of two metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाf. of mallaka-, in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकm. a kind of goose with dark-coloured or brown legs and bill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकm. a shuttle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकm. the month māgha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाf. See under mallaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाछद् n. a lamp-shade View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाछदनn. a lamp-shade View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकागन्धn. a kind of Agallochum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाख्यSee under mallika- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाख्यm. a kind of goose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाक्षSee under mallika- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाक्षm. Name of a particular breed of horses (with white spots on the eyes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाक्षm. a white spot on the eye of a horse (See sa-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाक्षm. a kind of goose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाक्षीf. a female dog (with white spots on the eyes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकाकुसुमप्रियाf. a kind of citron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकामारुतn. Name of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकामोद(m-) m. (in. music) a kind of measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकापीड(p-) m. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकपूर्वmfn. preceded by the word mallika- (exempli gratia, 'for example' mallika-pūrva arjuna- equals mallikārjuna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकापुष्पm. Citrus Decumana or Wrightia Antidysenterica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकार्जुनSee under mallika-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकार्जुनm. a form of śiva- (n. Name of a liṅga- consecrated to śiva- on the śrī-śaila-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकार्जुनm. of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकार्जुनm. of the Guru of veṅkaṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकार्जुनश्रिङ्गn. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिकार्जुनीयn. Name of a stotra- by mallikārjuna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिनाथm. Name of a poet and celebrated commentator (also called kolācala- or peḍḍa- bhaṭṭa-, father of kumāra-svāmin- and viśveśvara-;he lived probably in the 14th or 15th century and wrote commentaries on the raghuvaṃśa-, kumāra-sambhava-, megha-dūta-, śiśupālavadha-, kirātārjunīya-, bhaṭṭi-kāvya-, naiṣadīya- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिनाथm. of two authors on medicine and grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिनाथचरित्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिनीf. Gaertnera Racemosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिपत्त्रn. a mushroom or fungus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिषेणसूरिm. Name of two men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मल्लिवारName of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मानकलिm. mutual disdain or ill-will View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मानसिंहकीर्तिमुक्तावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिकाf. a group, troop, band, crowd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिक wrong reading for māṇḍalika- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माण्डलिकmf(ī-)n. (fr. maṇḍala-) relating to a province View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माण्डलिकmf(ī-)n. ruling a province (-maṇḍalaṃ rakṣati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माण्डलिकm. the governor of a province View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्mfn. forming a circle or ring, surrounding, enclosing (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. (with vāta- m.) a whirlwind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्mfn. marked with round spots (as a snake) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्mfn. possessing or ruling a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. the ruler of a province (with śaiva-s, a particular order or degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. a snake or a particular species of snake (see above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. a chameleon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. a cat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. a polecat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिन्m. the Indian fig-tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिनीf. Cocculus Cordifolius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिपत्त्रिकाf. equals maṇḍala-p- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलिपत्त्रिकाf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलितmfn. made round or circular (See next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मण्डलितहस्तकाण्डmfn. having a trunk formed in rings or circles (said of an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मङ्गलमालिकाf. marriage-music View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मङ्गलमयूखमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माङ्गलिm. patronymic of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मङ्गलिकn. (prob.) plural (perhaps) Name of the hymns of the 18th kāṇḍa- of the atharva-- veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माङ्गलिकmf(ī-)n. desirous of success View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माङ्गलिकmf(ī-)n. auspicious, indicating good fortune etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माङ्गलिकn. (prob.) any auspicious object (as an amulet etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माङ्गलिकाf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माङ्गलिक्यmfn. auspicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माङ्गलिक्यn. (prob.) an auspicious object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मणिलिङ्गेश्वरm. Name of one of the 8 vīta-rāga-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माणिपालिकm. metron. fr. maṇi-pālī- gaRa revaty-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मञ्जुलिकाf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मन्थरकौलिकm. a stupid weaver (called mantharaka- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मन्त्रपुष्पाञ्जलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मनुमुक्तावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मार्दलिकm. (fr. mardala-) a drummer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मरीचिमालिन्mfn. garlanded with rays, radiant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मरीचिमालिन्m. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मार्जारलिङ्गिन्mfn. having the nature or character of a cat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मार्कटपिपीलिकाf. a small black ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मर्कोटपिपीलिकाf. a kind of small black ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मरोलि m. the sea monster makara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मरोलिकm. the sea monster makara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मारुतान्दोलितmfn. shaken by the wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मारुतोद्वेल्लितmfn. equals mārutāndolita-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मासकालिकmfn. lasting or available for a month, monthly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मषीलिप्तmfn. smeared with ink View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मातलिm. Name of indra-'s charioteer
मातलिसारथिm. "having mātali- for his charioteer", Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मतल्लिकाf. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') anything excellent of its kind (exempli gratia, 'for example' go-m-,"an excellent cow") gaRa matallikādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मतल्लिकाf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मतिशालिन्mfn. "possessing intelligence", clever, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मातृकापुष्पमालिकाf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मातृपालितm. Name of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मत्तवाङ्मौनमूलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मातुलिङ्गm. () equals prec. n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मातुलिङ्गीf. () equals prec. n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मातुलिङ्गीn. equals prec. n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौद्गलिm. (fr. mudgala-) a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौद्गलिकेरm. a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौकलिm. a raven (see maukuli-; maudgali-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौक्तिकावलि() () f. a pearl necklace. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौकुलिm. a crow (see maukali-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिm. the head, the top of anything etc. (maulau ni-dhā-,to place on the head, receive respectfully) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिm. chief, foremost, best View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिm. Jonesia Asoka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिm. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिmf. a diadem, crown, crest etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिmf. a tuft or lock of hair left on the crown of the head after tonsure, a top-knot (equals cūḍā-) (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिmf. hair ornamented and braided round the head (equals dhammilla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिmf. the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिबन्धm. a diadem for the head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिकmfn. (fr. mūla-) producing roots etc. gaRa vaṃśādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिकmfn. derived from a root, original View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिकmfn. inferior, of low origin (opp. to kulīna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिकm. a digger or vendor of roots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिकm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिकn. equals garbhādhāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिकफm. the phlegm secreted in the head, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिक्यn. (fr. mūlika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिमालाind. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिमालिकाf. a wreath worn on the head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिमालिन्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having anything for a crest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिमण्डनn. head ornament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिमण्डनमालिकाf. a garland worn as a head ornament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिमणिm. a crest gem, jewel worn in a diadem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिमुकुटn. a diadem, tiara View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिन्mfn. (fr. mauli-) having anything uppermost or turned upwards (See cakra-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिन्mfn. being at the head, chief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिन्mfn. having a diadem or crown, diademed, crested (also applied to śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिपृष्ठn. the crown of the head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौलिरत्नn. equals -maṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौनिस्थलिकmfn. (fr. muni-sthala-) gaRa kumudādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मौर्वीमेखलिन्mfn. wearing a girdle made of mūrvā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मायाकापालिकn. Name of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मायाविमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मयूखमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मयूखमालिन्m. "wreathed with rays", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मयूखावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेघमालिन्m. "cloud-wreathed", Name of one of skanda-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेघमालिन्m. of an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेघमालिन्m. of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेघपालितृतीयाव्रतn. a particular ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेखलिकmfn. wearing a girdle gaRa vrīhy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेखलिन्mfn. idem or 'mfn. wearing a girdle gaRa vrīhy-ādi-.' (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = wearing a girdle of) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेखलिन्m. a Brahmanical student or brahmacārin- (genitive case plural līnām- Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मेखलिन्m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलिकाSee dur-m-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मीलिकSee nīla-m- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मीलिकाf. black brass (varia lectio nilikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलीमिलिन्m. Name of śiva- (according to to Scholiast or Commentator fr. a mantra- containing the word mili-repeated twice) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलिन्दm. a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलिन्दm. Name of a king (= Menander) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलिन्दकm. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलिन्दप्रश्नm. Name of a pāli- work (containing a conversation on nirvāṇa- between king milinda- and the monk nāgasena-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलितmfn. met, encountered, united etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलितmfn. happened, occurred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिलितmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') connected or combined or mixed or furnished with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मीलितmfn. one who has closed his eyes, sleepy (only Comparative degree t/a-tara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मीलितmfn. closed, obstructed (opp. to mukta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मीलितmfn. closed, unblown, partly opened (as eyes, blossoms etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मीलितmfn. disappeared, ceased to be View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मीलितmfn. met, assembled, gathered together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मीलितmfn. (in. rhetoric) an implied simile (in which the similarity between two objects is only implied, as in the example:"women clothed in white are invisible in the moonlight, therefore they are as bright as moonlight") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मीमांसाकुसुमाञ्जलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मीमांसानयविवेकगतार्थमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिथ्यालिङ्गधरmfn. wearing false marks, being anything only in appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
म्लिछ् mliṣṭa- See mlech-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
म्लिष्टmfn. spoken indistinctly or barbarously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
म्लिष्टmfn. withered, faded, faint (equals mlāna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
म्लिष्टn. indistinct speech, a foreign language View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
म्लिष्टोक्तिf. indistinct or barbarous speech, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मोघोलिm. an enclosure, hedge, fence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मोहकलिलn. thicket or snare of illusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मोहकलिलn. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मोहनवल्लिका() () f. a species of plant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मोकलिन्m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृदंगफलिनीf. equals mṛdaṃgī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृगजालिकाf. a net for snaring game View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृगलिप्सुmfn. wishing to catch or kill a deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृगाङ्कमौलिm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृगपालिकाf. a jackal-like musk-deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृणालिकाf. See next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृणालिकाf. idem or 'f. See next.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृणालिकाf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृणालिकामयmf(ī-)n. consisting of lotus-fibres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृणालिकापेलवmfn. as delicate as a lotus-fibre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृणालिन्m. a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृणालिणीf. a lotus plant or a group of lotuses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृष्टसलिलmfn. having bright or pure water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृत्खलिनीf. a species of plant (equals carmakaśā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचलिन्द varia lectio for mucilinda- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचिलिन्दm. Pterospermum Suberifolium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचिलिन्दm. Name of a nāga- (who sheltered the buddha- from a violent storm by coiling himself round him)
मुचिलिन्दm. of the sacred tree protected by this nāga- (under which Buddha seated himself) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचिलिन्दm. of a cakra-vartin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचिलिन्दm. of a mountain (also -parvata- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचिलिन्दाf. Name of a serpent-maid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुचुलिन्दm. a kind of big orange (see mucalinda-and mucilinda-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुद्रालिपिf. "printed writing", print, lithograph View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुहूर्तचक्रावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुहूर्तावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुखचालिf. an introductory dance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुखेबलिन्m. a rhinoceros View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तावलिf. (v-) a pearl necklace etc. (li- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तावलिf. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तावलिदीपिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तावलिकिरणm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तावलिपद्धतिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तावलिप्रभाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तावलिप्रकाशm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तावलिटीकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तावलिव्याख्याf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुक्तावलिव्याप्तिवाददिपिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुकुलिकाf. a low or humming sound made to lull a child to sleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुकुलिन्mfn. budding, full of buds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुकुलित(q.v) gaRa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुकुलितmfn. budded, full of blossoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुकुलितmfn. closed like a bud, shut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुकुलिताक्षmf(ī-)n. having half-closed eyes
मुकुलितनयनmf(ā-)n. having half-closed eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुलालिf. (prob.) a species of edible lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुलालिन्m. a species of edible lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलपुलिशसिद्धान्तm. the original siddhānta- of puliśa- commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिकाf. a root used in magic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिकmfn. original View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिकmfn. primary, principal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिकmfn. living on root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिकm. an ascetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिकm. a seller of roots (according to to others = mūlam vipralambhas tat-kārī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिकाf. a multitude or collection of roots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिकार्थm. a radical fact (see yoga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिन्mfn. having a root (see phalam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिन्mfn. equals mūla-k/ṛt- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूलिन्m. a plant, tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुण्डमालिनीf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुण्डशालिm. a species of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुण्डशृङ्खलिकm. Name of a subdivision of the pāśupata-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुञ्जमेखलिन्m. " muñja--girdled", Name of viṣṇu- or śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुरलिकाf. Name of a woman
मूर्धतैलिक(with vasti-) m. Name of a kind of Errhine or remedy for promoting discharges from the nose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूर्खलिकाf. an arrow in the form of a bird's heart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मूर्तिलिङ्गn. (prob.) equals prāg-jyotiṣa- Name of the city of naraka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुसलामुसलिind. club against club, fighting hand to hand (see muṣṭāmuṣṭi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुसलिकाf. a house-lizard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुसलिन्mfn. armed with a club, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुसलिन्m. Name of bala-deva- (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुसलितmfn. (fr. musala-) gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुथशिलिन्mfn. from the prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुथशिलित mfn. from the prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुत्खलिन्m. Name of a deva-putra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नभोलिह्mfn. "sky-licking", lofty, towering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नागबलिm. an oblation to the nāga-s (a particular marriage ceremony) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नागबलिm. Name of work attributed to śaunaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नागकुण्डलकुण्डलिन्mfn. wearing a coiled serpent for an earring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नगालिकाSee nagānikā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नगालिकाf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नागमण्डलिकm. a keeper or catcher of snakes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नगरमालिन्mfn. garlanded with cities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नैपालिकmfn. equals prec. mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नैपालिकn. copper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नैपालिकाब्दa year of the Newar era (which begins on the 20th October, D. 879). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नखालि f. a small shell (see kha-śaṅkha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नखालिकाf. a small shell (see kha-śaṅkha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नखफलिनीf. a kind of pulse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नक्षत्रमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नक्षत्रवादमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नक्षत्रवादावलि nakṣatravādāvalī f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नाकुलिm. descendant of nakula- patronymic of śatānīka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नकुलिकाf. a female ichneumon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलमालिन्m. "reed-garlanded", Name of an ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालि nālī f. equals nāḍī-, any tubular vessel or vein etc. of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालि nālī mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' equals likā-, a period of 24 minutes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिजङ्घm. a crow (see nāḍī-j-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिकाf. a tube or tubular organ of the body (equals nāḍī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिकाf. a quiver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिकाf. Dolichos Lablab View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिकाf. Polianthes Tuberosa or Daemia Extensa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिकाf. a kind of fragrant substance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकाf. (ikā-) idem or 'mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' a stalk, (especially) a lotus-stalk (see cāru-n-)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकाf. Name of several plants (also nālikāpuṣpa -puṣpa- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकाf. an instrument for perforating an elephant's ears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकाf. equals ghaṭī- (see nāla-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकाf. a period of 24 minutes, iv, 570 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकाf. hint, insinuation, enigmatical expression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकmfn. (with āsana-) a particular manner of sitting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' a period of 24 minutes (see ṣaṇṇ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकm. a trader with (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकm. a buffalo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकाf. See under laka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकn. =, nālāstra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकn. a lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकm. or n. myrrh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकm. a kind of wind instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिकाबन्धपद्धतिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकापुष्पn. nālikā
नालिकेरm. the cocoa-nut tree or the cocoa-nut (also nālikerī kela-m. as v.l.) (also nālikerī kerī- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिकेरm. Name of a district to the south east of madhya-deśa-
नालिकेरीf. nālikera
नलिनn. (fr. nala-because of its hollow stalk?) a lotus flower or water-lily, Nelumbium Speciosum (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनn. the indigo plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनn. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनदलn. a leaf of the lotus flower (see nalinī-dala-and nava-nalina-dalāya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनदलm. the Indian crane (see puṣkara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनदलm. Carissa Carandas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनदलm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिननाभm. "lotus-naveled", Name of viṣṇu-kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनासन, m. "the lotus-throned", Name of brahmā- (wrong reading śana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनेशयm. reclining on a lotus, Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनेशयीf. See below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनिmetric. for - in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. (fr. nalina-above or fr. nala-"lotus"as ab-jinī-fr. ab-ja-, padminī-fr. padma-etc.) a lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or its stalk) , an assemblage of lotus flowers or a lotus pond etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. the Ganges of heaven or rather an arm of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. a myst. Name of one of the nostrils View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. a particular class of women (equals padminī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. a kind of fragrant substance (equals nalikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. the fermented and intoxicating juice of the cocoa-nut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. Name of the wife of aja-mīḍha- and mother of nīla-
नलिनीf. of 2 rivers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीf. having king nala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिनीf. a mystic. Name of one nostril View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनिदल equals -d- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीदलn. a leaf of the lotus plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीदलमयmf(ī-)n. consisting of lotus leaves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीगुल्मn. Name of an adhyayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीगुल्मn. of a vimāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीकmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = nalinī-1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीकाf. a particular pot-herb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीखण्डn. an assemblage of lotus flowers on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीनन्दनn. Name of a garden of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीपद्मकोशm. Name of a particular position of the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीपत्त्रn. equals -dala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीरुहm. "lotus-born", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीरुहn. the fibres of a lotus-stalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिनीसंवर्तिकाf. the young leaf of a water-lily, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलिप्ताङ्गmfn. whose body is not anointed (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नलितm. a species of vegetable (equals nālitā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नालिताf. Arum Colocasia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नामलिङ्गn. the gender of nouns or a work treating there of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नामलिङ्गाख्याकोमुदीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नामलिङ्गानुशासनn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नाममालिकाf. nāmamālā
नानालिङ्गmfn. different, various View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नानालिङ्गत्वn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नन्दिकेशलिङ्गn. Name of chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नापितशालिकाf. a barber's shop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नपुंसकलिङ्गmfn. of the neuter gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नपुंसकलिङ्गसंग्रहm. Name of chapter of the nāmaliṅgānuśāsana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नरबलिm. a human sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नरमालिनीf. wrong reading for -māninī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नरपालिनीf. equals -māninī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नारायणबलिm. "oblation to narāyaṇa-", a particular funeral ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नारायणबलिm. Name of work (also nārāyaṇabaliprayoga -prayoga- m. nārāyaṇabalividhi -vidhi- m. nārāyaṇabalisamarthana -samarthana- n. nārāyaṇabalisvayamprayojanasañcikā -svayam-prayojana-sañcikā- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नारायणबलिप्रयोगm. nārāyaṇabali
नारायणबलिसमर्थनn. nārāyaṇabali
नारायणबलिस्वयम्प्रयोजनसञ्चिकाf. nārāyaṇabali
नारायणबलिविधिm. nārāyaṇabali
नारिकेलिf. nārikela
नर्मदेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नर्मदेश्वरलिङ्गn. of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नातिललितmfn. not very pleasing or beautiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नातिश्लिष्टmfn. not very close or tight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नौलिकn. a kind of self penance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवग्रहबलिदानप्रयोगm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवग्रहनामावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवकालिदासm. "a new kālidāsa-", Name of mādhava- as author of (see abhinava-k-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवकालिकाf. a young woman (either one recently married or one in whom menstruation has recently commenced) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवमालिकाf. id. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवमालिकाf. Name of a daughter of dharma-vardhana- (king of śrāvastī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवमालिनीf. Name of a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवमल्लिका f. Jasminum Sambac View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवनलिनदलायNom. A1. yate- (parasmE-pada yamāna-), to resemble the leaf of a fresh lotus blossom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवफलिकाf. a newly married woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवफलिकाf. a girl in whom menstruation has recently begun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवरत्नमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नयमाणिमालिकाf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नयमयूखमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नयनसलिलn. equals -jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नयशालिन्mfn. endowed with political wisdom or prudence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नेपालिकाf. red arsenic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निचुलितmfn. being in a case, cased View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निचुलितmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') covered with, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निधिपालितm. Name of a merchant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निःसलिलmfn. waterless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निक्षेपलिपिf. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलालिकुलसंकुलm. "full of swarms of blue bees", Rosa Glandulifera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलमल्लिकाf. Aegle Marmelos View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलमीलिकm. a shining winged insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलनिचोलिन्mfn. wearing a black mantle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलिकाf. Blyxa Octandra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलिकाकाचm. nīlaka
नीलिमन्m. blueness, blackness, darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निलिम्पm. Name of a class of supernatural beings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निलिम्पm. a troop of marut-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निलिम्पm. a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निलिम्पाf. a cow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निलिम्पाf. a milk-pail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निलिम्पनिर्झरीf. Name of gaṅgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निलिम्पपांसुलाf. an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निलिम्पिकाf. a cow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलिणीf. the indigo plant ( nīliṇīphala -phala- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलिणीf. a species of Convolvulus with blue blossoms, I. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलिणीf. Name of the wife of aja-mīḍha- (see nīlī-, nalinī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलिणीफलn. nīliṇī
निलिप्P. A1. -limpati-, te- (3. plural Aorist A1. -alipsata-), to besmear, anoint (A1.one's self) ; to cause to disappear (A1.to disappear, become invisible) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलोत्पलिन्m. n. of mañju-śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीलोत्पलिनीf. a pond with blue water-lilies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलिकाf. See below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलिकाf. idem or 'f. shutting the eyes ' (see ibhanimīlikā-and gaja-n-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलिकाf. fraud, trick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलिन्mfn. having the eyelids shut (as a face) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलितmfn. having closed the eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलितmfn. closed (as eyes, flowers; n.also impersonal or used impersonally exempli gratia, 'for example' tam puṇḍarīkaiḥ-), twinkled, blinked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलितmfn. disappeared (see below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलितmfn. (fr. Causal) caused to shut the eyes id est killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलितदृश्mfn. having the eyes closed (Calcutta edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलिताक्षmf(ī-)n. () equals -dṛś-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलितमुखmf(ī-)n. ( -dṛś- see above) equals -dṛś- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमीलितनक्षत्रmfn. having the stars obscured (as the sky) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीराजनपद्यालिलक्षणविभक्तिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निरङ्गुलिmfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निरङ्गुलिmfn. fingerless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निरवहालिकाf. a fence, hedge, outer wall View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निरवत्तबलिmfn. whereof oblations have been distributed all round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निरयावलिसूत्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्दोषकुलसारावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्गलितmfn. ( gal-) flowed out, dissolved, melted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्गुलिकmfn. having no pill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्लिह्P. -leḍhi-, to lick off, sip off or away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्लिख्P. -likhati-, to scratch, scarify ; to scratch or scrape off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्लिङ्गmfn. having no characteristic marks, indefinable (as ātman-, brahman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्लिप्तm. "unsmeared, undefiled", Name of kṛṣṇa-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्लिप्तm. a sage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निरुपधिपालितप्रकृतिकmfn. (prob.) one whose subjects are protected from danger or harm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निशाकरकलामौलिm. "bearing a crescent as diadem", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निष्कलिm. a spell for weapons (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निष्कलिm. a particular spell (for weapons) (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निष्कालिकmfn. one who has no more time to live, whose term of life is elapsed (gaRa nirudakādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निश्लिष्Caus. -śleṣayati-, to fasten, paste on or up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निश्लिष्mfn. clinging, sticking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीतिसुमावलिf. (!) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीतिसुमावलिf. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निवापाञ्जलिm. two handfuls of water as a libation to deceased ancestors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निवापाञ्जलिदानn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नियताञ्जलिmfn. putting the joined hands to the forehead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
न्रस्थिमालिन्mfn. wearing a garland of human bones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
न्रस्थिमालिन्m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नृपलिङ्गn. an emblem or mark of royalty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नृपलिङ्गधरmfn. assuming the insignia of royalty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
न्याग्रोधमूलिक() mfn. (fr. nyagr-) being or situated at the roots of the Ficus Indica. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
न्यञ्जलिकाf. an añjali- which is directed downwards
न्यासतूलिकाf. Name of work
न्यायकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
न्यायकुलिशmn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
न्यायकुसुमाञ्जलिm. ( nyāyakusumāñjalikārikā -kārikā- f. nyāyakusumāñjaliprakāśa -prakāśa- m. nyāyakusumāñjalivikāśa -vikāśa- m. nyāyakusumāñjaliviveka -viveka-,m.) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
न्यायकुसुमाञ्जलिकारिकाf. nyāyakusumāñjali
न्यायकुसुमाञ्जलिप्रकाशm. nyāyakusumāñjali
न्यायकुसुमाञ्जलिविकाशm. nyāyakusumāñjali
न्यायकुसुमाञ्जलिविवेकm. nyāyakusumāñjali
न्यायमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
न्यायपुष्पाञ्जलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पचेलिमmfn. being soon cooked, cooking or ripening quickly Va1rtt. 1 on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पचेलिमm. () Phaseolus Mungo or a similar species of bean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पचेलिमm. fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पचेलिमm. the sun. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादकीलिकाf. a foot-ring or ornament, anklet. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पदालिकm. equals dhundhumāra- (varia lectio pād-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादालिकm. equals dhundhu-māra- (varia lectio pad-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादालिन्दm. equals pādāraka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादालिन्दीf. a boat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादलिप्त(and -sūri-) m. Name of a scholar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादनालिकाf. an ornament for the feet, an anklet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादपालिकाf. an ornament for the feet, anklet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादवलिमीकm. elephantiasis (see valm-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्मकलिकाf. an unblown lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्ममालिन्mfn. lotus-garlanded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्ममालिन्m. Name of a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्ममालिनीf. Name of śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्मपुष्पाञ्जलिस्तोत्रn. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्मावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्यप्रसूनाञ्जलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्यावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पह्लिकाf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पैलमेलिm. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाकबालि(p/ā-) m. (prob.) equals -yajña- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाकलिf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पक्षालिकाf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पक्षपालिf. a wing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पक्षपालिf. a private or back door View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पक्षिपानीयशालिकाf. a trough or reservoir for watering bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलालिf. a heap of flesh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलालिSee pala-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलालिनmfn. Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिm. (prob.) a protector, ruler (see go-pāli-and prajā-p-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. (in most meanings and in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(also ī-).[ see under pāla-];according to fr. pal-) the tip or lobe of the ear, the outer ear (see karṇa--and śravaṇa-p-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. a boundary, limit, margin, edge etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. a row, line, range View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. a dam, dike, bridge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. a pot, boiler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. a particular measure of capacity (equals prastha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. prescribed food, maintenance of a scholar during the period of his studies by his teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. the lap, bosom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. a circumference View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. a mark, spot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. a louse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. a woman with a beard equals praśaṃsā- (- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' to denote praise, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिf. equals prabedha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिभङ्गm. bursting of a dike View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलिघm. a water-pot, pitcher, glass water-vessel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलिघm. a wall, rampart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलिघm. the gateway of a building View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलिघm. an iron club or one studded with iron (equals pari-gha-; see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिज्वरm. a kind of fever
पलिकmf(ā-)n. weighing a pala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलिकmf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after a numeral) weighing so many pala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिकाf. (see under pāla-) the tip of the ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिकाf. a margin, edge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिकाf. a pot or boiler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिकाf. a cheese or butter knife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलिक्नीSee palita- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिंहिरm. (wrong reading for -hara-,"seizing by the tip of the ear"?) a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्mfn. protecting, guarding, keeping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') a ruler, king of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्m. Name of a son of pṛthu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्दm. incense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्दm. Jasminum Pubescens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्दf. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्धीf. a species of Ipomoea with dark blossoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिन्दीf. Ichnocarpus Frutescens (also ndi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलिङ्गुm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिनीf. Ficus Heterophylla View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिशायनm. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितmf(ā-,or p/aliknī- Va1rtt. 1. 2 ) n. grey, hoary, old, aged etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितmfn. equals pālayitṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितm. Name of a mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितm. of a prince (varia lectio pāl-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितf. a cow for the first time with calf (equals paliknī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितn. grey hair (also plural) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितn. a tuft of hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितn. mud, mire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितn. heat, burning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितn. benzoin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितn. pepper [Cf; Greek , etc.; Latin palleo,pallidus,pallus; Lithuanian pa4lvas; Slavonic or Slavonian plavu8; HGerm.falo,val,fahl; Anglo-Saxon fealo; English fallow.]
पालितmfn. guarded, protected, cherished, nourished etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालितm. Trophis Aspera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालितm. Name of a prince (son of parā-jit- or parā-vṛt-) (varia lectio palita-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालितm. of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालिताf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालितSee under pāl-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितच्छद्मन्mfn. (old age) lurking under grey hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितदर्शनn. the sight or appearance of grey hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितम्भविष्णु mfn. becoming grey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितम्भावुकmfn. becoming grey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितंकरणmf(ī-)n. rendering grey (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितम्लानmfn. grey and withered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितवत्mfn. grey-haired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलितिन्mfn. grey-haired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालित्यn. (fr. palita-) greyness (of age), hoariness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पालित्यmfn. gaRa saṃkāśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पलियोगm. equals pari-y- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्लवाङ्गुलिf. a young shoot like a finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्लिf. a small village, (especially) a settlement of wild tribes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्लिf. a hut, house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्लि pallī- See under pall-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्लिगुप्तm. (with lauhitya-), Name (also title or epithet) of a teacher, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्लिकाf. a small village etc. (equals palli-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्लिकाf. a small house-lizard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्लिपञ्जकm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्लिवाहm. a species of wild grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्पूलितmfn. washed, tanned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्यकथापुष्पाञ्जलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पल्यलिकm. or n. Name of a place
पांसुजालिकm. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पांसुकूलिकmfn. one who wears clothes made of rags from a dust-heap View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पनसनालिकाf. the bread-fruit tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पनसतालिका f. the bread-fruit tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चदशवर्णमालिकाf. Name of. stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाञ्चकपालिकn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाञ्चालिm. patronymic fr. pañcāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चालिकाf. a doll View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाञ्चालिकाf. a princess of the pañcāla-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाञ्चालिकmf(ī-)n. equals laka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाञ्चालिकm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाञ्चालिकाf. (with catuḥ-ṣaṣṭi-) the 64 arts collectively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाञ्चमूलिकmf(ī-)n. coming from the 5 roots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चनालिmfn. lasting 3 x 24 minutes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चाङ्गुलिmfn. 5 fingers broad View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चाङ्गुलिmfn. having 5 fingers or finger-like divisions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चपलिकmfn. () weighing 5 pala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चपटलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चरत्नकिरणावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चरत्नमालिकाf. Name of stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चाशत्पलिकmfn. having the weight of 50 pala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पञ्चवलिmfn. having 5 folds or incisions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाण्डुकम्बलिन्mfn. () covered or lined with a white woollen blanket. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाणिनीयलिङ्गानुशासनn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पानीयसालिकाf. a place (especially a shed on the road-side) where water is distributed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पङ्कजमालिन्mfn. wearing a lotus-crown (viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पन्थलिकाf. a narrow way or path View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पापचेलिका f. Clypea Hernandifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिगलितmfn. ( gal-) fallen down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिगलितmfn. sunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिगलितmfn. flowing, fluid, melted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिकालितmfn. persecuted, dogged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिकलितिन्mfn. equals kalitaṃ yena saḥ- gaRa iṣṭādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिक्लिन्नmfn. ( klid-) very wet, excessively moist or humid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिक्लिश्P. A1. -kliśyati-, te- (parasmE-pada -kliśyamāna- ), to suffer, feel pain, be troubled or vexed ; (only ind.p. -kliśya-) to pain, torment, vex, harass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिक्लिशm. (?) vexation, trouble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिक्लिष्टmfn. much vexed or troubled, pained, harassed, afflicted, exhausted etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिक्लिष्टn. equals kleśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिक्लिष्टम्ind. with uneasiness or reluctance, unwillingly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिलिह्P. -leḍhi-, to lick all round, lick over, lick : Intensive (pr. p. -lelihat-, hāna-) to lick all round, lick repeatedly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिलिख्P. -likhati-, to draw a line or a circle or a furrow round (accusative) ; to scrape or smooth round about ; to write down, copy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिलिखनn. smoothing, polishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिलिखित(p/ari--) mfn. enclosed in a circle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिलिप्P. -limpati-, to smear or anoint all round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिलोलितmfn. ( lul-, Causal) tossed about, shaken, trembling
परिमलितmfn. soiled, deprived of freshness or beauty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिमलितmfn. perfumed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिमण्डलितmfn. rounded, made round or circular View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिमिलितmfn. mixed or filled with, pervaded by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिमिलितmfn. met from all sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिपक्वशालिm. ripe rice, ṛt-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिपाटलितm. dyed pale red View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिसंलिह्P. -leḍhi- (pr. p. -lihat-), to lick all round, lick over, lick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिशिलितmfn. practised, used, employed, pursued, studied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिशिलितmfn. inhabited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिस्खलितn. reeling, staggering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परिश्लिष्टmfn. ( śliṣ-) clasped, embraced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पार्श्वमण्डलिन्m. Name of a particular posture in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पार्थिवलिङ्गn. characteristic or attribute of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पार्थिवलिङ्गलक्षणn. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पार्थिवलिङ्गमाहात्म्यn. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पार्थिवलिङ्गपूजाf. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पार्थिवलिङ्गपूजनविधिm. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पार्थिवलिङ्गपूजाराधनn. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पार्थिवलिङ्गविधानn. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पार्थिवलिङ्गोद्यापनn. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पार्वतीश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पर्युपलिप्P. -limpati-, to smear all round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाशकपालिन्mfn. having a noose and a skull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पशुबलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पशुपालिकाf. a herdsman wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पताकाध्वजमालिन्mfn. garlanded with flags and banners View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिmf. Bignonia Suaveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिmf. a species of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पटलिकाf. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पटलिकाf. heap, mass, multitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिकmfn. knowing the secrets of others View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिकmfn. one who knows time and place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिकm. a pupil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिकn. Name of a town (equals pāṭali-putra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिमन्m. a pale red or rose colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिन्mfn. possessing trumpet-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिपुत्रn. Name of the capital of magadha- near the confluence of the śoṇa- and the Ganges (supposed to be the ancient Palibothra and the modern Patna) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिपुत्रm. plural the inhabitants of this city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिपुत्रकmf(ikā-)n. relating to or coming from pāṭaliputra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिपुत्रकn. the city pāṭaliputra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलिपुत्रनामधेयn. (sc. nagara-) a city called pāṭaliputra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटलितmfn. made red, reddened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पतञ्जलिm. (fr. pata-+ añj-?; see Va1rtt. 4 gaRa śakandhv-ādi-) Name of a celebrated grammarian (author of the mahābhāṣya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पतञ्जलिm. of a philosopher (the propounder of the yoga- philosophy) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पतञ्जलिm. of a physician etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पतञ्जलिचरितn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पतञ्जलिकाव्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पतञ्जलिसूत्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पतञ्जलियोगm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पाटीलिलावतीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पटोलिकाf. equals paṭolī- (see dīrgha-paṭolikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पट्टावलिf. Name of a class of works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पट्टोलिकाf. (for ṭṭāval-?) a title deed, a written legal opinion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पत्त्रालिm. a species of bulbous plant or reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पत्त्राङ्गुलि pattrāṅgulī f. equals tra-bhaṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पत्त्रावलिf. red chalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पत्त्रावलिf. (-), a row of leaves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पत्त्रावलिf. equals tra-bhaṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पत्त्रावलिf. (-), a mixture of young aśvattha- leaves with barley and honey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पत्त्रवल्लिf. idem or 'f. equals -bhaṅga- ' (also - ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पत्त्रवल्लिf. Name of 2 kinds of creeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पौद्गलिकmfn. (fr. pudgala-) substantial, material, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पौद्गलिकmfn. selfish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पौलिm. grain half dressed or scorched or fried with ghee and made into a sort of cake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पौलिm. patronymic (also plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पौलिकाf. a kind of cake (varia lectio polikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पौलिन्यmfn. (fr. pulina-) gaRa saṃkāśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पौलिशmfn. derived from or composed by puliśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पौलिशमतn. Name of astronomy work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पौलिशसिद्धान्तm. Name of astronomy work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पौटलिm. a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पायलिसंघm. Name of a particular sect of jaina-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पेलि gaRa chāttry-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पेलिन्m. a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पेलिशालाf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फालकुद्दाललाङ्गलिन्mfn. furnished with a hoe and a spade and a plough View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलाम्लिकmfn. having anything made with sour fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलमूलिन्mfn. having (edible) fruit and roots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलाफलिकाf. gaRa śāka-pārthivādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलशालिन्mfn. yielding wages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलशालिन्mfn. experiencing consequences, sharing in results ( phalaśālitva li-tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलशालित्वn. phalaśālin
फलिm. a kind of fish (equals phalakin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिm. a bowl or cup, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फालिm. or f. a leaf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिग( li-g/a-) m. (prob.) a cask or leather-bag or anything to hold fluids (applied to clouds or water-receptacles in mountains) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिकmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') enjoying the reward for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिकm. a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिकाf. Dolichos Lablab or Thespesia Populneoides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिन्mfn. bearing or yielding fruit, fruitful (met. = productive of results or consequences) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिन्mfn. reaping advantage, successful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिन्mfn. having an iron point (as an arrow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिन्m. a fruit tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिन्m. (with yoni-) the vagina injured by too violent sexual intercourse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिनmfn. bearing fruit (see Va1rtt. 4 ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिनm. the bread-fruit tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिनीf. a species of plant (equals agni-śikhā-or priyaṅgu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलितmfn. bearing or yielding fruit, producing consequences, fruitful, successful, fulfilled, developed, accomplished etc. (n. impersonal or used impersonally with instrumental case"fruit was borne by" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलितmfn. resulting as a consequence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलितm. a tree (especially a fruit tree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलिताf. a menstruous woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलितn. a fragrant resin (equals śaileya-) (prob. wrong reading for palita-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फालितmfn. expanded, blown () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फलितव्यn. (impersonal or used impersonally) fruit should be borne by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फौल्लिf. (fr. phulla-) Va1rtt. 4 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फुलिङ्गm. syphilis (see phiraṅga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फुल्लनलिनीf. a lotus plant in full bloom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फुल्लिf. expanding, blossoming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
फुल्लितmfn. expanded, blown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिहुलिm. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिलिm. Name of a man, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिलिन्दवत्सm. Name of a disciple of gautama- buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिलिपिच्छ m. Name of a demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिलिपिच्छि m. Name of a demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिलिपिच्छिक m. Name of a demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिलिपिञ्जm. Name of a demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिलिप्पिलmf(-)n. slippery () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिण्डितैलिकm. incense (see piṇḍatailaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिण्डोलि f. leavings of a meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिण्डोलिकाf. leavings of a meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिङ्गलिकाf. a variety of the owl (equals piṅgalā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिङ्गलिमन्m. tawny or yellow colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिङ्गलिन्mfn. reddish-brown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिङ्गलितmf(ā-)n. made reddish-brown, become tawny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकाf. See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकm. an ant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकn. a kind of gold supposed to be collected by ants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकाf. the common small red ant or a female ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकमध्य mf(ā-)n. thin in the middle like an ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकमध्याf. Name of any metre the middle pāda- of which is shorter than the preceding and following, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकामध्यmfn. Name of a kind of fast (beginning on the day of full moon with 15 mouthfuls, decreasing by one daily until the day of new moon, and after that increasing by one daily until the next day of full moon) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकमध्यमmf(ā-)n. thin in the middle like an ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकमध्यमाf. Name of any metre the middle pāda- of which is shorter than the preceding and following, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकापरिसर्पणn. the running about of ants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकपुटn. an ant-hill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकावत्ind. like ants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकोत्किरणn. () an ant-hill. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकोत्कोद्वापm. () an ant-hill. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकोत्सरणn. the creeping upwards of ants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिप्पलिf. long pepper, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिप्पलिn. (with vasiṣṭhasya-) Name of a sāman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिप्पलिश्रोणिf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पीठकेलिm. a male confidant, parasite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पीठोपपालिmfn. one whose ear lobes have been entirely cut off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पितृलिङ्गm. (scilicet, mantra-) a verse or formula addressed to the pitṛ-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्लिह् cl.1 A1. plehate-, to go, move (formed to explain the next words?) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्लिहन्m. equals plīhan-, the spleen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्लिहोदरn. disease of the spleen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्लिहोदरिन्mfn. splenetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पोलिका() f.a kind of cake (see pūlikā-, paulī-, pūpālī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पोलिन्दm. the mast or the ribs of a ship or boat (see padāra-, raka-, pādālinda-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पोटलिका() f. a bundle or packet. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पोतलिकाf. See go-potalikā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पोतशालिm. small or young rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रबह्लिकाSee pra-vahlikā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रबालिकाf. Name of a woman, introd. (printed vālikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रबालिक(or -vālika-?) m. a kind of purslain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राबालिकSee -vālika-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रभुलिङ्गचरित्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रभुलिङ्गलीलाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रभुलिङ्गवंशn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रचलितmfn. set in motion, moved, shaken, tremulous, rolling (as the eye) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रचलितmfn. one who has set out, proceeded, departed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रचलितmfn. confused, bewildered, perplexed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रचलितmfn. current, customary, circulating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रचलितmfn. prevailing, recognized, received (as authority or law) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रचलितn. going away, departure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राचीनशालिm. Name (also title or epithet) of a teacher, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राच्यपाञ्चालिf. plural View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रगलितmfn. dripped down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रहरणकलिकाf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रहरणकलिताf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रहेलि() f. an enigma, riddle, puzzling question. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रहेलिका(,6 kinds) f. an enigma, riddle, puzzling question. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रह्वलिकाn. a for beautiful body (see prakula-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रह्वाञ्जलिmfn. prahva
प्रजापालिm. "protector of creatures", Name of śiva- (see go-pāli-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रज्वलितmfn. flaming, blazing, burning, shining etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रज्वलितn. flaming up, blazing, burning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रज्वालितmfn. lighted, kindled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिद्A1. -klidyate-, to become moist or humid, to become wet : Causal -kledayati-, to moisten, wet, make wet ; wrong reading for -kleśayati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नmfn. moist, humid, wet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नmfn. putrefied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नmfn. moved with compassion or sympathy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नहृदयेक्षणmfn. having the heart and eyes moist (with affection) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नत्वn. being moist or humid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिन्नवर्त्मन्n. a kind of disease of the eyelids (see klinna-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्लिश्Caus. -kleśayati-, to put in a morbid state (wrong reading -kled-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राकृतनामलिङ्गानुशासनn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्षालितmfn. washed, cleansed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्षालितmfn. expiated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्षालितपादmfn. having one's feet washed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्षालितपाणिmfn. having one's hands washed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रक्षेपलिपिf. a particular style of handwriting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राक्श्लिष्टmfn. varia lectio for prāśliṣṭa- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रलिह्P. A1. -leḍhi-, -līḍhe-, to lick up, cause to melt on the tongue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रलिख्P. A1. -likhati-, te-, (P.) to scratch, draw lines in (accusative) ; (to draw lines, write ; A1.) to comb one's head (Scholiast or Commentator"to draw lines") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रलिप्P. A1. -limpati-, te-, to smear, besmear, stain (A1. to smear etc. one's self) etc.: Causal -lepayati-, to smear, besmear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रलिपmfn. one who smears or plasters View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रलिप्तmfn. cleaving or sticking to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रलिशm. Name of a mystic being View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रमदावनपालिकाf. a woman who has the inspection of a royal pleasure-garden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रमेयनवमालिकाf. Name of work
प्रमीलिकाf. () shutting the eyes, sleepiness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रमीलिन्m. Name of a demon (who causes closed eyes or faintness) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रमीलितmfn. one who has the eyes closed, with closed eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रणालिकाf. a channel etc. (see sruk-praṇ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रणालिकाf. intervention, medium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रणालिकयाind. indirectly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राणलिप्सुmfn. desirous of saving life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रणामाञ्जलिm. reverential salutation with the hands opened and hollowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राञ्जलिmf(i-, ī-)n. joining and holding out the hollowed open hands (as a mark of respect and humility or to receive alms; see añjali-, kṛtāñj-) and etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राञ्जलिm. plural Name of a school of the sāmaveda-, (also -dvaita-bhṛt-; varia lectio prājvalanā- dvaita-bhṛtaḥ-and prājalā- dvaita-bhṛtyāḥ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राञ्जलिक() equals prāñjali-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राञ्जलिन्() equals prāñjali-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राञ्जलिप्रग्रहmfn. holding the hands joined and outstretched (varia lectio liḥ pragr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राञ्जलिस्थितmfn. standing with joined and outstretched hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रपालिन्m. "protector", Name of baladeva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रपन्नमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रपापालिकाf. a woman who distributes water to travellers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्ररूढशालिm. full-grown rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रशंसावलिf. a poem of praise, panegyric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रसन्नसलिलmfn. equals -jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रसारिताङ्गुलिmfn. (a hand) with extended fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रस्खलितmfn. staggering, stumbling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रस्खलितmfn. one who has failed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रश्लिष्टmfn. ( iliṣ-) twisted, entwined, coalescent (applied to the saṃdhi- of a-,or ā-with a following vowel and of other vowels with homogeneous ones, also to the vowel resulting from this saṃdhi- and its accent) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राश्लिष्टmf(ī-)n. Name of a kind of svarita- produced by the combination of 2 short i-'s (wrong reading prāk-śl-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रश्लितmfn. (for pra-śrita-) bent, inclined (Name of the rule of saṃdhi- that changes as-to o-before sonant letters) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रश्नोत्तरमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रस्फुलिङ्गm. or n. (?) a glittering spark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रसूनाञ्जलिmfn. presenting a nosegay held in both hands opened and hollowed (equals puṣpāñjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिक्रियाशूलिनीस्तोत्रn. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिकूलिकmfn. hostile, inimical (prob. wrong reading for prāt-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रातिकूलिकmf(ī-)n. (fr. -kūla-) opposed to, contrary (wrong reading prati-k-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रातिकूलिकताf. opposition, hostility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिलिह्Caus. -lehayati-, to cause to lick at (2 accusative) (see prati-rih-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिलिख्P. -likhati-, to write back, answer by letter ; to wipe off, cleanse, purify View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिलिखितmfn. written back, answered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिलिङ्गम्ind. at every liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिलिपिf. a copy, transcript, written reply View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिपालिन्mfn. guarding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिपालितmfn. cherished, protected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिपालितmfn. practised, followed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिस्खलितmfn. ( skhal-) warded off (equals prati-ṣkuta- ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रत्याकलितmfn. (3. kal-) enumerated, held forth, reproached View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रत्याकलितmfn. interposed, introduced (as a step in legal process) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रत्याकलितn. judicial decision as to which of the litigants is to prove his case after the defendant has pleaded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रत्याकलितn. (defendant's) supplement to the written deposition of two litigants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रत्यालिङ्ग्P. -liṅgati-, to embrace in return View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रत्यासंकलितn. (3. kal-) the putting together or combining of various evidence, consideration pro and con View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रवह्लिf. a riddle, enigma (see pravalha-, hikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रवह्लिकाf. a riddle, enigma (see pravalha-, hikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रावालिकm. (fr. -vāla-) a vendor of coral View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रवरललितn. Name of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रविचलितmfn. moved, shaken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रविगलितmfn. oozing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रायश्चित्तसारावलिf. Name of work
प्रयताञ्जलिmfn. closely joining the hands, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रयोगमणिमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रयोगरत्नमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रेङ्खोलितmfn. swung, rocked, oscillating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रियैलिकाf. a kind of bean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रोल्लिख्(pra-ud-likh-) P. -likhati-, to draw lines on (accusative) ; to scratch in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रोन्मूलितmfn. (pra-ud-mūl-) uprooted, disturbed (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पृथक्सलिलmfn. possessing separate oceans(?), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूजनमालिकाf. pūjana
पुलिकm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिकाf. yellowish alum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिकेशिन्m. equals pula-keśin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिमत्m. Name of a man (see pulomat-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनmn. (gaRa ardarcādi-) a sandbank, a small island or bank in the middle of a river, an islet, a sandy beach (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनm. the bank of a river (equals tīra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनm. Name of a mythical being conquered by garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनm. of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनद्वीपशोभितmfn. beautified by shoals and islets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनजघनाf. having sandbanks for hips (said of the gambhīrā- river personified as a female) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनमण्डितmfn. adorned with sandbanks or islets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनप्रदेशm. situation or place of an island View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिनवतीf. (prob.) Name of a river gaRa ajirādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. plural () Name of a barbarous tribe etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. (sg.) a man or the king of this tribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. a barbarian, mountaineer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. the mast or rib of a ship (equals polinda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दाf. Name of a serpent-maid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दm. (in music), Name of a rāga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दसेनm. Name (also title or epithet) of a kaliṅga- king, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दीf. a Pulinda woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दिकाf. (in music) equals pulindī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दुकm. plural Name of a barbarous tribe (= pulinda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिन्दुकm. (sg.) Name of a king of the pulinda- and śabara- and bhilla-
पुलिन्दुकm. of a son of ārdraka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिरिकm. a snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुलिशm. = Paulus (Alexanndrinus), Name of the author of a siddhānta- (also śācārya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुंलिङ्गn. idem or 'n. the mark of a man, manliness ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुंलिङ्गn. the male organ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुंलिङ्गn. the masculine gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुंलिङ्गmf(ā-)n. having the mark of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुंलिङ्गmf(ā-)n. (in gram.) being masculine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुंलिङ्गताf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुण्ड्रकेलिm. an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूपलिका(), f. a kind of sweet cake fried with ghee or oil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूपालिकm. () idem or '() f. a kind of sweet cake fried with ghee or oil ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूपालिका() f. idem or 'm. () idem or '() f. a kind of sweet cake fried with ghee or oil ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुरमालिनीf. "crowned with castles", Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्णाञ्जलिm. "full añjali-"two handfuls, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुरुषास्थिमालिन्m. "wearing a necklace of human skulls", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वकालिक() mfn. belonging to former times, ancient. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वपालिन्m. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वपालिन्m. of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वपाटलिपुत्रn. Name of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वपाटलिपुत्रकmfn. being in pūrva-pāṭali-putra-(?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वत्रैयलिन्दmfn. (fr. next) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वत्र्यलिन्दName of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वविदेहलिपिf. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्करमालिन्m. "wearing a lotus-wreath", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पबलिm. an oblation of flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पलिह्m. (Nominal verb -) a large black bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पलिक्षm. "flower-licker", a bee (see -nikṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पलिपिf. "flower-writing."Name of a particular style of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पमालिन्mfn. wearing a flower-garlands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पाञ्जलिm. two handfuls of flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पाञ्जलिm. Name of several works View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पाञ्जलिm. ( puṣpāñjalistotra -stotra- n.Name of work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पाञ्जलिm. ( puṣpāñjalyaṣṭaka lyaṣṭaka- n.Name of work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पाञ्जलिmfn. presenting flower or a nosegay in both hands opened and hollowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पाञ्जलिस्तोत्रn. puṣpāñjali
पुष्पशकलिन्m. "having flower-like scales", a kind of serpent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्पावलिवनराजिकुसुमिताभिज्ञm. "knowing the season of the flowering of the rows of flower and of the forest-trees", Name of a buddha- (varia lectio puṣpa-bali-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुष्यलिपि varia lectio for puṣpa-l-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुटाञ्जलिm. the two hollowed hands put together (see añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रदावलि(in the beginning of a compound) a row of teeth ; -dvandva- Nom. P. vati-, to appear like two rows of teeth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रागदालिm. a kind of lentil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
राजकलिm. a bad king who does not protect his subjects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
राजलिङ्गn. a kingly mark, royal token View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
राजनीलिकाf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
राजावलिf. equals valī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
राजावलिपताकाf. Name of a continuation of the rāja-taraṃgiṇī- by prājya-bhaṭṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रजोनिमीलितmfn. blinded by passion or desire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रक्षापट्टोलिकाf. a cluster or collection of amulets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रक्तचिल्लिकाf. a kind of Chenopodium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रक्तकमलिनीf. a group of red lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रक्तशालिm. red rice, Oryza Sativa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रक्तोत्क्लिष्टm. a particular disease of the eyes, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रामलिङ्गm. Name of two authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रामलिङ्गामृतn. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रामालिङ्गनकाम(rāmāl-) m. "longing for the embrace of a beautiful person", Name of the red-flowering globe amaranth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रामलिङ्गवर्णनn. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रामानुजवंशावलिf. Name of work
रङ्गावलिf. a row of stages or arenas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रङ्गवल्लिका f. a kind of plant used at sacrifices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रङ्कुमालिन्m. Name of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रसदालिकाf. a kind of sugar-cane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रसकदम्बकल्लोलिनीf. Name of a commentator or commentary on gīta-govinda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रसकलिकाf. Name of work on rhetoric. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रसकङ्कालिm. Name of a medical work by kaṅkāli-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रसालिहाf. Hemionitis Cordifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रसमुक्तावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रसनालिह्m. "licking with the tongue", a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रससंकेतकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रश्मिमालिन्mfn. encircled or garlanded with rays View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रश्मिमालिन्mfn. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
राष्ट्रपालिकाf. equals -pālī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रततालिन्m. a libertine, voluptuary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रथ्यालि(thyāli-) f. equals -paṅkti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रत्नलिङ्गस्थापनविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रत्नलिङ्गेश्वरm. (with Buddhists) Name of svayam-bhū- in his visible form View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रत्नमालिकाf. in kula-r- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रत्नमालिन्mfn. adorned with a neck lace of jewels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रत्नतूलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऋजुपालिकाf. Name of a river. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऋज्वालिखितmfn. scratched with straight lines View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रोलिचन्द्रू(?) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रोषाकुलितmfn. troubled or perplexed by passion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऋषिजाङ्गलिकीf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऋतुलिङ्गn. characteristic of a season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऋतुलिङ्गn. sign of menstruation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रुद्रबलिm. an oblation of flesh etc. presented to the rudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रुद्राक्षमालिकाf. a rosary () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रुक्ममालिन्m. Name of a son of bhīṣmaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रूपशालिन्mfn. possessed of beauty, handsome, beautiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सबलिmfn. endowed with royal revenue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सबलिmfn. accompanied with the bali- offering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सबलिm. evening twilight (when the offering is made) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शबलिकाf. a kind of bird (incorrectly written sab-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शबलिमन्m. variegated state or condition, mottled look or appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शबलितmfn. variegated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शब्दचालिf. a particular movement in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शब्दचालिनृत्यn. a kind of dance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शब्दलिङ्गार्थचन्द्रिकाf. "elucidation of the gender and meaning of words", Name of a lexicon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शब्दमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शब्दानुशासनदुर्गपदावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शब्दरूपावलिf. Name of a gram. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शब्दावलिf. a collection of paradigms of declension (belonging to the -tantra- grammar). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षडङ्गुलि( on Va1rtt. 1) (idem or 'f. a six-limbed id est complete army ' on Va1rtt. 4), Name of a man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षडङ्गुलिदत्त(idem or '( on Va1rtt. 1) (idem or 'f. a six-limbed id est complete army ' on Va1rtt. 4), Name of a man.' on Va1rtt. 4), Name of a man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षडावलिf. any row of six objects (applied to a set of six śataka-s in verse, of which the sūrya-śataka- is one) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाद्वलिन्mfn. covered with grass, grassy, green View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाद्वलितn. the being covered with grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सद्वृत्तशालिन्mfn. sadvṛtta
सद्यःप्रक्षालितान्नकm. a person who has food cleansed for one day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सागरलिपिf. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सगुलिकmfn. along with a pill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सहजललितm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सहजमलिनmfn. naturally dirty, spotty by nature View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सहालिन्m. "plough-mate (?)", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सहस्रकिरणावलिf. Name of wk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सहस्रलिङ्गीf. a thousand liṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सहस्रमौलिm. "thousand-crested", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सहस्रवलिस (sah/asra-.) mfn. thousand-branched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सहिताङ्गुलिmfn. having fingers which have grown together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सैचालिनmfn. (fr. secālin-) gaRa suvāstv-ādi- ( saivālin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सैकावलिmf(ī-)n. having a necklace consisting of a single string of pearls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलालिm. (fr. śilālin-) Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलालिin compound for śailālin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलालिब्राह्मनn. Name of a brāhmaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलालिन्m. (plural) the school of śilālin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलालिन्m. (sg.) an actor, dancer (see śailūṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलालियुवन्m. a young actor or dancer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलेशलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सैलिm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलिकm. Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलिकn. bitumen etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलिक्यm. equals sarva-liṅgin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलिक्यn. (fr. śilika-) gaRa purohitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलिनm. (fr. śilina-) Name of a preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैलिनिm. idem or 'm. (fr. śilina-) Name of a preceptor ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैफालिकmfn. (fr. śephāli-,or likā-) made of the Vitex Negundo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैशुनालि() m. (prob.) wrong reading for śaiśupāli-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैशुपालिm. patronymic fr. śiśupāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैथिलिकmfn. (fr. śithila-) loose, lax, slack, idle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैवलिन्mfn. idem or 'mfn. covered with śaivala- plants gaRa tārakādi-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैवालिन्mfn. equals śaivalin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सैवालिन(or śaiv-) mfn. (fr. sevālin-,or śev-) gaRa suvāstv-ādi- (varia lectio saicālina-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैवलिनीf. a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शैवलितmfn. covered with śaivala- plants gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शकबलि(ś/aka--) m. an oblation of cow-dung View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाकलि m. (see śakalin-) a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
साकलि f. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाकलिकmf(ī-)n. dyed with the substance called śakala- Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाकलिकmf(ī-)n. having a piece or portion, fragmentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाकलिकmf(ī-)n. relating to the town śākala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सकलिकmfn. provided with buds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
साकलिकाf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शकलिन्m. "having scales", a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाकलिन्m. (see śakalin-) a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शकलितmfn. broken into pieces, reduced to fragments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शकारिलिपिf. a particular kind of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शक्कुलिprob. wrong reading for śaṣkuli- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शक्तिवादकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाकुलिकmfn. belonging to fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाकुलिकm. a fisherman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाकुलिकn. a multitude of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शकुलिन्m. a fish (prob. wrong reading for śakalin- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शलाभोलिm. a camel (prob. wrong reading) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शललितmfn. furnished with quills View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सललितम्ind. with spot, wantonly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालास्थलिm. a patronymic gaRa krauḍyādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालि(for 2.See) , in compound for śālin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिm. (according to to some also f.;for 1.See) rice (often varieties) , any grain of a similar character to rice etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिm. the civet-cat, pole-cat (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिm. Name of a yakṣa- (who was transformed into a lion; see śāli-vāhana-below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिm. plural grains of rice, rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिभद्रm. Name of a jina- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिभद्रचरित्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिभञ्जिकयSee śāla-bh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिभवनn. () a rice-field. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिभूf. () a rice-field. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिचूर्णn. rice-flour, ground rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिगmfn. (said of the sea; varia lectio salīga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिगोपीf. the female watcher of a rice-field View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिगोत्रm. Name of a teacher (varia lectio śāli-hotra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिहोत्रm. "receiving offerings of rice", a poetical N. for a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिहोत्रm. Name of a muni- and writer on veterinary subjects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिहोत्रn. śāli-hotra-'s work on veterinary science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिहोत्रज्ञmfn. versed in that science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिहोत्रसारm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिहोत्रायणm. patronymic fr. śālihotra- (plural), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिहोत्रिन्m. a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिहोत्रीयn. Name of medical work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिहोत्रोन्नयm. Name of medical work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिजालn. a mass or dense field of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिजौदनm. n. (ja-+ od-) rice-pap, boiled rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिकmfn. relating or belonging to a hall or room gaRa vrīhy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिकmfn. relating or belonging to the Sal tree. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिकाf. a house, shop (See nāpita-ś-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिकmfn. (for 1.See) derived or prepared from rice (with piṣṭa- n.rice-flour) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिकm. (with ācārya-) Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सालिकाf. a flute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिकणm. a grain of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिकनाथm. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिकनाथm. of the author of a commentator or commentary on the gīta-govinda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिकेदारm. a rice-field (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिक्षेत्रn. idem or 'm. a rice-field (varia lectio)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिकूटn. a heap of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलmf(ā-)n. (see sarir/a-) flowing, surging, fluctuating, unsteady View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलाf. (in sāṃkhya-) one of the four kinds of ādhyātmikā tuṣṭi- or internal acquiescence (the other three being ambhas-, ogha-,and vṛṣṭi-; see su-pārā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) flood, surge, waves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलn. (also plural) water (accusative with kṛ-,"to offer a libation of water to [gen.]") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलn. rainwater, rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलn. eye-water, tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलn. a kind of wind (See -vāta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलn. a particular high number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलn. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलभरm. "mass of water", a lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलभयn. danger from water, inundation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलभयदायिन्mfn. causing inundation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलचरm. "water-goer", an aquatic animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलचरकेतनm. "fish-bannered", the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलदm. "presenter of water", a kind of official View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलदm. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलदायिन्mfn. causing rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलधरm. "water-bearer", a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलाधिपm. equals la-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलगर्गरीf. a water jar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलगुरुmfn. heavy with tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलाहारmfn. equals śana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलजmfn. produced or living in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलजm. an aquatic animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलजm. a shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलजn. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलजन्मन्n. "water-born", a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सालिलाकरm. a great mass of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सालिलाकरm. the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलकर्मन्n. "water-rite", a libation of water offered to a deceased person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलक्रियाf. equals -karman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलकुक्कुटm. a particular aquatic bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलकुन्तलm. "water-hair", Vallisneria or Blyxa Octandra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलालयm. "water-receptacle", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलमयmf(ī-)n. consisting of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलमुच्m. "discharging water", a rain-cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलनिधिm. "water-receptacle", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलनिधिm. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलनिपातm. fall of rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलनिषेकm. sprinkling with water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलाञ्जलिm. two handfuls of water (as a libation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलपतिm. "water-lord", Name of varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलपवनाशिन्mfn. drinking only water and air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलप्रियm. "fond of water", a hog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलपूरm. a large quantity of water ( salilapūravat -vat- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलपूरवत्ind. salilapūra
सलिलराजm. equals -pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलराशिm. "heap of water", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलराशिm. any piece of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलरयm. "water-flow", a current, stream View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलार्णवm. the (heaving) ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलार्णवसायकmfn. reposing on water (applied to viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलार्थिन्mfn. wishing for water, thirsty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलाशनmfn. subsisting only on water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलसरकm. n. a bowl of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलाशयm. "water-receptacle", a pond, lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलस्तम्भिन्mfn. stopping water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलस्थलचरm. "living in water and on land", an amphibious animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलत्वn. the state of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलौदनm. n. rice boiled in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलौकस्mfn. dwelling or living in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलावगाहm. bathing in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलवत्mfn. provided with, water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलवात(salilā--) mfn. = salilākhyena vāta-viteṣeṇānugṛhīt/a- (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलावतीf. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलयोनिm. "water-born", Name of brahma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलेचरmfn. moving about in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलेन्धनm. "water -ignition", the submarine fire (see vaḍabāgni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलेन्द्रm. (equals la-pati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलेन्द्रपुरn. varuṇa-'s city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलेशयmfn. resting or lying in water (also as a kind of penance) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलेश्वरm. (equals la-pati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलोच्चयmf(ā-)n. abounding in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलोद्भवmfn. "produced in water" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलोद्भवm. a shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलोद्भवn. a lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलोपजीविन्mfn. subsisting by water (as a fisherman) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलोपप्लवm. "a flood of water", inundation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिलोत्थmfn. risen from the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिमञ्जरिm. Name of a ṛṣi- (written sāli-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सालिमञ्जरिSee śāl-, p.1068. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिन्mfn. possessing a house or room etc. gaRa vrīhy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिन्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') possessing, abounding in, full of, possessed of, amply provided or furnished with, conversant with, distinguished for etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिन्mfn. praiseworthy (see śāl-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिन्m. Name of a teacher
शालिन्m. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिनाथm. (also with miśra-) Name of various authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिञ्चmf(ī-). equals śālāñji- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिङ्गmf(ā-)n. having the same marks or attributes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिङ्गmf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') corresponding id est directed to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सलिङ्गिन्m. "having the usual marks (as of an ascetic etc., without belonging to the order)", a religious impostor (applied to the 7 schisms) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सालिङ्ग्यn. (fr. sa-liṅga-) sameness of characteristics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिनीf. a kind of metre (four times $ $) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिपर्णीf. Glycine Debilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिपर्णीf. equals māṣa-parṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिपिण्डm. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिपिष्टn. rice-flour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिपिष्टn. crystal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शलिपुत्र varia lectio for śala-putra- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिसंरक्षिकाf. a female watcher of a rice-field View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिशिरस्m. Name of a deva-gandharva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिस्तम्भक(?) , Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिशूकmn. an awn or beard of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिशूकm. Name of a maurya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिसूर्यm. or n. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालितmfn. shining with, beautified by, distinguished for (with instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिताf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिताf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालित्वn. (for 2.See under 2. śāli-) being connected or furnished or endowed with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालित्वn. trust or confidence in, relying upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालित्वn. (for 1.See) the state or condition of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिवह्(strong form -vāh-) mf(śāly-ūhī-)n. carrying rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिवाहm. an ox used for carrying rice (Scholiast or Commentator; according to to "the measure of rice called śāli-vāha-") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिवाहm. a proper N. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिवाहनm. Name of a celebrated sovereign of India (said to be so called either from having ridden on a yakṣa- called śāli-, or from śalī- for śāla-, the Sal tree, śāli-vāhana- being represented as borne on a cross made of that or other wood;he was the enemy of vikramāditya- and institutor of the era now called śaka- q.v;his capital was pratiṣṭhāna- on the godāvarī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सालिवाहनSee sālav- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिवाहनचरित्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिवाहनसप्ततीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शालिवाहनसतकn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शल्कलिन्mfn. having scales (See mahā-ś-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शल्कलिन्m. a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शल्लिकाf. a kind of ship or boat (varia lectio jhillikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शल्मलिm. (see śālmali-) the silk-cotton tree, Salmalia Malabarica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिmf. (or f(-).; see śalmal/i-) the Seemul or silk-cotton tree, Bombax Heptaphyllum or Salmalia Malabarica (a lofty and thorny tree with red flowers;its thorns are supposed to be used for torture in one of the hells[ see kūta-ś-],or it may stand for the Name of that hell) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिmf. one of the 7 dvīpa-s or great divisions of the known continent (so called from the above tree said to grow there;it is surrounded by the sea of ghee or clarified butter) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिmf. patronymic of a man (f. lyā-) gaRa krauḍyādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिmf. Name of a son of avikṣit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिmf. of another man descended from Agasti View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिद्वीपm. the śālmali-dvīpa- (See above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिकmfn. (fr. śālmali-) gaRa kumudādi- (with dvīpa- m. equals śālmali-dv- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिकm. the tree Andersonia Rohitaka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिकn. an inferior kind of śālmali- tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिन्m. Name of garuḍa- (see śālmali-stha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिनीf. the silk-cotton tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिपत्त्रकm. Alstonia Scholaris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिस्थm. "abiding in the śālmali-", a vulture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाल्मलिस्थm. Name of garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समागलितmfn. ( gai-) fallen down, fallen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समाक्लिन्नmfn. ( klid-) well moistened, wet (with vasu- n.prob. = "food and drink") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समालिख्P. -likhati-, to scratch or mark down, mark out, write down, delineate, paint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समालिङ्ग्P. A1. -liṅgati-, te-, to embrace closely, clasp or hold in a firm embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समालिङ्गनn. a close embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समालिङ्गितmfn. clasped firmly, embraced closely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समालिप्P. A1. -limpati-, te-, to anoint all over (A.,"one's self") : Causal -lepayati-, to anoint or smear over, anoint well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समालिप्तmfn. well anointed or smeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समल्लिकाक्षmfn. with white spots on (their) eyes (said of horses) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समानसलिलmfn. equals samānodaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समसावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समशीलिन्mfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. having the same customs or character ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समाश्लिष्P. -śliṣyati-, to cling to (accusative) ; to embrace closely or firmly etc.: Causal -śleṣayati-, to join together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समाश्लिष्टmfn. closely embraced, firmly attached (also with anyo 'nyam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समतुलितmfn. of equal weight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समौलिरत्नmfn. with a crown-jewel, having a crest-jewel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शम्भलेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्भ्रमज्वलितmfn. excited by flurry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संदलितmfn. ( dal-) pierced through, pierced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संध्याबलिm. the evening or twilight oblation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संध्याबलिm. a bull (or its image) in a temple of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संध्याकालिकmfn. belonging to twilight-time, vespertine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संघर्षशालिन्mfn. envious, jealous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संगीतकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संगीतपुष्पाञ्जलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संहताञ्जलिmfn. joining the hollowed hands (as a mark of supplication) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संहतिशलिन्mfn. thick, dense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समितिशालिन्mfn. warlike, brave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकलिकाचूरणn. shavings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकलितmfn. heaped together, accumulated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकलितmfn. added View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकलितmfn. blended, intermixed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकलितmfn. laid hold of, grasped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकलिताf. (in arithmetic) the first sum in a progression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकलितn. addition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकलितैक्यn. the sum of the sums or terms (of an arithmetic progression) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकलितिन्mfn. one who has made an addition (with locative case) gaRa iṣṭādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकेतमिलितmfn. met by appointment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संख्यालिपिf. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संक्लिन्नmfn. ( klid-) thoroughly wet or moistened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संक्लिश्P. -kliśnāti- (only infinitive mood -kleṣṭum-and ind.p. -kliśya-), to press together ; to torment, pain, afflict : Passive voice -kliśyate-, to get soiled (see next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संक्लिष्टmfn. pressed together etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संक्लिष्टmfn. contused or bruised (as the flesh without injury to the skin) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संक्लिष्टmfn. covered with mould or mildew, tarnished (as a mirror) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संक्लिष्टmfn. beset with difficulties (See next) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संक्लिष्टकर्मन्mfn. one who does everything with trouble or difficulty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकुलितmfn. crowded or filled with, abounding in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संकुलितmfn. confused, perplexed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संललालितmfn. caressed, fondled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संलिह्(see saṃ-rih-) P. -leḍhi-, -lihati- (pr. p. A1. -lihāna-), to lick up, devour, enjoy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संलिख्P. -likhati-, to scratch, scarify ; to write, engrave, inscribe ; to touch, strike, play upon (a musical instrument) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संलिखितmfn. scratched etc. (used in to express some act in gambling). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संलिप्सुmfn. (fr. Desiderative) desirous of seizing or taking hold of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संलुलितmfn. ( lul-) agitated, disordered, confused View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संलुलितmfn. come into contact with (compound) ("smeared with"Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्मिलितmfn. met together, assembled, collected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्मीलितmfn. (s/am-.) one who has closed the eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्मीलितmfn. closed (as eyes etc.), asleep (opp. to vi-buddha-,"awake") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्मीलितद्रुमm. a punarnavā- with red flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्मोहमौलिन्mfn. having illusion for stupefying, infatuating, bewitching, fascinating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संनिपातकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संनिपातकलिकाटीकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्पालितmfn. got over, overcome View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्पिण्डिताङ्गुलिmfn. having the fingers clenched or closed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्प्रज्वलितmfn. flaming, blazing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्प्रज्वलितmfn. lighted, kindled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्प्रक्लिश्P. -kliśnāti-, to crush or press together, knead, squeeze View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संस्खलितn. ( skhal-) an error, mistake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संश्लिष्P. A1. -śliṣyati-, te-, to stick or attach one's self to (accusative) (see ) ; to clasp, embrace etc. ; to bring into close contact or immediate connection with (instrumental case) : Causal -śleṣayati-, to connect, join, put together, unite or bring into contact with (instrumental case or locative case) ; to transfer to (locative case) on ; to attract View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संश्लिष्टmfn. clasped or pressed together, contiguous, coherent, closely connected with (instrumental case with and without saha- accusative,or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संश्लिष्टmfn. coalescent, blended together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संश्लिष्टmfn. confused, indeterminate (as an action which is neither good nor bad) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संश्लिष्टmfn. endowed with, possessed of (instrumental case; kiṃcij jīvitāśayā-,"having a slight hope of life") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संश्लिष्टm. a kind of pavilion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संश्लिष्टn. a heap, mass, multitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संश्लिष्टकर्मन्mfn. not distinguishing between good and evil actions (varia lectio saṃ-kliṣṭa-k-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संश्लिष्टशरीरकारिन्mfn. (plural) putting their bodies together id est dwelling or living together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संतानविवेकावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समुद्रमालिन्mfn. sea-wreathed (the earth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समुद्रसलिलेशयmfn. lying in sea-water (a kind of penance) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समुल्लिख्(-ud-likh-) P. -likhati-, to scratch up all round, dig up. ; to scratch, furrow ; to rub against, graze ; to write down, mention (in a book) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समुन्मीलितmfn. opened, expanded, displayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समुत्क्लिष्टmfn. ( kliś-) greatly distressed or disturbed, very uneasy or uncomfortable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संवलितmfn. met, united, joined or mixed with, surrounded by, possessed of (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संवलितmfn. broken, diversified (equals cūrṇita-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संयमिनाममालिकाf. Name of work (containing synonyms of names of ṛṣi-s, by śaṃkarācārya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संयताञ्जलिmfn. having the hands joined together in entreaty (= baddhoñjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शनकावलि f. (perhaps for śaṇak-; see śaṇa-) Scindapsus Officinalis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सनालिङ्गm. the son of a vaiśya- and a ratha-kāri- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षण्डकापालिकm. Name of a teacher (varia lectio caṇḍa-k-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
साञ्जलिmfn. with hands hollowed and joined (in supplicationSee añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शङ्खलिकाf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attendant on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शङ्खलिखितmfn. perfect in its kind, faultless, flawless (with vṛtti- f.faultless conduct) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शङ्खलिखितm. a king who practises justice, a Just king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शङ्खलिखितm. dual number the two ṛṣi-s śaṅkha- and likhita- (authors of a law-book) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाङ्खलिखितmfn. composed by śaṅkha- and likhita- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शङ्खलिखितप्रियm. "beloved, by śaṅkha- and likhita-", a friend of strict justice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शङ्खलिखितस्मृतिf. the law-book of śaṅkha- and likhita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शङ्खमालिनीf. Andropogon Aciculatus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शङ्खपोटलिन्m. a particular mixture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शङ्कुफलिकाf. Prosopis Spicigera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सन्मौलिकm. Name of a class of kāyastha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षण्णालिकmfn. lasting six times 24 minutes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शान्तिसलिलn. propitiatory water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तलिकाf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तशालिवटीf. a kind of mercurial pill used as a remedy for syphilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्ततिरत्नमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सपुष्पबलिmfn. filled with offerings of flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शरच्छालि(for -śāli-) m. rice ripening in autumn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सारकालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सरलाङ्गुलिशोभिन्mfn. having beautiful straight fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शरालिf. equals śarāṭi- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शरालिका f. equals śarāṭi- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सरलितmfn. straightened, straight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शरत्कालिनmfn. autumnal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सार्चिमालिन्m. a particular spell recited over weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शार्दूलललितn. "tiger's sport", Name of a metre (consisting of four pāda-s of 19 syllables each) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शर्णचापिलि(?) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सरोजकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्पबलिm. an offering to Serpents, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्पबलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्पबलिकर्मन्n. (equals -bali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्पबलिविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्पकङ्कालिका f. Name of a particular medicinal plant and antidote View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्पमालिन्m. Name of a ṛṣi- (varia lectio sarpi-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्पावलिf. a row of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्पिर्मालिन्m. Name of a ṛṣi- (varia lectio sapa-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सार्वकालिकmfn. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. sarva-k-) taking place at all times or seasons (as marriage) ') belonging to all times, suited to all seasons, everlasting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सार्वकालिकn. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. sarva-k-) taking place at all times or seasons (as marriage) ') belonging to all times, suited to all seasons, everlasting ') occurrence at all times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वकालिकागमm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वलिङ्गmfn. having all genders, used as an adjective ( sarvaliṅgatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वलिङ्गाध्यायm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वलिङ्गप्रदात्रिmfn. liberal to adherents of every faith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वलिङ्गसाधनीf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वलिङ्गसंन्यासm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वलिङ्गसंन्यासनिर्णयm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वलिङ्गताf. sarvaliṅga
सर्वलिङ्गिन्m. "having all kinds of external marks", a heretic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वमात्रिकापुष्पाञ्जलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वरुतसंग्रहिणिलिपि(?) f. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वसंश्लिष्टmfn. contained in everything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वस्वफलिन्mfn. with all one's possessions and fruits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वतोभद्रादिचक्रावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वतोभद्रलिङ्गतोभद्रm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शशधरमौलिm. "moon-crested", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शशाण्डुलि f. a kind of cucumber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शशिमौलिm. "having the moon as a diadem", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ससितोत्पलमालिन्mfn. wreathed with white lotus flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शष्कुलि f. the orifice of the ear, auditory passage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शष्कुलिf. a kind of disease of the ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शष्कुलिf. a large round cake (composed of ground rice, sugar, and sesamum, and cooked in oil;also written śask-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शष्कुलिf. a sort of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शष्कुलिf. Pongamia Glabra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शष्कुलिf. rice-gruel or barley-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शष्कुलिकाf. a sort of cake (equals prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाष्कुलिकmfn. (fr. śaṣkulī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शाष्कुलिकn. a quantity of baked cakes or pastry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सस्फुलिङ्गmfn. emitting sparks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षष्ठान्नकालिकmfn. equals na-kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षष्टिशालिm. equals ṣaṣṭika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शस्त्रकलिm. a duel with swords View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शास्त्रसारावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शास्त्रावर्तलिपिf. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सस्यमालिन्mfn. "corn-wreathed", abounding in corn or crops (as the earth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सस्यशालिन्mfn. equals -pūrṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सस्यशुलिकn. an awn of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतबलिm. a kind of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतबलिm. Name of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतबलिm. (prob. more correct -vali-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतहलिmfn. possessing a hundred large ploughs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतमूलिकाf. Asparagus Racemosus (also -) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतमूलिकाf. Anthericum Tuberosum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतफलिन्m. a bamboo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतवलिश(śat/a--.) varia lectio for next
सतीश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षट्पलिकmfn. having the weight of six pala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सत्फलिन्mfn. bearing good fruits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षट्तिलिन्mfn. one who on certain festivals performs six acts with tila- or sesamum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सत्त्वशालिन्mfn. energetic, courageous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सत्यशीलिन्( ) mfn. addicted to truth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सौधमौलि() m. the top or turret of a palace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शौक्लिकेयm. a sort of poison (prob. wrong reading for śaulkikeya- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शौलिकm. plural Name of a people (varia lectio śūlika-, sūlika-, maulika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शौल्कशालिकmf(ī-)n. (fr. śulka-śālā-) belonging to or derived from a custom-house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सौमिलिकm. or n. (?) a particular substance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सवर्णिलिङ्गिन्mfn. wearing the marks of a religious student, disguised as a brahmacārin- (See varṇin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शवास्थिमालिकmfn. wearing a garland of bones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सायंकालिक() () mfn. belonging to evening, vespertine. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शयनपालिकाf. the (female) keeper of a (royal) couch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सायन्तनमल्लिकाf. evening jasmine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सेचालिन् gaRa suvāstv-ādi- (varia lectio sevālin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सेलिलेशm. = (la-pati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सेलिसm. a kind of white deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शेफालि f. idem or 'm. n. Vitex Negundo ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शेफालिकाf. idem or 'f. idem or ' f. idem or 'm. n. Vitex Negundo ' ' ' (according to to some also"the fruit of the above tree"; according to to others "Nyctanthes Arbor Tristis") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शेवलिकm. (an endearing form) for śevaladatta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शेवलिलm. equals śevalika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सेवालिन्mfn. (fr. savāla-See śev-) gaRa suvāstv-ādi- ( secālin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शेवलिनीf. (see śaivalinī-) a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शेवलिय m. equals śevalika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सेवाञ्जलि(ñj-) m. a servant's reverential salutation with hollowed hands (See añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सिद्धमूलिकानिघण्टुm. Name of a dictionary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सिद्धसलिलn. equals -jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिखरेशलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- on the kailāsa- mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिलालिन्m. Name of the supposed author of particular naṭa-- sūtra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलपालितm. "virtue-protected", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलशालिन्mfn. possessed of virtue or good conduct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिलिm. Betula Bhojpatra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिलिf. the lower timber of a door
शिलिकm. gaRa puro-hitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलिकmfn. accustomed to act (in anyathā-ś-,accustomed to act in another manner) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिलिकाकोष्ठName of a village among mountains View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सिलिकमध्यमmfn. (said of the horses of the Sun; according to to equals saṃsṛtamadhyama-,or śīrṣa-madhyama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिलिन्m. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलिन्mfn. virtuous, moral, honest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलिन्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having the custom of, habituated or used to, practising View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिलिनm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिलिन्दm. a kind of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सिलिसिलिकm. resin (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलितmfn. practised, exercised etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलितmfn. inhabited, frequented View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलितmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') prepared or made of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीलितn. practice, conduct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सीमलिङ्गn. (see sīmā-l-) a boundary-mark, land-mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सीमालिङ्गn. a boundary-mark, landmark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सिंहकेलिm. Name of a celebrated bodhi-sattva- (= mañju-śrī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सिंहासनद्वात्रिंशत्पुत्तलिकावार्त्ताf. Name of a work consisting of 32 stories in praise of vikramāditya- (= vikrama-carita-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सिन्धुपुलिन्दm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीपालिलmfn. (also written sīp-) overgrown with śīpāla- plants gaRa kāśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीफालिकाf. (also, written śephālī-,or śephālikā-) the plant Nyctanthes Tristis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिरःकपालिन्mfn. carrying a skull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिरःकपालिन्m. a religious mendicant who carries about a human skull (as a symbol of having abandoned the world) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिरोमालिन्m. "garlanded with skulls", Name of śiva-
शिरोमौलिm. "crest-jewel", an eminent or distinguished person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिश्लिक्षुmfn. (fr. Desiderative of śliṣ-) wishing to cling to or adhere (in /a-ś-) (not in manuscript) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सितालिmfn. having white lines View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सितालिकाf. "white-lined", a cockle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सितालिकतभीf. a species of Achyranthes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीतमयूखमालिन्m. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सितपाटलिकाf. a white Bignonia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सीताष्टोत्तरशतनामावलि(-) f. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिथिलितmfn. loosed, loosened, slackened, relaxed, dissolved, made soft View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिथिलितज्यmfn. (a bow) whose string has been relaxed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिथिलितमृणालmfn. (an armlet formed) of lotus-fibres hanging loose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवाबलिm. an offering to durgā- (offered at night and consisting chiefly of flesh;also Name of a chapter of the rudra-yāmala- tantra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवकण्ठमलिकाf. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवकुसुमाञ्जलिm. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवालिखितmn. (śivā-l-or śivāl-?) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवालिखितपरिभाषाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गn. śiva-'s genital organ or śiva- worshipped in the form of the liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गn. any temple or spot dedicated to the worship of śiva-'s liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गn. Name of the city kāśī- or Benares View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गm. (with cola-bhūpati-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गदानविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गलक्षणn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गानन्दज्ञानोदयm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गपरीक्षाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गप्रतिष्ठाक्रमm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गप्रतिष्ठाप्रयोगm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गप्रतिष्ठाविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवलिङ्गसूर्योदयm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवमल्लिकाf. Agati Grandiflora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवमौलि m. Name of authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवनक्षत्रमालिकाf. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवपञ्चाक्षरीनक्षत्रमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवसहस्रनामावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवतत्त्वरत्नकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिववल्लिकाf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितmfn. stumbling, tripping, unsteady (as a gait) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितmfn. dropping falling, dripping, trickling down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितmfn. intoxicated, drunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितmfn. stammering, faltering (speech) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितmfn. stopped, checked, obstructed, impeded, interrupted, frustrated, baffled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितmfn. confounded, perplexed by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितmfn. incomplete, deficient (opp. to ulbaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितmfn. erring, failing, blundering in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितmfn. awkward about (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितn. the act of tripping, stumbling, staggering etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितn. mistake, error, failure, blunder, blundering in (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितn. loss, deprivation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितn. circumvention, stratagem (in war) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितगतिmfn. having an unsteady gait, tottering, staggering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितसुभगम्ind. dashing or leaping along pleasantly (over a rocky bed, said of a stream) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितवत्mfn. gone astray, deviated from (-tas-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्खलितवीर्यmfn. one whose heroism has been frustrated or disappointed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लि= śri-, in pra-śita- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिकुm. (according to to fr.2. śliṣ-) a servant, slave, dependant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिकुm. a profligate or low person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिकुmn. astronomy, astrology View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिकुfn. exhaustion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिलोञ्छm. gleaning ears of corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिलोञ्छवृत्तिf. subsistence by gleaning (or by unusual and irregular occupation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिलोञ्छवृत्तिf. equals śila-vṛtti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष् (see 1. śriṣ-) cl.1 P. śleṣati-, to burn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष् (see 2. śriṣ-) cl.4 P. () śl/iṣyati- (rarely te-; perfect tense śiśleṣa- etc.; Aorist aśliṣat- etc.; aślikṣat-[only in the sense of"to embrace" ] or aślaikṣīt-[?] grammar; future śleṣṭā-, ślekṣyati- ; infinitive mood śleṣṭum- ; ind.p. śliṣṭvā- ; -śliṣya- etc.) , to adhere, attach, cling to (locative case,rarely accusative), ; to clasp, embrace ; to unite, join (trans. or intrans.) ; (A1.) to result, be the consequence of anything : Passive voice śliṣyate- (Aorist aśleṣi-), to be joined or connected etc. ; to be implied or intimated : Causal () śleṣayati-, te- (Aorist aśiśliṣat-), to (cause to) connect or embrace (see śleṣita-) Desiderative śiślikṣate- (grammar also ti-), to wish to clasp, cling to (not in manuscript) : Intensive śeśliṣyate-, śeśleṣṭi- grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिषाf. clinging, embracing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टmfn. clinging or adhering to (locative case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टmfn. (with sarvataḥ-) adhering closely, fitting tight (as a coat of mail) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टmfn. adhering to one's self id est not affecting others, merely personal (as an art or science) (varia lectio śiṣṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टmfn. joined together, united, connected etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टmfn. clasped, embraced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टmfn. (in rhetoric) connected so as to be susceptible of a double interpretation, equivocal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टाक्षेपm. an objection expressed through using words containing a double meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टपरम्परितरूपकn. a continuous series of words having a double meaning (a kind of metaphor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टार्थदीपकn. a dīpaka- (q.v) containing a double meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टरूपकn. ambiguity as a metaphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टवर्त्मन्n. the adhering together of the eyelids View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टिf. adherence, connection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टिf. an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टिm. Name of a son of dhruva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लिष्टोक्तिf. an expression containing a double meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्लोकावलिf. a collection of stanzas, anthology View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मराकुलितmfn. agitated by love, love-sick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्मशानकालिकाf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्मीलितmfn. winked, blinked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्मीलितn. a wink, blink, winking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मितशालिन्mfn. having smiles, smiling, laughing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्नातानुलिप्तmfn. one who is both bathed and anointed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सोलिकmfn. cold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सोलिकm. coldness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सोमालिकाf. a particular dish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सोमलिप्तmfn. smeared with soma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सोमलिप्तn. a soma--utensil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सोमसलिलn. Somawater View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सोमवल्लिकाf. idem or 'f. Ruta Graveolens ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सोमवल्लिकाf. Vernonia Anthelminthica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शोणशालिm. red rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्पन्दोलिकाf. (see syand-) swinging backwards and forwards, rocking one's self to and fro (as in a swing) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्पर्शक्लिष्टmfn. painful to the touch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फटिकाक्षमालिकाf. a crystal rosary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फुलिङ्गm. (according to to also n.andf(ā-).;perhaps for sphulaṃ-ga-) a spark of fire etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फुलिङ्गm. a fire-brand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फुलिङ्गकm. a spark of fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फुलिङ्गवत्mfn. scattering sparks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फुलिङ्गायNom. A1. yate-, to be or burn like sparks of fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फुलिङ्गिन्mfn. having sparks of fire, sparkling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फुलिङ्गिनीf. Name of one of the seven tongues of agni- or fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्राद्धदीपकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रावणकर्मसर्पबलिप्रयोगm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रवणपालिf. the tip of the ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सृगालकोलिm. a sort of jujube (according to to some = Zizyphus Cenoplia) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सृगालिकाf. a female jackal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सृगालिकाf. a fox View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सृगालिकाf. running away, flight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सृगालिकाf. Batatas Paniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सृगालिकाf. riot, tumult View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सृगालिकाf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सृगालिनीf. a female jackal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रीबलिm. Name of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रीमालिनीविजयोत्तरn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रीपालितm. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रीफलिकाf. a kind of gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रीफलिकाf. a kind of indigo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शृङ्गारकलिकाf. Name of a surāṅganā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शृङ्गारकलिकाf. of a poem by kāma-rāja- dīkṣita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शृङ्खलितmfn. chained, fettered, bound, confined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रोत्रपालिf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्रुक्प्रणालिकाf. the spout of a ladle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतकेवलिन्m. Name of a class of jaina- arhat-s (of whom six are enumerated) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रुतशालिन्mfn. possessed of knowledge, learned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्तवावलिf. Name of various collections of hymns or panegyrics. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थागलिकmf(ī-)n. dealing in the substance sthāgala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थलकमलिनीf. Hibiscus Mutabilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थलनलिनीf. Hibiscus Mutabilis (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (nīka-) mfn.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थालिकm. the smell of faeces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थालिकmfn. smelling of faeces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थालिन्mfn. possessing any vessel or receptacle (see kara-sth-) , Va1rtt. 1
स्थलोत्पलिनीf. Hibiscus Mutabilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थिरलिङ्गmfn. having a stiff virile organ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थिरलिङ्गप्रतिष्ठाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थितलिङ्गmfn. having the virile member erected (see sthiral-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थूलशालिm. a kind of large rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थूलिन्m. (see sthūrin-) a camel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्त्रीलिङ्गn. the female organ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्त्रीलिङ्गn. (in gram.) the feminine gender ( strīliṅgavartin -vartin- mfn."being in the feminine gender, being a feminine") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्त्रीलिङ्गmfn. having the characteristics of a women View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्त्रीलिङ्गn. (in gram.) feminine ( strīliṅgatva -tva- n.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्त्रीलिङ्गत्वn. strīliṅga
स्त्रीलिङ्गवर्तिन्mfn. strīliṅga
स्त्रीपुंसलिङ्गिन्mfn. having the marks of man and women View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्तुतिकुसुमाञ्जलिm. "handful of flowers"Name of a poem in praise of śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुबालिशmf(ā-)n. very childish or foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुभजालिहस्त, mfn. having a hand with beautifully reticulated lines, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुभाषितहारावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुभाषितमुक्तावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुभाषितावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुचिमल्लिकाf. Arabian jasmine (equals nava-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूचिमल्लिकाf. Jasminum Sambac View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूचिशालिm. a sort of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुद्धवल्लिकाf. a kind of plant (Cocculus Cordifolius or Menispermum Glabrum) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुधाधवलितmfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुधाक्षालितmfn. plaster-washed, white washed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुहृल्लिङ्गधरmfn. having the mere appearance of a friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुकलिलmfn. well filled with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुकालिन्( ) m. plural Name of a class of pitṛ-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुकलित wrong reading for next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुकनलिकान्यायm. the rule of the parrot (who was causelessly frightened by) the nalikā- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुकनलिकान्यायेनind. according to to that rule id est causelessly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुकतात्पर्यरत्नावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुखलिप्साf. desire of attaining pleasure or happiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुखल्लिकाf. (perhaps) luxurious life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुखमालिकm. (prob.) Name of the superintendent of a monastery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुखसलिलn. pleasant (id est tepid) water ( sukhasalilaniṣeka -niṣeka- m."a bath in tepid water") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुखसलिलनिषेकm. sukhasalila
सुखीललित(?) f. Name of a virgin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुक्लिमन्m. whiteness, white colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुक्रनालिकोदाहरणn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूक्ष्मशालिm. a kind of fine rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूक्तावलिf. Name of an anthology by lakṣmaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूक्तिमालिकाf. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूक्तिमुक्तावलि f. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूक्तिसाधुत्वमालिकाf. Name of a poem (perhaps identical with kti-mālikā-).
सुललिकm. a particular mixed caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुललितmf(ā-)n. very playful or wanton or charming etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुललितmf(ā-)n. greatly pleased or happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुललितलतापल्लवमयmf(ī-)n. consisting of young sprouts of beautiful creepers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुललितम्ind. very sportively or wantonly, with delight, easily View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुललितविस्तरm. the beautiful lalita-vistara- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिmfn. (mc.) equals śūlin-, armed with a spear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकmfn. roasted on a spit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकmfn. having a spear or any sharp instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकm. one who impales criminals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकm. a cock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकm. a hare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकm. the illegitimate son of a Brahman and a śūdra- woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकm. the son of a kṣatriya- and an unmarried śūdra- woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकm. a strict guardian of the treasure and the harem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकm. (plural) Name of a people (see śūlīka-below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकाf. a spit for roasting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकm. a kind of factitious salt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिकn. roast meat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुलिखितmfn. well written down, well registered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्mfn. having a dart or pike, armed with a spear etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्mfn. one who suffers from sharp internal pain or from colic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्m. a spearman, lancer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्m. Name of rudra- śiva- (as holding a trident) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्m. a hare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिन्m. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुलिन्mfn. (fr. sul/a-) gaRa balādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनm. the Indian fig-tree (equals bhāṇḍīra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीf. See below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीf. Name of durgā- (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीदुर्गादिग्बन्धनn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीकल्पm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीकवचn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीमन्त्रकल्पm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शूलिनीविधानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुलुलितmfn. moving playfully or pleasantly to and fro View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुलुलितmfn. greatly hurt or injured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमालि m. "well-garlanded", Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमालिm. of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमालिm. of a Brahman (son of veda-māli-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमालिन्m. "well-garlanded", Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमालिन्m. of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमालिन्m. of a Brahman (son of veda-māli-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमलिनmfn. very dirty or polluted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमालिनीf. Name of a gandharvī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमल्लिकm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमावलिf. a garland of flowers (See nīti-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुनयशालिन्mfn. wise, clever View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुपालिmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') well provided with, distinguished by View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुपरिक्लिष्टmfn. sorely distressed, grievously pained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुफालिहName of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुफालिह suphāliha-or suphāhila- Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुप्रक्षालितmfn. well washed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुप्तमालिन्m. Name of the 23rd kalpa- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुराबलि(s/urā--) mfn. receiving an oblation of surā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुरमण्डलिकाSee -khaṇḍanikā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुरतकेलिf. amorous sport or dalliance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूर्यबलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूर्यबलिरामm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुसलिलmf(ā-)n. having good water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुसंश्लिष्टmfn. well composed (as a speech) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुशीलिन्mfn. (equals la-vat-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुश्लिष्टmfn. closely adhering, well joined or contracted, close, tight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुश्लिष्टmfn. well ratified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुश्लिष्टmfn. very conclusive or intelligible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुश्लिष्टगुणmfn. having the strings tightly knotted (as a garland, suśliṣṭaguṇatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुश्लिष्टगुणताf. suśliṣṭaguṇa
सुश्लिष्टसंधिm. plural very firm or strong joints View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुश्लिष्टसंधिmfn. having very firm joints ( suśliṣṭatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुश्लिष्टताf. suśliṣṭasaṃdhi
सुशूलिनीदण्डकm. or n. (?) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुतूलिका f. a beautiful mattress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुवल्लिf. Vernonia Anthelminthica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुवल्लिजn. a bulb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुवल्लिकाf. Vernonia Anthelminthica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुवल्लिकाf. a red-colouring Oldenlandia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुवर्णहलिm. a kind of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुवर्णमालिकाf. "gold-garlanded", Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुवर्णपालिकाf. a kind of vessel made of gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वहस्तोल्लिखितmfn. drawn or painted by one's own hands,
श्वलिह्mfn. (Nominal verb -liṭ-) licking up or lapping like a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वलिखितn. any document or receipt written with one's own hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वलिङ्गmfn. preserving (its) own grammatical gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वल्पाङ्गुलिf. the little finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्वानचिल्लिकाf. a kind of vegetable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वरमण्डलिकाf. a kind of vīṇā- or stringed musical instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वर्णशेफालिकाf. Cassia Fistula, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वार्थलिप्सुmfn. wishing to gain one's own object, self-seeking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वाश्लिष्P. -śliṣyati-, to embrace firmly or closely (varia lectio śliṣyet-for sv-āśl-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वतेजोरश्मिमालिन्mfn. surrounded with a garland of rays of one's own splendour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्ववक्लिन्नmfn. well soaked or macerated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्वाविच्छललित(for vit-śalalita-) mfn. furnished with porcupine quills View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वयम्भूलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- (equals jyotir-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वयम्भूलिङ्गसम्भूताf. a particular plant (equals liṅginī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वयम्प्रज्वलितmfn. self-kindled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्वेतचिल्लिका f. a kind of vegetable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्विन्नाङ्गुलिmfn. having perspiring or moist fingers
स्यालिकाf. the younger sister of a wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्यामलिकाf. the indigo plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्यामलिमन्m. blackness, darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्यामलितmfn. darkened, obscured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्यानपुलिनmfn. having dry sandbanks (as a river in the hot season) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्यन्दोलिकाf. swinging or a swing (prob. wrong reading for spand-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्यावलिm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताच्छीलिकmfn. (an affix) denoting a particular disposition or custom (śīla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तगरवल्लिf. Cassia auriculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलमालिन्m. a wick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलपिपीलिकाf. a small red ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलशालिकाf. equals -yantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलिकm. an oil-miller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलिकm. see mūrdha-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलिकचक्रn. equals la-yantra-c- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलिकीf. an oil-man's wife Paddh. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलिन्m. equals lika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलिनीf. a wick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलिनीf. equals la-kīṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैलिशालाf. equals la-śālikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैतिलिm. Name of a man () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैतिलिm. (tali-[in Prakritteyali ] ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तैतिलिन्m. Name of a man (equals la-) Va1rtt. 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालमूलिकाf. Curculigo orchioides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलाङ्गुलित्रवत्mfn. furnished with and tala- (-tra-) and aṅguli-tra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलातलिind. (to fight) with the palms of the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिf. equals tāḍi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिf. Flacourtia cataphracta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिकाf. equals la-sāraka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिकाf. (ikā-) the palm of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिकाf. equals la-vādya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिकाf. a sign with the hand (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिकाf. Curculigo orchioides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिकाf. equals tāmra-vallī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिकm. the palm of the hand (varia lectio for - sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order laka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिकm. a cover for binding a parcel of papers or a manuscript View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिकm. varia lectio for laka- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिकटm. plural Name of a people and its country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिमn. (fr. la-?) ground prepared for the site of a dwelling (kuṭṭima-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिमn. a couch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिमn. an awning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिमn. a sword (see la-vāraṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिन्mfn. equals la-tra-vat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिन्mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिन्mfn. furnished with cymbals (śiva-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिन्mfn. ( tal-) placing upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिन्m. plural the pupils of tala- gaRa śaunakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmf(ā-)n. thin, fine (see luna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmf(ā-)n. "slender, meagre", in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmf(ā-)n. small, little View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmf(ā-)n. separate, having spaces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmf(ā-)n. clear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (fr. la-) covered with, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनm. Name of a man , (varia lectio nal-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनn. a couch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलिनोदरीf. a slender-waisted woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालिशm. a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलितmfn. "bottomed", fixed, placed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तलितmfn. fried View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालितn. equals tulita-paṭa- (dyed or coloured cloth ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालितn. a string View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालितn. a musical instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तालितनगरn. Name of a town. 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तल्लिकाf. equals tālī-, a key View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तमालिकाf. idem or 'f. equals tamakā- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तमालिकाf. equals tāmra-vallī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तमालिकाf. equals tāmra-lipta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तमालिकाf. Name of a woman (varia lectio taral-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तमालिनीf. a place overgrown with tamāla- trees gaRa puṣkarādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तमालिनीf. equals tāmra-lipta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तमालिनीf. equals tamakā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तामलिप्तm. plural (equals mral-) Name of a people and its country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तामलिप्तn. Name of a city of that people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तामलिप्तकn. equals ptī- (varia lectio ptika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तामलिप्तीf. idem or 'n. Name of a city of that people ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्बूलवल्लिकाf. the betel-plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्बूलिकm. a seller of betel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्बूलिकसर्पm. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्बूलिन्mfn. having betel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्बूलिन्m. equals lika-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्बूलिन्m. equals la-da- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तमोलिप्तीf. equals tāma-l- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्रकिलिm. a small worm of a red colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्रलिप्तm. plural Name of a people (living near the western mouth of the Ganges) and its country (vv.ll. tāma-l-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्रलिप्तm. a prince of the tāmra-lipta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्रलिप्ताf. their capital View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्रलिप्तकm. plural the tāmra-lipta- people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्रलिप्तर्षिm. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्रलिप्तीf. idem or 'f. their capital ' (equals tāma-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताम्रलिप्तिकाf. equals ptī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ताण्डवतालिकm. "dancing and clapping the hands (fr. tāla-) ", śiva-'s door-keeper nandin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तण्डुलकुसुमबलिप्रकार m. plural Name of a kalā- (q.v). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तण्डुलकुसुमबलिविकारm. plural Name of a kalā- (q.v). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तण्डुलवैतालिकn. Name of the 5th prakīrṇaka- of the jaina- canon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तण्डुलिकmfn. fr. la- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तण्डुलिकाश्रमm. Name of a tīrtha- (varia lectio) (vv. ll. ḍūl-and tandul-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तण्डूलिकाश्रमSee ḍul-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तण्डुलिन्mfn. for la- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तरलिकाf. Name of a female servant (See tamāl-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तरलितmfn. shaking, dangling, undulating, tremulous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तरलितn. impersonal or used impersonally it has been trembled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तरलितहारmf(ā-)n. having a tremulous garland, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तरंगमालिन्m. "wave-garlanded", the sea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तरवालिकाf. (for tala-v-?) equals kar- idem or 'm. see tala-vāraṇa-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तरुदूलिका varia lectio for -tūl- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तरुतूलिकाf. the flying fox (suspending itself from branches like a tūlikā- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तथागतकोशपरिपालिताf. Name of a kiṃnara- virgin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तात्कालिकmf(ā-, ī- gaRa kāśy-ādi-)n. lasting (that time tat-kāla- id est) equally long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तात्कालिकmf(ā-, ī- gaRa kāśy-ādi-)n. happening at that time ( tātkālikatva -tva- n.abstr.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तात्कालिकmf(ā-, ī- gaRa kāśy-ādi-)n. happening at the same time or immediately, simultaneous, instantly appearing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तात्कालिकmf(ā-, ī- gaRa kāśy-ādi-)n. relating to or fit for a particular moment of time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तात्कालिकत्वn. tātkālika
तत्कुलिनmfn. of that family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तौलिकm. (fr. tūlikā-) a painter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तौलिक see uda--, daśa--, viṃśati--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तौलिकिकm. (fr. tūlikā-) a painter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तौलिन्m. equals tulā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तौल्वलिm. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तौल्वलिm. see ajā-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तौविलिकाf. Name of an animal (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तौविलिकाf. a female demon causing disease, (). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तिग्ममयूखमालिन्m. "garlanded with hot rays", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तिलखलिm. idem or 'n. see tail-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तिलिङ्गName of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तिलित्सm. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तिलित्सकm. a hyena. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तिल्पिलिकfor tilvilīka- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तिमिमालिन्m. "Timim2gilas-garlanded", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तिन्तिलिकाf. equals tiḍikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तोलिकाf. (ikā-) a wall round a watch-tower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तोसलिपुत्रm. Name of a Jain teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तोयाञ्जलिm. the hollowed hands joined and filled with water (offered to the dead) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तोयवल्लिकाf. idem or 'f. Cocculus cordifolius ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रैबलिm. (fr. tri-bala-) Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रैकालिकmf(ī-)n. relating to the 3 tenses (perfect tense, proper future) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रैलिङ्गmfn. having 3 (liṅga-) sexes (varia lectio trailiṅgya gya- n."triplicity of sex") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रैलिङ्ग्यn. trailiṅga
त्रैलोक्यमालिन्m. Name of a daitya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रैशालि idem or 'for śāni- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रैयलिन्दmfn. fr. try-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिभुवनेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिदलिकाf. Mimosa abstergens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिहलिकाग्रामm. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिकलिङ्गm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिलिङ्गmfn. possessing the 3 guṇa-s (see -guṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिलिङ्गmfn. equals gaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिलिङ्गn. "the 3 liṅga-s", the country Telinga View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिलिङ्गकmfn. having 3 genders, adjective View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिलिङ्गीf. the 3 genders (in Gram.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिंशद्योगावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिनालिmfn. 3 x 24 minutes long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिपुरमल्लिकाf. a kind of jasmine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिशूलिकाf. a small trident View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिशूलिन्m. "bearing the trident", śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिशूलिनीf. durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिवलिmfn. having 3 folds or incisions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्रिवलिf. in compound the 3 folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a beauty) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तृणपूलिकName of a human abortion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्र्यालिखितmfn. indented or marked in 3 places (a brick) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्र्यालिखितवत्mfn. consisting of bricks so marked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्र्यलिन्दName of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्र्यञ्जलिm. a handful belonging to 3 persons, 102 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्र्यञ्जलिmfn. bought for 3 handfuls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलनालिकाf. "cotton-tube", a cotton rock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तुलि - See tur/i-and -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिf. a painter's brush (see turī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तुलिकाf. a wagtail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिकाf. a panicle (used as probing-rod) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिकाf. equals li-, (in Prakrit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिकाf. see akṣara-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिकाf. a wick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिकाf. equals la-paṭī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिकाf. (su--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिकाf. an ingot mould View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिकm. a cotton trader View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तुलिमmfn. what may be weighed
तुलिम tulya- See columns 2, 3. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तुलिनी li-phalā- See tūl-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिनीf. the cotton tree (also tul- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिनीf. a kind of bulb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तूलिफलाf. the cotton tree (also tul-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तुलितmfn. lifted up weighed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तुलितmfn. equalled, compared, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तुन्दिलितmfn. become corpulent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्वक्पलितn. leprosy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उभाञ्जलि(ubhāñjali-) ind. gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उभयाञ्जलि(ubhayāñjali-) ind. gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उच्चलितmfn. gone up or out, setting out etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उच्चलितmfn. springing or jumping up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उच्छलितmfn. jerked up, moved, waved, waved above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उच्छिष्टचाण्डालिनीf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उच्चिलिन्गm. (= dāḍimī-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उदकाञ्जलिm. a handful of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उदञ्जलिmfn. hollowing the palms and then raising them View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उदतौलिकm. a particular measure. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उद्दालिन्m. equals ud-dala- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उद्वेलितmfn. caused to overflow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उद्वेल्लितmfn. tossed up, elevated, high View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उद्यानपालिकाf. a gardener, superintendent or keeper of a garden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उज्ज्वलितmfn. lighted, shining, flaming, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उज्ज्वलितत्वn. the state of being lighted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उलिन्दm. Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उलिन्दm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उल्कामालिन्m. "wearing a wreath of firebrands", Name of a demon causing diseases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उल्लिह्( ud-lih-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उल्लिख्(ud-likh-) P. -likhati-, to make a slit or incision or line, tear, mark by scratching ; to furrow ; to scratch, scrape, cut, make lines upon etc. ; to make a scratch or incision, cut into etc. ; to chip, chisel ; to delineate, shape, make visible or clear ; to polish, grind away by polishing ; to stir up, cause to come up (exempli gratia, 'for example' phlegm) : Causal -lekhayati-, to stir up, cause to come up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उल्लिखनn. an emetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उल्लिखितmfn. slit, torn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उल्लिखितmfn. scratched, polished, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उल्लिखितpainted, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उल्लिङ्गनाष्टकn. Name (also title or epithet) of a poem by kāmeśa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उल्लिङ्गय(ud-li-) Nom. (fr. liṅga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उल्लिङ्गितmfn. made manifest by marks or characteristics View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उलूखलिकmfn. pounded in a mortar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उलूखलिकmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') using as a mortar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उलूखलिकmfn. (See dantolūkhalika-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उलूखलिन्mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' idem or 'mfn. (See dantolūkhalika-.)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उलुलिm. an outcry indicative of prosperity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उलूलिmfn. crying aloud, noisy (see ululi-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊनकोटिलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उन्मत्तलिङ्गिन्mfn. feigning madness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उन्मीलितmfn. opened (as an eye or a flower), caused to come forth, made visible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उन्मीलितmade public by an inscription, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उन्मीलितn. (in rhetoric) unconcealed or open reference or allusion to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उन्मूलितmfn. eradicated, pulled up by the roots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उन्मूलितmfn. destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपधानलिङ्गmfn. (a verse) containing the word upa-- dhāna-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपज्वलितmfn. lighted up (with an- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपकालिकाf. Nigella Indica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपक्लिद्P. to become wet ; to rot, putrefy: Causal -kledayati-, to make wet, soak View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपक्लिन्नmfn. wet, moist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपक्लिन्नmfn. rotten, putrid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपलालितmfn. caressed, fondled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपालिm. Name of one of buddha-'s most eminent pupils (mentioned as the first propounder of the Buddhist law and as having been formerly a barber). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपलिख्to encircle with lines or trenches. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपलिख्य ind.p. having encircled with lines or trenches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपलिङ्गn. a portent, natural phenomenon considered as boding evil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपलिप्P. -limpati-, to defile, besmear (especially with cow-dung), smear, anoint etc. ; to cover, overlay : Caus -lepayati-, to besmear (especially with cow-dung), smear, anoint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपलिप्साf. (fr. Desiderative), wish to obtain, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपलिप्साetc. See upa-labh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपलिप्सुmfn. (fr. idem or 'f. (fr. Desiderative), wish to obtain, '), wishing to learn or hear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपालिप्सुmfn. wishing to reproach or blame, on . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपलिप्तmfn. besmeared, anointed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपलिप्य ind.p. having besmeared or anointed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपमालिनीf. a particular metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपमालिनीतीरम्ind. near the banks of the mālinī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपाङ्गललिताव्रतn. a particular observance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपसंश्लिष् View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपसंश्लिष्टmfn. united, joined, coherent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपसंश्लिष्टत्वn. coherency View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपश्लिष्P. -śliṣyati-, to come near to or into close contact with, cling to : Causal -śleṣayati-, to bring near or into close contact View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपाश्लिष्to embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपश्लिष्टmfn. brought near or into close contact, contiguous, adjoining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपाश्लिष्टmfn. one who has clasped or laid hold of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपवल्लिकाf. Name of a plant (equals amṛtasrava-latā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपोद्बलितmfn. confirmed, asserted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उरःशूलिन्mfn. suffering from the above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उरल्लिroaring, a roar(?), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊर्ध्वलिङ्ग mfn. having the membrum above (id est chaste) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊर्ध्वलिङ्गिन्mfn. having the membrum above (id est chaste) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊर्ध्वलिङ्गिन्m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊर्ध्वमण्डलिन्m. a particular position of the hands in dancing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊर्ध्वाङ्गुलिmfn. with raised fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊर्मिमालिन्mfn. wreathed with waves, having waves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊर्मिमालिन्m. the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलिकाf. longing for, regretting, missing any person or thing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलिकाf. wanton sportfulness, dalliance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलिकाf. a bud, unblown flower, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलिकाf. a wave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलिकाप्रायmfn. abounding in compound words (a kind of prose) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलिकावैलरीf. Name (also title or epithet) of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलितmfn. unbound, loosened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलितmfn. opened, blossoming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलितmfn. brilliant, bright View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलितmfn. appearing, coming forth, becoming visible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलितmfn. regretting, longing for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कलितmfn. prosperous, rising, increasing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्खलिन्m. Name of a Buddhist deity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कीलितmfn. unfastened, opened (by drawing out the peg). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्क्लिश्(ud-- kliś-) P. -kliśnāti-, to feel uneasy, be uncomfortable or distressed: Causal P. -kleśayati-, to excite, stir up ; to expel. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्क्लिष्टmfn. distressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्क्लिश्य ind.p. having become uneasy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्क्षेपलिपिm. a kind of written character, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्कूलितmfn. brought to the bank or shore, thrown up on a bank, stranded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पालिकाf. a dam, dyke, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिन्mfn. abounding in lotus-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिनीf. an assemblage of lotus-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिनीf. a lotus (Nymphaea) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिनीf. a particular metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिनीf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्पलिनीf. Name of a dictionary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्फुलिङ्ग(for ut-sphuliṅga-) mfn. emitting sparks, sparkling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तमफलिनीf. the plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरलितmfn. caused to tremble, excited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्थानशीलिन्mfn. active, zealous, diligent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्थिताङ्गुलिm. the palm of the hand with the fingers extended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तोलितmfn. raised, lifted up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वचनमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वाच्यलिङ्ग mfn. following or having the gender of the substantive, adjectival ( vācyaliṅgatva ga-tva- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वाच्यलिङ्गकmfn. following or having the gender of the substantive, adjectival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वाच्यलिङ्गत्वn. vācyaliṅga
वादाद्रिकुलिशm. or n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वादनक्षत्रमालिकाf. Name of work (also called nakṣatra-vādamālikā-,or nakṣatra-vādāvalī-), a defence of the vedānta- against the mīmāṃsā- doctrine. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वदनमालिन्यn. a troubled face, shame-faced appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वादुलिm. Name of a son of viśvāmitra- (varia lectio vāhuli-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वाड्वलिm. (said to be) patronymic fr. vāg-vāda- Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वाग्बलिm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वाग्गुलि m. the betel-bearer (of a king or prince etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वाग्गुलिकm. the betel-bearer (of a king or prince etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वागुलि equals paṭi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वहंलिहmf(ā-)n. licking the shoulder (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वाह्लिName of a country, Balkh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वह्लि vahlika- etc. See balhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वह्निस्फुलिङ्गm. a spark of fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वाहुलिm. Name of a son of viśvāmitra- (varia lectio vāduli-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैदलिकmfn. belonging to leguminous vegetables View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैद्यमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैद्यनाथलिङ्गमाहात्म्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैहलिm. (also plural) a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैज्ञानशालिक(?) m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैकालिकmf(ī-)n. occurring in or belonging to the evening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैकालिकn. evening devotion, (or) an evening meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैकालिकम्ind. in the afternoon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैलिङ्ग्यn. (fr. vi-liṅga-) absence of distinctive marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैशालिm. patronymic of su-śarman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैशालिकmfn. relating to viśālā- (vaiśālī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैशालिनीf. patronymic fr. viśāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैश्वदेवबलिकर्मन्n. dual number Name of the above two ceremonies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैतालिकm. one who is possessed by a vetāla-, the servant of a vetāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैतालिकm. the worshipper of a vetāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैतालिकm. a magician, conjurer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैतालिकm. (fr. vi-tāla-) a bard, panegyrist of a king (whose duty also is to proclaim the hour of day) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैतालिकm. equals -kheḍḍatāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैतालिकm. one who sings out of tune (?) (prob. wrong reading for 2. vaitānika-above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैतालिकn. knowledge of one of the 64 arts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैतालिकर्णिm. (and vaitālikarṇikaṇtha ṇikaṇtha- n.) varia lectio for baiḍāli-k- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैतालिकर्णिकण्थn. vaitālikarṇi
वैतालिकव्रतn. the duty of a bard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैतालिन्m. Name of one of skanda-'s attendants
वैट्टालिक(of obscure meaning;for vaitālika-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वज्रकालिकाf. Name of the mother of gautama- buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वज्रलिपिf. a particular style of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वज्रशृङ्खलिकाf. Asteracantha Longifolia
वक्कलिन्m. (prākṛ-.for valkalin-) Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वाक्केलि f. a word-jesting, witty conversation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वक्षोमण्डलिन्m. (scilicet hasta-) a particular position of the hands in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्गुलिकाf. a box, chest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्गुलिकाf. equals valgulī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिmf. (see bali-and valī-) (once m.) a fold of the skin, wrinkle etc. (see tri-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिmf. a line or stroke made with fragrant unguents on the person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिmf. the edge of a roof. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिmf. sulphur View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिmf. a particular musical instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिm. (also written bāli-) equals vālin- Name of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिm. of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिin compound for vālin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिभmfn. idem or 'mfn. shrivelled, wrinkled, flaccid ' (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिहन्तृm. "killer of vālin-", Name of rāma-candra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिकm. n. the edge of a thatched roof. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिकाf. a seal-ring (L. also m.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिकm. plural (also written bālika-) Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिकाf. See under vālaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिकाज्यm. gaRa bhauriky-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिकाज्यविधmfn. inhabited by vālikājya- (varia lectio vāṇikājya- vālija-, vālijyaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिकायनmfn. (fr. valika-) gaRa pakṣādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिखिल्लm. Name of a son of draviḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिखिल्य wrong reading for vālakh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिमत्mfn. wrinkled shrivelled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिमुखm. "having a wrinkled face", a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिन्m. (also written bālin-) "haired or tailed", Name of a daitya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिन्m. of a monkey (son of indra- and elder brother of the monkey-king su-grīva-, during whose absence from kiṣkindha- vālin- usurped the throne, but when su-grīva- returned he escaped to ṛṣyamūka-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिनmfn. shrivelled, wrinkled, flaccid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिनीf. the constellation aśvinī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलीपलितn. wrinkles and grey hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिरmfn. squint-eyed, squinting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिश śi-, śi- See balisa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिसम्भवm. "sprung from vālin-", Name of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिशानm. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वालिशिखm. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितmfn. bent round, turned (n. impersonal or used impersonally) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितmfn. turned back again View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितmfn. broken forth, appeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') surrounded or accompanied by, connected with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितmfn. wrinkled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितm. a particular position of the hands in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितn. black pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितदृश्mfn. having the eyes turned towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितग्रीवmfn. idem or 'mfn. having the neck bent ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितकm. a kind of ornament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितकंधरmfn. having the neck bent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिताननmfn. having the face turned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलितापाङ्गmf(ī-)n. having the (corners of the) eyes turned or directed towards anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वलिवण्डm. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्कलिन्mfn. yielding bark (as a branch) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्कलिन्mfn. clothed in a bark-dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिf. the earth (mostly mc. and in compound for vallī-).
वल्लिदूर्वाf. a kind of dūrvā- grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिजm. a species of plant with poisonous blossoms ("pepper"or"tabashir"; see vallī-ja-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिकाf. diminutive fr. valli- (mostly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' see aṅghri-vallikā-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिकाग्रn. coral View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिकण्टकारिकाf. Jasminum Jacquini View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिकीf. a particular musical instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिमत्mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having anything (as locks, eyebrows etc.) resembling a creeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिनीf. equals valli-dūrvā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिराष्ट्रm. plural Name of a people (varia lectio for malla-r-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिशाकटपोतिकाf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिशास्त्रिन्m. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वल्लिसूरणm. a species of creeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वंशनालिकाf. a pipe made of bamboo, a reed, flute (see nāḍikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनकोलिf. the wild jujube View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनालिकाf. Heliotropium Indicum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिदासm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिकाf. a garland of wild flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिकाf. yam View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिकाf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिकाf. Name of one of rādhā-'s female attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिकाf. of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिकीर्तिछन्दोमालाf. Name of a poem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिमिश्रm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिन्mfn. equals -māla- (said of viṣṇu-kṛṣṇa-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिन्m. (in music) a kind of measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिन्m. Name of various authors (also with bhaṭṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिनीf. Dioscorea or equals varāhī- (prob. a kind of plant, accord. to others,"the female energy of kṛṣṇa-") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमालिनीf. Name of the town dvārakā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वनमल्लिकाf. Jasminum Sambac View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वन्दनमालिका( ) f. a festoon of leaves suspended across gateways (in honour of the arrival of any distinguished personage, or on the occasion of a marriage or other festival). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वङ्गालिकाf. vaṅgālī
वङ्गलिपिf. Bengal writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वञ्जुलिकाf. Oldenlandia Herbacea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वराहकालिन्m. a kind of sunflower, Helianthus Annuus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वरालिm. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वरालिm. a particular rāga- (see varāḍī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वरालिकाf. Name of durgā- (see vār-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वारालिकाf. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वररुचिलिङ्गकारिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वार्दालिकाf. rainy weather (printed vardālikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वारिपालिकाf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वार्कलिm. metron. fr. vṛkalā- (see gaRa bāhv-ādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वर्णतूलिf. "letter-brush", a pen, pencil, paint-brush View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वर्णतुलिका f. "letter-brush", a pen, pencil, paint-brush View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वर्णिलिङ्गिन्m. one wearing the marks of a religious student View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वर्षाकालिकmfn. relative to the rainy season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वार्षलिm. (fr. vriṣalī-) the son of a śūdra- woman, gaRa bāhv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वर्तुलि(gender doubtful) , a kind of bean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वासमुलिm. plural patronymic (prob. wrong reading for vāsamūli-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वसन्तमालिकाf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वसावशेषमलिन(vasan-) mfn. soiled with the remains of fat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वसिष्ठलिङ्गपुराणn. Name of a purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वस्तिकुण्डलिकाf. () a particular disease of the bladder. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वसुपालितm. Name of various men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वसुवल्लिकाf. Serratula Anthelmintica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वटकलिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातकेलिm. amorous sport or murmur View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातकेलिm. equals ṣiḍgānāṃ danta-lekhanam- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातकेलिm. the marks of finger-nails on a lover's person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातकुण्डलिका() f. () scanty and painful flow of urine. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातपालितm. Name of go-pālita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातुलिf. a large bat ("the flying fox") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वौलि(?) m. a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वायसोलिका f. a medicinal root (equals kākolī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वायुमरुल्लिपि(fr. -marut-+ l-) f. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेदमालिm. Name of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेदान्तकारिकावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेदान्तसिद्धान्तरत्नाञ्जलिm. vedāntasiddhānta
वेदान्तवादावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेलासलिलn. () equals -jala-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेलावलि(velāv-) f. (in music) a particular scale. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेलिभुक्प्रियm. a kind of fragrant mango (prob. wrong reading for bali-bhuk-priya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेलिकाf. (with bhū-) a country situated on the sea-shore, maritime country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेल्लिf. (see valli-) a creeping plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेल्लिकाf. Trigonella Corniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेल्लिकाख्याf. Trigonella Corniculata (see under vellaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेल्लितmfn. shaken, trembling etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेल्लितmfn. bent, curved, crooked etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेल्लितmfn. entwined (as arms) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेल्लितn. going, moving, shaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेल्लितn. the rolling of a horse
वेल्लिताग्रmfn. curly at the end or point (as hair) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेल्लिताग्रm. hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेल्लितकm. a kind of serpent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेल्लितकn. crossing (instrumental case crosswise) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेश्मकलिङ्गprob. = (or wrong reading for) next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेश्मकुलिङ्गm. a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेतसमालिन्mfn. wreathed with reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विचाचाचलिSee /a-vicācala- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विचालिन्See a-vicālita- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विचलितmfn. gone away, departed, deviated from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विचलितmfn. troubled, obscured, blinded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विचालितSee a-vicālita- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विच्छिन्नबलिकर्मन्mfn. having sacrificial rites interrupted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीचिमालिन्m. "wave-garlanded", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विचित्रमौलिश्रीचूडm. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विचूलिन्mfn. having no crest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विदलदलितmfn. burst or rent asunder etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विदलदलितmfn. expanded, blown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विधुतत्रिलिङ्गmfn. liberated from the three qualities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्यानुलोमालिपि(!) f. (n-) a particular manner of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्यानुपालिन्mfn. (n-) cherishing or encouraging science, acquiring learning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्यानुपालिन्mfn. faithfully preserving (traditional) learning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्युन्मालिन्mfn. wreathed with lightning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्युन्मालिन्m. Name of an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्युन्मालिन्m. of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्युन्मालिन्m. of a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विद्युन्मालिन्m. of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितmfn. flowed away, drained off, dried up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितmfn. melted away, dissolved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितmfn. fallen down or out, slipped out of (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितmfn. slackened, untied (See -nīvi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितmfn. dishevelled (See -keśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितmfn. passed away, disappeared, vanished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितmfn. come forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितबन्धmfn. having the band loosened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितकेशmfn. having dishevelled hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितलज्जmfn. free from shame, bold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितनीविmfn. having the knot untied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितशुच्mfn. freed from sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगलितवसनmfn. destitute of garments, unclothed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विहिताञ्जलिmfn. making a respectful obeisance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विह्वलितmfn. equals hvala- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विह्वलितसर्वाङ्गmfn. trembling with the whole body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विजयमालिकाf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विजयमालिन्m. Name of a merchant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विज्जूलिकाf. a species of Oldenlandia (prob. wrong reading for vañjulikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विज्ञानललितn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विज्ञानललिततन्त्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विकालिकाf. a sort of clepsydra or water-clock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विकरालिन्mfn. hot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विकरालिन्m. heat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्लिधmfn. moist with perspiration (others"having projecting teeth"or"leprous") (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्लिन्दुm. a kind of disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्लिन्नmfn. softened (by cooking) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्लिन्नmfn. dissolved, decayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्लिन्नहृदयmfn. soft-hearted, one whose heart is easily moved with pity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्लिष्टmfn. ( kliś-) hurt, harassed, destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्लिष्टn. a particular fault in pronunciation (prob. equals next) .
विक्लित्तिf. ( klid-) becoming soft or moist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्षालितmfn. (2. kṣal-), washed off, bathed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विक्षेपलिपिm. a kind of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलापकुसुमाञ्जलिm. Name of a poem. 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिगीf. a kind of serpent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिह्P. A1. -leḍhi-, -līḍhe-, to lick, lick up, lap : Intensive (only p. -lelihat-and hāna-), to lick continually or repeatedly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिख्P. -likhati- (Ved. infinitive mood -likhas-; see ), to scratch, scrape, tear up, lacerate etc. ; to rub against, reach to, touch ; to wound (the heart) id est vex, offend ; to scratch in or on, make a furrow or mark, write, delineate, paint etc. ; (in medicine) to tear up id est stir up (phlegm etc.) : Causal -lekhayati-, or -likhāpayati-, to cause to scratch or write, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिखSee a-vilikha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिखनn. the act of scraping, scratching etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिखितmfn. scratched, scraped, scarified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिम्पितmfn. (fr. Causal) smeared, anointed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिनाथm. (with kavi-) Name of a poet (author of the drama madana-mañjarī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिङ्गn. absence of marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिङ्गmfn. of a different gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिङ्गस्थmfn. not to be understood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिप्P. A1. -limpati-, te-, to smear or spread over, anoint (also"to anoint one's self"P.) etc. ; to smear or spread with (instrumental case) : Causal -lepayati-, to smear or anoint with (instrumental case) ; -limpayati- See -limpita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिप्ता f. a second (= 1/3600 of a degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिप्तmf(ā-)n. smeared over, anointed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिप्ताf. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिप्तीf. a cow in a particular period after calving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिप्तिकाf. a second (= 1/3600 of a degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिश्A1. -liśate-, to become out of joint, be disarranged or disordered, break off, become rent or torn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिष्टmfn. (see vi-riṣṭa-) broken off, out of due order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिष्टभेषजn. a remedy for fractures or dislocation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलिस्तेङ्गाf. Name of a dānavī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलोलोलितmfn. (fr. Causal) moved hither and thither, shaken, agitated, tossed about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलोलोलितदृश्mfn. rolling the eyes, having tremulous eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलुलितmfn. ( lul-; see vi-luḍ-) moved hither and thither View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलुलितmfn. shaken down, falling down, shed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलुलितmfn. shaken, agitated, disordered, disarranged etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलुलितालकmfn. having dishevelled hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमलिकरणn. the act of clearing, purification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमलिमन्m. clearness, purity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमलितmfn. clear, pure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमौलिmfn. having no crest or diadem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विंशतितौलिकmfn. containing 20 tulā-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विंशत्यङ्गुलिmfn. twenty-fingered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विन्ध्यचुलिकm. plural Name of a people (varia lectio -pulika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विन्ध्यमूलिक() () m. plural idem or 'm. plural idem or 'm. plural Name of a people ' (see -culika-).' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विन्ध्यपुलिकm. plural idem or 'm. plural Name of a people ' (see -culika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विन्ध्यावलि f. Name of the wife of the asura- bali- and mother of bāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विन्ध्यावलिसुतm. () Name of the asura- bāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विनिमीलितmfn. closed, shut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विनिमीलितेक्षणmfn. having the eyes closed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विनिर्लिख्P. -likhati-, to make incisions in, scarify ; to scratch or scrape off, free from dirt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विपुलिनाम्बुरुहmfn. having no sandbanks nor lotus-flowers (as a river) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीरबलिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीरभद्रकालिकावचनn. Name of a chapter of the vīra-bhadra-tantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विरक्तिरत्नावलिf. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीरललितn. a hero's natural way of acting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीरललितn. Name of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विरलाङ्गुलिmfn. (feet) having the toes wide apart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विरलिकाf. a kind of thin cloth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विरलितmfn. not dense or close (in a-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीरशैवलिङ्गार्चनविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीरेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a sacred liṅga- (equals vīreśa- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विरोलितmfn. (prob. for vi-lolita-,) disordered, disturbed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विरुदावलिf(i-or -). (or -) a detailed panegyric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विरुदावलिf(i-or -). Name of a poem by raghu-deva- (celebrating the praises of a certain king of mithilā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीर्यशालिन्mfn. possessing vigour or heroism, strong, heroic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विशकलितmfn. separated, divided, different View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विशकलितmfn. discriminated, sifted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विशालिकाf. Odina Pinnata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विशालिकm. endearing forms of names beginning with viśāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विशालिलm. endearing forms of names beginning with viśāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विशालियm. endearing forms of names beginning with viśāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विषाणोल्लिखितस्कन्धmfn. one whose shoulders are grazed or scratched by his horns (said of the leader of a herd of cattle to mark superiority) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विषवल्लि f. a poisonous creeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विशेषलिङ्गn. a particular mark, specific property, attribute of a subordinate class View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विशेषशालिन्mfn. possessing peculiar merit or excellence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विशिष्टलिङ्गmfn. different in gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विस्खलितmfn. stumbling, stopping, faltering (as words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विस्खलितmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') mistaken or blundering in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विस्खलितmfn. gone astray View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विश्लिष्P. A1. -śliṣyati-, te-, to be loosened or dissolved or relaxed ; to be divided or separated (mithaḥ-,"from each other") ; to fall wide of a mark, fail to strike, miss the aim ; to divide, separate from (ablative) : Causal -śleṣayati-, to cause to be disunited, separate from (ablative) ; to deprive of (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विश्लिष्टmfn. loosened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विश्लिष्टmfn. disunited, disjoined, separated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विश्लिष्टmfn. severed from one's party View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विश्लिष्टmfn. dislocated (as limbs) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विश्लिष्टतरmfn. standing far apart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विष्णुलिङ्गीf. a quail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विष्फुलिङ्ग( sphul-;See vi-sphul-and vi-sphuliṅga-), a spark of fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विस्फुलिङ्गm. (see vi-ṣphuliṅga-) a spark of fire etc. (-bhū- P. -bhavati-,to become a mere spark ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विस्फुलिङ्गm. a sort of poison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विस्फुलिङ्गाf. a spark (= m.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विष्फुलिङ्गकm. idem or '( sphul-;See vi-sphul-and vi-sphuliṅga-), a spark of fire ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विस्फुलिङ्गकmf(ikā-)n. sparkling, glittering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विष्पुलिङ्गकmfn. (see viṣphul/inga-below) sparkling ("a tongue of fire"or"a sparrow") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विश्वकर्मेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विश्वलिङ्गmfn. containing the distinguishing word viśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विश्वेश्वरलिङ्गn. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विवलितmfn. turned away, averted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विवरनालिकाf. a fife, flute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वोपालितor vopālita-siṃha- m. Name of a lexicographer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृद्धाङ्गुलिf. the great finger, the thumb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृद्धाङ्गुलिf. the great toe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृद्धशीलिन्mfn. having the nature or disposition of an old man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृद्धशीलिन्mfn. weak from age, decrepit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्रिकाम्लिकाf. a kind of acid citron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृक्षमूलिकmfn. idem or 'mfn. dwelling at the roots of trees ' (with Buddhists one of the 12 dhūta-guṇa-s or ascetic practices) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृष्यवल्लिकाf. Batatas Paniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृथालिङ्गmf(ā-)n. having no true cause, unsubstantiated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृथालिङ्गिन्mfn. one who wears a sectarian mark without any right to it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृथापलितmfn. grown gray in vain (see -vṛddha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृत्तमल्लिकाf. Jasminum Sambac View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृत्तमल्लिकाf. Calotropis Gigantea Alba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृत्तरत्नावलि f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृत्तशालिन्mfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याकुलितmfn. filled with, full of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याकुलितmfn. perplexed, bewildered, distracted, alarmed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याकुलितmfn. confused, disarranged, disturbed, corrupted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याकुलितचेतनmfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याकुलितहृदयmfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याकुलितमनस्mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याकुलितान्तरात्मन्mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याकुलितेन्द्रियmfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याकुलितिन्mfn. = vyākulitam anena- gaRa iṣṭādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यालिSee vyāḍi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यालिख्P. -likhati-, to scratch at or upon, scrape against, touch, graze ; to draw lines, write View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यतिरेकिलिङ्गn. an exclusive mark, negative property (excluding its subject from the class possessing the corresponding positive property) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यवहारमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यवकलितmfn. subtracted, deducted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यवकलितn. subtraction, deduction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्ययशालिन्() mfn. disposed to prodigality, wasteful, spendthrift. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्योमवल्लिकाf. Cassyta Filiformis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यज्ञलिह्m. "sacrifice-taster", a priest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यज्ञलिङ्गm. "having sacrifice for an attribute", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यज्ञमालिm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यजुर्वेदजटावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यक्षबलिm. an oblation to the yakṣa-s (a particular nuptial ceremony) commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यमकालिन्दीf. Name of saṃjñā- (mother of yama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यन्त्रमालिकाटिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यथाभिलिखित(thābh-) mfn. painted or written in the manner stated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यथालिखितानुभाविन्(thāl-) mfn. perceiving that anything is (only) painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यथालिङ्गम्ind. according to the characteristic marks or tokens, according to the characteristic words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यथापरिलिखितम्ind. according to the outline or sketch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यतिलिङ्गसमर्थनn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
योगकुण्डलिनी f. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
योगसारावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
योगावलिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
योजनवल्लिका f. Rubia Munjista View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
योनिलिङ्गn. the clitoris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युद्धशालिन्mfn. warlike, valiant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युगलिन्mfn. (prob.) egoistical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युग्मलाङ्गलिन्mfn. possessing two ploughs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यूकालिक्षn. sg. a louse and its egg or the egg of a louse (as a measure of length) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युक्तिमालिकाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युक्तिमल्लिका(?) f. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यूपोलूखलिकmfn. having sacrificial posts and mortars (for pounding) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युवपलितmf(ā-)n. grey-haired in youth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युववलिनmf(ā-)n. having wrinkles in youth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
685 results
libiḥ लिबिः बी f. = लिपि q. v.
libiṃkaraḥ लिबिंकरः A scribe, writer, copyist.
liccha लिच्छ (च्छि) विः N. of a regal race.
lidhu लिधु A technical term in grammar used by Pāṇini for nominal verbs.
liguḥ लिगुः [लिग्-कुः Un.1.36] 1 A deer. -2 A fool, blockhead. -3 A sage. -n. The heart.
li लिः 1 Fatigue. -2 Destruction, loss. -3 End. -4 Equality. -5 A bracelet.
lih लिह् 2 U. (लेढि, लीढे, लिलेह-लिलिहे, अलिक्षत्-त, अलीढ, लेक्ष्यति-ते, लेढुम्, लीढ, desid. लिलिक्षति-ते) 1 To lick; कपाले मार्जारः पय इति कराँल्लेढि शशिनः K. P.19; Bv.1.99; Ki.5. 38; Śi.12.4. -2 To lick up, taste, sip, lap; लिलिहु- र्बहुधा सुधाकरम् N.2.99; लिलिहे स्वरुचा पताकया निशि जिह्वानिभया सुधाकरम् 1.
lihaḥ लिहः लेढृ m. Mild wind.
likh लिख् 6 P. (लिखति, लिखित) 1 To write, write down, inscribe, draw a line, engrave; अरसिकेषु कवित्वनिवेदनं शिरसि मा लिख मा लिख मा लिख Udb.; ताराक्षरैर्यामसिते कठिन्या निशालिखद् व्योम्नि तमःप्रशस्तिम् N.22.54; Y.2.87; Ś.7.5; लीनेव प्रतिबिम्बितेव लिखितेव Māl.5.1. -2 To sketch, draw, portray, delineate, paint; मृगमदतिलकं लिखति सपुलकं मृग- मिव रजनीकरे Gīt.7; मत्सादृश्यं विरहतनु वा भावगम्यं लिखन्ती Me.87,82; Ku.6.48; स्मित्वा पाणौ खड्गलेखां लिलेख K. P. 1; केशग्रहः खलु तदा द्रुपदात्मजाया द्रोणस्य चाद्य लिखितैरिव वीक्षितो यैः Ve.3.11. -3 To scratch, rub, scrape, tear up; न किंचिर्दूचे चरणेन केवलं लिलेख बाष्पाकुललोचना भुवम् Ki.8.14; मूर्ध्ना दिवमिवालेखीत् Bk.15.22. -4 To lance, scarify. -5 To touch, graze. -6 To peck (as a bird). -7 To make smooth. -8 To unite sexually with a female.
likhakaḥ लिखकः [लिख्-क्वुन् Uṇ.2.32] A writer.
likhanam लिखनम् [लिख्-भावादौ ल्युट्] 1 Writing, inscribing. -2 Drawing, painting. -3 Scratching. -4 A written document, a writing or manuscript.
likhita लिखित p. p. [लिख्-क्त] Written, painted, scratched &c.; see लिख्. -तः N. of a writer on law (mentioned along with शङ्ख). -तम् 1 A writing, document. -2 A picture; द्रोणस्य चाद्यलिखितैरिव वीक्षितो यैः Ve.3.13. -3 Any book or composition. -Comp. -पठित a. written and read about; described; लिखितपठिता राज्ञो दाराः कविप्रतिभासु ये शृणुत शृणुतासूर्यंपश्या न सा किल भाविनी N.19.36; इक्ष्वाकूणां लिखितपठिता स्वर्वधूगण्डपीठक्रीडापत्रप्रकरमकरीपाशुपाल्यं हि वृत्तिः A. R.1.31. -पाठः learning from books. -स्मृतिः N. of a law-book.
likhitṛ लिखितृ m. A painter.
likhyaḥ लिख्यः A nit, the egg of a louse; cf. लिक्षा.
likṣā लिक्षा लिख्या [रिषेः सः कित् Un.3.66] 1 A nit, the egg of a louse. -2 A very minute measure of weight (said to be equal to 4 or 8 trasareṇus); जालान्तरगते भानौ यच्चाणुर्दृश्यते रजः । तैश्चतुर्भिर्भवेल्लिक्षा; or त्रसरेणवो$ष्टौ विज्ञेया लिक्षैका परिमाणतः Ms.8.133; see Y.1.362 also.
likṣikā लिक्षिका A nit.
likucaḥ लिकुचः See लकुच.
lilakṣayiṣita लिलक्षयिषित (desid. of लक्ष्, p. p.) Had in view, meant.
limpaḥ लिम्पः Smearing, anointing, covering.
limpākaḥ लिम्पाकः [लिप् आकन् पृषो˚] 1 The citron or lime tree. -2 An ass. -कम् A citron or lime.
limpaṭa लिम्पट a. Libidinous, lustful. -टः A libertine, lecher.
limpiḥ लिम्पिः लिविः f. = लिपि q. v.
li लिङ् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Potential and Benedictive moods or their terminations (the two moods being distinguished as विधिलिङ् and आशीर्लिङ्).
lindu लिन्दु a. Ved. Slimy, slippery (पिच्छिल); लिन्दु माभिगाम् Ch. Up.8.14.1.
liṅg लिङ्ग् I. 1 P. (लिङ्गति, लिङ्गित) To go, move. -II. 1 U, (लिङ्गयति-ते) 1 To paint, variegate. -2 To inflect (a noun) according to its gender.
liṅgakaḥ लिङ्गकः The Kapittha tree.
liṅgāli लिङ्गालिका A kind of small mouse.
liṅgam लिङ्गम् [लिङ्ग्-अच्] 1 A mark, sign, token, an emblem, a badge, symbol, distinguishing mark, characteristic; यतिपार्थिवलिङ्गधारिणौ R.8.16; अथवा प्रावृषेण्यैरेव लिङ्गै- र्मम राजोपचारः संप्रति V.4; मुनिर्दोहदलिङ्गदर्शी 14.71; Ms.1. 3;8.25,252. -2 A false or unreal mark, a guise, disguise, a deceptive badge; लिङ्गैर्मुदः संवृतविक्रियास्ते R.7. 3; क्षपणकलिङ्गधारी Mu.1; न लिङ्गं धर्मकारणम् H.4.85. See लिङ्गिन् below. -3 A symptom, mark of disease. -4 A means of proof, a proof, evidence. -5 (In logic) The hetu or middle term in a syllogism; particularly the assertion of the hetu's being found in the पक्ष or minor term coupled with the statement of the invariable concomitance between this hetu and the major term; it is thus defined:-- व्याप्तिपक्षधर्मतावल्लिङ्गम् Tarka K. -6 The sign of gender or sex. -7 Sex; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11. -8 The male organ of generation. -9 Gender (in gram.) -1 The genital organ of Śiva worshipped in the form of a Phallus. -11 The image of a god, an idol; धत्ते$सावात्मनो लिङ्गं मायया विसृजन् गुणान् Bhāg.7.2.22. -12 One of the relations or indications (such as संयोग, वियोग, साहचर्य &c.) which serve to fix the meaning of a word in any particular passage; e. g. in कुपितो मकरध्वजः the word कुपित restricts the meaning of मकरध्वज to 'Kāma'; see K. P.2 and commentary ad loc.; तदेव सक्तः सह कर्मणैति लिङ्गं मनो यत्र निषक्तमस्य Bṛi. Up.4.4.6. -13 (In Vedānta phil.). The subtle frame or body, the indestructible original of the gross or visible body; cf. पञ्चकोष; यं योगिनो योग- समाधिना रहो ध्यायन्ति लिङ्गादसुतो ममुक्षया Bhāg.3.19.28. -14 A spot, stain. -15 The nominal base, the crude form of a noun (प्रातिपदिक). -16 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Pra- dhāna or Prakṛiti; q. v. -17 The effect or product (that which is evolved out of a primary cause and itself becomes a producer). -18 Inference, conclusion; अव्यक्तमिति विज्ञेयं लिङ्गग्राह्यमतीन्द्रियम् Mb.12.189.15. -19 = उपाधि; योगेन धृत्युद्यमसत्त्वयुक्तो लिङ्गं व्यपोहेत् कुशलो$हमाख्यम् Bhāg.5.5.13. -Comp. -अग्रम् the glans penis. -अनु- शासनम् the laws of grammatical gender. -अर्चनम् the worship of Śiva as a liṅga. -अर्शस् n. a particular disease of the genital organs. -आख्यः Name of one of the sub-divisions of the production according to Sāṅkhya; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यः Sān K.52. -देहः, -शरीरम् the subtle frame or body; see लिङ्ग (13) above. -धारिन् a. wearing a badge. -नाशः 1 loss of the characteristic marks. -2 loss of penis. -3 loss of vision, a particular disease of the eye. -परामर्शः the finding out or consideration of a sign or characteristic (in logic); (e. g. that smoke is a sign of fire); as वह्निव्याप्यधूमवानयं पर्वतः इति लिङ्गपरामर्शः. -पीठम् the pedestal of a शिवलिङ्ग. -पुराणम् N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas. -प्रतिष्ठा the establishment or consecration of a liṅga. -वर्धन a. causing erection of the male organ. -विपर्ययः change of gender. -वृत्ति a. hypocritical. -वृत्तिः a religious hypocrite. -वेदी the base or pedestal of a liṅga. -शास्त्रम् a grammatical treatise on gender. -शोफः swelling on the penis. -स्थः a religious student; न श्रोत्रियो न लिङ्गस्थः (साक्षी कार्यः) Ms.8.65.
liṅganam लिङ्गनम् Embracing; an embrace.
liṅgavat लिङ्गवत् a. 1 Having marks. -2 Having various sexes or genders. -3 Wearing a Liṅga. (as a Jaṅgama).
liṅgin लिङ्गिन् a. [लिङ्गमस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Having a mark or sign. -2 Characterized by. -3 Wearing the maks or badges of, having the appearance of, disguised as, hypocritical, wearing false badges (at the end of comp.); स वर्णिलिङ्गी विदितः समाययौ युधिष्ठिरं द्वैतवने वनेचरः Ki.1.1; so आर्यलिङ्गिन्. -4 Furnished with a liṅga. -5 Having a right to wear signs or badges. -6 One whose outward form corresponds with his inward character. -7 Having a subtle body. -m. 1 A religious student, Brāhmaṇa ascetic; अलिङ्गी लिङ्गिवेषेण यो वृत्तिमुपजीवति । स लिङ्गिनां हरत्येनस्तिर्यग्यौनौ च जायते ॥ Ms.4.2; स्त्रीलिङ्गिविप्रबालानां प्रहर्तव्यं न कर्हिचित् Pt.4.39. -2 A worshipper of Śiva's liṅga. -3 A hypocrite, pretending devotee, pseudoascetic. -4 An elephant. -5 (In logic) That which possesses the liṅga or middle term; i. e. वह्नि is the लिङ्गिन् in the familiar instance पर्वतो बह्निमान् धूमात्. -6 (Hence) The subject of a proposition. -7 The Supreme Being (as the sustainer of liṅga.) -8 The cause or source. -9 N. of a Śaiva sect. -Comp. -वेषः the dress of a religious student.
liṅkh लिङ्ख् 1 P. (लिङ्खति) To go, move.
lip लिप् 6 U. (लिम्पति-ते, लिप्त) 1 To anoint, smear, besmear; लिम्पतीव तमो$ङ्गानि Mk.1.34. -2 To cover, overspread; plaster; लिप्तेषु भासा गृहदेहलीनाम् Śi.3.48. -3 To stain, pollute, defile, taint, contaminate; यः करोति स लिप्यते Pt.4.64; न मां कर्माणि लिम्पन्ति Bg.4.14;18.17; Ms.1.16. -4 To inflame, kindle; तस्यालिपत शोकाग्निः स्वान्तं काष्ठमिव ज्वलन् Bk.6.22. -Caus. 1 To cast blame on anyone. -2 To smear anything.
lipaḥ लिपः Smearing, anointing.
lipiḥ लिपिः पी f. [लिप् इक् वा ङीप्] 1 Anointing, smearing. -2 Writing, hand-writing. -3 The written characters, letters, alphabet; यवनाल्लिप्याम् Vārt.; लिपेर्यथावद्ग्रहणेन वाङ्मयं नदीमुखेनेव समुद्रमाविशत् R.3.28;18.46. -4 The art of writing. -5 A writing (as a letter, document, manuscript &c.); अयं दरिद्रो भवितेति वैधसीं लिपिं ललाटे$र्थिजनस्य जाग्रतीम् N.1.15,138. -6 Painting, drawing. -7 Outward appearance. -Comp. -करः 1 a plasterer, whitewasher, mason. -2 a writer, scribe. -3 an engraver (also लिपिंकर). -कर्मन् n. drawing, painting. -ज्ञानम् the art of writing. -कारः a writer, scribe. -ज्ञ a. one who can write. -न्यासः the art of writing or transcribing. -फलकम् a writing tablet or board. -शाला a writing school. -सज्जा writing materials or apparatus. -संनाहः a belt worn on the fore-arm.
lipikā लिपिका See लिपी.
lipikaḥ लिपिकः A scribe, clerk.
lipsā लिप्सा [लभ्-सन्-भावे अ] 1 Desire of getting or regaining; मृतस्य लिप्सा कृपणस्य दित्सा ...... न हि दृष्टपूर्वा Bv.1.125. -2 Desire in general.
lipsu लिप्सु a. Desirous of getting &c.
lipta लिप्त p. p. [लिप्-क्त] 1 Anointed,smeared, besmeared, covered. -2 Stained, soiled, polluted, defiled. -3 Poisoned, envenomed (as an arrow). -4 Eaten. -5 United, joined. -प्तम् n. Phlegm; the phlegmatic humour of the body. -Comp. -वासित a. anointed and perfumed. -हस्त a. having the hands smeared or stained.
liptā लिप्ता लिप्तिका A minute, the sixtieth part of a degree.
liptakaḥ लिप्तकः A poisoned arrow.
liś लिश् I. 6 P. (लिशति) 1 To go, move. -2 To hurt; see रिश्. -II. 4 U. (लिश्यति-ते) To become small, be decreased.
liṣṭa लिष्ट p. p. Become small, lessened, decreased.
liṣvaḥ लिष्वः [लिष्-वन् Uṇ.1.142] An actor, a dancer.
li लिट् A technical term in grammer used by Pāṇini to denote the Perfect tense or its terminations.
akālikam अकालिकम् ind. 1 All of a sudden; अकालिकं कुरवो नाभविष्यन् Mb.5.32.3. -2 Soon; यत्ते कार्यं सुपुत्रस्य क्रियतां तदकालिकम् Mb.5.57.25.
akli अक्लिका The Indigo plant (Mar. नीळ).
aklinna अक्लिन्न a. Not wet or moist; ˚वर्त्मन् a sort of disease of the eyes.
akliṣṭa अक्लिष्ट a. [न. त.] 1 Unwearied, untroubled, not annoyed, undisturbed, indefatigable. -2 Not marred, unimpaired; इदमुपनतमेवं रूपमक्लिष्टकान्ति Ś.5.19 of unimpaired or unblemished beauty; अन्यथा कथमियम् ˚ता लावण्यस्य K.12 unmarred state, perfection. -3 Not laboured or elaborate. -Comp. -कर्मन्, -कारिन् a. unwearied in actions. -वर्ण a. not confused, distinct; ˚र्णां गमनाभ्यनुज्ञां K.293 given in plain, distinct terms; of unfaded colour. -व्रत a. not swerving from religious vows, unwearied in observing them.
akṣayālali अक्षयाललिता N. of a festival observed by women on the 7th day of the dark half of Bhādra (?).
akhili अखिलिका (वनस्पतिवि.) Momordaica Charantia (Mar. कारली.)
aṅkoli अङ्कोलिका (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालिका An embrace.
aṅguli अङ्गुलिका 1 = अङ्गुलि. -2 A sort of ant. अङ्गुली (री) यम्, -कम्, -यकम् [अङ्गुलौ-रौ भवम्, स्वार्थे कन्] A finger-ring; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीयं नूनं प्रतनु ममेव Ś. 6.1; m. also; काकुत्स्थस्याङ्गुलीयकः Bk.8.118.
ajahalliṅgama अजहल्लिङ्गम [न जहत् लिङ्गं यं; हा-शतृ] A noun which does not change its original gender, even when used like an adjective; e. g. वेदः or श्रुतिः प्रमाणाम् (not प्रमाणः or ˚णा).
añjali अञ्जलिः m. [अञ्ज्-अलि Uṇ.4.2.] 1 A cavity formed by folding and joining the open hands together, the hollow of the hands; hence, a cavity. full of anything (changed to अञ्जल or ˚लि after द्वि and त्रि in द्विगु comp., P.V.4.12); न वार्यञ्जलिना पिवेत् Ms.4.63; सुपूरो मूषि- काञ्जलिः Pt.1.25; अरण्यबीजाञ्जलिदानलालिताः Ku.5.15; प्रकीर्णः पुष्पाणां हरिचरणयोरञ्जलिरयम् Ve.1.1. a cavityful of flowers; so जलस्याञ्जलयो दश Y.3.15.1 cavityfuls or libations of water; श्रवणाञ्जलिपुटपेयम् Ve.1.4. to be drunk by the cavity of the ear; अञ्जलिं रच्, बन्ध्, कृ or आधा fold the hands together and raise them to the head in supplication or salutation; बद्धः, कातर्यादरविन्द- कुङ्मलनिभो मुग्धः प्रणामाञ्जलिः U.3.37. -2 Hence a mark of respect or salutation; कः शक्रेण कृतं नेच्छेदधिमूर्धानमञ्जलिम् Bk.8.84; बध्यतामभययाचनाञ्जलिः R.11.78. -3 A measure of corn = कुडव; another measure = प्रसृत, or one-half of a मानिका. -Comp. कर्मन् n. folding the hands, respectful salutation; लुब्धमर्थेन गृह्णीयात् क्रुद्धं चाञ्जलि- कर्मणा Chāṇ.33. -कारिका 1 an earthen doll making the अञ्जलि (?). -2 N. of a plant, Mimosa Pudica (लज्जालु) (Mar. लाजाळू). -पुटः-टम् the cavity formed by joining the hands together; hollowed plams of the hand.
añjali अञ्जलिका [अञ्जलिरिव कायते प्रकाशते; कै-क टाप् Tv.]. 1 A small mouse. -2 The sensitive plant of Mimosa Pudica (Mar. लाजाळू). -3 An insect of the spider tribe (Mar. कांतीण). -कः 1 N. of one of Arjuna's arrows. -2 अञ्जल्याकारमुख (mouse-mouthed) arrow भल्लैरञ्जलिकैरपि Rām.6.45.23. -वेध a fighting stratagem जानन्नञ्जलिकावेधं नापाक्रामत पाण्डवः Mb.7.26.23.
aṭṭāli अट्टालिका [अट्टाल, स्वार्थे कन्] 1 A palace, a lofty mansion, a house of two or more storeys. cf. Māna. -2 N. of a country. -Comp. -कारः [उपपद त.] a mason, a bricklayer (one who builds royal mansions; कुलटायां च शूद्रायां चित्रकारस्य वीर्यतः । भवेदट्टालिकाकारः पतितो जारदोषतः). -बन्धः [ष. त.] a kind of base or foundation in architecture; ˚न्धं बद्धःP.III.4.42.
atili अतिलिहा N. of a Prākṛita Metre of four lines with 16 Mātrās in each.
adhipuṣpali अधिपुष्पलिका A betel-nut tree.
anali अनलिः [अनिति-अच् अनः अलिर्यत्र ब. शकन्ध्वा] N. of a tree (बकवृक्ष) Sesbana Grandiflora (तत्पुष्पाणां मधुपूर्णतया तन्मधु- भिर्भ्रमराणां जीवनधारणात्तथात्वम् Tv.) (Mar. अगस्ता).
anukūlita अनुकूलित a. One who is honoured or well received; मन्त्रिणो नैगमाश्चैव यथार्हमनुकूलिताः Rām.7.74.6.
anulālita अनुलालित a. Entertained कुशिकसुतवचोनुलालिताभ्यां सुखमिव सा विवाभौ विभावरी Rām.1.23.24.
anulip अनुलिप् 6 P. To anoint, besmear (with perfumes &c. after bathing); smear, daub, cover over; वपुरन्वलिप्त न वधूः Śi.9.51,9.15; प्रभानुलिप्तश्रीवत्सम् R.1.1 covered with; तच्छायानुलिप्तभूतलाम् K.131; हरिभिरचिरभासा तेजसा चानुलिप्तैः Ś.7.7; so स्नातानुलिप्तः; तिमिरानुलिप्त enveloped in darkness; स्नापितो$नुलेपितश्च Dk.71 besmeared with perfumes &c.
anuvellita अनुवेल्लित a. [वेल्ल्-क्तम्] Bent in conformity with; bent under. -तम् Securing with bandages, bandaging, a sort of bandage (वृणलेपनबन्धभेदः) one of the 14 kinds mentioned by Suśruta.
anuśīlita अनुशीलित a. Assiduously practised, repeatedly done, carefully attended to or studied.
apiparikliṣṭa अपिपरिक्लिष्ट a. Excessively harassed अपि चापिपरि- क्लिष्टं चिराद्दारैः समागतम् । आत्मकार्यगरीयस्त्वाद्वक्तुं नेच्छामि वानरम् ॥ Rām.4.28.61.
abliṅgam अब्लिङ्गम् [अपां लिङ्गं ज्ञापनसामर्थ्यं यत्र] A hymn or verse [Rv.1.9.1-3. addressed to the waters;] अब्लिङ्गानि जपेच्चैव गायत्रीं मनसा सकृत् Y.3.3.
abhilikhita अभिलिखित a. Written, inscribed. -तम्, अभिलेखि- तम्, -नम् 1 Writing, inscribing. -2 A writing; ज्ञातिबन्धु- साक्ष्यभिलेखितैः Y.2.149. A written document.
abhilulita अभिलुलित a. 1 Agitated, disturbed. -2 Playful, unsteady.
abhraṃliha अभ्रंलिह a. [अभ्रं लेढि स्पृशति; खश् मुमागमश्च वहाभ्रेलिहः P.III.2.32] 'Cloud-licking', touching or scraping the clouds (very high); अभ्रंलिहाग्राः प्रासादाः Me.66; प्रासाद- मभ्रंलिहमारुरोह R.14.29.; K.27; Śi.5.65. -हः Wind.
amalina अमलिन a. Clean, spotless, pure (morally also); कुलममलिनं न त्वेवायं जनो न च जीवितम् Māl 2.2.
ambāli अम्बालिका 1 A mother; good woman (as a term of respect or endearment.) -2 N. of a plant (Mar. अम्बाडा). -3 N. of the youngest daughter of Kāśīrāja, wife of Vichitravīrya. She became the mother of Pāṇḍu by Vyāsa who was invoked by Satyavatī to beget a son to Vichitravīrya who had died without issue.
amli अम्लि (म्ली) का 1 Sour taste in the mouth, sour eructation. -2 The tamarind tree. -3 Wood-sorrel; also पलाशीलता, श्वेताम्लिका, and क्षुद्राम्लिका. -Comp. -वटकः a sort of cake.
amliman अम्लिमन् m. Sourness.
argali अर्गलिका A small door-pin, small bolt.
argalita अर्गलित a. Fastened by a bolt, chained, bolted; ˚द्वारा K.357.
ānukūlika आनुकूलिक a. (-की f.) [अनुकूल ठक्] Favourable, conformable.
āpāli आपालिः A louse.
āpiśali आपिशलिः N. of an old grammarian; वासुप्यापिशलेः P.VI.1.92.
āpoklimam आपोक्लिमम् N. of the 3rd, 6th, 9th, or 12th position (in Astrol.); तृतीयं षष्ठनवममन्त्यं चापोक्लिमं विदुः; also केन्द्रात् परं पणफरं पूर्वमापोक्लिमं मतम्. [cf. Gr. apoklima].
āmīlita आमीलित a. Intensely occupied with, fond of, (cf. Mātaṅga L.5.3.).
āmukulita आमुकुलित a. A little open (as a blossom).
āmli आम्लि (म्ली) का 1 The tamarind tree. -2 Acidity of stomach.
āyaḥśūlika आयःशूलिक a. (-की f.) [अयःशूल-ठक् P.V.2.76]. Active, diligent, indefatigable. -कः A man who, in order to gain an object, uses forcible instead of gentle means (तीक्ष्णोपायेन यो$न्विच्छेत्स आयःशूलिको जनः); cf. K. P.1; अयःशूलेन अन्विच्छति (scil. अर्थान्) इत्यायःशूलिकः.
ārālikaḥ आरालिकः [अरालं कुटिलं चरति ठक्] 'One who deals crookedly', a cook; (धनलोभेन परप्रोत्साहितः पाचको विषादि- संसृष्टं पचतीति तस्य तथात्वम्) Kau. A.1.12.; आरालिको गोवि- कर्ता सूपकर्ता नियोधकः Mb.4.2.9. (आरालिको$न्नपाकी स्यात् सूपकर्ता नियोधकः Mb.4.2.9. (आरालिको$न्नपाकी स्यात् सूपकर्ता तु शाककृत् । तैलान्नं पचते यस्तु गोविकर्ता स उच्यते ॥ -2 A controller of wild elephants; Mb.4.2.9; (अराल मत्त- गजास्तैः सह क्रीडति तान् जयति वा आरालिकः).
āli आलि a. Useless, idle, unmeaning. -2 Honest, sincere (विशदाशय). -लिः 1 A scorpion. -2 A bee. -लिः, -ली f. 1 A female companion or friend (of a woman); निवार्यतामालि किमप्ययं बटुः Ku.5.83,7.68; Amaru.28. -2 A row, range, continuous line; (cf. आवलि); तोयान्त- र्भास्करालीव रेजे मुनिपरम्परा Ku.6.49; रथ्यालि Amaru.89; खद्योतालि Me.83. -3 A line, streak. -4 A bridge. -5 A dike. -6 A line, race, family. -Comp. -क्रमः A kind of musical composition. -जनः A lady's female friends.
ālikh आलिख् 6 P. 1 To write, delineate, draw lines; मनो निष्ठाशून्यं भ्रमति च किमप्यालिखति च Māl.1.31; Mk.2. -2 To paint, draw in a picture; आलिखित इव सर्वतो रङ्गः Ś.1; V.2; त्वामालिख्य प्रणयकुपिताम् Me.17; R.19.19; M.2.2. -3 To portray, write, sketch. -4 To scratch, scrape, touch; as in विन्ध्यमालिखन्तमिवाम्बरम्.
āliṅg आलिङ्ग् 1 U. or 1 P. To embrace, clasp, encircle.
āliṅgaḥ आलिङ्गः 1 Embracing. -2 A kind of drum.
āliṅganam आलिङ्गनम् Embracing, clasping, an embrace; (सं- प्राप) आलिङ्गननिर्वृत्तिम् R.12.65; (said to be of seven kinds:- आमोद˚, मुदित˚, प्रेमन्˚, मानस˚, रुचि˚, मदन˚ and विनोद˚.
āliṅgita आलिङ्गित p. p. Embraced, clasped; योगो नाभ्यसितो व्रतं न चरितं नालिङ्गिता कामिनी S. D. -तः A kind of Mantra of 2 letters. -तम् An embrace.
āliṅgin आलिङ्गिन् a. Embracing &c. m. (-गी), आलिङ्ग्यः A small drum shaped like a barley-corn (यव); चतुरङ्गुल- हीनोंक्यान्मुखे चैकाङ्गुलेन यः । यवाकृतिः स आलिङ्ग्य आलिङ्ग्य स हि वाद्यते ॥ Śabdārṇava.
āliñjaraḥ आलिञ्जरः [अलिञ्जर एव स्वार्थे अण्] A large earthen waterjar.
ālindaḥ आलिन्दः दकः [अलिन्द एव स्वार्थे अण्] 1 A terrace before a house. -2 A raised place for sleeping upon; see अलिन्द.
ālin आलिन् m. A scorpion.
ālip आलिप् 6 P. 1 To anoint, besmear; आलिम्पन्नमृतमयैरिव प्रलेपैः U.3.39; plaster, bedaub. -2 To rub (on the body); आलिप्यते चन्दनमङ्गनाभिः Rs.6.12.
ālipa आलिप a. Anointing.
ālimpanam आलिम्पनम् [लिप्-ल्युट्-मुम्] Whitening the walls, floor &c. on festive occasions; cf. आदीपन.
ālipta आलिप्त a. 1 Anointed. -2 Smeared, plastered.
ālih आलिह् 2 Ā. To lick, lap. see आलीढ.
ālulita आलुलित a. A little moved or agitated.
ālolita आलोलित a. Shaken, agitated.
āvali आवलिः ली f. [आ-वल्-इन् वा डीप्] 1 A line, row, range; अरावलीम् V.1.4; द्विजावली बालनिशाकरांशुभिः Śi., so अलक˚, धूम˚, दन्त˚, हार˚, रत्न˚ &c. -2 A series, continuous line. -3 A dynasty, lineage.
āvalita आवलित a. [वल्-क्त] Slightly turned; K.46.
āśli आश्लिष् 4 P. 1 To embrace, clasp; प्रदीप्ते रागाग्नौ सुदृढतरमाश्लिष्यति वधूम् Bh.3.92. -2 To cleave or stick to.
āśliṣṭa आश्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Embraced, clasped; used actively also; P.III.4.72. आश्लिष्टो लक्ष्मीम् Sk. -2 Connected, interwoven, blended; परस्पराश्लिष्टशाखैः पादपैः Mb. -3 Joined to, touching, in contact with; अवनितलाश्लिष्टललाटरेखया K.67; अङ्गद ˚भुज R.6.53; Śi.3.72; मेघमाश्लिष्टसानुम् Me.2. -4 Joining what adheres or attaches to. -5 Invested; spread. -6 Deduced, concluded.
ili इलिः f. = इली.
ili इलिका 1 The earth. -2 The middle arch of a niche; Gīrvāṇa.
ili इलिनी N. of the daughter of मेधातिथि.
īli ईलिः (-ली f.) 1 A weapon, a cudgel or a short sword. -2 A stick shaped like a sword (Mar. गुप्ति). (करवालिका).
īlinaḥ ईलिनः N. of a son of Tamsu and father of Duṣyanta. -नी f. N. of a daughter of Medhātithi; Hariv.
uccalita उच्चलित p. p. 1 On the point of going, setting out. -2 Gone up or out; winnowed (as grain).
ucchalita उच्छलित p. p. 1 Moved, waved above निर्झरोच्छलित- शीतलशीकरासारवाही... । नागानन्द 1. -2 Shaken. -3 Gone.
ujjvalita उज्ज्वलित p. p. Lighted, shining, brilliant.
utkalita उत्कलित a. Unbound, loosened; स तस्य हस्तोत्कलितस्तदा$- सुरः Bhāg.7.8.26. -2 Regretting, sorry for. -3 Opened, blossomed (as flowers); प्रहर्षवेगोत्कलितेक्षणाननाः Bhāg. 1.43.2. -4 Rising, prosperous; पास्यन्त्यपाङ्गोत्कलितस्मि- तासवम् Bhāg.1.39.23.
utkali उत्कलिका 1 Anxiety in general, uneasiness; जाता नोत्कलिका Amaru.84; K.138,25,21,234; Dk.17.2. -2 Longing for, regretting, missing anything or person. -3 Wanton sport, dalliance (हेला). -4 A bud. -5 A wave; वनावलीरुत्कलिकासहस्र˚ Śi.3.7; क्षुभितमुत्कलिका- तरलं मनः ruffled by waves. Māl.3.1 (where उत्कलिका also means anxiety); K.161; cf. also जलयन्त्रजलाकार- कीलालोत्कलिकाकुलाः Śiva. B.14.33. -Comp. -प्रायम् a variety of prose-composition abounding in compound words and hard letters; भवेदुत्कलिकाप्रायं समासाढ्यं दृढाक्षरम् Chand. M.6.
utkīlita उत्कीलित a Nailed up.
utkūlita उत्कूलित a. Brought to the bank or shore, reaching the bank; प्रतिक्षणोत्कूलितशैवलाभाः Śi.3.7.
utkliś उत्क्लिश् 9 P. To feel uneasy or distressed. -Caus. 1 To excite, stir up, agitate, torment. -2 To expel, drive away.
uttalita उत्तलित Thrown or cast upwards.
utpalin उत्पलिन् a. Abounding in lotus flowers. -नी 1 An assemblage of lotus flowers. -2 A lotus plant having lotuses. -3 A species of the Atijagatī metre (चन्द्रिका q. v.). -4 N. of a Dictionary.
utphulliṅga उत्फुल्लिङ्ग (for उत्स्फुल्लिङ्ग) Emitting sparks, sparkling.
utsaṃkalita उत्संकलित Permitted; अनुत्˚ K.26.275.
udañjali उदञ्जलि a. One who hollows the palms and then raises them, folding the hands in supplication.
udvellita उद्वेल्लित p. p. Shaken, tossed up. -तम् Shaking.
unmīlita उन्मीलित p. p. 1 Opened; अज्ञानतिमिरान्धस्य ज्ञानाञ्जन- शलाकया । चक्षुरुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै पाणिनये नमः ॥ Śik.58; Ki. 16.12. -2 Blown, expanded; ते चोन्मीलितमालतीसुरभयः प्रौढाः कदम्बानिलाः; K. P.1; awakened; झटित्युन्मीलितप्रज्ञम् Mv.1.48; K.11. -3 Touched up, painted; उन्मीलितं तूलिकयेव चित्रम् Ku.1.32. -तम् (In Rhet.) An open reference (to anything).
upakāli उपकालिका Smaller variety of cardamom, or Fennel-flower-seed, Nigella Indica (Mar. काळें जिरें).
upajvalita उपज्वलित a. Lighted, inflamed; Śat. Br.11.8.3.7.
upalipsā उपलिप्सा A desire to obtain.
upalāli उपलालिका 1 Thirst. -2 Tyranny.
upaliṅgam उपलिङ्गम् A portent, natural phenomenon, considered as boding evil.
upalip उपलिप् 6 P. 1 To anoint, smear, besmear. -2 To defile, pollute; तथात्मा नोपलिप्यते Bg.13.32. -3 To stick or adhere to; यो वक्त्रमुपलिम्पति Vāgb. -Caus. To besmear (esp. with cow-dung; शुचिं देशं विविक्तं च गोमयेनोप- लेपयेत् Ms.3.26.
upavalli उपवल्लिका N. of a plant (अमृतश्रवा).
upaśli उपश्लिष् 4 P. 1 To embrace. -2 To draw near, approach. -Caus. To bring near, place at hand; उपश्ले- षय रथम् V.1; -शरम् V.5.
upaśliṣṭa उपश्लिष्ट p. p. Placed near, contiguous, adjoining.
upāli उपालिः N. of one of the Buddha's most eminent pupils; he was formerly a barber.
upāśliṣṭa उपाश्लिष्ट a. One who has clasped or laid hold of; Mb.
uli उलिः उल्ली f. 1 A species of Arurn. -2 White onion; Nigh.
ulindaḥ उलिन्दः 1 N. of a country. -2 N. of Śiva.
ululi उलुलिः Ved. Howling, a howl; an outcry indicative of prosperity; पृथग् घोषा उलुलयः केतुमन्त उदीरताम् Av.3.19.6.
ulūkhalika उलूखलिक a. 1 Pounded in a mortar. -2 (At the end of comp.) Using as a mortar; दन्त˚ using the teeth as a mortar; Ms.6.17; Y.3.49.
ulūli उलूलि उलूलु a. Crying aloud, noisy (while joyous); तं जायमानं घोषा उलूलवो$नूदतिष्ठन् Ch. Up.3.19.3; Lāṭyāyana 4.2.9.
ullalita उल्ललित p. p. 1 Shaken, trembling, agitated. -2 Raised up, elevated.
ullikh उल्लिख् 6 P. 1 To scratch, cut up, scrape, tear or rip up, scarify; जलदसंहतिमुल्लिखन्त्यः Śi.5.2; K.3; to furrow (as ground); Mv.1.2. -2 To rub or grind against; विषाणोल्लिखितस्कन्धम् H.3.139; K.14. -3 To grind down; polish; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिः Ś.6.5; R.6.32; त्वष्टा विवस्वन्तमिवोल्लिलेख Ki.17.48. -4 To carve. -5 To paint, write, draw in a picture; इति स्वहस्तोल्लिखितश्च मुग्धया रहस्युपालभ्यत चन्द्रशेखरः Ku.5.58. -6 To bear, raise.
ullikhita उल्लिखित p. p. 1 Scratched, scraped &c. -2 Thrown up, tossed. -3 Written over or above. -4 Pared, made thin.
ulliṅgita उल्लिङ्गित a. 1 Famous, known. -2 Made manifest (by marks or characteristics); सलेशमुल्लिङ्गितशात्रवोङ्गितः Ki.14.2.
aindrajālika ऐन्द्रजालिक a. (-की f.) [इन्द्रजालेन चरति ठक्] 1 Deceptive, magical; illusive. -2 Familiar with magic. -कः A juggler; छलयन्प्रजास्त्वमनृतेन कपटपटुरैन्द्रजालिकः Śi.15.25.
aurdhvakālika और्ध्वकालिक a. (-की f.) [ऊर्ध्वकाल-ष्ठञ्] Relating to subsequent or later time.
kaṅkeli कङ्केलिः (वृक्षविशेषः) Kālidāsa mentions the tree only once in his literature and says that it flowers only in Śarad (cf. Ṛs.3.18.).
kajjali कज्जलिका Powder (esp. made of mercury).
kajjalita कज्जलित a. 1 Covered with lampblack or with a collyrium prepared from it. -2 Blackened, soiled; Hch.
kadali कदलिका 1 A banner, flag; Māl.6. -2 Kadala tree; अभ्युल्लसत्कदलिकावनराजिम् Śi.5.2.
kadalin कदलिन् m. A kind of antelope.
kandalita कन्दलित a. 1 Budded, blown. -2 Put forth, emitted.
kapāli कपालिः N. of Śiva.
kapāli कपालिका 1 A potsherd; मही घटत्वं घटतः कपालिका कपालिका चूर्णरजस्ततोणवः Subhāṣ. Ms.4.76,8.25. -2 The tartar of the teeth.
kapālin कपालिन् a. 1 Furnished with or having a skull; Y.3.243. -2 Wearing skulls. कपालि वा स्यादथवेन्दुशेखरम् (वपुः) Ku.5.78. -m. 1 An epithet of Śiva; करं कर्णे कुर्वन्त्यपि किल कपालिप्रभृतयः G. L.28. -2 A man of low caste (offspring of a Brāhmaṇa mother to fisherman father.). -नी N. of Durgā.
kabuli कबुलिः f. The hinder part of an animal.
kamali कमलिनी 1 A lotus-plant; साभ्रे$ह्नीव स्थलकमलिनीं न प्रवुद्धां न सुप्ताम् Me.94; रम्यान्तरः कमलिनीहरितैः सरोभिः Ś.4.11; R.9.3,19.11. -2 An assemblage of lotuses. -3 A place abounding with lotuses. -Comp. -कान्तः, -बन्धुः N. of the sun.
kambali कम्बलिका 1 A small blanket. -2 A kind of female deer.
kambalin कम्बलिन् a. Covered with a blanket. -m. A bullock, ox. -Comp. -वाह्यक a carriage covered with blankets and drawn by oxen, a bullock-cart.
karālikaḥ करालिकः 1 A tree. -2 A sword. -का N. of Durgā.
karālita करालित a. 1 Tormented; एकस्यास्तपनकरैः करालितायाः Śi.8.4. -2 Magnified, intensified.
karālin करालिन् m. A kind of horse having a gaping mouth and projecting teeth; हीनदन्तो$धिकश्चैव कराली कृष्णतालुकः । मुशली च तथा शृङ्गी षडेते स्वामिघातकाः ॥ Śalihotra of भोज.
kalita कलित p. p. 1 Held, seized, taken; U.5.5. v. l. -2 Broken; Pt.1. -3 Plucked, gathered; सीतादेव्याः स्वकरकलितैः U.3.6. -4 Arisen, produced; U.5.2; कलितकुलिशघाताः केपि खेलन्ति वाताः R. G. -5 Influenced; Māl.8. -6 Mixed; अनलस्फुलिङ्गकलितः किमयमनभ्रः सुधावर्षः Māl.1.1. -7 Known, understood; कलयसि कलितो$ह्रम् Māl.8.13,2.9. -8 Furnished, endowed, Māl.6.6. कलितान्योन्यसामर्थ्यैः Ku.6.76. -9 Gained, obtained. -1 Reckoned, counted. -11 Separated, divided. -12 Sounded indistinctly, murmured. -13 Made, formed; लवङ्गमालाकलितावतंसाः Śi.3.81.
kali कलिका 1 A digit of the moon. -2 A division of time.
kali कलिः [कल्-इनि] 1 Strife, quarrel, dissension, contention; शठ कलिरेष महांस्त्वयाद्य दत्तः Śi.7.55; कलिकामजित् R.9.33, Amaru.23. -2 War, battle. अविषह्यैस्तमाक्षेपैः क्षिपन्संजनयन् कलिम् । Bhāg.1.55.17. -3 The fourth age of the world, the iron age (consisting of 432, years of men and beginning from the 13th of February 312 B. C.); दानमेकं कलौ युगे Ms.1.86,9.31; कलिवर्ज्यानि इमानि &c. -4 Kali age personified (this Kali persecuted Nala). -5 The worst of any class. -6 The Bibhītaka tree. -7 The side of a die which is marked with one point. घृतेन कलिं शिक्षामि Av.7.19.1. -8 A hero. -9 An arrow. -f. A bud. -Comp. -कारः, -कारकः, -क्रियः 1 an epithet of Nārada. -2 the karanja tree. -3 a kind of bird. -द्रुमः, -वृक्षः the Bibhītaka tree. -प्रिय a. quarrelsome. (-यः) 1 N. of Nārada. -2 a monkey, ape; Ms.1.85. -मारकः a kind of karanja tree. -युगम् the Kali age; Ms.1.85. -संतरणम् N. of an Upaniṣad. -हारी f. a kind of medicine (विषलाङ्गली).
kalikaḥ कलिकः Curlew.
kali कलिका कलिः f. 1 An unblown flower; a bud; चूतानां चिरनिर्गता$पि कलिका बध्नाति न स्वं रजः Ś.6.4. किमा- म्रकलिकाभङ्गमारभसे Ś.6; Ṛs.6.17; R.9.33. -2 A digit. streak. -3 The bottom or peg of the Indian lute. -4 A king of poetic composition (akin to बिरुद).
kaliṅga कलिङ्ग a. 1 Clever. -2 Cunning. -गाः (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants; (a district on the Coromandel coast); नो खण्डिकाञ्जगाम नो कलिङ्गाञ्जगाम Mbh. on P.III.2.115. उत्कलादर्शितपथः कलिङ्गाभिमुखो ययौ R.4. 38; (its position is thus described in Tantras :-- जगन्नाथात्समारभ्य कृष्णातीरान्तगः प्रिये । कलिङ्गदेशः संप्रोक्तो वाम- मार्गपरायणः ॥). -ङ्गः 1 The fork-tailed shrike. -2 N. of several plants; (as शिरीष, प्लक्ष &c.) -ङ्गा A beautiful woman. -ङ्गम् Indra grain (इन्द्रयव).
kaliñjaḥ कलिञ्जः A mat, a screen. -ञ्जम् Wood.
kalita कलित see under कल्.
kalindaḥ कलिन्दः 1 N. of the mountain on which the Yamunā rises. -2 The sun. -3 The Bibhītaka plant. -Comp. -कन्या, -जा, -तनया, -नन्दिनी, -सुता epithet of the river Yamunā; कलिन्दकन्या मथुरां गतापि R.6.48; कलिन्दजानीर Bv.2.12, Gīt.3. -गिरिः the Kalinda mountain. ˚जा, ˚तनया, ˚नन्दिनी epithets of the river Yamunā; Bv.4.3,4.
kalila कलिल a. [कल-इलच्] Uṇ.1.54] 1 Covered with, full of. वराङ्गनागणकलिलं नृपात्मजः ततो बलाद् वनमभिनीयते स्म तत् Bu. Ch.3.65. -2 Mixed, blended with; तत एवाक्रन्दकलिलः कलकलः Mv.1. -3 Affected by, subject to; अकल्ककलिलः Śi.19.98. -4 Impervious, impenetrable. -5 Contaminated, defiled; तदा वृषध्वजद्वेषकलिलात्मा प्रजापतिः Bhāg.4.7.1, Śi.19.98. -6 Doubtful, suspicious; एतस्मात्कारणाच्छ्रेयः कलिलं प्रतिभाति मे Mb.12.287.11. -लम् A large heap, confused mass; विशसि हृदय क्लेशकलिलम् Bh.3.34; confusion; यदा ते मोहकलिलं बुद्धिर्व्यतितरिष्यति Bg.2.52.
kalmali कल्मलिः Ved. Splendour; Av.15.2.
kalli कल्लि ind. To-morrow.
kalloli कल्लोलिनी A river; स्वर्लोककल्लोलिनि त्वं पापं तिरयाधुना मम भवव्यालावलीढात्मनः G. L.5; so विपुलपुलिनाः कल्लोलिन्यः
kavali कवलिका A bandage.
kavalita कवलित a. 1 Eaten, swallowed up (as a mouthful). -2 Chewed. -3 (Hence) Taken, seized; as is मृत्युना कवलिता.
kasthūli कस्थूलिका f. (= निशाहिमजलम् (Dew) स्य जलस्य स्थूलिका बृंहणम्). कस्थूलिकाफेन पाण्डुराणि ...... मोदकानि Pratijñā.3.
kākali काकलिः ली f. 1 A low and sweet tone; अनुबद्ध- मुग्धकाकलीसहितम् U.3; Ṛs.1.8. प्रमदकोकिलकोमलकाकली Rām. Ch.4.2. काकलीप्रधानं च गीयते, तथा तर्कयामि Nāg.1. क्रीडत्कोकिलकाकलीकलकलैरुद्गीर्णकर्णज्वराः S. D. -2 A musical instrument with a low tone used by thieves to ascertain whether a person is asleep or not; फणिमुखकाकली- संदंशक ... प्रभृत्यनेकोपकरणयुक्तः Dk.49. छेदात्समासु सकृदर्पितकाकलीषु Chārudattam 3.1. -2 Scissors. -4 the Gunjā plant. -Comp. -रवः the (Indian) cuckoo.
kāpālikatvam कापालिकत्वम् Cruelty, brutality; Māl.4.
kāpālin कापालिन् m. N. of Śiva; रुद्राणामिव कापाली Mb.7.6.5.
kāmalin कामलिन् a. Suffering from jaundice.
kāmali कामलिका Spirituous liquor.
kāmāli कामालिका Spirituous liquor.
kāmbalikaḥ काम्बलिकः Gruel, barley-water.
lika कालिक a. (-की f.) [काल-ठन्-ठक् वा] 1 Relating to time. -2 Depending on time; विशेषः कालिको$वस्था Ak. -3 Seasonable, timely. -कः 1 A crane. -2 A heron. -का 1 Blackness, black colour. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 Price of an article to be paid by instalments. -4 Periodical interest paid at stated times. -5 A multitude of clouds, a dark cloud threatening rain; कुतस्त्रपा नश्यति न त्वदाननक्षपाकरादर्शनकारिकालिका Rām. Ch.2.55; कालिकेव निबिडा बलाकिनी R.11.15. 6- Flaw (alloy &c.) in gold. -7 The liver. -8 A female crow. -9 A scorpion. -1 A spirituous liquor. -11 N. of Durgā; व्यभाव्यत प्रलयजकालिकाकृतिः Śi.17.44. -12 A particular bloodvessel in the ear. -13 A line of hair extending from the pudenda to the navel. -14 A small singing bird. -15 A kind of fragrant earth. -16 A girl four years old personating Durgā at a festival. -17 N. of a Yoginī. -18 A kind of vegetable. -19 A kind of cucumber. -2 The Indian spikenard. -21 Mist. -22 An oil-woman. -कम् 1 Black sandal wood. -2 Hostility.
lita कालित a. Dead; नाधुना सन्ति कालिताः Bhāg.1.15.18.
li कालिनी N. of the sixth lunar mansion.
liṅga कालिङ्ग a. (-ङ्गी f.) [कलिङ्ग-अण्] Produced in, or belonging to, the Kaliṅga country. -ङ्गः 1 A king of that country; प्रतिजग्राह कालिङ्गस्तमस्त्रैर्गजसाधनः R.4.4. -2 A snake of that country. -3 An elephant. -4 A species of cucumber. -5 A poisonous plant. -6 A sort of iron. -ङ्गाः (pl.) N. of a country; see कलिङ्ग. -ङ्गम् A water-melon.
lidāsaḥ कालिदासः 1 N. of a celebrated poet (author of many works like Śākuntala, Raghuvaṁśa &c.). -2 N. of two other poets (author of Nalodaya and Śrutabodha).
linda कालिन्द a. (-न्दी f.) [कलिन्द-अण्] Connected with or coming from the mountain Kalinda or the river Yamunā. -न्दी 1 The river Yamunā; कालिन्द्याः पुलिनेषु केलिकुपिताम् Ve.1.2; R.15.28; Śānti.4.13. -2 A sort of vessel. -3 N. of a wife of Kṛiṣṇa. (a daughter of Sūrya). -न्दम् A water melon. -Comp. -कर्षणः, -भेदनः an epithet of Balarāma q. v. -सूः f. Saṁjñā (-संज्ञा), a wife of the sun. (-m.) the sun. -सोदरः Yama, the god of death.
liman कालिमन् m. 1 Blackness; Amaru.88; Śi.4.57. -2 Paleness; Śi.8.43.
liya कालिय Relating to time, timely. -यः The Kaliyuga.
liyaḥ कालियः N. of a tremendously large serpent who dwelt at the bottom of the Yamunā (which was a ground forbidden to Garuḍa, the enemy of serpents, owing to the curse of the sage Saubhari). He was crushed to death by Kṛiṣṇa when he was but a boy; R.6.49; Śi.17.69. -याः (pl.) The family of black serpents; Śi.19.28. -Comp. -दमनः, -मर्दनः epithets of Kṛiṣṇa.
kāhali काहलिः An epithet of Śiva.
kiñcili किञ्चिलि (लु) कः An earth worm. किञ्जम् kiñjam किञ्जलः kiñjalḥ किञ्जल्कः kiñjalkḥ किञ्जम् किञ्जलः किञ्जल्कः The filament or blossom of a lotus or any other plant; आकर्षद्भिः पद्मकिञ्ज- ल्कगन्धान् U.3.2; R.15.52.
kilikilitam किलिकिलितम् Sounds expressing joy; B. R.
kiliñjam किलिञ्जम् 1 A mat, also किलङ्जम्. -2 A thin plank of green wood, board; also किलिङ्चम्.
kiliṅjakaḥ किलिङ्जकः 1 A mat. -2 A screen or twist of grass.
kilimam किलिमम् The fir or pine tree.
li कीलिका The pin of an axle.
lita कीलित a. 1 Tied, bound. -2 Fixed, nailed, pinned down; तेन मम हृदयमिदमसमशरकीलितम् Gīt.7; सा नश्चेतसि कीलितेव Māl.5.1. -3 Staked, impaled. -4 Pierced, transfixed. -5 Set (as a stake or pole). -तम् A tie.
kīlālin कीलालिन् A lizard, chameleon.
kuṭili कुटिलिका 1 Coming stealthily as a hunter on his prey, crouching. -2 A blacksmith's forge.
kuḍmalita कुड्मलित a. 1 Budded, blossomed. -2 Cheerful, smiling. -3 Half-closed; कण्डूकुड्मलितेक्षणां सहचरीं दन्तस्य कोट्या लिखन् Māl.9.32.
kuṇḍali कुण्डलिका A circle; Hch.
kuṇḍalin कुण्डलिन् (-नी f.) 1 Decorated with ear-rings. -2 Circular, spiral. -3 Winding, coiling (as a serpent). -m. 1 A snake. वामाङ्गीकृतवामाङ्गि कुण्डलीकृतकुण्डलि Udb. -2 A peacock. -3 An epithet of Varuṇa, and of Śiva. -4 The spotted or painted deer. -5 The golden mountain; काञ्चनाद्रौ सर्पे पुंसि तु कुण्डली Nm. -नी A form of Durgā or Śakti. -2 N. of a नाडी in Yoga. कुण्डली kuṇḍalī कुण्डलिका kuṇḍalikā कुण्डली कुण्डलिका A kind of sweetmeat (Mar. जिलेबी.)
kutūhalin कुतूहलिन् a. 1 Desirous, struck with curiosity; Māl. 1. -2 Eager, impatient; न जातु स्यात्कुतूहली Ms.4.63.
kunāli कुनालिका The (Indian) cuckoo.
kuntali कुन्तलिका A butter-knife.
kulika कुलिक a. Of a good family, well-born. -कः 1 A kinsman; Y.2.233. -2 The chief or head of a guild. -3 An artist of high birth. -4 A hunter; कुलिकरुतमि- वाज्ञाः कृष्णवध्वो हरिण्यः Bhāg.1.47.19. -Comp. -वेला certain portions of time on each day on which it is improper to begin any good business.
kulin कुलिन् a. (-नी f.) Of good family, high born. -m. A mountain.
kulāli कुलालिका An aviary.
kuli कुलिः A hand.
kuliṅgaḥ कुलिङ्गः 1 A kind of bird, bird (in general); आद्यः पन्थाः कुलिङ्गानां ये चान्ये धान्यजीविनः Rām.4.58.24. -2 A kind of mouse. -3 A sparrow; कुलिङ्गशकुनौ राजन्नीडं शिरसि चक्रतः Mb.12.261.2. -4 A serpant; 'कुलिङ्गो भूमिकूष्माण्डे मत्ङ्गजभुजङ्गयोः' Medini. पारावतकुलिङ्गाक्षाः सर्वे शूराः प्रमाथिनः Mb.12.11.7.
kulijam कुलिजम् A measure; cf. P.V.1.55.
kulindaḥ कुलिन्दः (pl.) N. of a country and its rulers.
kuliraḥ कुलिरः रम् 1 A crab. -2 The 4th sign of the zodiac, Cancer; see कुलीर.
kuliśaḥ कुलिशः शम् 1 The thunderbolt of Indra; वृत्रस्य हन्तुः कुलिशं कुण्ठिताश्रीव लभ्यते Ku.2.2; Pt.1; अवेदनाज्ञं कुलिश- क्षतानाम् Ku.1.2; R.3.68;4.88; Amaru.96. -2 Ved. An axe, a hatchet; स्कन्धांसीव कुलिशेना Rv.1.32.5. -3 The point or end of a thing; Me.63. -Comp. -करः, -धरः, -पाणिः an epithet of Indra; कान्तकुलिशकरवीर्यबलान् Ki.12.34. -नायकः a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. -शासनः An epithet of Śākyamuni.
kuśalin कुशलिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Happy, doing well, prosperous; अथ भगवांल्लोकानुग्रहाय कुशली काश्यपः Ś.5; R.5. Me.114. कुशलिनी वत्सस्य वार्तापि नो । S. D. -2 Of lower caste; 'कुशलिनं कारुकं चण्डालविशेषमित्यर्थः' Nīlakaṇṭha's commentary on Mb.12.291.7. [पापानुबन्धं यत्कर्म यद्यपि स्यान्महाफलम् । तन्न सेवेत मेधावी शुचिः कुशलिनं यथा ॥]
kuhali कुहलिः The leaf of the Piper Betel; Mv.7.13.
li कूलिका f. The lower part of the lute.
lin कूलिन् a. Furnished with banks of shores.
kṛmili कृमिलिका Linen cloth dyed with red colour.
keli केलिः m. f. [केल्-इन्] 1 Play, sport. -2 Amorous sport, pastime; केलिचलन्मणिकुण्डल &c. Gīt.1; हरिरिह मुग्ध- वधूनिकरे विलासिनि विलसति केलिपरे ibid; राधामाधवयोर्जयन्ति यमुनाकूले रहः केलयः ibid; Amaru.8; Pt.1.175; Ms.8.357; Ṛs.4.17; केलिं कुरुष्व परिभुङ्क्ष्व सरोरुहाणि Udb. -3 Joke, jest, mirth. -लिः f. The earth. -Comp. -कलहः a quarrel in jest or joke. -कला 1 sportive skill, wantonness, amorous address; रतिकेलिकलाभिरधीरम् Gīt.11. -2 the lute of Sarasvatī. -किलः the confidential companion of the hero of a drama (a kind of विदूषक or buffoon). (-ली) N. of Rati. -किलावती Rati, wife of the god of love. -कीर्णः a camel. -कुञ्चिका a wife's younger sister. -कुपित a. angry in sport; Ve.1.2. -कोषः an actor, a dancer. -गृहम्, -निकेतनम्, -मन्दिरम्, -सदनम् a pleasure-house, a private apartment; मञ्जुतरकुञ्जतलकेलि- सदने प्रविश राधे माधवसमीपम् Gīt.11; Amaru.9 (v. l.) -नागरः a sensualist. -पर a. sportive, wanton, amorous. -पल्वलम् a pleasure-pond; N.1.117. -मुखः joke, sport, pastime. -रङ्गः a pleasure ground. -वनम् A pleasure-garden; निरीक्षते केलिवनं प्रविश्य क्रमेलकः कण्टकजालमेव Vikr.1.29. -वृक्षः a species of Kadamba tree. -शयनम् a pleasure-couch, sofa; केलिशयनमनुयातम् Gīt.11. -शुषिः f. the earth. -सचिवः a boon companion, confidential friend.
kelikaḥ केलिकः The Aśoka tree.
kevalin केवलिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Alone, only. -2 Devoted to the doctrine of absolute unity of the spirit; Bhāg.4.25.39. -3 one who has obtained the highest knowledge (Jaina Phil.)
kośalikam कोशलिकम् A bribe (= कौशलिक q. v. which is the more correct form).
kauṭilikaḥ कौटिलिकः 1 A hunter. -2 A blacksmith.
kaudālikaḥ कौदालिकः A man of a mixed caste, a fisherman.
kaulika कौलिक a. (-की f.) [कलादागतः ठक्] 1 Belonging to a family. -2 Customary in a family, ancestral. -कः 1 A weaver; कौलिको विष्णुरूपेण राजकन्यां निषेवते Pt.1.22. -2 An impostor, a heretic. -3 A follower of the left hand Śākta ritual.
kauśalikam कौशलिकम् A bribe.
kauśali कौशलिका कौशली 1 A present, an offering. -2 Friendly inquiry after one's health &c., greeting.
klid क्लिद् 4 P. (क्लिद्यति, क्लिन्न) To become wet, be damp, be moist. -Caus. To moisten, wet; न चैनं क्लेदयन्त्यापः Bg. 2.23; Bk.18.11.
klinna क्लिन्न a. 1 Wet, moistened; running (as an eye). -2 Rotted, putrified; Charak 1.11,27. -3 Soft, moved (as heart); क्लिन्नधियं च मातरम् Bhāg.4.3.1;9.11.5. -Comp. -अक्ष a. blear-eyed. -वर्त्मन् n. watering of the eyes. -हृद् a. tender-hearted.
klind क्लिन्द् 1 U. (क्लिन्दति-ते) To lament.
klib क्लिब् f. Ved. The created world; क्लिबे स्मर कृतं स्मर Vāj.4.15.
kliś क्लिश् 4 Ā. (also P. according to some authorities) (क्लिश्यते, क्लिष्ट or क्लिशित) 1 To be tormented, be afflicted, suffer; अत्युपदेशग्रहणे नातिक्लिश्यते वः शिष्या M.1; त्रयः परार्थे क्लिश्यन्ति साक्षिणः प्रतिभूः कुलम् Ms.8.169. -2 To torment, molest; भक्तं मां मातिचिक्लिशः Bk.6.17. -II 9 P. (क्लिश्नाति, क्लिष्ट, क्लिशित) 1 To torment, afflict, molest, distress; क्लि- श्नाति लब्धपरिपालनवृत्तिरेव Ś.5.6; एवमाराध्यमानो$पि क्लिश्नाति भुवनत्रयम् Ku.2.4; R.11.58. -2 To suffer, feel pain.
kliśnat क्लिश्नत् a. Dispelling, removing; शीतांशोरंशुजालैर्जलधर- मलिनां क्लिश्नती कृत्तिभैमीम् Mu.3.2. (v. l. क्लिन्दत्).
kliśita क्लिशित क्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Distressed, suffering pain or misery. -2 Afflicted, tormented. -3 Faded. -4 Inconsistent, contradictory; e. g. माता मे वन्ध्या. -5 Elaborate, artificial (as a composition.). -6 Put to shame. -7 Wearied; hurt, injured. -8 Being in a bad condition, worn; पीतेनैकेन संवीतां क्लिष्टतोत्तमवाससा Rām.5.15.21. -9 Marred, impaired; Ś.5.19; Pt.1.11; Ś.6.1; disordered, Ś 7.14. -1 Dimmed, made faint; हिमक्लिष्ट- प्रकाशानि ज्योतींषीव मुखानि वः Ku.2.19. -11 Injured, hurt; Ś.6.19. -12 Bothersome, tedious; यथा शरीरो बालस्य गुप्ता सन्क्लिष्टकर्मणः Rām.7.75.4. (the commentator Rāma Tilaka gives क्लिष्टकर्मणः = शुभाचारस्य, which seems doubtful). -ष्टम् a contradictory statement. -Comp. -वर्त्मन् n. a disease of the eyelids.
kliṣṭā क्लिष्टा f. A kind of चित्तवृत्ति as laid down in the पात- ञ्जलयोगशास्त्र.
kliṣṭiḥ क्लिष्टिः f. 1 Affliction, anguish, distress, pain. -2 Service.
kṣālita क्षालित p. p. [क्षल्-क्त] 1 Washed, cleansed, purified, -2 Wiped away, requited; तथा वृत्तं पापैर्व्यथयति यथा क्षालि- तमपि U.1.28; Raj. T.5.59. क्षवः. -क्षवथुः See under क्षु.
kharālikaḥ खरालिकः 1 A barber. -2 A razor case. -3 An iron arrow. -4 A pillow.
khalin खलिन् a. Having sediment. -m. N. of Śiva.
khali खलि (ली) नः नम् The bit of a bridle; श्लिष्यद्भिरन्यो- न्यमुखाग्रसङ्गस्खलत्खलीनं हरिभिर्विलोलैः Śi.3.66.
khali खलिनी A multitude of threshing floors. P.IV.2.51.
khali खलिः ली f. Sediment of oil or oil-cake; स्थाल्यां वैढूर्य- मय्यां पचति तिलखलीमिन्धनैश्चन्दनाद्यैः Bh.2.1. खलिशः khaliśḥ खल्लिशः khalliśḥ लेशः lēśḥ लेशयः lēśayḥ खलिशः खल्लिशः लेशः लेशयः N. of a fish.
khalli खल्लिका A frying-pan.
khalli खल्लि (ल्ली) ट a. Bald-headed.
khālika खालिक a. Like a threshing floor.
khurālikaḥ खुरालिकः 1 A razor-case. -2 An iron arrow. -3 A pillow.
kheli खेलिः f. 1 Sport, play. -2 A song or hymn. -m. 1 An arrow. -2 An animal. -3 A bird. -4 The sun.
khailika खैलिक a. Supplementary, additional.
kholi खोलिः A quiver.
gaṇḍalin गण्डलिन् m. N. of Śiva.
gabholikaḥ गभोलिकः A small round pillow.
garalin गरलिन् a. Poisonous.
garalli गरल्लिः A hoarse, gurgling sound (of the throat); Māl.3.
galita गलित p. p. [गल्-क्त] 1 Dropped or fallen down. -2 Melted. -3 Oozed, flowing. -4 Lost, vanished, deprived. -5 Untied, got loose. -6 Emptied, leaked away. -7 Filtered. -8 Decayed, impaired. -9 Decreased, exhausted; गलितविभवाश्चार्थिषु नृपाः Bh.2.44. -Comp. -कुष्ठम् advanced or incurable leprosy when the fingers and toes fall off; also गुलत्कुष्ठम् -नखदन्त a. one who has lost his claws and teeth. वृद्धो गलितनखदन्तो न कथं विश्वास- भूमिः H.1. -दन्त a. toothless. -नयन a. one who has lost his eyes, blind. -यौवन a. one who has lost the bloom or charm of youth, grown old; गलितयौवना कामिनी Bh.2.56. -वयस् a. being in the decline of age, in declining years; गलितवयसामिक्ष्वाकूणामिदं हि कुलव्रतम् R.3.7.
galitakaḥ गलितकः A kind of dance, gesticulation; V.4.56.57.
gali गलिः [गडि, डस्य लः] A strong but lazy bull; see गडि.
li गालिः f. [गल्-इन्] 1 Abuse, abusive or foul language; ददतु ददतु गालीर्गालिमन्तो भवन्तो वयमपि तदभावाद्गालिदाने$समर्थाः Bh.3.133; Rāj. T.6.157. -Comp. -दानम्, -प्रदानम् Reviling; Rāj. T..7.34.
lita गालित a. 1 Strained. -2 Distilled. -3 Melted, fused.
li गालिनी A particular position of the fingers.
gili गिलि (रि) त a. Eaten, swallowed.
gulikaḥ गुलिकः 1 N. of a minor planet (The son of Saturn). -2 Having a poisoned weapon (= hunter), -3 N. of a country. -4 A quarter-elephant; गुलिको मन्दतनये रस- बद्धास्त्रदेशयोः । दिङ्नागे ...... Nm.
guli गुलिका 1 A ball; त्वद्गुच्छावलिमौक्तिकानि गुलिकास्तं राजहंसं विभोः N.3.127; a bead; वैढूर्यगुलिकाचितम् Rām.3.64. 44. -2 A pearl. -3 A bullet; एकापि गुलिका तत्र नलिका- यन्त्रनिर्गता Śiva. B. -Comp. -क्रीडा playing with a ball.
guliṅkaḥ गुलिङ्कः A sparrow. गुलुच्छः gulucchḥ गुलुञ्छः guluñchḥ गुलुच्छः गुलुञ्छः A bunch or cluster; see गुच्छ; Śi.12.37.
grīvāli ग्रीवालिका See ग्रीवा.
caṇḍāli चण्डालिका 1 The lute of a Chāṇḍāla. -2 N. of Durgā.
calita चलित p. p. [चल्-क्त] 1 Shaken, moved, stirred agitated. -2 Gone, departed; एवमुक्त्वा स चलितः -3 attained. -4 known, understood. -5 Removed, displaced (see चल्). -तम् 1 Shaking, moving. -2 Going, walking. -3 A kind of dance; चलितं नाम नाट्यमन्तरेण M.1.
cali चलिः A cover, wrapper. चविः, -कम्, का, -वी, -व्यकम्, -व्या A kind of pepper. L. D. B.
cāṭali चाटलिका f. N. of a locality; Rāj. T.8.766.
cāṇḍāli चाण्डालिका 1 = चण्डालिका q. v. -2 N. of Durgā.
likya चालिक्य m. (= Chālukya) N. of a dynasty; lnscr. (489 A. D.).
ciklidam चिक्लिदम् Moisture; freshness. -दः The moon.
cīralli चीरल्लिः A kind of large fish; Suśr.6.35.4.
li चीलिका A cricket.
culli चुल्लिः A fire-place.
likam चूलिकम् A cake of flour fried with ghee.
lin चूलिन् a. Having a crest.
li चूलिका [चुल् समुच्चये ण्वुल् पृषो ˚ दीर्घः] 1 The crest or comb of a cock. -2 The root of an elephant's ear. Mātaṅga. L.6.9. -3 (In dramas) The hinting or indication of the occurrence of any event by characters behind the stage; अन्तर्जवनिकासंस्थैः सूचनार्थस्य चूलिका S. D. 31; e. g. in the beginning of the 4th Act of Mv. -4 The crest (?) of a bow; प्रथमं चापमारोप्य चूलिकां बन्धयेत्ततः । स्थानकं तु ततः कृत्वा बाणोपरि करं न्यसेत् ॥ Dhanur.118.
celi चेलिका 1 A bodice. -2 Silk-cloth.
cailikaḥ चैलिकः A piece of cloth.
chalikam छलिकम् A kind of drama or dancing, a song consisting of four parts and recited with gesticulation; छलिकं दुष्प्रयोज्यमुदाहरन्ति M.2.
chalita छलित a. Cheated, deceived &c. -तम् Deceiving, cheating.
chalin छलिन् m. A cheat, swindler, rogue.
challi छल्लिः ल्ली f. [छद्-क्विप् तां लाति ला-क गौरा˚ ङीष्] 1 Bark, rind. -2 A spreading creeper. -3 Offspring, progeny, posterity; छल्ली वीरुधि सन्ताने वल्कले कुसुमान्तरे Medinī.
jambāli जम्बालिनी A river.
jābāli जाबालिः 1 N. of the author of a law-book. -2 N. of an infidel Brāhmana, a priest of king Dasaratha who tried to dissuade Rāma from his resolution of going to the forest and to induce him to accept the throne offered by Bharata.
jāmbūlamāli जाम्बूलमालिका Procession of the bridegroom.
likaḥ जालिकः [जालेन चरति पर्पा˚ ष्ठन्] 1 A fisherman. -2 A fowler, bird-catcher. -3 A spider. -4 The governor or chief ruler of a province. -5 A rogue, cheat. -6 A conjurer, juggler. -का 1 A net. -2 A chain-armour. -3 A spider. -4 A leech. -5 A widow. -6 Iron. -7 Plantain. -8 A veil, woollen cloth.
li जालिनी 1 A room ornamented with pictures. -2 A kind of melon (कोषातकी). -3 Certain boils or pustules which appear in the disease called प्रमेह.
jillikaḥ जिल्लिकः (pl.) N. of people; (see झिल्लिक) जिल्लिकाः कुन्तलाश्चैव Mb.6.9.59.
jvalita ज्वलित a. [ज्वल्-क्त] 1 Burnt, kindled, illuminated. -2 Flaming, blazing.
jvālin ज्वालिन् a. [ज्वल्-णिनि] 1 Flaming, blazing. -2 Shining. -m. An epithet of Śiva.
jhali झलिः f. The areca-nut.
jhalli झल्लिका 1 Dirt rubbed off the body by the application of perfumes. -2 Light, lustre, splendour. -3 A rag or cloth used for applying colour or perfumes.
jhāli झालिः A sort of sour or raw mango fried with salt, mustard, and Asa Fœtida (हिंगु); आम्रमामफलं पिष्टराजिका- लवणान्वितम् । भृष्टं हिङ्गुयुतं पूतं घोलित झालिरुच्यते ॥ Bhāva P.
jhilli झिल्लिः f. 1 A cricket. -2 A kind of musical instrument. -3 Parchment. -Comp. -कण्ठः a domestic pigeon.
jhillikaḥ झिल्लिकः N. of a tribe (see जिल्लिक).
jhilli झिल्लिका 1 A cricket. -2 The sound or cry of a cricket. -3 The light of sunshine. -4 Light, splendour. -5 The dirt which comes from the body in rubbing it with perfumes. -6 A cloth used for applying colour &c.
jhillin झिल्लिन् m. N. of a Vṛiṣṇi.
jhilli झिल्लि (ल्ली) कः A cricket; झिल्लीकगणनादितम् Mb.4. 7.5; यत्र निर्झरनिर्ह्रादनिवृत्तस्वनझिल्लिकम् Bhāg.1.18.1. -का 1 A cricket. -2 Sunshine. -3 Dirt which comes from the body in rubbing it with perfumes.
jhaulikam झौलिकम् A pan or bag for keeping betel-nut, catechew etc.
ṭhāli ठालिनी A girdle.
ḍālimaḥ डालिमः = दाडिमः q. v.
ḍuli डुलिः A small turtle.
ḍhālin ढालिन् m. A warrior armed with a shield.
tamāli तमालिनी A place over-grown with Tamāla trees.
taralita तरलित a. Shaking, tremulous, undulating; ˚तुङ्गतरङ्ग Gīt.11; ˚हारा 7.
tali तलिका A martingale.
talita तलित a. 1 Fixed, having a bottom. -2 Fried. -तम् Fried meat.
talit तलित् f. Lightning; cf. तडित्.
talina तलिन a. [तल्-इनन् Uṇ.2.53] 1 Thin, meagre, spare. -2 Small, little. -3 Clear, clean. -4 Situated under or beneath. -5 Weak. -6 Separate. -7 Fine, very thin; क्षोणीकान्तमृणालतन्तुतलिनास्ताम्यन्ति तारापतेः Vikr.11.8. -8 Covered with; Vikr.14.61. -नम् A bed, couch. -उदरी a. a slender-waisted woman; स्नानावसाने तलिनोदरीणामकृत्रिमं मण्डनमाविरासीत् Vikr.1.88.
talimam तलिमम् 1 Paved ground, a pavement. -2 A bed, cot, couch. -3 An awning. -4 A large sword or knife.
talli तल्लिका A key.
tācchīlikaḥ ताच्छीलिकः N. of an affix used to denote a particular inclination; tendency, or habit.
tātkālika तात्कालिक a. (-की f.) 1 Simultaneous; equally long; Y.1.151. -2 Immediate. -3 Relating to any particular time; हयान् संदृश्य मां सूतः प्राह तात्कालिकं वचः Mb.3.22.2.
tāmbūlikaḥ ताम्बूलिकः A seller of betel.
tāmbūlin ताम्बूलिन् a. Relating to betel. -m. A servant who prepares the Tāmbūla and gives it to his master when wanted.
likaḥ तालिकः [तालेन निर्वृत्तः ठक्] 1 The open palm of the hand. -2 Clapping the hands (तालिका also); यथैकेन न हस्तेन तालिका संप्रपद्यते Pt.2.132; उच्चाटनीयः करतालिकानां दानादिदानीं भवतीभिरेषः N.3.7. -3 A tie, seal. -4 A cover for binding a parcel of papers or a manuscript.
litam तालितम् 1 Coloured colth. -2 Any musical instrument. -3 A string.
lin तालिन् m. N. of Śiva.
liśaḥ तालिशः A mountain.
tilitsaḥ तिलित्सः A large snake.
tundilita तुन्दिलित a. Become corpulent; किमपि तुन्दिलितः स्थगय- त्यमुम् N.4.56.
tulita तुलित p. p. 1 Weighed, counterpoised. -2 Compared, likened, equalled; Bh.3.36; योगीन्द्रपाणितुलितायुध- लूनपक्षः Śi.; see तुल्.
tuli तुलिः ली f. = तुरी (1) and (2) q.v.
tuli तुलिका A wagtail.
li तूलिः f. A painter's brush. -Comp. -फला the silk-cotton tree.
li तूलिका 1 A painter's brush; a pencil; अन्मीलितं तूलिक- येव चित्रम् Ku.1.32. -2 A wick of cotton either for a lamp or for applying unguents. -3 A mattress filled with cotton, a down or cotton bed. -4 A boaring instrument, probing-rod, -5 An ingot mould.
li तूलिनी = तूलिफला above.
tailikaḥ तैलिकः तैलिन् m. An oilman, an oil-grinder or manufacturer; Ms.3.158. -Comp. -शाला an oil-man's workshop.
taili तैलिनी The wick of a lamp.
tailinam तैलिनम् A field of sesamum.
taulin तौलिन् m. 1 A weigher. -2 The sign Libra of the zodiac.
traikālika त्रैकालिक a. (-की f.) Relating to the three times, i. e. past, present, and future.
dambholi दम्भोलिः 1 Indra's thunderbolt; दन्तावलानां दन्तेषु दम्भोलिदृढमूर्तिषु Śiva. B.4.44; दम्भोलिप्रकृतिभृतां बतायुधानाम् 24.66; B. R.4.51. -2 A diamond.
dalikam दलिकम् Timber, a piece of wood.
dalita दलित p. p. [दल्-क्त] 1 Broken, torn, rent, burst, split, ground; दलितमौक्तिकचूर्णविपाण्डवः Śi.6.35. -2 Opened, expanded. -3 Bisected. -4 Driven asunder, dispelled, scattered. -5 Trodden down, crushed, destroyed. -6 Manifested, displayed; Prab.2.35.
limaḥ दालिमः = दाडिम q. v.
duli दुलिः f. A small or female tortoise.
duhilitikā दुहिलितिका A hairy variety of skins of animals; Kau. A.2.11.
li दूलिका दूली The Indigo plant.
dehali देहलिः ली f. The threshold of a door, the sill or lower part of the wooden frame of a door; विन्यस्यन्ती भुवि गणनया देहलीदत्तपुष्पैः Me.89; Mk.1.9. -Comp. -दीपः a lamp suspended over the threshold; ˚न्याय see under न्याय.
doli दोलिका दोली 1 A cradle. -2 A swing. दोष dōṣa दोषिक dōṣika दोषिन् dōṣin दोष दोषिक दोषिन् See under दुष्.
dhavalita धवलित a. Whitened, made white.
dhavaliman धवलिमन् m. 1 Whiteness, white colour; अधिगत- धवलिम्नः शूलपाणेरभिख्याम् Śi.4.65. -2 Paleness; इयं भूतिर्नाङ्गे प्रियविरहजन्मा धवलिमा Subhāṣ; धवलिमा जातो मणीनां गणे Sūkti.5.81.
dhūli धूलिः m., f. धूली 1 Dust; अनीत्वा पङ्कतां धूलिमुदकं नावतिष्ठते Śi.2.34. -2 Powder. -Comp. -कुट्टिमम्, -केदारः 1 a mound, rampart of earth. -2 a ploughed field. -ध्वजः wind. -पटलः, -लम् a cloud of dust. -पुपिष्का, -पुष्पी the Ketaka plant. -हस्तयति (intran.) to smear the hands with dust; N.1.81.
dhūli धूलिका Fog, mist. धूश् (ष्-स्) 1 U. (धूशयति-ते) To adorn, decorate.
nakhāli नखालिः A small shell.
nali नलिका 1 A tube. -2 A tubular organ of the body (नाडी). -3 A quiver. -4 A kind of fragrant substance.
nalinaḥ नलिनः The (Indian) crane. -नम् 1 A lotus-flower, water-lily. -2 Water. -3 The Indigo plant. (नलिनेशयः an epithet of Visnu.)
nali नलिनी 1 A lotus-plant; न पर्वताग्रे नलिनी प्ररोहति Mk.4.17; नलिनीदलगतजलमतितरलम् Moha M.5; Ku.4.6. -2 An assemblage of lotuses. -3 A pond or place abounding in lotuses. राजन्तीं राजराजस्य नलिनीमिव सर्वतः Rām.2.95.4; नलिन्यो यत्र क्रीडन्ति प्रमदाः सुरसेविताः Bhāg.8.15.13. -4 A lotus or the stalk of it. -5 The celestial Ganges. -6 The intoxicating juice of the cocoa-nut. -7 A myst. -8 N. of one of the nostrils. -9 the city of Indra (शक्रपुरी); 'वस्वौकसारा श्रीदस्य शक्रस्य नलिनी पुरी' इति हरिः; Rām.2.94. 26. -Comp. -खण्डम् -षण्डम् a group or assemblage of lotuses. -दलम्, पत्रम् a leaf of the lotus plant. -रुहः an epithet of Brahmā. (-हम्) a lotus-stalk, the fibres of a lotus.
li नालिः ली f. [नल्-णिच् इन् बा ङीप्] 1 Any tubular vessel of the body. -2 A hollow stalk, especially that of the lotus. -3 A period of 24 minutes (घटिका). -4 An instrument for boring an elephant's ear. -5 A canal, drain. -6 A lotus flower. -7 A piece of metal on which the hours are struck (घटी). -Comp. -जङ्घः a crow, raven. -व्रणः Fistula, sinus.
likaḥ नालिकः [नलमेव नालमस्त्यस्य ठन्] A buffalo. -का 1 The stalk of a lotus. -2 A tube. -3 An instrument for boring an elephant's ear. -4 A period of 24 minutes; विषण्णालिकमुभयतो रात्रं यामतूर्यम् Kau. A. (नागरिकप्रणिधिः) or of 1 hours; नालिकाभिरहरष्टधा रात्रिं च विभजेत् Kau. A.1. 19. -कम् A lotus-flower. -2 A kind of wind-instrument, a flute. -3 Myrrh. नालिकेर nālikēra नालिकेलि nālikēli ली lī नालिकेर नालिकेलि ली See नारिकेर &c.
li नालिनी A mystic name of one nostril; Bhāg.
niculita निचुलित a. Being in a case; cased; निर्मोकेन च वासुके- र्निचुलितम् (धनुः) B.R.4.53.
nibhālita निभालित a. Seen; कति नो विषया निभालिताः Sūkti.5.1.
nimīlita निमीलित p. p. 1 Shut, closed. -3 Obscured, darkened; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि श्रुतवन्तो$पि रजोनिमीलिताः R.9.74. -3 Benumbed, stupefied. -4 Disappeared, set.
nirgalita निर्गलित a. 1 Flowed out. -2 Dissolved, melted.
nilimpaḥ निलिम्पः 1 A god; निलिम्पैर्निर्मुक्तानपि च निरयान्तर्निपतितान् G. L.15. -2 A troop of Maruts. -Comp. -अधिपः Lord of the gods, Indra; निलिम्पाधिपबलं शाहम् Śiva. B.12.119. -निर्झरी the celestial Ganges. निलिम्पा nilimpā निलिम्पिका nilimpikā निलिम्पा निलिम्पिका 1 A cow. -2 (निलिम्पा) A milk-pail.
li नीलिका 1 The indigo plant. -2 Moss (शैवाल); अपां तु नीलिकां विद्यात् Mb.12.283.52. See नीला also.
li नीलिनी नीलिमन् m. Blue colour, darkness, blueness; प्रारम्भे$पि त्रियामा तरुणयति निजं नीलिमानं वनेषु Māl.5.6; कज्जल- मलिनविलोचनचुम्बनविरचितनीलिमरूपम् Gīt. नीली(-लिः) 1 The indigo plant; तत्र नीलीरसपरिपूर्णं महाभाण्डमासीत् Pt.1; एको ग्रहस्तु मीनानां नीलीमद्यपयोर्यथा Pt.1.26; Ms.1.89. -2 A species of blue fly. -3 A kind of disease. -Comp. -राग a. firm in attachment. (-गः) 1 affection as unchangeable as the colour of indigo, unalterable or unswerving attachment; नीलिरागो दृढप्रेमा Yādava (see also नीलस्नेहः); न चातिशोभते यन्नापैति प्रेम मनोगतम् । तन्नीलीरागमाख्यान्ति यथा श्रीरामसीतयोः ॥ S. D. -2 a firm and constant friend. -संधानम् fermentation of indigo. ˚भाण्डम् an indigo vat.
nepāli नेपालिका Red arsenic.
naipālika नैपालिक a. (-की f.) Produced in Nepal. -कम् Copper.
pacelima पचेलिम a. 1 Cooking or ripening quickly. -2 Fit to be matured. -3 Ripening spontaneously or naturally; ददर्श मालूरफलं पचेलिमम् N.1.94; प्रचुरसस्यपचेलिम- मञ्जरीकपिशितामचलामवलोकयन् Rām. Ch.4.7. -मः 1 Fire. -2 The sun.
pañcāli पञ्चालिका A doll, puppet.; cf. पाञ्चालिका.
paṭali पटलिका A heap, mass, multitude.
paṭṭoli पट्टोलिका 1 A kind of bond or lease (भूमिकरग्रहण- व्यवस्थापकः पत्रभेदः Tv.). -2 A written legal opinion.
patañjali पतञ्जलिः N. of the celebrated author of the Mahābhāṣya, the great commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras; also of a philosopher, the propounder of the Yoga philosophy.
parikalitam परिकलितम् Comprehending, knowing.
parikliś परिक्लिश् I. 9 P. To torment, trouble, harass. -II. 4 Ā. 1 To feel pain, suffer. -2 To be vexed or troubled.
parikliṣṭa परिक्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Vexed. troubled. -2 Exhausted, fatigued. -ष्टम् Pain, vexation.
parigalita परिगलित p. p. 1 Sunk. -2 Tumbled or dropped down. -3 Vanished. -4 Melted. -5 Flowing.
parimalita परिमलित a. 1 Perfumed; परिमलितमपि प्रियैः प्रकामं कुचयुगम्. -2 Soiled, despoiled of beauty; ibid.
parimilita परिमिलित a. 1 Mixed with. -2 Filled, penetrated.
parilikhanam परिलिखनम् Smoothing, polishing; Mārk. P.
parilolita परिलोलित a. Tossed about, trembling.
parivellita परिवेल्लित a. Surrounded; गुरुभिः परिवेल्लिता$पि Bv.2.18.
palita पलित a. Weighing or containing so many palas.
palāli पलालिः A heap of flesh.
pali पलिः f. A part of the elephant's face, perhaps the hollow in the middle of the forehead; Mātaṅga L.6.1.
palika पलिक a. Weighing a पल.
paliknī पलिक्नी 1 An old, grey-haired woman. -2 A cow for the first time with calf (बालगर्भिणी).
palighaḥ पलिघः A glass-vessel, pitcher. -2 A wall or rampart. -3 An iron club; cf. परिघ -4 A cow-pen (गोगृह). -5 The gateway of a building.
palita पलित a. Grey, hoary, grey-haired, old, aged; तातस्य मे पलितमौलिनिरस्तकाशे (शिरसि) V.3.19. -तम् 1 Grey hair, or the greyness of hair brought on by old age; न तेन स्थविरो भवति येनास्य पलितं शिरः । बालो$पि यः प्रजानाति तं देवाः स्थविरं विदुः ॥ Mb.3.133.11-12; Ms.6.2; वलिभिर्मुख- माक्रान्तं पलितैरङ्कितं शिरः Bh.; अङ्गं गलितं, पलितं मुण्डम् Śaṅkara. (चर्पटपञ्जरिकास्तोत्रम् 6). -2 Much or ornamented hair. -3 A tuft of hair (केशपाश). -4 Mud, mire. -5 Heat. -6 Benzoin. -Comp. -छद्मन् lurking under grey hair; कैकेयीशङ्कयेवाह पलितच्छद्मना जरा R.12.2. -दर्शनम् the sight or appearance of grey hair.
palitaṃkaraṇa पलितंकरण a. Rendering grey. पलितंभविष्णु palitambhaviṣṇu भावुक bhāvuka पलितंभविष्णु भावुक a. Becoming grey; P.III.2.57.
palitin पलितिन् a. Grey-haired.
palli पल्लिः ल्ली f. 1 A small village; पल्लीघोषान् समृद्धांश्च बहु- गोकुलसंकुलान् (अपश्यत्) Mb.12.325.2; also a settlement of wild tribes. -2 A hut. -3 A house, station. -4 A city or town (at the end of names of towns); as त्रिशिर- पल्ली (Trichinopoly). -5 A house-lizard. -6 A creeping-plant. -Comp. -पतनम् prognostication by observing the falling of house-lizards.
palli पल्लिका 1 A small village or station. -2 A houselizard.
pāñcāli पाञ्चालिका A doll, puppet; स्तन्यत्यागात् प्रभृति सुमुखी दन्तपाञ्चालिकेव क्रीडायोगं तदनु विनयं प्रापिता वर्धिता च Māl.1.5; चतुःषष्टिपाञ्चालिका the 64 arts collectively.
pāṭali पाटलिः f. The trumpet-flower. -Comp. -पुत्रम् N. of an ancient city, the capital of Magadha, situated near the confluence of the Śoṇa and the Ganges, and identified by some with the modern Pātṇā. It is also known by the names of पुष्पपुर, कुसुमपुर; see Mu.2,3, and 4.16, and R.6.24 also; तदिदं दिव्यं नगरं मायारचितं सपौरमत एव । नाम्ना पाटलिपुत्रं क्षेत्रं लक्ष्मीसरस्वत्योः Ks.3.78. अस्ति भागीरथीतीरे पाटलिपुत्रं नाम नगरम् H.
pāṭalita पाटलित a. Made red, reddened; त्विषां ततिः पाटलिताम्बु- वाहा Ki.16.33.
pāṭaliman पाटलिमन् m. Pale-red colour.
pāṭalika पाटलिक a. (-की f.) 1 Knowing the secrets of others. -2 Knowing time and place. -कः A pupil.
lita पालित p. p. 1 Protected, guarded, preserved. -2 Observed, fulfilled.
li पालिः ली f. 1 The tip of the ear; श्रवणपालिः Gīt.3. -2 The edge, skirt, margin; तिष्ठतो युगपालीषु Mb.7.191. 3; महति सितपटच्छन्नपालीं कपालीम् Bh.3.55. -3 The sharp side, edge or point of anything (अश्रि); कपोलपालिं तव तन्वि मन्ये लावण्यधन्ये दिशमुत्तराख्याम् Bv.2.9. -4 Boundary, limit. -5 A line, row; विपुलपुलकपाली Gīt.6; Śi.3.51; रजनीचरपालिरागमिष्यत्यविलम्बं प्रतिपाल्यतां कुमारौ Rām. Ch. 2.52. -6 A spot, mark. -7 A causeway, bridge. -8 The lap or bosom. -9 An oblong pond. -1 Maintenance of a pupil by his teacher during the period of his studies. -11 A louse. -12 Praise, eulogium. -13 A woman with a beard. -14 The hip. -15 A measure of capacity (प्रस्थ). -16 A circumference. -ली A pot, boiler. -Comp. -आमयः a disease of the outer ear. -ज्वरः a kind of fever. -भङ्गः the bursting of a dike.
li पालिका 1 The tip of the ear. -2 The sharp edge of a sword or of any cutting instrument. -3 A butterknife; Rām.1.73.21. -4 A pot or boiler.
lityam पालित्यम् Greyness of hair caused by old age, hoariness.
lindaḥ पालिन्दः Incense.
piṅgali पिङ्गलिका 1 A kind of crane. -2 A kind of owl.
piṅgalita पिङ्गलित a. Made reddish-brown, become tawny.
piṅgaliman पिङ्गलिमन् Tawny; yellow colour; पक्ष्मालीपिङ्गलिम्नः कण इव तडितां यस्य कृत्स्नः समूहः Māl.1.2. (v. l.).
piṇḍoli पिण्डोलिः f. Fragments dropped from the mouth, offal, leavings of a meal.
pipīlikaḥ पिपीलिकः An ant . -कम् A kind of gold (said to be collected by ants); तद् वै पिपीलिकं नाम उद्धृतं यत् पिपीलकैः । जातरूपं द्रोणमेयमहार्षुः पुञ्जशो नृपाः ॥ Mb.2.52.4. -Comp. -पुटम् an ant-hill.
pipīli पिपीलिका A female ant; मणिमयमन्दिरमध्ये पश्यति पिपीलिका छिद्रम्. -Comp. -परिसर्पणम् the running about of ants. -मध्य a. N. of a kind of fast; cf. Kull. on Ms.11.216. पिप्पटा (-डा) 1 A kind of sweetmeat. -2Sugar.
pippali पिप्पलिः ली f. Long pepper.
pulinaḥ पुलिनः नम् [पुल्-इनन् किच्च; Uṇ.2.53.] 1 A sandbank, sandy beach; रमते यमुनापुलिनवने विजयी मुरारिरधुना Gīt.7; R.14.52; sometimes used in pl.; कालिन्द्याः पुलिनेषु केलिकुपितामुत्सृज्य रासे रसम् Ve.1.2. -2 A small island left in the bank of a river by the passing off of the water, an islet -3 The bank of a river.
pulinavatī पुलिनवती A river. पुलिन्दः pulindḥ पुलिन्दकः pulindakḥ पुलिन्दः पुलिन्दकः 1 N. of a barbarous tribe (usually in pl.). -2 A man of this tribe, a savage, bar- barian, mountaineer; वन्यैः पुलिन्दैरिव वानरैस्ताः क्लिश्यन्त उद्यानलता मदीयाः R.16.19,32. -3 A hunter; तेषामन्तराणि वागुरिकशबरपुलिन्दचण्डालारण्यचरा रक्षेयुः Kau. A.2.1.19.
pulirikaḥ पुलिरिकः A snake.
puliśaḥ पुलिशः N. of a sage, the founder of one of the siddhāntas in Astronomy.
li पूलिका A kind of cake.
peli पेलिः पेलिन् m. A horse.
peli पेलिनी Cabbage (Mar. कोबी); Gīrvāṇa.
poli पोलिका पोली A kind of cake (of wheat).
polindaḥ पोलिन्दः The mast of a ship.
paudgalika पौद्गलिक a. 1 Substantial, material. -2 Selfish.
pauli पौलिः m., f. पौली f. A kind of cake (Mar. पोळी).
praklinna प्रक्लिन्न p. p. 1 Moist, humid, wet. -2 Satisfied (तृप्त). -3 Moved with pity. -4 Putrefied.
prakṣālita प्रक्षालित p. p. 1 Washed, cleansed. -2 Purified. -3 Expiated.
prajvalita प्रज्वलित p. p. 1 Being in flames, burning, flaming, blazing. -2 Bright, shining. -3 Burnt. -तम् Burning.
pratipālita प्रतिपालित p. p. 1 Protected, cherished. -2 Observed, practised, followed.
pratiphalita प्रतिफलित a. 1 Reflected; शिष्टैः कृष्ट्वा स्वचेतःप्रतिफलित- वृथारन्ध्रमात्रप्रविष्टान् Mv.6.25. -2 Returned, requited.
pratilikhita प्रतिलिखित p. p. Answered.
pratūli प्रतूलिका f. A kind of bed.
pratyākalita प्रत्याकलित a. 1 Enumerated. -2 Interposed, inserted, -3 Introduced (as a step in legal proceedings). -तम् 1 Judicial decision as to which of the litigants is to prove his case. -2 Supplement to the written deposition.
pratyāsaṃkalitam प्रत्यासंकलितम् Consideration pro and con.
prapālin प्रपालिन् m. An epithet of Balarāma.
pramīli प्रमीलिका Sleepiness.
pramīlita प्रमीलित p. p. With closed eyes.
pravahli प्रवह्लिः ह्ली (also -ह्लिका and -ह्लीका) See प्रहेलिका. A riddle, enigma; विदग्धबालेङ्गितगुप्तिचातुरीप्रवह्लिकोत्पाटनपाटवे हृदः N.16.12.
pravicalita प्रविचलित a. Moved, set in motion, shaken.
praśliṣṭa प्रश्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Twisted, entwined. -2 Reasonable, well-argued or reasoned (युक्तियुक्त). -ष्टः 1 A term applied to the Sandhi of the vowel अ with a following vowel and of other vowels with other homogeneous ones. -2 The vowel resulting from this Sandhi. -3 The accent with which such substituted vowel is pronounced.
praharaṇakali प्रहरणकलिका f. N. of a metre with each quarter of fourteen syllables; ननभनलघुगैः प्रहरणकलिका V. Ratna.
praheli प्रहेलिः f., प्रहेलिका A riddle, an enigma, a conundrum. It is thus defined in the विदग्धमुखमण्डन :-- व्यक्तीकृत्य कमप्यर्थं स्वरूपार्थस्य गोपनात् । यत्र बाह्यान्तरावर्थौ कथ्येते सा प्रहेलिका. It is आर्थी or शाब्दी; तरुण्यालिङ्गितः कण्ठे नितम्ब- स्थलमाश्रितः । गुरूणां सन्निधाने$पि कः कूजति मुहुर्मुहुः (where the answer is ईषदूनजलपूर्णकुम्भः) is an instance of the former kind; सदारिमध्यापि न वैरियुक्ता नितान्तरक्ताप्यसितैव नित्यम् । यथोक्तवादिन्यपि नैव दूती का नाम कान्तेति निवेदयाशु ॥ (where the answer is सारिका), of the latter. Daṇḍin, however, mentions 16 different kinds of प्रहेलिका; see Kāv.3.96-124.
prahvali प्रह्वलिका See प्रहेलिका.
prāñjali प्राञ्जलिः a. [प्रसृतौ अञ्जली येन] Folding the hands in supplication, as a mark of respect or humility. प्राञ्जलिक prāñjalika प्राञ्जलिन् prāñjalin प्राञ्जलिक प्राञ्जलिन् See प्राञ्जलि.
prātikūlika प्रातिकूलिक a. (-की f.) Opposed, opposing, contrary; आः प्रातिकूलिकः संवृत्तः Mv.5. प्रातिकूलिकता Opposition, hostility.
prāvālikaḥ प्रावालिकः A vendor of coral.
prāśliṣṭa प्राश्लिष्ट a. N. of a kind of स्वरित.
plih प्लिह् 1 Ā. (प्लेहते) To go, move.
phali फलिः m. 1 A kind of fish. -2 A bowl or cup.
phalikaḥ फलिकः A mountain.
phalita फलित p. p. 1 Having borne or reaped fruit, yielding fruit, fruitful. -2 Fulfilled, accomplished, realized (as a desire). -तः A fruit tree. -ता A menstruous woman. -तम् A sort of perfume (शैलेय).
phalin फलिन् a. [फल अस्त्यर्थे इनि] 1 Fruitful, bearing or yielding fruit (fig. also); पुष्पिणः फलिनश्चैव वृक्षास्तूभयतः स्मृताः Ms.1.47; Mk.4.1. -2 Advantageous, profitable. -m. A tree; यथा प्रसूयमानस्तु फली दद्यात् फलं बहु Mb.14.18.2.
phalin फलिन् a. [फल्-इनच्] Fruitful, bearing fruit; ताम्बूली- पटलैः पिनद्ध फलिनव्यानम्रपूगद्रुमाः Māl.6.19. -नः The breadfruit tree.
phali फलिनी फली The Priyaṅgu creeper; (said by poets to be the 'wife' of the mango tree; cf. मिथुनं परिकल्पितं त्वया सहकारः फलिनी च नन्विमौ R.8.61).
phāli फालिका A slice, piece; मृदुव्यञ्जनमांसफालिकाम् N.16.82. ताम्बूल˚ bits of betel; N.2.82.
phuliṅgaḥ फुलिङ्गः Syphilis; cf. फिरङ्ग.
phulli फुल्लिः (also फुल्तिः) f. 1 Blossoming, blooming. -2 Perfection, fullness.
bandhūli बन्धूलिः [बन्ध्-ऊलि] The बन्धुजीव tree.
bali बलिः [बल्-इन्] 1 An oblation, a gift or offering (usually religious); नीवारबलिं विलोकयतः Ś.4.21; U.1.5. -2 The offering of a portion of the daily meal of rice, grain, ghee &c. to all creatures, (also called भूतयज्ञ), one of the five daily Yajñas to be performed by a householder; see Ms.3.67,91; it is usually performed by throwing up into the air, near the housedoor, portions of the daily meal before partaking of it; यासां बलिः सपदि मद्गृहदेहलीनां हंसैश्च सारसगणैश्च विलुप्तपूर्वः Mk.1.9. -3 Worship, adoration; Rām.2.3. 8; अवचितबलिपुष्पा वेदिसंमार्गदक्षा Ku.1.6; Me.57; अव- चितानि बलिकर्मपर्याप्तानि पुष्पाणि Ś.4. -4 Fragments of food left at a meal. -5 A victim offered to a deity. -6 A tax, tribute, impost; also 'religious tax'; (cf. सीता, भागो, बलिः, करो......च राष्ट्रम्); Kau. A.2.6.24; प्रजानामेव भूत्यर्थं स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18; Ms.7.8;8.37; प्रजिघाय बलिं तथा Śiva B.29.42; न चाजिहीर्षीद् बलिमप्रवृत्तम् Bu. Ch.2.44. -7 The handle of a chowrie. -8 N. of a celebrated demon; येन बद्धो बली राजा दानवेन्द्रो महाबलः Rakṣābandhanamantra. [He was a son of Virochana, the son of Prahlāda. He was a very powerful demon and oppressed the gods very much. They, therefore, prayed to Viṣṇu for succour, who descended on earth as a son of Kaśyapa and Aditi in the form of a dwarf. He assumed the dress of a mendicant, and having gone to Bali prayed him to give him as much earth as he could cover in three steps. Bali, who was noted for his liberality, unhesitatingly acceded to this apparently simple request. But the dwarf soon assumed a mighty form, and began to measure the three steps. The first step covered the earth, the second the heavens; and not knowing where to place the third, he planted it on the head of Bali and sent him and all his legions to the Pātāla and allowed him to be its ruler. Thus the universe was once more restored to the rule of Indra; cf. छलयसि विक्रमणे बलिमद्भुतवामन Gīt. 1; R.7.35; Me.59. Viṣṇu is said to still guard his door in Pātāla. He is one of the seven Chirajivins; cf. चिरजीविन्]. -लिः f. 1 A fold, wrinkle &c. (usually written वलि q. v.). -2 The fold of skin in stout persons or females. -3 The ridge of a thatched roof. -Comp. -करः a. 1 paying tribute. -2 offering sacrifices. -3 producing wrinkles. -करम्भः a sacrificial cake. -कर्मन् n. 1 offering oblations to all creatures. -2 the act of worshipping. -3 payment of tribute. -क्रिया a line on the forehead; नतभ्रुवो मण्डयति स्म विग्रहे बलिक्रिया चातिलकं तदास्पदम् Ki.8.52. -दानम् 1 presentation of an offering to a deity. -2 offering oblations to all creatures. -द्विष्, -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः epithets of Bāṇa, the son of Bali. -पुष्टः a crow; भ्रमेण द्रष्टुं बलिपुष्टलोकः समापतत्याशु तमिस्ररूपः Rām. Ch.6.25. -प्रियः the Lodhra tree. -बन्धनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भुज् m. 1 a crow; अहो अधर्मः पालानां पीव्नां बलिभुजामिव Bhāg.1.18.33. -2 a sparrow. -3 a crane. -भृत् a. tributary. -भोजः, -भोजनः a crow; द्वितीयो बलिभोजानां (पन्थाः) Rām.4.58.25. -मन्दिरम्, -वेश्मन्, -सद्मन् n. the lower regions, the abode of Bali. -मुखः a monkey. -विधानम् the offering of an oblation. -व्याकुल a. engaged in worship or in offering oblations to all creatures; आलोके ते निपतति पुरा सा बलिव्याकुला वा Me.87. -षड्भागः the sixth part as a tribute; अरक्षितारं राजानं बलिषड्भागहारिणम् Ms.8.38. -हन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -हरणम् an offering of oblations to all creatures. -होमः the offering of oblations.
balika बलिक a. One who takes his food every sixth day.
balin बलिन् a. [बलमस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Strong, powerful, mighty कुलध्वजस्तानि चलध्वजानि निवेशयामास बली बलानि R.16.37 Ms.7.174. -2 Stout, robust. -m 1 A buffalo. -2 A hog. -3 A camel. -4 A bull. -5 A soldier. -6 A kind of jasmine. -7 The phlegmatic humour. -8 An epithet of Balarāma.
balina बलिन बलिभ See वलिन-भ.
baliṃdamaḥ बलिंदमः An epithet of Viṣṇu.
balimat बलिमत् a. 1 Having materials of worship or oblation ready; बाष्पायमाणो बलिमन्निकेतमालेख्यशेषस्य पितुर्विवेशं R.14.15. -2 Receiving taxes. -3 Wrinkled.
baliman बलिमन् m. Strength, might, power.
baliṣṭha बलिष्ठ a. Most powerful, strongest, very powerful (superl. of बलवत् or बलिन् q. v.). -ष्ठः A camel.
baliṣṇu बलिष्णु a. Dishonoured, degraded, despised (अप- मानित).
balivardaḥ बलिवर्दः See बलीवर्द. बलिशम् baliśam बलिशिः baliśiḥ शी śī बलिशम् बलिशिः शी A hook, a fish-hook.
bahalita बहलित a. Grown thick or strong.
bahuli बहुलिका (pl.) The Pleiades.
bahulita बहुलित a. Augmented, increased.
li बालिका 1 A girl, young woman. -2 The knot of an earring. -3 Small cardamoms. -4 Sand. -5 The rustling of leaves.
li बालिः N. of a celebrated monkey-king; see वालि. -Comp. -हन्, -हन्तृ m. an epithet of Rāma.
lin बालिन् m. N. of a monkey; see वालि.
li बालिनी The constellation Aśvini.
liman बालिमन् m. Childhood, boyhood, youth.
liśa बालिश a. 1 Childish, puerile, silly. -2 Young. -3 Foolish, ignorant; तावतां न फलं तत्र दाता प्राप्नोति बालिशः Ms.3.176; ममापराधात्तैः क्षुद्रैर्हतस्त्वं तात बालिशैः Mb.3.117. 1. -4 Careless. -शः 1 A fool, blockhead. -2 A child, boy. -शम् A pillow. -Comp. -मति a. Childish-minded, foolish.
liśīkṛ बालिशीकृ To make fickleminded, inconsiderate; भरतस्नेहसंतप्ता बालिशीक्रियते पुनः Rām.3.16.38.
liśyam बालिश्यम् 1 Youth, boyhood. -2 Childishness, silliness, folly.
bāhli बाह्लिः N. of a country (Balkh). -Comp. -ज, -जात a. bred in the Balkh country, of the Balkh breed.
buli बुलिः f. 1 Fear (भय). -2 The female organ of generation; also बुरिः.
bhagālin भगालिन् m. An epithet of Śiva.
bhidelima भिदेलिम a. Fragile, brittle.
bholi भोलिः A camel.
maṇḍali मण्डलिका a group, troop, band, crowd.
maṇḍalita मण्डलित a. Rounded, made round or circular.
maṇḍalin मण्डलिन् a. [मण्डल-इनि] 1 Forming a circle, made up into a coil; बाता मण्डलिनस्तीव्रा व्यपसव्यं प्रचक्रमुः Rām.6. 17.21. -2 Ruling a country. -m. 1 A particular kind of snake. -2 A snake in general. -3 A cat. -4 The pole-cat. -5 A dog. -6 The sun. -7 The fig-tree. -8 The ruler of a province.
matalli मतल्लिका A word used at the end of nouns to donate 'excellence or anything best of its kind'; गोमतल्लिका 'an excellent cow'; परिलसत्तृणशून्यमतल्लिका Rām. Ch. 4.32; cf. उद्धः.
madhuli मधुलिका 1 Black mustard. -2 A kind of bee.
madhūli मधूलिका A kind of tree.
marāli मरालिका N. of a plant and its pod. (Mar. शिककाई); Gīrvāṇa.
maroli मरोलिः लिकः The sea-monster Makara.
mali मलिः f. Possession, enjoyment.
malikaḥ मलिकः A king.
malina मलिन a. [मल अस्त्यर्थे इनन्] 1 Dirty, foul, filthy, impure, unclean, soiled, stained, sullied (fig. also); धन्यास्तदङ्गरजसा मलिनीभवन्ति Ś.7.17; किमिति मुधा मलिनं यशः कुरुध्वे Ve.3.4. -2 Black, dark (fig. also); मलिनमपि हिमांशोर्लक्ष्म लक्ष्मीं तनोति Ś.1.2; अतिमलिने कर्तव्ये भवति खलानामतीव निपुणा धीः Vās; Śi.9.18. -3 Sinful, wicked, depraved; धियो हि पुंसां मलिना भवन्ति H.1.26; मलिनाचरितं कर्म सुरभेर्नन्वसांप्रतम् Kāv.2.178. -4 Low, vile, base; लघवः प्रकटीभवन्ति मलिनाश्रयतः Śi.9.23. -5 Clouded, obscured. -नम् 1 Sin, fault, guilt. -2 Butter-milk. -3 Borax. -4 A dirty cloth; ततो मलिनसंबीतां राक्षसीभिः समावृताम् Rām.5.15.18. -ना, -नी A woman during menstruation. -Comp. -अम्बु n. 'black water', ink. -आस्य a. 1 having a dirty or black face. -2 low, vulgar. -3 savage, cruel. -प्रभ a. obscured, soiled, clouded. -मुख a. = मलिनास्य q. v. (-खः) 1 fire. -2 a ghost, an evil spirit. -3 a kind of monkey (गोलाङ्गूल).
malinatā मलिनता त्वम् 1 Dirtiness, filthiness. -2 Sinfulness, wickedness, depravity, corruption.
malinayati मलिनयति Den. P. 1 To make dirty, soil, stain, defile, sully, spoil (fig. also); वक्त्रोष्मणा मलिनयन्ति पुरोगतानि R.5.73; यदा मेधाविनी शिष्योपदेशं मलिनयति तदाचार्यस्य दोषो ननु M.1 'stains or brings discredit on' &c. -2 To corrupt, deprave.
malinita मलिनित a. 1 Dirty, soiled. -2 Corrupt. -3 Wicked, depraved.
maliniman मलिनिमन् m. [मलिन-इमनिच्] 1 Dirtiness, foulness, impurity. -2 Blackness, darkness; मलिनिमालिनि माधव- योषिताम् Śi.6.4. -3 Moral impurity, sin.
malinīkṛ मलिनीकृ 8 U. 1 To soil, stain. -2 To darken, obscure.
malinībhū मलिनीभू 1 P. To become dirty or impure, be soiled.
malimlucaḥ मलिम्लुचः 1 A robber, thief; न परेषु महौजसश्छलादप- कुर्वन्ति मलिम्लुचा इव Śi.16.52. -2 A demon. -3 A gnat, mosquito. -4 An intercalary month. -5 Air, wind. -6 Fire. -7 A Brāhmaṇa who neglects the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices. -8 The Chitraka tree. -9 Frost, snow.
maliṣṭhā मलिष्ठा A woman in her courses.
malli मल्लिः ल्ली f. [मल्ल्-इन् वा ङीप्] A kind of jasmine; किं मल्लीमुकुलैः स्मितं विकसितं किं मालतीकुड्मलैः Rājendrakarṇapūra. -m. A Jain saint. -Comp. -गन्धि n. a kind of agallochum. -नाथः N. of a celebrated commentator who probably lived in the fourteenth or fifteenth century; (he has written commentaries on रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, मेघदूत, किरातार्जुनीय, नैषधचरित, and शिशुपालवध). -पत्रम् a mushroom.
mallikaḥ मल्लिकः मल्लिका 1 A kind of goose with brown legs and bill. -2 The month Māgha. -3 A shuttle. -4 N. of a musical instrument; L. D. B. -Comp. -अक्षः, -आख्यः 1 A kind of goose with brown legs and bill; एतस्मिन् मदकलमल्लिकाक्षपक्षव्याधूतस्फुरदुरुदण्डपुण्डरीकाः (भुवो विभागाः) U.1.31; Māl.9.14. -2 a particular breed of horses (with white spots on the eyes). पद्मपत्र- निभांश्चाश्वान् मल्लिकाक्षान् स्वलंकृतान् Mb.7.23.6. (-क्षी) a female dog (with white spots on the eyes). -अर्जुनः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva on the mountain Śrīśaila. -आख्या a kind of jasmine. -आमोदः a kind of measure.
malli मल्लिका 1 A kind of jasmine; वनेषु सायंतनमल्लिकानां विजृम्भणोद्गन्धिषु कुड्मलेषु R.16.47; वनमल्लिकामतल्लिकोद्वेल्लितधमिल्लः Bhāratachampū मल्लिकाकुसुमदुण्डुभकेन N.21.43. -2 A flower of this jasmine; विन्यस्तसायंतनमल्लिकेषु (केशेषु) R.16. 5; Kāv.2.215. -3 A lamp-stand. -4 An earthen vessel of a particular form. -Comp. -गन्धम् a kind of agallochum. -छद्, -छदनम् n. a shade for a lamp.
mākali माकलिः 1 N. of Mātali, the charioteer of Indra. -2 The moon.
mākuli माकुलिः A kind of snake.
māṅgalika माङ्गलिक a. (-की f.) [मङ्गल-ठक्] 1 Auspicious, tending to good fortune, indicative of auspiciousness; मुदमस्य माङ्गलिकतूर्यकृतां ध्वनयः प्रतेनुरनुवप्रमपाम् Ki.6.4; Mv. 4.35; Bv.2.57; कथमपि गुरुशोकान्मा रुदन् माङ्गलिक्यः (पुर- तरुण्यः) Bk.1.26. -2 Fortunate.
māṇḍalika माण्डलिक a. (-की f.) Relating to, or ruling a province. -कः 1 The ruler of a province. -2 A sovereign with an annual income between 3 to 1 lacs of rupees; सामन्तः स नृपः प्रोक्तो यावल्लक्षत्रयावधि । तदूर्ध्वं दशलक्षान्तो नृपो माण्डलिकः स्मृतः ॥ Śukra.1.183.
mātali मातलिः N. of the charioteer of Indra. -Comp. -सारथिः an epithet of Indra.
mārdalikaḥ मार्दलिकः A drummer.
likaḥ मालिकः [माला तन्निर्माणं शिल्पमस्य ठन्] 1 A florist, gardener. -2 A dyer, painter. -3 A garland-maker. -4 A kind of bird.
li मालिका [मालैव कन् अत इत्वम्] 1 A garland; पाशाक्ष- मालिकाम्भोज Lakṣmīdhyānam. -2 A row, line, series. -3 A string, necklace. -4 A variety of jasmine. -5 Linseed. -6 A daughter. -7 A palace. -8 A kind of bird. -9 An intoxicating drink.
lita मालित a. 1 Garlanded, crowned. -2 Surrounded by.
lin मालिन् a. [माला अस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Wearing a garland. -2 (At the end of comp.) Crowned or wreathed with, encircled by; समुद्रमालिनी पृथ्वी; so अंशुमालिन्, मरीचि- मालिन्, ऊर्मिमालिन् &c.; व्यराजतादित्य इवार्चिमाली Rām.5.54. 48; युवतिषु कोमलमाल्यमालिनीषु Śi.7.61. -m. 1 A gardener. -2 A garland-maker, florist. -नी 1 A female florist, the wife of a garland-maker. -2 N. of the city of Champā. -3 A girl seven years old representing Durgā at the Durgā festival. -4 N. of Durgā. -5 The celestial Ganges. -6 N. of a metre; see App. ननमय- ययुतेयं मालिनी भोगिलोकैः V. Ratna. -7 N. of the mother of Bibhīṣaṇa. -8 N. assumed by Draupadī while residing at the Court of Virāṭa. -9 N. of a river; Ś.3.7. -1 (In music) A particular श्रुति.
linyam मालिन्यम् [मलिनस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Dirtiness, foulness, impurity. -2 Pollution, defilement. -3 Sinfulness. -4 Blackness. -5 Trouble, affliction.
milita मिलित p. p. [मिल्-क्त] 1 Come together, assembled, encountered, combined. -2 Met, encountered. -3 Mixed. -4 Put together, taken in all.
milindaḥ मिलिन्दः A bee; परिणतमकरन्दमार्मिकास्ते जगति भवन्तु चिरायुषो मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.8,15. -Comp. -प्रश्नः N. of a Pāli work.
milindakaḥ मिलिन्दकः A kind of snake.
milīmilin मिलीमिलिन् m. An epithet of Śiva.
lita मीलित p. p. [मील्-क्त] 1 Shut, closed. -2 Twinkled. -3 Half-opened, unblown. -4 Vanished, disappeared. -5 Assembled, gathered (for मिलित). -तम् (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which the difference or distinction between two objects is shown to be completely obscured on account of their similarity, whether natural or artificial, in some respects; it is thus defined by Mammaṭa :-- समेन लक्ष्मणा वस्तु वस्तुना यन्निगूह्यते । निजेनागन्तुना वापि तन्मीलितमिति स्मृतम् ॥ K. P.1.
mukulita मुकुलित a. 1 Having buds, budded, blossoming. -2 Half-closed, half-shut; दरमुकुलितनयनसरोजम् Git.2; Ku. 3.76; Māl.1.27; बाले लीलामुकुलितममी मन्थरा दृष्टिपाताः, किं क्षिप्यन्ते ...... Bh.1.62. -3 Closed, shut. मुकुष्ठः mukuṣṭhḥ मुकुष्ठकः mukuṣṭhakḥ मुकुष्ठः मुकुष्ठकः A kind of bean (Mar. मटकी ?).
mucilindaḥ मुचिलिन्दः A kind of tree and flower; see मुचकुन्द.
muculindaḥ मुचुलिन्दः A kind of big orange; Rām.5.2.9.
musalāmusali मुसलामुसलि ind. Club against club; P.V.4.127 com.
musalin मुसलिन् m. [मुसल-इनि] 1 An epithet of Balarāma. -2 Of Śiva.
mūrkhali मूर्खलिका An arrow in the form of a bird's heart.
lika मूलिक a. 1 Radical, original. -2 Primary, principal. -3 Living on roots. -कः A devotee, an ascetic. -का 1 A root. -2 A collection of roots. -Comp. -अर्थः a radical fact.
lin मूलिन् m. A tree.
lina मूलिन a. Growing from a root. -नः A plant, tree.
mṛṇāli मृणालिका मृणाली 1 A lotus stalk or fibre; परिमृदित- मृणालीम्लानमङ्गम् Māl.1.22; or परिमृदितमृणालीदुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24; Ku.5.29. -2 A lotus plant or flower; मृणाली पङ्कदिग्धेव विभाति न विभाति च Rām.5.19.6; तप्यमाना- मिवोष्णेन मृणालीमचिरोद्धृताम् 5.19.17.
mṛṇālin मृणालिन् m. A lotus.
mṛṇāli मृणालिनी 1 A lotus-plant; बिभर्षि चाकारमनिर्वृतानां मृणा- लिनी हैममिवोपरागम् R.16.7. -2 An assemblage of lotuses. -3 A place abounding with lotuses.
mekhalin मेखलिन् m. 1 An epithet of Śiva. -2 A religious student, a Brahmachārin, q. v.; मेखलीनां महासङ्घः कौसल्यां समुपस्थितः Rām.2.32.21.
mailindaḥ मैलिन्दः A bee.
mogholi मोघोलिः A hedge, fence.
maudgali मौद्गलिः A crow.
mauli मौलि a. [मूलस्यादूरभवः इञ्] Head, foremost, best; अखिलपरिमलानां मौलिना सौरभेण Bv.1.121. -लिः 1 The head, the crown of the head; मौलौ वा रचयाञ्जलिम् Ve. 3.4; R.13.59; Ku.5.79. -2 The head or top of anything, top-most point; U.2.3; देव्यग्रदीपमालाया मौलिदीपतुलां दधौ Parṇāl. -3 The Aśoka tree. -लिः (m., f.) 1 A crown, diadem, tiara; अलब्धशाणोत्कषणा नृपाणां न जातु मौलौ मणयो वसन्ति Bv.1.73. -2 Hair on the crown of the head, tuft or lock of hair; जटामौलि Ku.2.26 (जटाजूट Malli.); पुष्पितलतान्तनियमितंविलम्बिमौलिना Ki.12.41. -3 Braided hair, hair braided and ornamented; दुःशासनेन कचकर्षणभिन्नमौलिः Ve.6.34. -लिः, -ली f. The earth. -Comp. -कफः the phlegm secreted in the head. -पृष्ठम् the crown of the head. -बन्धः a diadem for the head. -मणिः, -रत्नम्*** a crest-jewel, a jewel worn in the crown. -मण़्डनम् a head-ornament. -मुकुटम् a crown, tiara.
maulika मौलिक a. (-की f.) 1 Radical. -2 Chief, principal, prime; संजीवनोपायस्तु मौलिक एव रामभद्रस्याद्य संनिहितः U.3. -3 Inferior, of low origin (opp. to कुलीन). -कः A dealer in or digger of roots.
maulin मौलिन् a. Having a crown, crested.
mliṣṭa म्लिष्ट a. 1 Spoken indistinctly (as by barbarians), indistinct; P.VII.2.18; म्लिष्टमस्फुटम् Abh. Chin.266. -2 Barbarous. -3 Withered, faded. -ष्टम् 1 An indistinct or barbarous speech. -2 A foreign language.
yūkālikṣam यूकालिक्षम् 1 A louse and its egg. -2 The egg of a louse (as a measure of length).
lalita ललित a. [लल्-क्त] 1 Playing, sporting, dallying. -2 Amorous, sportive, wanton, voluptuous; ललितं गीतमन्वर्थं काचित् साभिनयं जगौ Bu. Ch.4.37. -3 Lovely, beautiful, handsome, elegant, graceful; ललितललितैर्ज्योत्स्नाप्रायैरकृत्रिम- विभ्रमैः (अङ्गकैः) U.1.2; विधाय सृष्टिं ललितां विधातुः R.6.37; 19.39;8.1; Māl.1.15; Ku.3.75;6.45; Me.34.66. -4 Pleasing, charming, agreeable, fine; प्रियशिष्या ललिते कलाविधौ R.8.6; संदर्शितेव ललिताभिनयस्य शिक्षा M.4.9; V. 2.18. -5 Desired. -6 Soft, gentle; अवसितललितक्रियेण बाह्वोर्ललिततरेण तनीयसा युगेन Śi.7.64. -7 Tremulous, trembling. -तः 1 N. of a musical scale. -2 A particular position of hands in dancing. -तम् 1 Sport, dalliance, play. -2 Amorous pastime, gracefulness of gait; any languid or amorous gesture in a woman; सुकुमारतयाङ्गानां विन्यासो ललितं भवेत् S. D; Śi.9.79; Ki.1.52; ता भ्रूभिः प्रेक्षितैर्भावैर्हसितैर्ललितैर्गतैः Bu. Ch.4.25. -3 Beuaty, grace, charm. -4 Any natural or artless act; स्मितललितवता दिव्यनारीजनेन Nāg.1.1-2. -5 Simplicity, innocence. -Comp. -अभिनय a. consisting of graceful gesticulations or acting; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V. 2.18. -अर्थ a. having a pretty or amorous meaning; तुल्यानुरागपिशुनं ललितार्थबन्धं पत्रे निवेशितमुदाहरणं प्रियायाः V.2. 14. -पद a. 1 elegantly composed; Ś.3. -2 consisting of amorous words. ˚बन्धनम् an amorous composition. -प्रहारः a soft or gentle blow. -प्रियः (in music) a kind of measure. -ललित a. excessively beautiful; ललितललितै- र्ज्योत्स्नाप्रायैरकृत्रिमविभ्रमैः U.1.2. -लुलित a. unnerved yet charming; गाढोत्कण्ठा ललितलुलितैरङ्गकैस्ताम्यतीति Māl.1.15 (v. l.). -वनिता a lovely woman. -विस्तरः N. of a work on Buddha's life.
lali ललिता 1 A woman (in general). -2 A wanton woman. -3 Musk. -4 A form of Durgā. -5 N. of various metres. -6 A kind of मूर्च्छना, also राग. -Comp. -पञ्चमी the fifth day in the bright half of Āśvina. -सप्तमी the seventh day in the bright half of Bhādrapada.
lāṅgalika लाङ्गलिक a. (-की f.) Belonging to a plough. -कः A kind of poison; L. D. B.
lāṅgalin लाङ्गलिन् m. [लाङ्गलमस्यास्ति इनि] 1 N. of Balarāma; बन्धुप्रीत्या समरविमुखो लाङ्गली याः सिषेवे Me.51. -2 The cocoanut tree. -3 A snake.
lāṅgūlin लाङ्गूलिन् m. A monkey, an ape.
likaḥ लालिकः A buffalo. -का A jesting reply.
lita लालित p. p. 1 Caressed, fondled, coaxed, indulged. -2 Seduced. -3 Loved, desired. -तम् Pleasure, love, joy.
litakaḥ लालितकः A fondling or darling, pet, little favourite.
lityam लालित्यम् [ललितस्य भावः घञ्] 1 Loveliness, charm, beauty, grace, sweetness; दण्डिनः पदलालित्यम् Udb.; लीला- मन्दिरद्वारकदलीलालित्येन Dk.1.5. -2 Amorous gestures.
lin लालिन् m. A seducer.
li लालिनी A wanton woman.
lulita लुलित p. p. [लुल् क्त] 1 Shaken, tossed about, moved to and fro, tremulous, waving; सुरालयप्राप्तिनिमित्तमंभस्त्रै- स्रोतसं नौलुलितं ववन्दे R.16.34,59. -2 Disturbed, touched; लुलितमकरन्दो मधुकरैः Ve.1.1. -3 Disarranged, dishevelled (as hair); शय्यान्तदेशलुलिताकुलकेशपाशा Ṛs.4.14. -4 Pressed down, crushed, injured; तस्याः पुष्पमयी शरीर- लुलिता शय्या शिलायामियम् Ś.3.25. -5 Pressing on, touching; अनतिलुलितज्याघाताङ्कम् (कनकवलयम्) Ś.3.12. -6 Fatigued, drooping, unnerved; अलसलुलितमुग्धान्यध्वसंजात- खेदात् (अङ्गकानि) U.1.24; गाढोत्कण्ठा ललितलुलितैरङ्गकैस्ताम्यतीति Māl.1.15;3.6;4.2. -7 Elegant, beautiful; वनं लुलितपल्लवम् Bk.9.56.
leli लेलि (ली) तकः Sulphur.
lelihaḥ लेलिहः 1 A snake or serpent; दास्याद्वो विप्रमुज्येयं तथ्यं वदत लेलिहाः Mb.1.27.15. -2 A kind of worm. -हा A certain position of the fingers (मुद्रा).
lelihānaḥ लेलिहानः 1 A snake or serpent. -2 An epithet of Śiva. -3 = लेलिहा.
loli लोलिका A kind of sorrel.
lolita लोलित p. p. Shaken, tremulous.
vañjuli वञ्जुलिका Ordenlandia Herbacia (Mar. पापडी, जंतुकारी.)
varāli वरालिका An epithet of Durgā L. D. B.
valita वलित p. p. 1 Moving. -2 Moved, turned round, bent round. -3 Surrounded, enclosed; समवलोक्य तमो- बलितं जनम् Veda-Vyāsāṣṭaka 1. -4 Wrinkled; विशदभ्रू- युगच्छन्नवलितापाङ्गलोचनः Ki.11.4. -5 Cast, darted; वलितलोल- कटाक्षपराहतम् Māl.8.11. -तः A particular position of the hands in dancing. -तम् Black pepper.
vali वलिः ली f. (Also written बलिः-ली)1 A fold or wrinkle (on the skin); वलिभिर्मुखमाक्रान्तम्. -2 A fold of skin on the upper part of the belly (especially of females regarded as a mark of beauty); मध्येन सा वेदि- विलग्नमध्या वलित्रयं चारु वभार बाला Ku.1.39. -3 The ridge of a thatched roof. -4 A line made on the body with fragrant unguents. -5 A handle of the Chāmara; रत्नच्छायाखचितवलिभिश्चामरैः क्लान्तहस्ताः Me.37. -6 Sulphur. -Comp. -पलितम् Wrinkles and grey hair; गृहस्थस्तु यदा पश्येद् वलीपलितमात्मनः Ms.6.2. -भृत् a. curled, having curls (as hair); कुसुमोत्खचितान् वलीभृतश्चलयन् भृङ्गरुचस्तवालकान् R.8.53. -मुखः, -वदनः a monkey; (वक्त्रम्) उन्नम्य चुम्बति वलीवदनः प्रियायाः Māl.9.31. -मुखम् the sixth change which takes place in warm milk when mixed with butter-milk (तक).
valikaḥ वलिकः कम् The edge of a thatched roof.
valina वलिन वलिभ a. [वलि-न भ वा] Wrinkled, shrivelled, contracted into wrinkles, flaccid; प्रणयिनं रभसादुदरश्रिया वलिभयालिभयादिव सस्वजे Śi.6.13.
valimat वलिमत् a. Wrinkled.
valira वलिर a. Squint-eyed, squinting, oggling.
valiśam वलिशम् शी A fish-hook.
valiśānaḥ वलिशानः A cloud; Naigh.1.1.
valkalin वल्कलिन् a. 1 Yielding bark (as a branch). -2 Clothed in a bark-dress.
valguli वल्गुलिका 1 A cockroach. -2 A chest.
valli वल्लि f. [वल्ल्-इन् Uṇ.4.135] 1 A creeper, creeping or winding plant; भूतेशस्य भुजङ्गवल्लिवलयस्रङ्नद्धजूटा जटाः Māl.1.2. -2 The earth. -Comp. -दूर्वा a kind of grass. -पाषाणसंभवम् coral; also वल्लिकाग्रम्.
vahlika वह्लिक वह्लीक See बह्लिक, बह्लीक.
vātuli वातुलिः A large bat.
li वालिः N. of a celebrated monkeychief, who was slain by Rāma at the desire of Sugrīva, his younger brother. [He is represented as a very powerful monkey, and is said to have placed under his arm-pit even Rāvaṇa when he went to fight with him. During his absence from Kiṣkindhā to slay the brother of Dundubhi, Sugriva usurped the throne considering him to be dead, but when Vāli returned, he had to run away to Ṛiṣyamūka. Tārā, wife of Sugrīva, was seized by Vāli, but she was restored to her husband when Rāma slew him.]
li वालिनी The constellation अश्विनी.
vāhli वाह्लिः N. of a country (the modern Balkh). -Comp. -जः a Balkh-bred horse.
vāhli वाह्लिः (ह्ली) कः 1 N. of a country (the modern Balkh). -2 A horse from this country, a Balkh-bred horse. -3 N. of one of the principal Gandharvas. -क्रम् 1 Saffron. -2 Asa Fœtida.
vikarālin विकरालिन् a. Hot. -m. Heat.
vikāli विकालिका A perforated copper-vessel which, placed in water, marks the time by gradually filling; cf. मानरन्ध्रा.
viklinna विक्लिन्न p. p. 1 Very moist, thoroughly wetted. -2 Decayed, withered up. -3 Old.
vikliṣṭa विक्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Excessively afflicted, distressed. -2 Injured, destroyed. -ष्टम् A fault in pronunciation.
vigalita विगलित p. p. 1 Trickled, oozed. -2 Disappeared, gone away; मयि विगलितप्रत्याशत्वाद्विवाहविधेः पुरा Māl.9.11. -3 Fallen or dropped down. -4 Melted away, dissolved. -5 Dispersed. -6 Slackened, untied. -7 Loose, dishevelled, disordered (as hair).
vicalita विचलित a. 1 Deviated, departed; Māl.5.1. -2 Obscured, blinded.
vicālitvam विचालित्वम् Indefiniteness, unsteadiness, variability; संवत्सरो विचालित्वात् MS.6.7.38.
vicālin विचालिन् a. Unsteady, indefinite (in signification), variable; विचाली हि संवत्सरशब्दः सावनो$पि गणितदिवसकः शीतोष्णवर्षलक्षणो$पि चान्द्रमसो$पि ŚB. on MS.6.7.38.
viñjoli विञ्जोलिः ली f. A line, row.
vilikh विलिख् 6 P. 1 To write, inscribe. -2 To draw, paint, delineate, portray; विलिखति रहसि कुरङ्गमदेन भवन्तमसम- शरभूतम् Gīt.4. -3 To scratch, scrape, tear up; निघ्नन् प्रोथेन पृथिवीं विलिखंश्चरणैरपि Mb.3.167.19; मन्दं शब्दायमानो विलिखति शयनादुत्थितः क्ष्मां खुरेण K. P.1; व्यलिखच्चञ्चुपुटेन पक्षती N.2.2; पादेन हैमं विलिलेख पीठम् R.6.15; Ku.2.23. -4 To implant, infix; तावन्तो$पि विलिख्यन्ते हृदये शोकशङ्कवः H.4.72. v. l.
vilikhanam विलिखनम् 1 Scratching, scraping, writing. -2 The course of a river. -3 Dividing, splitting.
viliṅga विलिङ्ग a. Of a different gender. ˚स्थ a. Not to be understood; Mb.2.
vilip विलिप् 6 P. 1 To smear, anoint, rub on; तथा हि नृत्याभिनयक्रियाच्युतं विलिप्यते मौलिभिरम्बरौकसाम् Ku.5.79; Bk.3.2;15.6; Śi.16.62. -2 To pollute, defile, taint, contaminate.
vilipta विलिप्त p. p. 1 Anointed, besmeared, smeared over. -2 Polluted, stained, defiled. विलिप्ता viliptā विलिप्तिका viliptikā विलिप्ता विलिप्तिका A second (= 1/36 of a degree).
vilimpita विलिम्पित a. Smeared, anointed.
vilulita विलुलित p. p. 1 Moving to and fro, unsteady, shaken, tossed about, tremulous; U.3.23. -2 Disordered, disarranged; गलितकुसुमदलविलुलितकेशा Gīt.7. -3 Waving, fickle, unsteady.
viśli विश्लिष् 4 P. 1 To be separated, to be away from. -2 To burst, fly asunder; शरबन्धा विशिश्लिषुः Bk.14.67. -Caus. 1 To separate; संदेशं मे हर धनपतिक्रोधविश्लेषितस्य Me.7. -2 To deprive of (instr.); बुद्ध्या विश्लेषयन्ति ते Pt.3.183.
viśliṣṭa विश्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Disjoined, separated, disunited; गरुडा- पातविश्लिष्टमेघनादास्त्रबन्धनः R.12.76. -2 Loosened. -3 Dislocated (as limbs).
visphuliṅgaḥ विस्फुलिङ्गः 1 A spark of fire; यथाग्नेः क्षुद्रा विस्फुलिङ्गा व्युच्चरन्ति Bṛi. Up.2.1.2; अग्नेर्ज्वलतो विस्फुलिङ्गा विप्रति- ष्ठेरन् Ś. B. -2 A kind of poison.
veli वेलिका A maritime country.
velli वेल्लिः f. A creeper; cf. वल्लि.
vellita वेल्लित p. p. 1 Trembling, tremulous, shaken. -2 Crooked. -तम् 1 Going, moving. -2 Shaking.
vaikālika वैकालिक a. (-की f.) -वैकालीन a. (-नी f.) Relating to or occurring in the evening.
vaitālikaḥ वैतालिकः [विविधस्तालस्तेन व्यवहरति ठक्] 1 A bard, minstrel. -2 A magician, conjurer; especially, one who is a votary of Vetāla q. v. -3 The servant of a Vetāla. -कम् Knowledge of one of the 64 arts. -Comp. -व्रतम् the duty of a bard.
vyākulita व्याकुलित a. Agitated, distracted, confounded, perplexed &c.
śakalita शकलित a. Reduced to fragments, shattered to pieces.
śakalin शकलिन् m. A fish.
śabaliman शबलिमन् Variegated condition or appearance; शबलिमा बलिमानमुषो वपुः Śi.6.27.
śalābholi शलाभोलिः A camel.
śalkalin शल्कलिन् शल्किन् m. A fish.
śalmali शल्मलिः ली f. The silk-cotton tree.
śākalika शाकलिक a. (-की f.) 1 Relating to a piece, fragmentary. -2 Relating to शाकल.
śākulikaḥ शाकुलिकः A fisherman.
śādvalitam शाद्वलितम् The being covered with grass.
śāli शालिः 1 Rice; न शालेः स्तम्बकरिता वप्तुर्गुणमपेक्षते Mu.1.3; यवाः प्रकीर्णा न भवन्ति शालयः Mk.4.17. -2 The civet-cat. -Comp. -ओदनः, -नम् boiled rice (of a superior kind). -कूटम् a heap of rice. -केदारः a rice field. -गोपी a female appointed to watch a rice field; इक्षुच्छाय- निषादिन्यः शालिगोप्यो जगुर्यशः R.4.2. -ग्रामः (s. v. शालग्रामः above); शालिग्रामशिलानां च दानानां च निरूपणम् Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.28. -चूर्णः, -र्णम् rice-flour. -पिष्टम् a crystal. -भवनम् a rice-field. -वाहः an ox used for carrying rice. -वाहनः N. of a celebrated sovereign of India whose era commences with 78 A. D. -शूकः an awn or beard of rice. -होत्रः 1 N. of a writer on veterinary subjects. -2 a horse. (-त्रम्) Śālihotra's work on veterinary science. -होत्रिन् m. a horse.
śālikaḥ शालिकः 1 A weaver. -2 A toll, tax. -3 A village of artisans.
śālin शालिन् a. (-नी f.) (usually at the end of comp.) 1 Endowed with, possessed of, possessing, shining or resplendent with; अलघूपलपङ्क्तिशालिनीः परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76; Ki.2.31;7.28,55;8.17; विलासिनीनां स्तनशालिनीनामलंक्रियन्ते स्तनमण्डलानि Ṛs.4.2. -2 Domestic. -3 Well-behaved; दयालुः शालिनीमाह शुक्लाभिव्याहृतं स्मरन् Bhāg.3.24.1.
śāli शालिनी 1 A mistress of the house, housewife. -2 N. of a metre.
śālmali शाल्मलिः 1 The silk-cotton tree; आपातरम्यपुष्पश्री- शोभितः शाल्मलिर्यथा Bv.1.115; Ms.8.246. -2 One of the seven great divisions of the earth. -3 N. of a kind of hell. -Comp. -पत्रकः Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -स्थः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a vulture.
śālmalikam शाल्मलिकम् An inferior kind of Śālmali tree.
śālmalin शाल्मलिन् m. N. of Garuḍa.
śālmali शाल्मलिनी The silk-cotton tree.
śāṣkulikam शाष्कुलिकम् A quantity of baked cakes (शष्कुली).
śithilita शिथिलित a. 1 Loosed. -2 Relaxed, loosened. -3 Dissolved.
śili शिलिः m. The birch tree. -लिः f. The lower timber of a door.
śilindaḥ शिलिन्दः A kind of fish; शिलिन्दः श्लेष्मलो बल्यो विपाके मधुरो गुरुः Rājavallabha.
śīphāli शीफालिका (= शेफालिका); The Nyctanthes Tristis (Mar. राननिर्गुडी).
śīlita शीलित p. p. 1 Practised, exercised. -2 Put on. -3 Freqented, visited. -4 Skilled in. -5 Endowed with, possessed of. -तम् Practice, conduct.
śīlin शीलिन् a. Virtuous, moral. -2 Used to, practising.
śukliman शुक्लिमन् m. Whiteness.
śūlika शूलिक a. [शूल-ठन्] 1 Having a pike. -2 Roasted on a spit. -कः A hare. -2 A cock. -3 One who impales criminals. -4 The illegitimate son of a Brāhmaṇa or Kṣatriya and a Śūdra woman. -कम् Roasted meat.
śūlin शूलिन् a. [शूलमस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Armed with a spear; दुर्जयो लवणः शूली R.15.5. -2 Suffering from colic. -m. 1 A spearman. -2 A hare. -3 N. of Śiva; कुर्वन् संध्या- बलिपटहतां शूलिनः श्लाघनीयाम् Me.36; Ku.3.57.
śūlinaḥ शूलिनः The (Indian) fig tree.
śṛgāli शृगालिका शृगाली 1 A female jackal. -2 A fox. -3 Flight, retreat.
śṛṅkhalita शृङ्खलित a. Chained, fettered, bound.
śevali शेवलिनी A river.
śaithilika शैथिलिक a. Loose, lax, idle.
śailālin शैलालिन् m. An actor, a dancer.
śailikam शैलिकम् = शैलकम्.
śailikyaḥ शैलिक्यः A hypocrite, an impostor, a cheat.
śaivali शैवलिनी A river.
śauklikeyaḥ शौक्लिकेयः A sort of poison.
śmīlitam श्मीलितम् A wink, blink.
śyāmali श्यामलिका The indigo plant.
śyāmaliman श्यामलिमन् m. Blackness, darkness; श्यामां श्यामलिमान- मानयत भोः सान्द्रैर्मषीकूर्चकैः Vb.3.1; तदीयधूमैरिव धूसराङ्गाः क्षोणीभुजः श्यामलिमानमापुः Vikr.1.3.
ślikuḥ श्लिकुः [श्लिष्-कु नेत्वम् पृषो˚ Uṇ.1.32] 1 A debauchee, libertine. -2 A slave, dependent. -n. The science of astronomy, astrology.
ślikyuḥ श्लिक्युः 1 A libertine. -2 A servant.
śli श्लिष् I. 1 P. (श्लेषति) To burn. -II. 4 P. (श्लिष्यति, श्लिष्ट) 1 To embrace; श्लिष्यति चुम्बति जलधरकल्पं हरिरुपगत इति तिमिरमनल्पम् Gīt.6. -2 To stick, cling or adhere to. -3 To unite, join. -4 To grasp, take, understand; आश्लेषि न श्लेषकवेर्भवत्याः श्लोकद्वयार्थः सुधिया मया किम् N.3.69. -5 (Ā.) To result, be the consequence of anything. -III. 1 U. (श्लेषयति-ते) To unite, join, connect.
śliṣā श्लिषा 1 An embrace. -2 Clinging, adherence.
śliṣṭa श्लिष्ट p. p. [श्लिष्-क्त] 1 Embraced. -2 Clung, adhered to. -3 Resting or leaning on. -4 Involving a pun, susceptible of a double interpretation; अत्र विषमादयः शब्दाः श्लिष्टाः K. P.1. -5 Fitting tight (as a coat of mail); विबभौ सर्वतः श्लिष्टम् (वर्म) Mb.7.127.18. -Comp. -रूपकम् ambiguity as a metaphor; राजहंसोपभोगार्हं भ्रमरप्रार्थ्यसौरभम् । सखि वक्त्राम्बुजमिदं तवेति श्लिष्टरूपकम् ॥ Kāv. 2.87. -वर्त्मन् the adhering together of the eyelids.
śliṣṭiḥ श्लिष्टिः f. 1 Embrace. -2 Adherence.
saṃlalita संललित p. p. Fondled, caressed.
saṃlikh संलिख् 6 P. 1 To scratch, scrape. -2 To write, inscribe. -3 To play upon (a musical instrument).
saṃlulita संलुलित a. 1 Agitated, confused; Rām. -2 Come into contact with; Ch. P.
saṃvalita संवलित p. p. 1 Met together, mingled, mixed; (चाष- च्छद) च्छायासंवलितैर्विवर्तिभिरिव प्रान्तेषु पर्यावृताः Māl.6.5. -2 Sprinkled with; आश्लिष्टवत्यमृतसंवलितैरिवाङ्गैः Māl.4..8. -3 Connected, associated. -4 Broken; उदितोपलस्खलनसंवलिताः (ध्वनयः) Ki.6.4. -5 Surrounded, encompassed. -6 Possessed of.
saṃvellita संवेल्लित = संवर्धित; Māl.5.19 (v.l.).
saṃśli संश्लिष् 4 P. 1 To clasp or press together. -2 To adhere or cling to. -3 To join, unite. -Caus. To unite, join, connect together.
saṃśliṣṭa संश्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Clasped or pressed together, joined, united. -2 Embraced. -3 Adjoining, lying close or contiguous to. -4 Furnished or endowed with, having. -5 Related, connected together; यथा छायापतौ नित्यं सुसंबद्धौ परस्परम् । एवं कर्म च कर्ता च संश्लिष्टावितरेतरम् ॥ Pt.2.127. -6 Confused, indeterminate. -ष्टः A kind of pavilion. -ष्टम् A heap, mass, multitude.
saṃkalita संकलित p. p. 1 Heaped up. piled up, collected. -2 Blended together, intermixed. -3 Seized, laid hold of. -4 Added. -5 Resumed, regained; Māl,3. -ता (In arith.) The first sum. -तम् Addition. -Comp. -ऐक्यम् the sum of the terms of an arithmetical Progression.
saṃkalitin संकलितिन् a. One who has made an addition.
saṃkliṣṭa संक्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Bruised, contused. -2 Tarnished (as a mirror). -Comp. -कर्मन् a. one who does everything with difficulty.
satalikaḥ सतलिकः Pease.
sattali सत्तलिका A carpet; Kau. A.2.11.
saṃghāli संघालिका A kind of food; L. D. B.
sabali सबलिः Evening twilight.
saralita सरलित a. Straightened, straight.
saliṅga सलिङ्ग a. Corresponding to (अनुरूप); तत्सलिङ्गाभिराशी- र्भिरिष्टाभिरभितः स्थिताम् Mb.7.55.8.
salilam सलिलम् [सलति-गच्छति निम्नं सल्-इलच् Uṇ.1.54] Water; सुभगसलिलावगाहाः Ś.1.3. -2 The constellation उत्तराषाढा. -Comp. -अर्थिन् a. thirsty. -आशयः a tank, reservoir of water. -इन्द्रः N. of Varuṇa; सलिलेन्द्रपुरान्वेषी भ्रमति स्म रसातलम् Rām.7.23.16. -इन्धनः the submarine fire. -उद्भवः a shell, conch; ततस्तौ मृशसंक्रुद्धौ प्रध्माय सलिलोद्भवौ Mb.9.16.55. -उपप्लवः inundation, deluge, flood of water. -कर्मन् a libation of water (offered to a deceased person). -कुन्तलः moss. -क्रिया the funeral rite of washing a corpse. -2 = उदकक्रिया q. v. -चरः an aquatic animal (like मकर). ˚केतनः the god of love; सलिल- चरकेतनशरासनानतां चिल्लिकालताम् Dk.2.7. -जम् a lotus. -धरः 1 a cloud. -2 a god; विनाद्य खं दिवमपि चैव सर्वशस्ततो गताः सलिलधरा यथागतम् Mb.1.19.3. (com. सलिलधरा अमृत- भृतो देवाः). -निधिः, -राशिः the ocean; कामं दामोदरीयोदर- सलिलनिधौ चित्तमत्स्यश्चिरं नः Viṣṇupāda. S.25. -प्रियः a hog. -रयः a current, stream.
sārvakālika सार्वकालिक a. (-की f.) Eternal,everlasting.
li सालिका A flute.
silindhraḥ सिलिन्ध्रः A plantain tree.
skhalita स्खलित p. p. [स्खल्-क्त] 1 Stumbled, slipped, tripped, -2 Fallen, dropped down. -3 Shaking, wavering, fluctuating, unsteady. -4 Intoxicated, drunk. -5 Stammering, faltering; सबाष्पकण्ठस्खलितैः पदैरियम् Ku.5.56. -6 Agitated, disturbed. -7 Erring, blundering; सर्वत्र स्खलितेषु दत्तमनसा यातं मया नोद्धतम् Ve.2.1. -8 Dropped, emitted. -9 Dripping, trickling down. -1 Interrupted, stopped. -11 Confounded. -12 Gone. -13 Wounded; यद्यत्र स्खलितं गात्रं तत्र दम्भं प्रपातयेत् Śukra.4.97. -14 Incomplete, deficient. -तम् 1 Stumbling, tripping, a fall. -2 Deviation from the right course. -3 Error, blunder, mistake; गोत्रस्खलित Ku.4.8. -4 Fault, sin, transgression. -5 Deceit, treachery. -6 Circumvention, stratagem. -7 Loss, deprivation. -Comp. -सुभगम् ind. dashing or flowing along in a charming manner; संसर्पन्त्याः स्खलितसुभगं दर्शितावर्तनाभेः Me.28.
sthālikaḥ स्थालिकः The smell of faeces.
sthūlin स्थूलिन् m. A camel.
spandoli स्पन्दोलिका Swinging backwards and forwards, rocking on a swing (a kind of game); Bhāg.1.18.15 (v. l.).
sphuliṅginī स्फुलिङ्गिनी One of the seven tongues of fire.
svāśli स्वाश्लिष् 4 P. To embrace closely; गुरुतलयभिभाष्यै- नस्तप्ते स्वप्यादयोमये । सूर्मीं ज्वलन्तीं स्वाश्लिष्येन्मृत्युना स विशुध्यति ॥ Ms.11.13.
hali हलिः 1 A large plough. -2 A furrow. -3 Agriculture.
halikaḥ हलिकः A ploughman.
halin हलिन् m. 1 A ploughman, an agriculturist. -2 Balarāma. -Comp. -प्रियः the Kadamba tree. (-या) spirituous liquor.
hali हलिनी A number of ploughs.
likaḥ हालिकः [हलेन खनति हलः प्रहरणमस्य तस्येदं वा ठक् ठञ् वा] 1 A ploughman, an agriculturist; कस्मिश्चिंदधिष्ठाने हालिक- दपम्तो प्रतिवसतः स्म Pt.4.92/93. -2 One that draws a plough (as a plough-ox). -3 One who fights with a plough. -a. Relating or belonging to a plough; P.IV. 3.124.
li हालिनी A kind of large house-lizard.
hilihila हिलिहिल a. Sporting, dallying. हिलमोचिः hilamōciḥ मोचिका mōcikā मोची mōcī हिलमोचिः मोचिका मोची Enhydra Hingcha (Mar. चाकवत).
hulihulī हुलिहुली 1 Nuptial music. -2 Roaring, howling; Mk.
heli हेलिः [हिल्-इन्] The sun; व्यतरन्नरुणाय विश्रमं सृजते हेलि- हयालिकालनाम् N.2.8;3.8; विक्रीय तं हेलिहिरण्यपिण्डं तारा- वराटानियमादित द्योः N.22.13; हेलिः केलिसरोजबन्धुः Yaśastilaka 3.43; also हेलिकः in this sense. -f. 1 Wanton or amorous sport, dalliance. -2 An embrace. -3 A marriage-procession in the street.
holi होलिका होली The festival called होलाका q. v. above.
Macdonell Vedic Search
130 results
aktu ak-tú, m. ointment; beam of light; (clear night, x. 14, 9 [añj anoint].
akṣīyamāṇa á-kṣīya-māṇa, pr. pt. ps. unfailing, i. 154, 4 [2. kṣi destroy].
akhkhalīkrtyā akhkhalī-kṛ́tyā, gd. having made a croak, vii. 103, 3.
aṅga 1. áṅg-a, n. limb, ii. 33, 9.
ajamāyu ajá-māyu, a. (Bv.) bleating like a goat, vii. 103, 6. 10 [māyú, m. bleat].
ajasra á-jasra, a. (K.) eternal, ii. 35, 8 [unfailing: jas be exhausted].
añjasā áñjas-ā, adv. straightway, vi. 54, 1 [inst. of áñjas ointment: = with gliding motion].
adri á-dri, m. rock, i. 85, 5 [not splitting: dṛ pierce].
anya anyá, prn. a. other, ii. 35, 3. 8. 13; x. 34, 4. 10. 11. 14; 129, 2; with ab. = than, ii. 33, 11; anyó-anyáone-another, vii. 103, 3. 4. 5; anyé-anyé, anyá̄ḥ-anyá̄ḥ some-others, x. 14, 3; ii. 35, 3 [cp. Lat.aliu-s, Gk. ἄλλο-ς ‘other’].
abhimātin abhimāt-ín, m. adversary, i. 85, 3 [abhímāti, f. hostility].
amūra á-mūra, a. (K.) wise, vii. 61, 5 [not foolish: mūrá].
amrta a-mṛ́ta, a. immortal; m. immortal being, i. 35, 2; vii. 63, 5; viii. 48, 32; n. what is immortal, i. 35, 6; x. 90, 3; immortality, x. 129, 2 [not dead, mṛtá, pp. of mṛ die; cp. Gk. ἄμβροτος ‘immortal’].
amṛtatva amṛta-tvá, n. immortality, x. 90, 2.
arāti á-rāti, f. hostility, ii. 35, 6; iv. 50, 11; viii. 48, 3; x. 34, 14 [non-giving, niggardliness, enmity].
asu ás-u, m. life, x. 14, 12; 15, 1 [1. as exist].
asutrp asu-tṛ́p, a. (Tp.) life-stealing, x. 14, 12 [tṛp delight in].
asmera á-smera, a. (K.) not smiling, ii. 35, 4.
āyu āy-ú, a. active; m. living being, mortal, iii. 59, 9 [i go].
āyus á̄y-us, n. span of life, vii. 103, 10; viii. 48, 4. 7. 10. 11; x. 14, 14 [activity: i go].
ārohant ā-róhant, pr. pt. scaling, ii. 12, 12 [ruh mount].
iva i-va, enc. pcl. like, i. 1, 9; 85, 5. 82; ii. 12, 4. 5; 33, 6; 35, 5. 13; iv. 51, 2; v. 11, 5; 83, 3; vii. 63, 1; 103, 52; viii. 29, 8; 48, 42. 6. 72; x. 34, 1. 3. 5. 8; 127, 7. 8 [180].
īśāna í̄ś-āna, pr. pt. Ā. ruling over, disposing of (gen.), vi. 54, 8; x. 90, 2; m. ruler, ii. 33, 9.
ṛtajātasatya ṛtá-jāta-satya, a. punctually true, iv. 51, 7 [true as produced by established order].
kalmalīkin kalmalīk-ín, a. radiant, ii. 33, 8.
kavikratu kaví-kratu, a. (Bv.) having the intelligence of a sage, i. 1, 5; v. 11, 4.
kumāradeṣṇa kumārá-deṣṇa, a. (Bv.) presenting gifts like boys, x. 34, 7 [deṣṇá, n. gift from dā give].
kṛ kṛ make, V. kṛṇóti, kṛṇuté, iv. 50, 9; v. 83, 3; = hold, x. 34, 12; = raise [230] (voice), 8; pr. sb. 3. s. kṛṇávat, viii. 48, 3; 3. pl. kṛṇávan, iv. 51, 1; vii. 63, 4; 2. pl. Ā. kṛṇúdhvam, x. 34, 14; ipv. kṛṇuhí, x. 135, 3; pf. cakṛmá, vii. 86, 5; x. 15, 4; cakrúr, vii. 63, 5; Ā. cakré, x. 90, 8; cakrá̄te, viii. 29, 9; cakriré, i. 85, 1. 2. 7. 10; ft. kariṣyási, i. 1, 6; root ao. ákar, ii. 12, 4; iii. 59. 9; v. 83, 10; ákran, x. 14, 9; 3. pl. Ā. ákrata, vii. 103, 8; x. 34, 5; sb. kárati, ii. 35, 1; kárāma, x. 15, 6; ao. ps. ákāri, vii. 61, 7 [cp. Gk. κραίνω ‘accomplish’. Lat. creò ‘create’]. úpa á̄- drive up for: rt. ao. ákaram, x. 127, 8. āvís- make manifest, v. 83, 3. nís- turn out: rt. ao. askṛta, x. 127, 3.
kṣiyant kṣiy-ánt, pr. pt. dwelling, ii. 12, 11 [kṣí dwell].
gātregātre gá̄tre-gātre, lc. itv. cd., in every limb, viii. 48, 2 [gā go].
girikṣit giri-kṣí-t, a. mountain-dwelling, i. 154, 3 [kṣi dwell].
gomāyu gó-māyu, a. (Bv.) lowing like a cow, vii. 103, 6. 10 [māyú, m. lowing].
cakṣ cakṣ, see II. cáṣṭe [reduplicated form of kas = kāś shine: = ca-k(a)s]. [232] abhí- regard, iii. 59, 1; vii. 61, 1. prá-, cs. cakṣáya illumine, viii. 48, 6. ví- reveal, x. 34, 13.
citra cit-rá, a. brilliant, iv. 51, 2; n. marvel, vii. 61, 5.
citrabhānu citrá-bhānu, a. (Bv.) of brilliant splendour, i. 35, 4; 85, 11.
citraśravas citrá-śravas, a. (Bv.) having brilliant fame; spv. -tama of most brilliant fame, i. 1, 5; bringing most brilliant fame, iii. 59, 6.
jan jan generate, create, I. jánati; pf. jajá̄na, i. 160, 4; ii. 12, 3. 7; 35, 2; jajñiré were born, x. 90, 92. 10; iṣ ao. ájaniṣṭa has been born, iii. 59, 4; v. 11, 1; red. ao. ájījanas hast caused to grow, v. 83, 10; cs. janáya generate, ii. 35, 13; x. 135, 5 [Old Lat. gen-ō ‘generate’; Gk. ao. ἐ-γεν-ό-μην]. prá- be prolific, IV. Ā. jāya, ii. 33, 1; 35, 8.
jalāṣa jálāṣa, a. cooling, ii. 33, 7.
jalāṣabheṣaja jálāṣa-bheṣaja, a. (Bv.) having cooling remedies, viii. 29, 5 [bheṣajá, n. remedy].
jīva jīv-á, n. living world, iv. 51, 5 [Lat. vīv-o-s].
jīvase jīvás-e, dat. inf. to live, viii. 48, 4; with prá to live on, x. 14, 14.
jyotis jyót-is, n. light, iv. 50, 4; 51, 1; viii. 48, 3; x. 127, 2 [jyut = dyut shine].
tava táva, gen. (of. tvám) of thee, i. 1, 6; vi. 54, 9; viii. 48, 8 [Av. tava, Lith. tavè].
tṝ tṝ cross, VI. tirá. prá- extend, increase (family), vii. 61, 4; prolong (life), 103, 10; iṣ ao., viii. 48, 4. 7. 11. ví- run counter to (acc.), x. 34, 6.
daśāṅgula daśāṅgulá, length of ten fingers, x. 90, 1 [dáśa + aṅgúli finger].
drti dṛ́-ti, m. water-skin, v. 83, 7; vii. 103, 2 [dṛ split; cp. Gk. δέρω, Eng. tear].
dyumat dyu-mát, adv. brilliantly, v. 11, 1 [n. of dyu-mánt, a. bright].
druh drúh, f. malice, ii. 35, 6; m. avenger, vii. 61, 5.
dva dvá, nm. two, i. 35, 6; viii. 29, 8. 9 [Gk. δύω, Lat. duo, Lith. dù, Eng. two].
dharman dhár-man, n. ordinance, law, i. 160, 1; x. 90, 16 [that which holds or is established: dhṛ hold].
dha 1. dhá put, III. dádhāti, v. 83, 1; supply with (inst.), ii. 35, 12; bestow, ipv. dhehí, x. 14, 11; dhattá, i. 85, 12; ii. 12, 5; x. 15, 7; dadhāta, x. 15, 4. [237] 7; dadhātana, x. 15, 11; dhattá̄m, iv. 51, 11; dadhantu, vii. 63, 6; perform, ipf. dhatta, i. 85, 9; bestow, s ao. sb. dhāsathas, i. 160, 5; establish,pf. dadhé, x. 129, 7; ds. desire to bestow, didhiṣanti, ii. 35, 5; support, dídhiṣāmi, ii. 35, 12 [Gk. τἰθημι]. ádhi- put on (acc.): pf. dadhire, i. 85, 2; ao. ádhita, x. 127, 1. á̄- deposit, root ao. sb. dhās, v. 83, 7. ní- deposit, root ao. dhātam, vii. 71, 5; ps. ao. ádhāyi, viii. 48, 10. pári- put around, vi. 54, 10. prá- put from (ab.) into (lc.), vii. 61, 3. ví- impose: pf. dadhur, iv. 51, 6; divide, ipf. ádadhur, x. 90, 11. purás- place at the head, appoint Purohita: pf. dadhire, iv. 50, 1.
dhāman dhá̄-man, n. power, i. 85, 11; ordinance, vii. 61, 4; 63, 3 [dhā put, establish].
dhīra dhí̄-ra, a. thoughtful, viii. 48, 4; wise, i. 160, 3; intelligent, vii. 86, 1 [dhī think].
dhūrti dhūr-tí, f. malice, viii. 48, 3 [dhvṛ injure].
na 1. Ná, pcl. as, like, i. 35, 6; 85, 1. 7. 82; 154, 2; ii. 33, 11; iv. 51, 8; vii. 61, 2; 63, 5; 86, 52. 7; 103, 22. 3. 7; viii. 48, 5. 6; x. 127, 4. 8; 168, 2 [180].
nakṣatra ná-kṣatra, n. star; day-star, vii. 86, 1 [nák night + kṣatrá dominion = ruling over night].
nāḷī nāḷí̄, f. flute, x. 135, 7.
nādhamāna ná̄dh-amāna, pr. pt. Ā. seeking aid, suppliant, ii. 12, 6; 33, 6.
nṛmṇa nṛ-mṇá, a. manliness, valour, ii. 12, 1 [cp. nṛ-máṇas manly].
pat pat fly, I. páta, x. 14, 16; cs. patáya fall, v. 83, 4 [Gk. πέτ-ε-ται flies, Lat. pet-o].
parvata párva-ta, m. i. 85, 10; ii. 12, 2. 11. 13 [jointed; Lesbian Gk. πέρρατα ‘limits’].
paśutṛp paśu-tṛ́p, a. cattle-stealing, vii. 86, 5 [tṛp be pleased with].
prāvepa prā-vep-á, a. dangling, x. 34, 1 [prá + vip tremble].
phaliga Phaligá, cave, iv, 50, 5.
bruvant bruv-ánt, pr. pt. calling (acc.), viii. 48, 1 [brū speak].
bhid bhid split, VII. bhinátti [Lat. find-o]. ví- split open, i. 85, 10.
bhiṣaktama bhiṣák-tama, m. spv. best healer, ii. 33, 4 [bhiṣáj healing].
bheṣaja bheṣaj-á, a. healing, ii. 33, 7, n. medicine, remedy, ii. 33, 2. 4. 12. 13 [bhiṣáj healing].
bhoja bhoj-á, m. liberal man, iv. 51, 3.
maghavant maghá-vant, m. liberal patron, ii. 33, 14; 35, 15 [magh-á bounty: mah be great].
madacyut mada-cyút, a. reeling with intoxication, i. 85, 7 [cyu move]. [243]
madant mád-ant, pr. pt. rejoicing, iv. 50, 2; delighting in (inst.), iii. 59, 3.
madhu mádh-u, n. honey, mead, i. 154, 4. 5; iv. 50, 3; viii. 48, 1; x. 34, 7; a. sweet, i. 85, 6 [Gk. μέθυ, Lith.medù-s, OSl. medǔ, Eng. mead].
madhuścut madhu-ścút, a. (Tp.) dripping with honey, distilling sweetness, vii. 49, 3 [ścut drip].
mātalī Má̄talī, m. a divine being, x. 14, 3.
yathā yá-thā, rel. adv. how, x. 135, 5. 6; so that, ii. 33, 15; unaccented = iva like, viii. 29, 6 [prn. root yá].
yukta yuk-tá, pp. yoked, vii. 63, 2 [yuj yoke, Gk. ζευκτό-ς, Lat. iunctu-s, Lith. jùnkta-s].
raghuṣyad raghu-ṣyád, a. swift-gliding, i. 85, 6 [raghú swift + syand run].
rājant rá̄j-ant, pr. pt. ruling over (gen.), i. 1, 8 [rāj rule].
rājanya rājan-yà, a. royal; m. warrior (earliest name of the second caste), x. 90, 12.
ric ric leave, VII. P. riṇákti, vii. 71, 1 [Gk. λείπω, Lat. linquo]. áti- extend beyond: ps. ipf. áricyata, x. 90, 5.
loka lok-á, m. place, x. 14, 9; world, x. 90, 14 [bright space = rok-á light; cp. Gk. λευκό-ς ‘white’, Lat.lux, lūc-is].
vatsa vatsá, m. calf, vii. 86, 5 [yearling from *vatas, Gk. ϝέτος year, Lat. vetus in vetus-tas ‘age’].
vand vand praise, I. A. vándate, iv. 50, 7 [nasalized form of vad]. pári- extol, with (inst.), ii. 33, 12.
varivovittara varivo-vít-tara, cpv. m. best finder of relief, best banisher of care, viii. 48, 1 [várivas + vid find].
vartamāna várta-māna, pr. pt. Ā., with á̄ rolling hither, i. 35, 2 [vṛt turn].
varvṛtāna várvṛt-āna, pr. pt. Ā. int. rolling about, x. 34, 1 [vṛt turn].
vāja vá̄j-a, m. conflict, i. 85, 5; booty, ii. 12, 15; vi. 54, 5 [vaj be strong].
vāsara vāsar-á, a. vernal, viii. 48, 7 [*vasar spring; Gk. ἔαρ, Lith. vasarà].
vidyut vi-dyút, f. lightning, ii. 35, 9; v. 83, 4 [ví afar + dyut shine].
vibhīdaka vi-bhí̄daka, m. a nut used as a die for gambling, vii. 86, 6; x. 34, 1 [probably from ví-bhid split asunder, but the meaning here applied is obscure].
virāj Vi-rá̄j, m. name of a divine being identified with Puruṣa, x. 90, 52 [farruling].
vīra vī-rá, m. hero, i. 85, 1; ii. 33, 1; 35, 4 [Av. vīra, Lat. vir, OI. fer, Go. wair, Lith. výra, ‘man’].
vrka vṛ́k-a, m. wolf, x. 127, 6 [Gk. λύκο-ς, Lat. lupu-s, Lith. vilka-s, Eng. wolf].
vṛt vṛt turn, I. Ā. vártate roll, x. 34, 9; cs. vartáya turn, i. 85, 9. á̄-, cs. whirl hither, vii. 71, 3. nís-, cs. roll out, x. 135, 5. prá-, cs. set rolling, x. 135, 4. ánu prá- roll forth after,, x. 135, 4. sám- be evolved, x. 90, 14. ádhi sám- come upon, x. 129, 4.
vrṣan vṛ́ṣ-an, m. bull, i. 85, 7. 12; 154, 3. 6; ii. 33, 13; 35, 13; iv. 50, 6; v. 83, 6 (with áśva = stallion); vii. 61, 5; 71, 6; stallion, vii. 71, 3 [Av. arz̆an, Gk. ἔρσην].
vṛṣala vṛṣa-lá, m. beggar, x. 34, 11 [little man].
vrṣavrāta vṛ́ṣa-vrāta, a. (Bv.) having mighty hosts, i. 85, 4 [vṛ́ṣan bull, stallion].
śaṃtama śáṃ-tama, spv. a. most beneficent, ii. 33, 2. 13; x. 15, 4 [śám, n. healing].
śam śám, n. healing, ii. 33, 13; comfort, v. 11, 5; viii. 48, 4; health, x. 15, 4; prosperity, viii. 86, 82.
śayāna śáy-āna, pr. pt. Ā. lying, ii. 12, 11; vii. 103, 2 [śī lie].
śarman śár-man, n. shelter, i. 85, 12; v. 83, 5; x. 129, 1 [Lith. szátma-s ‘helmet’, OG. helm ‘helmet’].
śaśayāna śaśay-āná, pf. pt. Ā. lying, vii. 103, 1 [śī lie].
śubh śúbh, f. brilliance; = shining path (cog. acc.), iv. 51, 6.
śūra śú̄-ra, m. hero, i. 85, 8 [Av. sūra ‘strong’, Gk. ἄ-κυρο-ς ‘in-valid’].
śūśujana śú̄śuj-ána, pf. pt. A. trembling (?), x. 34, 6.
śrad śrád heart only with dhā = put faith in, believe in (dat.), ii. 12, 5 [Lat. cord-, Gk. καρδ-ίη ‘heart’].
sac sac accompany, I. Ā. sácate, i. 1, 9; vii. 61, 5; associate with, viii. 48, 10; reach, x. 90, 16 [Gk. ἕπεται, Lat. sequitur, Lith. sekù].
sadrś sa-dṛ́ś, a., f.-ī, alike, iv. 51, 6 [having a similar appearance].
sanaya sanáya, a. old, iv. 51, 4 [from sána; Gk. ἕνο-ς, OI. sen, Lith. sẽnas ‘old’].
sama samá, a. level, v. 83, 7 [Av. hama ‘equal’, Gk. ὁμό-ς, Eng. same, cp. Lat. simi-li-s].
saṃprcas saṃ-pṛ́cas, ab. inf. from mingling with, ii. 35, 6 [pṛc mix].
sṛp sṛp creep, I. P. sárpati. ví- slink off, x. 14, 9.
sāyaka sá̄ya-ka, n. arrow, ii. 33, 10 [suitable for hurling: si hurl].
siṃha siṃhá, m. lion, v. 83, 3.
sukṣiti su-kṣití, f. safe dwelling, ii. 35, 15.
sudhita sú-dhita, pp. well-established, iv. 50, 8 [dhita, pp. of dhā put].
svmrḷīka sv-mṛ́ḷīka, a. (Bv.) very gracious, i. 35, 10 [mṛḷīká, n. mercy].
surā súrā, f. liquor, vii. 86, 6 [Av. hura].
suśipra su-śípra, a. (Bv.) fair-lipped, ii. 12, 6; 33, 5.
sūnu sū-nú, m. son, i. 1, 9; 85, 1; viii. 48, 4 [Av. hunu, OG. sunu, Lith. sūnù, Eng. son].
sūra sú̄r-a, m. sun, vii. 63, 5 [svàr light].
sūrya sú̄r-ya, m. sun, i. 35, 7. 9; 160, 1; ii. 12, 7; 33, 1; vii. 61, 1; 63, 1. 2. 4; viii. 29, 10; x. 14, 12; 90, 13 [svàr light].
skabhāya skabhāya, den. prop, establish, i. 154, 1 [from skabh, IX. skabhnāti].
sphur sphúr spurn, VI. sphurá, ii. 12, 12; spring, x. 34, 9 [Av. sparaiti, Gk. σπαίρω ‘quiver’, Lat. sperno,Lith. spiriù ‘kick’, OG. spurnu ‘kick’].
svadhā 2. sva-dhá̄, f. own power, x. 129, 2; energy, x. 129, 5; vital force, ii. 35, 7; bliss, i. 154, 4 [svá ownand dhā put; cp. Gk. ἔ-θο-ς ‘custom’].
svapna sváp-na, m. sleep, vii. 86, 6 [Gk. ὕπνο-ς, Lat. somnu-s, Lith. sãpna-s].
svar svàr, n. light; heaven, ii. 35, 6; v. 83, 4.
svarvid svar-víd, m. finder of light, viii. 48, 15.
hari hár-i, m. bay steed, i. 35, 3 [Av. zairi- ‘yellowish’; Lat. helu-s, Lith. zelù, OG. gělo].
havanaśrut havana-śrút, a. (Tp.) listening to invocations, ii. 33, 15 [hávana (from hū call) + śrú-t hearingfrom śru hear with determinative t].
Macdonell Search
266 results
libujā f. creeping plant, creeper (V.).
lih a. (--°ree;) licking; reading (in the eyes): -a, a. (only --°ree;) licking, touching.
likhana n. scratching; inscribing, writing; written statement or remark.
likhita pp. written, etc.; m. N. of the author of a law-book; n. writing; written document: -tva, n. condition of being written down; -pâtha, m. reading of written works, learning from books: -ka, a.reading from manuscript.
likhitavya fp. to be painted (Pr.); -itri, m. painter; -ya, m., â, f. nit, egg of a louse.
likṣā f. nit, egg of a louse; as a measure=eight trasarenus.
limpi f. [√ lip] writing.
liṅga n. [anything attaching to an object] mark, token, sign, emblem, charac teristic; catchword; deceptive badge (rare, E.); proof, evidence; sign of guilt, stolen property; sign of sex, sexual organ; gram matical gender; Siva's phallus (as an object of worship); image of a god (rare); typical or subtle body (the indestructible original of the gross visible body: Vedânta phil.); nominal base (=prâtipadika: gr.): -deha, m. n. subtle body (phil.); -dhârana, n. bear ing of marks of identification; -nâsa, m. loss of characteristic marks; -pîtha, n. pedestal of a Siva phallus; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -mâtra, n. intellect; -mûrti, a.having the form of a phallus (Siva).
liṅgavat a. having characteristic marks; having various genders; having a phallus (a certain Sivaite sect); -sarîra, n. the subtle body (phil.); -sâstra, n. treatise on grammatical gender; -stha,m. ascetic; -½anusâsana, n. doctrine of grammatical gender.
liṅgaya den. P. change (a word) according to gender. ud, infer from signs: pp. ulli&ndot;gita.
liṅgin a. having a mark or sign; having the marks or appearance of (--°ree;); wearing false badges, hypocritical; assum ing the badges of, passing oneself off as (--°ree;); wearing his badgesjustly, sincere; provided with a phallus; having a subtle body; m. hypocrite; member of a religious order, as cetic; a Sivaite sect (pl.); cause.
liṅgoddhāra m. cutting off of the male organ.
lipi f. besmearing, anointing; writing, handwriting; written line or letter; inscription; outward appearance: -m âp, assume the appearance of (g.); kitrâm lipim nî, garnish beautifully.
lipikara m. plasterer, white-washer; writer, scribe; -karman, n. painting; -karma-nirmita, pp. painted; -nyâsa, m. act of writing; -phalaka, n. writing tablet; -sâlâ, f. writing school; -sâstra, n. art of writing.
lipsā f. (fr. des. of √ labh) wish to obtain, desire, longing, for (lc., --°ree;); -s-i tavya, fp. desirable; -su, des. a. wishing to obtain, desiring, longing for (ac., --°ree;).
lipti f. ointment.
aṃśumālin m. sun.
akalkakalila a. free from baseness.
akaliprasara a. where no quarrelling occurs.
akalita pp. unknown; undefinable.
akali a. not quarrelling, concordant.
akilina a. not damp, not moist.
akṣamāli f. rosary.
akliṣṭakāra m. indefatigable activity; -kârin, a. indefatigable.
akliṣṭa pp. not worn out, fresh.
akṣālita pp. unwashed.
aṅguliparvan n. finger-joint; -pranegana, n. water for washing the fingers; -mukha, n. finger-tip; -mudrâ, f. seal-ring; -sphotana, n. cracking the fingers.
aṅgulitra n. (bowman's) finger guard; -trâna, n. id.
aṅguli f. finger; toe.
añjali m. the two open hands held together hollowed: -m kri, raise -to the forehead (as a reverential salutation); two handfuls (as a measure); -karman, n. folding the hands (in salutation); -pâta, m. id.
atimalina a. very dirty; verylow.
atilalita pp. extremely lovely.
anativalita pp. not very rounded (belly).
anatilulita pp. gently touched.
anabhilulita pp. untouched.
anupālin a. guarding, protecting (--°ree;).
abāliśa n. not childish, not silly.
abliṅga n., â, f. pl. verses addressed to the Waters (RV. X, ix, 1--3).
abhraṃliha a. reaching to the clouds.
amalina a. pure; -dhî, a. pure minded.
ardhajvalita pp. half-ignited.
ardhendumauli m. (crescent-crested), ep. of Siva.
arvākkālikatā f. modern date; -kâlîna, a. dating from a recent period.
alimat a. covered with bees: (d)-dalin, a. having petals covered with bees; -mâlâ, f. swarm of bees.
aliṅaga a. lacking characteristics; lacking gender.
alika m. forehead.
ali m. bee; -kula, n. swarm of bees.
alinda m. terrace.
alin m. bee; -î, f. female bee; swarm of bees.
aliṅgin a. not entitled to wear badges.
avalipta pp. anointed; proud, haughty: -tâ, f., -tva, n. pride, insolence; -lunthana, n. robbing; -lekhana, n. brush ing, combing; -lepa, m. ointment; pride, -na, n. id., -vat, a. proud, haughty; -leha,m., -na, n. licking off.
askhalita pp. not stumbling; uninterrupted, unhindered; n. not coming to a standstill; -kakra, a. w. unimpeded chariot; -pada, a. where the foot does not stumble; safe; -prayâna, a. with unfaltering march.
ākālikātīram ad. up to the bank of the Kâlikâ.
āndoli f. litter.
ānukūlika a. courteous: -tâ, f. courteousness towards (g.), -ya, n. favour; agreeableness; friendly terms; -gunya, n. homogeneousness; -pûrv-a, n., -î, f., -ya, n. regular succession: in., ab.successively; -yâ trika, m. servant; -lomya, n. direct or natural order; -vesya, m. neighbour next but one; -shák, ad. in order; -sha&ndot;gika, a. (î) adherent, connected with, following; enduring; neces sarily following from (g.); adventitious; -shtu bha, a. consisting of or like anushtubh.
āmukulita pp. half-opened (blossom).
āliṅgana n. embrace.
ālili, ālī f. 1. female friend; 2. streak, line, row; swarm.
āvali âvali, ˚lī f. streak, line, row.
āśliṣṭasānu a. peak-embrac ing.
utkīlita pp. opened by with drawing the plug.
utkali f. longing; love-sick yearning; bud; wave.
utpalin a. abounding in lotuses: -î, f. bed of lotuses.
udañjali a. holding up the hollowed hands.
udakāñjali m. handful of water; -½anta, m. water-boundary: â½uda kântât, till water is reached; -½arnava, m. receptacle of waters; -½artha, m. ablution: -m, ad. in order to perform an ablution; -½arthin, a. seeking water.
upacitabali a. covered with offerings; -vapus, a. whose bulk is increased; -kiti, f. accumulation, store; increase, aug mentation; gain.
upalipsā (des.) f. desire for (--°ree;); -su, des. a. desirous to learn (ac.).
upāli ad. in his mistress' presence.
ulliṅgaya den. P. infer by tokens.
ullikhita pp. scratched, scraped.
ūrdhvāṅguli a. having the fingers directed upwards: -½âroha, m. rising upwards.
ekāñjali m. one handful.
ekāvali eka̮âvali, ˚lī f. one-stringed pearl necklace.
kaṅkelli m. Asoka-tree; î, f. id.
kapālin a. bearing a bowl or skulls; m. N. of Siva or of one of the eleven Rudras; kind of sectary.
kapāli f. potsherd.
kamali f. lotus plant; lotus bed, lotus pond: -kâ, f. dim. small bed or lake of lotuses; -dala, n. lotus leaf (Pr.).
karālita pp. make formidable; increased.
kalila a. filled with, full of (in., --°ree;); m. confusion.
kaliyuga n. the fourth or Kali age.
kalinda m. N. of a mountain on which the Yamunâ rises; -kanyâ, f. the Yamunâ; -½âtmagâ, f. id.
kalidruma m. tree of strife; N. of a tree.
kalitacaraṇa a. broken-legged.
kaliṅga m. pl. N. of a people; country of the Kali&ndot;gas; -ka, -desa, m. country of the Kali&ndot;gas.
kalikātā f. Calcutta.
kali f. sixteenth part of the moon's disc; bud.
kali m. die or side of a die marked with one point (also personified); the fourth and worst age of the world; dissension, strife (also personified).
kākali f. low, sweet tone; î, f. id.; musical instrument with a low note used to test whether one is asleep.
karṇāñjali m. pointed ears.
liya m. N. of a Nâga; cobra.
liman m. blackness.
linda n. water-melon; î, f. pat. of the Yamunâ.
lidāsa m. (servant of Kâlî), N. of various poets; the celebrated lyric, epic, and dramatic poet of this name lived in the sixth century a. d.
liṅga kâliṅga, ˚ka a. from the land of the Kali&ndot;gas; m. man or king of Kali&ndot;ga.
li f. liver; dark mass of cloud; N. of a river; the goddess Kâlî; -purâ- na, n. T. of a Purâna.
lika a. relating to time; seasonable; lasting as long as (--°ree;).
li f. peg; bolt; -ita, pp. fasten ed, bolted; nailed down; studded with (in., --°ree;).
kuṭili f. winding movement (on the stage).
kutūhalin a. curious; interested.
kuliṅga m. kind of mouse; N. of various birds.
kulika m. relation.
kuliśa m. axe; n. thunderbolt; dia mond: -tâ, f. state of a thunderbolt; -dhara, -pâni, -bhrit, m. ep. of Indra.
kuśalin a. well, safe and sound; favourable, good (news).
keli m. f. (also î, f.) diversion, sport, dalliance: -griha, n. pleasure-house; -ta, n. sport, jest; -vana, n. pleasure-grove; -say ana, n. couch; -sadana, n. pleasure-house; -sthalî, f. play-ground; (î)-sâla-bhañgikâ, f. statuette.
kaulika m. weaver; worshipper of Sakti according to the left-hand ritual: -kâ ra, a. behaving like a weaver.
kliṣṭavṛtti a. leading a wretched life.
khālatya khâlatya, khālitya n. bald ness.
galitaka m. kind of dance or ges ticulation; -pradîpa, m., -pradîpikâ, f. Lamp of omitted passages, T. of a work; -vayas, a. whose youth is past, stricken in years, aged.
li f. pl. execration: -dâna, n. abuse; -mat, a. using execrations.
guli f. pellet; ball; pearl; pill.
calitavya fp. one must move on.
calita pp. n. moving to and fro.
cicaliṣu a. about to start.
cilli m. a certain bird of prey; f. (also î) kind of vegetable.
lin a. having a crest.
chalika n. song accompanied with gesticulations.
jaṭāvalkalin a. wearing braided locks and a garment of bark.
janacaraṇāmalina a. not yet dirtied by people's feet; (á)-tâ, f. com munity; people, subjects; mankind; -dâha sthâna, n. crematory; -deva, m. king, prince.
li f. net, snare; multitude.
lika m. bird-catcher.
jvālin a. flaming.
jvalita (pp.) n. shining, sheen.
jhilli f. cricket.
ḍilli dilli, ḍillī f. Delhi, N. of a city.
talima n. floor.
talina a. thin, slender; covered with (--°ree;).
tāmbūlika m. betel-seller.
lin a. 1. provided with cymbals; 2. sitting upon (--°ree;).
li f. palm (of the hand); clap ping of hands.
li f. paint brush; mattress filled with cotton; -inî, f. cotton shrub.
tailika m., î, f. oil-grinder.
triśūli f. little trident; -sri&ndot;ga, a. three-horned; three-peaked; m. trident; N. of a mountain.
traikālika a. (î) relating to the three times (past, present, and future); -ya, n. the three times: past, present, future; morning, noon, evening.
dantolūkhalika a. using his teeth as a pestle; -½ulûkhalin, a. id.
dambholipātāya den. Â. descend like Indra's thunderbolt.
dambholi m. Indra's thunderbolt: -pâta, m. descent of Indra's thunderbolt.
lima m. pomegranate tree.
li f. peeled grain.
durlalita a. spoiled, wayward; un mannerly; weary of (--°ree;); n. ill habit: -ka, a. wayward; -lasita, pp. id.; -lipi, f. fatal writing (inscribed by fate on the forehead); -lekha, m. id.; -lekhya, n.incorrectly written document.
devaliṅga n. statue of a god; -lekhâ, f. N. of a princess; -loká, m. world of the gods; -vadhû, f. divine female; -van dá, a. praising the gods; -várman, n. divine armour; -vís, f. race of gods;(á)-vîti, f. feast of the gods; -vratá, n. religious observ ance; a. (a), devoted to the gods, religious, pious; m. ep. of Bhîshma and Skanda.
dhavaliman m. whiteness; brilliance; pureness.
dhūli f. (also î) dust; dusty ground; pollen: -patala, n. cloud of dust.
nali f.=nalina; group of or lake overgrown with lotuses: -dala, n. petal of the day lotus: -maya, a. consisting of petals of the day lotus; -pattra, n. petal of the day lotus.
nalina n. day lotus flower (nelum bium speciosum); -dala, n. petal of --; -nâbha, m. ep. of Krishna; -½âsana, ep. of Brahman.
nali f. tube.
navamalli f. double jasmine (jasminum sambac); -mallî, -mâlikâ, f. id.
doḥśālin a. strong-armed.
li f. indigo plant; -i-man, m. blackness, darkness, dark colour.
pacelima a. being quickly cooked, maturing rapidly.
palita a. grey, hoary; n. sg. & pl. grey hair: -m-karana, a. (î) making grey.
paliknī a. f. (of palitá) grey.
palika a. weighing a pala; esp. --°ree; after a numeral, weighing so many palas.
pāṭaliman m. pale-red, rose colour.
pāṭaliputra n. N. of the capital of Magadha or Behar, the Palibothra of the Greeks, near the modern Patna at the old confluence of the Sone and Ganges; m. pl. the inhabitants of Pâtaliputra: -ka, n. id., -nâmadheya, a. named Pâtaliputra.
pāṭalin a. furnished with trumpet flowers.
pāṭali f. (also î) trumpet-flower tree (Bignonia suaveolens): î, f. N. of a town; N. of a princess; (i)-ka, n. N. of a town (=Pâtaliputra).
pāñcāli f. doll.
li f. of pâlaka.
li f. lobe of the ear; outer ear; margin, edge; dam, dyke; line, row.
pipīli f. id.: a, m. id.: -ma- dhya, a. slender in the middle like an ant: â, f. any metre the middle pâda of which is shorter than the preceding and following; â-madhya, n. ant-waist fast (beginning with fifteen mouthfuls at full moon, decreasing daily by one till new moon, and increasing similarly till full moon).
pulinda m. pl. N. of a barbarous tribe (later identified with the Bhillas and Sabaras); sg. man of this tribe; prince of the Pulindas: -ka, m. id.; N. of a prince of the Pulindas, Sabaras, and Bhillas.
pulina n. alluvial formation in a river, low sandbank, small island: -dvîpa- sobhita, pp. adorned with sandbanks and islands; -pradesa, m. sandbank.
pūrṇāñjali m. two handfuls; -½âtman, m. probably incorrect for prânât man; -½ânanda, m. perfect joy; -½apûrna, pp. sometimes full, sometimes short (measure); -½âyata, (pp.) n. bow fully drawn; -½artha, a. having one's object attained or one's wish fulfilled; -½âhutí, f. full offering, offering of a full ladle.
lin a. protecting, guarding; --°ree;, m. ruler.
pratikūlika a. hostile (incor rect for prâti-).
piṅgalita pp. grown tawny-colour ed; -i-man, m. tawny colour.
pratyākalita (pp.) n. counter investigation: judicial consideration as to which of the litigants is to prove his case, after the defendant has pleaded; -kshepaka, a. mocking, deriding; -khyâta,pp. rejected, refused: -tva, n. rejection; -khyâtavya, fp. to be impugned or denied; -khyâtri, m. re fuser; -khyâna, n. rebuff, rejection; refusal; combating (feelings, etc.); impugnment, de nial, disavowal; -khyâyin, a.rejecting (--°ree;); -khyeya, fp. to be repelled or rejected; curable (disease); -gati, f., -gama, m. return; -gamana, n. coming back, return, to (--°ree;); -ghâta, m. repulse; -kakshâna-ka, a. in tending to dispute anything (ac.); -kâra, m. corresponding conduct.
pratyāliṅgana n. return em brace; -vartana, n. return; -vâsakam, ad. to every tent; -vâsam, ad. in every house; -vritti, f. return.
praślita pp. (=-srita), changing &open;as&close; to &open;o&close; before sonant letters (samdhi); -slishta, pp. slurred, coalescent (euphonic combina tion of a or â with a following vowel or of other vowels with homogeneous ones); vowel resulting from coalescence or accent of a coalescent vowel (gr.); -slesha, m. close con tact or pressure; coalescence (of vowels).
prāvālika m. seller of coral.
plihan m. spleen.
phalita pp. √ phal; -itavya, fp. n. fruit should be borne by (in.); -ín, a. bearing or yielding fruit, fruitful; reaping advan tage (V.); iron-headed (arrow); m. fruit-tree: -î, f. a. plant.
bambharāli f. fly.
balivyākula a. engaged in offering oblations; -shad-bhâga, m. sixth part as tribute: -hârin, a. taking the sixth part as tribute.
balivarda m. bull.
baliniyamanodyata pp. bent on vanquishing Bali; -putra, m. son of Bali, pat. of the Asura Bâna; -push- ta, (pp.) m. (fed on the rice-offering), crow; -bhug, a. eating the food-offering;m. crow; -bhrit, a. paying tribute; -bhogana, m. crow; -mát, a. receiving tribute; attended with food oblations.
balin a. strong, powerful; m. sol dier; N.
bali m. tax, impost, tribute; offering, gift, oblation; offering of food (generally rice, grain, or ghee) thrown up into the air and made to living creatures, esp. birds (also called bhûta-yagña): very often --°ree; with the object, the time, the place, or material of the offering; handle (of a fly-whisk); N. of a Daitya, a son of Virokana, who obtained the sovereignty of the three worlds, but was deprived of it by Vishnu in the form of a dwarf after promising the latter as much land as he could measure in three steps; he was cast down by Vishnu to Pâtâla, which he was allowed to rule; N.; incorrect for vali, fold: -kara, m. pl. taxes and duties;-karman, n. performance of the Bali or food offering; -krit, a. paying taxes; -dâna, n. presentation of an offering or oblation.
baliharaṇa a. (î) suitable for presenting an offering; n. presentation of an offering; -hârá, a. paying taxes; m. presenta tion of offerings; -hrít, a. paying tribute.
baliṣṭha spv. strongest, mightiest; most powerful; stronger than (ab.): -tama, dbl. spv. id.
bahulita pp. increased.
li f. (of bâla-ka) girl.
likera m. cocoa-nut, -tree.
bālhi bâlhi, bāhli m. (?) N. of a country, Balkh: -ka, 1. m. N. of a people (pl.); prince of the Bâlhikas; 2. a. bred in Balkh (horses); -ga, a., -gâta, pp. bred in Balkh (horses).
liśa a. young, childish; silly, foolish; m. fool, blockhead: -tâ, f., -tva, n., (is)-ya, n. childishness, folly.
maṇḍali f. group, crowd; -ita, den. pp. rounded, curled; -in, a. form ing a circle or ring; ruling a country: with vâta, m. whirlwind.
libhaṅga m. bursting of a dyke.
matalli f. --°ree; paragon of a, splendid, excellent; -î, f. id.
madhulih a. having licked the honey from (--°ree;); m. (honey-licker), bee; -vat, ad. like honey; -vana, n. Honey-forest (N. of Sugrîva's forest); forest of the demon Madhu on the Yamunâ, whereSatrughna founded Mathurâ; -vâra, m. pl. (turns of drink), carousal, drinking-bout; -vidvish, m. ep. of Vishnu or Krishna; (mádhu)-vrata, a. addicted to sweetness (RV.1); m. bee: î, f. female bee; -vrata-pati, m. king of bees= queen-bee; -sarkarâ, f. honey-sugar; -sish- ta, n. (remainder of honey), wax; -sesha, n. id.; -skút, a. distilling or flowing with sweetness; -srî, f. glory of spring (personified).
malli f. kind of jasmine (Jas minum Sambac: both flower and plant); earthen vessel of a particular shape (Pr.).
malinīkaraṇa n. soiling, sul lying; action causing impurity: î-ya, a. rendering impure; -kri, soil, dirty; defile; obscure, eclipse; -bhû, become dirty; be come obscured, disappear.
maliniman m. blackness; baseness, wickedness.
malinavasana n. soiled gar ment (in token of grief); -½âtman, a. spotted (moon); impure-minded.
malinaya den. P. soil, stain, sully (also fig.): pp. ita, soiled.
malina a. dirty, foul, turbid, soiled, stained; unclean, impure, sullied; beclouded (intellect); dark-coloured, dark grey, black; (â, f.) menstruating; n. baseness, wicked ness: -tâ, f. dirtiness, uncleanliness; -tva, n. blackness; wickedness; -manas, a. im pure-minded.
mallinātha m. N. of a poet and celebrated commentator (prob. fourteenth or fifteenth century), called Kolâkala, who wrote commentaries on Kâlidâsa's three works Raghuvamsa, Kumârasambhava, and Me ghadûta, as well as the Kirâtârgunîya and Sisupâlavadha.
mallikākhya m. kind of goose; -½arguna, m. a form of Siva; n. N. of a Li&ndot;ga sacred to Siva.
māṇḍalika a. ruling a province; m. ruler of a province.
māṅgalika a. (î) anxious for an auspicious issue; conducive to or. indica tive of good fortune; n. (?) auspicious object, amulet; -ikâ, f. N.; -ik-ya, n. (?) amulet.
mātalin m. (only nm. -î; suffix -in is otherwise almost invariably accented) N. of a divine being abiding with Yama and the Fathers.
mātali m. N. of Indra's charioteer: -sârathi, m. (having Mâtali for his cha rioteer), ep. of Indra.
linya n. [fr. malina] dirtiness, impurity; blackness; troubled or shamefaced appearance.
li a. --°ree;=mâlin; -ika, m. gar land-maker, florist, gardener; -ikâ, f. gar land; necklace; row, series; -ita, den. pp. wreathed or surrounded with (--°ree;); -in, a. wreathed, with (in.); gnly.--°ree;, having a gar land of, wearing a necklace of, encircled by; m. garland-maker, florist, gardener: -î, f. wife of a florist or gardener; N. of a celestial virgin; N.; N. of a town and of various rivers.
milinda m. bee: -ka, m. kind of snake.
mukulin a. having buds, blos soming.
mulālin m. or -&isharp;, f. edible lotus root (AV.1).
musalin a. holding a club in his hand; m. ep. of Baladeva; -î-bhû, become a club.
lika a. original; -ikâ, f. magical root; -ín, a. having a root.
mṛṇāli f. lotus plant; group of lotuses.
mṛṇāli f. fibrous root of the lotus: -pelava, a. tender as lotus fibres, -ma ya, a. consisting of lotus roots.
mekhalin a. wearing a girdle; wearing a girdle of or which (--°ree;); m. Brâh man pupil, religious student, Brahmakârin.
mailinda m. bee.
maukuli m. crow.
maulipṛṣṭha n. crown of the head; -bandha, m. diadem; -mandana, n. head-ornament: -mâlikâ, f. wreath worn on the head; -mâlâ, -mâlikâ, f. id.; -mukuta, m. diadem.
maulika a. [fr. mûla] derived from the root, original; inferior, of low origin; m. digger or vendor of roots: pl. N. of a people; -in, a. [fr. mauli] being at the head, chief; transcendant; wearing a diadem.
mauli m. head; top, summit; m. f. diadem: maulau ni-dhâ, place on the head, receive respectfully.
lalitāṅgī f. fair woman; -½âdi tya, m. N. of a prince of Cashmere: -pura, n. N. of a city founded by him; -½âpîda, m. N. of a prince of Cashmere.
lalita pp. quivering, tremulous; artless, naive, innocent; lovely, charming, beautiful; desired, liked; pleasing, agree able; n. sport; natural, artless act; artless ness, grace, charm; beauty, splendour: -pa da, a. consisting of sweet words, pleasingly composed; -lalita, pp. extremely lovely; -lokana, a. fair-eyed: â, f. N. of a fairy; -vistara, m. detailed description of the art less acts of Sâkyamuni, T. of a Buddhistic Sûtra.
lāṅgali f. N. of a plant (Methonica superba); -in, m. (bearing a plough), ep. of Balarâma.
lin a. fondling, coaxing; -ya, fp. to be fondled or coaxed.
litya n. [fr. lalita] loveliness, grace, charm.
lita cs. pp. √ lal: -ka, m. favour ite, darling, pet.
lulita pp.; n. motion.
lelihāna pr. pt. intv. √ lih; m. serpent.
valina a. wrinkled, shrivelled; -bha, a. id.; -mat, a. id.
valita pp. (√ val) bent round, etc.
valli valli f. creeper (often fig. of arms, brows, lightning, etc.): i-kâ, f. dim. of id.; i-mat, a. having a creeper (--°ree;).
vahaṃliha a. licking the shoulder.
lin m. (having a tail), N. of a monkey, brother of Sugrîva and son of Indra.
lita pp. of pâlaya.
valkalin a. yielding bark (branch); wearing a garment made of bark.
vimaliman m. pureness, clear ness; -mastak-ita, den. pp. beheaded.
viralita pp. placed far apart (in a-); -î-kri, disperse; thin (a wood); -î bhûta, pp. become very rare.
viliṅga a. of different gender; -lipta, pp. √ lip; -luthita, pp. √ luth; n. wal lowing; -lunthana, n. plundering, stealing; -lupya, fp. destructible (only a-); -lumpaka, m. robber; destroyer.
viṣphuliṅga m. spark.
vaikālika n. (occurring in the evening: vikâla), evening devotion or meal.
vaitālika m. [vi-tâla] bard, pane gyrist of a king (whose duty it is also to pro claim the hour of day): -vrata, n. duty of a bard.
vailiṅgya n. [vili&ndot;ga] lack of dis tinctive marks.
śabalita pp. den. variegated; -i-man, m. variegated appearance; -î-kri, variegate.
śalkalin a. having scales, scaly.
śaṣkuli f. auditory passage, orifice of the ear; kind of pastry.
śāṅkhalikhita a. composed by Sa&ndot;kha and Likhita.
śālin a. (possessing a house), --°ree;, abundantly provided with, possessed or full of, versed in, distinguished by or for: -î, f. N.
śāli f. possession of (--°ree;); -tva, n. id. (--°ree;).
śāli m. (sg. & pl.) rice (and similar kinds of grain); civet cat (rare): -kana, m. grain of rice; -kedâra, m. rice-field; -kshe tra, n. id.; -gopî, f. female watcher of a rice-field; -kûrna, n. rice-flour; -tandula,m. grain of rice.
śālibhavana n. rice-field; -bhû, f. id.; -vâhana, m. (rice-bearer), N. of a king, adversary of Vikramâditya, the date of his birth, 78 a. d., being the beginning of the Saka era; -samrakshikâ, f.female guardian of a rice-field; -hotra, m. poetical N. of the horse (receiving offerings of=fed on, rice); N. of a Rishi, regarded as the first authority on the horse; n. Sâlihotra's work on the horse: -gña, a. familiar with --.
śilikākoṣṭha m. N. of a mountain village.
kiliñja m. mat.
śīlin a. honourable, moral (per son); --°ree; (=sîla) habituated to, practising, etc.
śukliman m. whiteness, white colour.
śūlin a. armed with a spear; suf fering from colic (rare).
śailāli m. pat. (fr. silâlin) of a teacher: -n, m. pl. school of Silâlin; i-yu van, m. dancer, actor.
śyāmalita den. pp. darkened, obscured; -i-man, m. blackness, darkness; -î-kri, darken, obscure.
śliṣṭaparaṃparitarūpaka n. continuous chain of ambiguities (a kind of metaphor); -rûpaka, n. ambiguity as a metaphor; -½âkshepa, m. expression of dissatisfaction by means of equivocation (rh.); -½ukti, f. ambiguous expression.
sakalika a. provided with buds; -kala½indu, m. full moon; -kalpa, a. includ ing the Kalpas (sacrificial Sûtras); -kasmîra, a. together with Cashmere; -kashâya, a. dominated by passion; -kâkola,a. together with the hell Kâkola; -kâtara, a. cowardly, dastardly; (sá)-kâma, a. satisfying desires (rare); having one's wish fulfilled, satisfied; consenting, willing (girl); desiring (--°ree;); full of love, enamoured; amorous (speech); -kâra, 1. m. letter s; a. incorr. for sâkâra; 2. a. ac tive, courageous; -kârana-ka, a. (ikâ) due to a specific cause; -kâsa, m. (visibleness), pre sence, vicinity: ac. -m, to (gnly. a prs.; w. vbs. of coming, going, taking, or sending); lc. in the presence of, before, near; ab. or -tas, from (come, go, be produced, deprive of, be freed from, hear, ask, buy; w. g. or --°ree;); -kâ shâya, a. wearing a brownish-red garment; -kutumba, a.together with his family; -kutûhala, a. impelled by curiosity: -m, ad. with curiosity; -kula, a. along with his family; m.=nakula, ichneumon (as a pun): -ga, a. belonging to the same family as (g.); -kulya, a. id.; m.relation; -kusa, a. hold ing Kusa grass in one's hand; -kusu ma½âstarana, a. strewn with flowers.
samallikākṣa a. with their white spots on their eyes (horses).
salila a. [√ sri] V.: surging, flow ing, fluctuating; n. flood, surge; C.: sg. pl. water; rain (rare); tears (rare): -m kri or dâ, offer the libation of water to a deceased person (g.): -kara, m. aquatic animal: -ket ana, m. god of love; -ga, a. produced or living in water; m. aquatic animal; shell; -da, m. cloud; -dhara, m. id.; -nidhi, m. ocean; -pavana½âsin, a. subsisting on water or air only; -bhara, m. (volume of water), lake; -maya, a. consisting of water; -muk, m. cloud; -râsi, m. ocean; -saraka, m. n. bowl of water; -stambhin, a. bringing the water to a standstill; -sthala-kara, m. (living in water and on land), amphibious animal; -½âkara, m. volume of water; ocean; -½añgali, m. two handfuls of water (as a libation to the Manes); -½âsaya, m. reservoir of water, pond, lake; -½udbhava, a. produced in water; m. shell; n. lotus.
sīmaliṅga n. landmark.
valguli f. box, chest.
saikāvali a. (î) having a necklace of a single string of pearls.
sthalotpali f. land lotus (Hibiscus mutabilis); -½okas, m. animal living on dry land.
sphuliṅgāya den. Â. resemble or burn like sparks.
sphuliṅga m. [darting, glittering: √ sphul=√ sphur] spark: -ka, m. id.; -vat, a. scattering sparks.
halin m. ploughman, agriculturist; ep. of Balarâma (± râma).
hali m. large plough (in sata-).
lika m. [hala] ploughman.
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
266 results40 results
libujā In the Rigveda and later denotes a creeping plant that climbs trees.
aliklava is a kind of carrion bird mentioned in the Athar­vaveda
alina is the name of a people mentioned once only in the Rigveda. Roth thought that the Alinas were allies—possibly a subdivision—of the Trtsus. Ludwig3 more probably thinks that they were defeated by Sudās, together with the Pakthas, Bhalānas, Sivas, and Visānins, with whom they are mentioned, at the Parusnī; and Zimmer suggests that they lived to the north-east of Kafiristan.
ākuli This mythical priest plays, together with Kirāta, a part in the later tale of Asamāti and the Gaupāyanas.
āli Is the name of a kind of serpent in the Atharvaveda. Cf. Vilig-I
kali See Aksa.
kali Occurs in the Rigveda, twice in the singular as the name of a protśge of the Aśvins, and once in the plural. The persons meant in the latter passage seem to be different from the former one. The Kalis are once mentioned in the Atharvaveda beside the Gandharvas.
kuliśa ‘ axe,’ is mentioned in the Rigveda as used for the making of chariots,and also in warfare, while the Atharvaveda refers to its employment in cutting down trees.
kaulitara Is mentioned in the Rigveda as a Dāsa. Appar­ently the name is an epithet of Sambara, meaning ‘ son of Kulitara’: this points to Sambara having been a terrestrial foe, and not a mere demon.
khārgali Descendant of Khargalā or Khrgala,’ is the metronymic or patronymic of Luśākapi.
jitvan śailini Is the name of a teacher in the Brhadāranyaka Upanisad, a contemporary of Janaka and Yājñavalkya. He held that speech (vāc) was Brahman.
turyavah (masculine) ‘A four-year-old ox or cow,’ is mentioned in the later Samhitās.
tauvili Occurring once in a hymn of the Atharvaveda, is a word of quite uncertain sense. Roth thinks it means some kind of beast; Zimmer and Whitney regard it as a sort of plant; Sāyana explains it as a disease-causing demon, while Bloomfield leaves the sense doubtful.
devamalimluc Robber of the gods,’ is the epithet of Rahasya, who is said in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmana to have slain the pious Vaikhānasas at Munimarana (‘ saint’s death ’). He was apparently an Asura, but may have been a real person.
palita ‘Grey-haired,’ occurs frequently from the Rigveda onwards. It is the distinctive sign of old age. Those who, like certain descendants of Jamadagni, do not grow old, are said not to become grey-haired, while Bharadvāja is described as having in his old age become thin and grey-haired. The Satapatha Brāhmana in one passage observes that grey hairs appear first on the head, and elsewhere alludes to the hair on the arms having become grey.
palligupta lauhitya ('Descendant of Lohita’) is mentioned in a Vamśa (‘list of teachers’) in the Jaiminīya Upanisad Brāhmana as a pupil of śyāmajayanta Lauhitya. The name is obviously a late one, for Palli is not found in the early literature, and the name of the Lauhitya family is otherwise known in post-Vedic works only.
pipīli In the Atharvaveda and later denotes an ‘ant/ the form of the word referring doubtless not so much to the small species of ant, as it is taken in the later lexicons, but rather to the insect’s tiny size, which would naturally be expressed by a diminutive formation of the name. The form Pipīlaka is found in the Chāndogya Upanisad.
pulinda Is the name of an outcast tribe mentioned with the Andhras in the Aitareya Brāhmana, but no| in the śānkhā- yana śrauta Sūtra, in connexion with the stay of śunahśepa. The Pulindas again appear associated with tie Andhras in the time of Aśoka.
pravāhaṇa jaivali (‘Descendant of Jīvala ’) is the name of a prince, contemporary with Uddālaka, who appears in the Upaniṣads as engaged in philosophical discussions. He is probably identical with the Jaivali of the Jaiminiya Upanisad Brāhmana.
bali Occurs several times in the Rigveda and often later in the sense of tribute to a king or offering to a god. Zimmer thinks that the offerings were in both cases voluntary. He compares the notices of the Germans in Tacitus, where the kings of the tribes are said to receive gifts in kind as presents, but not a regular tribute. There seems to be no ground what­ever for this view. No doubt in origin the prerogatives of monarchy were due to voluntary action on the part of the tribesmen, but that the Vedic peoples, who were essentially a body of conquering invaders, were in this state is most improbable, and the attitude of the Vedic Indian to his gods was at least as compatible with tribute as with voluntary gifts. Zimmer admits that in the case of hostile tribes tribute must be meant even in the Rigveda. See also Rājan.
malimlu In the Yajurveda Samhitā denotes a ‘robber,’ specifically, according to the commentator Mahīdhara, a burglar or housebreaker. Cf Tāyu, Taskara, Stena, and Deva-malimluc.
malimluca Is the name of an intercalary month in the Kāthaka Samhitā. See Māsa.
mulālin (Masc.) or Mulālī (fem.) is the name of some part of an edible lotus (perhaps the Nymphaea esculenta) in the Atharvaveda.
rahasyu devamalimluc Is the name, in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmaṇa, of a mythical person who at Munimaraṇa slew the saintly Vaikhānases.
luśākapi khārgali (‘Descendant of Khṛgala ’) is mentioned in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmaṇa as having cursed Kuçītaka and the Kauṣītakins. He was a contemporary of Keśin Dālbhya according to the Kāthaka Samhitā.
vārkali ‘Descendant of Vṛkalā,’ is the metronymic of a teacher in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. The name in the form
liśikhāyani Is the name of a teacher in the śāṅkhāyana Araṇyaka.
viklindu Is the name of a disease in the Atharvaveda. Bloomfield suggests ‘ catarrh.’
vili Denotes a kind of snake in the Atharvaveda
viliṣṭabheṣaja In the Atharvaveda (Paippalāda, xx. 5, 2) denotes a remedy for a dislocation or a sprain.
viṣphuliṅgra Denotes a ‘spark’ of fire in the Upaniṣads.
śalali Denotes the 'quill' of the porcupine, used for parting the hair and anointing the eyes.
śalmali Is the name of the ‘silk cotton tree’ (Salmalia Mala- barica). Its fruit is regarded as poisonous in the Rigveda, but the car of the bridal procession is made of its wood. It is described as the tallest of trees.
śāli A later word for ‘rice,’ is conjectured by Roth to be the equivalent of śāri in the word śāriśākā in the Atharvaveda.
sailāli ‘Descendant of śilālin,’ is the name of a ritual teacher in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. A śailāli Brāhmaṇa is mentioned in the Apastamba śrauta Sūtra, and the school of the śailālins often occurs in the śūtras.
śailina ‘Descendant of śilina,’ is the patronymic of Jitvan in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. Perhaps Sailana should be compared.
saṃśliṣṭakā Is the name of an animal mentioned in the Jaiminiya Brāhmaṇa and the śātyāyanaka along with the Godhā.
salilavāta Occurs in the Yajurveda Samhitās as an adjec­tive meaning ‘favoured with a wind from the water.’ It probably refers to the wind from the ocean, the south-west monsoon.
halikṣṇa Is mentioned as one of the victims at the Aśvamedha (‘horse sacrifice’) in the Yajurveda Samhitās. The commentator Mahīdhara thinks that it is a kind of lion, Sāyaṇa that a green Cataka bird or a lion (trna-hiψsa)δ is meant. In the Atharvaveda Halīkṣṇa seems to be some par­ticular intestine, but Weber thinks it may mean ‘gall.’
liṅgava ‘Descendant of Haliiigu,’ is the name of a teacher in the śatapatha Brāhmana.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
266 results40 results324 results
āśā limpantī pradiśaś catasraḥ AVP.9.16.3b.
tenāpi lihna īyate AVP.13.4.1c.
aṃśunā te aṃśuḥ # VS.20.27a; TS.1.2.6.1a. Ps: aṃśunā te aṃśuḥ pṛcyatām Apś.10.24.5; aṃśunā te Kś.19.1.21. (Mahīdh., anuṣṭubh, but pṛcyatām is enclitic).
akāmo dhīro amṛtaḥ svayaṃbhūḥ # AVś.10.8.44a. Designated as ātman, CūlikāU.12.
akūpāraḥ salilo mātariśvā # RV.10.109.1b; AVś.5.17.1b; AVP.9.15.1b.
akṣayya # śG.4.2.5; 4.12; YDh.1.242,251. Cf. Karmap.1.4.7. Rāmacandra's Paddhati to śG.4.2.5: adogotrasyāsmatpitur amuṣyāsmiñ chrāddhe yad dattaṃ tad akṣayyam astu. In Mahābh.13.23.36 akṣayyam is the felicitation to a vaiśya.
akṣaraśaḥ paccho 'mṛtaṃ lihānāḥ # JB.2.73a.
akṣāṇāṃ gaṇam upalipsamānāḥ # AVś.6.118.1b. See prec. two.
akṣitaṃ vyacyamānaṃ salilasya pṛṣṭhe # AVP.5.40.8b. See vyacyamānaṃ.
agnaye balimate svāhā # TB.3.12.2.7.
aghamarṣaṇam (sc. sūktam), designation of the hymn # RV.10.190 (ṛtaṃ ca satyaṃ cābhīddhāt); HG.2.18.9; GDh.19.12; 24.10,12; BDh.2.5.8.11; 10.17.37; 3.4.5; 5.2; 10.10; 4.2.7,15; 3.8; 4.2; ViDh.22.10,63; 46.5; 51.25; 55.4,7; 56.3; 64.19; VāDh.22.9; 23.19,23; 26.8; 28.11; MDh.11.260; YDh.3.302; LAtDh.2.8; 3.11; and p. 6, l. 7; VAtDh.2.8; 3.11; and p. 52 (bis), lines 12 and 13; LHDh.4.32; VHDh.4.30; 7.74; 8.7; Rvidh.4.23.5; Karmap.2.1.9; BṛhPDh.2.54,55; LVyāsaDh.2.21,25; śaṅkhaDh.8.10,13; 10.2; 11.1; 18.1,2; Mahābh.3.263.29.
ajaiṣaṃ tvā saṃlikhitam # AVś.7.50.5a.
añjasī kuliśī vīrapatnī # RV.1.104.4c.
ati kālikaraudrasya # RVKh.7.55.6a.
atrāta indraḥ kevalīḥ # AVP.3.1.8c. See under athā na indra id.
atho ta indraḥ kevalīḥ # RV.10.173.6c. See under athā na indra id.
adanti tvā pipīlikāḥ # AVś.7.56.7a; AVP.1.48.4a.
adityai sumṛḍīkāyai (VSK. sumṛlīkāyai) svāhā # VS.22.20; VSK.24.26--28; TS.7.3.15.1; MS.3.12.5: 162.2; KSA.3.5; śB.13.1.8.4; TB.3.8.11.2.
adurmaṅgalīḥ (AVś. -lī) patilokam ā viśa (AVś. viśemam) # RV.10.85.43c; AVś.14.2.40c; SMB.1.2.18c; ApMB.1.11.5c; JG.1.21c.
anaḍvān dādhāra pṛthivīm uta dyām (AVP. pṛthivīṃ dyām utāmūm) # AVś.4.11.1a; AVP.3.25.1a. P: anaḍvān Kauś.66.12. Cf. indro dādhāra, mitro dādhāra, sa dādhāra, and skambho dādhāra. Designated as anaḍvān, CūlikāU.11.
anu no mārṣṭu (VSṭS.śBṭA. anu mārṣṭu) tanvo (TS. tanuvo) yad viriṣṭam (VSṭS.KS.śBṭA.KA.śś. viliṣṭam) # AVś.6.53.3d; VS.2.24d; 8.14d; TS.1.4.44.2d; MS.1.3.38d: 44.9; 4.14.17d: 247.5; KS.4.12d; śB.1.9.3.6d; 4.4.3.14d; 4.8d; TA.2.4.1d; KA.1.198.4d; śś.4.11.6d.
antarikṣaṃ purītatā (TS. puritatā; KS. pulitatā; MS. pulītatā) # VS.25.8; VSK.27.11; TS.5.7.16.1; MS.3.15.7: 179.12; KSA.13.6.
antar dadhe 'haṃ salilena vācaḥ # AVś.17.1.29d.
anyebhyo 'pi kāmebhyaḥ punar api na tūllikhāmi # ā.5.1.4.6.
apa śīrṣaṇyaṃ likhāt # AVś.14.2.68c.
apraketaṃ salilaṃ sarvam ā idam # RV.10.129.3b; TB.2.8.9.4b.
abalena balīyase # AVś.3.29.3e.
abdaivatam (sc. sūktam), abliṅgam (sc. sūktam), and abliṅgāḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) # designations of the three stanzas, āpo hi ṣṭhā mayobhuvaḥ (q.v.) GDh.25.7; ViDh.56.16; BDh.2.4.7.2; 10.17.37; 3.2.7; 4.2.13; VāDh.28.13; MDh.8.106; 11.133; YDh.1.24; LAtDh.3.14; VAtDh.3.14; Karmap.2.1.5.
abhibhūḥsauryadivyānāṃ sarpāṇām adhipataye svāhā (also adhipate 'vanenikṣva, adhipata eṣa te baliḥ, and adhipate pralikhasva) # PG.2.14.9,12,14,16.
amīmṛṇan vasavo nāthitā ime # AVś.3.1.2c. See prec., and cf. SBE. xlī, p. 326.
amuṃ yaja # Kś.1.9.15; Apś.2.18.3. Comm., agniṃ yaja, somaṃ yaja, and the like.
amuṃ tarpayāmy amuṃ tarpayāmi # HG.2.20.4,7. Cf. agniṃ tarpayāmi and the like.
amuṣmā anubrūhi # Apś.2.18.3. Cf. agnaye 'nubrūhi, and the like.
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # śB.1.3.2.6. Cf. agnaye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi, and the like.
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # AG.1.10.6; GG.1.7.3; KhG.2.1.9. Cf. agnaye juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi, and the like.
amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # AG.1.10.7; 11.3. P: amuṣmai tvā juṣṭam Kauś.2.5. Cf. agnaye tvā etc., and the like.
ambe ambike 'mbālike # VS.23.18a; śB.13.2.8.3; ambe ambāly ambike TS.7.4.19.1a,2a (bis),3a (bis); KSA.4.8a (bis); TB.3.9.6.3; Apś.20.17.12,17; 18.4; amby ambike ambālike MS.3.12.20a: 166.9. Ps: amby ambike Mś.9.2.4.12; ambe KSA.4.8 (ter); Kś.20.6.12.
ayaṃ kaliṃ patayantam # ApMB.2.13.7a (ApG.6.15.6).
ayaṃ balir va āhutaḥ # AVś.11.10.5c.
aryamṇaḥ kumbhī śatruḥ pātrapāṇir nipuṇiḥ svāhā (JB. -puṇahā, without svāhā) # HG.2.3.7; JG.1.8. See under ālikhann animiṣaḥ.
alābuvīṇā piśīlī ca # Lś.4.2.4a.
aliklavebhyo gṛdhrebhyaḥ # AVś.11.2.2b. In reality the pāda should read, aliklavebhyo gṛdhrebhyo ye ca kṛṣṇāḥ; the last word of the hemistich, aviṣyavaḥ, goes over to the second hemistich: see aviṣyavo.
avir āsīt pilippilā # VS.23.12c,54c; TS.7.4.18.1d; MS.3.12.19c: 166.7; KSA.4.7c.
aviṣyavo makṣikās te paśupate # AVś.11.2.2c, in correct division. See under aliklavebhyo. The published texts print with the mss., makṣikās etc., as pāda d.
aśiślikṣuṃ śiślikṣate # AVś.20.134.6b. See chlilīpu.
aśrathnan dṛḍhāvradanta vīḍitā # RV.2.24.3b. Fragment: avradanta vīlitā N.5.16.
aśrīraṃ (TB. aślīlaṃ) cit kṛṇuthā (TB. -thāt, comm. and Poona ed. text -thā) supratīkam # RV.6.28.6b; AVś.4.21.6b; TB.2.8.8.12b.
aśrīrā (AVś.ApMB. aślīlā) tanūr bhavati # RV.10.85.30a; AVś.14.1.27a; ApMB.1.17.8a (ApG.3.9.11).
aślīlaṃ etc., and aślīlā etc. # see aśrīraṃ etc., and aśrīrā.
aśvaṃ jajñānaṃ sarirasya (MS. salilasya) madhye # VS.13.42b; TS.4.2.10.1b; MS.2.7.17b: 102.2; KS.16.17b; śB.7.5.2.18.
asāv abhyaṅkṣvāsāv aṅkṣva # Aś.2.7.5. See abhyaṅkṣvāsau, aṅkṣvāsau, āṅkṣvāsāv, and āñjasvānulimpasva.
asmākaṃ kevalīr asan # TS.3.2.8.6d.
asmai rāṣṭrāya balim anye harantu # AVP.10.4.3c.
asya vāmasya palitasya hotuḥ # RV.1.164.1a; AVś.9.9.1a; ā.1.5.3.7; 5.3.2.14; śś.18.22.7; N.4.26a. P: asya vāmasya Kauś.18.25. Cf. BṛhD.4.32 (B). Designated as asya-vāmīya (sc. sūkta) VāDh.26.6; MDh.11.251; VAtDh.2.5; VHDh.5.129,156,166,376,442,449; 6.44,439; Rvidh.1.26.2; BṛhD.4.31; as palita CūlikāU.11; as salilaṃ vaiśvadevam śś.18.22.7.
ahar-ahar aprayāvaṃ bharantaḥ # VS.11.75a; śB.6.6.3.8; 4.2. P: ahar-ahaḥ Kś.16.4.40; 6.4. See ahar-ahar balim, rātriṃ-rātrim apra-, rātrīṃ-rātrīm apra-, and viśvāhā te.
ahar-ahar balim it te harantaḥ # AVś.19.55.7a. See under ahar-ahar apra-.
ahuto balikarmaṇā # śG.1.10.7b.
āgneyapāṇḍupārthivānāṃ sarpāṇām adhipata eṣa te baliḥ # PG.2.14.14; ... adhipataye svāhā 2.14.9; ... adhipate pralikhasva 2.14.16; ... adhipate 'vanenikṣva 2.14.12.
āditya vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi (vrataṃ cariṣyāmi is implied in all texts but JG.) # TB.3.7.4.7; TA.4.41.4; Apś.4.3.2; HG.1.7.8; JG.1.12. See sūrya vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi.
āntrāṇi sthālīr (KSṭB. sthālī) madhu pinvamānāḥ (KSṭB. pinvamānā) # VS.19.86a; MS.3.11.9a: 153.13; KS.38.3a; TB.2.6.4.3a.
āntrīmukhaḥ sarṣapāruṇo naśyatād itaḥ svāhā # HG.2.3.7; JG.1.8. See under ālikhann animiṣaḥ.
ā parjanyasya vṛṣṭyā(ḥ) # AVś.3.31.11a; cf. ZDMG. xlīi. 684. See ut parjanyasya.
āptas tubhyaṃ sa balihṛtyāya tiṣṭhatu # AVP.4.27.6d.
ā me śṛṇutāsitā alīkāḥ # AVś.5.13.5b; AVP.8.2.5b.
āyobhavyāya catuṣpadī # śG.1.14.6. See catvāri māyo-, māyo-, and rāyaspoṣāya tvā (sumaṅgali etc.).
āliki ca vili pitā # AVP.8.2.6a. See āligī ca.
ālikhan vilikhann animiṣan kiṃvadanta upaśrutiḥ svāhā (JB. omits svāhā) # HG.2.3.7; JG.1.8. See prec.
āli ca viligī ca # AVś.5.13.7a. See āliki ca.
āśānām āśāpālebhyaḥ (TB.Apś. āśānāṃ tvāśā-) # AVś.1.31.1a; AVP.1.22.1a; TB.2.5.3.3a; 3.7.5.8a; Aś.2.10.18a; Apś.4.11.1a; 7.16.7. Ps: āśānāṃ tvā TB.3.7.8.3; 12.1.1; Apś.9.18.8; āśānām Kauś.64.1; 127.6. Designated as āśāpālīya (sc. sūkta) Vait.36.20; Kauś.38.11.
āsthāyā yāhi no balim # TA.1.31.1d.
āhataṃ paso nicalcalīti # MS.3.13.1c: 168.4. See under prec.
idaṃ kṣatraṃ salilavātam (AVP. erroneously salilāvatam) ugram # AVP.15.1.6d; TS.4.4.12.3d; MS.3.16.4d: 188.9; KS.22.14d; Aś.4.12.2d.
idaṃ janā upa śruta # AVś.20.127.1a; GB.2.6.12; Aś.8.3.10a; śś.12.14.1.1a; Vait.32.19. Cf. AB.6.32.3 ff.; KB.30.5. Designated as kuntāpa-hymns throughout the literature: see the lexicons, s.v.
idam ahaṃ yo mā diśām antardeśebhyaḥ (etc., like the following, understood) # Kauś.49.9.
indrāṇīṃ plīhnā # TS.5.7.16.1; KSA.13.6. Cf. upalān.
indrāpāsya phaligam # ApMB.2.22.3c. See indrāyayāsya.
indrāyayāsya śepham alīkam anyebhyaḥ puruṣebhyo 'nyatra mat # HG.1.14.7. See indrāpāsya.
indreṇa varuṇena candreṇa sūryeṇa ca # AVP.1.4.2a. Probably not a verse, but a gloss listing four ūhas to be applied to the word parjanyaṃ in pāda b of the preceding stanza (see Zehnder's edition of kāṇḍa 2, p. 253).
imā diśo (AVP. viśo) abhi harantu te balim # AVś.19.45.4d; AVP.15.4.4d.
imā viśo abhi harantu te balim # see imā diśo etc.
iyaṃ sthālī ghṛtasya (Apś.4.11.3a, sthāly amṛtasya) pūrṇā # TB.3.7.6.11a; Apś.4.7.2a; 11.3a.
iluvardāya svāhā # TB.3.8.20.5; Apś.20.21.6. See alivandāya.
iṣa ekapadī # AG.1.7.19; śG.1.14.6. See iṣe tvā sumaṅgali, and ekam iṣe.
iṣe tvā sumaṅgali prajāvati susīme # Kauś.76.23. See under iṣa ekapadī.
īḍitaṃ (VSK. īlitaṃ) vṛtrahantamam # VS.28.26b; VSK.30.26b; TB.2.6.17.2b.
īḍito jātavedā ayam # see īlito etc.
īḍito (VSK. īlito) devair harivāṃ abhiṣṭiḥ # VS.20.38a; VSK.22.38a; TB.2.6.8.1a. See iḍito etc.
īḍiṣvā hi pratīvyam (SV. -vyā3m) # RV.8.23.1a; SV.1.103a. P: īḍiṣvā (śś. īliṣvā) hi Aś.4.13.7; śś.6.4.9. Cf. BṛhD.6.63.
īḍiṣvā (JB. īliṣvā) hi mahe (Apś. mahī) vṛṣan # SV.1.93c; JB.3.271c; Apś.16.7.3c.
īrmāntāsaḥ silikamadhyamāsaḥ # RV.1.163.10a; VS.29.21a; TS.4.6.7.4a; KSA.6.3a; N.4.13a. Cf. BṛhD.4.27.
ucchiṣṭe nāma rūpaṃ ca # AVś.11.7.1a. Designated as ucchiṣṭa, CūlikāU.11.
uta tretāṃ parā kalim # AVP.1.49.4b.
uta dāsaṃ kaulitaram # RV.4.30.14a.
utāsminn alpa udake nilīnaḥ (AVP. namuktaḥ ?) # AVś.4.16.3d; AVP.5.32.3d.
uttānāyā (TS. uttānāyai) hṛdayaṃ yad vikastam (TS. viliṣṭam) # VS.11.39b; TS.4.1.4.1b; MS.2.7.4b: 78.7; KS.16.4b; śB.6.4.3.4.
utsṛṣṭo baliḥ # PG.3.2.5.
ud ehi vājin yo apsv (TB. yo asy apsv) antaḥ # AVś.13.1.1a; TB.2.5.2.1a. P: ud ehi vājin Kauś.49.18. Designated as rohitaḥ CūlikāU.11; as rohitāni (sc. sūktāni) AVś.19.23.23; Kauś.99.4.
upa kāmadughā dadhe # TB.3.12.6.1d (bis),2d (ter),3d (quater),4d (ter),5d (ter),6d (ter); 7.1d (bis),2d (ter),3d (quater),4d (ter),5d (ter); 8.1d (bis),2d (ter),3d (quater). All except the first and last time in each of the three chapters are galita.
upamaṅkṣyati syā (śś. -maṅkṣye 'haṃ) salilasya madhye # śB.13.7.1.15; śś.16.16.3c. See nimaṅkṣye.
upalān plīhnā # VS.25.8; MS.3.15.7: 179.14. Cf. indrāṇīṃ plīhnā.
ulo halikṣṇo vṛṣadaṃśas te dhātre (KSA. dhātuḥ) # VS.24.31; MS.3.14.12: 174.11; KSA.7.2. See ūlo.
uśatī nāmāsi salindā nāma # AVP.15.23.7.
uṣṇe lohe na līpsethāḥ # AVś.20.134.5b.
ūrubhyo niśliṣo ghorān # SMB.2.5.4c.
ūrjīva phalinī bhava # śG.1.22.10b; SMB.1.5.1b; PG.1.15.6b.
ūrje tvā (sc. sumaṅgali prajāvati susīme) # Kauś.76.24. See ūrje dvipadī, and dve ūrje.
ūrje dvipadī # AG.1.7.19; śG.1.14.6. See under ūrje tvā (sc. sumaṅgali etc.).
ūlo halīkṣṇo vṛṣadaṃśas te dhātuḥ # TS.5.5.12.1. See ulo.
ṛkṣagrīvaṃ pramīlinam # AVś.8.6.2d.
ṛkṣo jatūḥ suṣilīkā (MS. śuśulūkā) ta itarajanānām # VS.24.36; MS.3.14.17: 176.4.
ṛtaṃ satyaṃ vijigyānaṃ vivācanam anto vāco vibhuḥ sarvasmād uttaraṃ jyotir ūdhar aprativādaḥ pūrvaṃ sarvaṃ vāk parāg arvāk sapru salilaṃ dhenu pinvati # ā.5.3.2.1.
ekā ca me daśa ca me (AVP. omits me) # AVś.5.15.1a; AVP.8.5.1a. P: ekā ca me Kauś.19.1. Designated as madhuliṅgāḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) Kauś.29.15. Cf. ekā ca daśa.
etaṃ sthālīpākaṃ sarvam aśāna # Aś.8.14.5.
etad brahmann upavalhāmasi (Aś. apa-; Lś. upabalihāmahe) tvā # VS.23.51c; Aś.10.9.2c; śś.16.6.3c; Lś.9.10.11c.
enā gṛhāṇa jātavedaḥ # AVś.5.29.14d. Faulty metre: enā is enclitic.
evā tasmai baliṃ harān # AVś.11.4.19c.
eṣāsi śabali tāṃ tvā vidma sā na iṣam ūrjaṃ dhukṣva vasor dhārām # PB.21.3.7; Apś.22.17.10. Cf. prec.
okaḥ kṛṇuṣva salile sadhasthe (TA. kṛṇuṣva parame vyoman) # AVś.18.3.8b; TA.6.4.2b.
oṃ krato smara klībe smara kṛtaṃ smara # VS.40.15; oṃ krato smara kṛtaṃ smara krato smara kṛtaṃ smara VSK.40.17. P: oṃ krato smara klībe smara śB.14.8.3.1.
othā modaiva (and other liturgical variations of form = atha mada eva) # Aś.5.9.4; 8.3.23,24,25,31; śś.12.13.4; 17.2; 19.6; 23.5; 24.6; 26.11; Mś.2.4.2.25; Vait.20.20; 32.18,32; Kś.9.13.29; othā mada iva Apś.12.27.14; 13.13.9,10; othā mo daivom Aś.7.11.15,17; 8.3.11; 4.3; othā modaivo3m Mś.2.4.2.25; othā moda ivom Apś.12.27.15. Cf. jaritar othā, and tathā ha jaritar.
oṃ bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ (BDh. suvaḥ) # GB.1.1.27; TA.1.14.4; 15.1; 16.1; 17.2; 18.1; Mś.11.9.2.5; Kauś.5.13; MG.1.2.3; 4.4,8; 5.2; VārG.8.5,8; BDh.2.10.17.27,37,42. Designated as vyāhṛtayaḥ, or mahāvyāhṛtayaḥ throughout the literature. See bhūr etc.
oṣṭhāpidhānā nakulī # SMB.1.7.15a; GG.3.4.29. P: oṣṭhāpidhānā KhG.3.1.28.
ka eṣāṃ karkariṃ likhat # AVś.20.132.8.
kasminn aṅge tapo asyādhi tiṣṭhati # AVś.10.7.1a. Designated as skambha, CūlikāU.11.
kāmaṃ nu devam # ūha of aryamaṇaṃ nu devam, implied in kāmena MG.1.11.17.
kālo aśvo vahati saptaraśmiḥ # AVś.19.53.1a; AVP.11.8.1a. Designated as kālaḥ CūlikāU.12.
(TSṭB. kiṃ) svid āsīt pilippilā # VS.23.11c,53c; TS.7.4.18.1d; MS.3.12.19c: 166.5; KSA.4.7c; śB.13.2.6.16; TB.3.9.5.3.
kiṃ svid āsīt pilippilā (also piśaṅgilā, and pūrvacittiḥ) # see kā svid etc.
kilāsaṃ ca palitaṃ ca # AVś.1.23.2a; AVP.1.16.2a; TB.2.4.4.1a.
kilāsaṃ palitaṃ ca yat # AVś.1.23.1d; AVP.1.16.1d; TB.2.4.4.1d.
kutas tau jātau katamaḥ so ardhaḥ # AVś.8.9.1a. Designated as salilam CūlikāU.13; as virāj, ibid.
kumārikā piṅgalikā # AVś.20.136.14c.
kulīkā devajāmibhyaḥ # VS.24.24. See devānāṃ patnībhyaḥ pulīkāḥ.
kṛṇomi hṛdayaśriṣam (AVP. -śliṣam) # AVś.6.9.2b; AVP.2.90.3b.
kṛtena kaliṃ śikṣāṇi # AVP.4.9.2c. See ghṛtena kaliṃ.
krīḍī (VSK. krīlī) ca śākī cojjeṣī (Apś. sākī corjiṣī ca) # VS.17.85c; VSK.17.7.7c; Apś.17.16.18c.
klība klībaṃ (AVP. klīva klīvaṃ) tvākaram # AVś.6.138.3a; AVP.1.68.4a.
klībaṃ (AVP. klīvaṃ) kṛdhy opaśinam # AVś.6.138.2a; AVP.1.68.3a.
klībam (AVP. klīvam) opaśinaṃ kṛdhi # AVś.6.138.1d; AVP.1.68.2d.
klīv etc. # see klībetc.
gaṇānnaṃ gaṇikānnaṃ kuṣṭānnaṃ patitānnaṃ bhuktvā vṛṣalībhojanam # MahānU.19.1. Quasi metrical.
gandharvam ugraṃ balinam # JB.2.270a.
gandharvaiḥ kalibhiḥ saha # AVś.10.10.13d.
garbhaṃ dhehi sinīvāli # RV.10.184.2a; AVś.5.25.3a; AVP.12.3.4a; śB.14.9.4.20a; BṛhU.6.4.20a; SMB.1.4.7a; GG.2.5.9; ApMB.1.12.2a (ApG.3.8.13); HG.1.25.1a; MG.2.18.2a; JG.1.22a; PG.1.13a (crit. notes; see Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 19). P: garbhaṃ dhehi KhG.1.4.16.
gavāṃ śleṣmāsi gāvo mayi śliṣyantu # SMB.1.8.3. Ps: gavāṃ śleṣmāsi GG.3.6.3; gavām KhG.3.1.47.
gṛhyābhyo devatābhyo baliṃ nayāmi # JG.1.23.
goṣādīr devānāṃ patnībhyaḥ # VS.24.24. See devānāṃ patnībhyaḥ pulīkāḥ.
gaurīr (AVś. gaur in; TBṭA. gaurī) mimāya salilāni takṣatī # RV.1.164.41a; AVś.9.10.21a; TB.2.4.6.11a; ā.1.5.3.8; TA.1.9.4a; N.11.40a. Cf. BṛhD.4.42 (B).
ghṛtasya jūtiḥ samānā sadeva (AVP. jūtiḥ samanā sadevāḥ) # AVś.19.58.1a; AVP.1.110.1a. Designated as paippalāda-mantrāḥ at the close of Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 8; cf. Hatfield, JAOS. xiv, p. clix.
ghṛtena kaliṃ śikṣāmi # AVś.7.109.1c. See kṛtena kaliṃ.
catasro diśaś catasro 'kuśalīḥ (KS. catasra upadiśaḥ) # MS.1.11.10: 172.3; KS.14.4.
chlilīpu chlilīṣate # śś.12.23.1b. See aśiślikṣuṃ.
jambhair malimlūn agne # AVP.1.42.2a. See daṃṣṭrābhyāṃ etc.
jarā khālatyaṃ pālityam # AVś.11.8.19c.
jyog jīvema balihṛto vayaṃ te # TS.1.6.2.1d; MS.1.4.1d: 47.7; KS.4.14d; Kauś.3.1d; SMB.2.2.13d; MG.2.8.4d.
jvalaṃ jvalitā tapan vitapan saṃtapan # TB.3.10.1.2.
tat satyaṃ yat te 'māvāsyāyāṃ ca paurṇamāsyāṃ ca viṣabaliṃ haranti sarva udarasarpiṇaḥ # ApMB.2.17.4 (ApG.7.18.8).
tat savitur vareṇyam # RV.3.62.10a; SV.2.812a; VS.3.35a; 22.9a; 30.2a; 36.3a; TS.1.5.6.4a; 8.4; 4.1.11.1a; MS.4.10.3a: 149.14; AB.4.32.2; 5.5.6; 13.8; 19.8; KB.23.3; 26.10; GB.1.1.34; DB.3.25a; śB.2.3.4.39a; 13.6.2.9; 14.9.3.11; TA.1.11.2a; 10.27.1a; Tā.10.35a; BṛhU.6.3.11; MahānU.15.2a; MU.6.7a,34; JUB.4.28.1; śvetU.4.18; Aś.7.6.6; 8.1.18; śś.2.10.2; 12.7; 5.5.2; 10.6.17; 9.16; Apś.6.18.1; śG.2.5.12; 7.19; 6.4.8; Kauś.91.6; SMB.1.6.29a (KhG.2.4.21); ApMB.2.4.13 (ApG.4.10.9--12); VārG.5.26; BDh.2.10.17.14a. Ps: tat savituḥ Apś.20.24.6; Mś.5.2.4.43; ApG.4.11.9; MG.1.2.3; 4.4,8; 5.2; tat MDh.2.77; Rvidh.1.12.5. Designated as sāvitrī, or gāyatrī, throughout Vedic and Sanskrit literature. Cf. vedāś.
tapasi krāntaṃ salilasya pṛṣṭhe # AVś.10.7.38b.
tam adrivaḥ phaligaṃ hetim asya # RV.1.121.10b.
tam anaṅgulir āvayat # TA.1.11.5b.
tasmai baliṃ rāṣṭrabhṛto bharanti # AVś.10.8.15d.
tasya prakṛtilīnasya # TA.10.10.3c; MahānU.10.8c.
tasyāṃ tvayy etāṃ dakṣiṇāṃ nidadhe 'kṣitim akṣīyamāṇāṃ śriyaṃ devānāṃ bṛhaj jyotir vasānāṃ prajānāṃ śaciṣṭhām ā vratam (read āvṛtam ?) anugeṣam # JB.2.258. Cf. śabali prajānāṃ.
tāni kalpad brahmacārī salilasya pṛṣṭhe # AVś.11.5.26a.
tāṃ tvā vidma śabali (JB. sarame) dīdyānām # JB.2.258; PB.21.3.7; Apś.22.17.10.
tāsāṃ viliptyaṃ bhīmām # AVś.12.4.41c.
tāsām ekā harikṇikā (śś. hariklikā) # AVś.20.129.3; śś.12.18.3.
tiṣṭhantaṃ salile veda # AVś.10.7.41b.
tebhya imaṃ baliṃ hariṣyāmi tebhya imaṃ balim ahārṣam # ApMB.2.17.8. Cf. tebhyo namo 'stu balim, tebhyo baliṃ, and balim ebhyo harāmi.
tebhyo namo 'stu balim ebhyo harāmi # PG.1.12.4c. Cf. under tebhya imaṃ baliṃ.
tebhyo baliṃ puṣṭikāmo (JG. annakāmo) harāmi (AG. dadāmi) # Tā.10.67.2c; MahānU.20.1c; AG.1.2.5c (crit. notes); JG.1.23c. Cf. under tebhya imaṃ baliṃ.
trastākṣaṃ mṛdvaṅgulim # AVP.6.14.3c.
triṣaptā visphuliṅgakā # AVP.4.19.3a. See triḥ sapta viṣpuliṅgakāḥ.
triṣ phalīkartavai # Apś.1.20.11.
triṣ phalīkriyamāṇānām # TB.3.7.6.20a; Apś.1.21.2a.
triḥ sapta viṣpuliṅgakāḥ # RV.1.191.12a. See triṣaptā visphuliṅgakā.
tvaṃ karoṣi ny añjalikām # TA.1.6.1a.
tvam agna īḍito (VSK.śś. īlito) jātavedaḥ (VS. īḍitaḥ kavyavāhana) # RV.10.15.12a; AVś.18.3.42a; VS.19.66a; VSK.21.66a; TS.2.6.12.5a; TB.2.6.16.2; Aś.2.19.29. P: tvam agna īḍitaḥ (śś. īlitaḥ) śś.3.16.10; Kauś.89.13. See abhūn no dūto.
tvam ugras tvaṃ balī # AVP.12.5.10a.
tvaṣṭre kaulīkān (MS. kaulīkān goṣādīḥ) # VS.24.24; MS.3.14.5: 173.7.
daṃṣṭrābhyāṃ malimlūn (MS.KSṃś. malimlūn agne) # VS.11.78a; TS.4.1.10.2a; MS.2.7.7a: 83.19; KS.16.7a; śB.6.6.3.10; Apś.16.10.3; Mś.6.1.3.28 (33).
divā na naktaṃ palito yuvājani # RV.1.144.4c.
divyānāṃ sarpāṇām adhipata eṣa te baliḥ # śG.4.15.13.
divyānāṃ sarpāṇām adhipatiḥ pra likhatām # śG.4.15.7; ... adhipatiḥ pra limpatām 4.15.8; ... adhipatir ava neniktām 4.15.6; ... adhipatir āṅktām 4.15.11; ... adhipatir ā chādayatām 4.15.10; ... adhipatir ā badhnītām 4.15.9; ... adhipatir īkṣatām 4.15.12.
divyāḥ sarpā ava nenijatām # śG.4.15.6; ... sarpā ā chādayantām 4.15.10; ... sarpā āñjatām 4.15.11; ... sarpā ā badhnatām 4.15.9; ... sarpā īkṣantām 4.15.12; ... sarpā eṣa vo baliḥ 4.15.13; ... sarpāḥ pra likhantām 4.15.7; ... sarpāḥ pra limpantām 4.15.8.
devānāṃ patnībhyaḥ pulīkāḥ # MS.3.14.5: 173.7. See kulīkā, and goṣādīr.
deṣṭrī ca yā sinīvālī # AVP.5.26.5a.
deṣṭrī samudraḥ sinīvālī # AVP.11.15.3a.
dyumnī ślokī (KS. śuklī) sa somyaḥ (TB. sau-) # RV.8.93.8c; AVś.20.47.2c; 137.13c; SV.2.573c; MS.2.13.6c: 155.10; KS.39.12c; TB.1.5.8.3c.
dve ūrje # TB.3.7.7.11; Apś.10.22.12; SMB.1.2.7; ApMB.1.3.8 (ApG.2.4.16); PG.1.8.1; HG.1.21.1; MG.1.11.18; JG.1.21; VārG.14.23. See under ūrje tvā (sc. sumaṅgali etc.).
dhātā te taṃ sinīvālī # AVP.11.1.2a.
dhik tvā jālmi puṃścalī (read -li) grāmasya mārjani puruṣasya-puruṣasya śiśnapraṇejani # Lś.4.3.11. See prec.
dhiyā rathaṃ na kuliśaḥ sam ṛṇvati # RV.3.2.1d; KB.19.9.
dhruvas tiṣṭhāvicācaliḥ (AVśṃS.KS. -vicācalat) # RV.10.173.1b; AVś.6.87.1b; VS.12.11b; TS.4.2.1.4b; 5.2.1.4; MS.2.7.8b: 85.11; KS.16.8b; 35.7b; śB.6.7.3.7; TB.2.4.2.8b.
na karmaṇā lipyate pāpakena # śB.14.7.2.28d; TB.3.12.9.8d; BṛhU.4.4.28d; BDh.2.6.11.30d. Cf. next but one.
na karma lipyate nare # VS.40.2d; īśāU.2d. Cf. prec. but one.
nandini subhage sumaṅgali bhadraṃkari # ViDh.67.8.
namasyā kalmalīkinaṃ namobhiḥ # RV.2.33.8c.
na yac chūdreṣv alapsata (śś. alipsata) # AB.7.17.3b; śś.15.24b.
nākro makaraḥ kulīpayas (TS. kulīkayas; MS. pulīkayas; KSA. pulīrayas) te 'kūpārasya (KSA. kūvarasya, read kūvārasya) # VS.24.35; TS.5.5.13.1; MS.3.14.16: 176.1; KSA.7.3.
ni kroḍādā alipsata # AVP.9.6.6b.
ni galgalīti dhārakā # VS.23.22d; śB.13.2.9.6. See ni jalgulīti.
ni jalgulīti (KSA. jalgalīti, mss. jalgalūti) dhānikā # TS.7.4.19.3d; KSA.4.8d. See ni galgalīti.
ni jānukā me ny añjalikā # TA.1.6.2c.
nimaṅkṣye 'haṃ salilasya madhye # AB.8.21.10c. See upamaṅkṣyati.
nirviṣo yāti kālikaḥ # RVKh.7.55.5d.
nilimpaś ca vilimpaś ca # TA.4.24.1.
ni veveti palito dūta āsu # RV.3.55.9a.
ny adṛṣṭā alipsata # RV.1.191.1d,4d; AVś.6.52.2d.
ny āvidhyad ilībiśasya dṛḍhā # RV.1.33.12a; N.6.19.
pañcānāṃ tvā salilānāṃ dhartrāya gṛhṇāmi (KS. dhartrāyāgṛhṇāmi) # MS.1.4.4: 52.2; 1.4.9: 57.8; KS.5.6; 32.6; Apś.2.7.9.
pañcaudanaṃ pañcabhir aṅgulibhiḥ # AVś.4.14.7a. P: pañcaudanam Kauś.64.18.
paṭaro viklidhaḥ piṅgaḥ # TA.1.2.3a.
parimṛṣṭe parilipte ca parvaṇi # Kauś.73.9a.
parilikhitaṃ rakṣaḥ # TS.1.2.5.1; 3.1.1; 6.1.8.3; 2.10.1; Apś.7.4.2; 10.23.2; 11.11.2. P: parilikhitam HG.1.27.1.
pari ṣvajāte (AVś. -tai) libujeva vṛkṣam # RV.10.10.13d,14b; AVś.18.1.15d,16b; N.6.28d; 11.34b. Cf. yathā vṛkṣaṃ libujā.
parvata ivāvicācaliḥ (AVś.KS. -calat) # RV.10.173.2b; AVś.6.87.2b; KS.35.7b; TB.2.4.2.9b; Apś.14.27.7b.
pāpmane klībam # VS.30.5; TB.3.4.1.1.
pālāgali haye haye pālāgali # śB.13.5.2.8.
piṅgalāṃ padmamālinīm # RVKh.5.87.14b.
pitṝṇāṃ loke # AVP.5.40.1c. Perhaps parame vyoman is to be supplied.
pipīlakāvaṭaḥ # AVś.20.134.6; Vait.32.25. See pipīlikāvaṭo.
pipīlikābhyaḥ (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.17. Cf. sarpapipīlikābhyaḥ.
pippalī kṣiptabheṣajī # AVś.6.109.1a. P: pippalī Kauś.26.33.
punar ehi vācaspate # AVś.1.1.2a; N.10.18a. Designated as vācaspatiliṅgā (sc. ṛk) Kauś.41.15. See under upa na ehi.
puraḥprasravaṇā balim # RV.8.100.9d.
puruṣa evedaṃ sarvam (MuṇḍU.VaradapU. viśvam) # RV.10.90.2a; AVś.19.6.4a; AVP.9.5.4a; ArS.4.5a; VS.31.2a; TA.3.12.1a; śvetU.3.15a; MuṇḍU.2.1.10a; VaradapU.1.2e. Cf. CūlikāU.12.
puruṣasūkta pauruṣasūkta, and the like # GDh.19.12; ViDh.56.15,26; 64.23,38; 65.15; 86.12; VāDh.22.9; 26.7; 28.13; BDh.3.10.10; MDh.11.252; LHDh.4.55; VHDh.2.13; 4.30,85,127; 5.136,195,211,216,378,404,406,555,566; 7.69,103,258; 8.31; LAtDh.2.6; VAtDh.2.6; SaṃvartaDh.224; BṛhPDh.9.319; Rvidh.3.26.3; 29.5; 35.1. Designation of the hymn beginning sahasraśīrṣā, q.v.
pūlyān kṛtvā palita etu cāraḥ # Kauś.101.2b.
prajāpatir āyuṣmān sa māyuṣmān āyuṣmantaṃ kṛṇotu # AVP.7.14.11. Perhaps sa prajābhir āyuṣmān is to be supplied after prajāpatir āyuṣmān, cf. AVP.2.75.1.
prajāpatiḥ salilād ā samudrāt # AVś.4.15.11a; AVP.5.7.10a. P: prajāpatiḥ salilāt Kauś.127.9.
pratipaṇaḥ phalinaṃ mā kṛṇotu # AVś.3.15.4d.
pra patātaḥ sukaṭanāli (in the text with vedic ḷ) # AVP.8.16.7a.
prapīnam (Mś. var. lect. prapītam) agne sarirasya (Mś.VārG. salilasya) madhye # VS.17.87b; KS.40.6b; Mś.6.2.6.20b; VārG.1.31b. See prapyātam.
praviṣṭā devāḥ salilāny āsan # AVś.10.8.40b.
prāṇāya namaḥ # AVś.11.4.1; KSA.11.1; Kauś.55.17; 58.3,11. Designated as prāṇaḥ CūlikāU.12.
phaḍḍhatāḥ pipīlikāḥ # Kauś.116.7.
phalavatyo (MS.KSA. -vatīr) na oṣadhayaḥ pacyantām # VS.22.22; MS.3.12.6: 162.10; KSA.5.14; śB.13.1.9.10. See phalinyo.
phalinīr aphalā uta # AVś.8.7.27b; AVP.11.6.3b; TS.4.2.6.1b; MS.2.7.13b: 93.5; KS.16.13b. See yāḥ phalinīr.
balim ebhyo harāmīmam (PG.1.12.4, harāmi) # PG.1.12.4; 2.17.13f,14e,15f,16f. Cf. under tebhya imaṃ baliṃ.
balhikeṣu nyocaraḥ # AVś.5.22.5d. See balihikeṣu ny-.
bahuṃ baliṃ prati paśyāsā ugraḥ # AVś.3.4.3d; AVP.3.1.3d.
bisaṃ śālūkaṃ śaphako mulālī # AVś.4.34.5d. See viśaṃ śālūkaṃ.
bījaṃ sahasravalliśaṃ suruhārohayantī # AVP.11.14.1d.
brahmacārīṣṇaṃś carati rodasī ubhe # AVś.11.5.1a; GB.1.2.1. P: brahmacārīṣṇan GB.1.2.1. Designated as brahmacārī CūlikāU.11.
bharanta viśve baliṃ svar ṇaḥ # RV.1.70.9b.
bhavāśarvau mṛḍataṃ mābhi yātam # AVś.11.2.1a; Kauś.129.3. P: bhavāśarvau mṛḍatam Vait.29.10; bhavāśarvau Kauś.50.13; 51.7. Cf. CūlikāU.12.
bhuktvā vṛṣalībhojanam # MahānU.19.1c.
makṣikās te paśupate # AVś.11.2.2d. See the note under aliklavebhyo.
madhumatī sinīvālī # AVP.6.6.7a.
mama tvā doṣaṇiśriṣam # AVś.6.9.2a. See mayi tvā doṣaṇiśliṣam.
mayi tvā doṣaṇiśliṣam # AVP.2.90.3a. See mama tvā doṣaṇiśriṣam.
marutaḥ salilād adhi # AVP.15.22.7b.
marudbhyaḥ krīḍibhyaḥ (VSK. krīli-) saṃsṛṣṭān # VS.24.16; VSK.26.20; MS.3.13.14: 171.7; Apś.20.14.10.
malimlucaṃ palījakam # AVś.8.6.2b.
mahī dhruvā salilāsi sā svargaṃ lokaṃ prajānihi # KS.38.13.
mahī mandrā vāṇī vāṇīcī salilā svayaṃbhūḥ # śG.1.24.10d.
māgadhaḥ puṃścalī kitavaḥ klībo 'śūdrā abrāhmaṇās (VSK. puṃścalī klīvaḥ kitavo 'śūdrābrāhmaṇās) te prājāpatyāḥ # VS.30.22; VSK.34.22.
tad bhūmyām ā śriṣan (VSK. var. lect. śliṣan) mā tṛṇeṣu # RV.1.162.11c; VS.25.34c; VSK.27.34c; TS.4.6.8.4c; MS.3.16.1c: 183.1; KSA.6.5c.
mātaraṃ padmamālinīm # RVKh.5.87.11d.
mātalī kavyair yamo aṅgirobhiḥ # RV.10.14.3a; AVś.18.1.47a; TS.2.6.12.5a; MS.4.14.6a: 243.4; AB.3.37.11; Aś.5.20.6. Ps: mātalī kavyaiḥ TB.2.6.16.2; śś.8.6.13.
tvā dabhan salile apsv antaḥ # AVś.17.1.8a.
mānthālāḥ kuli pari mā patanti # TB.2.5.8.4b.
māyāyā mātalī pari # AVś.8.9.5d.
māyāvino balino michamānāḥ (!) # RVKh.7.55.11b.
mitrasya cakṣur dharuṇaṃ (VārG. dharaṇaṃ) balīyaḥ (HG. dharīyaḥ) # śG.2.1.30a; PG.2.2.10a (crit. notes; see Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 22); HG.1.4.6a; ApMB.2.2.11a (ApG.4.10.11); VārG.5.9a.
mitrāya kulīpayān # VS.24.21. See mitrāya pulīkayān.
mitrāya pulīkayān # MS.3.14.2: 173.1. See mitrāya kulīpayān.
mṛdur nimanyuḥ kevalī # AVś.3.25.4c.
medhāya vāsaḥpalpūlīm # VS.30.12; TB.3.4.1.7.
modāḥ pramodā aṅgulīḥ # VS.20.6c; MS.3.11.8c: 152.2; KS.38.4c; TB.2.6.5.4c.
ya āntarikṣāḥ (sc. sarpās tebhya imaṃ baliṃ harāmi) # HG.2.16.6. See ye sarpāḥ.
ya udīcyāṃ diśi rohitapipīlikānāṃ rājā tasmai svāhā # Kauś.116.3.
ya udīcyāṃ diśi sarparāja eṣa te baliḥ # SMB.2.1.4.
ya udnaḥ phaligaṃ bhinat # RV.8.32.25a.
ya ūrdhvāyāṃ diśy aruṇapipīlikānāṃ rājā tasmai svāhā # Kauś.116.3.
yaḥ pratīcyāṃ diśi rajatapipīlikānāṃ rājā tasmai svāhā # Kauś.116.3.
yaḥ pratīcyāṃ diśi sarparāja eṣa te baliḥ # SMB.2.1.3.
yaḥ prācyāṃ diśi śvetapipīlikānāṃ rājā tasmai svāhā # Kauś.116.3.
yaḥ prācyāṃ diśi sarparāja eṣa te baliḥ # SMB.2.1.1; GG.3.7.13. P: yaḥ prācyām KhG.3.2.2.
yakṣmaṃ pāṇibhyām (AVP. pāṇyor) aṅgulibhyaḥ # AVś.2.33.6c; AVP.4.7.4c.
yakṣmaṃ matasnābhyāṃ yaknaḥ (AVP.AVś.2.33.3c, plīhnaḥ) # RV.10.163.3c; AVś.2.33.3c; 20.96.19c; AVP.4.7.3c; ApMB.1.17.3c.
yaṃ kumārī piṅgalikā # AVś.20.136.16a.
yajamānasya paridhir asy agnir iḍa (MS. paridhir asīḍa) īḍitaḥ (VSK. agnir ila īlitaḥ) # VS.2.3 (ter); VSK.2.1.4 (bis); MS.1.1.12: 7.12; śB.1.3.4.2,3,4. See next.
yat sīmantaṃ kaṅkatas te lilekha # TB.2.7.17.3a. P: yat sīmantam Apś.22.28.9.
yathā kalāṃ yathā śapham # RV.8.47.17a; AVś.6.46.3a; 19.57.1a; AVP.2.37.3a; 3.30.1a. Designated as paippalāda-mantrāḥ at the close of Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 8; cf. Hatfield, JAOS. xiv, p. clix.
yathā na indraḥ kevalīḥ (TS. indra id viśaḥ) # AVś.7.94.1c; TS.3.2.8.6a; KS.35.7c. See under athā na indra id.
yathā prāṇa balihṛtaḥ # AVś.11.4.19a.
yathā vṛkṣaṃ libujā # AVś.6.8.1a. P: yathā vṛkṣam Kauś.35.21. Cf. pari ṣvajāte.
yad akrandaḥ salile jāto arvan # Vait.6.1a.
yad avāmṛkṣac (Apś. avālikṣac) chvapāt # KS.35.4a; Apś.9.17.5a.
yadi kāḥ kālikād bhayam # RVKh.7.55.5b.
yadi kālikadūtasya # RVKh.7.55.5a.
yadi hanat kathaṃ hanat # AVś.20.132.10. See yad īṃ hanat, and leliṃ.
yad devā adaḥ salile # RV.10.72.6a.
yad-yad dyuttaṃ likhitam arpaṇena # AVś.12.3.22c.
yady ekavṛṣo 'si sṛjāraso 'si # AVś.5.16.1. Designated as vṛṣaliṅgāḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) Kauś.29.15. See ya ekavṛṣo 'si.
yan mātalī rathakrītam # AVś.11.6.23a; Kauś.58.25. Cf. Kauś.55.1, note.
yamasya balinā carāmi # TB.3.7.9.8b; Apś.13.22.5b. See yamasya yena, and yena yamasya.
yamasya yena balinā carāmi # AVś.6.117.1b. See under yamasya balinā.
yamasya lokād adhy ā babhūvitha # AVś.19.56.1a; AVP.3.8.1a. Designated as paippalādamantrāḥ at the close of Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 8; cf. Hatfield, JAOS. xiv, p. clix.
yamunanadī kālikam # RVKh.7.55.6c.
yavasyaitat palālinaḥ # AVP.9.11.12a.
yasmai devāḥ sadā balim # AVś.10.7.39c.
yasmai bhūtāni balim āvahanti # TA.1.31.1a.
yasya te viśvā āśā apsarasaḥ plīyā nāma sa na idaṃ brahma kṣatraṃ pātu # MS.2.12.2: 145.11.
yasyāḥ kulāyaṃ salile # AVP.3.15.4a; 6.7.5a.
yāḥ phalinīr yā aphalāḥ # RV.10.97.15a; AVP.11.7.6a; VS.12.89a; TS.4.2.6.4a; MS.2.7.13a: 94.11; KS.16.13a; PrāṇāgU.1a. See phalinīr.
guṅgūr yā sinīvālī # RV.2.32.8a.
yāni pañcadhā trīṇi tebhyo na jyāyaḥ param anyad asti # ChU.2.22.2ab. After trīṇi Btlingk, to make up the first pāda, supplies another trīṇi, or santi (?).
yāṃ tvāsthat pañcāṅguliḥ # AVP.5.8.3a. See yas ta āsyat.
plīhānaṃ śoṣayati # AVś.3.25.3a.
yām āśām emi kevalī sā me astu # AVś.19.3.2c.
yārṇave 'dhi salilam agra āsīt # AVś.12.1.8a.
śitipṛṣṭhā tāṃ mandis tāṃ menī tāṃ śabalī tāṃ śitibāhus tāṃ śuddhavālā # MS.4.2.4: 25.17.
yās tarke tiṣṭhanti yā valīke # AVP.5.9.6a.
yās te rudra dakṣiṇataḥ senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yās te rudra paścāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yās te rudra purastāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11. See next.
yās te rudrādhastāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yās te rudrottarataḥ senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yās te rudropariṣṭāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yuvānaṃ santaṃ palito jagāra # RV.10.55.5b; AVś.9.10.9b; SV.1.325b; 2.1132b; MS.4.9.12b: 133.10; TA.4.20.1b; KA.1.198.14b; N.14.18b.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"li" has 1517 results
lia common term used (1) for the aorist vikaraņa affix च्लि for which सिच्, क्स, अङ् et cetera, and others are substituted as prescribed; (2) for लिट् and लिङ् affixes; exempli gratia, for example मन्त्रे घसह्वरणशवृदहाद्वृच्कृगमिजनिभ्यो ले: P.II.4.80.
aliṅga(1)not possessed of a definite gender; confer, compare अलिङ्गमसंख्यमव्ययसंज्ञं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.38; II.4.82;(2)अलिङे ह्युष्मदस्मदी (Sid. Kau. on P.VII.2.90)
aliṅgavacananot possessed of a definite gender and number; a term generally used in connection with अव्ययs or indeclinables.
avaśiṣṭaliṅga(v.1. अविशिष्टलिङ्ग)a term occurring in the liṅgānuśāsana meaning 'possessed of such genders as have not been mentioned already either singly or by combination' id est, that is possessed of all genders.Under अवशिष्टलिङ्ग are mentioned indeclinables, numerals ending in ष् or न् , adjectives, words ending with kṛtya affixes id est, that is potential passive participles, pronouns, words ending with the affix अन in the sense of an instrument or a location and the words कति and युष्मद् (See पाणिनीय-लिङ्गानुशासन Sūtras 182-188).
avicālinimmutable. The term is used frequently in the Mahābhāṣya, in connection with letters of the alphabet which are considered 'nitya' by Grammarians; confer, compare नित्येषु च शब्देषु कूटस्थैरविचालिभिर्वर्णैर्भवितव्यमनपायोपजानविकारिभिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Āhn 2: cf also नित्यपर्यायवाची सिद्धशब्दः । यत्कूटस्थेष्वविचालिषु भावेषु वर्तते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.
āpiśalian ancient grammarian mentioned by Pāṇini and his commentators like Patañjali, Helarāja and others; confer, compare वा सुप्यापिशलेः P. IV.3.98; तथा चापिशलेर्विधिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.45.
āviṣṭāliṅgahaving a fixed gender as opposed to अनाविष्टलिङ्गpossessed of all genders; confer, compare अविश्लिङ्गा जातिः । यल्लिङ्गमुपादाय प्रवर्तते न तल्लिङ्गे जहाति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.52 exempli gratia, for example the word प्रमाण in प्रमाणं वेदाः.
upaliṅgina substituted word element; confer, compare शेवः इति सुखनाम । शिष्यतेः वकारः नामकरणः अन्तस्थान्तरोपलिङ्गी विभाषितगुणः | शिवम् Nirukta of Yāska.X. I7.
egeliṃg( Eggeling )a well-known German scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who flourished in the l9th century and who edited the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa with the commentary of Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. and many appendices in 1876.
elima(1)kṛt (affix). afix केलिमर् exempli gratia, for example पचेलिमा माषाः confer, compare P. III.1.96 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1: (2) Uṇādi affix एलिमच् applied to पच् confer, compare पच एलिमच् Uṇ. S.IV.37.
kelimarkṛt, affix एलिम in the sense of कृत्य; e. g. पचेलिमा माषाः confer, compare केलिमर् उपसंख्यानम् P.III.I.96 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).
cullibhaṭṭia grammarian who is supposed to have written a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini; confer, compare तत्र च वृतिः पाणिनिप्रणीतानां सूत्राणां विवरणं चुल्लिभट्टिनल्लूरादि( V. 1. निर्लूरादि-) विरचितम् , Nyasa, on the benedictory verse of Kasika: वृत्तौ भाष्ये तथा घातुनामपारायणादिषु at the very beginning.
jvalitistanding for ज्वलादि, name of a class of 30 roots headed by the root ज्वल दीप्तौ and given as चल कम्पने, जल घातने etc; cf: ज्वलितिकसन्तेभ्यो णः P. III. 1.140.
tācchīlikaprescribed in the sense of 'habituated'; a term used in connection with all affixes prescribed in the triad of senses viz. ताच्छील्य, ताद्धर्म्य, तत्साधुकारित्व in Sutras from P. III.2.134 to 180; confer, compare ताच्छीलिकेषु बासरूपविधिर्नास्ति P. III.2.146 Vart. 3, Par. Sek, Pari. 67.
duḥśliṣṭaa word, or words whose case affixes can be syntactically connected only with some difficulty; confer, compareबहुव्रीहौ सक्थ्यक्ष्णोः स्वाङ्गात् षच्। स्वाङ्गवाची यः सक्थिशब्दः अक्षिशब्दश्च तदन्ताद् बहुव्रीहेः षच् भवति । सूत्रे तु दुःश्लिष्टविभक्तीनि पदानि Kas, on P. V. 4.I13. .
nāmaliṅgānuśāsanaa treatise in which words with their genders are given. The term is usually used in connection with the great dictionary by अमरसिंह which is called नामालिङ्गानुशासन or अमरकोष.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
paravalliṅgatāpossession of the gender of the final member of a compound word, which, in tatpurusa compounds, is the second of the two or the 1ast out of many; confer, compare परवल्लिङ्गद्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयो: (P. II.4 26) इति परवाल्लिङ्गता यथा स्यात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.V.4.68.
pipīlikamadhyā,pipīlikamadhyamāname given to a stanza of त्रिष्टुप् or जगती or बृहती type consisting of three feet, the middle foot consisting of six or seven or eight syllables only; e. g. Ŗgveda X. 105, 2 and 7; IX. 110.l, VIII. 46.14; confer, compare उष्णिक् पिपीलिकामध्या हरीयस्येति दृश्यते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 25, 28, 36.
praśśliṣṭa(l)an additional letter (vowel or consonant) read on splitting up a euphonic combination; confer, compare प्रश्लिष्टा. वर्णावेतौ M.Bh.on P.I.1.9 Vart. 2; (2) ; contracted combination; name of a Samdhi where two vowels coalesce into one single vowel, confer, compare R.Pr. । II. 15-19.
praśliṣṭanirdeśamention of a thing in a coalescence, which when split up, shows a phonetic element or a letter which could not be known before the components were separated; अनुपसर्जनात् । प्रश्लिष्टनिर्देशोयम् । अनुपसर्जन अ अ अत् इति । M.Bh. on I. 1.27 Vart. 6; cf also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.3.69.
prāśliṣṭaname of the circumflex accent possessed by a vowel which has resulted from the coalescence of two similar vowels, as for example in भिन्द्धीदम् । see प्रश्लिष्ट.
bothaliṃgka[BOHTLINGK, OTTO]a German Sanskrit scholar and Grammarian of St.Petersberg, who has written a short gloss in German on Panini's Astadhyayi under the title "Panini's Grammatik" with an introduction and various indexes at the end. He has also critically edited Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
mallināthaa reputed commentator on many classical poetic and dramatic works, who flourished in the fourteenth century. He was a scholar of Grammar and is believed to have written a commentary on the Śabdenduśekhara and another named न्यासोद्योत on the न्यास of जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि.
lalitāvṛttiname given to the Paribhāșāvŗtti written by Purușottamadeva, a famous grammarian of the Eastern branch of Pāņini's system which prevailed in Bengal from the eighth to the end of the twelfth century A.D. See पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
ligeneral term for the affixes called लिङ् (optative) which includes the potential ( विधिलिङ् ) and the conditional ( अाशीर्लिङ् ) affixes; .confer, compare विधिनिमन्त्रणामन्त्रणाधीष्टसंप्रश्र्नप्रार्थनेषु लिङ् and अाशिषि लिङ्लोटौ P. III. 3.161 and 173.
liṅga(1)sign or characteristic mark; generally the mute letter prefixed or suffixed to roots,affixes, or augments and their substitutes with a specific purpose; confer, compare किंचिल्लिङ्गमासज्य वक्ष्यामि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on I.1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).7, अवयवे कृतं लिङ्ग समुदायस्य विशेषकं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.62 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5; (2) proof, evidence ( प्रमाण ); the word is often used in the Paribhāșendușekhara and other works in connection with a rule or part of a rule quoted as an evidence to deduce some general dictum or Paribhāșā; (3) gender; confer, compare लिङ्ग स्त्रीलिङ्गपुंलिङ्गनपुंसकानि Kāś. on P. II. 3. 46; confer, compare also प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम्. Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari.71.The gender of a word in Sanskrit language does not depend on any specific properties of a thing; it simply depends on the current usage; confer, compare लोकाश्रयत्वाल्लिङ्गस्य which is often quoted in the Mahābhāsya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.36, II.2.29, II.4.12, IV. 1.3, V.3.66, V.4.68, VIII.1.15. For details see Mahābhāșya on P.IV.1. 3 where after a long enlightening discussīon the definition संस्त्यानप्रसवौ लिङ्गम् is given.
liṅganirṇayabhūṣaṇaa work on genders by a southern grammarian अण्णौयाचार्य.
liṅgavācakapratyayaan affix such as अा , ( टाप्, डाप्, चाप्) or ई (ङीप्, ङीष्, ङीन् ) which is added to a masculine base; confer, compare P.IV. 1.3 to IV.1.77.
liṅgaviśiṣṭagrahaṇainclusion of the feminine form of a word when a word in the masculine gender is used in a rule, for certain operations such as the application of affixes and the like;confer, compare the usual dictum regarding this practice viz. the Paribhāșā प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 71. as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1. 1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5 to Vārt, 15 for places of the application of the dictum and those of its rejection.
liṅgaviśiṣṭaparibhāṣāthe dictum to include the feminine form of a word when in a rule the word is used in the masculine gender : प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 71. See लिङ्गविदिाग्रहण.
liṅgavyatyayatransposition of genders, as noticed often in Vedic language; e. g. मधोर्गृह्लाति or मधोस्तृप्ताः for मधुन:; confer, compare M.Bh. on P. I. 4.9.
liṅgānuśāsanaliterally science of genders; a short comprehensive old treatise on the gender of words attributed to Pāņini as its author. Other works with the same designation are attributed to वामन, दुर्गोत्तम and others.
liṅgānuśāsanaṭīkāname of a commentary on Pāņini's लिङ्गानुशासन; some commentaries of this kind are the लिङ्गार्थचन्द्रिका by सुजनपण्डित,लिङ्गार्थचन्द्रिकाप्रकाश by चकोर, लिङ्गानुशासनटीका by दुर्गोत्तम and लिङ्गानुशासनटीका by तारानाथ.
liṅgārthacandrikāsee लिङ्गानुशासनटीका.
liṅpratyayārthasense of the optative and the potential moods given or expressed by affixes under the common name लिङ् prescribed by PIII.3.161, 164, 173.
lian affix of the perfect tense; confer, compare परोक्षे लिट् P.III.2.115 for which the specific affixes णल्, अतुस् उस् et cetera, and others are substituted after roots which take Parasmaipada affixes. Before the lit affixes, a monosyllabic root is reduplicated while dissyllabic roots and denominative and other secondary roots, formed by adding an affix to an original root,take the affix अाम् after which all 'liț' personal endings are dropped and the forms of the roots कृ,भू and अस् with the necessary personal-endings, are placed immediately after the word ending in अाम् , but often with the intervention of a word or more in the Vedic language and rarely in the classical language; confer, compare तं पातयां प्रथममास पपात पश्चात् ; confer, compare कास्प्रत्ययादाममन्त्रे लिटि P.III.I. 35 to 42.
litan affix marked with the mute letter ल् such as ल्युट्, तातिल्, तल्, तसिल्, विधल्, भक्तल् et cetera, and others where the mute ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel of the base which immediately precedes the affix; e. g. चिकीर्षक:;in which the vowel ई is acute; confer, compare लिति VI.1.193.
litsvarathe acute accent for the vowel immediately preceding the affix caused by that affix being marked with the mute consonant ल्. See लित् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare अनुदात्तत्वं क्रियतां लित्स्वर इति किमत्र कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 4.33.
vanamālina grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a commentary named मतोन्मजा on Kondabhatta's vaiyakaranabhusana and a grammar work named सिद्धान्ततत्वविवेक.
vikliṣṭaa fault in the utterance of a letter when there does not take place the necessary contact with the proper place of the utterance of a word; confer, compare हन्वोः प्रकर्षेणे सर्वतश्चलने विक्लिष्टं नाम दोषो भवति | विक्लिष्टं नाम असंयुक्तम् R.Pr.XIV.3.
viliṅga(1)a substantive which is declined in all the three genders confer, compare Hemacandra III. 1.142: (2) of a different gender (although in the same case); confer, compare विलिङ्ग हि भवान् लोके निर्देशे करोति M.Bh. on P. I. 1.44 Vārt 5.
śabdarūpāvalia very brief treatise on declension giving the forms of the seven cases of a few choice-words. The work is studied as the first elementary work and is very common without the name of any specific author.There are different works named शब्दरूपावलि giving declensions of different words which are all anonymous, although from the dates of manuscripts mentioned, they appear to be more than five or six hundred years old.
śrutakevalina term of a very great honour given to such Jain monks as have almost attained perfection; the term is used in connection with Palyakirti Sakatayana, the Jain grammarian शाकटायन, whose works शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and its presentation in a topical form named शाकटायनप्रक्रिया are studied at the present day in some parts of India. See शाकटायन a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
śliṣṭaor श्लिष्टबन्ध compact arrangement as seen in the Samhita text.
saṃśliṣṭavery closely held together just as the sound of the consonant र् in the vowel क; confer, compare ऋलृवर्णे रेफलकारौ संश्लिष्टौ अश्रुतिधरौ एकवर्णौ where Uvvata has explained the word संश्लिष्ट as एकीभूत; cf Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 148.
sarvaliṅgatāuse in all the genders; confer, compare सर्वलिङ्गता च वक्तव्या | ब्राह्मणार्थे पयंः | बाह्मणार्थं सूप: | ब्राह्मणार्थे यवागूः |
saliṅgainclusive of the notion of gender; the word is used in connection with the sense of a Pratipadika or a crude base as inclusive of the notion of gender | and number: confer, compare अर्थग्रहृणस्यैतत् प्रयेाजनं कृत्स्नः पदार्थो यथाभिधीयेत सद्रव्यः सलिङ्गः ससंख्यश्चेति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2 24 Vart. 8.
sārvakālikadenoting time, irrespective of its divisions such as the past, the present and the future; e. g. the krt affixes prescribed by rules before P. III 2.84; confer, compare अतः सार्वकालिका विधयो वेदितव्याः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 2. 83.
haimāliṅgānuśāsanaa treatise on genders written by हेमचन्द्र, See हेमचन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
haimaliṅgānuśāsanavivaraṇaa commentary, written in the seventeenth century by Kalyanasagara on the हैमलिङ्गानुशासन.
haimaliṅānuśāsanavyākhyāa commentary named उद्धार also, written by Jayananda on the हैमलिङ्गानुशासन.
a(1)the first letter of the alphabet in Sanskrit and its derived languages, representing the sound a (अ): (2) the vowel a (अ) representing in grammatical treatises, except when Prescribed as an affix or an augment or a substitute,all its eighteen varieties caused by accentuation or nasalisation or lengthening: (3) personal ending a (अ) of the perfeminine. second.pluraland first and third person.singular.; (4) kṛt affix c (अ) prescribed especially after the denominative and secondary roots in the sense of the verbal activity e. g. बुभुक्षा, चिन्ता, ईक्षा, चर्चा et cetera, and othersconfer, compare अ प्रत्ययात् et cetera, and others (P.III 3.102-106); (5) sign of the aorist mentioned as añ (अङ्) or cañ (चङ्) by Pāṇini in P. III i.48 to 59 exempli gratia, for example अगमत्, अचीकरत्; (6) conjugational sign mentioned as śap (शप्) or śa (श) by Pāṇini in P. III.1.68, 77. exempli gratia, for example भवति, तुदति et cetera, and others; (7) augment am (अम्) as prescribed by P. VI.1.58; exempli gratia, for example द्रष्टा, द्रक्ष्यति; (8) augment aṭ (अट्) prefixed to a root in the imperfeminine. and aorist tenses and in the conditional mood e. g. अभवत्, अभूत्, अभविष्यत् confer, compare P. VI.4.71; (8) kṛt affix a (अ) prescribed as अङ्, अच्, अञ्, अण्, अन्, अप्, क, ख, घ, ञ, ड् , ण, et cetera, and others in the third Adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.; (9) taddhita affix. affix a (अ) mentioned by Pāṇini as अच्, अञ् अण्, अ et cetera, and others in the fourth and the fifth chapters of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini; (10) the samāsānta affix a (अ), as also stated in the form of the samāsānta affixes (डच् , अच्, टच्, ष्, अष् and अञ्) by Pāṇini in V.4.73 to 121;(11) substitute a (अश्) accented grave for इदम before case-affixes beginning with the inst. instrumental case. case: (12) remnant (अ) of the negative particle नञ् after the elision of the consonant n (न्) by नलोपो नञः P. vi.3.73.
aṃ(ं)nasal utterance called अनुस्वार and written as a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the vowel preceding it. confer, compare स्वरमनु संलीनं शब्द्यते इति; it is pronounced after a vowel as immersed in it. The anusvāra is considered (l) as only a nasalization of the preceding vowel being in a way completely amalgamated with it. confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 11,31; XV. 1; XXII. 14 ; (2) as a nasal addition to the preceding vowel, many times prescribed in grammar as nuṭ (नुट् ) or num (नुम् ) which is changed into anusvāra in which case it is looked upon as a sort of a vowel, while, it is looked upon as a consonant when it is changed into a cognate of the following consonant (परसवर्ण) or retained as n (न्). confer, compare P. VIII.4.58; (3) as a kind cf consonant of the type of nasalized half g(ग्) as described in some treatises of the Yajurveda Prātiśākhya: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)1.22 V.Pr.14.148-9. The vowel element of the anusvāra became more prevalent later on in Pali, Prkrit, Apabhraṁśa and in the spoken modern languages while the consonantal element became more predominant in classical Sanskrit.
aḥ( : )visarga called visarjanīya in ancient works and shown in writing by two dots, one below the other, exactly of the same size, like the pair of breasts of a maiden as jocularly larly expressed by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.. confer, compare अः ( : ) इति विसर्जनीयः । अकार इह उच्चारणार्थः । कुमारीस्तनयुगाकृतिर्वर्णो विसजर्नीयसंज्ञो भवति ( दुर्गसिंह on कातन्त्र I.1.16). विसर्ग is always a dependent letter included among the Ayogavāha letters and it is looked upon as a vowel when it forms a part of the preceding vowel; while it is looked upon as a consonant when it is changed into the Jihvāmūlīya or the Upadhmānīya letter.
a,k(ೱ),(ೱ)जिह्वामूलीय, represented by a sign like the वज्र in writing, as stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks वज्राकृतिर्वर्णो जिह्वामूलीयसंज्ञो भवति. the Jihvāmūlīya is only a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the guttural letter क् or ख् . It is looked upon as a letter (वर्ण), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. e. g. विष्णु ೱ करोति.
a,pೱ,(ೱ)Upadhmānīya represented by a sign like the temple of an elephants stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks "गजकुम्भाकृतिर्वर्ण उपध्मानीयसंज्ञो भवति." Kāt.I. It is a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the labial letter p ( प् ) or ph ( फ ). It is looked upon as a letter ( वर्ण ), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. अ:कार name given to the nominative case. case in the Taittiriya Prātiśākhya. cf अ:कार इति प्रथमाविभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 23.
akacaffix prescribed before the last syllable of pronouns and indeclinables without any specific sense for it (P.V.3.71) e. g. सर्वकः, उच्चकैः et cetera, and others
akārathe letter a, (अ) inclusive of all its eighteen kinds caused by shortness, length, protraction, accentuation and nasalization in Pānini's grammar, in cases where a(अ) is not actually prescribed as a termination or an augment or a substitute. confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.73. The letter is generally given as the first letter of the alphabet ( वर्णसमाम्नाय ) in all Prātiśākhya and grammar works except in the alphabet termed Varṇopadeśa, as mentioned in the Ṛk Tantra confer, compare ए ओ ऐ औ अा ॠ लॄ ई ऊ ऋ लृ इ उ अाः । रयवलाः । ङञणनमाः । अः ೱ क ೱ पाः । हुं कुं खुं गुं घुं अं अां एवमुपदेशे et cetera, and others Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.I. 4.
akāryanot a grammatical positive operation: e. g. elision (लोप.) confer, compare ननु च लोप एवेत्कार्यं स्यात् । अकार्यं लोपः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.2.
akālaka(1)not limited by any time-factors for its study such as certain periods of the day or the year. (2) not characterized by any technical terms expressive of time such as adyatanī, parokṣā occurring in the ancient Prātiśākhya and grammar works. The term akalika is used by the writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti in connection with the grammar of Pāṇini. confer, compare “पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम्” Kās. on P. II.4.21 explained by the writer of the Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. as पूर्वाणि व्याकरणानि अद्यतनादिकालपरिभाषायुक्तानि तद्रहितम् ।
akṛtliterally non-krt: an affix applied to a root, but different from the conjugational affixes. confer, compare अकृत्सार्वधातुक्रयोर्दीर्ध: P. VII. 4.25.
akṛtnot established; said of a grammatical operation which has not taken place e. g. अकृतसंधिकार्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 2.100, W. 3.84, also कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.4.62.
akṛtakāridoing or accomplishing what is not done or accomplished; the expression is used in connection with grammatical operations like ह्रस्वकरण or दीर्घकरण only in cases where it is necessary i, e. where already there is no hrasva or drgha confer, compare अकृतकारि खल्वपि शास्त्रमग्निवत् । तद्यथा । अग्निर्यददग्धं तद्दहति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 1.127. the rules of Grammar, like fire, are applied to places where they produce a change.
akṛtrimanon-technical: not formed or not arrived at by grammatical operations such as the application of affixes to crude bases and so on; natural; assigned only by accident. cf the gram. maxim कृत्रिमाकृतिमयोः कृत्रिमे कार्यसंप्रत्ययः which means "in cases of doubt whether an operation refers to that expressed by the technical sense or to that which is expressed by the ordinary sense of a term, the operation refers to what is expressed by the technical sense." Par. śek. Par.9 also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.28.
akṛtsna-akṛtsnāan epithet applied to the pronunciation of Veda words improperly which does not serve any useful purpose. confer, compare अकृत्स्ना अप्रयोजना इत्यर्थ: Uvaṭa on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 68.
akriyājanot a result of a verbal activity; the expression is used in connection with qualities ( on a substance) as opposed to the activities found in it. confer, compare अाधेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोs सत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.44.
akṣaraa letter of the alphabet, such as a (अ) or i (इ) or h (ह) or y (य्) or the like. The word was originally applied in the Prātiśākhya works to vowels (long, short as also protracted), to consonants and the ayogavāha letters which were tied down to them as their appendages. Hence अक्षर came later on to mean a syllable i. e. a vowel with a consonant or consonants preceding or following it, or without any consonant at all. confer, compare ओजा ह्रस्वाः सप्तमान्ताः स्वराणामन्ये दीर्घा उभये अक्षराणि R Pr. I 17-19 confer, compareएकाक्षरा, द्व्यक्षरा et cetera, and others The term akṣara was also applied to any letter (वर्ण), be it a vowel or a consonant, cf, the terms एकाक्षर, सन्ध्यक्षर, समानाक्षर used by Patañjali as also by the earlier writers. For the etymology of the term see Mahābhāṣya अक्षरं न क्षरं विद्यात्, अश्नोतेर्वा सरोक्षरम् । वर्णे वाहुः पूर्वसूत्रे । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 2 end.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
agamakatvanon-communicativeness, inability to communicate adequately the intended meaning. confer, compare सविशेषणानां वृत्तिस्तर्हि कस्मान्न भवति । अगमकत्वात् M. Bh on II.1.1: confer, compare also अगमक: निर्देशः अनिर्देशः।
aglopaelision of the vowel a, i,u , r or l ( अ, इ, उ, ऋ or लृ ) which prevents Sanvadbhāva confer, compare सन्वल्लघुनि चङ्परेSनग्लोपे P. VII.4.93, as also नाग्लोपिशास्वृदिताम् VII.4.2 where the elision prevents the shortening of the penultimate vowel if it is long.
aghoṣaunvoiced, merely breathed; a term applied to the surd consonants, ś, ṣ s, and visarga which are uttered by mere breathing and which do not produce any sonant effect. confer, compare T. Pr.I.12; R.Pr.I.11. The term jit ( जित् ) is used for these letters as also for the first two consonants of a class in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्; ऊष्माणश्च हवर्जम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.50.51.
aṅThe vikaraṇa before luṅ affixes, substituted for the affix cvi ( च्वि ) in the case of the roots mentioned by Pāṇini in sūtras III.1.52-59:(2) the Vikaraṇapratyaya in Vedic Literature before the benedictive affixes prescribed by Pāṇini in Sūtra III.1.86; (3) kṛt affix in the feminine gender showing verbal activity applied to roots marked with the mute letter ष् and the roots भिद्, छिद् and others. P.III.3 104-106.exempli gratia, for example जरा, त्रपा, भिदा, छिदा et cetera, and others
aṅga(1)the crude base of a noun or a verb to which affixes are added; a technical term in Pāṇini's grammar for the crude base after which an affix is prescribed e. g. उपगु in औपगव,or कृ in करिष्यति et cetera, and others confer, compare यस्मात् प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादि प्रत्ययेSङ्गम् P.I.4.13; (2) subordinate participle. constituent part confer, compare पराङ्गवद् in सुबामन्त्रिते पराङ्गवत्स्वरे P. II.1.2, also विध्यङ्गभूतानां परिभाषाणां Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Par. 93.10: (3) auxiliary for an operation, e. g. अन्तरङ्ग, बहिरङ्ग et cetera, and others confer, compare अत्राङगशब्देन शब्दरूपं निमित्तमेव गृह्यते Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Par.50; (4) element of a word or of an expression confer, compare अङ्गव्यवाये चाङ्गपरः Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 190, अङ्गे च क्म्ब्यादौ R.T. 127. व्यञ्जनं स्वराङ्गम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.21.1.
aṅgavatconsidered as auxiliary or part of another exempli gratia, for example पूर्वाङ्गवद्भावः, पराङ्गवद्भाव:; cf सुबामन्त्रिते पराङ्गवत्स्वरे P.II.1.2 and the Vārtika thereon "परमपि च्छन्दसि पूर्वस्याङ्गवद् भवतीति वक्तव्यम्."
ajādigaṇaclass of words headed by अज to which the feminine.affix अा is added, sometimes inspite of the affix ई being applicable by other rules such as जातेरस्त्रीविषयात्o P. IV. 1.63 and other rules in the section. e. अजा, एडका, त्रिफला, उष्णिहा, जेष्ठा, दंष्ट्रा. cf P. IV.1.4.
ajitasenaauthor of the Cintāmaṇiprakāśika a gloss on Cintāmaṇi, the well known commentary by Yakṣavarman on the Sabdānuśāsana of Śākatāyana. Ajitasena was the grand pupil of Abhayadeva; he lived in the 12th century A.D.
(1)taddhita affix. affix a ( अ ) with the mute letter ñ ( ञ्), prescribed (i) after the words उत्स and others in various senses like progeny, dyed in, produced in, come from et cetera, and othersP. IV.1.86, (ii) after the words विद and others in the sense of grandson and other descendents.P. IV.1.104. For other cases see P. IV. I. 141, 161; IV.2.12,14 et cetera, and others IV.3.7 et cetera, and others IV.4.49. The feminine is formed by adding i ( ई ) to words ending with this affix अञ्, which have the vṛddhi vowel substituted for their initial vowel which gets the acute accent also exempli gratia, for example औत्सः, औत्सी,औदपानः, बैदः, बैदी.
aḍactaddhita affix. affix अड applied in the sense of pitiable or poor to a word preceded by the word उप when the whole word after उप is dropped, e.g उपड् ( उपेन्द्रदत्त + अड् ) see. p. V. 3. 80.
aṇ(1)token term ( प्रत्याहार ) for all vowels and semivowels which, when prescribed for an operation, include all such of their sub-divisions as are caused by length, protraction accent or nasalization. cf अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.60;(2) token term for the vowels अ, इ and उ in all Pānini's rules except in the rule I.1.69 given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. e.g see ढ्रलोपे पूर्वस्य दीर्घोणः P.VI.3. 111, केऽणः P.VII.4.13. and अणोऽ प्रगृह्यस्य. P.VIII.4.57: (3) tad, affix. a ( अ ) prescribed generally in the various senses such as 'the offspring', 'dyed in,' 'belonging to' et cetera, and others except in cases where other specific affixes are prescribed cf प्राग्दीव्यतोऽण् P. IV.1.83; (4) kṛ. affix a ( अ ), applied, in the sense of an agent, to a root with an antecedent word (उपपद) standing as its object. e. g. कुम्भकारः, see P.III.2.1: काण्डलावः, see P.III.3.12.
aṇādia term applied to all taddhita suffixes collectively as they begin with अण् confer, compare P.IV.1.83.
atatkālanot taking that much time only which is shown by the letter (vowel) uttered, but twice or thrice, as required by its long or protracted utterance ; the expression is used in connection with vowels in Pāṇini's alphabet, which, when used in Pāṇini's rules, except when prescribed or followed by the letter त्, includes their long, protracted and nasalized utterances: confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः I.1.69.
atantraimplying no specific purpose: not intended to teach anything, अविवक्षित; exempli gratia, for example ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम् Kāś and Si. Kau. on तस्यादित उदात्तमर्धह्रस्वम् P.1.2.32: confer, compare also अतन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः ( the use of तरप् does not necessarily convey the sense of the comparative degree in Pāṇini's rules) Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.33. This statement has been given as a distinct Paribhāṣa by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and Sākaṭāyana. The author of the Mahābhāṣya appears to have quoted it from the writings of Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and the earlier grammarians See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on अल्पाच्तरम् P. II.2.34.
atasuc(अतस्)taddhita affix. affeminine. अतस् applied to the words दक्षिण, उत्तर, पर and अवर;exempli gratia, for exampleदक्षिणतो वसति; उत्तरत आगतः, परतो रमणीयम्, परस्ताद्रमणीयम् , अवरत आगतः अवरस्ताद्वसति. confer, compare P.V.2.28, 29.
atideśaextended application; transfer or conveyance or application of the character or qualities or attributes of one thing to another. Atideśa in Sanskrit grammar is a very common feature prescribed by Pāṇini generally by affixing the taddhita affix. affix मत् or वत् to the word whose attributes are conveyed to another. e. g. लोटो लङ्वत् P. III. 4.85. In some cases the atideśa is noticed even without the affix मत् or वत्; exempli gratia, for exampleगाङ्कुटादिभ्योऽञ्णिन् ङित् P. 1.2.1 . Atideśa is generally seen in all grammatical terms which end with 'vadbhāva' e. g. स्थानिवद्भाव (P.I.1.56-59), सन्वद्भाव (P.VII.4.93), अन्तादिवद्भाव (P. VI.1.85), अभूततद्भाव (P.IV.60) and others. Out of these atideśas, the स्थानिवद्भाव is the most important one, by virtue of which sometimes there is a full representation id est, that is substitution of the original form called sthānin in the place of the secondary form called ādeśa. This full representation is called रूपातिदेश as different from the usual one which is called कार्यातिदेश, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VIII.1.90 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1 and VIII.1.95. Vart.3. Regarding the use of अतिदेश there is laid down a general dictum सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेशः when an operation depending on the general properties of a thing could be taken by extended application, an operation depending on special properties should not be taken by virtue of the same : e. g. भूतवत् in P. III.3.132 means as in the case of the general past tense and not in the case of any special past tense like the imperfect ( अनद्यतन ) , or the perfect ( परोक्ष ). See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 101, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3. 132. There is also a general dictum अतिदेशिकमनित्यम्whatever is transferred by an extended application, need not, be necessarily taken. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. 93.6 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.123 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4, I.2.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.3.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 et cetera, and others, Kaiyaṭa on II. 1.2 and VI.4.22 and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. I.1.56 and P. I.2.58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8. The dictum अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् is given as a Paribhāṣā by Nāgeśa confer, compare Pari. Śek. 93. 6.
atipattiabsence of any possibility ; Sec क्रियातिपत्ति. confer, compare P. III.3.139 Cān. 1.3.107.
atiprasaṅgaover-application of a definition which is looked upon as a serious fault: e. g. अतिप्रसङ्गो व्रश्चा दिषु P.VI.1.66 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
ativyastaquite apart, used with respect to lips which are widely apart ( विश्लिष्टौ ) in the utterance of long अा and ओ; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II.12, 13.
ativyāptithe same as अतिप्रसङ्ग, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Extensive application with respect to a rule which applies to places where it should not apply. See Par. Śekh on Pari. 28, Pari. 85; also Padamañj. on Kāś. II.I.32.
atiśāyanaexcellence, surpassing; the same as अतिशय in Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V. 2 confer, compare अतिशायने तमबिष्ठनौ P. V. 3.55, also confer, compare भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेऽतिशायने । संसर्गेऽ स्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.2.94, where अतिशायन means अतिशाय. Patañjali, commenting on P. V.3.55 clearly remarks that for अतिशय, or for अतिशयन, the old grammarians, out of fancy only, used the term अतिशायन as it was a current term in popular usage; confer, compare देश्याः सूत्रनिबन्धाः क्रियन्ते यावद् ब्रूयात् प्रकर्षे अतिशय इति तावदतिशायन इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on , P. V.3.55.
atṛnkrt affix अत् applied to the root जॄ in the sense of past time. cf जीर्यतरेतृन् P. III.2.104.
atyalparather too little, an expression used by Patanjali idiometically confer, compare अत्यल्पमिदमुच्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.69 et cetera, and others
atyalpaspṛṣṭahaving a very slight contact (with the organ producing sound),as in the case of the utterance of a vowel.
atyupasaṃhṛtavery closely uttered, uttered with close lips and jaws, (said in connection with the utterance of the vowel अ ); confer, compare T. Pr II. 12. See अतिसंश्लिष्ट.
atharvaprātiśākhyathe Prātiśākhya work of the Atharva veda believed to have been written by Śaunaka. It consists of four Adhyāyās and is also called शौनकीया चतुरध्यायिका.
athuckṛt (affix). affix अथु with उ accented, applied to roots marked by Pāṇini with the mute syllable टु in the sense of verbal activity: c. g. वेपथुः श्वयथुः, cf ट्वितोथुच् P.III.3.89.
adantaending with the short vowel अ; confer, compare P. VIII.4.7: a term applied to nouns of that kind, and roots of the tenth conjugation which are given with the letter अ at their end which is not looked upon as mute (इत्) c.g. कथ,गण. et cetera, and others Mark also the root पिच described by पतञ्जलि as अदन्त confer, compare पिबिरदन्तः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56., Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 4.43.
adravyavācinnot expressive of any substance which forms a place of residence (of qualities and actions); confer, compare तथा व्याकरणे विप्रतिषिद्धं चानधिकरणवाचि ( P. II.4.13 ); इत्यद्रव्यवाचीति गम्यते । M.Bh. on II.1.1.
adviyoniliterally not made up of two elements, and hence, produced with a single effort, an expression used for simple vowels ( समानाक्षर ) such as अ, इ, उ, ऋ, लृ and simple consonants क्, ख्, ग् et cetera, and others as distinguished from diphthongs ( सन्ध्यक्षर ) such as ए, ऐ, ओ, औ and conjunct consonants क्व, ध्र , et cetera, and others which appear to have been termed द्वियोनि confer, compare अपृक्तमेकाक्षरमद्वियोनि यत् R.Pr.XI.3.
adhikāragoverning rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥
adhunātaddhita affix. affix applied to the pronoun इदम् which is changed into इ before the affix and then elided by P. VI.4.148, or changed into अ in which case धुना or अधुना could be looked upon as a taddhita affix. affix.
anaña word without the negative particle ( नञ् ) before it, e. g. धेनुरनञि कमुत्पादयति, a sūtra in Āpiśali's grammar quoted in Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.45 see also P. II. 1. 60, VII. 1. 37.
anatauncerebralized; not changed into a cerebral ( मूर्धन्य ) letter.confer, compare दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापात्तिर्नति: Uvaṭa on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV.34.
anatidiṣṭanot resulting from any extended application or अतिदेश, confer, compare प्रकृत्याश्रयं अनतिदिष्टं भवति M.Bh. on IV. 1.151.
anantara(1)immediate, contiguous अव्यवहित. confer, compare हलोनन्तराः संयोगः P.1. 1.7, also गतिरनन्तरः P. VI.2.49: confer, compare अनन्तरं संयोगः V. Pr.I.48. ; (2) nearest, as compared with others of the same type; confer, compare अथवा अनन्तरा या प्राप्तिः सा प्रतिषिध्यते M.Bh. on I.1.43; confer, compare Pari. Śek. अनन्तरस्य विधिर्वा भवति प्रतिषेधो वा, which means that a prescriptive or prohibitive rule applies to the nearest and not to the distant one.Par.Śek. 61,Cān. Par.30.
anabhidhānainability to express the meaning desiredition The expression न वा अनभिधानात् frequently occurs in the Mahābhāṣya referring to such words or phrases as could be formed by rules of grammar or could be used according to rules but,are not found in current use recognized by learned persons or scholars; confer, compare तच्चानभिधानं यत्राप्तैरुक्तं तत्रैव, अन्यत्र तु यथालक्षणं भवत्येव Padamañj. on III. 2.1;also confer, compare अनभिधानाद् व्यधिकरणानां बहुव्रीहिर्न भविष्यति । यत्र त्वभिधानमस्ति तत्र वैयधिकरण्येपि भवत्येव समासः, कण्ठेकाल इति; Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on II. 2.24: for examples of अनभिधान, sec also M.Bh.अभिधानलक्षणाः कृत्तद्धितसमासाः अनभिधानान्न भविष्यन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.3.19. also on III. 2.1. V.5, IV.2.1. See Kāś. on III,1.22, III.3.158.
anabhinirvṛttathat which is not applied; literally(an operation or vidhi) which has not taken place or which has not been effective; confer, compare प्रसक्तस्य अनभिनिर्वृत्तस्य प्रतिषेधेन निवृत्तिः शक्या कर्तुं नानभिनिर्वृत्तस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.5; IV. 1.37. Cfeminine. also न चानभिनिर्वृत्ते बहिरङ्गे अन्तरङ्गं प्राप्नोति । तत्र निमित्तमेव बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गस्य M.Bh. on VI.4.22: VIII.3.15.
anabhihitanot conveyed or expressed by another id est, that is by any one of the four factors viz.verbal affix, kṛt affix,taddhita affix and compound. The rule अनभिहिते (P. II.3.I) and the following rules lay down the different case affixes in the sense of the different Kārakas or auxiliaries of the verbal activity, provided they are not shown or indicated in any one of the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned four ways; e. g. see the acc. case in कटं करोति, the inst, case in दात्रेण लुनाति, the dative case case in देवदत्ताय गां ददाति, the ablative case. case in ग्रामादा गच्छति, or the locative casecase in स्थाल्यां पचति.
anabhyāsaa wording which does not contain any reduplicative syllable; an epithet applied to such roots as are not to be reduplicated a second time before affixes of the perfect, as they are already reduplicated; confer, compare लिटि धातोरनभ्यासस्य P. VI.1.8.
anarthaka(1)without any signification;literally having no meaning of themselves, id est, that ispossessing a meaning only when used in company with other words or parts of words which bear an independent sense;(the word is used generally in connection with prepositions); exempli gratia, for example अधिपरी अनर्थकौ P.1.4.93, confer, compare अनर्थान्तरवाचिनावनर्थकौ । धातुनोक्तां क्रियामाहतुः । तदविशिष्टं भवति यथा शङ्के पय: ॥ Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.4.93; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1.3: confer, compare also अनर्थकौ अनर्थान्तरवाचिनौ Kāś. on I.4.93, explained as अनर्थान्तरवाचित्वादनर्थकावित्युक्तम् न त्वर्थाभावादिति दर्शयति by न्यासकार; (2) meaningless, purposeless: confer, compare प्रमाणभूत आचार्यो दर्भपवित्रपाणिः महता यत्नेन सूत्रं प्रणयति स्म । तत्राशक्यं वर्णेनाप्यनर्थकेन भवितुं किं पुनरियता सूत्रेण M.Bh. on I.1.1, as also सामर्थ्ययोगान्न हि किंचिदस्मिन् पश्यामि शास्त्रे यदनर्थकं स्यात् M.Bh. on P. VI.I.77. See for details M.Bh. on I.2.45 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 12: III.1.77 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 and Kaiyaṭa and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon; (3) possessed of no sense absolutely as some nipātas केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः केचन च निरर्थकाः U1. varia lectio, another reading, on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII.9; निपातस्यानर्थकस्यापि प्रातिपदिकत्वम् P. I. 2.45 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).12 confer, compare also जन्या इति निपातनानर्थक्यं P. IV. 4.82. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1, एकागारान्निपातनानर्थक्यं P. V.1.113 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1, also 114 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).1.
anavakāśahaving no occasion or scope of application; used in connection with a rule the whole of whose province of application is covered by a general rule, and hence which becomes technically useless, unless it is allowed to set aside the general rule: confer, compare अनवकाशा हि विधयो बाधका भवन्तिrules which have no opportunity of taking effect( without setting aside other rules ) supersede those rules; M.Bh. on V.4.154, also Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. on Pari. 64.
anavakāśatvaabsence of any opportunity of taking effect, scopelessness considered in the case of a particular rule, as a criterion for setting aside that general rule which deprives it of that opportunity confer, compare अनवकाशत्वं निरवकाशत्वं वा बाधकत्वे बीजम्. This अनवकाशत्व is slightly different from अपवादत्व or particular mention which is defined usually by the words सामान्यविधिरुत्सर्गः । विशेषविधिरपवादः ।
anavayavaliterally having no parts; impartite; without any concern with the individual component parts; application in totality; confer, compare सिद्धं तु धर्मोपदेशने अनवयवविज्ञानाद्यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु P. VI. 1.84 Vārt 5 and the Bhāṣya thereon; अस्मिञ् शास्त्रे अनवयवेन शास्त्रार्थसंप्रत्ययः स्यात् । a rule in grammar applies to all cases where its application is possible; it cannot be said to have its purpose served by applying to a few cases only.
anavasthitaundetermined, indefinite; See M.Bh. quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on अनवस्थान; cf also आर्धधातुकीयाः सामान्येन भवन्ति अनवस्थितेषु प्रत्ययेषु । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56; III.1.4, VII.2.10, VII.4.9. The substitutes caused by an ārdhadhātuka affix are, in fact, effected by virtue of the prospective application of the ārdhadhātuka affix before its actual application.
aniṭ(1)not admitting the augment इट् to be prefixed to it; the term is strictly to be applied to ārdhadhātuka affixes placed after such roots as have their vowel characterized by a grave accent ( अनुदात्तस्वर ); the term अनिट् being explained as अनिडादि qualifying the अार्धधातुक affix; (2) in a secondary way, it has become customary to call such roots अनिट् as do not allow the augment इट् to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. Such roots are termed अनुदात्त verily because they are possessed of an anudātta vowel. e. g. कृ, भृ, जि, गम् , हन् et cetera, and others as against भु, धू, तॄ, श्वि, वृ, वद्, फल्, चल्, et cetera, and others which have their vowel characterized by an acute (उदात्त ) accent. For a complete list of such roots see the well-known stanzas given in the Siddhāntakaumudī incidentally on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII.1.5. ऊदॄदन्तैर्यौतिरुक्ष्णुशीङ्स्नु....निहताः स्मृताः ॥ १ ॥ शक्लृपच्मुचिरिचवच्विच् .........धातवो द्व्यधिकं शतम् ॥ as also some lists by ancient grammarians given in the Mahābhāṣya on एकाच उपदेशेनुदात्तात्. P. VII. 2.10 or in the Kāśikā on the same rule P. VII.2.10.
aniṭkārikā(1)name given to Stanzas giving a complete list of such roots as do not allow the augment इ ( इट् ) to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. For such Kārikās see Sid. Kaum. on VII.1.5 as also Kāśikā on VII. 2.10; ( 2 ) a short treatise enumerating in 11 verses the roots which do not admit the augment इट् before the ārdhadhatuka affixes. The work is anonymous, and not printed so far, possibly composed by a Jain writer. The work possibly belongs to the Kātantra system and has got short glosses called व्याख्यान, अवचूरि, विवरण, टीका, टिप्पणी and the like which are all anonymous.
anitya(1)not nitya or obligatory optional; said of a rule or paribhāṣā whose application is voluntary). Regarding the case and con= jugational affixes it can be said that those affixes can, in a way: be looked upon as nitya or obligatory, as they have to be affixed to a crude nominal base or a root; there being a dictum that no crude base without an affix can be used as also, no affix alone without a base can be usedition On the other hand, the taddhita and kṛt affixes as also compounds are voluntary as, instead of them an independent word or a phrase can be used to convey the sense. For a list of such nitya affixes see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 4.7; (2) the word अनित्य is also used in the sense of not-nitya, the word नित्य being taken to mean कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि occurring before as well as after another rule has been applied, the latter being looked upon as अनित्य which does not do so. This 'nityatva' has got a number of exceptions and limitations which are mentioned in Paribhāṣās 43-49 in the Paribhāṣenduśekhara.
anipātyanot necessary to be specifically or implicitly stated, as it can be brought about or accomplished in the usual way: e. g. द्वन्द्वम् । लिङ्गमशिष्यं लोकाश्रयत्वाल्लिङ्गस्य । तत्र नपुंसकत्वमनिपात्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.1.15. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.2.27 and VI. 1.207.
aniyatanot subject to any limitation confer, compare प्रत्यया नियताः, अर्था अनियताः, अर्था नियताः, प्रत्यया अनियताः M.Bh. on II. 3.50. In the casc of नियमविधि (a restrictive rule or statement ) a limitation is put on one or more of the constituent elements or factors of that rule, the limited element being called नियत, the other one being termed अनियत; also see Kāś. on II.2.30.
anukaraṇa(1)imitation; a word uttered in imitation of another; an imitative name: confer, compare अनुकरणे चानितिपरम् P.I.4.62; अनुकरणं हि शिष्टशिष्टाप्रतिषिद्धेषु यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु, Śiva sūtra 2 Vārt 1; confer, compare also प्रकृतिवद् अनुकरणं भवति an imitative name is like its original Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 36; also M.Bh. on VIII. 2.46; (2) imitative word, onomatopoetic word; confer, compare एवं ह्याहुः कुक्कुटाः कुक्कुड् इति । नैवं त आहुः । अनुकरणमेतत्तेषाम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.48. confer, compare also दुन्दुभि: इति शब्दानुकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.IX. 12.
anukarṣaṇadragging (from the preceding rule) to the following rule taking the previous rule or a part of it as understood in the following rule or rules in order; the same as अनुवृत्ति; confer, compare अनुकर्षणार्थश्चकारः Kāś. on II. 4.18, III.2.26, VII. 1.48: cf also the Paribhāṣā; चानुकृष्टं नोत्तरत्र -that which is attracted from a preceding rule by the particle च is not valid in the rule that follows; Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 78.
anukramaṇaenumeration (in the right order as.opposed to व्युत्क्रम ); e. g. अथ किमर्थमुत्तरत्र एवमादि अनुक्रमणं क्रियते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.58; also on IV. 2.70; verbal forms of the root क्रम् with अनु occur in this sense very frequently; exempli gratia, for example यदित ऊर्ध्वं अनुक्रमिष्यामः; so also the past passive participle. अनुक्रान्तं occurs frequently in the same sense. अनुतन्त्र literally that which follows Tantra id est, that is Śāstra which means the original rules of a Śāstra; technical term for Vartika used by Bhartṛhari;confer, compare सूत्राणां सानुतन्त्राणां भाष्याणां च प्रणेतृभिः Vāk. Pad. I.23, where the word अनुतन्त्र is explained as Vārtika by the commentator.
anutpatinon-production of an element of a word such as an affix or an augment or the like; confer, compare वावचने चानुत्पत्त्यर्थम् P.III.1.2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7, तत्रोत्पत्तिर्वा प्रसङ्गो यथा तद्धिते P. III.1.94 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2, also कृष्यादिषु चानुत्पत्तिः (णिचः) P.III.1.26, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
anudāttanon-udatta, absence of the acute accent;one of the Bāhyaprayatnas or external efforts to produce sound. This sense possibly refers to a stage or a time when only one accent, the acute or उदात्त was recognized just as in English and other languages at present, This udatta was given to only one vowel in a single word (simple or compound) and all the other vowels were uttered accentless.id est, that is अनुदात्त. Possibly with this idea.in view, the standard rule 'अनुदात्तं पदमेकवर्जम्'* was laid down by Panini. P.VI.1.158. As, however, the syllable, just preceding the accented ( उदात्त ) syllable, was uttered with a very low tone, it was called अनुदात्ततर, while if the syllables succeeding the accented syllable showed a gradual fall in case they happened to be consecutive and more than two, the syllable succeeding the उदात्त was given a mid-way tone, called स्वरितः confer, compare उदात्तादनुदात्तस्य स्वरितः. Thus, in the utterance of Vedic hymns the practice of three tones उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित came in vogue and accordingly they are found defined in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works;confer, compare उच्चैरुदात्तः,नीचैरनुदात्तः समाहारः स्वरितः P.I.2.29-31, T.Pr.I.38-40, V.Pr.I.108-110, Anudātta is defined by the author of the Kāśikāvṛtti as यस्मिन्नुच्चार्यमाणे गात्राणामन्ववसर्गो नाम शिथिलीभवनं भवति, स्वरस्य मृदुता, कण्ठविवरस्य उरुता च स: अनुदात्तः confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता स्वस्येति नीचैःकराणि शब्दस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.29,30. Cfeminine. also उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः । अायामविश्रम्भोक्षपैस्त उच्यन्तेSक्षराश्रयाः ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.1. The term anudātta is translated by the word 'grave' as opposed to acute' (udātta,) and 'circumflex' (svarita); (2) a term applied to such roots as have their vowel अनुदात्त or grave, the chief characteristic of such roots being the non-admission of the augment इ before an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. ( See अनिट्, ).
anudāttataraquite a low tone, completely grave; generally applied to the tone of that grave or anudātta vowel which is immediately followed by an acute ( उदात्त ) vowel. When the three Vedic accents were sub-divided into seven tones viz. उदात्त, उदात्ततर्, अनुदात्त, अनुदात्ततर, स्वरित, स्वरितस्थोदात्त and एकश्रुति corresponding to the seven musical notes, the अनुदात्ततर was the name given to the lowest of them all. अनुदात्ततर was termed सन्नतर also; confer, compare उदात्तस्वरितपरस्य सन्नतरः P.I.2.40; confer, compare also M, Bh. on I.2.33.
anudāttetliterally one whose mute significatory letter is uttered with a grave accent: a term applied to a root characterized by an indicatory mute vowel accented grave, the chief feature of such a root being that it takes only the Ātmanepada affixes c. g. आस्ते, वस्ते, et cetera, and others; confer, compare अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; such a root, in forming a derivative word in the sense of habit, takes the affix युच् e. g. वर्त्तनः, वर्धन: et cetera, and others provided the root begins with a consonant; confer, compare अनुदात्तेतश्र हलादेः P. III.2.149.
anunāsika(a letter)uttered through the nose and mouth both, as different from anusvāra which is uttered only through the nose. confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिकःP.I.1.8, and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon. The anunāsika or nasal letters are the fifth letters of the five classes ( id est, that is ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न्, म् ) as also vowels अ, इ, उ and semivowels when so pronounced, as ordinarily they are uttered through the mouth only; ( exempli gratia, for example अँ, आँ, et cetera, and others or य्यँ, व्वँ, ल्लँ et cetera, and others in सय्यँन्ता, सव्वँत्सरः, सँल्लीनः et cetera, and others) The अनुनासिक or nasalized vowels are named रङ्गवर्ण and they are said to be consisting of three mātras. confer, compare अष्टौ आद्यानवसानेsप्रगृह्यान् आचार्या आहुरनुनासिकान् स्वरान् । तात्रिमात्रे शाकला दर्शयन्ति Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.63.64; confer, compare also अप्रग्रहाः समानाक्षराणि अनुनासिकानि एकेषाम् T. Pr XV.6. Trivikrama, a commentator on the Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Sūtras, explains अनुनासिक as अनु पश्चात् नासिकास्थानं उच्चारणं एषां इत्यनुनासिकाः । पूर्वं मुखस्थानमुच्चारणं पश्चान्नासिकास्थानमुच्चारणमित्यर्थः । अनुग्रहणात्केवलनासिकास्थानोच्चारणस्य अनुस्वारस्य नेयं संज्ञा । and remarks further पूर्वाचार्यप्रसिद्धसंज्ञेयमन्वर्था । Com. by Tr. on Kat. I 1.13. Vowels which are uttered nasalized by Pāṇini in his works viz. सूत्रपाठ, धातुपाठ, गणपाठ et cetera, and others are silent ones i. e. they are not actually found in use. They are put by him only for the sake of a complete utterance, their nasalized nature being made out only by means of traditional convention. e. g. एध, स्पर्ध et cetera, and others confer, compare उपदेशेSजनुनासिक इत् P.I.3.2; confer, compare also प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः Kāś on I.3.2.
anunyāsaa commentary on न्यास (काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका by जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि). The work is believed to have been written by इन्दुमित्र. It is not available at present except in the form of references to it which are numerous especially in Siradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.
anupapattidiscord, absence of validity, incorrect interpretation; confer, compareप्रथमानुपपत्तिस्तु M.Bh on I.4.9.
anupapadyamānāimpossibility of being explained; confer, compare तत्र सिद्धायां अनुपपद्यमानायां इतरथा उपपादयिषेत्, Nir II.2.
anuprayogasubsequent utterance; literally post-position as in the case of the roots कृ, भू and अम् in the periphrastic perfect forms; confer, compare आम्प्रत्ययवत् कृञोऽ नुप्रयोगस्य, P.I.3.63; यथाविध्यनुप्रयोगः पूर्वस्मिन् III.4.4.
anubandhaa letter or letters added to a word before or after it, only to signify some specific purpose such as (a) the addition of an afix (e. g. क्त्रि, अथुच् अङ् et cetera, and others) or (b) the substitution of गुण, वृद्धि or संप्रसारण vowel or (c) sometimes their prevention. These anubandha letters are termed इत् (literally going or disappearing) by Pāṇini (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् et cetera, and others I.3.2 to 9), and they do not form an essential part of the word to which they are attached, the word in usage being always found without the इत् letter. For technical purposes in grammar, however, such as आदित्व or अन्तत्व of affixes which are characterized by इत् letters, they are looked upon as essential factors, confer, compare अनेकान्ता अनुबन्धाः, एकान्ता:, etc, Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 4 to 8. Although पाणिनि has invariably used the term इत् for अनुबन्ध letters in his Sūtras, Patañjali and other reputed writers on Pāṇini's grammar right on upto Nāgeśa of the 18th century have used the term अनुबन्ध of ancient grammarians in their writings in the place of इत्. The term अनुबन्ध was chosen for mute significatory letters by ancient grammarians probably on account of the analogy of the अनुबन्ध्य पशु, tied down at sacrifices to the post and subsequently slaughteredition
anulomain the natural order (opp. to प्रतिलोम ), confer, compare तेऽन्वक्षरसंधयोनुलोमाः in R.Pr.II.8. अनुलोमसंधि is a term applied to Saṁdhis with a vowel first and a consonant afterwards.
anuvṛttirepetition or recurrence of a word from the previous to the subsequent rule or rules, which is necessary for the sake of the intended interpretation. The word is of common use in books on Pāṇini's grammar. This recurrence is generally continuous like the stream of a river ( गङ्गास्रोतोवत् ); sometimes however, when it is not required in an intermediate rule, although it proceeds further, it is named मण्डूकप्लुत्यानुवृत्ति. In rare cases it is taken backwards in a sūtra work from a subsequent rule to a previous rule when it is called अपकर्ष.
anuṣaṅga(1)literally attaching, affixing: augment, अनुषज्यते असौ अनुषङ्गः; (2) a term for the nasal letter attached to the following consonant which is the last, used by ancient grammarians; confer, compare अव्यात्पूर्वे मस्जेरनुषङ्गसंयेगादिलोपार्थम् confer, compare P.I.1.47 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 and M.Bh. thereon; confer, compare थफान्तानां चानुषङ्गिणाम् Kat. IV. 1.13. The term अनुषङ्ग is defined in the kātantra grammar as व्यञ्जनान्नः अनुषङ्ग. The term is applied to the nasal consonant न् preceding the last letter of a noun base or a root base; penultimate nasal of a root or noun base: Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.1.12.
anekaśeṣahaving no ekaśeṣa topic in it; a term applied to the Daiva Grammar which does not discuss the ekaśeṣa topic to which Pāṇini has devoted ten rules from I. 2.64 to 73.
anekālpossessed of many ietters; literally possessed of not one letter, cf अनेकाल् शित् सर्वस्य P. I.1.55.
antakaraṇaliterally bringing about as the final; an affix (which is generally put at the end); ancient term for an affix: confer, compareएतेः कारितं च यकारादिं चान्तकरणम्। अस्तेः शुद्धं च सकारादिं च । Nirukta of Yāska.I.13
antaḥkāryaliterally interior operation; an operation inside a word in its formation-stage which naturally becomes antaraṅga as contrasted with an operation depending on two complete words after their formation which is looked upon as bahiraṅga.
antaraṅgaa highly technical term in Pāṇini's grammar applied in a variety of ways to rules which thereby can supersede other rules. The term is not used by Pāṇini himselfeminine. The Vārtikakāra has used the term thrice ( Sec I. 4. 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, VI.1.106 Vart.10 and VIII.2.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I) evidently in the sense of immediate', 'urgent', 'of earlier occurrence' or the like. The word is usually explained as a Bahuvrīhi compound meaning 'अन्त: अङ्गानि निमित्तानि यस्य' (a rule or operation which has got the causes of its application within those of another rule or operation which consequently is termed बहिरङ्ग). अन्तरङ्ग, in short, is a rule whose causes of operation occur earlier in the wording of the form, or in the process of formation. As an अन्तरङ्ग rule occurs to the mind earlier, as seen a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., it is looked upon as stronger than any other rule, barring of course अपवाद rules or exceptions, if the other rule presents itself simultaneously. The Vārtikakāra, hence, in giving preference to अन्तरङ्ग rules, uses generally the wording अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् which is paraphrased by अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गाद् बलीयः which is looked upon as a paribhāṣā. Grammarians, succeeding the Vārtikakāra, not only looked upon the बहिरङ्ग operation as weaker than अन्तरङ्ग, but they looked upon it as invalid or invisible before the अन्तरङ्ग operation had taken placcusative case. They laid down the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे which has been thoroughly discussed by Nāgeśa in his Paribhāṣendusekhara. The अन्तरङ्गत्व is taken in a variety of ways by Grammarians : (l) having causes of application within or before those of another e. g. स्येनः from the root सिव् (सि + उ+ न) where the यण् substitute for इ is अन्तरङ्ग being caused by उ as compared to guṇa for उ which is caused by न, (2) having causes of application occurring before those of another in the wording of the form, (3) having a smaller number of causes, (4) occurring earlier in the order of several operations which take place in arriving at the complete form of a word, (5) not having संज्ञा (technical term) as a cause of its application, ( 6 ) not depending upon two words or padas, (7) depending upon a cause or causes of a general nature (सामान्यापेक्ष) as opposed to one which depends on causes of a specific nature ( विशेषापेक्ष).
antaraṅgaparibhāṣāthe phrase is used generally for the परिभाषा "असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे' described a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See the word अन्तरङ्ग. The परिभाषा has got a very wide field of application and is used several times in setting aside difficulties which present themselves in the formation of a word. Like many other paribhāṣās this paribhāṣā is not a paribhāṣā of universal application.
antaratamavery close or very cognate being characterized (l) by the same place of utterance, or (2) by possessing the same sense, or (3) by possessing the same qualities, or (4) by possessing the same dimension ; cf स्थानेन्तरतमः P.I. I.50 and Kāś. thereon अान्तर्यं स्थानार्थगुणुप्रमाणतः स्थानतः दण्डाग्रम् , अर्थतः वतण्डी चासौ युवतिश्च वातण्ड्ययुवतिः । गुणतः पाकः, त्यागः, रागः । प्रमाणतः अमुष्मै अमूभ्याम् ॥
anyatarataḥoptionally, literally in another way; confer, compare वर्णसंख्ये अन्यतरतः V.P.V.15.
anyatarasyāmoptionally; literally in another way. The term is very common in the rules of Pāṇini, where the terms वा and विभाषा are also used in the same sense.
anvarthakagiven in accordance with the sense; generally applied to a technical term which is found in accordance with the sense conveyed by the constituent parts of it; e. g. सर्वनामसंज्ञा, confer, compare महत्याः संज्ञायाः करणे एतत् प्रयोजनमन्वर्थसंज्ञा यथा विज्ञायेत Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.23.
anvādeśa(1)literally reference to the anterior word or expression: confer, compareअन्वादेशेान्त्यस्य (निःशब्दस्य in T.Pr.VII.3, अकारस्य in V-8) Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.58: (2) reference again to what has been stated previously: confer, compare इदमोन्वादेशेशनुदात्तस्तृतीयादौ अन्वादेशश्च कथितानुकथनमात्रम् P.II.4.32 and Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 thereon; एकस्यैवाभिधेयस्य पूर्वं शब्देन प्रतिपादितस्य द्वितीयं प्रतिपादनमन्वादेशः Kāś on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ap(1)kṛt affix अ, in the sense of verbal activity (भाव) or any verbal relation (कारक) excepting that of an agent, (कर्तृ) applied to roots ending in ऋ or उ and the roots ग्रह्,वृ,दृ et cetera, and others mentioned in P. III.3.58 and the following rules in preference to the usual affix घञ. exempli gratia, for example करः, गरः, शरः, यवः, लवः, पवः, ग्रहः, स्वनः etc, confer, compare P.III, 3.57-87 ; (2) compound-ending अप् applied to Bahuvrīhi compounds in the feminine gender ending with a Pūraṇa affix as also to Bahuvrīhi compounds ending with लोमन् preceded by अन्त् or वहिर् e. g. कल्याणीपञ्चमा रात्रयः, अन्तर्लोमः,बहिर्लोमः पटः confer, compare P. V. 4.116, 117.
apakarṣa(1)deterioration of the place or instrument of the production of sound resulting in the fault called निरस्त; confer, compare स्थानकरणयेारपकर्षेण निरस्तं नाम दोष उत्पद्यते, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV.2; (2) drawing back a word or words from a succeeding rule of grammar to the preceding one; confer, compare "वक्ष्यति तस्यायं पुरस्तादपकर्षः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.8. (3) inferiority (in the case of qualities) न च द्रव्यस्य प्रकर्षापकर्षौ स्तः ।
apabhraṃśadegraded utterance of standard correct forms or words: corrupt form: e. g. गावी, गोणी and the like, of the word गो, confer, compare गौः इत्यस्य शब्दस्य गावी गोणी गोता गोपोतलिका इत्येवमादयः अपभ्रंशाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.l.l ; cf शब्दसंस्कारहीनो यो गौरिति प्रयुयुक्षिते । तमपभ्रंशमिच्छन्ति विशिष्टार्थनिवेशिनम् Vāk. Pad I.149: सर्वस्य हि अपभ्रंशस्य साधुरेव प्रकृतिः commentary on Vāk. Pad I. 149.
apavādavipratiṣedhaa conflict with a special rule, which the special rule supersedes the general rule: confer, compare 'अलोन्त्यस्य' इति उत्सर्गः । तस्य 'आदेः परस्य' 'अनेकाल्शित्सर्वस्य' इत्यपवादौ अपवादविप्रतिषेधात्तु सर्वादेशो भविष्यति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.54 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1.
apialso in addition to; अपि is used sometimes to mean absolute of or ungualified by any condition; confer, compare अन्येभ्येपि दृश्यते । अपिशब्दः सर्वोपाधिव्यभिचारार्थः । निरुपपदादपि भवति । धीवा पीवा । KS. on P. III. 2.75, III. 2.101, VII. 1.38; confer, compare अपिग्रहणे व्यभिचारार्थम् ) Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.3.64.
apṛktaliterally unmixed with any (letter); a technical term for an affix consisting of one phonetic element, id est, that is of a single letter. confer, compare अपृक्त एकाल्प्रत्ययः P. I.2.41.
aprātipatti(1)impossibility to obtain the correct form; (2) absence or want of apprehension, cf शब्दानां चाप्रतिपत्तिः प्राप्नोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, I.1.44 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8.
aprasaṅganon-application of a rule of grammar or of a technical term; confer, compare अन्यत्र सहवचनात् समुदाये संज्ञाsप्रसङ्गः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 11.
aprāptavikalpasame as अप्राप्तविभाषा one of the three kinds of optional application of a rule; confer, compare त्रिसंशयास्तु भवन्ति प्राप्ते अप्राप्ते उभयत्र चेति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.44 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 20; optional application of a rule prescribing an operation; eg; ऊर्णोतेर्विभाषा अनुपसर्गाद्वा I.3.43. हृक्रोरन्यतरस्याम् । अभिवादयति गुरुं माणवकेन पिता । अप्राप्तविकल्पत्वातृतीयैव Kāś. on I.1.53. विभाषा सपूर्वस्य । स्थूलपतिः स्थूलपत्नी । अप्राप्तविभाषेयमयरुसंयोगत्वात् ।
aprāpti(i)non-occurrence for nonrealization of a grammatical operation or ruleअप्रतिषेधः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8; (2) prohibition of the occurrence of a rule or operation, confer, compare अप्राप्तेर्वा । अथवानन्तरा या प्राप्तिः सा प्रतिषिध्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.I.43, I.1.63.
abāghakanot coming in the way of rules otherwise applicable; the word is used in connection with निपातन i. e. constituted or announced forms or specially formed words which are said to be अबाधक i. e. not coming in the way of forms which could be arrived at by application of the regular rules. Siradeva has laid down the Paribhāṣā अबाधकान्यपि निपातनानि भवन्ति defending the form पुरातन in spite of Pāṇini's specific mention of the word पुराण in the rule पुराणप्रोक्तेषुo IV. 3. 105.
abhāṣitapuṃskathat which does not convey a masculine sense; a word which is not declined in the masculine gender; a word possessing only the feminine gender e.gखट्वा, लता et cetera, and othersconfer, compare अभाषितपुंस्काच्च P. VII. 3.48.
abhinidhānaliterally that which is placed near or before; the first of the doubled class consonants; a mute or sparṣa consonant arising from doubling and inserted before a mute; confer, compare अघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथमः अभिनिधानः स्पर्शपरात्तस्य सस्थानः ( Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 9. ) explained by त्रिभाष्यरत्न as स्पर्शपरादघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथम आगमस्तस्य स्पर्शस्य समानस्थानः अभिनिधानो भवति । अभिनिधीयते इत्यभिनिधानः आरोपणीयः इत्यर्थः । यथा यः क्कामयेत अश्मन्नूर्जम् । यः प्पाप्मना । The Ṛk. prātiśākhya explains the term अभिनिधान somewhat differently; confer, compare अभिनिधानं कृतसंहितानां स्पर्शन्ति:स्थानामपवाद्य रेफम् । संघारणं संवरणं श्रुतेश्च स्पर्शोदयानामपि चावसाने Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 5, explained by उव्वट as स्पर्शपराणां स्पर्शानां रेफं वर्जयित्वा अन्तःस्थानां च वर्णानां कृतसंहितानां च सतां संधारणं वर्णश्रुतेश्च संवरणं भवति । तदेतद् अभिनिधानं नाम । यथा उष मा षड् द्वा द्वा । ऋ. सं ८।६८।१४ इह षड् इत्यत्र अभिनिधानम् ॥ अभिनिघान possibly according to उव्वट here means the first of the doubled letter which, although the second letter is attached to it, is separately uttered with a slight pause after it. अभिनिधान means, in short, something like 'suppression.' The Ṛk. Tantra takes a still wider view and explains अभिनिधान as the first of a doubled consonant, cf ; अभिनिधानः । क्रमजं च पूर्वान्ततस्वरं भवति । Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 21.
abhiprāya(1)अभिप्रायसंधि a kind of euphonic combination where the nasal letter न् is dropped and the preceding vowel ( अ ) is nasalised e. g, दधन्याँ यः । स्ववाँ यातु : (2) view, purpose, intention; confer, compare तद् व्यक्तमाचार्यस्याभिप्रायो गम्येत, इदं न भवतीति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.27; confer, compare also स्वरितञितः कर्त्रभिप्राये क्रियाफले P.1.3.72.
abhividhiinclusive extension to a particular limit; inclusive limit confer, compare आङ् मर्यादाभिविध्योः P.II.1.13, अङ् मर्यादाभिविध्योरिति वक्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.89; (2) full or complete extension confer, compare अभिविधौ भाव इनुण् । अभिविधिरभिव्याप्तिः । सांराविणं वर्तते Kāś on P. III. 3.44.
abhedānvayarelation of non-difference as stated by the vaiyākaraṇas between an adjective and the substantive qualified by it. e, g. नीलमुत्पलम् is explained as नीलाभिन्नमुत्पलम्.
abhyastarepeated, redoubled word or wording or part of a word. The term अभ्यस्त is applied to the whole doubled expression in Pāṇini's grammar, confer, compare उभे अभ्यस्तम् P. VI.1.6; (2) the six roots with जक्ष् placed at the head viz. जक्ष् , जागृ, दरिद्रा , चकास्, शास्, दीधी and वेवी which in fact are reduplicated forms of घस् , गृ, द्रा, कास् , शस् , धी and वी.
abhyāvṛttiinclination towards an action; tendency to do an act; confer, compare संख्यायाः क्रियाभ्यावृत्तिगणनं कृत्वसुच् । P. V. 4.17 अभिमुखी प्रवृत्तिरभ्यावृत्तिः (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.4.19) is the explanation in the Mahābhāṣya,while पौनः पुन्यमभ्यावृत्तिः (Kāś. on V.4.17) is the one given in Kāśikā
abhyāsalit, doubling or reduplication technically the word refers to the first portion of the reduplication, which is called the reduplicative syllable as opposed to the second part which is called the reduplicated syllable; confer, compare पूर्वोभ्यासः P. VI.1.4. (2) Repetition, the sccond part which is repeated; confer, compare दोऽभ्यासे(RT.165) explained as दकारः अभ्यासे लुप्यते । पटत्पटेति । द्रसद्रसेति ; (3) repeated action; confer, compare अभ्यासः पुनः पुनः करणमावृत्तिः Kāś. on P.1-3, 1.
abhyāhataomission of any sound; a fault of utterance. अम् (1)a technical brief term in Panini's grammar including vowels, semivowels, the letter ह् and nasals; (2) a significant term for the accusative case showing change or substitution or modification: confer, compare अं विकारस्य Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.28 explained as अमिति शब्दे विकारस्याख्या भवति । अमिति द्वितीय विभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् । (3) augment अ applied to the penultimate vowel of सृज् & दृश् (P. VI.1.58, 59 and VII.1.99) (4) substitute tor Ist person. singular. affix मिप्, by P.III.4.101 (5) Acc. singular. case affix अम् .
amaracalled अमरसिंह an ancient grammarian mentioned in the कविकल्पद्रुम by बोपदेव. He is believed to have written some works on grammar such as षट्कारकलक्षण his famous existing work, however, being the Amarakoṣa or Nāmaliṅgānuśāsana.
amaracandraa Jain grammarian who is believed to be the writer of स्यादिशब्दसमुच्चय, परिमल et cetera, and others
amutaddhita affix. affix अम् applied in Vedic Literature to किम्, words ending in ए, indeclinables and the affixes तर and तम: e. g. प्रतरं नयामः प्रतरं वस्यः confer, compare अमु च च्छन्दसि P. V. 4. 12.
amṛtabhāratīa grammarian who is believed to have written सुबोधिका, a gloss on the सारस्वतव्याकरण.
ambūkṛtautterance (of words) accompanied by water drops coming out of the mouth; a fault of utterance or pronunciation; मुखात् विप्रुषो निर्गमनम् . It is explained differently in the Rk. Prātiśākhya; confer, compare ओष्ठाभ्यां नद्धं अम्बूकृतम्म्वृ (Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV.2.) held tight between the lips which of course, is a fault of pronunciation; confer, compareग्रस्तं निरस्तमविलम्बितं निर्हतं अम्बूकृतं ध्मात मथो विकम्पितम्. MBh. I. 1. पस्पशाह्निक.
ayāc,ayāṭsubstitutes for inst. sing affix टा in Vedic literature e. g. स्वप्नया, नावया.
ayuja term applied to the odd feet of a stanza; confer, compare युग्मावष्टाक्षरौ पादवयुजौ द्वादशाक्षरौ । ना सतोबृहती नाम Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 39.
ayogavāhathe letters or phonetic elements अनुस्वार,विसर्ग,जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and यम called so,as they are always uttered only in combination with another phonetic element or letter such as अ or the like, and never independently; confer, compare अकारादिना वर्णसमाम्नायेन संहिताः सन्तः ये वहन्ति आत्मलाभं ते अयेागवाहाः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Vāj.Pr.VIII.18. These अयोगवाह letters possess the characteristics of both, the vowels as well as consonants;confer, compareअयोगवाहानामट्सु उपदेशः कर्तव्यः णत्वं प्रयोजनम् । शर्षु जष्भावत्वे प्रयोजनम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on शिवसूत्र हयवरट्.
araktasandhia word, the coalescence of which is not nasalized, as the word आ in मन्द्रमा वरेण्यम् as contrastcd with अभ्र आं अपः confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.18.
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
ardharcādia group of words given in P.II.4.31 which are declined in both the masculine and the neuter genders; c.g. अर्धर्चः,अर्धर्चमू, यूथः, यूथम्; गृहः गृहम्, et cetera, and others; cf अर्धर्चाः पुंसिं च P.II.4.31.
ardhavisargaa term used for the Jihvāmūliya and Upadhmāniya into which a visarga is changed when followed by the letters क्, ख, and the letters प्, फ् respectively.
alakṣaṇathat which is not a proper लक्षण i. e. Sūtra; a Sūtra which does not teach definitely; a Sūtra which cannot be properly applied being ambiguous in sense. cf व्याख्यानतो विशेषप्रतिपत्तिर्नहि संदह्यादलक्षणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. I.
alākṣaṇika(1)not used in a secondary sense; (2) not accomplished by the regular application of a grammar rule: confer, compareनिपातनैः सह निर्देशादत्रापि किंचिदलाक्षणिकं कार्यमस्ति Kāś. on III.2.59.
alukabsence of elision or omission.
alontyavidhian operation, which, on the strength of its being enjoined by means of the genitive case, applies to the last letter of the wording put in the genitive; confer, compare नानर्थकेलोन्त्यविधिरनभ्यासविकारे Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.65, confer, compare अलोन्त्यस्य । षष्ठीनिर्दिष्टोन्त्यस्यादेशः स्यात् S.K. on P. I.1.52.
alopaabsence of clision of an affix et cetera, and others confer, compare सुपः अलोपः भवति वाक्ये । राज्ञः पुरुष इति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1.
alpataranot of frequent occurence in the spoken language or literature the term is used in connection with such words as are not frequently used; confer, compare सन्त्यल्पप्रयोगाः कृतोप्यैकपदिकाः । व्रंततिर्दम्नाः जाटय आट्णारो जागरूको द्विर्धिहोमीति Nir I.14.
alpaprāṇa(1)non-aspirate letters letters requiring little breath from the mouth for their utterance as opposed to mahāprāṇa; (2) non-aspiration; one of the external articulate efforts characterizing the utterance of non-aspirate letters.
alpāpekṣaam operation requiring a smaller number of causes, which merely on that account cannot be looked upon as अन्तरङ्ग. The antaraṅga operation has its causes occurring earlier than those of another operation which is termed बहिरङ्ग confer, compare बहिरङगान्तरङश्ङ्गशब्दाभ्यां बह्वपेक्षत्वाल्पापेक्षत्वयोः शब्दमर्यादयाsलाभाच्च । तथा सति असिद्धं बह्वपेक्षमल्पापेक्ष इत्येव वदेत् ॥ Par.Śek. Pari. 50.
allopaelision or omission of a single phonetic element or letter; confer, compare अल्लोपोsनः P. VI.4.134.
avakāśaoccasion; possibility of application; confer, compare इको गुणवृद्धी इत्यस्यावकाशः। चयनं चायकः लवनं लावकः इति । इहोभयं प्राप्नोति | मेद्यति । मार्ष्टीति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.3. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6.
avagraha(1)separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.
avacanasomething which need not be specifically prescribed or stated, being already available or valid; cf तृतीयासमासे अर्थग्रहणमनर्थकं अर्थगतिर्हि अवचनात् P. II.1.30 V.1.
avacchedaexact limitation: confer, compare उपदेशत्वावच्छेदेने एकाजित्यर्थाच्च, Par.Śek. 120.3.
avadhāraṇarestriction; limitation; confer, compare अवधारणमियत्तापरिच्छेदः । यावदमत्रं ब्राह्मणानामन्त्रयतस्व Kāś. on P.II.1.8.
avadhilimit,which is either exclusive or inclusive of the particular rule or word which characterizes it: confer, compare सर्वश्च हल् तं तमवधिं प्रति अन्त्यो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.3.
avadhimatobject of limit; confer, compare दूरे चेदवधिमान् अवधेर्भवति Kāś. on P.V.3.37.
avarṇathe letter अ; the first letter of the Sanskrit alphabet, comprising all its varieties caused by grades, ( ह्रस्व, दीर्घ, प्लुत) or accents of nasalization. The word वर्ण is used in the neuter gender in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare सर्वमुखस्थानमवर्णम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.9, मा कदाचिदवर्णं भूत् M.Bh. I.1.48 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; cf also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.50 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 18 and I.1.51 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2: confer, compare also ह्रस्वमवर्णं प्रयोगे संवृतम् Sīradeva's ParibhāṣāvṛttiPari. 17. 6
avighātārthameant for not preventing the application (of a particular term) to others where it should apply. The word is frequently used in the Kāśikā; cf अजाद्यतष्टाप् । टकारः सामान्यग्रहणाविघातार्थः । Kāś. on P. IV.I.4, also see Kāś. on III.1. 133; III.2,67,73 IV.1.78.
avidhinon-application, non-prescription (अविधान); confer, compare अङ्गवृत्ते पुनर्वृत्तौ अविधिर्निष्ठितस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.I.30; Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 92.
avibhaktikawithout the application of a case termination.The term is used frequently in connection with such words as are found used by Pāṇini without any case-affix in his Sūtras; sometimes, such usage is explained by commentators as an archaic usage; confer, compare अविभक्तिको निर्देशः । कृप उः रः लः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I 1. Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 2; also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.3 ; III.1.36, VII.1.3 et cetera, and others
aviravikanyāyaa maxim mentioned by Patañjali in connection with the word आविक where the taddhita affix ठक् (इक), although prescribed after the word अवि in the sense of 'flesh of sheep' (अवेः मांसम्), is actually put always after the base अविक and never after अवि. The maxim shows the actual application of an affix to something allied to, or similar to the base, and not to the actual base as is sometimes found in popular use confer, compare द्वयोः शब्दयोः समानार्थयोरेकेन विग्रहोऽपरस्मादुत्पत्तिर्भविष्यति अविरविकन्यायेन । तद्यथा अवेर्मांसमिति विगृह्य अविकशब्दादुत्पत्तिर्भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.88; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.89; IV.2.60; IV.3.131,V.1.7,28; VI.2.11.
avṛddhaliterallynot beginning with the vowel अा, ऐ or औ; a word which has got no अा or ऐ, or औ as its first vowel, as for example ग्लुचुक, अहिचुम्बक et cetera, and others इरावती, नर्मदा यमुना etc; confer, compare प्राचामवृद्धात् फिन् बहुलम् P.IV.1.160. also अवृद्धाभ्यो नदीमानुषीभ्यस्तन्नामिकाभ्यः P.IV. 1.113.
avyayaindeclinable, literally invariant, not undergoing a change. Pāṇini has used the word as a technical term and includes in it all such words as स्वर्, अन्तर् , प्रातर् etc, or composite expressions like अव्ययीभावसमास, or such taddhitānta words as do not take all case affixes as also kṛdanta words ending in म् or ए, ऐ, ओ, औ. He gives such words in a long list of Sutras P. I.1.37 to 41; confer, compare सदृशं त्रिषु लिङ्गेषु सर्वासु च विभक्तिषु । वचनेषु च सर्वेषु यन्न व्येति तदव्ययम् Kāś. on P.I.1.37.
avyayasaṃgrahaname of a treatise ondeclinable words attributed to Sākaṭāyana.
avyayārthanirūpaṇaa work on the meanings of indeclinable words written in the sixteenth century A. D. by Viṭṭhala Śeṣa, grandson of Ramacandra Śeṣa the author of the Prakriyā Kaumudi.
avyayībhāvaname of a compound so called on account of the words forming the compound, being similar to indeclinables: e. g. निर्मक्षिकम् , अधिहरि, यथामति, यावज्जीवम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare अनव्ययं अव्ययं भवतीत्यव्ययीभावः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.I.5. The peculiarity of the avyayībhāva compound is that the first member of the compound plays the role of the principal word; confer, compare पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानोऽव्ययीभावः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.6.
avyavasthāabsence of proper disposal; absence of a proper method regarding the application of a rule: confer, compare पुनर्ऋच्छिभावः पुनराडिति चक्रकमव्यवस्था प्राप्नोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.60 V. 5.
avyāptiinsufficient extension, as opposed to अतिव्याप्ति or over application; confer, compareसर्वौपाधिव्यभिचारार्थम् । अव्याप्त्यतिव्याप्त्यसंभवादिदोषपरिहारार्थम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on II.1.32.
aśmādia class of words headed by the word अश्मन् to which the taddhita affix र is applied in the four senses specified in P.IV.2.67 to 70; exempli gratia, for example अश्मरः, ऊषरम् , नगरम् , पामरः गह्वरम् et cetera, and others confer, compare P.IV.2.80.
aśvaghāsādicompounds like अश्वघास which cannot be strictly correct as चतुथींसमास, but can be षष्ठीसमास if the word तदर्थ in the rule चतुर्थी तदर्थार्थबलिहितसुखरक्षितैः be understood in the sense of 'meant for' a particular thing which is to be formed out of it: confer, compare विकृतिः प्रकृत्येति चेदश्वघासादीनामुपसंख्यानम् M.Bh. on II.1.36.
aṣṭādhyāyīname popularly given to the Sūtrapāṭha of Pāṇini consisting of eight books (adhyāyas) containing in all 3981 Sūtras,as found in the traditional recital, current at the time of the authors of the Kāśika. Out of these 398l Sūtras, seven are found given as Vārtikas in the Mahābhāṣya and two are found in Gaṇapāṭha.The author of the Mahābhāṣya has commented upon only 1228 of these 3981 sūtras. Originally there were a very few differences of readings also, as observed by Patañjali ( see Mbh on I.4.1 ); but the text was fixed by Patañjali which, with a few additions made by the authors of the Kāśika,as observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., has traditionally come down to the present day. The Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is believed to be one of the six Vedāṅga works which are committed to memory by the reciters of Ṛgveda. The text of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is recited without accents. The word अष्टाध्यायी was current in Patañjali's time; confer, compare शिष्टज्ञानार्था अष्टाध्यायी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 3.109.
as(1)case affix of the nominative and accusative plural and the ablative and genitive singular (जस् , शस्, ङसि and ङस् ) (2) taddhita affix अस् ( असि ) added to पूर्व, अधर and अवर, by P.V.3.39: (3) compoundending अस् ( असिच् ) applied to the words प्रजा and मेधा standing at the end of a Bahuvrīhi compound (P.V.4.122): (4) Uṇādi affix अस् prescribed by the rule सर्वधातुभ्योऽसुन् and subsequent rules (628-678) to form words such as मनस्,सरस् et cetera, and others(5) ending syllable अस्, with or without sense, of words in connection with which special operations are given in grammar; confer, compare P.VI.4.14; confer, compare also अनिनस्मन्ग्रहणान्यर्थवता चानर्थकेन च तदन्तविधिं प्रयोजयन्ति Par.Śek. Pari. 16.
asaṃkhyanot possessing any notion of number; the word is used in connection with avyayas or indeclinables; यथैव हि अलिङ्गमव्ययमेवमसंख्यमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.82.
asaṃbhavaImpossibility of occurrence (used in connection with an operation); cf नावश्यं द्विकार्ययोग एव विप्रतिषेधः । किं तर्हि । असंभवेपि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.12 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (2) impossibility of a statement, mention, act et cetera, and others confer, compare असंभवः खल्वपि अर्थादेशनस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1.
asarūpanot having the same outward form or appearance; e. g. the affixes अण्, अच्, ण, अट्, ञ्, and the like which are, in fact, सरूप as they have the same outward form viz. the affix अ. अण् and यत् are असरूप; confer, compare वाऽसरूपोऽस्त्रियाम् P.III. 1.94.
asiddhainvalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.
asiddhatvainvalidity of a rule or operation on account of the various considerations sketched a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See असिद्ध.
asiddhaparibhāṣāthe same as Antaraṅga Paribhāṣā or the doctrine of the invalidity of the bahiraṅga operation. See the word असिद्ध a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see the Paribhāṣā 'asiddham , bahiraṅgam antaraṅge' Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 50 and the discussion thereon. Some grammarians have given the name असिद्धपरिभाषा to the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे as contrasted with अन्तरङ्गं बहुिरङ्कगाद् वलीयः which they have named as बहिरङ्गपरिभाषा.
ā(1)the long form of the vowel अ called दीर्घ,consisting of two mātrās, in contrast with (l) the short अ which consists of one mātrā and the protracted आ३ which consists of three mātrās; (2) substitute अा of two mātrās when prescribed by the word दीर्घ or वृद्धि for the short vowel अ; (3) upasarga अा (अाङ्) in the sense of limit exempli gratia, for example अा कडारादेका संज्ञा (P.I.4.1.) आकुमारं यशः पाणिनेः K. on II.1.13. आ उदकान्तात् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.14.) (4) indeclinable आ in the sense of remembrance e. g. आ एवं नु मन्यसे; confer, compare ईषदर्थे क्रियायोगे मर्यादाभिविधौ च यः । एतमातं ङितं विद्याद्वाक्यस्मरणयोरङित् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.14; (5) augment अा ( अाक् ) as seen in चराचर, वदावद et cetera, and others confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VI.1.12 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6; (6) augment अा(आट्) prefixed to roots in the tenses लुङ्, लङ् and लृङ् (7) substitute अा prescribed for the last letter of pronouns before the taddhita affix. affixes दृक्,दृश, दृक्ष and वत्, as in तादृक्दृ, तादृश et cetera, and others; (8) feminine affix आ (टाप्, डाप् or चाप् ) added to nouns ending in अा; (9) substitute आ ( आ or अात्, or डा or आल् ) for case affixes in Vedic literature उभा यन्तारौ, नाभा पृथिव्याः et cetera, and others
ām̐indeclinable आ pronounccd nasalized, e. g. अभ्र आँ अपः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.3.2.
ākarṣādia class of words headed by the word आकर्ष to which the taddhita affix कन् (क) is applied in the sense of clever or expert; e. g. आकर्षकः, त्सरुकः, शकुनिकः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. अाकर्षादिभ्यः कन् P.V.2.64.
ākṛtiliterally form; individual thing; confer, compare एकस्या अाकृतेश्चरितः प्रयोगो द्वितीयस्यास्तृतीयस्याश्च न भवति M.Bh on III.1.40 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).6. The word is derived as आक्रियते सा आकृतिः and explained as संस्थानम्; confer, compare आक्रियते व्यज्यते अनया इति आकृतिः संस्थानमुच्यते Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on IV.1.63; (2) general form which, in a way, is equivalent to the generic notion or genus; confer, compare आकृत्युपदेशात्सिद्धम् । अवर्णाकृतिरुपदिष्टा सर्वमवर्णकुलं ग्रहीष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).I.1 Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 1; (3) notion of genus; cf also यत्तर्हि तद् भिन्नेष्वभिन्नं छिनेष्वच्छिन्नं सामान्यभूतं स शब्दः । नेत्याह । अाकृतिर्नाम सा. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya.1; (4) a metre consisting of 88 letters; confer, compare R. Prāt. XVI.56,57.
aākhyātaverbal form, verb; confer, compare भावप्रधानमाख्यातं सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि Nirukta of Yāska.I.1; चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्यातोपसर्गनिपाताश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1. Āhnika 1 ; also A.Prāt. XII. 5, अाकार अाख्याते पदादिश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.2.37 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2, आख्यातमाख्यातेन क्रियासातत्ये Sid. Kau. on II.1.72, क्रियावाचकमाख्यातं Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1; confer, compare भारद्वाजकमाख्यातं भार्गवं नाम भाष्यते । भारद्वाजेन दृष्टत्वादाख्यातं भारद्वाजगोत्रम् V. Prāt. VIII. 52; confer, compare also Athar. Prāt.I.I.12, 18; 1.3.3,6; II.2.5 where ākhyāta means verbal form. The word also meant in ancient days the root also,as differentiated from a verb or a verbal form as is shown by the lines तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वं, तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातुः R.Pr.XII.5 where 'आख्यात' and 'धातु' are used as synonyms As the root form such as कृ, भृ et cetera, and others as distinct from the verbal form, is never found in actual use, it is immaterial whether the word means root or verb.In the passages quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. from the Nirukta and the Mahābhāṣya referring to the four kinds of words, the word ākhyāta could be taken to mean root (धातु) or verb (क्रियापद). The ākhyāta or verb is chiefly concerned with the process of being and bccoming while nouns (नामानि) have sattva or essence, or static element as their meaning. Verbs and nouns are concerned not merely with the activities and things in this world but with every process and entity; confer, compare पूर्वापूरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेनाचष्टे Nir.I.;अस्तिभवतिविद्यतीनामर्थः सत्ता । अनेककालस्थायिनीति कालगतपौर्वापर्येण क्रमवतीति तस्याः क्रियात्वम् । Laghumañjūṣā. When a kṛt (affix). affix is added to a root, the static element predominates and hence a word ending with a kṛt (affix). affix in the sense of bhāva or verbal activity is treated as a noun and regularly declined;confer, compareकृदभिहितो भावे द्रव्यवद् भवति M.Bh. on II.2.19 and III. 1.67, where the words गति, व्रज्या, पाक and others are given as instances. Regarding indeclinable words ending with kṛt (affix). affixes such as कर्तुं, कृत्वा, and others, the modern grammarians hold that in their case the verbal activity is not shadowed by the static element and hence they can be,in a way, looked upon as ākhyātas; confer, compare अव्ययकृतो भावे Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa.
akhyātaprakriyāa work dealing with verbs, written by Anubhūtisvarūpācārya on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa.
aākhyātavivekaa work dealing with verbs and their activity by KṛṣṇaShāstrī Āraḍe a great Naiyāyika of the 18th century.
aāgantukaliterally adventitious, an additional wording generally at the end of roots to show distinctly their form exempli gratia, for example वदि, एधि, सर्ति et cetera, and others; confer, compare इन्धिभवतिभ्यां च P I.2.6: confer, compare also भावलक्षणे स्थेण्कृञ्वदिचरिहृतभिजनिभ्यस्तोमुन्, P.III.4.16, सृपिवृदो. कसुन् P. III.4.17 and a number of other sūtras where इ or तिं is added to the root confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे, वर्णात्कारः, रादिफः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.3. 4, where such appendages to be added to the roots or letters are given. The word अागन्तु is an old word used in the Nirukta, but the term आगन्तुक appears to be used for the first time for such forms by Haradatta; confer, compare ह्वरोरिति ह्वृ कौटिल्ये, आगन्तुकेकारे गुणेन निर्देशः Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on VII.2.31. In the traditional oral explanations the second part of a reduplicated word is termed अागन्तुक which is placed second i. e. after the original by virtue of the convention आगन्तूनामन्ते निवेशः, although in fact, it is said to possess the sense of the root in contrast with the first which is called abhyāsa.A nice distinction can, however be drawn between the four kinds of adventitious wordings found in grammar viz.आगन्तु, इत्, अभ्यास and आगम which can be briefly stated as follows; The former two do not form a regular part of the word and are not found in the actual use of the word; besides, they do not possess any sense, while the latter two are found in actual use and they are possessed of sense. Again the agantu word is simply used for facility of understanding exactly and correctly the previous word which is really wanted; the इत् wording, besides serving this purpose, is of use in causing some grammatical operations. अभ्यास, is the first part of the wording which is wholly repeated and it possesses no sense by itself, while, āgama which is added to the word either at the beginning or at the end or inserted in the middle, forms a part of the word and possesses the sense of the word.
āctaddhita affix. affix आ applied to the word दक्षिणा and उत्तरा; confer, compareP.V. 3.36, 38. e. g. दक्षिणा वसति, उत्तरा रमणीयम् Kāś on V.3.36, 38.
ācārakvipdenominative case. affix क्विप् applied to any prātipadika or noun in the sense of behaviour: confer, compare सर्वप्रातिपदिकेभ्य आचारे क्विब् वक्तव्यः अश्वति गर्दभति इत्येवमर्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.11; confer, compare हलन्तेभ्य आचाराक्विबभावाच्च Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. on Pari.52.
ācāryapreceptor, teacher; a designation usually given to Pāṇini by Patañjali in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare the usual expression तज्ज्ञापयति आचार्यः as also अाचार्यप्रवृत्तिर्ज्ञापयति; also confer, compare नेदानीमाचार्याः सूत्राणि कृत्वा निवर्तयन्ति; confer, compare also the popular definition of अाचार्य given as 'निशम्य यद्गिरं प्राज्ञा अविचार्यैव तत्क्षणम् । संभावयन्ति शिरसा तमाचार्यं प्रचक्षते ।"
ācāryasaṃpadnecessary qualification to teach the Veda with all its pāṭhas having the necessary knowledge of accents, matrās and the like. confer, compare पदक्रमविभागज्ञो वर्णक्रमविचक्षणः स्वरमात्राविशेषज्ञो गच्छेदाचार्यसंपदम् R. Prāt.I.8.
aātitaddhita affix. affix अात् applied to उत्तर, अधर and दक्षिण by P.V.3.34.
ātideśikaapplied by extension or transfer of epithet as opposed to औपदेशिक. See the word अतिदेश; the term is often used in connection with rules or operations which do not apply or occur by the direct expression of the grammarian; confer, compare यदि आतिदेशिकेन कित्वेन औपदेशिकं कित्वं बाध्येत. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.1.; confer, compare also अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् Par.Śek. Pari. 93.6.
ātiśāyikaa tad-affix in the sense of excellence; a term applied to the affixes तम and इष्ठ as also तर and ईयस् prescribed by Pāṇini by the rules अतिशायने तमबिष्ठनौ and द्विवचनविभज्योपपदे तरबीयसुनौ confer, compare P.V.3.55, 57. This superlative affix is seen doubly applied sometimes in Vedic Lit. eg.श्रेष्ठतमाय कर्मणे Yaj. Saṁ. I.1; confer, compare also तदन्ताच्च स्वार्थे छन्दसि दर्शनं श्रेष्ठतमायेति P.V.3.55 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).3.
aātmanebhāṣaa technical term used for such roots as speak for the agent himself; the term अात्मनेभाष means the same as the term अात्मनेपदिन्. The term अात्मनेभाष is not mentioned by Pāṇini; but the writer of the Vārtikas explains it, confer, compare आत्मनेभाषपरस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI.3.7 and 8 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; confer, compare also आत्मनेपदिनश्च धातवो वैयाकरणैरात्मनेभाषशब्देन व्यवह्रियन्ते,Kaiyaṭa on VI.3.7.The term is found in the Atharva-Prātiśākhya. III. 4.7. It cannot be said whether the term came in use after Pāṇini or, although earlier, it belonged to some school other than that of Pāṇini or, Pāṇini put into use the terms Ātmanepada and Parasmaipada for the affixes as the ancient terms Ātmanebhāṣa and Parasmaibhāṣa were in use for the roots.
āditpossessed of the mute indicatory letter अा signifying the nonapplication of the augment इ (इट् ) to the past-passive voice. participle. term क्त. e. g. क्ष्विण्ण from the root ञिक्ष्विदाः similarly खिन्न, भिन्न et cetera, and others confer, compare आदितश्र P.VII. 2.16.
ādeśa(1)substitute as opposed to sthānin, the original. In Pāṇini's grammar there is a very general maxim, possessed of a number of exceptions, no doubt, that 'the substitute behaves like the original' (स्थानिवदादेशः अनल्विधौ P.I.1.56.); the application of this maxim is called स्थानिवद्भाव; for purposes of this स्थानिवद्भाव the elision (लोप) of a phonetic element is looked upon as a sort of substitute;confer, compare उपधालेपस्य स्थानिवत्त्वात् Kāś. on P.I.1.58. Grammarians many times look upon a complete word or a word-base as a substitute for another one, although only a letter or a syllable in the word is changed into another, as also when a letter or syllable is added to or dropped in a word; confer, compare पचतु, पचन्तु ... इमेप्यादेशाः । कथम् । अादिश्यते यः स आदेशः । इमे चाप्यादिश्यन्ते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56; cf also सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः M.Bh. on P. I.1.20; confer, compare also अनागमकानां सागमका आदेशाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.20: (2) indication, assignment; confer, compare योयं स्वरादेशः अन्तोदात्तं, वधेराद्युदात्तत्वं, स्वः स्वरितमिति अादेशः R.Pr.I.30-32; confer, compare also अादेशः उपदेशः commentary on Tai.-Prāt. II.20: confer, compare also अनादेशे अविकारः V.Pr.IV.131, where Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.remarks यत्र उदात्तादीनां स्वराणां सन्धौ आदेशो न क्रियते तत्र अविकारः प्रत्येतव्यः । confer, compare also एकारो विभक्त्यादेशः छन्दसि A.Pr. II.1.2, where ए is prescribed as a substitute for a caseaffix and त्ये and अस्मे are cited as examples where the acute acent is also prescribed for the substitute ए.
ādyantavattvaअाद्यन्तवद्भाव, consideration of a single or solitary letter as the initial or the final one according to requirements for opcrations prescribed for the initial or for the final. Both these notions --the initial and the final-are relative notions, and because they require the presence of an additional letter or letters for the sake of being called initial or final it becomes necessary to prescribe आद्यन्तवद्भाव in the case of a single letter; confer, compareअाद्यन्तवदेकस्मिन् । आदौ इव अन्त इव एकस्मिन्नपि कार्यं भवति । यथा कर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययाद्युदात्तत्वं भवति एवमौपगवमित्यत्रापि यथा स्यात् । Kāś. on P.I.1.21 ; confer, compare also अाद्यन्तवच्च । अपृक्तस्य आदिवदन्तवच्च कार्यं भवति । Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.55. This अाद्यन्तवद्भाव of Pāṇini is, in fact, a specific application of the general maxim known as vyapadeśivadbhāva by virtue of which "an operation which affects something on account of some special designation, which for certain reasons attaches to the letter, affects likewise that which stands alone;" confer, compare Pari.Śek. Pari. 30.
ādhṛṣīyaa sub-division of roots belonging to the चुरादिगण or tenth conjugation beginning with युज् and ending with धृष् which take the Vikaraṇa णिच् optionally id est, that is which are also conjugated like roots of the first conjugation; exempli gratia, for example यीजयति,योजयते, योजति;साहयति-ते, सहति.
āna(1)kṛt affix (शानच् or चानश्) substituted for the lakāra लट् and applied to ātmanepadi roots forming the present participle; (2) kṛt (affix). affix कानच् applied to ātmanepadi roots in the sense of past time forming the perfect participle confer, compare लिटः कानज्वा P.III.2.106.
ānarthakyaabsence of any utility; superfluity; absence of any object or purpose; confer, compare स्थानिवद्वचनानर्थक्यं शास्त्रासिद्धत्वात् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.1.86 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5 confer, compare also P.VI.1.158 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; VI.1.161 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1, VI.1.166 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1, VI.1.167 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
ānunāsikyanasalization; utterance through the nose, an additional property possessed by vowels and the fifth letters of the 5 classes (ङ्, ञ्, ण् ,न्, म्) confer, compare आनुनासिक्यं तेषामधिको गुणः M.Bh. on I.1.9.
aāntaryaproximity; close affinity ; close relationship. There are four kinds of such proximity as far as words in grammar are concerned; Re: the organs of speech (स्थानतः)as in दण्डाग्रम्, regarding the meaning(अर्थतः)as in वातण्ड्ययुवतिः, regarding the quality (गुण) as in पाकः रागः, and regarding the prosodial value (प्रमाण) as in अमुष्मै, अमूभ्याम्; confer, compare अनेकविधं अान्तर्यं स्थानार्थगुणप्रमाणकृतम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.13. confer, compare also Kāś. on I.1.50.
aānpadword ending with अान् which has the consonant dropped and the preceding आ nasalized; e. g. सर्गा इव सृजतम् Ṛk.Saṁ. VIII. 35. 20, महा इन्द्रः Ṛk Saṁ VI.19.1; confer, compare दीर्घादटि समानपादे, अातोऽटि नित्यम् P. VIII.3.9, VIII.3.3; confer, compare also हन्त देवो इति चैता अान्-पदाः पदवृत्तयः R.Pr.IV.26,27.
āpiśala(1)a work of अापिशलि, possibly his grammar; confer, compare आपिशलमधीते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.14; (2) a student of Āpiśali's grammar: आपिशलमधीते आपिशला ब्राह्मणी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.14: अापिशलपाणिनीयव्याडीयगौतमीयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 2.36.; confer, compare तथा चापिशलाः पाणिनीयाः पठन्ति-आगमोनुपघातेन विकारश्चोपमर्दनात् । आदेशस्तु प्रसङ्गेन लोपः सर्वापकर्षनात्.
āpuṭaugment ( आप् ) suggested in the place of आपुक् by Patañjali to be prefixed to the affix णिच् confer, compare M Bh on III.1.25.
ābhācchāstraa rule given in the section called आभीयप्रकरण extending from P.VI.4.22 to VI.4.175, wherein one rule or operation is looked upon as invalid to another ; confer, compare असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22 and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon; confer, compare also यावता अनिदितां हलः इत्यपि आभाच्छास्त्रम् Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.Pari. 38.
ābhīyaprakaraṇaa section of Pāṇini's grammar from VI.4.-2 to VI. 4.129, called अाभीय, as it extends to the rule भस्य VI.4.129, including it but as the governing rule भस्य is valid in every rule upto the end of the Pāda, the आभीयप्रकरण also extends upto the end of the Pāda.See अाभाच्छास्त्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ābhīyāsiddhatvainvalidity or supposed invisibility of one rule with respect to another, in the section called अाभीयप्रकरण. See अाभाच्छास्त्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
abhyāsachanges prescribed in connection with the अभ्यास or reduplicative syllable; confer, compare अभ्यासविकार अाभ्यासः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.6.
āmantraṇa(1)calling out from a distance;(2) an invitation which may or may not be accepted; confer, compare विधिनिमन्त्रणामन्त्रणाधीष्टसंप्रश्नप्रार्थनेषु लिङ् P.III. 3.161 whereon Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). remarks अथ निमन्त्रणामन्त्रणयोः को विशेषः । अथ संनिहितेन निमन्त्रणं भवति असंनिहितेन अामन्त्रणम् । नैषोस्ति विशेषः । असंनिहितेनापि निमन्त्रणं भवति संनिहितेनापि चामन्त्रणम् । एवं तर्हि यन्नियोगतः कर्तव्यं तन्निमन्त्रणम् । अामन्त्रणे कामचारः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.III.3.161.
aāmantrita(1)a word in the vocative singular. confer, compare सामन्त्रितम् P.II.3.48: a tech. term in Pāṇini's grammar, the peculiar features of which are पराङ्गवद्भाव (confer, compare P.II.1.2), अविद्यमानवद्भाव (confer, compare P.VIII.1.72), द्वित्व (confer, compare P.VIII. 1.8), अद्युदात्तत्व (confer, compare P.VI.1.198), सर्वानुदात्तत्व(confer, compare P.VIII.1.19), splitting of ए into अा and इ, exempli gratia, for example अग्रे into अग्ना ३ इ (confer, compare P.VIII.2.107 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3); (2) Vocative case, confer, compare ओकार अामन्त्रितजः प्रगृह्यः Ṛk. Prāt. I.28; Vāj. Pr. III.139: II.17: II.24 VI.1.
aāmantryaa word in the vocative case; literally a word possessed of the sense of invocation; confer, compare अामन्त्र्यमाणेर्थं वर्तमानः शब्द अामन्त्र्यः Śāk. I.3.88; confer, compare also अमन्त्रयते यत्तदामन्त्र्यम् commentary on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II.1.25.
aāminactaddhita affix. affix अामिन् in the sense of possession, applied to the word स्व; confer, compare स्वामिन्नैश्वर्ये P.V.2.126.
aāmutaddhita affix. affix (अाम्) added to the affixes घ id est, that is तर and तम which are placed after indeclinables; exempli gratia, for example किंतराम्, पचतितराम् et cetera, and others confer, compare P.V.4.11.
āmreḍita(1)iterative: a repeated word, defined as द्विरुक्तं पदम् confer, compare द्विरुक्तमात्रेडितं पदम् exempli gratia, for example यज्ञायज्ञा वो अग्नये Vāj. Prāt. I. 146; (2). the second or latter portion, of a repeated word according to Pāṇini; c. तस्य (द्विरुक्तस्य) परमाम्रेडितम् P. VIII.1.2. The Āmreḍita word gets the grave accent and has its last vowel protracted when it implies censure; confer, compare P.VIII.1.3 and VIII. 2.95.Haradatta has tried to explain how the term आम्रेडित means the first member; confer, compare ननु अाम्रेडितशब्दे । निघण्टुषु प्रसिद्धः अाम्रेडितं द्विस्त्रिरुक्तमिति । सत्यमर्थे प्रसिद्धः इह तु शब्दे परिभाष्यते । महासंज्ञाकरणं पूर्वाचार्यानुरोधेन Padamañj. on VIII.1.2.
āy(1)the affix आय applied to the roots गुप्, धूप् and others ending with which they are looked upon as roots; confer, compare P. III.1.28: P.III.1. 32. The affix is applied optionally when an ārdhadhātuka affix is to follow, exempli gratia, for example गोपायिता, गोप्ता; confer, compare P.III. 1.31; (2) augment; confer, compare असतो वर्णस्य उपजनः R. Prāt. XIV. 1 Uvaṭa.
aāyāmatension of the limbs or organs producing sound, which is noticed in the utterance of a vowel which is accented acute ( उदात्त ) अायामो गात्राणां दैघ्र्यमाकर्षणं वा; commentary on Tait. Prāt. XXII. 9; confer, compare ऊर्ध्वगमनं गात्राणाम् वायुनिमित्तं U1. varia lectio, another reading,on R. Prāt. III.1; confer, compare also ऊर्ध्वगमनं शरीरस्य commentary on Vāj. Prāt I.31; confer, compare also आयामो दारुण्यमणुता रवत्येत्युच्चैःकराणि शाब्दस्य M.Bh. on P. I.2.29.
aāraktaddhita affix.affix (आर) applied to the word गोधा in the sense of off spring according to the Northern Grammarians;exempli gratia, for example गौधारः, (optional forms गौधेय and गौधेर acc. to others); confer, compare P.IV.1.129, 130.
ārakantaddhita affix. affix applied to the words शृङ्ग and वृन्द, exempli gratia, for example शृङ्गारकः, वृन्दारकः;cf P. शृङ्गवृन्दाभ्यामारकन्, P.V. 2.122 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
aāritaddhita affix. affix applied to the word पूर्वतर when the whole word refers to a year, exempli gratia, for exampleपरारि in the last year; confer, compare B.V.3.22 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.
ārukṛt (affix). affix applied to the roots शृ and वन्द् in the sense of habituated et cetera, and others exempli gratia, for example शरारुः, वन्दारुः, cf P. III. 2.173.
ārdhadhātukaa term used in contrast to the term सार्वधातुक for such verbal and kṛt affixes, as are not personal endings of verbs nor marked with the mute letter श् confer, compare तिङ्शित् सार्वधातुकम् । आर्धधातुकं शेषः। P.III.4.113 and 114. The personal endings of verbs in the perfect tense and the benedictive mood are termed ārdhadhātuka, confer, compare P. III. 4.115, 116; while both the terms are promiscuously found utilised in the Vedic Literature; confer, compare P. III. 4. 117. The main utility of the ārdhadhātuka term is the augment इ ( इट् ) to be prefixed to the ārdhadhātuka affixes. The term आर्धधातुका was in use in works of the old Vaiyākaraṇas; confer, compare अथवा आर्धधातुकासु इति वक्ष्यामि कासु आर्धधातुकासु । उक्तिषु युक्तिषु रूढिषु प्रतीतिषु श्रुतिषु संज्ञासु M.Bh. on II. 4.35. It cannot be said how the term ārdhadhātuka originatedition Probably such affixes or pratyayas, like the kṛt affixes generally, as could be placed after certain roots only were called ārdhadhātuka, as contrasted with the verbal and the present participle affixes which were termed sārvadhātuka on account of their being found in use after every root.
ārṣaderived from the holy sages; founded on sacred tradition, such as the Vedāṅgas;confer, compare कृत्स्नं च वेदाड्गमनिन्द्यमार्षम् R. Prāt. XIV 30. The word is explained as स्वयंपाठ by the commentary on Vāj Prāt. IX.2I, and as Vaidika saṁdhi on X.l3. Patañjali has looked upon the pada-pāṭha or Pada-text of the Saṁhitās of the Vedas, as anārṣa, as contrasted with the Saṁhitā text which is ārṣa; confer, compare आर्ष्याम् in the sense संहितायाम् R. Prāt. II.27; confer, compare also पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् M.Bh. on III.1.109.
ārhīyatad-affixes ठक्, ठञ् et cetera, and others as also the senses in which the affixes are applied, given in the section of Pāṇinis grammar P.V.1.19-71.
ālcase affix in Vedic literature exempli gratia, for example वनन्ता यजेत Kāś. on VII.1.39.
ālactad-affix (आल्) applied to the word वाच् in the sense of 'talkative' exempli gratia, for example वाचालः; confer, compare P.V.2.124.
āluckṛt (affix). affix (आलु) applied to the roots स्पृह् गृह् पत् et cetera, and others exempli gratia, for example स्पृहयालुः. गृहयालुः, निद्रालुः et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III.2.158.
āvattad-affix applied to the word सम, confer, compare समाxद् वसति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.4.30.
āśvalāyanaprātiśākhyaan authoritative Prātiśākhya work attributed to Śaunaka the teacher of Āśvalāyana, belonging prominently to the Sakala and the Bāṣkala Śakhās of the Ṛgveda. it is widely known by the name Ṛk-Prātiśākhya. It is a metrical composition divided into . 18 chapters called Paṭalas, giving special directions for the proper pronunciation, recitation and preservation of the Ṛksaṁhita by laying down general rules on accents and euphonic combinations and mentioning phonetic and metrical peculiarities. It has got a masterly commentary written by Uvvaṭa.
āsvadīyaa sub-division of the चुरादि (Xth conjugation) roots, beginning with the root ग्रस् and ending with the root स्वद्, which take the Vikaraṇa णिच् id est, that is which are conjugated like roots of the tenth conjugation, only if they are transitive in sense.
i(1)the vowel इ, representing all its eighteen forms viz. short, long protracted, acute, grave, circumflex, pure and nasalised; exempli gratia, for example इ in यस्येति च P.VI.4.128;(2) Uṅādi affix ई(3)tad-affix इच्(इ)applied to Bahuvrihi compounds in the sense of exchange of action or as seen in words like द्विदण्डि exempli gratia, for example केशाकेशि, दण्डादण्डि, द्विमुसलि et cetera, and others confer, compare इच् कर्मव्यतिहारे P.V.4. 127,also V.4.128; (4) kṛt (affix). affix कि (इ) confer, compare उपसर्गे घोः किः P.III.3.92; (5) augment इट् (इ); see इट् (6) conjugational affix इट् of the 1st person. singular. or Ātmanep. Ātmanepada
ik(1)short wording (प्रत्याहार) for the vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ; confer, compare इको यणचि P.VI.1.77; एच इग्घ्रस्वादेशे P.I.1.48; इको गुणवृद्धी P.I.1.3 इग्यणः संप्रसारणम् P. I.1.45, इकोऽसवर्णे शाकल्यस्य ह्रस्वश्च P.VI. 1.127, इको ह्रस्वोऽङ्यो गालवस्य P.VI.3. 61; (2) kṛt (affix). affix इक्(इ) applied to the root form to cite a root e. g. वदि, जनि et cetera, and others confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे P. III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; (3) kṛt (affix). affix इक् applied to the roots कृञ् and others in the sense of verbal activity exempli gratia, for example कृषिः, किरिः, गिरिः confer, compare इक् कृष्यादिभ्यः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).8.
ika(1)substitute for the affix ठ given as ठक्, ठञ् or ञिठ् by Pāṇini; confer, compare ठस्येकः P.VII.3.50; (2) taddhita affix इकक्, इकन् षिकन् mentioned in . the Vārtikas on P.IV.2.60; (3) kṛt (affix). affix इक applied to खन् exempli gratia, for example आखानिकः confer, compare इको वक्तव्यः P.III.3.125 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
ikantaddhita affix. affix इक applied to compound words with पद as the latter member exempli gratia, for example पूर्वपदिक confer, compare इकन्पदोत्तरपदात् P.IV.2.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).
ikabakakṛt (affix). affix applied to खन् exempli gratia, for example अाखनिकबकः cf इकबको वक्तव्यः P. III. 3.125 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4.
iṅgyaa separable word as opposed to अनिङ्ग्य; part of a compound word which is separated or may be separated from the remaining part when the word is split up into its constituent parts. Generally the word is applied to the first part of a compound word when it is split up in the recital of the padapāṭha. The 'iṅgya' word is shown by a pause or avagraha after it which is shown in writing by the sign (ऽ): confer, compare इङ्गयेत विभागेन चाल्यते इति इङ्गयम् । इङ्गयमिति विभागपदस्य संशा commentary on Tait. Prāt. 1.48. सावग्रहं पदमिङ्गयम् Com.on T.Pr. I.48.
(1)kṛt (affix). affix (इ), in the sense of verbal activity applied to any root, the word so formed being used in the feminine. gender and in connection with narration or in interrogation; exempli gratia, for example कां त्वं कारिमकार्षीः । सर्वौ कारिमकार्षम् । confer, compare Pāṇini III.3.110: (2) kṛt (affix). affix in the sense of verbal activity applied to the roots वप् and others exempli gratia, for example वापिः, वासि: et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7;(3) tad-affix इ in the sense of offspring applied to a noun ending in अ; e.g, दाक्षि: confer, compare P.IV.1. 95-7, 153.
(1)short wording or pratyāhāra for all vowels except अ and the consonants ह् ,य् ,व् , र्, ल् confer, compare इणः षः P.VIII.3.39,also P.VIII.3.57,78 (2) kṛt (affix). affix इ applied to roots such as अज् अत् et cetera, and others in the sense of verbal activity.e.g आजिः,अतिः, आदि; confer, compareइणजादिभ्यः P. III.3,108, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).6.
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217,ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
itaretarayogamutual relationship with each other. Out of the four senses of the indeclinable च viz. समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the Dvandva compound is formed of words connected in the last two ways and not in the first two ways. The instances of द्वन्द्व in the sense of इतरेतरयोग are धवखदिरपलाशाः, प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ etc; confer, compare Kāś.on P. II.2.29 confer, compare also प्लक्षश्च न्यग्रोधश्चेत्युक्ते गम्यत एतत्प्लक्षोपि न्यग्रोधसहायो न्यग्रोधोपि प्लक्षसहाय इति M.Bh. on II.2.29; confer, compare also इतरेतरयोगः स यदा उद्रिक्तावयवभेदो भवति Sīradeva's ParibhāṣāvṛttiPari. 16.
iditpossessed of the mute indicatory letter इ; e. g the roots नदि, विदि and the like, in whose case the augment नुम् ( न् ) is affixed to the last vowel; cf इदितो नुम् धातोः P. VII.1.58.
in(1)kṛt affix इ applied to the roots कृ, हृ, ग्रह, and भृ when they are preceded by certain words like स्तम्ब et cetera, and others in certain senses; e. g. स्तम्बकरिः, फलेग्रहिः, अात्मंभरिः; confer, compare P.III. 2.24-7;(2) kṛt affix इन् (णिनि) prescribed by P.III.3.170 e. g. अवश्यंकारी, शतंदायी
inactaddhita affix. affix इन in the sense of possession applied to the word नि which is changed into चिक, exempli gratia, for example चिकिनः confer, compare इनच् पिटच् चिकचि च P.V.2.33.
ini(1)kṛt affix इन् applied to the roots क्री with धि, जु with प्र, and the roots जि, दृ, क्षि and others, e. g. सोमविक्रयी, प्रजवी, जयी et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III 2.93 and III.2.156-157: (2) taddhita affix. affix इन् affixed to the word पाण्डुकम्बल in the sense of 'covered with' ( confer, compare P, IV.2.11), in the sense of collection to the word खल exempli gratia, for example खलिनी confer, compare P.IV.2.51, to the word अनुब्राह्मण in sense 'student of' exempli gratia, for example अनुब्राह्मणी confer, compare P.IV.2.62, to the words कर्मन्द and कृशाश्च confer, compare P.IV.3.lll, to the word चूर्ण confer, compare P.IV.4.23 and to the word श्राद्ध confer, compare P.V.2.85 and साक्षात् confer, compare P. V. 2. 91 in specified senses and in the general sense of possession to words ending in अ, cf P. V.2.115-117 and to certain other words confer, compare P.V.2.128-37.
indraname of a great grammarian who is believed to have written an exhaustive treatise on grammar before Pāṇini; confer, compare the famous verse of Bopadeva at the commencement of his Dhātupāṭha इन्द्रश्चन्द्र: काशकृत्स्नापिशली शाकटायनः । पाणिन्यमरजैनेन्द्रा जयन्त्यष्टादिशाब्दिका: ॥ No work of Indra is available at present. He is nowhere quoted by Pāṇini. Many quotations believed to have been taken from his work are found scattered in grammar works, from which it appears that there was an ancient system prevalent in the eastern part of India at the time of Pāṇini which could be named ऐन्द्रव्याकरणपद्धति, to which Pāṇini possibly refers by the word प्राचाम्. From references,it appears that the grammar was of the type of प्रक्रिया, discussing various topics of grammar such as alphabet, coalescence, declension, context, compounds, derivatives from nouns and roots, conjugation, and changes in the base. The treatment was later on followed by Śākaṭāyana and writers of the Kātantra school.For details see Mahābhāṣya edition by D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII pages 124-127.
iphataddhita affix. affix applied to र ( letter र् ) in the sense of the consonant र्; e. g. रेफः; confer, compare रादिफः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4.
imanor इमनिच् taddhita affix. affix इमन् applied to the words पृथु, मृदु, महत्, लघु, गुरु, words showing colour and words such as दृढ, परिवृढ, भृश, शीत, उष्ण et cetera, and others in the sense of 'quality' or 'attribute': cf Pāṇ. V. 1.122, 123. For changes in the base before the affix इमन् see P. VI.4.154-163.
imapkṛt (affix). affix इम applied to words showing भाव or verbal activity; exempli gratia, for example पाकिमम्, त्यागिमम्;confer, compare भावप्रत्ययान्तादिमब्वक्तव्यः Kāś. on P.IV.4.20.
irmute indicatory ending of roots, signifying the application of the aorist sign अ(अङ्) optionally;e g. अभिदत् or अभैत्सीत् from the root भिद् (भिदिर् in Dhātupāṭha); confer, compare also अच्छिदत्,अच्छैत्सीत् from छिद्(छिदिर्); confer, compare P.III.1.57.
iractaddhita affix. affix ( इर ) in the sense of possession applied in Vedic Literature to रथ exempli gratia, for example रथिरः; confer, compare P.V. 2.109 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).3.
iranataddhita affix. affix ( इर ) in the sense of possession applied in Vedic Literature; to मेघा exempli gratia, for example confer, compare P. मेधिरः V.2.109 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
ilataddhita affix. affix applied to the words काश, अश्वत्थ, पलाश and others in the four senses prescribed in P.IV. 2.67-70; exempli gratia, for example काशिलः, अश्वत्थिल:, पलाशिलः confer, compareP.IV.2.80.
iṣṭhathe superlative taddhita affix. affix इष्ठन् in the sense of अतिशायन or अतिशय ( excellence ). The commentators, however, say that the taddhita affixes तम and इष्ठ,like all the taddhita affixes showing case-relations, are applied without any specific sense of themselves, the affixes showing the sense of the base itself ( स्वार्थे ); e. g गुरुतमः, गरिष्ठः; पटुतमः, पठिष्ठः; पचतितमाम्, कर्तृतमः, करिष्ठः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.V.3.55-64 The affixes ईयस् and इष्ठ are applied only to such substantives which denote quality; confer, compare P.V.3.58.
iṣṭhavadbhāvapossession of the same properties for causing grammatical operations as the taddhita affix. affix इष्ठन् possesses, as for instance, the elision of the syllable beginning with the last vowel ( टिलोप ), substitution of the masculine gender. base for the feminine. base (पुंवद्भाव) et cetera, and others, before the denom affix णिच्; exempli gratia, for example एतयति in the sense of एनीं आचष्टे; similarly प्रथयति, पटयति, दवयति, confer, compare M.Bh. on. P.VI.4. 155 Vārt, 1.
iṣṇukṛt affix इष्णुच् applied,in the sense of 'possessed of habitual behaviour action, or splendid accomplishment,' to the roots अलंकृ, निराकृ, प्रजन् , उत्पत् et cetera, and others e.g अलंकरिष्णुः,उत्पतिष्णुः, सहिष्णुः,चरिष्णुः et cetera, and others;confer, compareP.III.2.136-138.
īthe long vowel ई which is technically included in the vowel इ in Pāṇini's alphabet being the long tone of that vowel; (2) substitute ई for the vowel अा of the roots घ्रा and ध्मा before the frequentative sign यङ् as for example in जेघ्रीयते, देध्मीयते, confer, compare P.VII. 4.31; (3) substitute ई for the vowel अ before the affixes च्वि and क्यच् as, for instance, in शुक्लीभवति, पुत्रीयति et cetera, and others; confer, compareP.VII.4.32, 33; (4) substitute ई for the vowel अा at the end of reduplicated bases as also for the vowel आ of bases ending in the conjugational sign ना, exempli gratia, for example मिमीध्वे, लुनीतः et cetera, and others; cf P.VI. 4.113; (5) substitute ई for the locative case case affix इ ( ङि ) in Vedic Literature, exempli gratia, for example सरसी for सरसि in दृतिं न शुश्कं सरसी शयानम्,: confer, compare Kāś. on P. VII.1.39: (6) taddhita affix. affix ई in the sense of possession in Vedic Literature as for instance in रथीः,सुमङ्गलीः, confer, compare Kāś on. P.V.2.109: (7) the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् , ङीञ् or ङीन् ); confer, compare P.IV.1.58, 15-39, IV.1.40-65, IV.1.13.
īyaṅ'afix ईय added to the root ऋत्, ङ् showing the application of the Ātmanepada affixes; e. g. ऋतीयते confer, compare P. III.1.29
īyastad-affix ईयसुन् , showing superiority or excellence of one individual over another in respect of a quality, added to a substantive expresive of quality; when the substantive ends in the affix तृ, that affix तृ is removed: exempli gratia, for example पटीयान्, लघीयान्, गरीयान्, दोहीयसी (धेनुः) confer, compareP.V.3.57-64.
īśvarānandaauthor of (l) a gloss on Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣya-pradīpa, and (2)an independent treatise Śābdabodhataraṅgiṇī. He is believed to have been a pupil of सत्यानन्द and iived in the latter part of the 16th century A.D.
īṣatspṛṣṭaan external effort ( बाह्यप्रयत्न) in the production of sound charactorized by only a slight contact of the cords of the throat, made in the utteranee ofsemi-vowels confer, compare ईषत्स्पृष्टमन्तःस्थानाम् S.K. on P.I.1.9.
īṣadasamāptistage of the quality of a thing or of an undertaking which is almost complete,to show which,the tad-affixes कल्प, देश्य and देशीय are applied to a word:exempli gratia, for example पटुकल्पः,पटुदेश्यः; पटुदेशीयः, पचतिकल्पम्, जल्पतिकल्पम्, confer, compare P, V.3.67.
īṣannādaan external effort characterized by slight resonance or sounding of throat cords when they slightly touch one another.
u(1)labial vowel standing for the long ऊ and protracted ऊ3 in Pāṇini's grammar unless the consonant त् is affixed to it, उत् standing for the short उ only: (2) Vikaraṇa affix उ of the 8th conjugation ( तनादिगण ) and the roots धिन्व् and कृण्व्;confer, compareP.III. 1.79-80; (3) substitute (उ) for the vowel अ of कृ,exempli gratia, for example कुरुतः, कृर्वन्ति before weak Sārvadhātuka affixes, confer, compareP.VI 4.110; (4) kṛt (affix). affix उ added to bases ending in सन् and the roots आशंस्, भिक्ष्, विद्, इष् as also to bases ending in क्यच् in the Vedic Literature,exempli gratia, for example चिकीर्षुः भिक्षुः, बिन्दुः,इच्छुः,सुम्नयु; confer, compare P. III. 2.168-170; (5) Uṅādi affix उ ( उण् ) e.g, कारुः, वायुः, साधुः, et cetera, and others; confer, compare Uṅādi I.1; (6) mute vowel उ added to the first letters of a class of consonants in Pāṇini's grammar to show the whole class of the five letters; exempli gratia, for example कु, चु, टु, तु, पु which stand for the Guttural, the palatal the lingual, the dental and the labial classes respectively; confer, compare also ष्टुना ष्टुः P.VIII.4.41(7) उ added to न् showing the consonant न् as nasalized n; cf, नुः V.Pr. III.133.
uk(1)the kṛt (affix). affix उकञ् applied to the roots लब्, पत्, पद् and others,exempli gratia, for example लाषुकः, कामुकः et cetera, and others with udātta accent on the first syllable; confer, compareP.III.2.154; (2) taddhita affix.affix उक ( उकञ् ) added to the word कर्मन् exempli gratia, for example कार्मुकं धनुः; confer, compare Kāś, on P.V.I.103.
uktaprescribed, taught, lit, said (already). उक्तं वा is a familiar expression in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas referring usually to something already expresseditionSometimes this expression in the Mahābhāṣya, referring to something which is not already expressed, but which could be found subsequently expressed, leads to the conclusion that the Mahābhāṣyakāra had something like a 'Laghubhāṣya' before him at the time of teaching the Mahābhāṣya. See Kielhorn's Kātyāyana and Patañjali, also Mahābhāṣya D.E. S.Ed. Vol. VII, pages 71, 72.
uktapuṃskaa word with its meaning (in the neuter gender) unchanged when used in the masculine gender; generally an adjectival word; cf, Cāndra Vyāk. I.4.30.
uktiratnākara'a short grammar work, written by साधुसुन्दर, explaining declension, cases and their meanings, compounds, et cetera, and others and giving a list of Prākṛta words with their Sanskrit equivalents.
ukthādia class of words headed by the word उक्थ to which the taddhita affix इक (ठक् ) is applied in the sense of 'one who studies and understands'; confer, compare उक्थमधीते वेद वा औक्थिकः, similarly लौकायतिकः Kāś. on P.IV.2.60.
ugrabhūtior उग्राचार्य writer of a gloss on the Nirukta, called Niruktabhāṣya believed to have lived in the 18th century A. D; writer also of a grammatical work Śiṣyahitāvṛtti or Śiṣyahitānyāsa, which was sent to kāshmir and made popular with a large sum of money spent upon it, by his pupil Ānanadpāla.
uccaritapronounced or uttered; the phrase उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः is used in connection with the mute indicatory letters termed इत् in Pāṇini's grammar, as these letters are not actually found in use in the language and are therefore supposed to vanish immediately after their purpose has been servedition The phrase 'उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनोSनुबन्धा:' has been given as a Paribhāṣā by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.(Pari.11), in the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 14), in the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa (Pari.54) and also in the Kalāpa Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 71). Patañjali has used the expression उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः in connection with ordinary letters of a word, which have existence for a moment and which also vanish immediately after they have been uttered; confer, compare उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः खल्वपि वर्णा: ...न वर्णो वर्णस्य सहायः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4. 109.
uccāraṇapronunciation, enunciation (in the Śāstra). The phrase उच्चारणसामर्थ्यात् is often found used in the Mahābhāṣya and elsewhere in connection with the words of Pāṇini, everyone of which is believed to , have a purpose or use in the Śāstra, which purpose, if not clearly manifest, is assigned to it on the strength (सामर्थ्य) of its utterance; confer, compare उच्चारणसामर्थ्यादत्र ( हिन्येाः ) उत्वं न भविष्यति M.Bh. on III.4.89 V.2; confer, compare also M.Bh. on IV.4.59, VI.4.163, VII.1.12,50, VII.2.84, In a few cases, a letter is found used by Pāṇini which cannot be assigned any purpose but which has been put there for facility of the use of other letters. Such letters are said to be उच्चारणार्थ; confer, compare जग्धि: । इकार उच्चारणार्थ:। नानुबन्धः । Kāś. on II.4.36.च्लि लुडि. । इकार उच्चारणार्थ:; चकारः स्वरार्थः । Kāś, on III.1. 43. The expressions मुखसुखार्थः and श्रवणार्थः in the Mahābhāṣya mean the same as उच्चारणार्थः.
ujjvaladattathe famous commentator on the Uṅādi sūtras. His work .is called Uṅādisūtravṛtti, which is a scholarly commentary on the Uṅādisūtrapāṭha, consisting of five Pādas. Ujjvaldatta is belived to have lived in the l5th century A.D. He quotes Vṛttinyāsa, Anunyāsa, Bhāgavṛtti et cetera, and others He is also known by the name Jājali.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
uṇādiprātipadikaword form or crude base, ending with an affix of the uṇ class, which is looked upon as practically underived, the affixes un and others not being looked upon as standard affixes applied with regular meanings attached to them and capable of causing operations to the preceding base as prescribed by rules of grammar; confer, compare उणादयोS व्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि । व्युत्पन्नानीति शाकटायनरीत्या । पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम्. Pari. Śek. on Paribhāṣa 22.
uṇādisūtra,uṇādisūtrapāṭhathe text of the Sūtras which begins with the Sūtras prescribing the affix उण् after the roots कृ, वा, पा, जि, स्वद्, साध् and अश्; cf Uṅādi Sūtras 1.1. for the different versions of the text See उणादि. Similar Sūtras in Kātantra, Āpiśali, Sakaṭāyana and other systems of grammar are also called Uṇādi Sūtras.
uṇādisūtradaśapādīthe text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into ten chapters believed to have been written by शाकटायन. It is printed at the end of the Prakriyā Kaumud and separately also, and is also available in manuscripts with a few differences. Patañjali in his Bhāṣya on P.III.3.1, seems to have mentioned Sakaṭāyana as the author of the Uṇādi Sūtras although it cannot be stated definitely whether there was at that time, a version of the Sūtras in five chapters or in ten chapters or one, completely different from these, as scholars believe that there are many interpolations and changes in the versions of Uṇādi Sūtras available at present. A critical study of the various versions is extremely desirable.
ut(1)Short vowel उ in Pāṇini's terminology cf, P.I.1.70, I,2.21. IV.1.44, V.1.111 ; (2) tad-affix उत् applied to पूर्व and पूर्वतर for which पर् is substituted; exempli gratia, for example परुत्. See P. V.3.22 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).
utpatti(1)production: confer, compare वर्णोत्पत्तिः production of a phonetic element Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.23.1 ; (2) production of a grammatical element such as the application of an affix or addition of an augment or substitution of a letter or letters during the process of word-formation: confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Pari. Śek. Par. 75; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). II.2.19. Vārt, 4.
utpadto be produced, to be placed after to be annexed; (causal) to produce, to get annexed, to add; confer, compare धेनुरनञि कमुत्पादयति Āpiśali's Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). quoted in M; Bh. on P.IV.2.45.
udāttathe acute accent defined by Pāṇini in the words उचैरुदात्त: P.I.2. 29. The word उच्चैः is explained by Patañjali in the words 'आयामो दारुण्यं अणुता स्वस्य इति उचैःकराणि शब्दस्य' where आयाम (गात्रनिग्रह restriction of the organs), दारुण्य (रूक्षता rudeness ) and स्वस्य अणुता ( कण्ठस्य संवृतता closure of the glottis) are given as specific characteristics of the acute accent. The acute is the prominent accent in a word-a simple word as also a compound word-and when a vowel in a word is possessed of the acute accent, the remaining vowels have the अनुदात्त or the grave accent. Accent is a property of vowels and consonants do not possess any independent accent. They possess the accent of the adjoining vowel connected with it. The acute accert corresponds to what is termed 'accent' in English and other languages.
udāttatararaised acute, a tone slightly higher than the acute tone which is mentioned in connection with the first half of a circumflex vowel; confer, compare तस्योदात्ततरोदात्तादर्धमात्रार्धमेव वा R.P.III.2.
udāttanirdeśaconventional understanding about a particular vowel in the wording of a sūtra being marked acute or Udātta, when ordinarily it should not have been so, to imply that a Paribhāṣā is to be applied for the interpretation of that Sūtra: confer, compare उदात्तनिर्देशात्सिद्धम् P.VI.1.13 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).14, also Sīra. Pari. 112.
udgrāhaalleviation, ease, relief; name given to a Saṁdhi in the Prātiśākhya works when a visarga and a short vowel अ preceding it are changed into short अ, (e. g. यः + इन्द्र: = य इन्द्र:), as also when the vowel ए or ओ is changed into अ being followed by a dissimilar vowel; e. g. अग्ने + इन्द्रः = अग्न इन्द्रः; confer, compare R.Pr.II.10.
uddhāra(1)elision, a term used in the sense of 'lopa' in the ancient grammar works; (2) name of a commentary on the Haima-liṅgānuśāsana.
uddeśadescription; mention of qualities; confer, compare गुणैः प्रापणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on I. 3.2: the word is used in contrast with उपदेश or direct mention; confer, compare कः पुनुरुद्देशोपदेशयोर्विशेषः । प्रत्यक्षमाख्यानमुपदेशो गुणैः प्रापणमुद्देशः । प्रत्यक्षं तावदाख्यानमुपदेशः तद्यथा । अगोज्ञाय कश्चिद्गां सक्थनि कर्णे वा गृहीत्वोपदिशति । अयं गौरिति । स प्रत्यक्षमाख्यातमाह । उपदिष्टो मे गौरिति । गुणैः प्रापणमुद्देशः । तद्यथा । कश्चित्कंचिदाह । देवदत्तं मे भवानुद्दिशतु इति । स इहस्थः पाटलिपुत्रस्थं देवदत्तमुद्दिशति । अङ्गदी कुण्डली किरीटी...ईदृशो देवदत्त इति । स गुणैः प्राप्यमाणमाह । उद्दिष्टो मे दवदत्त इति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 3.2; (2) spot, place, passage of occurrence: उद्देश उपदेशदेशः; confer, compare यथोद्देशं संज्ञापरिभाषम् Pari.Śek. Pari. 2.
uddeśyareferred to; pointed out, subject, as contrasted with the predicate मानान्तरप्राप्तमुद्देश्यम् ; confer, compare उद्दश्यप्रतिनिर्दिश्यमानयोरैक्यमापद्यत् सर्वनाम पर्यायेण तत्तल्लिङभाक् । तद्यथा | शैत्यं हि यत्सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य, शैत्यं हि य यत्तत्प्रकृतिर्जलस्य वा । उद्देश्य in grammar refers to the subjectpart of a sentence as opposed to the predicate-participle. In the sentence वृद्धिरादैच् the case is strikingly an opposite one and the explanation given by Patañjali is very interesting;confer, compare तदेतदेकं मङ्गलार्थं आचार्यस्य मृष्यताम् । माङ्गलिक अाचार्यः महतः शास्त्रौघस्य मङ्गलार्थं वृद्धिशब्दमादितः प्रयुङ्कते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.1.
uddyotathe word always refers in grammar to the famous commentary by Nāgeśabhaṭṭa written in the first decade of the 18th century A. D. om the Mahābhāṣyapradīpa of Kaiyaṭa. The Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.appears to be one of the earlier works of Nāgeśa. It is also called Vivaraṇa. The commentary is a scholarly one and is looked upon as a final word re : the exposition of the Mahābhāṣya. It is believed that Nāgeśa wrote 12 Uddyotas and 12 Śekharas which form some authoritative commentaries on prominent works in the different Śāstras.
upakādia class of words headed by the word उपक after which the taddhita affix, added in the sense of गोत्र ( grand-children et cetera, and others ) is optionally elided, provided the word is to be used in the plural number; confer, compare उपकलमकाः भ्रष्टककपिष्ठलाः also उपकाः, औपकायनाः; लमकाः, लामकायना ; भ्रष्टकाः भ्राष्टकयः । Kāś. on P. II.4.69.
upagrahaa term used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada affixes. The word is not found in Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.. The Vārttikakāra has used the word in his Vārttika उपग्रहप्रतिषेधश्च on P. III.2.127 evidently in the sense of Pada affixes referring to the Ātmanepada as explained by Kaiyaṭa in the words उपग्रहस्य आत्मनेपदसंज्ञाया इत्यर्थ: । The word occurs in the Ślokavārttika सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां quoted by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on व्यत्ययो बहुलम् P. III. 1.85, where Nāgeśa writes लादेशव्यङ्ग्यं स्वार्थत्वादि । इह तत्प्रतीतिनिमित्ते परस्मै-पदात्मनेपदे उपग्रहशब्देन लक्षणयोच्येते । The word is found in the sense of Pada in the Mahābhāṣya on P. III. 1.40. The commentator on Puṣpasūtra explains the word as उपगृह्यते समीपे पठ्यते इति उपग्रहः. The author of the Kāśikā on P. VI. 2.134 has cited the reading चूर्णादीन्यप्राण्युपग्रहात् instead of चूर्णादीन्यप्राणिषष्ठ्याः and made the remark तत्रेापग्रह इति षष्ठ्यन्तमेव पूर्वाचार्योपचारेण गृह्यते. This remark shows that in ancient times उपग्रह meant षष्ठ्यन्त i. e. a word in the genitive case. This sense gave rise to, or was based upon, an allied sense, viz. the meaning of 'षष्ठी' i. e. possession. Possibly the sense 'possession' further developed into the further sense 'possession of the fruit or result for self or others' referring to the तिङ् affixes which possessed that sense. The old sense 'षष्ठ्यन्त' of the word 'उपग्रह' having gone out of use, and the sense 'पद' having come in vogue, the word षष्ठी' must have been substituted for the word 'उपग्रह' by some grammarians before the time of the Kāśikākāras. As Patañjali has dropped the Sūtra (VI. 2.134), it cannot be said definitely whether the change of reading took place before Patañjali or after him.
upacāra(1)taking a secondary sense; implication; literally moving for a sense which is near about; the same as लक्षणा. The word आचार is explained as उपचार, employment or current usage, by Patañjali; confer, compare आचारात् । आचार्याणामुपचारात् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; ( 2 ) substitution of the letter सं for विसर्ग : confer, compare प्रत्ययग्रहणोपचारेषु च, P.IV.1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7.
upajanaliterallyorigin; one that originates, augment, उपजायते असौ उपजन: । The word is used in the sense of 'additional phonetic element'; confer, compare उपजन आगमः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5; confer, compare also वर्णव्यत्ययापायोपजनविकारेष्वर्थदर्शनात् । Māheśvarasūtras. 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 15. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya gives स् in पुरुश्चन्द्र as an instance ofeminine. उपजन confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 37. In the Nirukta उपजन is given as the sense of the prefix 'उप'; confer, compare उपेत्युपजनम्: The commentary on the Nirukta explains the word उपजन as अाधिक्य.
upadeśivadbhāvaoccurrence in the original statement before the application of any affixes et cetera, and others, confer, compare एवमप्युपदेशिवद्भावो वक्तव्यः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.56, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 23.
upadhāpenultimate letter, as defined in the rule अलोन्त्यात्पूर्वं उपघा P. I. 1.65, exempli gratia, for example see ह्रस्वोपध, दीर्घोपध, लघूपध, अकारोपध et cetera, and others; literally उपधीयते निधीयते सा that which is placed near the last letter.
upadhmānīyaa letter or a phonetic element substituted for a visarga followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class. Visarga is simply letting the breath out of the mouth. Where the visarga is followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class, its pronunciation is coloured by labial utterance. This coloured utterance cannot be made independently; hence this utterance called 'उपध्मानीय' ( similar to a sound blown from the mouth ) is not put in, as an independent letter, in the वर्णसमाम्नाय attributed to महेश्वर. Patañjali, however, has referred to such dependent utterances by the term अयोगवाहवर्ण. See अयेागवाह; confer, compare xक इति जिह्वामूलीयः । जिह्वामूलेन जन्यत्वात् । xप इत्युपध्मानीयः । उपध्मानेन जन्यत्वात्. अयेगवाह is also called अर्धविसर्ग. See अर्धविसर्ग.
upapadaliterallya word placed near; an adjoining word. In Pāṇini's grammar, the term उपपद is applied to such words as are put in the locative case by Pāṇini in his rules prescribing kṛt affixes in rules from 1 II. 1, 90 to III. 4 end; confer, compare तत्रोपपदं सप्तमीस्थम् P.III.1.92; exempli gratia, for example कर्मणि in कर्मण्यण् P. III.2.1. The word is also used in the sense of an adjoining word connected in sense. e. g. युष्मद्युपपदे as also प्रहासे च मन्योपपदे P.I.4.105,106; confer, compare also क्रियार्थायां क्रियायामुपपदे धातोर्भविष्यति काले तुमुन्ण्वुलौ भवतः Kāś. on P.III.3.10; confer, compare also इतरेतरान्योन्योपपदाच्च P.I.3.10, मिथ्योपपदात् कृञोभ्यासे P.I.3.71, as also उपपदमतिङ् P.II.2.19; and गतिकारकोपपदात्कृत् P. VI.2.139. Kaiyaṭa on P.III.1. 92 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 explains the word उपपद as उपोच्चारि or उपोच्चारितं पदं उपपदम्. The word उपपद is found used in the Prātiśākhya literature where it means a word standing near and effecting some change: confer, compare च वा ह अह एव एतानि चप्रभृतीनि यान्युपपदानि उक्तानि आख्यातस्य विकारीणिo Uvaṭa on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI. 23.
upabandhaa technical term used in the Prātiśākhya works in the sense of words which proceed from a rule to the following rules upto a particular stated limit; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम् T. Pr I.59 explained by the commentator as उपबध्यते इति उपबन्धः । एतस्मिन्नित्यधिकरणरूपः संख्यानविषयः प्रदेशश्च उपबन्ध उच्यते । उपबन्धे यदुक्तं तदन्यत्र न भवतीति तुशब्दार्थः ।
upamanyu(1)the famous commentator on the grammatical verses attributed to Nandikeśvarakārikā. which are known by the name नन्दिकेश्वरकारिका and which form a kind of a commentary on the sūtras of Maheśvara; (2) a comparatively modern grammarian possibly belonging to the nineteenth century who is also named Nandikeśvarakārikā.kārikābhāṣya by Upamanyu.and who has written a commentory on the famous Kāśikāvṛtti by Jayāditya and Vāmana. Some believe that Upa-manyu was an ancient sage who wrote a nirukta or etymological work and whose pupil came to be known as औपमन्यव.
upamāa well-known term in Rhetorics meaning the figure of speech ' simile ' or ' comparison '. The word is often found in the Nirukta in the same sense; confer, compare अथात उपमाः | 'यत् अतत् तत्सदृशम्'इति गार्ग्यः । Nir III.13. Generally an inferior thing is compared to another that is superior in quality.
upalakṣaṇaimplication, indication: a thing indicatory of another thing. The term is very frequently found in commentary works in connection with a word which signifies something beyond it which is similar to it; the indication is generally inclusive; confer, compare Kāśikā on भीस्म्योर्हेतुभये P.I.3.68 भयग्रहणमुपलक्षणार्थं विस्मयोपि तत एव । as also मन्त्रग्रहणं तु च्छन्दस उपलक्षणार्थम् Kāś. on II.4.80. The verbal forms of लक्ष् and उपलक्ष् as also the words लक्षयितुम्, लक्षणीय, लक्षित et cetera, and others possess the sense of 'expressing the meaning not primarily, but secondarily by indication or implication'.
upavarṣaan ancient grammarian and Mīmāmsaka believed to have been the brother of Varṣa and the preceptor of Pāṇini. He is referred to, many times as an ancient writer of some Vṛttigranthas.
upasaṃkhyānamention, generally of the type of the annexation of some words to words already given, or of some limiting conditions or additions to what has been already statedition The word is often found at the end of the statements made by the Vārttikakāra on the sūtras of Pāṇini.: confer, compare P.I.1.29 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1: I.1.36 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3 et cetera, and others The words वाच्य and वक्तव्य are also similarly useditionThe word is found similarly used in the Mahābhāṣya also very frequently.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upaskāraintroduction of the necessary changes in the wording of the base, such as elision, or addition or substitution of a letter or letters as caused by the addition of suffixes.
upāṃśuliterally inaudible. The word is explained in the technical sense as the first place or stage in the utterance of speech where it is perfectly inaudible although produced; confer, compare उपांशु इति प्रथमं वाचः स्थानम् Com. on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII, 5.
upādyaliterally near the first; seconditional
upādhicondition, limitation, determinant, qualification: exempli gratia, for example न हि उपाधेरुपाधिर्भवति, विशेषणस्य वा विशेषणम् M.Bh. on I.3.2 as also on V.1.16; confer, compare also इह यो विशेष उपाधिर्वोपादीयते द्योत्ये तस्मिंस्तेन भवितव्यम् । M.Bh. on III.1.7.
upāntaliterally near the last; penultimate. The word is generally found used in the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa.
upottamaliterallyone near or before the last; the term is generally used in connection with words having two or more syllables, where it means the vowel before the last (vowel); confer, compare उपोत्तमं रिति P. VI.1.217 and योपधाद्गुरूपोत्तमाद्वुञ् P.V.1.132 where the writer of the Kāśikā explains it as त्रिप्रभृतीनामन्त्यमुत्तमं तस्य समीपमुपोत्तमम् । giving रमणीय and वसनीय as examples where the long ई is upottama; confer, compare also T.Pr. XI.3. and Nir.I.19 where the word refers to the third out of the four feet of the verse.
ubhayatobhāṣaliterally speaking or showing both the padas or voices; possessed of both the padas viz. the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada. The word is found commonly used in the Dhātupaṭha of Pāṇini.
ubhayatrain both the ways literally in both the places; confer, compare उभयत्र च P. I. 1. 44 V rt. 22. The word उभयत्रविभाषा is used in grammar referring to the option ( विभाषा) which is प्राप्त as also अप्राप्त; confer, compareM.Bh.on P.1.1.26 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).22.
ubhayathāin both the ways (in the case of an option, of course); confer, compare छन्दस्युभयथा P.III.4.117 where the word ubhayathā refers to both the alternative uses exempli gratia, for example Sārvadhātuka and Ārdhadhātuka;so also vidhiliṅ and āśīrliṅ; confer, compare Kāśikā on P.III.4.117. The term ubhayatha is described as synonymous with 'bahulam' or 'anyatarasyām' or 'vā' or ekeśām'; confer, compare बहुलमन्यतरस्यामुभयथा वा एकेषामिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.44: Vart. 19; confer, compare also अध्यायान्तेषूभयथा स्मरन्ति R.Pr.XV.8.
ubhayadīrghāa hiatus or a stop which occurs between two long-vowelled syllables; the term उभयदीर्घा is a conventional term in the Prātiśākhya literature. The term उभयह्रस्वा is similarly used in connection with short vowels.
usiUṇādi afix उस् applied to the root जन् to form जनुस् confer, compare जनेरुसिः Uṇsūtra. 272.
ūkaugment ऊ added to the अभ्यास or the reduplicative syllable of the root पठ् which is doubled before the affix क which is used instead of घ ( घञर्थे कः ); exempli gratia, for example पाटूपटः.
ūṅfeminine. affix ऊ prescribed after masculine nouns ending in the vowel ऊ and denoting a human being as also after some other specific masculine bases cf ऊङुतः P.IV. I.66 and the following sūtras. exempli gratia, for example कुरूः, पङ्गूः श्वश्रूः, करभोरूः, भद्रबाहूः et cetera, and others
ūlataddhita affix. affix applied to the words वात and बल in the sense of 'unable to bear'; exempli gratia, for example वातूलः बलूल see Kāś. on V.2.122.
ūhamodification of a word, in a Vedic Mantra, so as to suit the context in which the mantra is to be utilised, generally by change of case affixes; adaptation of a mantra: confer, compare ऊहः खल्वपि । न सर्वैर्लिङ्गैर्न च सर्वाभिर्विभक्तिभिर्वेदे मन्त्रा निगदिताः । ते च अवश्यं यज्ञगतेन यथायथं विपरिणमयितव्याः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.1.1 Āhnika 1.
fourth vowel in Pāṇini's alphabet; possessed of long and protracted varieties and looked upon as cognate ( सवर्ण ) with लृ which has no long type in the grammar of Pāṇini; confer, compare R.Pr.I,9: V.Pr.VIII.3. (2) uṇādi suffix च् applied to the root स्था to form the word स्थृ; e. g. सव्येष्ठा सारथिः; confer, compare सव्ये स्थश्छन्दसि Uṇ Sū, II. 101.
ṛditpossessed of the mute indicatory letter ऋ, signifying in the Grammar of Pāṇini the prevention of the shortening of the long vowel in the reduplicated syllable of the Causal Aorist form of roots which are marked with it; e. g. अशशासत् अबबाधत्, अययाचत् et cetera, and others confer, compare नाग्लोपिशास्वृदिताम् P.VII.4.2.
ṛṣyaṇtaddhita affix अण् in the sense of 'descendant' applied to names of ancient sages, by the rule ऋष्यन्धकवृष्णिकुरुभ्यश्च P.IV.1.114; exempli gratia, for example वासिष्ठः,वैश्वामित्रः.
lṛshort vowel लृ taken to be a cognate of ऋ, and described as a vocalic form of the letter ल.
ediphthong vowel ए made up of अ and इ, and hence having कण्ठतालुस्थान as its place of origin. It has no short form according to Pāṇini. In cases where a short vowel as a substitute is prescribed for it in grammar, the vowel इ is looked upon as its short form. Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya has observed that followers of the Sātyamugri and Rāṇāyanīya branches of the Sāmaveda have short ए ( ऍ ) in their Sāmaveda recital and has given सुजाते अश्वसूनृते, अध्वर्यो अद्रिभिः सुतम् as illustrations; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1-48; as also the article on.
ekatiṅpossessed of one verb; given as a definition of a sentence: confer, compare एकतिङ् P.II.1.1 Vārt 10, explained by Patañjali as एकतिङ् वाक्यसंज्ञं भवतीति वक्तव्यम् । ब्रूहि ब्रूहि ।
ekamunipakṣaa view or doctrine propounded by one of the many ancient sages or munis who are believed to be the founders of a Sastra; a view propounded only by Pāṇini, to the exclusion of Kātyāyana and Patañjali; confer, compare एकमुनिपक्षे तु अचो ञ्णितीत्यत्राच इति योगं विभज्य...व्यवस्थितविभाषात्रोक्ता Durghaṭa-Vṛtti I.1.5; see also I.4.24, II.3.18.
ekavacanasingular number; affix of the singular numberin Pāṇini's grammar applied to noun-bases ( प्रातिपदिक) and roots when the sense of the singular number is to be conveyed; the singular sense can be of the form of an individual or collection or genus. The word एकवचन in the technical sense of singular number is found used in the Prātiśākhyas and Nirukta also.
ekaśeṣaa kind of composite formation in which only one of the two or more words compounded together subsists, the others being elided; confer, compare एकः शिष्यते इतरे निवर्तन्ते वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ । Kāśikā on सरूपाणामेकशेष एक-विभक्तौ P.I.2.64; confer, compare also सुरूपसमुदायाद्धि विभक्तिर्या विधीयते । एकस्तत्रार्थवान् सिद्धः समुदायस्य वाचकः ।। Bhāṣāvṛtti on P. I. 2.64. There is a dictum of grammarians that every individual object requires a separate expression to convey its presence. Hence, when there is a dual sense, the word has to be repeated, as also the word has to be multiplied when there is a plural sense. In current spoken language, however, in such cases the word is used only once. To justify this single utterance for conveying the sense of plurality, Pāṇini has laid down a general rule सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ and many other similar rules to cover cases of plurality not of one and the same object, but plurality cased by many objects, such as plurality caused by ideas going in pairs or relations such as parents, brothers and sisters, grand-father and grand-son, male and female. For example, see the words वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ; Similarly वृक्षाः for many trees, पितरौ for माता च पिता च; देवौ for देवी च देवश्च; confer, compare also the words श्वशुरौ, भ्रातरौ, गार्ग्यौ (for गार्ग्य and गार्ग्यायण),आवाम् (for त्वं च अहं च), यौ (for स च यश्च) and गावः feminine. अजा feminine. अश्वाः masculine gender. irrespective of the individuals being some males and some females. Pāṇini has devoted 10 Sūtras to this topic of Ekaśeṣa. The Daiva grammar has completely ignored this topic. Patanjali has very critically and exhaustively discussed this topic. Some critics hold that the topic of एकशेघ did not exist in the original Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini but it was interpolated later on, and adduce the long discussion in the Mahābhāṣya especially the Pūrvapakṣa therein, in support of their argument. Whatever the case be, the Vārttikakāra has commented upon it at length; hence, the addition must have been made immediately after Pāṇini, if at all there was any. For details see Mahābhāṣya on I.1.64 to 73 as also,Introduction p. 166-167, Vol.7 of the Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
ekaśrutithat which has got the same accent or tone; utterance in the same tone; monotone. The word is applied to the utterance of the vocative noun or phrase calling a man from a distance, as also to that of the vowels or syllables following a Svarita vowel in the Saṁhitā id est, that is the continuous utterance of Vedic sentences; confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्वौ and the foll. P.I.2.33-40 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon. In his discussion on I.2.33 Patañjali has given three alternative views about the accent of Ekaśruti syllables : (a) they possess an accent between the उदात्त (acute) and अनुदात्त (grave), (b) they are in the same accent as is possessed by the preceding vowel, (c) Ekaśruti is looked upon as the seventh of the seven accents; confer, compare सैषा ज्ञापकाभ्यामुदात्तानुदात्तयोर्मध्यमेकश्रुतिरन्तरालं ह्रियते। ... सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति | उदात्तः, उदात्ततर:, अनुदात्तः, अनुदात्ततर:, स्वरितः स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः, एकश्रुतिः सप्तमः । M.Bh. on P.I.2.33.
ekādeśasvaraan accent prescribed for the single substitute,as, for instance, by rules like उदात्तस्वरितयोर्यणः स्वरितोनुदात्तस्य and the following rules P. VI.2.4, 5 and 6.
eṇyataddhita affix. affix एण्य applied to the word प्रावृष् in the general शैषिक senses; confer, compare प्रावृष एण्यः । प्रावृषेण्यः बलाहकः Kāś. on P.IV.3.17.
etāvattvalimitation of the kind; 'such and such' (words et cetera, and others); confer, compare Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya.I.
etyataddhita affix. affix applied to the indeclinable दूर; e. g. दूरेत्यः पथिकः । confer, compare दूरादेत्यः दूरेत्य: Kāś.on P.IV.2.104: confer, compare also दूरादेत्यो वक्तव्यः । दूरेत्यः M.Bh. on P.IV.2.104.
edyavitaddhita affix. affix एद्यवि applied to the pronoun पर when the word refers to a day;confer, compare परस्मिन्नहनि परेद्यवि Kāś. on P.V.3.22.
pradyusactaddhita affix. affix एद्युस् applied to the pronouns पूर्व, अन्य, अन्यतर, इतर, अपर, अधर, उभय and उत्तर when the words so formed refer to a day; e. g. पूर्वेद्युः, अन्येद्युः et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.V.3.22.
edhāctaddhita affix.affix एधा substituted for the taddhita affix. affix धा optionally,when applied to the words द्वि and त्रि. exempli gratia, for exampleद्विधा, द्वेधा, दैधम्, त्रिधा, त्रेधा, त्रैधम्; confer, compare Kāś. on एधाच्च P.V.3.46.
enaptaddhita affix. affix एन applied to उत्तर, अधर, and दक्षिण optionally instead of the taddhita affix. affix आति in the senses of दिक्, देश and काल, exempli gratia, for example उत्तरेण, उत्तरतः उत्तरात्, Words with this एन at the end govern the acc. case of the word syntactically connected with them. e. g. तत्रागारं धनपतिगूहान् उत्तरेण Kālidāsa: Meghadūta;confer, compareएनपा द्वितीया P.II.3.31.
eva(1)a particle in the sense of regulation (नियम) ; confer, compare एवकारः किमर्थः नियमार्थः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.3.58: (2) . determinant indeclinable; confer, compare एव इत्यवधारणे; confer, compare इष्टतोवधारणार्थस्तर्हि । यथैवं विज्ञायेत । अजादी गुणवचनादेवेति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.3.58.
(1)the substitute ए for the perfect affix त, substituted for the whole त by reason of the indicatory letter श् attached to ए; confer, compare लिटस्तझयोरेशिरेच् and अनेकाल्शित्सर्वस्य P. III.4.8l and I.1.55; (2) affix ए applied to the root चक्ष् in Vedic Literature; confer, compare नावचक्षे । नावख्यातव्यमित्यर्थः Kāś. on P.III.4.15.
aikapadikagiven in the group of ekapadas or solitarily stated words as contrasted with anekapadas or synonymanuscript. See एकपद a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
aindraname of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.
airaktaddhita affix ऐर applied to the word चटका in the sense of offspring to form the word चाटकैर; cf चटकाया ऐरक् P.IV.1.128.
o(1)diphthong vowel made up of the vowels अ and उ, termed as guṇa in Pāṇini's grammar and prescribed sometimes in the place of the vowel उ; ( 2 ) affix ओ applied to the root गम् or गा to form a noun; confer, compare ओकारो नामकरणः Nir.II.5.
oṃkārathe syllable ओं called by the term प्रणव and generally recited at the beginning of Vedic works. Patañjali has commented upon the word briefly as follows; पादस्य वा अर्धर्चस्य वा अन्त्यमक्षरमुपसंहृत्य तदाद्यक्षरशेषस्य स्थाने त्रिमात्रमोंकारं त्रिमात्रमोंकारं वा विदधति तं प्रणव इत्याचक्षते M.Bh. on VIII.2.89.
otthe vowel ओ; confer, compare ओत् PI.1.15,16 prescribingप्रगृह्यसंज्ञा for Nipātas like अहो, उताहो and others with a view that the wowel at their end should not coalesce with the following vowel. The Prātiśākhya works prohibit the coalescence of ओ in many cases with the succeeding vowel; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.70; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.94.
oṣṭhaIit. lip; the place of origin ( स्थान ) of the labial letters called उपध्मानीय वर्ण i.e the vowels उ, ऊ, the consonants प्, फ्, ब्, भ्, म् and the उपध्मानीय letter; confer, compare ऊपूपध्मानीयानामेाष्ठौ Sid. Kau. on तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P.I.1.9, also उवोपोपध्मा ओष्ठे V. Pr . I.70.
oṣṭhayaliterally produced upon the lip: a letter ofthe labial class;letters उ,ऊ, ओ, औ, प्, फ्, ब्, भ्, म् and व् are given as ओष्ठय letters in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. See the word ओष्ठ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For the utterance of the letter व् tips of the teeth. are also employed; hence the letter व् is said to have दन्तौष्ठ as its स्थान.. ओस् the case affix ओस् of the genitive case and the loc, dual number
audavrajian ancient sage and scholar of Vedic Grammar who is believed to have revised the original text of the ऋक्तन्त्रप्रातिशाख्य of the Sāma-Veda. confer, compare Śab. Kaus. I.1.8.
aaudumvarāyaṇaan ancient sage whose doctrine of 'evanescence of words' (literally existence as long as its cognition is had by the sense organs) is seen quoted in the Nirukta; confer, compare इन्द्रियनित्यं वचनमौदुम्बरायणस्तत्र चतुष्टयं नोपपद्यते Nirukta of Yāska.I.1.
aupamanyavaname of an ancient etymologist referred to by Yaska in his Nirukta possibly as a commentator on निघण्टु; confer, compare निगन्तव एव सन्तो निगमनान्निघण्टव उच्यन्यन्ते इत्यौपमन्यवः Nirukta of Yāska.I.1. line 4.
aupamikafigurative metaphorical application or statement: confer, compare ( विराट् ) पिपीलिकमध्या इत्यौपमिकम् Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 13. औपश्लेषिक resulting from immediate contact immediately or closely connected; one of the three types of अधिकरण or location which is given as the sense of the locative case; confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं-व्यापकम् ओपश्लेषिकम्, वैषयिकमिति ... इको यणचि | अचि उपाश्लिष्टस्येति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VI. 1.72.
auśsubstitute औ for the nominative case. and acc. case endings applied to the numeral अष्टन्; confer, compare अष्टाभ्य औश् P.VII. 1.21.
{{c|-( anusvāra ) ṃanusvāraor nasal (l) looked upon as a phonetic element, independent, no doubt, but incapable of being pronounced without a vowel Preceding it. Hence, it is shown in writing with अ although its form in writing is only a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the line cf अं इत्यनुस्वारः । अकार इह उच्चारणर्थ इति बिन्दुमात्रो वर्णोनुस्वारसंज्ञो भवति Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Vyāk I.1.19; (2) anusvāra,showing or signifying Vikāra id est, that is अागम and used as a technical term for the second विभक्ति or the accusative case. See the word अं a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 1.
or विसर्गः literally letting out breath from the mouth; sound or utterance caused by breath escaping from the mouth; breathing. The Visarjanīya, just like the anusvāra, is incapable of being independently utteredition Hence, it is written for convenience as अः although its form for writing purposes is only two dots after the vowel preceding it; confer, compare अः इति विसर्जनीयः । अकार इह उच्चारणार्थः इति कुमारीस्तनयुगाकृतिर्वर्णो विसर्जनीयसंज्ञो भवति । Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Vyāk. I.1.16. See अः a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 2.
ᳶ upadhmānīyaliterally blowing; a term applied to the visarga when followed by the consonant प् or फ्. The upadhmānīya is looked upon as a letter or phonetic element, which is always connected with the preceding vowel. As the upadhmānīya is an optional substitute for the visarga before the letter प् or फ्, when, in writing, it is to be shown instead of the visarga, it is shown as ᳶ, or as w , or even as x just as the Jihvāmūlīya; confer, compare उपध्मायते शब्दायते इति, उप समीपे ध्मायते शब्द्यते इति वा commentary on Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I:; : confer, compare also कपाभ्यां प्रागर्धविसर्गसदृशो जिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयौः:S.K.on P.VIII.2.1.
m̐ nāsikyaa nasal letter or utterance included among the अयोगवाह letters analogous to anusvāra and yama letters. It is mentioned in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as हुँ इति नासिक्यः on which Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.makes the remark अयमृक्शाखायां प्रसिद्धः. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya mentions नासिक्य, यम and अनुस्वार as नासिक्य or nasal letters, while Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.defines नासिक्य as a letter produced only by the nose; confer, compare केवलनासिकया उच्चार्यमाणे वर्णॊ नासिक्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya calls the letter ह् as nāsikya when it is followed by the consonant न् or ण् or म् and gives अह्नाम् , अपराह्णे and ब्रह्म as instances. The Pāṇinīya Śikṣā does not mention नासिक्य as a letter. The Mahābhāṣya mentions नासिक्य as one of the six ayogavāha letters; confer, compare के पुनरयोगवाहाः । विसर्जनीयजिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयानुस्वारानुनासिक्ययमाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, where some manuscripts read नासिक्य for अानुनासिक्य while in some other manuscripts there is neither the word आनुनासिक्य nor नासिक्य. It is likely that the anunāsika-colouring given to the vowel preceding the consonant सू substituted for the consonants म, न् and others by P. VIII. 3.2. to 12, was looked upon as a separate phonetic unit and called नासिक्य as for instance in सँस्कर्ता, मा हिँसीः, सँशिशाधि et cetera, and others
yamaa letter called यम which is uttered partly through the nose. A class consonant excepting the fifth, when followed by the fifth viz. ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न or म् , gets doubled in the Vedic recital, when the second of the doubled consonant which is coloured by the following nasal consonant is called यम. This यम letter is not independent. It necessarily depends upon the following nasal consonant and hence it is called अयोगवाह. The nasalization is shown in script as xx followed by the consonant; e. g. पलिक्क्नी, अगूग्रे, et cetera, and others The pronunciation of this yama or twin letter is seen in the Vedic recital only; confer, compare पलिक्कनी ... कखगघेभ्य; परे तत्सदृशा एव यमाः S. K. on P. VIII. 2.1. confer, compare कु खु गु घु इति यमाः विंशतिसंख्याका भवन्ति Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII.24.
k(1)the consonant क्; the first con. sonant of the consonant group as also of the guttural group; (2) substitute क् for consonants ष्, and ढ् before the consonant स्;confer, compareV.P.2.41. For the elision ( लोप ) of क् on account of its being termed इत् see P.I.3.3 and 8.
k(1)taddhita affix.affix क applied to the words of the ऋश्य group in the four senses called चातुरर्थिक e. g. ऋश्यकः, अनडुत्कः, वेणुकः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.IV.2.80; (2) taddhita affix. affix क applied to nouns in the sense of diminution, censure, pity et cetera, and others e. g. अश्वक्रः, उष्ट्रकः, पुत्रकः, confer, compare P.V. 3.70-87: (3) taddhita affix. affix क in the very sense of the word itself ( स्वार्थे ) exempli gratia, for example अविकः, यावकः, कालकः; confer, compare P.V.4.2833; (4) Uṇādi affix क exempli gratia, for example कर्क, वृक, राका, एक, भेक, काक, पाक, शल्क et cetera, and others by Uṇādi sūtras III. 40-48 before which the angment इट् is prohibited by P. VII.2.9; (5) kṛt affix क ( अ ) where क् is dropped by P. I. 3.8, applied, in the sense of agent, to certain roots mentioned in P.III.1.135, 136, 144, III. 2.3 to 7, III.2.77 and III.3.83 exempli gratia, for example बुध:, प्रस्थः, गृहम्, कम्बलदः, द्विपः, मूलविभुजः, सामगः, सुरापः et cetera, and others; (6) substitute क for the word किम् before a case affix, confer, compare P.VII.2.103; (7) the Samāsānta affix कप् (क) at the end of Bahuvrīhi compounds as prescribed by P.V.4.151-160.
karṇādi(1)a class of words headed by कर्ण to which the taddhita affix अायन ( फिञ् ) is applied in the four senses given in P.IV.2.67-70; exempli gratia, for example कार्णायनिः वासिष्ठायनिः et cetera, and others; cf Kāś. on P.IV.2.80; (2) a class of words headed by कर्ण to which the taddhita affix जाह (जाहच्) is added in the sense of a 'root' exempli gratia, for example कर्णजाहम् ; confer, compare Kāś. on P.V.2.24.
katryādia class of words headed by the word कत्रि to which the taddhita affix. affix एयक (ढकञ्) is applied in the miscellaneous senses; exempli gratia, for example कात्रेयकः, ग्रामेयकः, कौलेयकः (from कुल्या); confer, compare P. IV.2.75.
kambojādia class of words headed by the word कम्बोज, the affix अञ् placed after which is elided, provided the words कम्बोज and others are names of countries; exempli gratia, for example कम्बोजः चोलः, केरलः, शकः, यवनः et cetera, and others confer, compare P. IV.1.175.
karaṇa(1)lit instrument; the term signifies the most efficient means for accomplishing an act; confer, compare क्रियासिद्धी यत् प्रकृष्टोपकारकं विवक्षितं तत्साधकतमं कारकं करणसंज्ञं भवति, Kāś. on साधकतमं करणम् P.I.4.42, e. g. दात्रेण in दात्रेण लुनाति; (2) effort inside the mouth (अाभ्यन्तर-प्रयत्न ) to produce sound; e. g. touching of the particular place ( स्थान ) inside the mouth for uttering consonants; confer, compare स्पृष्टं स्पर्शानां करणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P, I.1.10 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (3) disposition of the organ which produces the sound; confer, compare श्वासनादोभयानां विशेषः करणमित्युच्यते । एतच्च पाणिनिसंमताभ्यन्तरप्रयत्न इति भाति । Com. on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.3;confer, compare also स्थानकरणानुप्रदानानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.32: confer, compare also अनुप्रदानात्संसर्गात् स्थानात् करणविन्ययात् । जायते वर्णवैशेष्यं परीमाणाच्च पञ्चमात् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 2. where karaṇa is described to be of five kinds अनुप्रदान (id est, that is नाद or resonance), संसर्ग (contact), स्थान, करणविन्यय and परिमाण; confer, compareअकारस्य तावत् अनुप्रदानं नादः, संसर्गः कण्ठे, स्थानं हनू, करणविन्ययः ओष्ठौ, परिमाणं मात्राकालः । अनुप्रदानादिभिः पञ्चभिः करणैर्वर्णानां वैशेष्यं जायते Com. on Tai. Pr. XXIII.2. The Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya mentions two karaṇas संवृत and विवृत; confer, compare द्वे करणे संवृतविवृताख्ये वायोर्भवतः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 11; (4) use of a word exempli gratia, for example इतिकरणं, वत्करणम्; confer, compare किमुपस्थितं नाम । अनार्षं इतिकरणः M.Bh.on. P.VI.1.129.
karaviṇīor कर्विणी name of a svarabhakti i. e. behaviour like the vowel लृ, noticed in the case of the consonant ल् when followed by the sibilant ह्; confer, compare करेणू रहयोर्योगे कर्विणी लहकारयोः । हरिणी रशसानां च हारिता लशकारयोः ॥ करेणुः बर् हिः । कर्विणी भलहाः Com. on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXI. 15. See स्वरभक्ति.
kariṇīname of a svarabhakti i. e. behaviour like the vowel ऋ noticed in the case of the consonant र्. when it is followed by ह् e. g. बर् हिः करिणी is named करेणु also.
karṇamūlīyaproduced at the root of the ear; the utterance of a circumflex vowel is described as Karṇamūliya.
kartṛsādhana(an affix)appplied in the sense of the agent of an activity; भवतीति भावः । कतृसाधनश्चायं प्रत्ययः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7.
karmakartṛobject of the transitive verb which functions as the subject when there is a marked facility of action: exempli gratia, for exampleओदन is karmakartariobject, functioning as subject, in पच्यते ओदनः स्वयमेव. The word कर्मकर्तृ is used also for the कर्मकर्तरि प्रयोग where the object, on which the verb-activity is found, is turned into a subject and the verb which is transitive is turned into intransitive as a result.
karman(1)object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).
kamenāmanliterally noun showing action, participle. कर्मप्रवचनीय a technical term used in connection with a preposition which showed a verbal activity formerly, although for the present time it does not show it; the word is used as a technical term in grammar in connection with prefixes or उपसर्गs which are not used along.with a root, but without it confer, compare कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीयाः इति M.Bh. on P.I.4.83; exempli gratia, for example शाकल्यस्य संहितामनु प्रावर्षत्, अन्वर्जुनं योद्धारः, अा कुमारं यशः पाणिनेः; confer, compare Kāś. on P.I.4.83 to 98.
karmavadbhāvathe activity of the agent or kartā of an action represented as object or karman of that very action, for the sake of grammatical operations: e. g. भिद्यते काष्ठं स्वयमेव;. करिष्यते कटः स्वयमेव. To show facility of a verbal activity on the object, when the agent or kartā is dispensed with, and the object is looked upon as the agent, and used also as an agent, the verbal terminations ति, त; et cetera, and others are not applied in the sense of an agent, but they are applied in the sense of an object; consequently the sign of the voice is not अ (शप्), but य (यक्) and the verbal terminations are त, आताम् et cetera, and others (तङ्) instead of ति, तस् et cetera, and others In popular language the use of an expression of this type is called Karmakartari-Prayoga. For details see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on कर्मवत्कर्मणा तुल्यक्रियः P.III.1.87. Only such roots as are कर्मस्थक्रियक or कर्मस्थभावक id est, that is roots whose verbal activity is noticed in the object and not in the subject can have this Karmakartari-Prayoga.
karmādiliterally karman and others; a term often used in the Mahābhāṣya for kārakas or words connected with a verbal activity which have the object or karmakāraka mentioned first; सुपां कर्मादयोप्यर्थाः संख्या चैव तथा तिङाम् M.Bh, on I.4.21.
karmāpadiṣṭaoperations prescribed specifically for objects i. e. prescribed in the case of objects which are described to be functioning as the subject to show facility of the verbal action: e. g. the vikaraṇa यक् or the affix च्णि; confer, compare कर्मापदिष्टाविधय: कर्मस्थभावकानां कर्मस्थक्रियाणां वा भवन्ति । कर्तृस्थभावकाश्च दीपादयः M.Bh.on I.1.44.
karṣaṇaextension; protraction, defined as kālaviprakarṣa by commentators; a peculiarity in the recital as noticed in the pronunciation of ट् when followed by च् , or ड् when followed by ज् exempli gratia, for example षट्चै; षड्जात. confer, compare Nār. Śik. I.7.19.
kalāpa(कलाप-व्याकरण)alternative name given to the treatise on grammar written by Sarvavarman who is believed to have lived in the days of the Sātavāhana kings. The treatise is popularly known by the namc Kātantra Vyākaraṇa. The available treatise,viz. Kalpasūtras, is much similar to the Kātantra Sūtras having a few changes and additions only here and there.It is rather risky to say that Kalāpa was an ancient system of grammar which is referred to in the Pāṇini Sūtra कलापिनोण् P. IV.3.108. For details see कातन्त्र.
kalpathe taddhita affix. affix कल्पप् added to any substantive in the sense of slightly inferior, or almost complete; exempli gratia, for example पट्कल्पः, मृदुकल्प; confer, compare P.V.3.67 and Kāśikā thereon.
kalyāṇasarasvatīauthor of the Laghusārasvata, a small grammar work. He lived in the 18th century A. D.
kalyāṇasāgaraauthor of the Haimaliṅgānuśāsana-vivaraṇa, a commentary on the Liṅgānuśāsana chapter of| 14
kasunaHemacandra's grammar. He lived in the 16 th century A. D.
kavikalpadrumaa treatise on roots written by Bopadeva, the son of Keśava and the pupil of Dhaneśa who lived in the time of Hemādri, the Yādava King of Devagiri in the thirteenth century. He has written a short grammar work named Mugdhabodha which has been very popular in Bengal being studied in many Tols or Pāṭhaśālās.
kavicandraauthor of a small treatise on grammar called Sārasatvarī. He lived in the seventeenth century A.D. He was a resident of Darbhaṅgā. Jayakṛṣṇa is also given as the name of the author of the Sārasatvarī grammar and it is possible that Jayakṛṣṇa was given the title, or another name, Kavicandra.
kasunkṛt affix अस् found in Vedic Literature, in the sense of the infinitive: e. g. ईश्वरो विलिखः (विलि-खितुम्) confer, compare P. III.4.13, 17. The word ending in this कसुन् becomes an indeclinable: cf क्त्वातोसुन्कसुनः P.I.1.40.
kāṇḍataddhita affix. affix काण्ड prescribed after words like दूर्वा, तृण, कर्म in the sense of समूह; cf दूर्वादिभ्यः (1. varia lectio, another reading,1. पूर्वादिभ्यः) काण्डः; Kāś on P.IV. 2.51.
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātantradhātuvṛttiascribed to Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti., the famous commentator of the Kātantra Sūtras who lived in the ninth or the tenth century.
kātantraparibhāṣāpāṭhaname given to a text consisting of Paribhāṣāsūtras, believed to have been written by the Sūtrakāra himself as a supplementary portion to the main grammar. Many such lists of Paribhāṣāsūtras are available, mostly in manuscript form, containing more than a hundred Sūtras divided into two main groups-the Paribhāṣā sūtras and the Balābalasūtras. See परिभाषासंग्रह edition by B. O. R. I. Poona.
kātantrapariśiṣṭasiddhāntaratnāṅkuraa gloss on the Kātantra-pariśiṣṭa by Śivarāmendra, who is believed to have written a gloss on the Sūtras of Pāṇini also.
kātantrabālabodhinīa short explanatory gloss on the Kātantra Sūtras by Jagaddhara of Kashmir who lived in the fourteenth century and who wrote a work on grammar called Apaśabdanirākaraṇa.
kātantravivaraṇaa commentary on the Kātantravistara of Vardhamāna by Pṛthvīdhara who lived in the fifteenth century A. D.
kātantravistaraa famous work on the Kātantra Grammar written by Vardhamāna a Jain Scholar of the twelfth century who is believed to be the same as the author of the well-known work Gaṇaratnamahodadhi.
kātantravṛttiname of the earliest commentary on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.. The commentary was once very popular as is shown by a number of explanatory commentaries written upon it, one of which is believed to have been written by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. himselfeminine. See Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti..
kātantravṛttivyākhyānamed Aṣṭamaṅgalā on Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.'s Kātantravṛtti written by Rāmakiśora Cakravartin who is believed to have written a grammatical work शाब्दबोधप्रकाशिका.
kātantrottaraa treatise on the Kātantra Grammar believed to have been written by Vidyānanda.
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kāmaugment आम् applied to तूष्णीम् just as अकच् is applied, exempli gratia, for example; आसितव्यं किल तूष्णीकाम Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.3.72.
kāmacāraoption; permission to do as desired liberty of applying any of the rules of grammar that present themselves; confer, compare तत्र कामचारो गृह्यमाणेन वा विभक्तिं विशेषयितुं अङ्गेन वा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.27 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6.
kāmadhenusudhārasaa commentary on the Kāvyakāmadhenu by Ananta, son of Cintāmaṇi who lived in the sixteenth century A. D.
kāmyacaffix in the sense of 'desiring for oneself' applied to nouns to form denominative roots; exempli gratia, for example पुत्रकाम्यति; confer, compare काम्यच्च् P. III.1. 9.
kāraan affix, given in the Prātiśākhya works and,by Kātyāyana also in his Vārttika, which is added to a letter or a phonetic element for convenience of mention; exempli gratia, for example इकारः, उकारः ; confer, compare वर्णः कारोत्तरो वर्णाख्या; वर्णकारौ निर्देशकौ Tai. Pra.I. 16: XXII.4.;confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.1.37. It is also applied to syllables or words in a similar way to indicate the phonetic element of the word as apart from the sense of the word: e. g.' यत एवकारस्ततीन्यत्रावधारणम् Vyak. Paribhāṣā , confer, compare also the words वकार:, हिंकारः: (2) additional purpose served by a word such as an adhikāra word; confer, compare अधिकः कारः , पूर्वविप्रतिषेघा न पठितव्या भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.11.
kārakaliterally doer of an action. The word is used in the technical sense ; 1 of ’instrument of action'; cf कारकशब्दश्च निमित्तपर्यायः । कारकं हेतुरिति नार्थान्तरम् । कस्य हेतुः । क्रियायाः Kāś. on P.I. 4.23: confer, compare also कारक इति संज्ञानिर्देशः । साधकं निर्वर्तकं कारकसंज्ञं भवति । M.Bh. on P. I. 4.28. The word 'kāraka' in short, means 'the capacity in which a thing becomes instrumental in bringing about an action'. This capacity is looked upon as the sense of the case-affixes which express it. There are six kārakas given in all grammar treatises अपादान, संप्रदान, अधिकरण, करण , कर्मन् and कर्तृ to express which the case affixes or Vibhaktis पञ्चमी, चतुर्थी, सप्तमी, तृतीया, द्वितीया and प्रथमा are respectively used which, hence, are called Kārakavibhaktis as contrasted with Upapadavibhaktis, which show a relation between two substantives and hence are looked upon as weaker than the Kārakavibhaktis; confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari.94. The topic explaining Kārakavibhaktis is looked upon as a very important and difficult chapter in treatises of grammar and there are several small compendiums written by scholars dealing with kārakas only. For the topic of Kārakas see P. I. 4.23 to 55, Kat, II. 4.8-42, Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pp.262-264 published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
kārakakārikāpossibly another name for the treatise on Kārakas known as कारकचक्र written by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva the reputed grammarian of Bengal who lived in the latter half of the twelfth century A. D. See कारकचक्र.
kārakacakra(1)written by Puruṣotta madeva a reputed grammarian of Bengal who wrote many works on grammar of which the Bhasavrtti, the Paribhāṣāvṛtti and Jñāpakasamuccya deserve a special mention. The verse portion of the Kārakacakra of which the prose portion appears like a commentary might be bearing the name Kārakakaumudī.
kārakatattvaa treatise on the topic of Kārakas written by Cakrapāṇiśeṣa, belonging to the famous Śeṣa family of grammarians, who lived in the seventeenth century A. D.
kārakanirṇayaa work discussing the various Kārakas from the Naiyāyika view-point written by the well-known Naiyāyika, Gadādhara Chakravartin of Bengal, who was a pupil of Jagadīśa and who fourished in the 16th century A. D. He is looked upon as one of the greatest scholars of Nyāyaśāstra. His main literarywork was in the field of Nyāyaśāstra on which he has written several treatises.
kārakaparicchedaa work dealing with Kārakas ascribed to Rudrabhaṭṭa.
kārakapādaname given by Śivadeva and other grammarians to the fourth pāda of the first adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. which begins with the Sūtra कारके I. 4. 1 and which deals with the Kārakas or auxiliaries of action.
kārakavāda(1)a treatise discussing the several Kārakas, written by Kṛṣṇaśāstri Ārade a famous Naiyāyika of Benares who lived in the eighteenth century A. D; (2) a treatise on syntax written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya which is called कारकविवेक also, which see below. a treatise on syntax written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya which is called कारकविवेक also, which see below.
kārakavivekaknown as कारकवाद also; a short work on the meaning and relation of words written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya who lived in the beginning of the eighteenth century. The work forms the concluding portion of a larger work called कारकविवेक which was written by शिरोमणिभट्टाचार्य.. The work कारकवाद has a short commentary written by the author himselfeminine.
kārikāa verse or a line or lines in metrical form giving the gist of the explanation of a topic; confer, compare संक्षिप्तसूत्रबह्वर्थसूचकः श्लोकः कारिका Padavyavasthāsūtrakārikā of Udayakīrti.
kārita(1)ancient term for the causal Vikaraṇa, (णिच् in Pāṇini's grammar and इन् in Kātantra); (2) causal or causative as applied to roots ending in णिच् or words derived from such roots called also 'ṇyanta' by the followers of Pāṇini's grammar; confer, compare इन् कारितं धात्वर्थे Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.III.2.9, explained as धात्वर्थक्रियानाम्न इन् परो भवति धात्वर्थे स च कारितसंज्ञक;।
kārmanāmikathe word is found used in Yāska's Nirukta as an adjective to the word संस्कार where it means belonging to nouns derived fromroofs (कर्मनाम)"like पाचक,कर्षक et cetera, and othersThe changes undergone by the roots in the formation of such words i. e. words showing action are termed कार्मनामिकसंस्कार; confer, compare कर्मकृतं नाम कर्मनाम। तस्मिन् भवः कार्मनामिकः Durgavṛtti on Nirukta of Yāska.I.13. कार्य(l) brought.into existence by activity (क्रियया निर्वृत्तं कार्यम् ) as oppo- sed to नित्य eternal; confer, compare एके वर्णाञ् शाश्वतिकान् न कार्यान् R.Pr. XIII.4 confer, compare also ननु च यस्यापि कार्याः ( शब्दाः ) तस्यापि पूजार्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.44 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 17;(2) which should be done, used in connection with a grammatical operation: confer, compare कार्य एत्वे सयमीकारमाहुः ।| अभैष्म इत्येतस्य स्थाने अभयीष्मेति । R.Pr. XIV.16; confer, compare also विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I.4.2; (3) a grammatical opera- tion as for instance in the phrases द्विकार्ययोगे, त्रिकार्ययोगे et cetera, and others; confer, compare also गौणमुख्ययोर्मुख्ये कार्यसंप्रत्ययः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 15;(4) object of a transitive verb: confer, compare शेषः कार्ये Śāk.
kāryakālaparibhāṣāone of the important Paribhāṣā, regarding the application of the Paribhāṣā rules. See कायैकाल. For details see Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 3.
kālanotion of time created by different contacts made by a thing with other things one after another. Time required for the utterance of a short vowel is taken as a unit of time which is called मात्रा or कालमात्रा, literally measurement of time; (2) degree of a vowel, the vowels being looked upon as possessed of three degrees ह्रस्व,दीर्घ,& प्लुत measured respectively by one, two and three mātrās; confer, compare ऊकालोSझ्रस्वदीर्घप्लुतः P.I.2.27; (3) time notion in general, expressed in connection with an activity in three ways past (भूत), present (वर्तमान), and future (भविष्यत्) to show which the terms भूता, वर्तमाना and भविष्यन्ती were used by ancient grammarians; cf the words पूर्वकाल, उत्तरकाल; also confer, compare पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम् Kāś. on P. II. 4.21 ; (4) place of recital ( पाठदेश ) depending on the time of recital, confer, compare न परकालः पूर्वकाले पुनः (V.Pr.III. 3) a dictum similar to Pāṇini's पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1.
kāśikā(1)name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.
kāśyādia class of words headed by the words काशि, चेदि and others to which the taddhita affixes ठञ् and ञिठ are added in the miscellaneous senses; exempli gratia, for example काशिकी, काशिका; वैदिकी, वैदिका et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāś. on P. IV. 2.116. The feminine. afix ई is applied when the affix ठञ् is added to the word काशि; confer, compare P. IV. 1.15.
ki(1)kṛt affix इ prescribed after धु roots with a prefix attached;exempli gratia, for exampleप्रदिः प्रधिः confer, compare P.III.3.92, 93; (2) kṛt affix इ looked upon as a perfect termination and, hence, causing reduplication and accusative case of the noun connected, found in Vedic Literature added to roots ending in अा, the root ऋ, and the roots गम्, हन् and जन्; exempli gratia, for example पपि; सोमं, जगुरिः, जग्मिः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. III.2.171: (2) a term used in the Jainendra Vyākaraṇa for the term संबुद्वि.
kit(1)marked with the mute letter क् which is applied by Pāṇini to affixes, for preventing guṇa and vṛddhi substitutes to the preceding इक् vowel (इ, उ, ऋ or लृ); confer, compareक्ङिति च, Pāṇ. I.1.5; (2) considered or looked upon as marked with mute indicatory क् for preventing guna; confer, compare असंयोगाल्लिट् कित् and the following P.I.2.5 et cetera, and others The affixes of the first type are for instance क्त, क्त्वा, क्तिन् and others. The affixes of the second type are given mainly in the second pada of the first Adhyāya by Pāṇini. Besides the prevention of guṇa and wrddhi, affixes marked with कु or affixes called कित्, cause Saṁprasāraṇa (see P. VI.1.15,16), elision of the penultimate न् (P.VI.4.24), elision of the penultimate vowel (P. VI.4.98,100), lengthening of the vowel (VI.4.15), substitution of ऊ (VI.4.19,21), elision of the final nasal (VI. 4.37), substitution of अI (VI.4.42). The taddhita affixes which are marked with mute क् cause the Vṛddhi substitute for the first vowel in the word to which they are addedition
kiśarādi,kisarādia class of words headed by किसर meaning some kind of scent, which get the taddhita affix इक (ष्टन्) applied to them when the word so formed means 'a dealer of that thing;' exempli gratia, for example किशारिकः, किशारिकी cf; Kāś. on P. IV.4.53.
kuñjādia class of words headed by कुञ्ज to which the taddhita affix अायन (च्फञ्) is applied in the sense of गोत्र i. e. grandchildren etc e. g. कौञ्जायनाः confer, compare Kāś, on P.IV.1.9.
kuṇaravāḍavaname of an ancient granmarian who lived possibly after Pāṇini and before Patañjali and who is referred to in the Mahābhāṣya as giving an alternative forms for the standard form of certain words; confer, compare कुणरवाडवस्त्वाह नैषां शंकरा शंगरैषा M.Bh. on III.2.14; cf also कुणरवस्त्वाह नैष वहीनरः । कस्तर्हि । विहीनर एषः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.3.1.
kumāra(1)Kārtikeya who is believed to havegiven inspiration to the Katantra-sūtrakāra to write the Kātantra-sūtras; (2) named Viṣṇumitra who wrote a commentary on the ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य,
kumudādiclass of words (१) consisting of कुमुद, शर्करा, न्यग्रोध et cetera, and others to which the taddhita affix ठक् is applied in the four senses given in P.IV.2.67-70; exempli gratia, for example कुमुदिकम्,शर्करिकम् etc(2) consisting of कुमुद गोमय, रथकार etc to which the taddhita affix इक ( ठक् ) is applied in the senses referred to in (I): exempli gratia, for example कौमुदिकम् , राथकारिकम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāś, on P.IV.2.80.
kurackṛt (affix). affix उर applied to the roots विद्, भिद् and छिद्: exempli gratia, for example विदुर: । भिदुरम् ! छिदुरम् । confer, compare Kāś.on P.III.2.162.
kurvadrūpaeffective or efficient, as opposed to dormant, as applied to निमित्त (cause); confer, compareनिमित्तशब्दोयमस्ति योग्यतामात्रे । कुसुलस्थेष्वपि बीजेषु वक्तारो भवन्ति अङ्कुरनिमित्तान्येतानीति अस्ति च कुर्वद्रूपे । Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on P.VII.2.36.
kulālādia class of words headed by the word कुलाल to which the taddhita affix अक ( वुञ्) is applied in the sense of 'made by', provided the word so formed is used as a proper noun; e g.कौलालकम् , वारुडकम्; confer, compare Kāś. on P.IV.3.118.
kṛtliterally activity; a term used in the grammars of Pāṇini and others for affixes applied to roots to form verbal derivatives; confer, compare कृदतिङ् । धातोः ( ३ ।१।९१ ) इत्यधिकारे तिङ्कवर्जितः प्रत्ययः कृत् स्यात् । Kāś. on III.1.93, The kṛt affixes are given exhaustively by Pāṇini in Sūtras III.1.91 to III.4. I17. कृत् and तद्धित appear to be the ancient Pre-Pāṇinian terms used in the Nirukta and the Prātiśākhya works in the respective senses of root-born and noun-born words ( कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त according to Pāṇini's terminology), and not in the sense of mere affixes; confer, compare सन्त्यल्पप्रयोगाः कृतोप्यैकपदिकाः Nirukta of Yāska.I.14: अथापि भाषिकेभ्यो धातुभ्यो नैगमाः कृतो भाष्यन्ते Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; तिङ्कृत्तद्धितसमासा: शब्दमयम् V.Pr. I.27; also confer, compare V.Pr. VI.4. Patañjali and later grammarians have used the word कृत् in the sense of कृदन्त; confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Pari Śek.Pari.75. The kṛt affixes are given by Pāṇini in the senses of the different Kārakas अपादान, संप्रदान, करण, अाधकरण, कर्म and कर्तृ, stating in general terms that if no other sense is assigned to a kṛt affix it should be understood that कर्ता or the agent of the verbal activity is the sense; confer, compare कर्तरि कृत् । येष्वर्थनिर्देशो नास्ति तत्रेदमुपतिष्ठते Kāś. on III.4.67. The activity element possessed by the root lies generally dormant in the verbal derivative nouns; confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति, क्रियावदपि । M.Bh.on V.4.19 and VI. 2.139
kṛtākṛtaprasaṅgia definition of the term नित्य in the sense of a rule which occurs after certain another rule is applied as well as before that rule is applied: confer, compare कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम् । तद्विपरीतमनित्यम् । Pari, Sek. Pari. 42; cf also कंथं पुनरयं नित्यः । कृताकृतप्रसङ्गित्वात् l Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 4. 62.
kṛtārthalit which has got its purpose served: a term used in connection with a rule that has been possible to be applied (without clash with another rule) in the case of certain instances, although it comes into conflict in the case of other istances confer, compare तत्र कृतार्थत्वाद् दिकशब्दपक्षे परेण ठञ्जतौ स्याताम् Kāś. P.IV. 3.5. The word चरितार्थ is used almost in the same sense.
kṛtyaliterally that which should be done; the word कृत्य is used as a tech nical term in grammar in the sense of kṛt affixes which possess the sense 'should be done'. Pāṇini has not defined the term कृत्य but he has introduced a topic ( अधिकार ) by the name कृत्य (P. III.1.95), and mentioned kṛt afixes therein which are to be called कृत्य right on upto the mention of the affix ण्वुल्. in P.III. 1.133; confer, compare कृत्याः प्राङ् ण्वुलः P. III. 1.95 The kṛtya affixes, commonly found in use, are तव्य, अनीय and य ( यत्, क्यप् and ण्यत् ).
kṛtvasuctaddhita affix. affix कृत्वम् applied to numerals to convey the sense of repetition, e. g. पंञ्चकृत्वः दशकृत्वः confer, compare संख्यायाः क्रियाभ्यावृत्तिगणने कृत्वसुच् P. V. 4.17.
kṛdvṛttia short treatise by a grammarian named मोक्षेश्वर who lived in the fifteenth century. The work deals with verbal derivatives.
kṛllukthe elision of a kṛt affix: the word is found used along with the words प्रकृतिप्रत्यापत्तिः, and प्रकृतिवत् कारकं भवति in the Vārttika अाख्यानात्कृतस्तदाचष्टे इतेि कृल्लुक् प्रकृतिप्रत्यापत्तिः प्रकृतिवच्च कारकम् by means of which the phrase कंसं घातयति is formed for the sentence कंसवधमाचष्टे.
kṛśāśvādia class of words headed by the word कृशाश्वं to which the taddhita affix ईय (छण् ) is applied in the four senses given in P.IV.2. 67-70, exempli gratia, for example कार्शीश्वीयः, आरिष्टीयः confer, compare Kāś, on P.IV.2.80.
kevalaisolated;a term applied to a letter or a word when it is not combined with another letter or another word in a compound; confer, compare धर्मादनिच् केवलात् । केवलान्न पदसमुदायात् Kāś. on P.V.4.124; (2) simple (word) without an affix added: confer, compare अर्थवत्ता नोपपद्यते केवलेन अवचनात् । P. I. 2.45 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7, also कृत्तद्धितान्तं चैवार्थवत् । न केवलाः कृतस्तद्धिता बा M.Bh.on P.I.4.14.
keśavawriter of a commentary named प्रकाश on the Śikṣā of Pāṇini. He lived in the 17th century.
kaimarthakyaiit. position of questioning the utility; absence of any apparent utility: confer, compare कैमर्थक्यान्नियमो भवति विधेयं नास्तीति कृत्वा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 4.3, III.1.46; III.2.127, III. 3.19; VI.4.49, VII.2.26, and VIII.4.32.
kaiyaṭaname of the renowned commentator on the Mahābhāṣya, who lived in the 11th century. He was a resident of Kashmir and his father's name was Jaiyaṭa. The commentary on the Mahābhāṣya was named महाभाष्यप्रदीप by him, which is believed by later grammarians to have really acted as प्रदीप or light, as without it, the Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali would have remained unlit, that is unintelligible, at several places. Later grammarians attached to प्रदीप almost the same importance as they did to the Mahābhāṣya and the expression तदुक्तं भावकैयटयोः has been often used by commentators. Many commentary works were written on the Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.out of which Nageśa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.is the most popular. The word कैयट came to be used for the word महाभाष्यप्रदीप which was the work of Kaiyaṭa. For details see Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII. pp. 389-390.
kaiyaṭaprakāśaa commentary on the Mahābhāṣyapradīpa of Kaiyaṭa written by Nīlakaṇṭha of the Draviḍa country. Nīlakaṇṭha lived in . the 17th century and wrote works on various subjects.
kaiyaṭavivaraṇa(1)a commentary on the Mahābhāṣyapradīpa of Kaiyaṭa written by Iśvarānanda, in the 16th century; (2) a commentary on Kaiyaṭa's Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.by Rāmacandra-Sarasvatī, who lived in the 16th century.
koṇḍabhaṭṭaa reputed grammarian who wrote an extensive explanatory gloss by name Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa on the Vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikā of Bhaṭṭoji Dīkṣita. Another work Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra. which is in a way an abridgment of the Bhūṣaṇa, was also written by him. Koṇḍabhaṭṭa lived in the beginning of the l7th century. He was the son of Raṅgojī and nephew of Bhaṭṭojī Dīkṣita. He was one of the few writers on the Arthavicāra in the Vyākaraṇaśāstra and his Bhūṣaṇasāra ranks next to the Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Besides the Bhūṣaṇa and Bhūṣaṇasāra, Koṇḍabhaṭṭa wrote two independent works viz. Vaiyākaraṇsiddhāntadīpika and Sphoṭavāda.
kodṇḍarāmaa scholar of Sanskrit Vyākaraṇa who composed शब्दसिद्धान्तमञ्जरी a small treatise dealing with the declension of nouns.
kaumāra,komāravyākaraṇa(1)an alternative name of the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa given to it on the strength of the traditional belief that the original inspiration for writing it was received by Sarvavarman from Kumara or Kārtikeya; (2) small treatises bearing the name Kaumāravyākaraṇa written by Munipuṅgava and Bhāvasena. The latter has written Kātantrarūpamāla also.
ktakṛt affix त in various senses, called by the name निष्ठा in Pāṇini's grammar along with the affix क्तवतू confer, compare क्तक्तवतू निष्ठा P.I.1.26.The various senses in which क्त is prescribed can be noticed below : (1) the general sense of something done in the past time as past passive voice.participle e. g. कृत:, भुक्तम् et cetera, and others: cf P. III.2.102; (2) the sense of the beginning of an activity when it is used actively: e. g. प्रकृतः कटं देवदत्तः, confer, compare P.III.2.102 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (3) the sense of activity of the present tense applied to roots marked with a mute ञ् as also to roots in the sense of desire, knowledge and worship; exempli gratia, for exampleमिन्नः, क्ष्विण्ण:, धृष्ट: as also राज्ञां मतः, राज्ञामिष्टः, राज्ञां बुद्धः; confer, compare P.III.2.187, 88; (4) the sense of mere verbal activity (भाव) e. g. हसितम् , सहितम् , जल्पितम् , (used always in the neuter gender); confer, compare P.III.3. 114: (5) the sense of benediction when the word ending in क्त is used as a technical term, exempli gratia, for example देवदत्तः in the sense of देवा एनं देयासुः. The kṛt affix क्तिन् is also used similarly exempli gratia, for example सातिः भूतिः मन्ति:; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III.3.174.
ktrikṛt affix त्रि added to the roots marked with the syllable डु by Pāṇini in his Dhātupāṭha; after this affix त्रि, the taddhita affix. affix म ( मप् ) in the sense of निर्वृत्तम् (accomplished) is necessarily added, e. g. पक्त्रिमम्, कृत्रिमम्; confer, compare P. III. 3.88. and P. IV. 4.20.
ktvākṛt (affix). affix त्वा added to roots (1) in the sense of prohibition conveyed by the word अलं or खलु preceding the root, exempli gratia, for example अलं कृत्वा, खलु कृत्वा; confer, compare P. III.4.18; (2) in the sense of exchange in the case of the root मा, e. g. अपमित्य याचते; confer, compare P. III.4.19; (3) to show an activity of the past time along with a verb or noun of action showing comparatively a later time, provided the agent of the former and the latter activities is the same; exempli gratia, for example भुक्त्वा व्रजति, स्नात्वा पीत्वा भुक्त्वा व्रजति; confer, compare P. III.4. 21. This kṛt affix is always added to roots when they are without any prefix; when there is a prefix the indeclinable, ending in त्वा, is always compounded with the prefix and त्वा is changed into य (ल्यप्), exempli gratia, for example प्रकृत्य, प्रहृत्य; confer, compare समासेऽनञ्पूर्वे क्त्वो ल्यप् P. VII. 1.37. The substitution of य is at will in Vedic Literature; exempli gratia, for example कृष्णं वासो यजमानं परिधापयित्वा ( instead of परिधाप्य ), confer, compare P. VII.1.38, while sometimes, य is added after त्वा as an augment e. g. दत्वाय सविता धियः confer, compare P. VII.l.47, as also sometimes त्वी or त्वीनम् is substituted for त्वा e. g. इष्ट्वीनं देवान्, स्नात्वी मलादिव, confer, compare P. VII.1.48, 49.
kyapkṛt afix य applied to the roots व्रज् and यज् in the sense of 'verbal activity' and to the roots अजू with सम्, षद् with नि et cetera, and others to form proper nouns e. g. व्रज्या, इज्या, समज्या, निषद्या et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. III. 3.98 and 99; (2) kṛtya affix य in the sense of 'should be done' applied to the roots वद्, भू and हन् (when preceded by certain words put as upapada), as also to roots with penultimate ऋ and the roots मृज्, इ, स्तु and others; e. g. ब्रह्मोद्यम् , ब्रह्मभूयम् , इत्यम् , स्तुत्यम् et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1. 106,121.
kyaṣaffix य added to certain nouns like लोहित and others to form denominative roots after which terminations of both the padas are placed exempli gratia, for example लोहितायति, लोहितायते; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.13.
krama(1)serial order or succession as contrasted with यौगपद्य or simultaneity. The difference between क्रम and यौगपद्य is given by भर्तृहरि in the line क्रमे विभिद्यते रूपं यौगपद्ये न भिद्यते Vāk. Pad. II. 470. In order to form a word by the application of several rules of grammar, a particular order is generally followed in accordance with the general principle laid down in the Paribhāṣā पूर्वपरनित्यान्तरङ्गापवादानामुत्तरोत्तरं बलीयः, as also according to what is stated in the sūtras असिद्धवदत्राभात्, पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् et cetera, and others (2) succession, or being placed after, specifically with reference to indeclinables like एव, च et cetera, and others which are placed after a noun with which they are connectedition When an indecinable is not so connected, it is called भिन्नक्रम; confer, compare परिपन्थं च तिष्ठति (P.IV. 4.36), चकारो भिन्नक्रमः प्रत्ययार्थं समुच्चिनोति, Kāś. on P. IV. 4.36; also ईडजनोर्ध्वे च । चशब्दो भिन्नक्रमः
īśeḥ(VII.2.77)अनुकर्षणार्थो विज्ञायते Kāś. on P.IV.2.78; (3) succession of the same consonant brought about; doubling; reduplication; क्रम is used in this way in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya as a synonym of dvitva prescribed by Pāṇini; e. g. अा त्वा रथं becomes अा त्त्वा रथम् ; सोमानं स्वरणम् becomes सोमानं स्स्वरणम् ; confer, compare स्वरानुस्वारोपहितो द्विरुच्यते संयोगादि: स क्रमोSविक्रमे सन् । etc, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. l to 4; confer, compare also स एष द्विर्भावरूपो विधिः क्रमसंज्ञो वेदितव्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1. The root क्रम् IA. is several times used in the Prātiśākhya works for द्विर्भवन, confer, compare also T. Pr.XXI.5; XXIV.5; (4) repetition of a word in the recital of Vedic passages, the recital by such a repetition being called क्रमपाठ, which is learnt and taught with a view to understanding the original forms of words combined in the Saṁhitā by euphonic rules, substitution of letters such as that of ण् for न् , or of ष् for स् , as also the separate words of a compound word ( सामासिकशब्द ); e. g. पर्जन्याय प्र । प्र गायत । गायत दिवः । दिवस्पुत्राय । पुत्राय मीळ्हुषे । मीळ्हुषे इति मीळ्हुषे । confer, compare क्रमो द्वाभ्यामतिक्रम्य् प्रत्यादायोत्तरं तयोः उत्तेरेणोपसंदध्यात् तथार्द्धर्चं समापयेत् ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X. 1. For details and special features, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) ch. X and XI: confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 182190: T. Pr, XXIII. 20, XXIV. 6.
kramaṇadoubling. Irregular doubling is looked upon as a fault; confer, compare क्रमणं वा अयथेाक्तम् R.Pr. XIV. 25.
kramadīśvaraauthor of a grammar named संक्षिप्तसार who lived at the end of the 13th century.
kramapāṭharecital of the Vedic Saṁhitā by means of separate groups of two words, repeating each word except the first of the Vedic verseline; see क्रम a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The various rules and exceptions are given in detail in Paṭalas ten and eleven of the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. The Vedic Saṁhitā or Saṁhitāpāṭha is supposed to be the original one and the Padapāṭha prepared later on, with a view to preserving the Vedic text without any change or modification of a letter, or accent; confer, compare न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः । पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.109, VI. 1.207 and VIII. 2.16, where Patañjali clearly says that grammar-rules are not to follow the Padapāṭha, but, the writer of the Padapāṭha is to follow the rules already laid down. The Jaṭāpāṭha, the Ghanapāṭha and the other recitals are later developments of the Padapāṭha as they are not mentioned in the Prātiśākhya works.
kramyaa consonant which is subjected to doubling confer, compare क्रम्यो वर्णः पूर्वमक्षरं भजते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVIII. 18.
kriyātipattiliterally over-extension or excess of action; the word is, however, used in grammar in the sense of non-happening of an expected action especially when . it forms a condition of the conditional mood ( लृङ् ); confer, compare कुताश्चिद्वैगुण्यादनभिनिर्वृत्तिः क्रियायाः क्रियातिपत्तिः Kāś. on P. III. 3.139; confer, compare also नान्तरेण साधनं क्रियायाः प्रवृत्तिरस्तीति साधनातिपत्तिश्चेत्कियातिपत्तिरपि भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.3.139.
kriyārtha(adjective. to क्रिया) literally meant or intended for another action; e g. भोक्तुं व्रजति where गमनक्रिया is intended for भोजनक्रिया; confer, compare तुमुन्ण्वुलौ क्रियायां क्रियार्थायाम् P.III.3.10.
kriyāvacanameaning or expressing a verbal activity; a term generally applied to dhātus or roots, or even to verbs. The term is also applied to denominative affixes like क्यच् which produce a sort of verbal activity in the noun to which they are added; confer, compare क्रियावचनाः क्यजादय: M.Bh. on III.1.19.
krukṛt affix रु applied to the root भी, exempli gratia, for example भीरुः, confer, compare P.III.2.174.
kroṣṭrīyaan ancient school of grammarians who are believed to have written rules or Vārttikas on some rules of Pāṇini to modify them; the क्रोष्ट्रीय school is quoted in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare परिभाषान्तरमिति च मत्वा क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.3.
kvip(1)kṛt affix zero, added to the roots सद्, सू, द्विष् and others with a preceding word as upapada or with a prefix or sometimes even without any word, as also to the root हन् preceded by the words ब्रह्मन्, भ्रूण and वृत्र, and to the root कृ preceded by सु, कर्मन् et cetera, and others, and to the roots सु, and चि under certain conditions exempli gratia, for example उपसत्, सूः, प्रसूः, पर्णध्वत्, ब्रह्महा, वृत्रहा, सोमसुत्, अग्निचित्; confer, compareP.III. 2.61, 76, 77, 87-92: 177-179; (2) the denominative affix zero applied to any substantive in the sense of behaviour अश्वति, गर्दभति et cetera, and others; confer, compare M.Bh. and Kāś, on P.III.1.11.
kvibantaa substantive ending with the kṛt affix क्विप् (zero affix) added to a root to form a noun in the sense of the verbal action (भाव). The words ending with this affix having got the sense of verbal activity in them quite suppressed, get the noun terminations सु, औ, जस् et cetera, and others and not ति, तः et cetera, and others placed after them; confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद् भवति. However, at the same time, these words undergo certain operations peculiar to roots simply because the kṛt affix entirely disappears and the word formed, appears like a root; confer, compare क्विबन्ता धातुत्वं न जहति. Kaiyaṭa's Prad. on VII.1.70.
kṣapaṇakaa Jain grammarian quoted in the well-known stanza धन्वन्तरिः क्षपणकोमरसिंहशङ्कु which enumerates the seven gems of the court of Vikramāditya, on the strength of which some scholars believe that he was a famous grammarian of the first century B.C.
kṣipraliterally rapid, accelerated, a short name given in the a Prātiśākhya works to a Saṁdhi or euphonic combination of the vowels इ, उ, ऋ,; लृ with a following dissimilar vowel; confer, compare Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.Bhāṣya on R.Pr. III.10; confer, compare also इको यणचि P.VI.1.77. The name Kṣipra is given to this Saṁdhi possibly because the vowel, short or long, which is turned into a consonant by this saṁdhi becomes very short (id est, that is shorter than a short vowel id est, that is a semi-vowel). The word क्षैप्र is also used in this sense referring to the Kṣiprasaṁdhi.
kṣubhnādia class of wordings such as क्षुभ्ना, तृप्नु and the like in which the consonant न् is not changed into ण् although the consonant न् is preceded by ऋ, ॠ, र् or ष् and intervened by letters which are admissible; e. g. क्षुभ्नाति, तृप्नोति, नृनमनः et cetera, and others cf Kāś. on P. VIII. 4.39. This class ( क्षुभ्नादिगण ) is styled as आकृतिगण.
ksa(1)aorist vikaraṇa affix substituted for च्लि; confer, compare P.III.1.45, 46; e. g. अदृक्षत्, आश्लिक्षत्, अधुक्षत् confer, compare Kāś. on P.III.1.45,46; (2) kṛt affix स applied to the root दृश् preceded by a pronoun such as त्यद्, तद् et cetera, and others exempli gratia, for example यादृक्षः, तादृक्ष: et cetera, and others confer, compare दृशेः क्सश्च वक्तव्य: P.III.2.60 Vārttika. (3) affix स applied to the root गाह् or ख्या or कव् to form the noun कक्ष; confer, compare कक्षो गाहतेः क्स इति नामकरण: ख्यातेर्वा कषतेर्वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2.
khsecond consonant of the guttural class of consonants possessed of श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष and विवार qualities.
khataddhita affix. affix, always changed into ईन, (l) applied to the word कुल in the sense of a descendant, exempli gratia, for example कुलीनः, आढ्यकुलीन:; confer, compare P. IV. 1.139; (2) applied to the words अवार, पार, पारावार and अवारपार in the Śaīṣika senses, e. g. अवारीणः, पारीणः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.2.93 and Vārttikas 2, 3 on it; (3) applied to words ending in the word वर्ग ( which does not mean 'sound' or 'letter' ) in the sense of 'present there,' e. g. वासुदेववर्गीणः, युधिष्ठिरवर्गीणः; confer, compare P. IV. 3.64; (4) applied to the words सर्वधुर and एकधुर in the sense of 'bearing,' and to ओजसू , वेशोभग, यशोभग and पूर्व, exempli gratia, for example ओजसीनः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.IV.4.78, 79, 130, 132, 133; (5) applied in the sense of 'favourable to' to the words आत्मन् , विश्वजन, et cetera, and others (P.V.1.9), to विंशतिक, (32) to अाढक, अाचित, पात्र and others (53-55), to समा (85-86), to रात्रि, अहन् , संवत्सर and वर्ष (87-88) and संवत्सर and परिवत्सर (92); e. g. आत्मनीनः, आढकीनः पात्रीणः, समीनः, संवत्सरीणः et cetera, and others; (6) to the words सर्वचर्मन्, यथामुख et cetera, and others e. g. सर्वचर्मीणः confer, compare P.V. 2.5 to 17; (7) to the words अषडक्ष, अशितंगु et cetera, and others confer, compare P.V.4.7,8. e. g. अषडक्षीणः. (8) ख is also a technical term in the sense of elision or लोप in the Jainendra Grammar confer, compare Jain I. 1.61. (9) The word ख is used in the sense of 'glottis' or the hole of the throat ( गलबिल ) in the ancient Prātiṣākhya works.
khackṛt affix अ in the sense of 'agent' applied to the roots वद्, ताप् , and यम् when preceded by certain उपपद words standing as objects. Before this affix खच्, the augment मुम् ( म् ) is added to the preceding उपपद if it is not an indeclinable. e. g. प्रियंवदः, वशंवदः, द्विषंतपः परंतपः वाचंयम: et cetera, and others cf P.III. 2.38-47.
khañtaddhita affix. affix ईन, applied to महाकुल in the sense of a descendant; e. g. माहाकुलीनः confer, compare P. IV. 1.141, to ग्राम (P. IV. 2.94), to युष्मद् and अस्मद् in the Śaiṣika senses (P.IV.3.1), to प्रतिजन, इदंयुग et cetera, and others (P. IV. 4.99), to माणव and चरक (P. V.1.11), to ऋत्विज् (P.IV.3.71), to मास (P. IV. 3.81), to words meaning corn in the sense of 'a field producing corn' (P.V.2.1), to सर्वचर्मन् (P.V.2.5), and to the words गोष्ठ, अश्व, शाला et cetera, and others in some specified senses (P. V. 3.18-23). A vṛddhi vowel ( अा, ऐ or औ ) is substituted for the first vowel of the word to which this affix खञ् is applied, as ञ् is the mute letter applied in the affix खञ्.
khaṇḍataddhita affix. affix applied to कमल, अम्भोज et cetera, and others in the sense of समूह, e. g. कमलखण्डम, अम्भोजखण्डम, also to the words वृक्ष and its synonyms, e. g. वृक्षखण्डः, तरुखण्डः et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāś on P. IV.2.38, 51.
khamuñkṛt affix अम् applied to the root कृ when preceded by a word standing as the object of the root, provided an abuse is meant, e. g. चोरंकारं आक्रोशति; confer, compare P. III. 4.25.
khaśkṛt affix added to the roots यज् (causal), ध्मा, धे,रुज्, वह्, लिह्, पच् , दृश् , तप्, मन् et cetera, and others preceded by certain specified upapada words. The root undergoes all the operations such as the addition of the conjugational sign et cetera, and others before this खश् on account of the mute letter श् which makes खश् a Sārvadhātuka affix, and the augment म् is added to the preceding उपपद if it is not an indeclinable on account of the mute letter ख्; e. g. जनमेजयः, स्तनंधयः, नाडिंधमः, असूयै. पश्यः पण्डितंमन्यः etc,; confer, compare Pāṇ. III2.28-37, 83.
khitcharacterized by the mute letter ख्, applied to kṛt affixes which, by reason of their being खित् , cause (a) the addition of the augment मुम् ( म् ) to the preceding words अरुस् , द्विषद् and words ending in a vowel, and (b) the shortening of the long vowel of the preceding word if it is not an indeclinable; confer, compare P. VI. 3.66-68.
khyunkṛt affix अन applied to the root कृ in the sense of an instrument when preceded by the words अाढ्य, सुभग, स्थूल et cetera, and others provided the whole word is similar in sense to cvi-formation ( च्व्यर्थ ), exempli gratia, for example अाढ्यं करणम् , सुभगंकरणम्; confer, compare P. III. 2.56; feminine. अाढ्यंकरणी, confer, compare नञ्स्नञीकक्ख्युंस्तरुणतलुनानामुपसंख्यानम् P.IV.1.15.Vārttika.
gaṅgādhara[GANGADHARA SHASTRI TELANG] (l)a stalwart grammarian and Sanskrit scholar of repute who was a pupil of Bālasarasvatī of Vārāṇaśī and prepared in the last century a host of Sanskrit scholars in Banaras among whom a special mention could be made of Dr. Thebaut, Dr. Venis and Dr. Gaṅgānātha Jhā. He was given by Government of India the titles Mahāmahopādhyāya and C. I.E. His surname was Mānavallī but he was often known as गङाधरशास्त्री तेलङ्ग. For details, see Mahābhāṣya, D.E. Society Ed.Poona p.p.33, 34; (2)an old scholar of Vyākarana who is believed to have written a commentary on Vikṛtavallī of Vyādi; (3) a comparatively modern scholar who is said to have written a commentary named Induprakāśa on the Śabdenduśekhara; (4) author of the Vyākaraṇadīpaprabhā, a short commentary on the Vyākaraṇa work of Cidrūpāśramin. See चिद्रूपाश्रमिन्.
gaṅgeśaśarmāwriter of Kātantra-kaumudī possibly different from the reputed Gaṅgeśa Upādhyāa who is looked upon as the founder of the Navyanyāya school of modern Naiyāyikas, and who lived in the twelfth century A. D.
gaṇaratnamahodadhia grammar work, consisting of a metrical enumeration of the words in the Gaṇapāṭha of Pāṇini, written by Vardhamāna, a Jain grammarian of the 12th century, who is believed to have been one of the six gems at the court of Lakṣmaṇasena of Bengal. Vardhamāna has written a commentary also, on his Gaṇaratnamahodadhi. Besides Vardhamāna's commentary, there are other commentaries written by गोवर्धन and गङ्गाधर.
gati(1)literally motion; stretching out, lengthening of a syllable. The word is explained in the Prātiśakhya works which define it as the lengthening of a Stobha vowel with the utterance of the vowel इ or उ after it, exempli gratia, for example हाइ or हायि for हा; similarly आ-इ or अा -यि ; (2) a technical term used by Pāṇini in connection with prefixes and certain indeclinables which are called गति, confer, compare P.I.4.60-79. The words called gati can be compounded with the following word provided the latter is not a verb, the compound being named tatpuruṣa e.g, प्रकृतम् , ऊरीकृत्य confer, compare P.II.2.18; the word गति is used by Pāṇini in the masculine gender as seen in the Sūtra गतिरनन्तरः P.VI. 2.49 and hence explained as formed by the addition of the affix क्तिच् to गम्, the word being used as a technical term by the rule क्तिच्क्तौ च संज्ञायाम् P.III.3.174; (3) realization, understanding; confer, compare उभयगतिरिह भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.9; सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 76; अगत्या हि परिभाषा अाश्रीयते Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva Pari. Pāṭha 119.
gadādharacakravartinthe reputed Naiyāyika who wrote numerous works on the Navyanyaya; he has written a few works like व्युत्पत्तिवाद, उपसर्गविचार, कारकनिर्णय, सर्वनामविचार, प्रत्ययविचार on Vyākaraṇa themes although the treatment, as also the style, is logical.
gamakacapable of conveying the sense; intelligible; the word is often used in grammatical works; confer, compare सापेक्षत्वेपि गमकत्वात्समास:; confer, compare also अवश्यं कस्याचिन्नञ्समासस्य असमर्थसमासस्य गमकस्य साधुत्वं वक्तव्यम् । असूर्यपश्यानि मुखानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1. 1.
gamyādia class of words headed by the word गमी which are formed by the application of unādi affixes in the sense of future time; e. g. गमी ग्रामम्, अागामी, प्रस्थायी et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 3. 3.
garīyastvagreater effort or prolixity of expression which is looked upon as a fault in connection with grammar-works of the sūtra type where every care is taken to make the expression as brief as possible; confer, compare अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 122. The word गौरव is often used for गरीयस्त्व.
garbhavatliterally just like a foetus. The word is used in connection with affixes that are placed like a foetus in the midst of a word in spite of the rule that affixes are to be placed after; confer, compare परश्च P. III. 1. 2. The affixes अकच् , टाप् et cetera, and others are of this kind; confer, compare गर्भवट्टाबादयो भवन्ति । यथा मध्ये गर्भस्तथा टाबादयः स्त्रीप्रत्ययाः प्रातिपदिकस्वाद्योर्मध्ये भवन्ति Sīradeva's ParibhāṣāvṛttiPar. Vṛ. Pari. 91.
gavāśvaprabhṛtithe dvandva compound words गवाश्व, गवाविक गवैडक, अजाविक, कुब्जमाणवक, पुत्रपौत्र मांसशोणित and others which are to be declined in the neuter gender and singular number; confer, compare P. II. 4.11.
gahādia class of words headed by the word गह to which the taddhita affix ईय (छ) is added in the Saisika or miscellaneous senses; e. g. गहीयम् , अन्तस्थीयम्; this class called 'gahiya' is looked upon as अाकृतिगण, and hence the words वैणुकीयम् वैत्रकीयम् and the like could be explained as correct; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 2.138.
guṇa(1)degree of a vowel; vocalic degree, the second out of the three degrees of a vowel viz. primary degree, guna degree and vrddhi degree exempli gratia, for example इ, ए and ऐ or उ, ओ and औ. अ is given as a guna of अ; but regarding अ also,three degrees can be stated अ, अ and आ. In the Pratisakhya and Nirukta ए is called गुण or even गुणागम but no definiti6n is given ; confer, compare गुणागमादेतनभावि चेतन R.Pr.XI.6;शेवम् इति विभीषितगुणः। शेवमित्यपि भवति Nir.X.17: (2) the properties of phonetic elements or letters such as श्वास,नाद et cetera, and others: confer, compareṚgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) Ch.XIII : (3) secondary, subordinate;confer, compare शेषः,अङ्गं, गुणः इति समानार्थाः Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.on Nirukta of Yāska.I.12: (4) properties residing in a substance just as whiteness, et cetera, and others in a garment which are different from the substance ( द्रव्य ). The word गुण is explained by quotations from ancient grammarians in the Maha bhasya as सत्वे निविशतेsपैति पृथग्जातिषु दृश्यते । अाघेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोSसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः ॥ अपर आह । उपैत्यन्यज्जहात्यन्यद् दृष्टो द्रव्यान्तरेष्वपि। वाचकः सर्वलिङ्गानां द्रव्यादन्यो गुणः स्मृतः ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44;cf also शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा गुणास्ततोन्यद् द्रव्यम् ,M.Bh.on V.1.119 (5) properties of letters like उदात्तत्व, अनुदात्तत्व, स्वरितत्व, ह्र्स्वत्व, दीर्घत्व, प्लुतत्व, अानुनासिक्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare भेदकत्वाद् गुणस्य । आनुनासिक्यं नाम गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.. Vart, 13: (6) determinant cf भवति बहुव्रीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.27; (7) technical term in Panini's grarnmar standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ, confer, compare अदेङ्गुणः P.I.1.2. For the various shades of the meaning of the word गुण, see Mahabhasya on V.1.119. " गुणशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव समेष्ववयवेषु वर्तते ।...... चर्चागुणांश्च ।
guṇabhāvina vowel, liable to take the guna substitute e. g. इ, उ, ऋ, लृ and the penultimate अ; confer, compare यत्र क्ङित्यनन्तरो गुणभाव्यस्ति तत्रैव स्यात् । चितम् । स्तुतम् । इह तु न स्याद्भिन्नः भिन्नवानिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.5.
guṇavacanaliterally expressing quality; words expressing quality such as शुक्ल, नील, et cetera, and others; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P.V. 1.124. See page 369 Vyākarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D.E. Society edition, Poona.
guṇinpossessed of a quality ; cf इह कदाचिद् गुणो गुणिविशेपको भवति । तद्यथा पट: शुक्ल इति । कदाचिच्च गुणिना गुणो व्यपदिश्यते। पटस्य शुक्ल इति। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.21.
guṇībhūtasubordinate, literally which has become subordinated, which has become submerged, and therefore has formed an integral part of another; e. g. an augment ( अागम ) with respect to the word to which it has been added;confer, compareयदागमास्तद्गुणी भूतास्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यन्ते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.20 Vart. 5; Par. Sek. Pari. 11.
guru(1)possessed of a special effort as opposed to लघु; confer, compare तद् गुरु भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1। (2) heavy, a technical term including दीर्घ (long) vowel as also a ह्रस्व (short) vowel when it is followed by a conjunct consonant, (confer, compare संयोगे गुरु । दीर्घ च। P. I. 4.11, 12) or a consonant after which the word terminates or when it (the vowel) is nasalized; confer, compare Tai. Pr. XXII. 14, confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 5.
gurulaghutāconsideration of prolixity and brevity of expression; confer, compare तत्राप्ययं नावश्यं गुरुलघुतामेवोपलक्षायितुमर्हति . Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.
gūḍhārthadīpinīa commentary ( वृत्ति ) on the sutras of Panini by Sadasiva Misra who lived in the seventeenth century.
gotraliterally family. The word is used by Panini in the technical sense of a descendant except the son or a daughter; confer, compare अपत्यं पौत्रप्रभृति गोत्रम् P. IV. 1.162. The word गोत्रापत्य is also used in the same sense. The affix, which is found many times in the sense of gotra, barring the usual अण् , is यञ् ; confer, compare गर्गादिभ्यो यञ् P. IV. 1.105.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
gopavanādia class of eight words headed by the word गोपवन, the taddhita affix in the sense of गोत्र ( i. e. a descendant excepting a son or a daughter) such as the affix यञ् or अञू after which, is not elided in the plural number; c. g. गौपवना:, शौग्रवा: et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 4.67.
gopāla( देव )known more by the nickname of मन्नुदेव or मन्तुदेव who lived in the eighteenth century and wrote several commentary works on well-known grammatical treatises such as the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara, Laghusabdendusekhara, Paribhasendusekhara et cetera, and others He is believed to have written a treatise on Ganasutras also; (2) a grammarian different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. मन्नुदेव who has written an explanatory work on the Pratisakhyas;.(3) a scholar of grammar, different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. who is believed to have written a gloss named Visamarthadipika on the Sarasvata Vyakarana at the end of the sixteenth century.
gopīcandraknown also by the name गेयींचन्द्र who .has written several commentary works on the grammatical treatises of the Samksipatasara or Jaumāra school of Vyakarana founded by Kramdisvara and Jumaranandin in the 12th century, the well-known among them being the संक्षिप्तसाटीका, संक्षितसारपरिभात्रासूत्रटीका and तद्धितपरिशिष्टटीका. He is believed to have lived in the thirteenth century A. D.
gopīnāthaa Bengali scholar of Katansutra Grammar who is believed to have written Katantraparisistapraddyota.
goyugaca taddhita affix. affix applied to nouns like अश्व, उष्ट्र, et cetera, and others in the sense of a pair e. g. उष्ट्रगोयुगम्, अश्वयोयुगम्: confer, compare द्वित्वे गोयुगच् Kas on P. V. 2.29.
golḍsṭyūkaraa well known German scholar who made a sound study of Paini's Sanskrit Vyakarana and wrote a very informative treatise entitled 'Panini, his place in Sanskrit Literature.' He lived in the latter half of the 19th century.
govardhanaa grammarian who has written a work on Katantra Grammar called कातन्त्रकौमुदी and also a commentary on the Ganaratnamahodadhi of Vardhamana. A gloss on the Unadisutras is also assigned to Govardhana who is likely to be the same as a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
goṣṭhaca taddhita affix.affix applied to words like गो and others in the sense of 'a place'; confer, compare गेष्ठजादयः स्थानादिषु पशुनाम। पशुनामादिभ्य उपसंख्यानम् | गवां स्थानं गोगोष्ठम्, अश्वगोष्ठम्: महिषीगोष्ठम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.1. varia lectio, another reading,2.29 It is very likely that words like गोष्ठ, दघ्न and others were treated as pratyayas by Panini and katyayana who followed Panini, because they were found always associated with a noun preceding them and never independently.
gauṇamukhyanyāyathe maxim that the primary sense occurs to the mind earlier than the secondary sense, and hence words used in the primary sense should be always taken for grammatical operations in preference to words in a secondary sense. See the word गेोण.
gauravagreatness of effort; prolixity as opposed to लाघव; confer, compare पर्यायशब्दानां लाघवगौरवचर्चा नाद्रियते Par.Sek.Par.115; confer, compare also पदगौरवाद्योगविभागो गरीयान् Par. Sek. Pari. 121.
gsnukrt affix स्नु applied to the roots ग्लै, जि and स्था in the sense of an agent: confer, compare ग्लाजिस्थश्व क्स्नुः P.III.1.139.
gha(l)consonant घ्, अ being added at the end for facility of pronunciation; confer, compareTai. Pr.I.21; (2) technical term for the taddhita affix. affixes तरप् and तमप्, confer, compare P.I.1.22, causing the shortening of ई at the end of bases before it, under certain conditions, confer, compare P. VI. 3.43-45, and liable to be changed into तराम् and तमाम् after किम्, verbs ending in ए, and indeclinables; confer, compare P.V.4.11; (3) taddhita affix. affix घ ( इय) in the sense of 'a descendant' applied to क्षत्र, and in the sense of 'having that as a deity' applied to अपोनप्तृ अपांनप्तृ and also to महेन्द्र and to the words राष्ट्र et cetera, and others, exempli gratia, for example क्षत्रियः, अपोनाप्त्रिय:, अपांनप्त्रियः, महेन्द्रियम्,राष्ट्रियः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV.1.138, IV.2.27, 29, 93; (4) taddhita affix. affix घ, applied to अग्र, समुद्र and अभ्र in the sense of 'present there', to सहस्र in the sense of 'possession', to, नक्षत्र without any change of sense, and to यज्ञ and ऋत्विज् in the sense of 'deserving'; confer, compare P.IV.4.117,118,135, 136,141, V.1.71 ; (5) krt affix अ when the word to which it has been applied becomes a proper noun id est, that isa noun in a specific sense or a technical term; confer, compare III.3. 118, 119,125.
ghañkrt affix अ causing the substitution of vrddhi for the preceding vowel applied in various senses as specified in P.III.3. 16-42, III.3. 45-55,III.3.120-125, exempli gratia, for example पाद:, रोग:, आयः, भावः, अवग्राहृः प्रावारः, अवतारः, लेखः रागः etc
ghantaddhita affix. affix अ applied to the words शुक्र, तुग्र, पात्र, and to multisyllabic words in specified senses, causing the acute accent on the first vowel of the word so formed; confer, compareIV.2.26, IV.4. 115, V.1.68, V.3.79, 80.
ghastad, affix इय, occurring in Vedic Literature,applied to the word ऋतु, exempli gratia, for example अयं ते योनिऋत्वीयः; confer, compare Kās on P. V.1.106.
ghi(1)a tech. term applied to noun bases or Prātipadikas ending in इ and उ excepting the words सखि and पति and those which are termed नदी; confer, compare P. I. 4.79; (2) a conventional term for लधु ( a short vowel) found used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
ghinuṇkrt affix इन् causing the substitution of Vrddhi for the preceding vowel, as also to the penultimate vowel अ, applied to the eight roots शम्,तम्, दम् et cetera, and others, as also to संपृच्, अनुरुध् et cetera, and others and कस्, लष् लप्, et cetera, and others. e. g. शमी,तमी, दमी, संपर्की, संज्वारी, प्रलापी et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. III.2.141-145.
ghua tech. term applied to the roots दा and धा, as also to those like दे or दो which become दा by the substitution of अा for the final diphthong vowel, barring the root दाप् (to cut) and दैप् (to purify): दाधा ध्वदाप् P.I. 1.20.
dhurackrt affix उर applied to the roots भञ्ज् ,भास् and भिद् in the sense of habit; exempli gratia, for example भङ्गुरं काष्ठम्,भासुरं ज्योतिः, मेदुर: पशुः: confer, compare Kas on P.III.2.161.
ṅa(1)fifth consonant of the guttural class of consonants which is a nasal ( अनुनासिक ) consonant; the vowel अ being added at the end for facility of pronunciation; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.21; (2) a conventional term used for all the nasal consonants in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
ṅit(l)affixes with the mute letter ङ् attached to them either before or after, with a view to preventing the guna and vrddhi substitutes for the preceding इ, उ, ऋ, or लृ, as for example, the affixes चङ्, अङ् and others (2) affixes conventionally called ङित् after certain bases under certain conditions; confer, compare गाङ्कुटादिम्यो ञ्णिन्ङित् P. I. 2. 1-4; (3) roots marked with the mute letter ङ् signifying the application of the Atmanepada terminations to them: (4) substitutes marked with mute ङ् which are put in the place of the last letter of the word for which they are prescribed as substitutes; (5) case affixes marked with mute letter ङ् which cause the substitution of guna to the last vowel इ or उ of words termed घि.
ṅīṣfeminine. afix ई, which is udatta, applied to words in the class of words headed by गौर, as also to noun bases ending in affixes marked with.mute ष्, as also to words mentioned in the class headed by बहुः confer, compare P.IV.1.41-46.It is also added in the sense of 'wife of' to any word denoting a male person; confer, compare P. IV. 1. 48, and together with the augment आनुक् (आन्) to the words इन्द्र, वरुण etc exempli gratia, for example इन्द्राणी, वरुणानि, यवनानि meaning 'the script of the Yavanas' confer, compare P. IV. 1.49. It is also added words ending in क्रीत and words ending in क्त and also to words expressive of ' limbs of body ' under certain conditions; confer, compare P.IV.1. 50-59 and IV. 1.61-65.
ca(l)the letter च्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance, cf Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21; (2) a Bratyahara or short term standing for the palatal class of consonants च्, छ्, ज्,झ् and ञ्; cf इचशेयास्तालौ Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 66; (3) indeclinable च called Nipata by Panini; confer, compare चादयोSसत्त्वे P. I. 4.57, च possesses four senses समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 2.29. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2.29 Vart. 15 for a detailed explanation of the four senses. The indeclinable च is sometimes used in the sense of 'a determined mention' or avadharana; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 1.48 and 72. It is also used for the purpose of अनुवृत्ति or अनुकर्षण i. e. drawing a word from the previous rule to the next rule; (confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 1.90) with a convention that a word drawn thus, does not proceed to the next rule; confer, compare चानुकृष्टं नोत्तरत्र Par. Sek Pari. 78; (4) a conventional term for अभ्यास (reduplicative syllable) used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; confer, compare चविकारेषु अपवादा उत्सर्गान्न बाधन्ते Kat. Pari. 75.
cakārathe consonant च् , the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance and कार as an affix to show that only the consonant च् is meant there; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 16, 2l.
cakoraa grammarian who .wrote a commentary on the 'Sabdalingarthacandrika of Sujanapandita. चक्कनशर्मा a grammarian who is said to have written a work named Dhatusamgraha.
cakrakaa kind of fault in the application of operations, resulting in confusion; a fault in which one returns to the same place not immediately as in Anavastha but after several steps; confer, compare पुनर्ऋच्छिभावः पुनराट् इति चक्रकमव्यवस्था प्राप्नोति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 3.60 Vart 5.
caṅa Vikarana affix of the aorist substituted for च्लि after roots ending in the causal sign णि, as also after the roots श्रि, द्रु and others; this चङ् causes reduplication of the preceding root form; confer, compare P. III 1.48-50, e. g. अचूचुरत्, अशिश्रियत्; confer, compare also P. VII. 4.93.
caṅgavṛttia short treatise written by वङ्गदास, dealing with the topic of the five compact expressions or Vrttis viz. कृत्, तद्वित, समास, एकशेष, and सनादिधातु.
caṇthe indeclinable च (with ण् as a mute letter added to it which of course disappears) possessing the sense of चेत् or condition. exempli gratia, for example अयं च मरिष्यति confer, compare Kas, on P. VIII. 1.30.
caṇaptaddhita affix. affix चण in the sense of वित्त (known by) applied to a word which refers to that thing by which a person is known. e. g. विद्याचणः, केशचण:; confer, compare P. V. 2.26.
candraa famous Buddhist Sanskrit grammarian whose grammar existing in the Tibetan script, is now available in the Devanagar script. The work consists of six chapters or Adhyayas in which no technical terms or sanjnas like टि, घु are found. There is no section on Vedic Grammar and accents. The work is based on Panini's grammar and is believed to have been written by Candra or Candragomin in the 5th centnry A. D. Bhartrhari in his Vakyapadiya refers to him; confer, compare स नीतो बहुशाखत्वं चन्द्राचार्यादिभिः पुनः Vakyapadiya II. 489. A summary of the work is found in the Agnipurana, ch. 248-258.
candrakalācalled also कला, a wellknown commentary on Nagesa's Laghusabdendusekhara by Bhairavamisra who lived in the latter half of the 18th century and the first half of the nineteenth century.
candragominnamed also चन्द्र, a Buddhist scholar who has written an easy Sanskrit Grammar based on the Astadhyayi of Panini. He is believed to have lived in North India in the fifth century A.D. See चन्द्र.
caritakriyahaving kriya or verbactivity hidden in it. The term is used by Bhartrhari in connection with a solitary noun-word or a substantive having the force of a sentence, and hence which can be termed a sentence on account of the verbal activity dormant in it. exempli gratia, for example पिण्डीम्; confer, compare वाक्यं तदपि मन्यन्ते यत्पदं वरितक्रियम् Vakyapad.II. 326, and चरिता गर्भीकृता आख्यातक्रिया यस्य तद्गर्भीकृतक्रियापदं नामपदं वाक्यं प्रयुञ्जते ! Com. on Vakyapadya II.326.
caritārthawhich has got already a scope of application; the term is used by commentators in connection with a rule or a word forming a part of a rule which applies in the case of some instances and hence which cannot be said to be ब्यर्थ (superfluous) or without any utility and as a result cannot be said to be capable of allowing some conclusion to be drawn from it according to the dictum ब्यर्थं सज्ज्ञापयति confer, compare अपवादो यद्यन्यत्र चरितार्थस्तर्ह्यन्तरङ्गेण बाध्यते Par. Sek. Pari. 65.
carkarītaa term used by the ancient grammarians in connection with a secondary root in the sense of frequency; the term यङ्लुगन्त is used by comparatively modern grammarians in the same sense. The चर्करीत roots are treated as roots of the adadi class or second conjugation and hence the general Vikarana अ ( शप् ) is omitted after them.The word is based on the 3rd person. sing form चर्करीति from .the root कृ in the sense of frequency; exempli gratia, for example चर्करीति, चर्कर्ति, बोभवीति बोभोति; confer, compare चर्करीतं च a gana-sutra in the gana named ’adadi’ given by Panini in connection with अदिप्रभृतिभ्य; शपः Pāṇini. II.4.72; confer, compare also चर्करीतमिति यङ्लुकः प्राचां संज्ञा Bhasa Vr. on P. II. 4.72, The word चेक्रीयित is similarly used for the frequentative when the sign of the frequentative viz. य ( यङ् ) is not elidedition See चेक्रीयित.
carcā(1)splitting up of a word into its component parts, which is generalty shown in the Padaptha by अवग्रहं (S). The word, hence means पदपाठ or recital by showing separately the constitutent words of the Samhita or the running text of the Veda. The word is used almost in the same sense in the Mahabhasya in respect of showing the words of a sutra separately; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐजिति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत्समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति M.Bh. on Mahesvara Sutra 1 Wart. 6l ; (2) a repeated word; confer, compare इतिकरणात् पुरतो यत् पुनः पदवचनं तत् चर्चाशब्देनोच्यते. Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.20; (3) a discussion or a debate where consideration is given to each single word; confer, compare प्रर्यायशब्दानां लाघवगौरवचर्चा नाद्रियते Par. Sek. Pari. 115.
cāturvarṇyādiwords mentioned in the class headed by चातुर्वर्ण्य where the taddhita affix. affix ष्यञ् is applied although the words चतुर्वर्ण, चतुर्वेद and others are not गुणवचन words to which ष्यञ् is regularly applied by P. V-1-124. confer, compare ब्राह्मणादिषु चातुर्वर्ण्यादीनामुपसंख्यानम् P. V. I. 124 Vart. 1.
cādia class of words headed by च which are termed निपात by Panini e gच,वा,ह, एवम् नूनम्, चेत्, माङ् et cetera, and others; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे. P. I.4.57. For the meaning of the word असत्त्व see p.370 Vyakaranamahabhasya. Vol. VII. published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
cānaśkrt affix अान applied to a root, to signify habit, age or strength; e. g. आत्मानं भूषयमाणाः । कवचं बिभ्राणाः । शत्रून्निघ्राना: confer, compare P. III. 2. 129.
cāndraname of a treatise on grammar written by Candra, who is believed to have been the same as Candragomin. The Grammar is based upon that of Panini, but it does not treat Vedic forms and accents. See the word चन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see pp. 375376 Patanjali Mahabhasya. Vol. VII, D.E. Society's Edition.
cāpthe feminine. affix आ, applied to words ending in the taddhita affix. affixes ञ्यङ् and ष्यङ्; e. g. कौसल्या, वाराह्या, गौकक्ष्या; cf Kas, on P. IV. 1. 74.
cārāyaṇaan ancient grammarian referred to by Patanjali in the Mahabhasya as a scholar who had a line of pupils named after him; confer, compare कम्बलचारायणीयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.73
cārthathe meaning of the indeclinable च to convey which, as existing in different individuals, the dvandva compound is prescribeditionOut of the four senses possessed by the inde clinable च, the Dvandva compound is prescribed in two senses viz.इतरेतरयोग and समाहार out of the four समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार: confer, compare कः पुनश्चेन कृतोर्थः समुच्चयोन्वाचय इतरेतरयोगः समाहार इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.29; confer, compare also Candra Vyakarana II.2.48
cālutaddhita affix. affix ( आलु ) applied to the word हृदय, in the sense of possession, optionally along with the affixes वत् इन् and इक. exempli gratia, for example हृदयालुः, हृदयवान् , हृदयी and हृदयिकः; confer, compare Kas: on V.2. 122.
ciccandrikāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by Vishnu Shastri Bhat, in reply to the treatise named दूषकरदोद्भेदः See विष्णुशास्त्रिन्. For details see pp. 39, 40 of Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
ciṇsubstitute इ causing vrddhi, in the place of the aorist vikarana affix च्लि, prescribed in the case of all roots in the passive voice and in the case of the roots पद्, दीप्, जन् et cetera, and others in the active voice before the affix त of the third person. singular. in the Atmanepada, which in its turn is elided by P. VI. 4. 104. cf P. III. 1.60-66.
cuñcuptaddhita affix.. affix चुञ्चु applied to a word in the sense of 'well-known by'; e. g. विद्याचुञ्चु:; confer, compare P.V. 2.26.
curādia class or group of roots headed by the root चुर्, familiarly known as the tenth conjugation.
cūrṇia gloss on the Sutras of Panini referred to by Itsing and Sripatidatta, Some scholars believe that Patanjali's Mahabhasya is referred to here by the word चूर्णि, as it fully discusses all the knotty points. Others believe that चूर्णि,stands for the Vrtti of चुल्लिभाट्टि. In Jain Religious Literature there are some brief comments on the Sutras which are called चूर्णि and there possibly was a similar चूर्णि on the sutras of Panini.
celutaddhita affix. affix एलु applied to the word हिंम in the sense of 'unable to bear ' e. g, हिमेलुः, confer, compare P. V. 2. 122 Vart. 7.
cokkanāthaa southern grammarian of the seventeenth century who has composed in 430 stanzas a short list of the important roots with their meaning. The work is called धातुरत्नावली.
codaka(1)an objector; the word is common in the Commentary Literature where likely objections to a particular statement are raised, without specific reference to any individual objector, and replies are given, simply with a view to making matters clear; (2) repetition of a word with इति interposed: confer, compare चेदकः परिग्रहः इत्यनर्थान्तरम्. See अदृष्टवर्ण and परिग्रह.
chāyāa learned commentary on Nagesa's Mahabhasyapradipoddyota written by his pupil बाळंभट्ट (possibly the same as, or the son of, वैद्यनाथ पायगुण्डे) who lived in the eighteenth century.
jathe consonant ज् with अ added to it for facility of pronunciation; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I..21. See ज्.
jagannātha(1)the well-known poet and scholar of Vyakarana and Alam kara who wrote many excellent poetical works. He lived in the sixteenth century. He was a pupil of कृष्णशेष and he severely criticised the views of Appaya Diksita and Bhattoji Diksita. He wrote a sort of refutation of Bhattoji's commentary Praudha-Manorama on the Siddhānta Kaumudi, which he named प्रौढमनेारमाखण्डन but which is popularly termed मनोरमाकुचमर्दन. His famous work is the Rasagangadhara on Alankrasastra; (2) writer of a commentary on the Rk-Pratisakhya by name Varnakramalaksana; (3) writer of Sarapradipika, a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana.
jayakṛṣṇaa famous grammarian of the Mauni family who lived in Varanasi in the seventeenth century. He wrote विभक्त्यर्थनिर्णय, स्फोटचन्द्रिका, a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi called सुबोधिनी and a commentary on the Madhya Kaumudi named विलास. He wrote a commentary on the Laghukaumudi also.
jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya(1)a famous Bengalee scholar of Vyakarana and Nyaya who has written a small treatise dealing with syntax. The treatise is named कारकवाद.
jayādityaone of the famous joint authors ( जयादित्य and वामन ) of the well-known gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini, popularly called काशिकावृत्ति. As the काशिकावृत्ति is mentioned by It-sing, who has also mentioned Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya, as a grammer treatise Written some 40 years before his visit, the time of काशिकावृत्ति is fixed as the middle of the 7th century A.D. Some scholars believe that जयादित्य was the same as जयापीड a king of Kasmira and बामन was his minister. For details, see pp. 386388 of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII published by the D.E. Society, Poona. See काशिका.
jātabahiraṅgāsiddhatvainvalidity of a Bahiranga operation that has already taken place by virtue of the Antaranga-paribhasa-असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्ङ्गेthat which is ' bahiranga' is regarded as not having taken effect when that which is 'antarahga' is to take effect. For details see Par. Sek. Paribhasa 50.
jātābhīyāsiddhatvainvalidity of a grammatical operation prescribed by a rule in the अाभीय section (P. VI. 4.22 upto the end of the fourth pada ) which, although it has taken place, is to be looked upon as not having taken place when any other operation in the same section is to take effect. See आभीयासिद्व.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
jit(l)literally affix marked with the mute letter ज्; e. g. जस्, जसि, जुस्. the word जित् is not however found used in this sense; (2) a word supposed to be marked with the mute indicatory letter ज्.The word is used in this sense by the Varttikakara saying that such a word does not denote itself but its synonyms; confer, compare जित् पर्यायवचनस्यैव राजांद्यर्थम् P.I.1.68 Vart. 7. In the Sutra सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II. 4. 23, the word राजन् is supposed to be जित् and hence it denotes इन्, ईश्वर et cetera, and others; but not the word राजन् itself; (3) In the Pratisakhya works जित् means the first two consonants of each class (वर्ग); exempli gratia, for example क्, ख्,च्, छ्. et cetera, and others which are the same as खय् letters in Panini's terminology; confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्, V. Pr.I.50;III.13.
jinendrabuddhia reputed Buddhist Grammarian of the eighth century who wrote a scholarly commentary on the Kasikavrtti ofJayaditya and Vamana. The commentary is called न्यास or काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका and the writer is referred to as न्यासकार in many later grammar works Some scholars identify him with पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् the writer of the जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण, but this is not possible as पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् was a Jain Grammarian who flourished much earlier.
juhotyādigaṇathe class of roots headed by हु after which the vikarana Sap is elided and the root is reduplicated in the four conjugational tenses; third conjugation of roots.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
jaumāra( व्याकरण )a treatise on vya'karana written by Jumaranandin. See जुमरनन्दिन् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. The Jaumara Vyakarana has no Vedic section dealing with Vedic forms or accents,but it has added a section on Prakrita just as the Haima Vyakaraha.
jñāpakaliterallyindirect or implicit revealer; a word very commonly used in the sense of an indicatory statement. The Sutras, especially those of Pinini, are very laconic and it is believed that not a single word in the Sutras is devoid of purpose. If it is claimed that a particular word is without any purpose, the object of it being achieved in some other way, the commentators always try to assign some purpose or the other for the use of the word in the Sutra. Such a word or words or sometimes even the whole Sutra is called ज्ञापक or indicator of a particular thing. The Paribhasas or rules of interpretation are mostly derived by indication(ज्ञापकसिद्ध) from a word or words in a Sutra which apparently appear to be व्यर्थ or without purpose, and which are shown as सार्थक after the particular indication ( ज्ञापन ) is drawn from them. The ज्ञापक is shown to be constituted of four parts, वैयर्थ्य, ज्ञापन, स्वस्मिञ्चारितार्थ्य and अन्यत्रफल. For the instances of Jñāpakas, see Paribhāșenduśekhara. Purușottamadeva in his Jñāpakasamuccaya has drawn numerous conclusions of the type of ज्ञापन from the wording of Pāņini Sūtras. The word ज्ञापक and ज्ञापन are used many times as synonyms although ज्ञापन sometimes refers to the conclusions drawn from a wording which is ज्ञापक or indicator. For instances of ज्ञापक, confer, compareM.Bh. on Māheśvara Sūtras 1, 3, 5, P. Ι.1. 3, 11, 18, 23, 51 et cetera, and others The word ऊठ् in the rule वाह ऊठ् is a well known ज्ञापक of the अन्तरङ्गपरिभाषा. The earliest use of the word ज्ञापक in the sense given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., is found in the Paribhāșāsūcana of Vyādi. The Paribhāșā works on other systems of grammar such as the Kātantra; the Jainendra and others have drawn similar Jñāpakas from the wording of the Sūtras in their systemanuscript. Sometimes a Jñāpaka is not regularly constituted of the four parts given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.;it is a mere indicator and is called बोधक instead of ज्ञापक्र.
jñāpakasādhyarealizable, or possible to be drawn, from a wording in the Sūtra of Pāņini in the manner shown a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See ज्ञापक.
jñāpakasiddharealized from the ज्ञापक wording; the conclusion drawn from an indicatory. word in the form of Paribhāșās and the like. Such conclusions are not said to be universally valid; confer, compare ज्ञापकसिद्धं न सर्वत्र Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari, 110.7.
jhi(1)verb-ending of the 3rd person. plural Parasmaipada, substituted for the लकार of the ten lakaras, changed to जुस in the potential and the benedictive moods, and optionally so in the imperfect and after the sign स् of the aorist; confer, compareP,III. 4. 82, 83, 84, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112: (2) a conventional term for अव्यय (indeclinable) used in the Jainendra Vyakaraha.
jhita term, meaning 'having झ् as इत्' used by the Varttikakra in connection with those words in the rules of Panini which themselves as well as words referring to their special kinds, are liable to undergo the prescribed operation; confer, compare झित् तस्य च तद्विशेषाणां च मत्स्याद्यर्थम्। पक्षिमत्स्यमृगान् हन्ति। मात्त्प्यिक;। तद्विशेषाणाम्। शाफरिकः शाकुलिकः । M.Bh.on P.I. 1. 68 Vart. 8.
the first consonant of the lingual class ( टवर्ग ) possessed of the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When prefixed or affixed to an affix as an indicatory letter, it signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ); confer, compare P. IV. 1.15, When added to the conjugational affixes ( लकार ) it shows that in the Atmanepada the vowel of the last syllable is changed to ए. confer, compare P. III. 4.79. When added to an augment ( अागम ), it shows that the augment marked with it is to be prefixed and not to be affixed; e. g. नुट्, तुट् et cetera, and others; cf P. I. 1.46.
ṭa(1)the consonant ट्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance; confer, compare अकारो व्यञ्जनानाम्, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21; (2) short term, (प्रत्याहार) standing for टवगे or the lingual class of consonants, found used mostly in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare RT. 13, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 64, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 27: (3) taddhita affix. affix ( अ ) added to the word फल्गुनी in the sense ' तत्र जातः' e. g. फल्गुनी, confer, compare P. IV. 3.34, Vart. 2; (4) krt affix ( अ ) added to the root चर्, सृ and कृ under certain conditions; e. g. कुरुचर:, अग्रेसुर:, यशस्करी ( विद्या ) दिवाकरः, वेिभकरः कर्मकरः et cetera, and others confer, compare P. III. 2.16-23.
ṭakārathe consonant ट्, कार being added for facility of utterance; confer, compare वर्णात्कारः P. III. 3.108 Vart. 3; confer, compare also V. Pr, I.17.
ṭavargathe class of lingual consonants; the same as टु in Panini.
ṭāpfeminine affix अा added to masculine nouns ending in अ by the rule अजाद्यतष्टाप् IV. 1.4 excepting those nouns where any other affix prescribed by subsequent rules becomes applicable.
ṭilopadeletion or elision of the final syllable beginning with a vowel, as prescribed by Panini in certain rules; confer, compare भस्य टेर्लोपः VII. 1.88, टे: P. VI, 4.143, 155 नस्तद्धिते P. VI. 4.144 and अह्नष्टखोरेव P. VI. 4.145.
ṭu(1)mute syllable टु prefixed to roots to signify the addition of the affix अथुच् in the sense of verbal activity; e. g. वेपथुः, श्वयथु:, confer, compare P.III. 3.89; (2) the class of lingual consonants ट्, ठ्, ड्, ढ् and ण्; cf चुटू P. I. 3.7.
ṭyaṇtaddhita affix. affix य, causing वृद्धि for the initial vowel and the addition of the feminine. affix ई, applied to the word सोम in the sense of 'having that as a deity,' e. g. सौम्यं हविः, सौमी ऋक्: confer, compare P.IV. 2.30.
ṭyutaddhita affix. affix अन to which the augment त्, is prefixed, making the affix तन, applicable to the words सायं, चिरं, प्राह्वे, प्रगे ,and indeclinable words in the Saisika or miscellaneous senses; e. g. सायंतन:, चिरंतनः दिवातनम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 3.23, 24.
ṭlañtaddhita affix. affix ल, causing vrddhi for the initial vowel of the word to which it is added and also the addition of the feminine.affix ई,applied to the word शमी in the sense of 'विकार,' e. g. शामीली स्रुक्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.142.
ṭhthe second consonant of the lingual class possessed of the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्टत्व and महाप्राणत्व. For the syllable ठ at the beginning of taddhita affixes, the syllable इक is substituted; if however the affix (beginning with ठ ) follows upon a word ending in इस्, उस्, उ, ऋ, लृ and त् then क is added instead of इक; e. g. धानुष्क:, औदश्वित्कः et cetera, and others; confer, compare टस्येकः, इसुसुक्तान्तात् कः, P. VII. 3.50, 51. Some scholars say that इक् and क् are substituted for ठ् by the sutras quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare KS. on VII. 3.50.
ṭhaka very common taddhita affix. affix इक, or क in case it is added to words ending in इस् , उस् , उ, ऋ, ल् and त् according to P. VII. 3. 51, causing the substitution of vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is addedition ठक् is added to (1) रेवती and other words in the sense of descendant ( अपत्य ) e. g. रैवतिकः:, दाण्डग्राहिकः, गार्गिकः, भागवित्तिकः यामुन्दायनिकः, confer, compare P. IV. 1.146-149; (2) to the words लाक्षा,रोचना et cetera, and others in the sense of 'dyed in', e. g. लाक्षिकम्, रौचनिकम् ; confer, compare P. IV. 2.2; (3) to the words दधि and उदश्वित् in the sense of संस्कृत 'made better ', e. g. दाधिकम् , औदश्वित्कम् ( क instead of इक substituted for टक् ), confer, compare P. IV.2. 18, 19; (4) to the words अाग्रहायुणी, अश्वत्थ et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 22, 23; (5) to words expressive of inanimate objects, to the words हस्ति and धेनु, as also to the words केश and अश्व in the sense of 'multitude '; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 47, 48; (6) to the words क्रतु, उक्थ and words ending in सूत्र, वसन्त et cetera, and others, in the sense of 'students of' ( तदधीते तद्वेद ), confer, compare P. IV. 2.59, 60, 63; (7) to the words कुमुद and others as also to शर्करा as a चातुरर्थिक affix; confer, compare P. IV. 2.80, 84; (8) to the words कन्था, भवत् and वर्षा in the Saisika senses; confer, compare P. IV. 2.102, 115, IV. 3.18; (9) to the words उपजानु and others in the sense 'generally present '; confer, compare P. IV. 3. 40; (10) to the words consisting of two syllables, and the words ऋक्, ब्राह्मण et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'explanatory literary work'; confer, compare P. IV.3.72: ( 11) to words meaning 'sources of income ' in the sense of 'accruing from’; confer, compare P. IV. 3.75; (12) to words denoting inanimate things excepting words showing time or place in the sense of ' भक्ति ', cf P. IV. 8.96; and (13) to the words हल् and सीर in the sense of 'belonging to', confer, compare P. IV. 3.124. The taddhita affix. affix ठक् is added as a general termination, excepting in such cases where other affixes are prescribed, in specified senses like 'तेन दीव्यति, ' 'तेन खनति,' 'तेन संस्कृतम्' et cetera, and others; cf P. IV. 4.1-75, as also to words हल, सीर, कथा, विकथा, वितण्डा et cetera, and others in specified senses, confer, compare P. IV.4. 81, 102 ठक् is also added as a general taddhita affix. affix or अधिकारविहितप्रत्यय, in various specified senses, as prescribed by P. V.1.19-63,and to the words उदर, अयःशूल,दण्ड, अजिन, अङ्गुली, मण्डल, et cetera, and others and to the word एकशाला, in the prescribed senses; confer, compare P. V. 2.67,76, V. 3.108,109; while, without making any change in sense it is added to अनुगादिन् , विनय, समय, उपाय ( औपयिक being the word formed), अकस्मात्, कथंचित्; (confer, compareआकस्मिक काथंचित्क), समूह,विशेष, अत्यय and others, and to the word वाक् in the sense of 'expressed'; confer, compare P. V. 4.13, 34, 35. The feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ) is added to words ending in the affix टक् to form feminine. bases.
ṭhacataddhita affix. affix इक or क (by P.VII.3.51) with the vowel अ accented acute applied to (1) कुमुद and others as a Caturarthika affix; confer, compare P. IV.2.80; (2) to multisyllabic words and words beginning with उप which are proper nouns for persons; confer, compare P. V.3.78, 80; and (3) to the word एकशाला in the sense of इव; confer, compare P. V.3.109. The base, to which टच् is added, retains generally two syllables or sometimes three, the rest being elided before the affix ठच् e. g. देविकः, वायुकः, पितृकः शेबलिकः et cetera, and others from the words देवदत्त, वायुदत्त, पितृदत्त, शेवलदत्त et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. V,3.83, 84.
ṭhañtaddhita affix. affix इक or क (by P.VII.3.51) causing Vrddhi and acute accent for the first vowel of the word to which it is added, applied (1) to महृाराज, प्रोष्ठपद and क्वाचिन् in the specifieditionsenses, confer, compare P. IV.2.35, 4l e. g. माहृाराजिक, प्रौष्ठपदिक et cetera, and others; (2) to words काशि, चेदि, संज्ञा and others, along with ञिठ, e. g. काशिकी, काशिका, also with ञिठ to words denoting villages in the Vahika country exempli gratia, for example शाकलिकी शाकलिका; as also to words ending in उ forming names of countries in all the Saisika senses confer, compare P. IV.2.116-120; (3) to compound words having a word showing direction as their first member, to words denoting time, as also to the words शरद्, निशा and प्रदोष in the Saisika senses; cf P. IV.3.6, 7, 1115; (4) to the words वर्षा (1n Vedic Literature), and to हेमन्त and वसन्त in the Saisika senses; confer, compare P.IV.3.1921; (5) to संवत्सर, अाग्रहायणी, words having अन्तः as the first member, to the word ग्राम preceded by परि or अनु, to multisyllabic words having their last vowel accented acute, to words denoting sacrifices, to words forming names of sages, to words ending in ऋ and to the word महाराज in the specific senses which are mentioned; confer, compare P. IV.3.50, 60, 61, 67, 68, 69, 78, 79, 97; (6) to the words गोपुच्छ, श्वगण, आक्रन्द, लवण, परश्वध, compound words having a multisyllabic words as their first member, and to the words गुड et cetera, and others in the specified senses;confer, compareP.IV.4.6,II, 38, 52, 58, 64, 103;(7) to any word as a general taddhita affix. affix (अधिकारविहित), unless any other affix has been specified in the specified senses ' तेन क्रीतम् ' ' तस्य निमित्तम्' ... ' तदर्हम्' mentioned in the section of sutras V. 1. 18. to 117; (8) to the words अय:शूल, दण्ड, अजिन, compound words having एक or गो as their first member as also to the words निष्कशत and निष्कसहस्र; confer, compare P.V.2.76, 118,119.
ṭhantaddhita affix. affix इक or क (according to P. VII.3.51), causing the addition of आ, and not ई,..for forming the feminine base, applied (1) to the word नौ and words with two syllables in the sense of 'crossing' or 'swimming' over; confer, compare P.IV.4. 7; exempli gratia, for example नाविकः नाविका, बाहुकः बाहुक्रा; (2) to the words वस्र, क्रय, and विक्रय and optionally with छ to अायुघ in the sense of maintaining (तेन जीवति) ; confer, compare P. IV. 4.13, 14; (3) to the word प्रतिपथ, words ending with अगार, to the word शत, to words showing completion ( पूरणवाचिन् ), to the words अर्ध, भाग, वस्त्र, द्रव्य, षण्मास and. श्राद्ध in specified senses; confer, compare P. IV 4.42, 70, V. 1.21, 48, 49, 51, 84, V. 2, 85, and 109; (4) to words ending in अ as also to the words headed by व्रीहि, and optionally with the affix इल्च् to तुन्द and with the affix व to केशin the sense of मतुप्(possession); cf P.V. 2. 115, 116, 117 and 109.
(1)third letter of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व, and अल्पप्राण; (2) mute letter applied to affixes by Panini to show the elision of the टि part (confer, compare P. 1. 1.64.) of the preceding word viz. the penultimate vowel and the consonant or consonants following it; cf, टेः ; ( लोप: डिति प्रत्यये परे ) VI.4.143. The syllable ति of विंशति is also elided before an affix markwith the mute letter ड्.
ḍa(1)krt affix अ applied to the root गम् preceded by अन्त, अत्यन्त, अध्वन् et cetera, and others, as also to the roots हन् and जन् under certain conditions; confer, compare P. III.2,48,49, 50, 97-101 and to the root क्रन् to form the word नक्र confer, compare P. VI. 3.75; (2) taddhita affix. affix अ applied to words ending in दशन्, words ending in शत् and the word विंशति in the sense of 'more than' exempli gratia, for example एकादशं शतम्, एकत्रिंशम्, एकविंशम्, cf P.V.2.45, 46.
ḍaṭtaddhita affix. अ, affix in the sense of पूरण applied to a numeral to form an ordinal numeral; e. g. एकादशः, त्रयोदशः, confer, compare P.V.2.48
ḍaṇtaddhita affix. affix अ, causing vrddhi and टिलोप, applied to त्रिंशत् and चत्वारिंंशत् to show the परिमाण id est, that is measurement or extent of a Brahmana work; exempli gratia, for example त्रैंशानि ब्राह्मणानि, चात्वरिंशानि confer, compare P. V. I.62
ḍatamactaddhita affix. affix अतम in the sense of determination or selection of one out of many, applied to the pronouns किं, यत् and तत्; e,g. कतमः confer, compare P.V.3.93,as also to एक according to Eastern Grammarians; exempli gratia, for example एकतमो भवतां देवदत्तः; confer, compare P.V.3.94.
ḍataractaddhita affix. affix अतर in the sense of 'selection out of two' applied to the words किं, यत् and तत् as also to the word एक; e. g. कतरो भवतोः पटुः confer, compare P. V. 3.92, एकतरो भवतोर्देवदत्तः confer, compare P.V.3.94.
ḍas(1)affix अस् applied to the word श्वेतवाह and others at the end of a pada i.e when the word श्वेतवाह has got the पदसंज्ञा. exempli gratia, for example श्वेतवाः इन्द्रः । श्वेतवोभ्याम् confer, compareP.III.2.71 Vārt,1 and 2.
ḍāverb-ending आ, causing elision of the penultimate vowel as also of the following consonant, substituted for the 3rd person. sing, affix तिप् of the first future; exempli gratia, for example क्रर्ता ; confer, compare P.II.4.85; (2) case ending आ substituted in Vedic Literature for any case affix as noticed in Vedic usages; exempli gratia, for example नाभा पृथिव्याम्: confer, compare P. VII.1.39
ḍāctaddhita affix. affix आ applied to dissyllabic words, used as imitation of sounds, or used as onomatopoetic, when connected with the root कृ or भू or अम्. The word to which डाच् is applied becomes generally doubled; c. g पटपटाकरोति, पटपटाभवति पटपटास्यात्; confer, compare P.V.4.57. The affix डाच् is also applied to द्वितीय, तृतीय, to compound words formed of a numeral and the word गुण, as also to the words सपत्र, निष्पत्र, सुख, प्रिच etc when these words are connected with the root कृ;exempli gratia, for example द्वितीयाकरोति,तृतीया करोति, द्विगुणाकरोति, सपत्राकरोति, सुखाकरोति et cetera, and others; confer, compareP.V.4. 58 to 67.
ḍāpfeminine. affix आ added optionally to words ending in मन् and to Bahuvrihi compounds ending in अन् to show feminine gender, the words remaining as they are when the optional affix डाप् is not applied; exempli gratia, for example दामा, सीमा, सुपर्वा; confer, compare P. IV. I.l l, 12, 13.
ḍit(l)possessed of the mute letter ड् added for the purpose of the elision of डि (last vowel and the consonant or consonants after it) of the preceding word. See ड.
ḍinitaddhita affix. affix applied to अवान्तरदीक्षा, तिलव्रत et cetera, and others in the sense of चरति (observing); exempli gratia, for example तिलव्रती, confer, compare P. V. 1. 94 Vart 3; (2) applied in the sense of 'having as measurement'applied to numeral words ending in शत् or शिन् and the word विंशति; exempli gratia, for example त्रिंशिनो मासाः, विंशिनोङ्गिरसः; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. V. 2.37.
ḍimactaddhita affix. affix इम applied to the words अग्र, अादि, पश्चात् and अन्त in the Saisika senses; exempli gratia, for example अग्रिमम्, अादिमम् , पश्चिमम् , अन्तिमम्: confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.3.23.
ḍulactaddhita affix. affix उल in the sense of 'brother' applied to the word मातृ; exempli gratia, for example मातुलः; confer, compare P. IV. 2.36 Vart 1.
ḍbhatuptaddhita affix. affix मत् as a चातुरर्थिक affix applied to the words कुमुद, नड and वेतत; exempli gratia, for example कुमुद्वान् , नड्वान, वेतस्वान्: confer, compareP. IV. 2.87.
ḍraṭkrt affix र with feminine. affix ई added to it, applied to the root रुत्यै. exempli gratia, for example स्त्री confer, compare संस्त्र्याने स्त्यायतेर्ड्रट् स्त्री Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.3.
ḍvita root marked with the mute syllable डु (at the beginning) to Signify the application of the krt affix त्रि which is invariably followed by the addition of म ( मप् ), in the sense of 'achieved by' e. g. पक्त्रिमम् ; कृत्रिमम्: confer, compare P. III. 3.88 ; and IV. 4.20.
(1)fourth consonant of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व and महृाप्राणत्व; (2) the consonant ढ् which is elided when followed by ढ् and the preceding vowel is lengthened; e. g. गाढा, confer, compare P. VIII. 3.13 and VI. 3.111 ; (3) substitute ढ् for ह् at the end of a पद, or, if followed by any consonant excepting a semivowel or a nasal excepting in the cases of roots beginning with द् or the roots द्रुह्, मुह् et cetera, and others as also वह् and अाह् confer, compare P. VIII. 2.31, 32, 33, 34; (4) ढ् at the beginning of a taddhita affix. affix which has got एय् substituted for it; confer, compare गाङ्गेय:, वैनतेयः ; confer, compare P. V. 3.102.
ḍhataddhita affix. affix ढ (1) applied to the word सभा in the sense of 'fit for' ( तत्र साधुः ) in Vedic literature;. e. g. सभेयः; confer, compare IV. 4.106; (2) applied to the word शिला in the sense of इव; e. g. शिलेयं दधि ; confer, compare P. V. 3.102; (3) common term ( ढ ) for the affixes ढक्, ढञ् and ढ also, after the application of which the affix ङीप् (ई) is , added in the sense of feminine gender; confer, compare P. IV. 1.15.
ḍhaktaddhita affix. affix एय causing the substitution of vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is addedition ढक् is added in the sense of अपत्य (descendant) (I) to words ending in feminine affixes, to words ending in the vowel इ, excepting इ of the taddhita affix. afix इञ्, to words of the class headed by शुभ्र, to words मण्डूक, विकर्ण, कुषीतक, भ्रू , .कुलटा and to words headed by कल्याणी which get इन substituted for its !ast vowel; exempli gratia, for example सौपर्णेयः, दात्तेयः शौभ्रेय, माण्डूकेयः, , वैकर्णेयः, कौषीतकेयः, भ्रौवेयः,.कौलटेयः, काल्याणिनेयः etc: cf Kas on P. IV.I. 1 19-127; (2) to the words पितृष्वसृ and मातृष्वसृ with the vowel ऋ elided and to the word . दुष्कुल, पितृष्वसेय:, मातृष्वसेयः, दौष्कुलेयः, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 1.133, 134, 142: (3) to the word कलि in the sense of Sama, to the word अग्नि in the sense of 'dedicated to a deity' ( सास्य देवता ) as also to the words नदी, मही, वाराणसी, श्रावस्ती and others in the Saisika senses; e. g. कालेयं साम, आग्नेयः, नादेयम् महियम् et cetera, and others cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 2.8, 33, 97: (4) to the words तूदी, धुर् , कपि, ज्ञाति, व्रीहि and शालि in the specified senses; confer, compare P. IV. 3.94, IV. 4.77, V. 1.127, V. 2.2.
ḍhakañtaddhita affix. affix एयक applied (1) to the word कुल optionally along with यत् and ख, when it is not a member of a compound;.e. g. कौलेयकः, कुल्यः, कुलीनः; confer, compare P.'IV. 1. 140; (2) to the words कत्त्रि and others in the Saisika senses as also to the words कुल, कुक्षि and ग्रीवा, if the words formed with the affix added, respectively mean dog, sword and ornament : e. g. कात्त्रेयकः कौलेयक: (श्वा), कौक्षेयकः (असिः), ग्रैवेयकः (अलंकारः): confer, compareKāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV 2.95,96.
ḍhañtaddhita affix. affix एय causing Vrddhi substituted for the first vowel of the base and the addition of the feminine. affix ङीप् (इ), applied (1) to words meaning quadrupeds and words in the class of words headed by गृष्टि in the sense of अपत्य; e. g. कामण्डलेयः, गार्ष्टेयः, हालेय:, बालेयः etc; confer, compare P. IV.1.135,136; (2) to the word क्षीर, words of the class headed by सखि, the words कोश, दृति, कुक्षि, कलशि, अस्ति, अहि,ग्रीवा,वर्मती,एणी,पथि,अतिथि,वसति,स्वपति, पुरुष, छदि्स, उपधि, बलि, परिखा, and वस्ति in the various senses mentioned in connection with these words; exempli gratia, for exampleक्षेरेयः, .साखेयम् कौशेयम् दात्र्ऱेयम् , कौक्षेयम् etc, cf Kas'. on P. IV. 2. 20, 80, IV. 3. 42, 56, 57, 94, 159, IV.4.1 04, V.1.10,13,17, V.3.101.
ḍhinuktaddhita affix. affix एयिन् applied to the word छगलिन् in the sense of 'students following the text of ' e. g. छागलेयिनः in the sense छगलिना प्रोक्तमधीयते ते; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.109.
ḍhraktaddhita affix. affix एर ( एय् + र ) applied in the sense of offspring to the word गोधा and optionally with ढक् to words meaning persons having a bodily defect or a low social status; e. g. गौधेरः, काणेरः दासेरः; काणेयः, दासेयः, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 1. 129, 131.
(1)fifth consonant of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties, नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व, अल्पप्राण and अानुनासिक्यः (2) the mute letter ण् indicating the substitution of vrddhi ( confer, compare P. VII. 2. 115-117) when attached to affixes; (3) the consonant ण् at the beginning of roots which is changed into न्; the roots, having ण् at the beginning changeable to न्, being called णोपदेशः (4) ण् as a substitute for न् following the letters ऋ, ॠ, र्, and ष् directly, or with the intervention of consonants of the guttural and labial classes, but occurring in the same word, Such a substitution of ण् for न् is called णत्व; confer, compare P.VIII.4. I-39. For णत्व in Vedic Literature; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)V.20-28, T.Pr.VII.1-12. V.Pr.III.84-88;(5) the consonant ण् added as an augment to a vowel at the beginning of a word when it follows the consonant ण् at the end of the previous word; confer, compare P. VIII. 3. 32. In the Vedic Pratisakhyas this augment ण् is added to the preceding ण् and looked upon as a part of the previous word.
ṇa(1)krt affix अ, added optionally to the roots headed by ज्वल् and ending with कस् in the first conjugation (see ज्वलिति a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) in the sense of agent, and necessarily to the root श्यै, roots ending with अा and the roots व्यध्, आस्रु, संस्रु, इ with अति, सो with अव, हृ with अव, लिह्, श्लिष् and श्वस्, to the roots दु and नी without any prefix and optionally to ग्रह्: e. g. ज्वालः or ज्वलः, अवश्यायः, दायः, धायः, व्याधः, अास्त्रावः, संस्त्रवः, अत्यायः, अवसायः, अवहार:, लेहः, श्लेष:, श्वास:, दावः, नाय:, ग्रहः or ग्राहः: ; in the case of the root ग्रह् the affix ण is applied by ब्यवस्थितविभाषा, the word ग्रहः meaning a planet and the word ग्राहः meaning a crocodile; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.140-143; (2) krt affix अ in the sense of verbal activity ( भाव ) applied along with the affix अप् to the root अद् with नि; exempli gratia, for exampleन्यादः निघसः; confer, compare P. III.3.60; (3) krt affix ण prescribed by the Varttikakara after the roots तन्, शील्. काम, भक्ष् and चर् with आ; confer, compare P.III.1.140 Vart 1, and III. 2.l Vart. 7; (4) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of अपत्य added along with टक् also, to a word referring to a female descendant (गेीत्रस्त्री) if the resultant word indicates censure ; e. g. गार्भ्यः गार्गिकः confer, compare P. IV.1.147, 150; (5) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of अपत्य added also with the affix फिञ्, to the word फाण्टाहृति: (6) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of 'a game' added to a word meaning 'an instrument in the game'; exempli gratia, for example दाण्डा, मौष्टा: confer, compare P. IV.2.57: {7) taddhita affix. affix अ added to the word छत्त्र and others in the sense of 'habituated to' exempli gratia, for example छात्र:, शैक्षः, पौरोहः चौर:: confer, compare P.IV. 4.62: (8) taddhita affix. affix अ added to the words अन्न, भक्त, सर्व, पथिन् , यथाकथाच, प्रज्ञा, श्रद्धा, अर्चा, वृत्तिं and अरण्य in the senses specified with respect to each ; exempli gratia, for example आन्नः (मनुष्यः) भाक्तः ( शालिः ), सार्वे ( सर्वस्मै हितम् ), पान्थः, याथाकथाचं (कार्यम्), प्राज्ञः or प्रज्ञावान् , श्राद्धः or श्रद्धावान् , अार्चः or अर्चावान् , घार्त्तः or वृत्तिमान् and अारण्याः ( सुमनसः ); confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV. 4.85, 100, V.1.10, 76, 98, V.2.101 and IV.2.104 Varttika.
ṇatvacerebralization; lingualization ; the substitution of ण् for न् under certain conditions; confer, compare P. VIII.4. 1-39. See ण.
ṇastaddhita affix. affix अस् applied to the word पर्शू in the sense of collection. The original Varttika is पर्श्वाः सण् P. IV. 2. 43 Vart. 3. Some scholars read णस् in the place of सण् in the Varttika which is read as पर्श्वा णम् वक्तव्यः by them.
ṇicaffix इ causing Vrddhi (1) applied to roots of the tenth conjugation ( चुरादिगण ) such as चुर् , चित् et cetera, and others e. g. चोरयति, चोरयते; confer, compare P. III. 1.25: (2) applied to any root to form a causal base from it, e. g. भावयति from भू, गमयति from गम्: confer, compare हेतुमति च P. III. 1.26: (3) applied to the words मुण्ड, मिश्र etc, in the sense of making, doing, practising et cetera, and others ( करण ); e. g. मुण्डं करोति मुण्डयति, व्रतयति (eats something or avoids it as an observance), हलं गृह्नाति हलयति et cetera, and others; cf P. III. 1.21; (4) applied to the words सत्य, पाश, रूप, वीणा, तूल, श्लोक, सेना, लोमन, त्वच्, वर्मन्, वर्ण and चूर्ण in the various senses given by the Varttikakara to form denominative roots ending in इ: e. g. सत्यापयति, पाशयति etc; confer, compare P. III.1.25: (5) applied to suitable words in the sense of composing, exempli gratia, for example सूत्रं करोति सूत्रयति, et cetera, and others: (6)applied to a verbal noun ( कृदन्त ) in the sense of 'narrating' with the omission of the krt affix and the karaka of the verbal activity put in a suitable case; e. g. कंसं घातयति for the sentence कंसवधमाचष्टे or बलिं बन्धयति for बलिबन्धमाचष्टे,or रात्रिं विवासयति, सूर्यमुद्गमयति, पुष्येण योजयति et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.26. Roots ending in णिच् (णिजन्त) take the conjugational endings of both the Parasmaipada and the, Atmanepada: confer, compare णिचश्च P. I. 3.74. They have perfect forms by the addition of अाम् with a suitable form of the perfect tense of the root कृ, भू or अस् placed after अाम्, the word ending with अाम् and the verbal form after it being looked upon as separate words e. g. कारयां चकार कारयां चक्रे et cetera, and others; cf P. III.1.35, 40. They have the aorist form, with the substitution of the Vikarana चङ् ( अ ) for च्लि before which the root is reduplicated; e. g. अचीकरत्, अबीभवत् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.III.1.48, VI.1.11 as also VII.4.93-97.
ṇijantaroots ending in णिच्; the term is generally applied to causal bases of roots. See णिच्.
ṇit(1)an affix with the mute con.sonant ण् added to it to signify the substitution of vrddhi for the preceding vowel or for the penultimate अ or for the first vowel of the word if the affix applied is a taddhita affix; confer, compare P. VII.2.115117: e. g. अण्, ण, उण्, णि et cetera, and others: (2) an affix not actually marked with the mute letter ण् but looked upon as such for the purpose of vrddhi; e. g. the Sarvanamasthana affixes after the words गो and सखि, confer, compare P. VII.1.90, 92.
ṇinikrt affix इन् signifying vrddhi (1) applied to the roots headed by ग्रह् ( i. e. the roots ग्रह्, उद्वस्, स्था et cetera, and others ) in the sense of an agent;e. g. ग्राही, उद्वासी, स्थायी. confer, compare P. III.1.134; (2) applied to the root हन् preceded by the word कुमार or शीर्ष as उपपद: e. g. कुमारघाती, शीर्षघाती, confer, compare P. III.2.51: (3) applied to any root preceded by a substantive as upapada in the sense of habit, or when compari son or vow or frequency of action is conveyed, or to the root मन्, with a substantive as उपपद e. gउष्णभोजी, शीतभोजी, उष्ट्रकोशी, ध्वाङ्क्षरावीः स्थण्डिलशायी, अश्राद्धभोजीः क्षीरपायिण उशीनराः; सौवीरपायिणो वाह्रीकाः: दर्शनीयमानी, शोभनीयमानी, confer, compare P. III.2.78-82; (4) applied to the root यज् preceded by a word referring to the करण of यागफल as also to the root हन् preceded by a word forming the object ( कर्मन् ) of the root हन् , the words so formed referring to the past tense: e. g. अग्निष्टो याजी, पितृव्याघाती, confer, compare P. III 2.85, 86; (5) applied to a root when the word so formed refers to a kind of necessary activity or to a debtor; confer, compare अवश्यंकारी, शतंदायी, सहस्रदायी confer, compare P. III.4. 169-170: (6) tad-affix इन् , causing vrddhi for the first vowel, applied to the words काश्यप and कौशिक referring to ancient sages named so, as also to words which are the names of the pupils of कलापि or of वैशम्पायन, as also to the words शुनक, वाजसनेय et cetera, and others in the sense of 'students learning what has been traditionally spoken by those sages' e. g. काश्यपिनः, ताण्डिनः, हरिद्रविणः शौनकिनः, वाजसनेयिनः et cetera, and others; cf P. IV.3, 103 104, 106; (7) applied to words forming the names of ancient sages who are the speakers of ancient Brahmana works in the sense of 'pupils studying those works' as also to words forming the names of sages who composed old Kalpa works in the sense of those कल्प works; e. g. भाल्लविनः, एतरेयिणः । पैङ्गी कल्पः अरुणपराजी कल्पः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.105: (8) applied to the words पाराशर्य and शिलालिन् in the sense of 'students reading the Bhiksusutras (of पाराशार्य) and the Nata sutras ( of शिलालिन् ) respectively; e. g. पाराशरिणो भिक्षव:, शैलालिनो नटाः: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.110.
ṇilopaelision of the affix णि (णिच् or णिङ् see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. ) before an ardhadhtuka affix without the augrnent इ ( इट् ) prefixed to it; confer, compare णेरनिटि P. VI. 4.51, and VI.4.52, 53, 54 also.
ṇopadeśaa root mentioned in the Dhatupatha by Panini as beginning with ण् which subsequently is changed to न् ( by P. VI. 1.65) in all the forms derived from the root; e. g. the roots णम, णी and others. In the case of these roots the initial न् is again changed into ण् after a prefix like प्र or परा having the letter र् in it and having a vowel or a consonant of the guttural or labial class intervening between the letter र् and the letter न्; e. g. प्रणमति, प्रणयकः et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII. 4.14.
ṇyataddhita affix.affix य (l) applied in the sense of 'descendant' as also in a few other senses, mentioned in rules from IV. 1. 92 to IV.3.168, applied to the words दिति, अदिति, अादित्य and word; with पति as the उत्तरपद in a compound, c. g. दैत्यः, आदित्यः, प्राजापत्यम् et cetera, and others confer, compareKāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P. IV.1 84; (2) applied in the sense of a descendant ( अपत्य ) applied to the words कुरु, गर्ग, रथकार, कवि, मति, दर्भ et cetera, and others, e.gकौरव्यः, गार्ग्यः et cetera, and others confer, compare Kas:, on P. IV. I.15I ; (3) applied in the sense of अपत्य or descendant to words ending in सेना,to the word लक्षण and to words in the sense of artisans, e.gकारिषेण्यः, लाक्षण्यः, तान्तुवाय्यः, कौम्भकार्यः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.1.152; (4) applied in the Catuararthika senses to the words संकाश, काम्पिल्थ, कश्मीर et cetera, and others, exempli gratia, for example साङ्काश्यम्, काम्पिल्यम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 2.80; (5) applied to the word परिषद् and optionally with the affix ठक् to the word सेना in the specified senses; e. g. परिषदं समवैति, परिषदि साधुर्वा पारिषद्य्ः, सेनां समवेति सैन्यः सैनिको वा; confer, compare Kas on P. IV. 44, 45, 101 ; (6) applied as a taddhita affix. affix called ' tadraja , to the word कुरु and words beginning with न e. g. कौरव्यः नैषध्यः; confer, compare Kas on P. IV. 1.172; कुरवः, निषधाः et cetera, and others are the nominative case. plural formanuscript.
ṇyatkrtya affix य which causes vrddhi and which has the circurmflex accent (1) applied to a root ending with ऋ or any consonant to form the pot. passive voice.participle: e. g. कार्यम्, हार्यम् , वाक्यम् et cetera, and others confer, compare Kas on P. IV. 1.124; (2) applied to a root ending in उ if a necessity of the activity is to be indicated, e. g. अवश्यलाव्यम् , अवश्यपान्यम् confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 1.125; (3) taddhita affix. affix य applied to the word षण्मास्र optionally with यप् and ठञ् affixes: e. g. षाण्मास्यः, षण्मास्यः, षाण्मासिकः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 1.84.
ṇyuṭkrt affix अन in the sense of ' skilled agent ' applied (1) to the root गै to singular. exempli gratia, for example गायनः, गायनी, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III 1.147, also गाथकः, गाथिका by P. III. 1.146: (2) to the root हा (III. P. and III.A. also) if ' rice ' or ' time ' be the sense conveyed: e. g. हायना व्रीहयः, हायनः संवत्सरः .confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.148.
ṇvikrt, affix ण्वि i. e. zero, causing vrddhi, applied to the root भज् and to सह् and वह् in Vedic Literature if the root is preceded by any preposition ( उपसर्ग ) or a substantive as the upapada ; e. g. अर्द्धभाक्, प्रभाक्, तुराषाट् , दित्यवाट्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III, 2.62, 63, 64.
ṇvinkrt affix व् or zero, seen applied in Vedic Literature to the root वह् preceded by श्वेत, to शंस् preceded by उक्थ, to दाश् preceded by पुरस् and to यज् preceded by अव. e. g. श्वेतवा इन्द्रः, उक्थशा यजमानः, पुरोडाः, अवयाः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 2.71, 72.
ṇvuckrt affix अक seen always with the feminine. affix अा applied to a root when the sense conveyed is ' a turn ' or ' a deserving thing ' or ' debt ' or ' occurrence;' e. g. भवतः शायिका, अर्हति भवान् इक्षुभक्षिकाम्, ओदनभोजिकां धारयसि, इक्षुभक्षिका उदपादि ; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.1 1 1.
ṇvul(1)a very general krt affix अक, causing vrddhi and acute accent to the vowel preceding the affix, applied to a root optionally with तृ (i. e. तृच् ) in the sense of an agent e. g कारकः हारकः also कर्ता, हर्ता ; Cf P. III. 1.33; (2) krt. affix अक applied optionally with the affix तुम् to a root when it refers to an action for which another action is mentioned by the principal verb; e. g. भोजको व्रजति or भोक्तुं व्रजति; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on तुमुन्ण्वुलौ क्रियायां क्रियार्थायाम्; P. III. 3.10; (3) krt affix अक, necessarily accompanied by the feminine. affix अा added to it, applied to a root if the sense given by the word so formed is the name of a disease or a proper noun or a narration or a query ; e. g. प्रवाहिका, प्रच्छर्दिका, शालभञ्जिका, तालभञ्जिका, कारिक, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.108, 109, 110.
tthe first consonant of the dental class of consonants which has got the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When used as a mute letter by Panini, त् signifies the Svarita accent of the vowel of that affix or so, which is marked with it: e. g. कार्यम्, हार्यम्, पयस्यम् confer, compare P. VI.1.185. When appied to a vowel at its end, त् signifies the vowel of that grade only, possessed by such of its varieties which require the same time for their utterance as the vowel marked with त् , e. g. अात् stands for अा with any of the three accents as also pure or nasalised; अात् does not include अं or अ 3 confer, compare तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70. The use of the indicatory mute त् for the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. purpose is seen also in the Pratis akhya works; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 114 Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 234.
t(1)personal ending of the third pers singular. Atm: confer, compare P. III. 4.78, which is changed to ते in the perfect tense and omitted after the substitute चिण् for च्लि in the aorist; confer, compare P.VI.4.04: (2) personal ending substituted for the affix थ of the Paras. 2nd person. plural in the imperative, imperfect, potential, benedictive, aorist and conditional for which, तात्, तन and थन are substituted in Vedic Literature, and also for हि in case a repetition of an action is meant; confer, compare P. III. 4. 85, 10l as also VII. 1. 44, 45 and III. 4. 2-5. cf P. III. 4. 85 and III. 4. 10I ; (3) taddhita affix. affix त applied to the words कम् and शम् e. g. कन्तः, शन्त:, confer, compare P. V. 2. 138: (4) taddhita affix. affix त applied to दशत् when दशत् is changed to श; confer, compare दशानां दशतां शभावः तश्च प्रत्ययः । दश दाशतः परिमाणमस्य संधस्य शतम्, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. l. 59; (5) .general term for the affix क्त of the past passive voice. part, in popular use: (6) a technical term for the past participle affixes (त) क्त and तवत् ( क्तवतु ) called निष्ठा by Panini; confer, compare P. I.1.26; the term त is used for निष्ठI in the Jainendra Vyakararna.
takārathe consonant त्, the vowel अ and the word कार being placed after it for facility in understanding; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 17, 21.
tatkālarequiring the same time for utterance as for example one matra for short vowels, two for long ones and three for protracted ones, although those vowels are nasalised or pure, or acute, grave or circumflex. See the word तपर.
tatpuruṣaname of an important kind of compound words similar to the compound word तत्पुरुष id est, that is ( तस्य पुरुषः ), and hence chosen as the name of such compounds by ancient grammarians before Panini. Panini has not defined the term with a view to including such compounds as would be covered by the definition. He has mentioned the term तत्पुरुष in II.1.22 as Adhikara and on its strength directed that all compounds mentioned or prescribed thereafter upto Sutra II.2.22 be called तत्पुरुष. No definite number of the sub-divisions of तत्पुरुष is given;but from the nature of compounds included in the तत्पुरुष-अधिकार, the sub-divisions विभक्तितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.1.24 to 48, समानाधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.1.49 to 72 (called by the name कर्मधारय; acc.to P.I. 2. 42), संख्यातत्पुरुष (called द्विगु by P.II.1.52), अवयत्रतत्पुरुष or एकदेशितत्पुरुषं confer, compare P.II.2.1-3, ब्यधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II 2.5, नञ्तत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2.6, उपपदतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.2.19, प्रादितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2 18 and णमुल्तत्पुरुष confer, compareP.II.2.20 are found mentioned in the commentary literature on standard classical works. Besides these, a peculiar tatpurusa compound mentioned by'Panini in II.1.72, is popularly called मयूरव्यंसकादिसमास. Panini has defined only two out of these varieties viz. द्विगु as संख्यापूर्वो द्विगुः P.II. 1.23, and कर्मधारय as तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P. I.2.42. The Mahabhasyakara has described तत्पुरुष as उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः: confer, compare M.Bh. on II.1.6, II.1.20, II.1.49, et cetera, and others, and as a consequence it follows that the gender of the tatpurusa compound word is that of the last member of the compound; confer, compare परवल्लिङ द्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयोः P. II.4. 26; cf also तत्पुरुषश्चापि कः परवल्लिङं प्रयोजयति । यः पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानः एकदेशिसमासः अर्धपिप्पलीति । यो ह्युत्तरपदार्थप्रधानो दैवकृतं तस्य परवल्लिङ्गम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.26. Sometimes, the compound gets a gender different from that of the last word; confer, compare P.II.4.19-31, The tatpurusa compound is optional as generally all compounds are, depending as they do upon the desire of the speaker. Some tatpurusa compounds such as the प्रादितत्पुरुष or उपपदतत्पुरुष are called नित्य and hence their constitutent words, with the case affixes applied to them, are not noticed separately; confer, compare P.II.2.18,19, In some cases अ as a compound-ending ( समासान्त ) is added: exempli gratia, for example राजघुरा, नान्दीपुरम् ; confer, compare P. V.4.74; in some cases अच् ( अ ) is added: confer, compare P.V-4 75 o 87: while in some other cases टच् ( अ ) is added, the mute letter ट् signifying the addition of ङीप् ( ई) in the feminine gender; confer, compareP.V.4. 91-1 12. For details See p.p. 270-273 Mahabhasya Vol.VII published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
tadguṇasaṃvijñānaliterally connection with what is denoted by the constituent members; the word refers to a kind of Bahuvrihi compound where the object denoted by the compound includes also what is denoted by the constituent members of the compound; e g. the compound word सर्वादि in the rule सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि includes the word सर्व among the words विश्व, उभय and others, which alone form the अन्यपदार्थ or the external thing and not merely the external object as mentioned in Panini's rule अनेकमन्यमपदार्थे (P.II. 2. 24): confer, compare भवति बहुर्वीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि । तद्यथा । चित्रवाससमानय। लोहितोष्णीषा ऋत्विजः प्रचरन्ति । तद्गुण आनीयते तद्गुणाश्च प्रचरन्ति M.Bh. on I.1.27. For details confer, compare Mahabhasya on P.1.1.27 as also Par. Sek. Pari. 77.
tadguṇībhūtaliterally made subordinated to (the principal factor); completely included so as to form a portion The word is used in connection with augments which, when added to.a word are completely included in that word, and, in fact, form a part of the word: cf यदागमास्तद्भुणीभूतास्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यन्ते Par. Sek. Pari. 11.
taddhitaa term of the ancient prePaninian grammarians used by Panini just like सर्वनामन् or अव्यय without giving any specific definition of it. The term occurs in the Nirukta of Yaska and the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya ; confer, compare अथ तद्वितसमासेषु एकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु पूर्वे पूर्वमपरमपरं प्रविभज्य निर्ब्रूयात् । द्ण्डय्ः पुरुषः । दण्डमर्हतीति वा, दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; also confer, compare तिङ्कृत्तद्धितचतुथ्यसमासाः इाब्दमयम् Vaj Prati.I. 27. It is to be noted that the word तद्वित is used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of a word derived from a substantive ( प्रातिपादक ) by the application of suffixes like अ, यत् et cetera, and others, and not in the sense of words derived from roots by affixes like अन, ति et cetera, and others which were termed नामकरण, as possibly contrasted with the word ताद्धित used by Yaska in II. 5. Panini has used the word तद्धित not for words, but for the suffixes which are added to form such words at all places (e. g. in I. 1.38, IV.1.17, 76, VI.1.61 et cetera, and others). in fact, he has begun the enumeration of taddhita affixes with the rule तद्धिता: (P.IV.1. 76) by putting the term तद्धित for affixes such as ति, ष्यङ्, अण् et cetera, and others which are mentioned thereafter. In his rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च and in the Varttika समासकृत्तद्धिताव्यय(I.4.1Vart. 41) which are similar to V.Pr.1. 27 quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word तद्धित appears to be actually used for words derived from nouns by secondary affixes, along with the word कृत् which also means words derived from roots, although commentators have explained there the terms कृत् and तद्धित for कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त. The term तद्वित is evidently echoed in the Sutra तस्मै हितम् which, although it is not the first Sutra there were possibly long lists of secondary nouns with the senses of secondary suffixes, and तद्धित was perhaps,the first sense given there. The number of taddhita suffixes mentioned by Panini is quite a large one; there are in fact 1110 rules given in the taddhita section covering almost two Adhyayas viz. from P. IV. 1.76 to the end of the fifth Adhyaya. The main sub-divisions of taddhita affixes mentioned by commentators are, Apatyadyarthaka (IV. 1.92 to 178), Raktadyarthaka (IV.2.1 to 91), Saisika {IV.2. 92 to IV.3.133), Pragdivyatiya (IV. 3 134 to 168), Pragvahatiya (IV.4.1 to IV.4.74), Pragghitiya (IV.4.75 to IV.4.109), Arhiya (V.1.1 to 71),Thanadhikarastha (V. 1.72 to V. 1.1.114), Bhavakarmarthaka (V. 1.115 to V.1.136), Pancamika (V. 2.1 to V. 2.93), Matvarthiya (V. 2.94 to V. 2. 140), Vibhaktisamjaaka (V. 3.1 to V. 3.26) and Svarthika (V. 3.27 to V. 4.160). The samasanta affixes (V.4.68 to V.4.160) can be included in the Svarthika affixes.
tadrājathe taddhita affixes अञ्,अण्,ञ्यङ, ण्य, as also इञ्, छ्, ञ्युट्, ण्य, टेण्यण् and यञ् given in the rules of Panini IV. 1.168-174 and V.3. 112-119. They are called तद्राज as they are applied to such words as mean both the country and the warrior race or clan ( क्षत्त्रिय ): confer, compare तद्राजमाचक्षाणः तद्राजः S. K. on P. IV.l.168. The peculiar feature of these tadraja affixes is that they are omitted when the word to which they have been applied is used in the plural number; e. g. ऐक्ष्वाकः, ऐक्ष्वाकौ, इक्ष्वाकवः; similarly इक्ष्वाकूणाम्; confer, compare P.II.4.62.
tantraa word frequently used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of 'intended ' or विवक्षित. The word is used always in the neuter gender like प्रमाणम्; confer, compare तन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.33, II. 2.34, नात्र निर्देशस्तन्त्रम् On P. I. 2.39, III.3.38, III. 4.21,IV.1.92 et cetera, and others The word is also explained in the sense of 'impor. tant'.
tayataddhita affix. affix तयप् applied to a numeral ( संख्या ) in the sense of अवयविन् or 'possessed of parts'; e. g. पञ्च अवयवा अस्य पञ्चतयम् , दशतयम् , चतुष्टयी; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 2.42. अय is substituted for तय optionally after the numerals द्वि and त्रि and necessarily after उभ; confer, compare P. V. 2.43-44.
tarataddhita affix. affix तरप् added to bases showing excellence (अतिशायन ) when the excellence shown is between two persons; e. g. अनयोः सुकुमारतरः सुकुमारतरा, पचतितराम्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.3.57. The affix तरप् is called घ just like तमप्; cf P.I. 1.22.
taltad, affix त (l) added in the sense of collection (समूह) to the words ग्राम, जन, बन्धु and सहाय and गज also, exempli gratia, for example ग्रामता, जनता et cetera, and others; (2) added in the sense of 'the nature of a thing' ( भाव ) along with the affix त्व optionally, as also optionally along with the affixes इमन्, ष्यञ् et cetera, and others given in P. V. 1.122 to 136; e. g. अश्वत्वम्, अश्वता; अपतित्वम्, अपतिता; पृथुत्वम्, पृथुता, प्रथिमा; शुक्लता, शुक्लत्वम्, शौक्ल्यम्, शुक्लिमा; et cetera, and others, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V.1.119 to 136. Words ending with the affix तल् are always declined in the feminine gender with the feminine. affix अा ( टाप् ) added to then; confer, compare तलन्तः (शब्दः स्त्रियाम् ), Linganusasana 17.
tavai(1)krt affix तवै for the infinitive affix तुम् in Vedic Literature. The affix तवै has a peculiarity of accent, namely that the word ending in तवै has got both the initial and ending vowels accented acute (उदात्त); exempli gratia, for example सोममिन्द्राय पातवै, हर्षसे दातवा उ; confer, compare P.III.4.9; and VI. 1.200; (2) krtya affix in Vedic Literature, exempli gratia, for example परिघातवै for परिघातव्यम्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 4.14.
tavyakrtya affix applied to a root to form the pot.passive voice. part, exempli gratia, for example कर्तव्यम्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.1.96.
tavyatkrtya affix तव्य applied to a root to form the pot. passive voice. participle.; the affix तव्यत् has the circumflex accent on the last syllable; exempli gratia, for example कर्तव्यम् confer, compare Kas on P. III. 1 . 96.
tasi(1)taddhita affix.affix तस् showing direction by means of a thing exempli gratia, for example वृक्षमूलतः, हिमवत्तः; confer, compare Kas on P.IV.3.114,115; (2) taddhita affix.affix तस् applied in the sense of the ablative case. case and substituted for the ablative case. case affix: exempli gratia, for example ग्रामतः अागच्छति, चोरतो विभेति; sometimes the affix is applied instead of the instrumental or the genitive case also. e. g. वृत्ततः न व्यथते for वृत्तेन न व्यथते; देवा अर्जुनतः अभवन्, for अर्जुनस्य पक्षे अभवन् confer, compare Kas, on P.V.4.44-49.
tasilādia class of taddhita affixes headed by the affix तस् ( तसिल् ) as given by Panini in his sutras from पञ्चम्यास्तसिल् P. V. 3. 7. upto संख्यायाः क्रियाभ्यावृत्तिगणने कृत्वसुच् V.3.17; confer, compare P. VI.3.35. The words ending with the affixes from तसिल् in P.V.3.7 upto पाशप् in P.V.3.47 (excluding पाशप्) become indeclinables; confer, compare Kas on P.I.1.38.
(1)a technical term for the genitive case affix used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; (2) the taddhita affix. affix तल् which is popularly called ता as the nouns ending in तल् id est, that is त are declined in the feminine. gender with the feminine. affix अा added to them.
tācchabdya(1)use of a word for that word (of which the sense has been conveyed); the expression तादर्थ्या त्ताच्छब्द्यम् is often used by grammarians just like a Paribhasa; confer, compare अस्ति तादर्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यम् । बहुव्रीह्यर्थानि पदानि बहुव्रीहिरिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.29; similarly तृतीयासमास;for तृतीयार्थानि पदानि M.Bh. on P.I.1.30 or समासार्थे शास्त्रं समासः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.43; (2) use of a word for that word of which there is the vicinity; confer, compare अथवा साहचर्यात् ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति। कालसहचरितो वर्णः। वर्णॊपि काल एव; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.27 where the letter उ is taken in the sense of time required for its utterance, the reason being that sound and time go together; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.70, IV.3.48, V.2.79; (3) use of a word for that which resides there; confer, compare तात्स्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति M.Bh. on V.4.50 Vart. 3. At all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. places, the use of one word for another is by Laksana.
tātiltaddhita affix. affix ताति in the very sense of the word to which it is applied occurring in Vedic Literature after the words सर्व and देव, as also after शिव, शम् and अरिष्ट in the sense of 'bringing about' and in the sense of भाव (presence) after the same words शिव, शम् and अरिष्ट; exempli gratia, for example सर्वतातिः, देवतातिः, शिवतातिः et cetera, and others confer, compare P.IV.4.142-144.
tārānāthacalled तर्कवाचस्पति; a Bengali modern Sanskrit scholar and grammarian of the nineteenth century who has written a commentary called Sarala on the Siddhanta Kaumudi. He has edited many important Sanskrit works consisting of many kosas.
tālavyaliterally produced from तालु the part below the tongue; the vowel इ, चवर्ग, य and श् are called तालव्य, palatal letters; confer, compare इचशेयास्तालौ V.Pr. I. 66. These letters are formed upon the palate by the middle part of the tongue; confer, compare R.Pr. 1.42, R.Pr. II.36.
tiṅanta(1)a word ending in तिङ्; a Verb; (2) a popular name given to the section which deals with verbs in books on grammar as contrasted with the term सुबन्त which is used for the section dealing with nouns.
tiṅantaśiromaṇia work dealing with verbal forms written by शिरोमणिभट्टाचार्य.
timaṇṇāa southern grammarian who wrote a short treatise on the pratyaharas like अण्, इण् et cetera, and others in the grammar of Panini.
tiltaddhita affix. affix ति added in Vedic Literature to the word वृक when superior quality is meant, exempli gratia, for example वृकतिः confer, compare P. V. 4.41.
tiṣṭhadguprabhṛticompound words headed by the word तिष्ठद्गु which are termed as avyayibhava compounds and treated as indeclinables; exempli gratia, for example तिष्ठद्गु, वहद्गु असंप्रति, प्राह्णम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II. 1.17.
tīvrataraextreme sharpness of the nasalization at the time of pronouncing the anusvara and the fifth letters recommended by Saityayana.e. g. अग्नीररप्सुषदः, वञ्चते परिवञ्चते. confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII. 1.
tukaugment त् added (1) to the root चि in the form चित्य, the pot. passive voice. participle. of चि confer, compare P. III. 1.132; (2) to the short vowel at the end of a root before a krt affix marked with the mute letter प् exempli gratia, for example अग्निचित्, प्रहृत्य confer, compare P. VI. 1.71 ; (3) to a short vowel before छ् if there be close proximity ( संहिता ) between the two e. g. इच्छति, गच्छति; confer, compare P. VI. 1.73; (4) to the indeclinables अा and मा as also to a long vowel before छ, e. g. आच्छादयति, विचाच्छाद्यते: confer, compare P. VI. 1.74, 75; (5) to a long vowel optionally, if it is at the end of a word, e. g. लक्ष्मीच्छाया, लक्ष्मीछाया, confer, compare P. VI. 1.76; (7) to the letter न् at the end of a word before श्, exempli gratia, for example भवाञ्च्छेते, confer, compare P. VIII. 3.31.
tujādiroots such as the root तुज् and the like, which have their vowel of the reduplicative syllable lengthened as seen mostly in Vedic Literature: e. g. तूतुजानः, मामहानः, दाधार et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI.1.7.
tuṭaugment त् (1) added to the affix अन substituted for the यु of ट्यु and ट्युल्; e. g. चिरंतनः, सायंतनः, confer, compare P. IV.3.23; (2) added to the taddhita affix. affix इक (ठक्) applied to the word श्वस् in the Saisika senses; e.g, शौवस्तिकः confer, compare P. IV. 3.15.
tṛ(1)substitute prescribed for the last vowel of the word अर्वन् so as to make it declinable like words marked with the mute letter ऋ; (2) common term for the krt affixes तृन् and तृच् prescribed in the sense of the agent of a verbal activity; the taddhita affix. affixes ईयस्, and इष्ठ are seen placed after words ending in तृ in Vedic Literature before which the affix तृ is elided; exempli gratia, for example करिष्ठः, दोहीयसी; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.59.
tṛtīyāthe third case; affixes of the third case ( instrumental case or तृतीयाविभक्ति ) which are placed (1) after nouns in the sense of an instrument or an agent provided the agent is not expressed by the personal-ending of the root; e. g. देवदत्तेन कृतम्, परशुना छिनत्ति: confer, compare P. III. 3.18; (2) after nouns connected with सह्, nouns meaning defective limbs, nouns forming the object of ज्ञा with सम् as also nouns meaning हेतु or a thing capable of produc ing a result: e. g. पुत्रेण सहागतः, अक्ष्णा काणः, मात्रा संजानीते, विद्यया यशः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.3.19,23; (3) optionally with the ablative after nouns meaning quality, and optionally with the genitive after pronouns in the sense of हेतु, when the word हेतु is actually used e. g. पाण्डित्येन मुक्तः or पाण्डित्यान्मुक्त:; केन हेतुना or कस्य हेतोर्वसति; it is observed by the Varttikakara that when the word हेतु or its synonym is used in a sentence, a pronoun is put in any case in apposition to that word id est, that is हेतु or its synonym e.g, केन निमित्तेन, किं निमित्तम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 3. 25, 27; (4) optionally after nouns connected with the words पृथक्, विना, नाना, after the words स्तोक, अल्प, as also after दूर, अन्तिक and their synonyms; exempli gratia, for example पृथग्देवदत्तेन et cetera, and others स्तोकेन मुक्तः, दूरेण ग्रामस्य, केशैः प्रसितः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.32, 33, 35, 44; (5) optionally with the locative case after nouns meaning constellation when the taddhita affix. affix after them has been elided; exempli gratia, for example पुष्येण संप्रयातोस्मि श्रवणे पुनरागतः Mahabharata; confer, compare P.II.3.45; (6) optionally with the genitive case after words connected with तुल्य or its synonyms; exempli gratia, for exampleतुल्यो देवदत्तेन, तुल्यो देवदत्तस्य; confer, compare P. II.3.72.
tṛn(1)krt affix तृ with the acute accent on the first vowel of the word formed by its application, applied to any root in the sense of 'an agent' provided the agent is habituated to do a thing, or has his nature to do it, or does it well; exempli gratia, for example वदिता जनापवादान् , मुण्डयितारः श्राविष्ठायना -भवन्ति वधूमूढाम् , कर्ता कटम्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III.2.135; words ending with तृन् govern the noun connected with them in the accusative case; (2) the term तृन् , used as a short term ( प्रत्याहार ) standing for krt affixes beginning with those prescribed by the rule लटः शतृशानचौ (P.III.2.124) and ending with the affix तृन् (in P.III.3.69); confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.69.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
tailactaddhita affix. affix तैल applied in the sense of oil to a word meaning the substance from which oil is extracted: e. g. तिलतैलं सर्षपतैलम् ; confer, compare विकारे सेनहने तैलच्, Kas on P. V. 2. 29.
tosunkrt affix तोस् in the sense of the infinitive ( तुम् ) seen in Vedic Literature; e. g. ईश्वरोभिचरितो:. The word ending with तोसुन् becomes an indeclinable.
taulvalyādia class of words headed by the word तौल्वलि, the taddhita affix in the sense of युवन् ( grandchild ) placed after which is not elided by P. II. 4. 60; exempli gratia, for example तौल्वलिः पिता, तौल्वलायनः पुत्रः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II. 4.61.
tnataddhita affix. affix त्न added to the words चिर, परुंत् and परारि showing time, as also to the word प्रग in Vedic Literature: e. g. चिरत्नम्, परुत्नम् , परारित्नम्, प्रत्नम् ( where ग is elided ); confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3. 23.
tyaptaddhita affix. affix त्य (1) added to a few specified indeclinables in the Saisika senses; e. g. अमात्य:,इहत्यः et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on IV. 2. 104; (2) added to the indeclinables ऐषमस्, ह्यस् and श्वस् optionally along with ट्यु and ठन् ; exempli gratia, for example श्वस्त्यम्, श्वस्तनम्, शौवस्तिकम्; confer, compare Kas, on P. IV. 2.105.
tri(1)krt affix क्त्रि, always having the taddhita affix. affix मप् ( म ) added to it, applied to the roots marked with the mute syllable डु prefixed to them in the Dhatupatha; e. g. कृत्रिमम्, पक्त्रिमम्; (2) a term signifying the plural number; confer, compare ना नौ मे मदर्थे त्रिद्व्येकेषु V.Pr.II.3.
trikaliterally triad; a term used in the Mahabhasya in connection with the Vibhakti affixes id est, that is case endings and personal endings which are in groups of three; confer, compare त्रिकं पुनर्विभक्तिसंज्ञम् M.Bh. on P.I.1,38: confer, compare also कस्यचिदेव त्रिकस्य प्रथमसंज्ञा स्यात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). om P.I.4.101 ; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.23, V.1.52, V.1.58.
tripathagāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by Raghavendracarya Gajendragadkar, a resident of Satara and a pupil of Nilakanthasastri Thatte. He lived in the second half of the eighteenth and first half of the nineteenth century and wrote comentaries on important grammar works.
tripādīterm usually used in connection with the last three Padas (ch. VIII. 2, VIII. 3 and VIII. 4) of Panini’s Ashtadhyayi, the rules in which are not valid by convention to rules in the first seven chapters and a quarter, as also a later rule in which (the Tripadi) is not valid to an earlier one; confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1; (2) name of a critical treatise on Panini's grammar ("The Tripadi") written by Dr. H. E. Buiskool recently.
trimuni(1)the famous three ancient grammarians Panini (the author of the Sutras), Katyayana (the author of the Varttikas), and Patanjali (the author of the Mahabhasya;) (2) the grammar of Panini, called so, being the contribution of the reputed triad of Grammarians.
trilaॊcanaa scholar of grammar who has written a small work named अव्ययशब्दवृत्ति on the uses of indeclinables.
th(1)personal-ending of the 2nd person. plural Parasmaipada,substituted for the ल् of the ten lakara affixes; (2) substitute ( थल् ) for the 2nd pers singular. personal ending सिप् in. the perfect tense: (3) unadi affix ( थक् ) added to the roots पा, तॄ, तुद् et cetera, and others e. g. पीथः, तीर्थः, et cetera, and others; cf unadi sutra II. 7; (4) unadi affix ( क्थन् ) | added to the roots हन्, कुष् ,नी et cetera, and others; e. g, हथः, कुष्टं, नीथः et cetera, and others cf unadi sutra II. 2: (5) unadi affix (थन्) added to the roots उष्, कुष्, गा and ऋ, e. g. ओष्ठः, कोष्ठम् et cetera, and others cf unadi sutra_II. 4; (6) a technical term for the term अभ्यस्त or the reduplicated wording of Panini ( confer, compare उभे अभ्यस्तम् ) P. VI. 1. 5, used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
thamutaddhita affix. affix थम् in the sense of प्रकार (manner) added to the pronouns इदम्, and किम्, the words ending in थम् becoming indeclinables; e. g, इत्थम्, कथम् confer, compare P. V. 3.24, 25.
d(1)the consonant द्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance or use; (2) a technical term used in the Jainendra Vyakarana for the term आत्मनेपद in the grammar of Panini.
dntyaproduced at the teeth, dental; formed at the teeth by the tip of the tongue; exempli gratia, for example the letters लृ ल् ,स् and तवर्ग; confer, compare लृलसिता दन्ते V.Pr.I.69. According to Panini's grammar लॄ(long) does not exist. According to Taittirya Prtisakhya र् is partly dental and partly lingual; cf T.Pr.II.41, while व् is partly dental and partly labial; confer, compare T.Pr. II.43; confer, compare दन्त्या जिह्वाग्रकरणाः V. Pr.I. 76; confer, compare लुग्वा दुहदिहलिहगुहामात्मनेपदे दन्त्ये P. VII. 3.73.
dayānandasarasvatia brilliant Vedic scholar of the nineteenth century belonging to North India who established on a sound footing the study of the Vedas and Vyakarana and encouraged the study of Kasikavrtti. He has written many books on vedic studies.
daśagaṇī(1)a section of grammatical treatises dealing with the ten conjugations of roots. e.g the first section of the second part ( उत्तरार्ध ) of the Siddhanta Kaumudi; (2) name of the dhatupatha of Panini which gives ten classes of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो दशगणीपरिपठिता गृह्यन्ते Nyasa on I.3.1.
taddhita affix. affix named 'vibhakti' applied to the words सर्व, एक, अन्य, किं, यत्,तत् and इदम् in the locative case; exempli gratia, for example सर्वदा, एकदा, कदा: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.15,19,20,21.
dākṣīputraliterally son of a female descendant of दक्ष; name given to Panini who was the son of दाक्षी a female descendant of दक्ष; confer, compare शंकरः शांकरीं प्रादाद्दाक्षीपुत्राय धीमते Pāṇini. Sik. 56; confer, compare also सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः M.Bh. on P. I. 1.20: VII.1.27.
dānīmtaddhita affix. affix called विभक्ति, applied word also means students reading the work दशक; confer, compare दशका वैयाघ्रपदीया: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.2.65.
daśagaṇī(1)a section of grammatical treatises dealing with the ten conjugations of roots. e.g the first section of the second part ( उत्तरार्ध ) of the Siddhanta Kaumudi; (2) name of the dhatupatha of Panini which gives ten classes of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो दशगणीपरिपठिता गृह्यन्ते Nyasa on I.3.1.
taddhita affix. affix named 'vibhakti' applied to the words सर्व, एक, अन्य, किं, यत्,तत् and इदम् in the locative case; exempli gratia, for example सर्वदा, एकदा, कदा: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.15,19,20,21.
dākṣīputraliterally son of a female descendant of दक्ष; name given to Panini who was the son of दाक्षी a female descendant of दक्ष; confer, compare शंकरः शांकरीं प्रादाद्दाक्षीपुत्राय धीमते Pāṇini. Sik. 56; confer, compare also सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः M.Bh. on P. I. 1.20: VII.1.27.
dānīmtaddhita affix. affix called विभक्ति, applied to तद् and इदम् in the sense of the locative case exempli gratia, for example तदानीम्, इदानीम्; confer, compare P. V.3.18, 19.
dikśabdaa word denoting a direction such as पूर्व, उत्तर and the like, used as a substantive, e. g. पूर्वो ग्रामात् , or showing the direction of another thing being its adjective, e. g. इयमस्याः पूर्वा; cf Kas, on P. II.3.29.
duḥspṛṣṭaproduced by an incomplete contact of the करण; the term is applied to the phonetic element ळ् which is due to the incomplete contact of the organ at the production of the letter ल्; cf दु:स्पृष्टश्चेति विज्ञेयः; Pan, Siksa 5.
durgasiṃhathe famous commentator of the Katantra sutras, whose Vrtti on the sutras is the most popular one. It is called , कातन्त्रसूत्रवृत्ति or कातन्तवृत्ति or दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति , also. A work on Paribhasas named परिभाषावृति, in which Paribhasas are explained and established as based on the Katantra Vyakarana sutras, is attributed to Durgasimha. It is doubtful whether this commentator Durgasimha is the same as Durgacarya, the famous commentator of Yaska's Nirukta. There is a legend that Durgasimha was the brother of Vikramaditya, the founder of the Vikrama Era. Besides the gloss on the Katantra sutras, some grammar works such as a gloss on the unadi sutras, a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on Kalapa-Vyakarana Sutras, a commentary on Karakas named षट्कारकरत्न, Namalinganusasana and Paribhasavrtti are ascribed to Durgasimha. Some scholars believe that the term अमरसिंह was only a title given to Durgasimha for his profound scholarship, and it was Durgasimha who was the author of the well-known work Amarakosa.
dūṣakaradodbhedaname of a commentary, on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa, believed to have been written by Gopalacārya Karhadkar, a grammarian of the 19th century and attributed to Bhimacarya. This commentary, which was written to criticize the commentary written by Visnusastri Bhat, was again criticized in reply by Visnusastri Bhat in his Ciccandrika ( चिच्चन्द्रिका ). See विष्णुशास्त्री भट.
dūṣaṇafault, objection; the word is used in connection with a fault found with, or objection raised against an argument advanced by, a writer by his opponent or by the writer himself who replies it to make his argument well established; confer, compareनित्यवादी कार्यपक्षे दूषणमाह-कार्येष्विति Maha. Prad. on P.I. 1.44 Vart.!6. hed; confer, compareनित्यवादी कार्यपक्षे दूषणमाह-कार्येष्विति Maha. Prad. on P.I. 1.44 Vart.!6.
dṛṣṭānuvidhitaking place of an operation, or application of a rule of grammar in accordance with the words seen in use. See दृष्ट.
devatādvandvaa compound word called द्वन्द्व whose members are names of deities; the peculiarities of this Dvandva compound are (a) that generally there are changes at the end of the first member, by virtue of which it appears similar to a word ending in the dual number, and (b) that both the words retain their original accents.exempli gratia, for example इन्द्रासोमौ, सौमापूषणा, अग्नीषोमाभ्यां, मित्रावरुणाभ्याम् ; for changes, confer, compare P. VI.3.25-31; for accent, confer, compare देवताद्वन्द्वानि चानामन्त्रितानि (द्विरुदात्तानिं) । इन्द्राबृहस्पतिभ्याम्, इन्द्राबृहस्पती इति त्रीणि Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.II.48, 49; confer, compare also देवताद्वन्द्वे च P. VI, 2.141.
devanandincalled also पूज्यपाद or पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् believed to have lived in the fifth century A. D. and written the treatise on grammar, of course based om Panini Sutras, which is known as जैनेन्द्र-व्याकरण or जैनेन्द्रशब्दानुशासन. The writer of this grammar is possibly mentioned as जैनेन्द्र in the usually guoted verse of Bopadeva :इन्द्रश्चन्द्रः काशकृत्स्नापिशली शाकटायनः पाणिन्यमरजैनेन्द्र जयन्त्यष्टादेिशाब्दिकाः. देवनन्दिन् was a great Jain saint and scholar who wrote many works on Jain Agamas of which सर्वार्थसिद्धि, the commentary on the तत्त्वार्थाधिगमसूत्र, is well-known.
devapathādia class of words headed by the word देवपथ, the affix कन् applied to which in the sense of a statue, or applied for the formation of a proper noun, is dropped देवपथः, हंसपथ:, शिवः, विष्णुः et cetera, and others; confer, compareKāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.100.
devanandina Jain grammarian of the eighth century who is believed to have written a grammar work, called सिद्धान्तसारस्वत-शब्दानुशासन. It is likely that देवनन्दिन् is the same as देवानन्दि-पूज्यपाद and the grammar work is the same as जैनेन्द्रशब्दानुशासन for which see देवनन्दिन् .
deśaliterally place; (l) original place of articulation: confer, compare अदेशे वा वचनं व्यञ्जनस्य, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 5; (2) place of origin; उच्चारणस्थान: (3) place of inferential establishment of a Paribhasa et cetera, and others परिभाषादेशः उद्देशः Par. Sek. paribhāṣā. 2,3; (4) passage of the Samhita text, confer, compare.Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 59.
deśīyartaddhita affix. affix देशीय in the sense of slightly less, or almost similar, optionally prescribed with the affixes कल्प and देश्य e. g. मृदुकल्पः, मृदुदेश्यः. मृदुदशीयः confer, compareKas, on P.V.3.67.
daivaname of a system of grammar or a work on grammar the peculiarity of which is the omission of the एकशेष topic; confer, compare अनेकशेषं दैवं स्यात्
dyataddhita affix. affix द्य, applied to इदम् in the sense of ' a day ', when इदम् is changed into अ ( अश् ) ; e. gअद्य, confer, compare P.V. 3.22 Vart. 5.
dyastaddhita affix. affix द्यस्, applied to the word समान when समान is changed into स; exempli gratia, for example सद्यः, confer, compare सद्यः परुत्परार्यैषमः P. V.3.22: confer, compare also समानस्य सभावो द्यश्चाहनि P. V. 3.22, Vart. 1
dyutādia class of roots headed by the root द्युत् , the aorist sign च्लि after which gets ( अ ) अङ् substituted for it: exempli gratia, for example अद्युतत् , अश्वितत्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III.1.55. and I.3.91. द्युस् taddhita affix. affix द्युस् applied to the word उभय in the sense of a day; exempli gratia, for example उभयद्युः confer, compare P. V. 3.22 Vart. 7.
dravyavadbhāvabehaviour like a dravya as noticed in the case of the bhava or kriya found in a root after a krt afix is added to it confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.19, III.1.67 et cetera, and others
drutaliterally rapid; the vice of rapidity in utterance;a fault of speech especially in connection with the utterance of vowels in Vedic recital when on account of haste the utterance of letters becomes indistinct. confer, compare संदृष्टमेणीकृतमर्धकं द्रुतं विकीर्णमेताः स्वरद्रोषभावनाः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1 vart. 18.
dvanddhaname of a compound, formed of two or more words used in the same case, showing their collection together; confer, compare चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II.2.29. Out of the four meanings of the indeclinable च, viz. समुच्चय अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the dvandva compound is sanctioned in the last two senses only called इतरेतरद्वन्द्व (as in प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ et cetera, and others) and समाहारद्वन्द्व (as in वाक्त्वचम् et cetera, and others) respectively For details see Mahabhasya on II.2.29. The dvandva compound takes place only when the speaker intends mentioning the several objects together id est, that is when there is, in short, सहविवक्षा orयुगपदधिकरणवचनता; confer, compare अनुस्यूतेव मेदाभ्यां एका प्रख्योपजायते । यस्यां सहविवक्षां तामाहुर्द्वन्द्वैकशेषयोः । Sr. Pr. II. The gender of a word in the द्वन्द्वसमास is that of the last word in the case of the इतरेतरद्वन्द्व, while it is the neuter gender in the case of the समाहारद्वन्द्व.
dviḥdoubled; the term is used in connection with reduplication in the Katantra and Haima grammars confer, compare Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. IV.1.1, Kat.III 8. 10.
dviḥprayogadoubling, putting a word or word element twice;the words द्वित्व and द्विर्वचन are used in the same sense.
dvikarmakaa term used in connection with roots governing two objects or two words in the accusative case, exempli gratia, for example दुह् in, गां दोग्धि पयः; the term कर्म according to the strict definition of the term कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म or अाप्यं कर्म applies to one of the two, which is called the प्रधानकर्म or the direct object, the other one, which, in fact, is related to the verbal activity by relation of any other karaka or instrument is taken as karmakaraka and hence put in the accusative case. For details see Mahabhasya and Kasika on P.I.4.51. Some roots in their causal formation govern two objects out of which one object is the actual one while the other is the subject of the primitive root. exempli gratia, for example गमयति माणवकं ग्रामम्; बोधयति माणवकं धर्मम्; cf Kas on P.I.4.52. See for details Mahabhasya on P. I. 4.52.
kāryayogasimultaneous occurrence of two grammatical operations resulting into a conflict and creating a doubt as to which of the two should take place first; confer, compareद्विकार्ययोगो हि विप्रतिषेधः M.Bh. on P.I.1.3 Vart. 6; I.1.12; et cetera, and others The term विप्रतिषेध occurring in the rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I.4.2 is evidently defined in this way by the word द्विकार्ययोग in the Mahabhsya.
dviguname of a compound with a numeral as the first member. The compound is looked upon as a subdivision of the Tatpurusa comPoundThe dvigu compound, having collection as its general sense, is declined in the neuter gender and singular number; when it ends in अ the feminine. affix ङी is added generally, e. g. पञ्चपात्रम्, त्रिभुवनम्, पञ्चमूली. The Dvigu comPound also takes place when a karmadharaya compound, having a word denoting a direction or a numeral as its first member, (a) has a taddhita affix. affix added to it exempli gratia, for example पञ्चकपाळः (पुरोडाशः), or (b) has got a word placed after it in a compound e. g. पशञ्चगवधनः or (c) has a collective sense exempli gratia, for example पञ्चपूली; confer, compare तद्वितार्थोत्तरपदसमाहारे च ( P. II.1.51 ) also, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. and S. K. om P.II.1.51,52.
dvitīyadvirvacanathe reduplication of a root beginning with a vowel prescribed by the rule अजादेर्द्वितीयस्य P. VI. 1.2.
dvitvadoubling, reduplication prescribed for (I) a root in the perfect tense excepting the cases where the affix अाम् is added to the root before the personal ending: exempli gratia, for example बभूव, चकार, ऊर्णुनाव et cetera, and others cf P. VI. 1.1,2; (2) a root before the vikarana affixes सन्, यङ्, श्लु and चङ् e. g. बुभूषति, चेक्रीयते, चर्करीति, जुहोति, अचीकरत् et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VI. 1.9l l ; (3) a word ending in अम् . ( णमुल् ) in the sense of repetition, e. g. स्मारं स्मारं वक्ष्ये, भोजं भोजं व्रजति confer, compare आभीक्ष्ण्ये द्वे भवतः P. VIII. 1.12 Vart. 7; (4) any word (a) in the sense of constant or frequent action, (b) in the sense of repetition, (c) showing reproach, or scorn, or quality in the sense of its incomplete possess-, ion, or (d) in the vocative case at the beginning of a sentence in some specified senses; reduplication is also prescribed for the prepositions परि, प्र, सम्, उप, उद्, उपरि, अधि, अघस् in some specified senses confer, compare P. VIII. 1.1 to 15. A letter excepting हृ and र्, is also repeated, if so desired, when (a) it occurs after the letter ह् or र् , which is preceded by a vowel e g. अर्क्कः अर्द्धम् et cetera, and others cf VIII. 4.46; or when (b) it is preceded by a vowel and followed by a consonant e. g. दद्ध्यत्र, म्द्धवत्र confer, compare P. VIII. 4.47. For details see Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on VIII. 4.46-52. The word द्वित्व is sometimes used in the sense of the dual number; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.2.51. The words द्वित्व, द्विर्वचन and द्विरुक्त are generally used as synonymanuscript. Panini generally uses the word द्वे. For द्वित्व in Vedic Literature confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1.4; Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 1-8 V, Pr. IV. 101-118.
dvirbhāvarepetition, reduplication. See द्वित्व.
dvivarṇa(1)a repeated consonant; confer, compare द्विवर्णमेकवर्णवत्, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 144: (2) doubling, repetition: cf ह्रस्वपूर्वो ङकारो द्विवर्णम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.IX. 18; confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 1, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IX. 18.
dvisdouble reduplicated; the word is frequently used in connection with doubling of consonants or words in the PratiSakhya Literature as also in the Katantra, Sakatayana and Haima grammars confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1, XV. 5, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 101, R, T. 264; confer, compare also Kat. III. 8.10, Sak. IV. 1.43; Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. IV. 1.1.
dvyaca word possessed of two vowels in it; dissyllabic words; the word is frequently used in Panini's Astadhyayi and Patanjali's Mahabhasya, Kasika Vrtti and other works on Panini's grammar.
dharmadefined as ऋषिसंप्रदाय, the traditional practices laid down by the sages for posterity; confer, compareकेवलमृषिसंप्रदायो धर्म इति कृत्वा याज्ञिक्राः शास्त्रेण अनुविदधते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Ahnika I ; cf also धर्मशास्त्रं in एवं च कृत्वा धर्मशास्त्रं प्रवृत्तम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64, as also धर्मसूत्रकाराः in नैवेश्वर आज्ञापयति नापि धर्मसूत्रकाराः पठन्ति अपवादैरुत्सर्गा बाध्यन्तामिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. l.47; (2) religious merit, confer, compare धर्मोपदेशनमिदं शास्त्रमस्मिन्ननवयवेन शास्त्रार्थः संप्रतीयते , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. I. 84, cf also ज्ञाने घमै इति चेत्तथाSधर्मः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Ahnika l ; ' 3) property possessed by a thing or a letter or a word. e. g. वर्णधर्म; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 2.29; cf also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 1, 55, II. 3.33, VIII. 1. 4. confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 8, 13 XIV. 1 et cetera, and others: ( 4 ) the characteristic of being in a substance; in the phrase अयं घटः the dharma viz.घटत्व is predicated of this (इदम्) or, in other words the designation pot ( घटसंज्ञा ) is the predication; the explanation in short, can be given as घटत्ववान् इदंपदार्थः or घटाभिन्नः इदंपदार्थ:
dhamekīrtia Jain scholar called by the name कीर्ति also, who was the author of धातुप्रत्ययपञ्जिक्रा and रूपावतार a well-known treatise on roots; confer, compare बोपदेवमहाग्राहग्रस्तो वामनदिग्गजः । कीर्तेरेव प्रसङ्गेन माधवेन समुद्धृतः । He is believed to have been the first grammarian who arranged the sutras of Panini according to the subject matter.
dhātaddhita affix.affix (l) applied to a numeral in the sense of a kind ( प्रकार ) or a division of time, exempli gratia, for exampleएकधा, द्विधा, त्रिधा et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.V.3.42, 43; (2) applied to बहु to show divisions of a short time;exempli gratia, for example बहुधा दिवसस्य भुङ्क्क्ते and बहुधा मासस्य भुङ्क्ते;confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V.4.20.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
ghātukārikāvalīa grammatical work in verse written by Varadarja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita who lived in the 17th century, Besides Karikvali, Varadarja wrote लघुकौमुदी and मध्यकौमुदी also.
dhātupārāyaṇaa grammatical treatise dealing with roots written as a supplementary work by Jumaranandin to his grammar work called Rasavati,which itself was a thoroughly revised and enlarged edition of the रसवती a commentary written by Kramadisvara on his own grammar named संक्षिप्तसार.Jumaranandin is believed to have been a Jain writer who lived in the fifteenth century A.D.
ghātuprakāśaa work dealing with roots Written as a supplementary work by Balarama-Pancanana to his own grammar named PrabodhaPrakasa.
dhātupratyayapañjikāa work dealing with verbal forms written by Dharmakirti, a Jain grammarian of the eighth century.
dhātupradīpaa work dealing with verbal forms written by Maitreya Raksita, a Buddhist writer and a famous grammarian belonging to the eastern part of India who lived in the middle of the twelfth century. He is believed to have written many scholarly works in connection with Panini's grammar out of which the Tantrapradipa is the most important one. The work Dhatupradipa is quoted by Saranadeva, who was a contemporary of Maitreya Raksita, in his Durghatavrtti on P. II. 4. 52.
dhāturatnamañjarīa treatise dealing with roots believed to have been written by Ramasimhavarman.
dhāturatnākaraa work dealing with roots believed to have been written by Narayana who was given the title वन्द्य. He lived in the seventeenth century; a work named सारावलि व्याक्ररण is also believed to have been written by him.
dhāturatnāvalīa short list of the important roots from the Dhatuptha of Panini, given in verse by चोक्कनाथ a grammarian of the 17th century.
dhātulopaan elision of a portion of a root; confer, compare न धातुलेप अार्धधातुके, P.I.1 4.
dhātuvṛttia general term applied to a treatise discussing roots, but specifically used in connection with the scholarly commentary written by Madhavacārya, the reputed scholar and politician at the court of the Vijayanagara kings in the fourteenth century, on the Dhatupatha ot Panini. The work is generally referred to as माधवीया-धातुवृति to distinguish it from ordinary commentary works called also धातुवृत्ति written by grammarians like Wijayananda and others.
dhātuvyākaraṇaa grammar dealing with Verbs believed to have been written by Vangasena.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
dhāraṇa(1)suppression of a consonant, out of two successive consonants which is looked upon as a fault of recital; exempli gratia, for example ह्वयामि when recited as वयामि; efeminine. धारणमनुपलब्धिः Uvvata on R.Pr.XIV. 6; (2) repetition of a consonant which is also a fault; exempli gratia, for example ज्ज्योतिष्कृत् for ज्योतिष्कृत्: confer, compare Uvvata on XIV.6;confer, compare also धारयन्त; परक्रमं et cetera, and others explained by Uvvata as सान्तस्थस्य संयोगस्य आदौ रक्तं धारयन्तो विलम्बमानाः परक्रमं कुर्वन्ति where धारयन्तः means 'lengthening’ or 'prolonging' confer, compare R.Pr. on XIV.23; (3) the peculiar position of the mouth (मुखसंधारणम् ) by which a double consonant is recited as a single one, confer, compare द्विवर्णमेकवर्णवत् ( एकप्रयत्ननिर्वर्त्य ) धारणात् exempli gratia, for example व्यात्तम् , कुक्कुटः, confer, compare V.Pr. IV.144.
dhunātaddhita affix. affix called Vibhakti taddhita affix. affix, applied to the word इदम् when इदम् is changed into अ; confer, compare इदमः अश्भावः धुना च प्रत्ययः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.17.
dheyataddhita affix. affix धेय applied to the words भाग, रूप and नाम in the same sense as those words possess;exempli gratia, for exampleभागधेयम् , confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.4.25.
dhruva(1)fixed,stationary, as contrasted with moving (ध्रुव) which is termed अपादान and hence put in the ablative case; cf ध्रुवमपायेऽपादानम् P. I. 4.24; (2) repeated sound ( नाद ) of a third or a fourth consonant of the class consonants when it occurs at the end of the first word of a split up compound word; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. II and XI. 24.
na(1)the consonant न् (see न् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) with the vowel added to it for facility of utterance, confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21 ; (2) taddhita affix. affix न added to words headed by पामन् in the sense of possession; exempli gratia, for example पामनः, हेमनः et cetera, and others, cf P. V. 2.100; (3) taddhita affix. affix न as found in the word ज्योत्स्ना derived from ज्योतिष्, cf P. V. 2.114; (4) unadi affix न as found in the word स्योनः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI.4.19; (5) the krt affix नङ् as also नन् prescribed after the roots यज्, याच्, यत्, विच्छ्, प्रच्छ्, रक्ष् and स्वप् , e g. यज्ञ:, याञ्चा, प्रश्नः et cetera, and others, cf P. III. 3.90, 91; (6) the negative particle न given by Panini as नञ् and referred to in the same way, which (id est, that is न.) when compounded with a following word is changed into अ or अन् or retained in rare cases as for instance in नभ्राट्, नासत्यौ, नक्षत्रम् et cetera, and others cf P. VI.3.73-75;(7) taddhita affix.affix न (नञ्) applied to the words स्त्री and पुंस् in senses given from P. IV. 1.92 to V. 2.1 e. g. स्त्रैणं, पौंस्नम् confer, compare IV. 1.87.
nakārathe consonant न to which the vowel अ and the affix कार are added for facility of utterance; e. g. तथा नकार उदये नकारे Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV.; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 17, 21.
naṅkrt affix न applied to the roots यज्, याच्, यत् and others in the sense of verbal activity; e. g. यज्ञ; याञ्चा, यत्नः et cetera, and others confer, compare P. III. 3.90, 91. See न (5)
najiṅkrt. affix नज् applied to the roots स्वप्, तृष् and धृष् in the sense of 'habituated' e. g. स्वप्नक् धृष्णक् ; See Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 2.172.
nañtatpuruṣaa compound with न as its first member which is changed into अ or अन्, or remains unchanged, the indeclinable न (नञ् ) possessing any one of the six senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. under न (6); e. g अब्राह्मणः, अनश्वः, नमुचिः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VI. 3 73-77.
natacerebralized; changed into ण्. The change of the consonant न् into ण् is called नति in the old Pratisakhya works; confer, compare स्पर्शे वोष्मणि चानते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 11.
natiliterallyinclination, bending down; the word is used generally in the technical sense of 'cerebralization' but applied to the change of न् into ण् as also that of स् into ष्; confer, compare दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापत्तिर्नतिः, V. Pr.I. 42. The root नम् is used in the sense of 'cerebralizing ' or 'being cerebralized' very frequently in the Pratisakhya works; exempli gratia, for example the word नम्यते is used in the sense of 'is cerebralized'; नमयति in the sense of 'cerebralizes' and नामिंन् in the sense of 'causing cerebralization'; confer, compare ऋकारादयो दश नामिन: स्वराः, पूर्वो नन्ता नतिषु नम्यमुत्तरम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 27.
nadīa technical term applied in Panini's grammar to words in the feminine gender ending in ई and ऊ excepting a few like स्त्री,श्री, भ्रू and others; it is optionally applied to words ending in इ and उ, of course in the feminine. gender, before case affixes of the dative, ablative, genitive and locative singular. The term was probably in use before Panini and was taken from the feminine. word नदी which was taken as a model. Very probably there was a long list of words like नद् ( नदट्) चोर ( चोरट् ) et cetera, and others which were given as ending in ट् and to which the affix ई (ङीप्) was added for forming the feminine base;the first word नदी so formed, was taken as a model and all words in the list and similar others were called नदी; confer, compare P. I 4. 3-6.
naddhaa fault of pronunciation when a letter, although distinctly pronounced inside the mouth, does not become audible, being held up ( बद्ध ) by the lips or the like. The fault is similar to अम्बूकृत: confer, compare ओष्ठाभ्यामम्बूकृतमाह नद्धम् R.Pr.XIV.2.
nankrt affix न applied to the root स्वप् to show verbal activity ; exempli gratia, for example स्वप्न; confer, compareP.III.3.91.
nantṛone that causes cerebralization; confer, compare पूर्वो नन्ता नतिषु नम्यमुत्तरम् R.Pr.I.27. See नति.
napuṃsaka1it. a word which is neither in the masculine nor in the feminine gender; a word in the neuter gender; confer, compare R.Pr.XIII.7,Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.II. 32; III.138; confer, compare P. VI.3.75, on which the Siddhanta Kaumudi observes न स्त्री पुमान् नपुंसकम् । स्त्रीपुंसयोः पुंसकभावो निपातनात् ।
namyacapable of being cerebralizedition See नति.
narendrasūrian old grammarian believed to have been the original writer of the Sarasvata Vyakarana, on the strength of references to him in the commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana written by क्षेमेन्द्र as also references in the commentary on the Prakriykaumudi by Vitthalesa. He is believed to have lived in the tenth century A;D.
nalopaelision of न्, which in Panini's grammar is sometimes taken as valid for certain grammatical operations,and otherwise for other operations; confer, compare नलोपः सुप्स्वरसंज्ञातुग्विधिषु कृति P.VIII.2.2.
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
navyamataa term used for the differentiation in views and explanations held by the comparatively new school of Bhattoji Diksita, as contrasted with those held by Kasikakara and Kaiyata; the term is sometimes applied to the differences of opinion expressed by Nagesabhatta in contrast with Bhagttoji Diksita. For details see p.p. 23-24 Vol.VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D.E. Society, Poona.
naṣṭaelided or dropped; a term used as a synonym of 'lupta' in some commentaries.
(1)taddhita affix. affix ना as also नाञ् prescribed respectively after वि and नञ् (negative particle न ) in the sense of separation; e. g. विना, नाना ; (2) case ending ना substituted for the inst. instrumental case. singular. affix टा (called also अाङ् in ancient grammars) in the masculine gender after words called घि i. e. words ending in इ or उ excepting such as are called नदी.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
nāṭactaddhita affix. affix नाट applied to the prefix अव optionally with the affixes टीटच् and भ्रटच्; e. g. अवनाटम्, अवटीटम्, अवभ्रटम्; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 2.31.
nāmin(vowels)which cause cerebralization; the ten vowels ऋ, ॠ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ए, ओ, ऐ, औ; confer, compare ऋकारादयो दश नामिनः स्वराः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 27, confer, compare also R.T. 94. See the word नति. The word भाविन् is used for नामिन् in the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya; confer, compare अकण्ठ्यो भावी Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 46; confer, compare also नामिपरो रम् Kat. I.5.12.
nārāyaṇavandyaa grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a treatise on grammar named Saravali, and a treatise on roots named Dhatuparayana.
nāśaelision, the word is used in grammar as a synonym of 'lopa.'
nāsikāsthānaa place in the nose where a nasal letter such as ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न् or म् and anusvara get a tinge of nasalization while passing through it. The yama letters e.g the nasal क्, ख् ,ग् , घ् get nasalization in the utterance of the words पलिक्किनः, चख्ख्नतुः, अग्ग्निः, घ्घ्नन्ति; confer, compare यमो नाम वर्णः प्रातिशाख्ये प्रसिद्धः S.K. on P. VIII. 2. 1. confer, compare also यमानुस्वारनासिक्यानां नासिके Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 74, Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 12.
niḥsaṃkhyanot possessed of any numbersense ; the term is used in connection with indeclinables; confer, compare अव्ययेभ्यस्तु निःसंख्येभ्यः सामान्यविहिताः स्वादयो वेिद्यन्त एव Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.I. 4.21.
nikaugment नि as seen in the reduplicated syllable कनि of the aorist form कनिक्रदत् of the root क्रन्द्; confer, compare क्रन्देर्लुङि च्लेरङादेशो द्विर्वचनमभ्यासस्य चुत्वाभावो निगागमश्च निपात्यते । अक्रन्दीदिति भाषायाम्; Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.VII.4.65.
nigāraa kind of sound which apparently is made up of a combination of three phonetic elements ह्, म् and नासिक्य. It is a peculiar sound through both the mouth and the nose, although no specific place of production is assigned to it; cf अविशेषस्थानौ संस्वांदनिगारौ। हकारमकारनासिक्या वा निगारे R.T.11.
nitya(1)eternal, as applied to word or Sabda in contrast with sound or dhvani which is evanescent (कार्य ). The sound with meaning or without meaning,made by men and animals is impermanent; but the sense or idea awakened in the mind by the evanescent audible words on reaching the mind is of a permanent or eternal nature; confer, compare स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायामादुपजायते; confer, compare also व्याप्तिमत्त्वा्त्तु शब्दस्य Nir.I.1 ; (2) constant; not liable to be set aside by another; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम्, न रुन्धे नित्यम्। नित्यशब्दः प्राप्त्यन्तरानिषेधार्थः T.Pr.I.59, IV.14; (3) original as constrasted with one introduced anew such as an augment; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.VI.14; (4) permanently functioning, as opposed to tentatively doing so; confer, compare नित्यविरते द्विमात्रम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.37; (5) unchangeable, permanent, imperishable; confer, compare अयं नित्यशब्दोस्त्येव कूटस्थेष्वविचालिषु भावेषु वर्तते M.Bh. on P. VIII. 1.4; (6) always or invariably applying, as opposed to optional; the word in this sense is used in connection with rules or operations that do not optionally apply; confer, compare उपपदसमासो नित्यसमासः, षष्ठीसमासः पुनार्वेभाषा; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.19; (7) constant,as applied to a rule which applies if another simultaneously applying rule were to have taken effect, as well as when that other rule does not take effect; confer, compare क्वचित्कृताकृतप्रसङ्गमात्रेणापि नित्यता Par. Sek. Pari 46. The operations which are nitya according to this Paribhasa take effect in preference to others which are not 'nitya', although they may even be 'para'; confer, compare परान्नित्यं बलवत् Par. Sek. Pari. 42.
nityānandaparvatīyaa scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who wrote glosses on the Mahabhasyapradipa, on the Laghusabdendusekhara and on the Paribhasendusekhara. He was a resident of Benares where he coached many pupils in Sanskrit Grammar. He lived in the first half of the nineteenth century.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
nipātadyotakatvathe view that the nipatas and the upasargas too, as contrasted with nouns,pronouns and other indeclinables, only indicate the sense and do not denote it; this view, as grammarians say, was implied in the Mahabhasya and was prominently given in the Vakyapadiya by Bhartrhari which was followed by almost all later grammarians. See निपात.
nipātanaa word given, as it appears, without trying for its derivation,in authoritative works of ancient grammarians especially Panini;confer, compareदाण्डिनायनहास्तिनयनo P. VI.4.174, as also अचतुरविचतुरo V.4.77 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others The phrase निपातनात्सिद्धम् is very frequently used by Patanjali to show that some technical difficulties in the formation of a word are not sometimes to be taken into consideration, the word given by Panini being the correct one; confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.4, III.1.22 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others; cf also the usual expression बाधकान्येव निपातनानि. The derivation of the word from पत् with नि causal, is suggested in the Rk Pratisakhya where it is stated that Nipatas are laid down or presented as such in manifold senses; cf Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XII.9; cf also घातुसाधनकालानां प्राप्त्यर्थं नियमस्य च । अनुबन्घविकाराणां रूढ्यर्थ च निपातनम् M. Bh Pradipa on P. V.1.114: confer, comparealso Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.27.
nipātāvyayopasargavṛttiashort treatise explaining and illustrating the use of indeclinables, written by a grammarian named तिलक who probably lived in Kasmira.
nimitta(1)the formal cause of a grammatical operation; confer, compare निमित्ताभावे नैमित्तिकस्याप्यभाव; given as a Paribhasa by many grammarians like Vyadi, Siradeva and others; confer, compare also प्रकृत्युपपदोपाधयो निमित्तं प्रत्ययेा निमित्ती M.Bh. on III.1.1 Vart. 2; (2) distinguishing sign यः प्रेक्षापूर्वकारी भवति स: अध्रुवेण निमित्तेन ध्रुवं निमित्तमुपादत्ते वेदिकां पुण्डरीकं वा, M.Bh. on I.1.26 Vart.5.
nimittāpāyaparibhāṣāa popular name given by grammarians to the maxim निमित्तापाये नैमित्तिकस्याप्यपायः,. a thing, which is brought into existence by a cause, disappears on the disappearance of the cause. The maxim is not, of course, universally applicable. For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 56, Sira. Pari. 99.
niyatasvara(1)an affix whose accent is definitely given by an indicatory mute letter applied to it; confer, compare M.Bh. on I.1.3; (2) the grave accent; a syllable with a grave accent; grave vowel; confer, compare नियतस्वरोदये R.Pr.XI.25; (3) name of a Samdhi when a visarga is changed into रेफ and then omitted and the preceding vowel is lengthened; cf ह्रस्वस्याकामनियता उभाविमौ R.Pr. IV.9; confer, compare also P. VIII.3.14 and VI.3.111.
niyama(1)restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).
niyāmakalimiting; limitative; confer, compare तुः क्रियते । स नियामको भविष्यति । अमेवापञ्चम्याः इति M. Bh, on II. 4.83; confer, compare also लोके निमित्तं द्विविधं दृष्टम् । कार्यस्थितौ नियामकं तदनियामकं च Par. Sek. Pari. 56.
niyogaan obligatory order or command, such as that of a preceptor, as contrasted with स्वभाव; cf धातोः परः अकारोऽकशब्दो वा नियोगतःकर्तारं ब्रुवन्कृत्संज्ञश्च भवति ......... स्वभावतः कर्तारं ब्रुवन्कृत्संज्ञश्च भवति et cetera, and others Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 4.67 Vart. 8 where Kaiyata explains नियोग as अाचार्यनियोग.
niranunāsikapure, unnasalized, as opposed to सानुनासिक nasalizedition confer, compare सन्ति हि यणः सानुनासिका निरनुनासिकाश्च । M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika 1.
niravakāśapossessed of no scope of, or occasion for, application; the word अनवकाश is also used in this sense. The niravakasa rules always set aside the general rules which are always present wherever they i. e. the niravakasa rules are possible to be appliedition Niravakasatva is looked upon as one of the two criteria for बाध or sublation, the other one being सामान्यविशेषभाव as illustrated by the usual maxim, known as तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय. See तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय; confer, compare also अनवकाशा हि विधयो बाधका भवन्ति Par. Sek. on Pari. 64.
niruktaname of a class of works which were composed to explain the collections of Vedic words by means of proposing derivations of those words from roots as would suit the sense. The Nirukta works are looked upon as supplementary to grammar works and there must have been a good many works of this kind in ancient times as shown by references to the writers of these viz. Upamanyu, Sakatayana,Sakapuni,Sakapurti and others, but, out of them only one work composed by Yaska has survived; the word, hence has been applied by scholars to the Nirukta of Yaska which is believed to have been written in the seventh or the eighth century B. C. i. e. a century or two before Panini. The Nirukta works were looked upon as subsidiary to the study of the Vedas along with works on phonetics ( शिक्षा ), rituals ( कल्प ), grammar (व्याकरण) prosody (छन्दस्) and astronomy(ज्योतिष)and a mention of them is found made in the Chandogyopanisad. As many of the derivations in the Nirukta appear to be forced and fanciful, it is doubtful whether the Nirukta works could be called scientific treatises. The work of Yaska, however, has got its own importance and place among works subsidiary to the Veda, being a very old work of that kind and quoted by later commentators. There were some glosses and commentary works written upon Yaska's Nirukta out of which the one by Durgacarya is a scholarly one.It is doubtful whether Durgacarya is the same as Durgasimha, who wrote a Vrtti or gloss on the Katantra Vyakarana. The word निरुक्त is found in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'explained' and not in the sense of derived; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV 6; V.Pr. IV. 19, 195.
nirūḍhalakṣaṇāpotentiality of implicaion which gives the meaning of a word which is based upon implication; e. g. रथो गच्छति.
nirdeśamention, actual statement; the word is often used in the Mahabhasya in sentences like स तथा निर्देशः कर्तव्यः, निर्देशं कुरुते et cetera, and others; confer, compare also V.Pr. I. 36;confer, compare also the maxim तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य P. I.1.66 and Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 134; confer, compare also अवश्यं कयाचिद्विभक्त्या केनचिद्वचनेन निर्देशः कर्तव्यः M.Bh. on P. I. 2. 39 Vart. 1. Sometimes the mention or exhibition made by a word shows the particular type of word; confer, compare Durghata Vrtti on P. I. 2. 6 and VII. 4. 73 as also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3. 11 and V. 2. 20.
nirdhāraṇa(1)selection of one or some out of many; confer, compare जातिगुणाक्रियाभिः समुदायादेकदेशस्य पृथक्करणं निर्धारणम् । मनुष्याणां मनुष्येषु वा क्षत्रियः शूरतमः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.2.10 as also on II.3.4l; (2) determined or definite sense to the exclusion of another, generally on the strength of the indeclinable एव which is expressed or understood. The word नेिर्धारण is used for अवधारण in this sense; confer, compare यत एवकारस्ततोन्यत्रावधारणम् a maxim used as a Paribhasa by some grammarians; cf; also धातोस्तन्निमित्तस्यैव । धात्ववधारणं यथा स्यात्तन्निमित्तावधारणं मा भूदिति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI. 1.81.
nirlūraname of a grammarian who is believed to have written a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini on the strength of a reference to him in the Nyasa of Jinendrabuddhi; confer, compare वृत्तिः पाणिनीयसूत्राणां विवरणं चुल्लिभट्टिनिर्लूरादिप्रणीतम् Nyasa on I.1.1.
nirvacanainterpretation by means of etymology as found in the Nirukta works; the act of fully uttering the meaning hidden in words that are partially or wholly unintelligible in respect of their derivation, by separating a word into its component letters; confer, compare निष्कृष्य विगृह्य निर्वचनम्, Durgavrtti on Nirukta of Yāska.II. 1.For details see Nirukta II.1.
nivartakaliterally expeller, excluding other forms which are otherwise, that is, incorrect; confer, compare समाने चार्थे शास्त्रान्वितः अशास्त्रान्वितस्य निवर्तको भवति । M.Bh. on I.1. Siva Sutra 2.
nivṛtti(1)cessation of recurrence of a word or words from a rule to a subsequent rule or rules; non-application of a rule consequent upon the cessation of recurrence or anuvrtti cf; न ज्ञायते केनाभिप्रायेण प्रसजति केन निवृत्तिं करोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. 1.1.44 Vart.8. confer, compare also एकयोगनिर्दिष्टानां सह वा प्रवृत्तिः सह वा निवृत्तिः Kat. Par. Vr. Pari. 9; (2) cessation or removal; confer, compare न च संज्ञाया निवृत्तिरुच्यते । स्वभावतः संज्ञा संज्ञिन; प्रत्याय्य निवर्तन्ते । तेन अनुबन्धानामपि निवृत्तिर्भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.1. Vart. 7; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1. 3 et cetera, and others; confer, compare also the usual word उदात्तनिवृत्तिस्वरः.
niṣṭhitaalso निःष्ठित completed, accomplished; used in connection with a grammatically formed word by applying affixes to the bases; confer, compare अङ्गवृत्ते पुनर्वृत्तावविधिर्निष्ठितस्य Siradeva Pari. 94, where Siradeva has explained the word निष्ठित as प्रयोगार्ह-अङ्ग.
nīkaugment नी affixed to the reduplicative syllables of the roots फण्, वञ्च् , स्रंस,ध्वंस्, भ्रंस् कस्, पत्, पद् and स्कन्द् in the intensive; e. g. अापनीफणत्, वनीवच्यते et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VII. 4.65 and 84.
nukaugment न् (l) affixed to the words अन्तर्वत् and पतिवत् before the feminine affix ङीप् e. g. अन्तर्वत्नी, पतिवत्नी, confer, compare P. IV. 1.32; (2) affixed to the root ली before the causal affix णिच् , e. g. विलीनयति, confer, compare P. VII. 3.39; (3) affixed to the reduplicative syllable of roots ending in a nasal consonant and having the penultimate अ as also of the roots जप्, जभ् , दह् , दश्, भञ्ज्, पश्, चर्, and फल् in the intensive; e. g. जङ्गम्यते, तन्तन्यते, यंयमीति, जङ्गमीति, जञ्जप्यते, दन्दह्यते, दन्दशीति. चञ्चूर्यते, पम्फु लीति confer, compare P. VII 4.85, 86, 87.
nuṭaugment न् prefixed (l) to the genitive case plural ending in अाम् after a crude base ending in a short vowel, or in ई or ऊ of feminine bases termed nadi, or in अा of the feminine affix ( टाप् डाप् or चाप्); e g. वृक्षाणाम्, अग्नीनाम् , कर्तॄणाम् , कुमारीणाम् , मालानाम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VII.1.54; (2) to the affix अाम् after numerals termed षट् and the numeral चतुर् as also after the words श्री, ग्रामणी and गो in Vedic Literature, e. g. षण्णाम् , पञ्चानाम् , चतुर्णाम्, श्रीणाम्, ग्रामणीनाम्, गोनाम्; confer, compare P. VII.1.55,56, 57; (3) to the part of a root possessed of two consonants, as also of the root अश् of the fifth conjugation after the reduplicative syllable ending in अा, which is substituted for अ; exempli gratia, for example अानञ्ज, व्यानशे; confer, compare P.VII.4. 71,72; (4) to the affix मतुप् after a base ending in अन् as also to the affixes तरप् and तमप् after a base ending in न् in Vedic Literature, exempli gratia, for example मूर्धन्वती, अक्षण्वन्तः, सुपथिन्तरः et cetera, and others;confer, compare P. VIII. 2.16, 17: (5) to the initial vowel of the second member of a compound having अ of नञ् as the first member; e. g. अनघः, confer, compare P.VI. 3.74; (6) to any vowel after न् which is preceded by a short vowel and which is at the end of a word exempli gratia, for example कुर्वन्नास्ते, confer, compare P. VIII. 3.32.
numaugment न् inserted after the last vowel (1) of a root given in the Dhātupātha as ending with mute इ; exempli gratia, for example निन्दति, क्रन्दति, चिन्तयति, जिन्वति et cetera, and others; confer, compare P VII.1.58; (2) of roots मुच् and others before the conjugational sign अ ( श ); e. g. मुञ्चति, लुम्पति; confer, compare P. VII.1.59; (3) of the roots मस्ज्, नश्, रध्, जभ् and लभ् under certain specified conditions, exempli gratia, for exampleमङ्क्त्वा, नंष्टा, रन्धयति, जम्भयति, लम्भयति, आलम्भ्यः et cetera, and others confer, compare P.VII. 1.60-69; (4) of declinable bases marked with the mute indicatory letter उ, ऋ or ऌ as also of the declinable wording अञ्च् from the root अञ्च् and युज्, exempli gratia, for exampleभवान्, श्रेयान् , प्राङ्, युङ्, confer, compare Kās. on P. VII.1. 70, 71; (5) of the declinable base in the neuter gender, ending with a vowel or with any consonant excepting a semivowel or a nasal, before a case-ending termed Sarvanāmasthāna; exempli gratia, for example यशांसि, वनानि, जतूनि et cetera, and others, confer, compare Kās. on VII.1.72; (6) of the declinable base in the neuter gender, ending with इ, उ,ऋ or ऌ before a case-ending beginning with a vowel; exempli gratia, for example मधुने, शुचिने et cetera, and others, confer, compare Kās, on P. VII.1.73; (7) of the affix शतृ ( अत् of the present tense. participle.) under certain conditions याती यान्ती; पचन्ती, सीव्यन्ती, confer, compare I .VII.78-8 : (8) of the word अनडुह् before the nominative case. and vocative case. singular. affix सु;exempli gratia, for example अनड्वान् , हे अनड्वन्, confer, compare P. VII.1. 82; (9) of the words दृक्, स्ववस् and स्वतवस् before the nominative case. and vocative case.singular.affix सु in Vedic Literature, e. g. यादृङ्, स्ववान् , स्वतवान् , confer, compare P.VII.1.83.
naighaṇṭukamentioned as secondary; literally निघण्टुकाण्डे वर्तमानानि पदानि; the term is applied to the first three Kāndas or sections of the Nirukta.
naivāsikataddhita affix. affixes अण् and others added in the sense of 'तस्य निवासः' (P. IV. 2. 69), as in words like शैब meaning the place of residence of the Sibis.
nyāyamaxim, a familiar or patent instance quoted to explain similar cases; confer, compare the words अग्नौकरवाणिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II 2.24, अपवादन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 3.9, अविरविकन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1. 88, 89, IV. 2.60, IV.3.131, V. 1.7, 28, VI 2. 11 ; कुम्भीधान्यन्याय M.Bh. on P.I. 3.7, कूपखानकन्याय M.Bh. I. 1. Āhnika 1, दण्डिन्याय M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.83, नष्टाश्वदग्धरथन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.50 प्रधानाप्रधानन्याय M.Bh.on P.II.1.69,VI. 3. 82, प्रासादवासिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I . 1.8, मांसकण्टकन्याय M.Bh. on P.I.2.39, लट्वानुकर्षणन्याय M.Bh. on Siva Sūtra 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, शालिपलालन्याय M.Bh on P. 1.2.39,सूत्रशाटकन्याय M.Bh. on P. I.3. 12. The word came to be used in the general sense of Paribhāsās or rules of interpretation many of which were based upon popular maxims as stated in the word लोकन्यायसिद्ध by Nāgesa. Hemacandra has used the word न्याय for Paribhāsa-vacana. The word is also used in the sense of a general rule which has got some exceptions, confer, compare न्यायैर्मिश्रानपवादान् प्रतीयात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) which lays down the direction that 'one should interpret the rule laying down an exception along with the general rule'.
nyāyaratnamañjūṣāa work dealing with Vyākarana Paribhāsas or maxims as found in Hemacandra's system of grammar, written bv Hemahamsaganin, a pupil of Ratnasekhara, in 1451. The author has written a commentary also on the work, named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa..
nyāyasiddhaestablished by a maxim; with full justification; confer, compare न्यायसिद्धमेवैतत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on V.1.19.The word is used as opposed to ज्ञापकसिद्ध by Nāgesa; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 1.
nyāsa(1)literally position, placing;a word used in the sense of actual expression or wording especially in the sūtras; confer, compare the usual expression क्रियते एतन्न्यास एव in the Mahābhāșya, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.11, 1.1.47 et cetera, and others; (2) a name given by the writers or readers to works of the type of learned and scholarly commentaries on vŗitti-type-works on standard sūtras in a Śāstra; e. g. the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. is given to the learned commentaries on the Vŗtti on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśasana as also on the Paribhāşāvŗtti by Hemahamsagani. Similarly the commentary by Devanandin on Jainendra grammar and that by Prabhācandra on the Amoghāvŗtti on Śākatāyana grammar are named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. In the same way, the learned commentary on the Kāśikāvŗtti by Jinendrabuddhi, named Kāśikāvivaranapaňjikā by the author, is very widely known by the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. This commentary Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. was written in the eighth century by the Buddhist grammarian Jinendrabuddhi, who belonged to the eastern school of Pānini's Grammar. This Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. has a learned commentary written on it by Maitreya Rakșita in the twelfth century named Tantrapradipa which is very largely quoted by subsequent grammarians, but which unfortunately is available only in a fragmentary state at present. Haradatta, a well-known southern scholar of grammar has drawn considerably from Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. in his Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta., which also is well-known as a scholarly work.
nyāsoddyotaa learned commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Mallinātha, the standard commentator of prominent Sanskrit classics.
p(1)first consonant of the labial class of consonants possessed of the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, and कण्ठविवृतत्व; ( 2 ) प् applied as a mute letter to a suffix, making the suffix accented grave (अनुदात्त).
pa,pakārathe consonant प्, the vowel अ and the affix कार being added for facility of understanding and pronunciation; cf T.Pr. I. 17, 21 ; प is also used as a short term for consonants of the fifth class (पवर्ग); confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.1.27; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 64 and Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 13.
pakṣaalternative view or explanation presented by, or on behalf of, a party ; one of the two or more way of presenting a matter. The usual terms for the two views are पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष, when the views are in conflict. The views, if not in conflict, and if stated as alternative views, can be many in number, e. g. there are seven alternative views or Pakșas re : the interpretation of the rule इको गुणवृद्धी; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.3; confer, compare also सर्वेषु पक्षेषु उपसंख्यानं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64.
pañcālapadavṛttithe usage or the method of the Pañcālas; the eastern method of euphonic combinations, viz. the retention of the vowel अ after the preceding vowel ओ which is substituted for the Visarga; e. g. यो अस्मै; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 12; Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI. 19. This vowel अ which is retained, is pronounced like a short ओ or अर्धओकार by the followers of the Sātyamugri and Rāņāyaniya branches of the Sāmavedins; confer, compare commentary on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI. 19 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 1.
paṭhanaoral recital, the word is used in connection with the use of words by the author himself in his text which he is supposed to have handed over orally to his disciples, as was the case with the ancient Vedic and Sūtra works; confer, compare the words पठित, पठिष्यते, पठ्यते and the like, frequently used in the Mahābhāșya in connection with the mention of words in the Sūtras of Pāņini.
paṇḍitawriter of Citprabhā, a commentary on the Paribhāșenduśekhara. A commentary on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara is also ascribed to him. He was a Gauda Brāhmaņa whose native place was Kurukșetra. He lived in the beginning of the nineteenth century.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padakāṇḍa(1)a term used in connection with the first section of the Vākyapadīya named ब्रह्मकाण्ड also, which deals with padas, as contrasted with the second section which deals with Vākyas; (2) a section of the Așțadhyāyī of Pāņini, which gives rules about changes and modifications applicable to the pada, or the formed word, as contrasted with the base (अङ्ग) and the suffixes. The section is called पदाधिकार which begins with the rule पदस्य P.VIII.1.16. and ends with the rule इडाया वा VIII. 3. 54.
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
padapāṭhathe recital of the Veda text pronouncing or showing each word separately as detached from the adjoining word. It is believed that the Veda texts were recited originally as running texts by the inspired sages, and as such, they were preserved by people by oral tradition. Later on after several centuries, their individually distinct words were shown by grammarians who were called Padakāras. The पदपाठ later on had many modifications or artificial recitations such as क्रम, जटा, घन et cetera, and others in which each word was repeated twice or more times, being uttered connectedly with the preceding or the following word, or with both. These artificial recitations were of eight kinds, which came to be known by the term अष्टविकृतयः.
padaprakṛtia term used in connection with the Samhitā text or संहितापाठ which is believed to have been based upon words ( पदानि प्रकृति: यस्याः सा ) or which forms the basis of words or word-text or the padapātha (पदानां प्रकृतिः); cf पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17.
padaprabhedalit, divisions of words: parts of speech. There are four parts of speech viz.नामन् , आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात given by ancient grammarians and the authors of the Prātiśākhya works, while there are given only two, सुबन्त and तिङन्त by Pāņini. For details see pp. 145, 146 Vol. VII. Mahābhāșya D. E. Society's edition.
padavākyaratnākaraa disquisition on grammar dealing with the different ways in which the sense of words is conveyedition The work consists of a running commentary on his own verses by the author Gokulanātha Miśra who, from internal evidence, appears to have flourished before Koņdabhațța and after Kaiyața.
padavāda or padavādipakṣaview that words are real and have an existence and individuality of their own. The view is advocated by the followers of both the Mīmāmsā schools and the logicians who believe that words have a real existence. Grammarians admit the view for practical purposes, while they advocate that the अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट alone is the real sense. confer, compare Vākyapadīya II.90 and the foll.
padasaṃskārapakṣaan alternative view with वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष regarding the formation of words by the application of affixes to crude bases. According to the Padasamskāra alternative, every word is formed independently, and after formation the words are syntactically connected and used in a sentence. The sense of the sentence too, is understood after the sense of every word has been understood; confer, compare सुविचार्य पदस्यार्थं वाक्यं गृह्णन्ति सूरयः Sira. on Pari. 22. According to the other alternative viz. वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष, a whole sentence is brought before the mind and then the constituent individual words are formed exempli gratia, for example राम +सु, गम् + अ + ति । Both the views have got some advantages and some defects; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 56.
padādi(1)beginning of a word, the first letter of a word; confer, compare सात्पदाद्योः P. VIII.3.111; confer, compare also स्वरितो वानुदात्ते पदादौ P. VIII.2.6. Patañjali, for the sake of argument has only once explained पदादि as पदादादिः confer, compare M.Bh.on I. 1. 63 Vāŗt. 6; (2) a class of words headed by the word पद् which is substituted for पद in all cases except the nominative case. and the acc. singular and dual; this class, called पदादि, contains the substitutes पद् , दत्, नस् et cetera, and others respectively for पाद दन्त, नासिका et cetera, and others confer, compare Kās on P. VI. 1.63; (3) the words in the class, called पदादि, constiting of the words पद्, दत्, नस्, मस् हृत् and निश् only, which have the case affix after them accented acute; confer, compare P. VI. 1.171.
padāntainal letter of a word; confer, compare P. VI.1.76, 109; VII.3.3, 9; VIII. 4.35,37, 42, 59. At one place, Patañjali for purposes of argument has explained the word as final in a word; confer, compareनैवं विज्ञायते पदस्यान्तः पदान्तः पदान्तादिति । कथं तर्हि । पदे अन्तः पदान्तः पदान्तादिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII. 4.35.
padmanābhaa grammarian who wrote a treatise on grammar known as the Supadma Vyākaraņa. He is believed to have been an inhabitant of Bengal who lived in the fourteenth century A. D. Some say that he was a resident of Mithilā.
para(l)subsequent,as opposed to पूर्व or prior the word is frequently used in grammar in connection with a rule or an operation prescribed later on in a grammar treatise; confer, compare विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I. 4. 2; ( 2 ) occurring after ( something ); confer, compare प्रत्ययः परश्च P. III. 1.1 and 2; confer, compare also तत् परस्वरम् T.Pr. XXI.2.(3)The word पर is sometimes explained in the sense of इष्ट or desired, possibly on the analogy of the meaning श्रेष्ठ possessed by the word. This sense is given to the word पर in the rule विप्रातिषेधे परं कार्यं with a view to apply it to earlier rules in cases of emergency; confer, compare विप्रतिषेधे परं यदिष्टं तद्भवति M.Bh. on I.1.3.Vārt, 6; परशब्दः इष्टवाची M.Bh. on I. 2.5, I. 4.2. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7; II. 1.69 et cetera, and others
paraṃkāryatvaor परंकार्यत्वपक्ष the view that the subsequent संज्ञा or technical term should be preferred to the prior one, when both happen to apply simultaneously to a word. The word is frequently used in the Mahaabhaasya as referring to the reading आ काडारात् परं कार्यम् which is believed to have been an alternative reading to the reading अा कडारादेका संज्ञा;confer, compare ननु च यस्यापि परंकार्यत्वं तेनापि परग्रहणं कर्तव्यम्; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.1; also भवेदेकसंज्ञाधिकारे सिद्धम् | परंकार्यत्वे तु न सिद्ध्यति: M.Bh. on II. 1.20, II.2.24.
parakramaa term used in the Praatisaakhya works for'doubling' of a consonant; | confer, compare सान्तःस्थादौ धारयन्तः परक्रमम् | Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XIV. 23.
paratvaposteriority; mention afterwards; the word is frequently used in works on grammar in connection with a rule which is mentioned in the treatise after another rule; the posterior rule is looked upon as stronger than the prior one, and is given priority in application when the two rules come in conflict although technically they are equally strong: confer, compare परत्वादल्लोप: ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.4 Vaart 7; 'परत्वाच्छीभाव: I. 1.11 et cetera, and others
paratvanyāyaapplication of the later rule before the former one, according to the dictum laid down by Paanini in the rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I. 4.2 ; confer, compare परत्वन्यायो 'न लङ्कितो भवति Sira. Pari. 84,
paranipātaliterallyplacing after; the placing of a word in a compound after another as contrasted with पूर्वनिपात . A subordinate word is generally placed first in a compound, confer, compare उपसर्जनं पूर्वम्; in some exceptional cases however, this general rule is not observed as in the cases of राजदन्त and the like, where the subordinate word is placed after the principal word, and which cases, hence, are taken as cases of परनिपात. The words पूर्व and पर are relative, and hence, the cases of परनिपात with respect to the subordinate word ( उपसर्जन ) such as राजद्न्त, प्राप्तजीविक et cetera, and others can be called cases of पूर्वनिपात with respect to the principal word ( प्रधान ) confer, compare परश्शता: राजदन्तादित्वात्परनिपात: Kaas. on P. II.1.39.
paravipratiṣedhathe conflict between two rules (by occurrence together) when the latter prevails over the former and takes place by. Virtue of the dictum विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P.I. 4.2; confer, compare कथं ये परविप्रतिषेधाः M.Bh. on I.4.2.
parasaptamīa locative case in the sense of 'what follows', as contrasted with विषयसप्तमी, अधिकरणसप्तमी and the like; confer, compare लुकीति नैषा परसप्तमी शक्या विज्ञातुं न हि लुका पौर्वापर्यमस्ति । का तर्हि । सत्सप्तमी M.Bh. on P.I.2. 49.
parasmaipadaa term used in grammar with reference to the personal affixs ति, त: et cetera, and others applied to roots. The term परस्मैपद is given to the first nine afixes ति, त:, अन्ति, सि, थ:, थ, मि, व: and म:, while the term आत्मनेपद is used in connection with the next nine त, आताम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare परस्मै परोद्देशार्थफलकं पदम् Vac. Kosa. The term परस्मैपद is explained by some as representing the Active_Voice as contrasted with the Passive Voice which necessarily is characterized by the Aatmanepada affixes. The term परस्मैभाष in the sense of परस्मैपद was used by ancient grammarians and is also found in the Vaarttika अात्मनेभाषपस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI. 3.8 Vart.1 . The term परस्मैभाष as applied to roots, could be explained as परस्मै क्रियां (or क्रियाफलं) भाषन्ते इति परस्मैभाषाः and originally such roots as had their activity meant for another, used to take the परस्मैपद् affixes, while the rest which had the activity meant for self, took the अात्मनेपद affixes. Roots having activity for both, took both the terminations and were termed उभयपदिनः.
parasmaibhāṣaliterally speaking the activity or क्रिया for another; a term of ancient grammarians for roots taking the first nine personal affixes only viz. ति, तः... मसू. The term परस्मैपदिन् was substituted for परस्मैभाष later on,more commonly. See परस्मैपद a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The term परस्मैभाष along with अात्मनेभाष is found almost invariably used in the Dhaatupaatha attributed to Paanini; confer, compare भू सत्तायाम् | उदात्त: परस्मैभाषः | एघादय उदात्त अनुदात्तेत अात्मनभाषा: Dhatupatha.
parikramathe same as परक्रम; doubling (द्वित्व ) of a subsequent consonant as for example the doubling of स् in इर्मन् स्स्याम ; confer, compare सान्त:स्थादौ धारयन्तः परक्रमं (1. varia lectio, another reading, I. परिक्रमं) R.Pr. XIV. 23.
parigaṇanaliterally enumeration. The word is used in grammar treatises in the sense of a definite or complete enumeration' with a view to exclude those that are not included in the enumeration : cf परिगणनं कर्तव्यम् | यङ्यक्यवलोपे प्रतिषेधः M.Bh. on I.1.4 Vaart. 1.
paribhāṣāan authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.
paribhāṣāpradīpārcisa scholarly independent treatise on Vyakarana Paribhasas written by Udayamkara Pathaka, called also Nana Pathaka, a Nagara Brahmana, who lived at Benares in the middle of the 18th century A. D. He has also written commentaries on the two Sekharas of Naagesa.
paribhāṣābhāskara(1)a treatise on the Paribhasas in Panini's grammar written by Haribhaskara Agnihotri, son of Appajibhatta Agnihotri, who lived in the seventeenth century : (2) a treatise on Paniniparibhasas, as arranged by Siradeva, written by Sesadrisuddhi,
paribhāṣāvṛttiṭīkāa commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva written by Ramabhadra Diksita who lived in the seventeenth century A. D.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
paribhāṣāsūcanaan old work on the Paribhasas in the system of Panini's Grammar, believed to have been written by Vyaadi, who lived after Kaatyayana and before Patanjali. The work is written in the old style of the MahabhaSya and consists of a short commentary on 93 Paribhasas.
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
parimāṇaa word used by Panini in तदस्य परिमाणम् V.1.19 and explained by Patanjali as सर्वतो मानम् .Samkhya ( number ) is also said to be a parimana. Parimana is of two kindsनियत or definite as in the case of Khaari, drona etc; and अनियत, as in the case of Gana, Samgha, PUga, Sartha, Sena et cetera, and others The term परिमाण, in connection with the utterance of letters, is used in the sense of मात्राकाल or one mora.
parilopaelision ofa phonetic member: the same as lopa in the Grammar of Panini. The term परिलोप and the verbal forms of the root परिलुप् are found in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare उष्मा परिलुप्यते त्रयाणाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 4.
parisaṃkhyānaliterally enumeration; enunciation;mention ; the word is found generally used by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras at the end of their Varttikas. The words वक्तव्यम्, वाच्यम् , and the like, are similarly usedition
parisamāptiapplication of the complete sense; the word is found used in the three alternative views about the application of the full sense of a sentence,collectively, individually or in both the ways, to the individuals concerned ; confer, compareप्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्ति:, समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः, उभयथा वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः ; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.1 Vart12; ( 2 ) completion ; confer, compare वृत्करणं ल्वादीनां प्वादीनां च परिसमाप्त्यर्थमिति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on VII. 3.80.
parokṣaused as an adjective of the word भूत meaning 'past tense'; literally behind the eyes, unnoticed by the eyes. The word is generally used in the sense of remote or long (past) or 'perfect'. For the alternative explanation of the word परोक्ष, confer, compare कथंजातीयकं पुनः परोक्षं नाम । केचित्तावदाहुः वर्षशतवृत्तं परोक्षमिति । अपर आहुः क्रटान्तरितं परोक्षमिति । अपर आहुर्ह्याहवृत्तं त्र्यहंर्वृत्तं चेति । M.Bh. on परोक्षे लिट् P. III.2.115.
parokṣāliterally behind the eyes; remote; । the term is found used by ancient grammarians and also referred to in the Mahaabhaasya as referring to the perfect tense called लिट् in Paanini's grammar: confer, compare ज्ञापकात्परोक्षायां ( लिटि ) न भविष्यति । M.Bh. on P. I. 2.28: confer, compare also न व्यथते: परोक्षायाम् Kaat. III.4.21.
parjanyavallakṣaṇapravṛttithe application of a grammatical rule or operation like the rains which occur on dry land as also on the sea surface: confer, compare कृतकारि खल्वपि शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् । तद्यथा । पर्जन्यो यावदूनं पूर्णे च सर्वमभिवर्षति । M.Bh. on P.I. 1.29 ; VI. 1.127: cf also यथा पर्जन्यः यावदूनं पूर्णे वाभिवर्षति एवं लक्षणमपि दीर्घस्य दीर्घत्वम् । चिचीषति, बुभूषति। Vyaadi. Pari. 58, confer, compare कृतकारि शास्त्रं मेघवत् न चाकृतकारि दहनवत् Puruso. Pari. 86.
paryāya(l)serial order or succession as opposed to simultaniety ; the word is used in grammar in connection with a rule which, as the objector for the sake of argument, would like to hold and would apply by succession with respect to the rule in conflict, either before it or after it id est, that is alternatively; confer, compare पर्यायः प्रसज्येत often found used in the Mahabhaasya as for example on I.4.1 et cetera, and others: confer, compare also तृजादयः पर्यायेण भवन्ति M.Bh. on P. I. 4.2. Vaart. 3; ( 2 ) alternative word,. synonym; confer, compare अभिज्ञावचने लृट् । वचनग्रहणं पर्यायार्थम् । अभिजानासि स्मरसि बुध्यसे चेतयसे इति । Kaas. on P. III.2.112.
parvanword, pada; literally member of a sentence; the word is found used in the sense of पद in the old Pratisaakhya Literature: confer, compare अन्तरेण पर्वणी । पर्वशबेदन पदमुच्यते । पदयोर्मध्ये पद अागमो भवति । यथा प्राङ्कसोमः, प्राङ्क्सोम: । Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 138.
paladyādia class of words headed by the word पलदी to which the taddhita affix. affix अण् is applied in the miscellaneous ( शैषिक) senses; e gपालदः, पारिषदः, रौमकः; पाटच्चरः et cetera, and others confer, compare Kaas, on P. IV. 2.110.
paspaśācalled also पस्पशाह्निक; name given to the first or introductory chapter ( अाह्निक ) of the Maahabhaasya of Patanjali. The word occurs first in the SiSupaalavadha of Maagha. The word is derived from पस्पश् , the frequentative base of स्पर्श to touch or to see (ancient use). Possibly it may be explained as derived from स्पश् with अप; cf . शब्दबिद्येव नो भाति राजनीतिरपस्पशा Sis.II.112. Mallinatha has understood the word पस्पश m. and explained it as introduction to a Saastra treatise; confer, compare पस्पशः शास्त्रारम्भसमर्थक उपेद्वातसंदर्भग्रन्थः । Mallinaatha on SiS. II.112.
pāñcamikaliterallypertaining to the fifth; name given to the affixes prescribed in the fifth Adhyaya of Paanini's Astadhyayi, especially in Sutras V.2.1 to W.2.93.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
pāṇinisūtravṛttia gloss on the grammer rules of Pāņini. Many glosses were written from time to time on the Sûtras of Pāņini, out of which the most important and the oldest one is the one named Kāśikāvŗtti, written by the joint authors Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. It is believed that the Kāśikāvŗtti was based upon some old Vŗttis said to have been written by कुणि, निर्लूर, चुल्लि, श्वोभूति, वररुचि and others.Besides Kāśikā,the famous Vŗtti, and those of कुणि,निर्लूर and others which are only reported, there are other Vŗttis which are comparatively modern. Some of them have been printed, while others have remained only in manuscript form. Some of these are : the Bhāșāvŗtti by Purusottamadeva, Vyākaranasudhānidhi by Viśveśvara, Gūdhārthadīpinī by Sadāsivamiśra, Sūtravŗtti by Annambhatta, Vaiyākaraņasarvasva by Dharaņīdhara, Śabdabhūșaņa by Nārāyaņa Paņdita, Pāņinisūtravŗtti by Rāmacandrabhațța Tāre and Vyākaranadīpikā by Orambhațța. There are extracts available from a Sūtravŗtti called Bhāgavŗtti which is ascribed to Bhartŗhari, but, which is evidently written by a later writer (विमलमति according to some scholars) as there are found verses from Bhāravi and Māgha quoted in it as noticed by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiin his vŗtti on Pari.76. Glosses based upon Pāņini Sūtras, but having a topical arrangements are also available, the famous ones among these being the Praķriyākaumudī by Rāmacandra Śeșa and the Siddhāntakaumudī by Bhațțojī Dĩkșita. The मध्यमकौमुदी and the लघुकौमुदी can also be noted here although they are the abridgments of the Siddhānta Kaumudī. There are Vŗttis in other languages also, written in modern times, out of which those written by Bōhtlingk, Basu and Renou are well-known.
pāṇinīyaśikṣāa short work on phonetics which is taken as a Vedāņga work and believed to have been written by Pāņini. Some say that the work was written by Pińgala.
pādaliterally foot; the term is applied to a fourth part of a section such as अध्याय, or of a verse which is divisible into four parts or lines; cf प्रकृत्यान्तःपादमव्यपरे P. VI.1.115, also गोः पादान्ते P. VII. 1.57.
pāyaguṇḍa,pāyaguṇḍeA learned pupil of Nāgeśabhațța who lived in Vārǎņasī in the latter half of the 18th century A.D. He was a renowned teacher of Grammar and is believed to have written commentaries on many works of Nāgeśa, the famous among which are the 'Kāśikā' called also 'Gadā' on the Paribhāșenduśekhara,the'Cidasthimālā' on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara and the 'Chāyā' on the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.Bālambhațța Pāyaguņde, who has written a commentary on the Mitākșarā (the famous commentary on the Yajňavalkyasmŗti), is believed by some as the same as Vaidyanātha: while others say that Bālambhațța was the son of Vaidyanātha.
pārārthyaliterally serving the purpose of another like the Paribhāşā and the Adhikāra rules in Grammar which have got no utility as fair as they themselves are concerned, but which are of use in the interpretation of other rules; confer, compare अधिकारशब्देन पारार्थ्यात् परिभाषाप्युच्यते. Par. Sek. Pari. 2, 3.
pāribhāṣika(l)technical, as opposed to literal; conventional; e. g. the words संबुद्धि, हेतु et cetera, and others cf शब्दैरर्थाभिधानं स्वाभाविकम् । न पारिभाषिकमशक्यत्वात् । लोकत एवार्थावगते: । Kāś on P.I.2.56; confer, compare किमिदम् पारिभाषिक्याः संबुद्धैग्रहणमेकवचनं संबुद्धिराहोस्विदन्वर्थग्रहणं संबोधनं संबुद्धिरिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.33; (2) derived on the strength of a Paribhasa confer, compare पारिभाषिकं क्वचिदनित्यं स्यात् Kat. Par. vr. Pari. 58.
pāriśeṣyaresidual nature; the law or rule of elimination; the remaining alternative after full consideration of all the other alternatives; confer, compare विभाषा कुरुयुगन्धराभ्याम् । पारिशेष्याद्युगन्धरार्था विभाषा Kāś. on P. IV. 2.130; confer, compare also पारिशेष्यादजन्तादेव यत् सिद्धः Sira. Pari. 37.
pāriṣadaliterally belonging to the assembly; the term पारिषद refers to the results of the discussions held at the assemblies of specially prominent scholars or learned persons ; confer, compare सर्ववेदपारिषदं हीदं शास्त्रं (ब्याकरणम्) तत्र नैकः पन्था: शक्य आस्थातुम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1. 58; VI. 3.14.
pārokṣyaremoteness; literally being out of sight; in grammar, पारोक्ष्य is a condition for the use of the perfect tense ( लिट् ). See परोक्ष.
pārṣada parṣadi bhavaṃ pārṣadamliterally the interpretation or theory discussed and settled at the assembly of the learnedition The word is used in the sense of works on Nirukti or derivation of words as also works of the type of the Prātiśākhyās; confer, compare पदप्रकृतीनि सर्वचरणानां पार्षदानि Nirukta of Yāska.I. 17 and the commentary of, दुर्गाचार्यः confer, compare also पार्षदकृतिरेषा तत्रभवतां नैव लोके नान्यस्मिन्वेदे अर्ध एकारः अर्ध ओकारो वास्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1. 48: see also pp. 104, 105 Vol. VII Mahābhāsya D. E. Society's edition. See पारिषद.
piṅgalācāryaan ancient scholar who is believed to be the first writer on Prosody, his work being known as छन्दःशास्त्र of पिङ्गल. Some scholars believe that he wrote a work on Phonetics which is now popularly called पाणिनीयशिक्षा.
piñjaa taddhita affix. affix applied to the word तिल​ in the sense of fruitless, useless; confer, compare तिलान्निष्फलात् पिञ्जपेजौ IV. 2.36 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6: confer, comparealso निष्फलस्तिलः तिलपिञ्जः तिल​पेजः । Kāś. on P. IV. 2.36.
piṭava taddhita affix. affix applied to the word नि in the sense of the depression of the nose, the word चि being substituted for नि; exempli gratia, for example चिपिटः; confer, compare इनच् पिटच् चिक चि च P. V: 2.33
pitmarked with the mute letter प् which is indicative of a grave accent in the case of affixes marked with it, as for example, the affixes तिप् , सिप् and मिप् ; confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III. 1.4. A Sarvadhātuka affix, marked with the mute consonant प्, in Pāņiņi's Grammar has been described as instrumental in causing many operations such as (a) the substitution of guņa; (cf P. VII. 3 84,9l). (b) the prevention of guņa in the case of a reduplicative syllable as also in the case of the roots भू and सू ( confer, compare P. VII. 3.87, 88 ); (c) the substitution of Vŗddhi, (confer, compare P. VII. 3.89, 90 ), (d) the augments इ and ई in the case of the roots तृह् and ब्रू respectively ( confer, compare P. VII. 3.92, 93, 94 ), and (e) acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix in the case of the roots भी, हृी, भृ and others ( confer, compare P. VI. 1.192 ). A short vowel (of a root) gets त् added to it when followed by a kŗt affix marked with प्: exempli gratia, for example, विजित्य​, प्रकृत्य, et cetera, and others:(confer, compare P. VI. 1.71 ).
puṃvadbhāvarestoration of the masculine form in the place of the feminine one as noticed in compound words, formed generally by the Karmadhāraya and the Bahuvrīhi compounds, where the first member is declinable in all the three genders; e. g. दीर्घजङ्घः. This restoration to the masculine form is also noticed before the taddhita affix. affixes तस्, तर, तम्, रूप्य, पा​श, त्व as also before क्यङ् and the word मानिन्. For details, see P. VI, 3.34 to 42 and commentaries thereon. See also page 334, Vol. VII of the Pātańjala Mahābhāșya D. E. Society's edition.
puṃsmasculine: a word used in grammar in the पुंलिङ्ग or the masculine gender; cf स्त्रीपुंनपुंसकेषु Br. De1. varia lectio, another reading, I. 40, confer, comparealso असरूपाणां युवस्थविरस्त्रीपुंसानां विशेषश्चाविवक्षितः सामान्यं च विवक्षितम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; confer, compare पुंस्प्रवाद. and पौंस्नानि नामानि.
puṃskamasculine nature, hence masculine gender. The word is generally found as a part of the word भाषितपुंस्क​ which means a word which is declined in the masculine and the feminine gender or in the neuter and the masculine gender in the same sense. For details see M. Bh, on P. VI.3.34.
putraṭ(1)the word पुत्र as given in the ancient list of masculine words marked with the mute letter ट् to signify the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ): confer, compare P. IV.1.15: (2) the substitute पुत्रट् ( i. e. पुत्री ) for the word दुहितृ optionally prescribed after the words सूत, उग्र, राज, भोज, कुल and मेरु in the simple sense of 'girl' and not ' daughter ' e. g. राजपुत्री, सूतपुत्री; confer, compare P.VI.3.70 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9.
punaḥprasaṅgavijñānaoccurrence or possibility of the application of a preceding grammatical rule or operation a second time again, after once it has been set aside by a subsequent opposing rule or rules in conflict; confer, compare पुनःप्रसङ्गविज्ञानात् सिद्धम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 39; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 4.2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7; confer, comparealso Puru. Pari. 40.
pum.or पुंस् masculine. It appears that both पुभ्, and पुंस् were current terms meaning 'masculine ' in ancient days. confer, compare पुमः खय्यम्परे P.VIII. 3.12. and पुंसोसुङ् P. VII. 1.89. Although पुभ् is changed to पुंस् before a word beginning with a hard consonant, still पुंस् is given as an independent word derived from the root पा confer, compare पातेर्डुम्सुन् Unādi S IV. 177; confer, compare also the expressions पुंवचन, पुंलिङ्ग and पुंयोग.
puruṣaa grammatical term in the sense of 'person:' confer, compare करोतिः पचादीनां सर्वान् कालान् सर्वान् पुरुषान्सर्वाणि वचनान्यनुवर्तते, भवतिः पुनर्वर्तमानकालं चैकत्वं च. These persons or Purușas are described to be three प्रथम, मध्यम and उत्तम corresponding to the third second and first persons respectively in English Grammar; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. l and 2.
puruṣakāraname of a commentary on the Sarasvatikaņthābharaņa of Bhoja by Kŗşņalilāśukamuni.
puruṣottamadevaa famous grammarian believed to have been a Buddhist, who flourished in the reign of Lakșmaņasena in the latter half of the twelfth century in Bengal. Many works on grammar are ascribed to him, the prominent ones among which are the Bhāșāvŗtti and the Paribhāșāvŗtti, the Gaņavŗtti and the Jñapakasamuccaya and a commentary on the Mahābhāșya called Prāņapaņā of which only a fragment is available. Besides these works on grammar, he has written some lexicographical works of which Hārāvalī, Trikāņdaśeșa, Dvirūpakosa, and Ekaaksarakosa are the prominent ones. The Bhasavrtti has got a lucid commentary on it written by Srstidhara.
puṣādia class of roots headed by the root पुष् of the fourth conjugation whose peculiarity is the substitution of the aorist sign अ ( अङ्) for च्लि ; exempli gratia, for example अपुषत्, अशुषत्, अनुषत् et cetera, and others ofeminine. पुषादिद्युताद्यलृदितः परस्मैपदेषु P. III. 1.55.
puṣkaraṇaa popular term used for the treatise on grammar by an ancient grammarian Apisali. confer, compare अापिशलं पुष्करणम् Kas on P. IV. 3. 15. It was called Puskarana probably because it was very extensive and widely read before Panini. For the reading दुष्करण for पुष्करण, and other details see Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 132-133, D. E. Society's edition.
pūjārthalit for the sake of paying respect. The word is used by commentators in connection with references to ancient grammarians by Panini in his sutras, where the commentators usually say that the sutras citing the views of ancient grammarians imply merely an option, the name being quoted merely to show respect to the grammarian; confer, compare अापिशलिग्रहणं पूजार्थम् S.K. on P.VI.1.92.
pūraṇaan ordinal numeral; literally the word means completion of a particular number ( संख्या ); confer, compare येन संख्या संख्यानं पूर्यते संपद्यते स तस्याः पूरणः । एकादंशानां पूरणः एकादशः । Kas, on P.V. 2.48. The word is used also in the sense of an affix by the application of which the particular number ( संख्या ) referring to an object, is shown as complete; confer, compare यस्मिन्नुपसंजाते अन्या संख्या संपद्यते स प्रत्ययार्थः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.2.48. These Purana pratyayas are given in P. V. 2. 48-58, confer, compare पूरणं नामार्थः । तमाह Xतीयशव्दः । अतः पूरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.3. The word also means 'an ordinal number'; confer, compare पूरणगुणसुहितार्थसदव्ययतव्यसमानाधिकरणेन P.II.2.11.
pūraṇapratyayaa taddhita affix. affix showing the completion of the particular number ( संख्या ) shown by the word to which the affix is applied; confer, compare . अर्धपूर्वपदश्च पूरणप्रत्ययान्तः संख्याशब्दो भवतीति वक्तव्यम् । अर्धपञ्चमः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.23 Vart. 7. These affixes are mentioned by Panini in V.2. 48 to 58.
pūrva(l)ancient, old: (2) belonging to the Eastern districts. The word is frequently used as qualifying the word अाचार्य where it means ancient.
pūrvatrāsiddhavacanathe dictum of Panini about rules in his second, third and fourth quarters (Padas) of the eighth Adhyaya being invalid to (viz. not seen by) all the previous rules in the first seven chapters and the first quarter of the eighth as laid down by him in the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. The rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् is taken also as a governing rule id est, that is अधिकार laying down that in the last three quarters also of his grammar, a subsequent rule is invalid to the preceding rule. The purpose of this dictum is to prohibit the application of the rules in the last three quarters as also that of a subsequent rule in the last three quarters, before all such preceding rules, as are applicable in the formation of a word, have been given effect to; confer, compare एवमिहापि पर्वेत्रासिद्धवचनं अादेशलक्षणप्रतिषेधार्थमुत्सर्गलक्षणभावार्थं च M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.1 Vart. 8.
pūrvapakṣaliterally the view placed first for consideration which generally is the view of the objector and is generally refuted by the author's view called उत्तरपक्ष or सिद्धान्त.
pūrvavidhi(1)an operation or karya or the anterior confer, compare P. I. 1.57: cf also Mahabhasya on P. I. 1.57 cf also एकादेशः पूर्वविधौ स्थानिवत् M.Bh. on I.2.4 Vart. 2 and II. 4.62 Vart. 4; (2) an operation or a rule cited earlier in the order of sutras; confer, compare पूविधिमुत्तरो विधिर्वाधते M. Bh on P 1. 1.44 Vart. 13.
pūrvavipratiṣedhaconflict of two rules where the preceding rule supersedes the latter rule, as the arrival at the correct form requires it. Generally the dictum is that a subsequent rule should supersede the preceding one; cf विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I. 4. 2; but sometimes the previous rule has to supersede the subsequent one in spite of the dictum विप्रतिषेधे परम्. The author of the Mahabhasya has brought these cases of the पूर्वविप्रतिषेध, which are, in fact, numerous, under the rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् by taking the word पर in the sense of इष्ट 'what is desired '?; confer, compare इष्टवाची परशब्दः । विप्रतिषेधे परं यदिष्टं तद्भवतीति l Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.3; I.2, 5: I. 4.2: II.1.69, IV.1.85et cetera, and others confer, comparealso पूर्वविप्रतिषेधो नाम अयं र्विप्रतिषेधे परमित्यत्र परशब्दस्य इष्टवाचित्वाल्लब्धः सूत्रार्थः परिभाषारुपेण पाठ्यते Puru. Pari 108; for details see page 217 Vol. VII Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
pūrvasūtraliterally previous rule: a rule cited erlier in a treatise. The word is however, frequently used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of 'a rule laid down by an earlier grammarian': confer, compareवर्ण वाहुः पूर्वसूत्रे M. Bh, Ahnika 1, पूर्वसूत्रे गोत्रस्य वृद्धमिति संज्ञा क्रियते M. Bh on I. 2.68; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.IV.1.14 Vart. 3, VI.I. 163 Vart. 1, VII.1.18, VIII. 4.7.
pūrvasthānikaa variety of antarangatva mentioned by Nagesa in the Paribhasendusekhara, where an operation, affecting a part of a word which precedes that portion of the word which is affected by the other operation, is looked upon as antaranga; e. g. the टिलोप in स्रजिष्ठ ( स्रग्विन् + इष्ठ ) is looked upon as अन्तरङ्ग with respect to the elision of विन् which is बहिरङ्ग. This kind of antarangatva is, of course, not admitted by Nagesa although mentioned by him; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 50,
pṛktaliterally mixedition The term is used in the Pratisakhya works in connection with the vowel ऋ or ऌ which is looked upon as a पृक्तस्वर being mixed with the consonant र् or ल्; confer, compare पृक्तस्वरो नाम ऋकारः ऌकारश्च रेफलकारसंपृक्तत्वात् commentary on T.Pr.XIII.16.
pṛthagyogakaraṇaframing a separate rule for a thing instead of mentioning it along with other things in the same context, which implies some purpose in the mind of the author such as anuvrtti in subsequent rules, option, and so on; confer, compare पृथग्योगकरणमस्य विधेरनित्यत्वज्ञापनार्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.3.7; confer, compare also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I.3.33, I. 3. 84, I.4.58, III.1.56, IV.1.16, VII. 4.33, VIII.1.52, VIII.1.74.
pailādia class of words headed by the word पैल, the taddhita affix. affix in the sense of युवन् applied to which (words) is elided; exempli gratia, for example पैलः पिता, पैलः पुत्रः ; for details see Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.4. 59.
paurastyavaiyākaraṇaa grammarian of the eastern school which is believed to have been started by जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि the writer of the gloss called न्यास on the Kasikavrtti. The school practically terminated with पुरुषोत्तमदेव and सीरदेव at the end of the twelfth century A.D. Such a school existed also at the time of Panini and Patanjali, a reference to which is found made in प्राचां ष्फ ताद्धतः P. IV. 1.17 and प्राचामवृद्धात्फिन् बहुलम् IV.1. 160 and प्राचामुपादेरडज्वुचौ च V.3.80 where the word is explained as प्राचामाचार्याणां by the writer of the Kasika.
praa conventional term for हृस्व (short) generally applied to vowels in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
prakaraṇagranthaliterary works in which the treatment is given in the form of topics by arranging the original sutras or rules differently so that all such rules as relate to a particular topic are found together: the Prakriykaumudi, the Siddhantakumudi and others are called प्रकरणग्रन्थs. Such works are generally known by the name प्राक्रयाग्रन्थ as opposed to वृतिग्रन्थ.
prakarṣaeminence: excellence of a particular quality ; confer, compare कथं पुनरन्यस्य प्रकर्षेण अन्यस्य प्रकर्षः स्यात्: confer, compare also यद्यपि द्रव्यस्य स्वतः प्रकर्षो नास्ति तथापि गुणाक्रियास्थ: प्रक्रर्षो द्रव्य उपचर्यते , Kas on P. V. 4.1 1.
prakāra(l)attribute, attribute which differentiates, manner, difference; differentiating description: confer, compare कंचित्प्रकारं प्राप्तः इत्थंभूत: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.21: (2) resemblance, similarity of one thing with another with slight deficiency: confer, compare प्रकारे गुणवचनस्य । प्रक्रारो भेदः सादृश्यं च। तदिह सादृश्यं प्रकारो गृह्यते । प्रकारे वर्तमानस्य गुणवचनशब्दस्य द्वे भवतः । पटुपटुः मृदुमृदुः । अपरिपूर्णगुण इत्यर्थः । परिपूर्णगुणेन न्यूनगुणस्य उपमाने सत्येवं प्रयुज्यते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII.1.12; (3) differentiating attribute; confer, compare प्रकारवचने थाल् V. 3.23, प्रकारवचने जातीयर् V. 3.69, स्यूलादिभ्यः प्रकारवचने कन् V. 4.3 where Kasika defines the word प्रकार as सामान्यस्य भेदको विशेषः प्रकार: Ka, on V. 3.23 and 69; (4) type, confer, compare इतिशब्दः प्रकारार्थः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on V. 2.93: confer, compare also अदिशब्दः प्रकारे Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on देवपथादिभ्यश्च P.V.3.100; cf also अादिइाब्दः प्रकारे वर्तते । देवदत्तादय आढ्याः । देवदत्तप्रकारा इत्यर्थः M.Bh. on I.3.1 Vart. 11.
prakrama(l)the place of articulation, the place of the production of sound, such as throat, chest, palate and the like; confer, compare प्रक्रम्यन्ते अस्मिन्वर्णा इति प्रक्रमः स्थानमुच्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Pradipa on सिद्धं तु समानप्रक्रमवचनात् P.I.2.30 Vart.2; (2) recital of Veda, described as क्रमपाठ confer, compare उभयथा च प्रक्रमे दोषो भवति M.Bh.on P. VIII. 4.28 confer, compare also "अष्टसु प्रक्रमेषु दोषो भवति"quoted in the Mahabhasya on P.VI. 1.172; (3) regularity in the position of words, regular order of words.
prakriyāsaṃgrahaa work on grammar by Abhayacandra in which the Sutras of Sakatayana's Sabdanusasana are arranged in the form of different sections dealing with the different topics of grammar.
pragṛhītaliterally held as it is, uncombinable by euphonic rules; the same as प्रगृह्य.
pracaya(1)a specific feature or quality ( धर्म ) of the grave (अनुदात्त) accent when a vowel, accented grave, is preceded by a स्वरित (circumflex . vowel) and is followed upon by another grave-accented vowel. These grave vowels in succession, id est, that is the grave vowels which are not followed by an acute or a circumflex vowel are uttered neither distinctly circumflex nor distinctly grave; cf also R. Pr, III.II-14. They are uttered like the acute, but slightly so; e. g. the vowels after मे and before ति in इमं मे गङ्गे' यमुने सरस्वति; confer, compare स्वरितात्संहितायामनुदात्तानां प्रचय उदात्तश्रुतिः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXI.10, 11 also confer, compare P.I.2.39, where the term एकश्रुति is used for the word प्रचय; (2) the connection of one word with many words; exempli gratia, for example राज्ञो गोश्चाश्वश्च पुरुषश्च where राज्ञः is connected with गौ, अश्व and पुरुष; confer, compare प्रचये समासप्रतिषेधो: वक्तव्य: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1 Vart, 6.
pratipattilāghavafacility of understanding: confer, compare प्रतिपत्तिलाघवार्थं ज्ञाजनोर्जा इति दीर्घान्तादेशविधानम् Sira. Pari. 91.
pratipadoktaexpressly stated as opposed to implied or suggested; confer, compare लक्षणप्रतिपदोक्तयोः प्रतिपदोक्तस्यैव ग्रहणम्,. Par. Sek.Pari.105: confer, compare also विशेषेण प्रतिपादितं प्रतिपदोक्तं Puru. Pari. 3.
pratiprasavaliterally bringing into life again; the term is used in the sense of a counter-exception; confer, compare याजकादिभिश्चेति पुनः कारकषष्ठीसमासप्रतिप्रसवाद् ब्राह्मणयाजकादिषु उत्तरपदप्रकृतिस्वर एव । Bhasavrtti on II.2.16.
pratilomaliterally regressive; a kind of Sandhi or euphonic combination, in which the consonant precedes and the vowel comes after it; e. g. हव्यवाडग्निः; confer, compare प्रतिलोमसंधिषु व्यञ्जनानि पूर्वाणि स्वरा उत्तरे; Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 4.
pratiṣiddhaa rule or operation which is prohibited or prevented from application by a specific negation of it by another rule or operation laid down to prohibit it. Generally the prohibited rule does not apply again; confer, compare सकृद्रतौ विप्रतिषेधे यद्वाधितं तद्वाधितमेव Par, Sek.Pari. 40; confer, compareनोत्सहते प्रतिषिद्धा सती बाधितुम् । M.Bh. on P. I. 1.43. The word प्रातिषिद्ध which is generally used in ancient works appears to be an earlier word as compared with निषिद्ध which is used by later grammarians.
pratiṣedhaprohibition, negation, prohibition of a rule or operation; generaliy प्रतिषेध or प्रसज्यप्रतिषेध is laid down by the use of the negative particle ( नञ् ) connected with a verbal activity, and not with a noun in a compound in which case the negation is named पर्युदास; confer, compare प्रसज्ज्यप्रतिषेधो यः क्रियया सह यत्र नञ् । पयुदासः स विज्ञेयः थत्रोत्तरपदेन नञ् ।
pratiṣedhabalīyastvathe priority of consideration given to rules laying down a prohibition, for instance, the prohibition of guna or vrddhi by the rule ङ्किति च P. I. 1.5 after giving due consideration to which, the injunctions i. e the guna and vidhi rules are to be applied; confer, compare निषेधाश्च बलीयांसः Par. Sek. Pari. 112; confer, compare also. एवमप्युभयोः सावकाशयोः प्रतिषेधबलीयस्त्वात्प्रतिषेधः प्राप्नोति, M.Bh. P. on III. 1.30.
pratisaṃskaraṇaediting with improvement, with an attempt to restore the correct version or the original text in the place of the corrupt one sometimes suitable additions and improvements are also made; e. g. चरकप्रतिसंस्करण attributed to Patanjali.
pratṛṇṇaliterally broken or split up; the separated words of the Samhita of the Vedas i. e. the Padapatha; the recitation of the Padapatha.; confer, compare शौद्धाक्षरोच्चारणं च प्रतृण्णम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 3.
pratyayaaffix, suffix, a termination, as contrasted with प्रकृति the base; confer, compare प्रत्याय्यते अर्थः अनेन इति प्रत्ययः; confer, compare also अर्थे संप्रत्याययति स प्रत्ययः M.Bh. on III. 1.l Vart. 8; The word प्रत्यय is used in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'following' or 'that which follows', e. g. स्पर्शे चोषः प्रत्यये पूर्वपद्यः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 30 which is explained by Uvvata as उषः इत्ययं ( शब्दः ) पूर्वपदावयवः सन् स्पर्शे प्रत्यये परभूते इति यावत्; रेफिसंज्ञो भवति; Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.30; confer, compare प्रत्येति पश्चादागच्छति इति प्रत्ययः परः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 7; cf also V. Pr, III. 8. Pratyaya or the suffix is generally placed after the base; cf, प्रत्ययः, परश्च P. III. I. 1,2; but sometimes it is placed before the base; e. g. बहुपटुः confer, compare विभाषा सुपो बहुच् पुरस्तात्तु P. V. 3.68. The conjugational signs (शप् , श्यन् et cetera, and others), the signs of tenses and moods ( च्लि, सिच् , स्य, ताम् et cetera, and others) and the compound endings(समासान्त) are all called pratyayas according fo Panini's grammar, as they are all given in the jurisdiction(अधिकार) of the rule प्रत्ययः III.1.1, which extends upto the end of the fifth chapter ( अध्याय ). There are six main kinds of affixes given in grammar सुप्प्रत्यय, तिङ्प्रत्यय, कृत्प्रत्यय , तद्धितप्रत्यय, धातुप्रत्यय (exempli gratia, for example in the roots चिकीर्ष, कण्डूय et cetera, and others) and स्त्रीप्रत्यय. The word प्रत्यय is used in the sense of realization, in which case the root इ in the word त्यय means'knowing' according to the maxim सर्वे गत्यर्था ज्ञानार्थाः; confer, compare मन्त्रार्थप्रत्ययाय Nirukta of Yāska.I.15.
pratyayadhātua term applied to secondary roots which are formed by adding affixes like णिच् , सन् , यङ् et cetera, and others to primary roots or by the addition of affixes like क्विप्, क्यच् , कायच् et cetera, and others to nouns; e. g. कामय, ह्यारय, चिकीर्ष, जिहीर्ष, जेघ्रीय,चेकीय, गङ्गीय, राजाय, पुत्रकाम्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare सनाद्यन्ता धातवः P.1II.. 1.32; cf also प्रत्ययधातु । गोपायति, धूपायति, ऋतीयते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 1.162 Vart.3.
pratyayalakṣaṇaan operation caused by an affix which takes place even though the affix is elided: exempli gratia, for example the term षद is applied to अग्निचित्, सोमसुत् et cetera, and others on account of the words ending with a case affix although the affix of the nominative case. singular. has been elided; confer, compare प्रत्ययलोपे प्रत्ययलक्षणम्. P.I.1. 62 and Kas, thereon.
pratyādānaliterally taking again; uttering a word already utttered in the Krama and other recitations of the Vedas; confer, compare क्रमो द्वाभ्यामतिकम्य प्रत्यादायोत्तरं तयो: । प्रत्यादाय पुनर्गृहीत्वा Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X-1.
pratyāmnāyaliterally, repetition in a contrary way; in the Pratisakhya literature, the word refers to the repetition of a Vedic passage; repetition by pupils after hearing from the preceptor ; confer, compare प्रत्याम्नायः पुनर्वचनं Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV. 9.
pratyārambhaḥ(1)statement after prohibition literally commencing again; inducing a person to do something after he has refused to do it by repeating the order or request for generally by beginning the appeal with the word नह; exempli gratia, for example नह भोक्ष्यसे ? नह अध्येप्यसे; confer, compare नह प्रत्यारम्भे P. VIII. 1.31 and Kasika and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. thereon. (2) commencement or laying down again in spite of previous mention; confer, compare शेषवचनात्तु योसौ प्रत्यारम्भात्कृतो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI-3.46.
pratyāhāraliterally bringing together; bringing together of several letters ( or words in a few cases, such as roots or nouns ) by mentioning the first and the last only for the sake of brevity; the term प्रत्याहार is generally used in connection with brief terms such as अण्, अक् , अच् , हल् and the like, created by Panini in his grammar by taking any particular letter and associating it with any mute final letter ( अनुबन्ध ) of the fourteen Sivasutras, with a view to include all letters beginning with the letter uttered and ending with the letter which precedes the ( mute ) letter. The practice of using such abbreviations was in existence before Panini, possibly in the grammar attributed to Indra. The term प्रत्याहार is not actually used by Panini; it is found in the Rk. Tantra; confer, compare प्रत्याहारार्थो वर्णोनुबन्धो व्यञ्जनम् R.T.I.3. The term appears to have come into use after Panini. Panini has not given any definition of the term प्रत्याहार. He has simply given the method of forming the Pratyaharas and he has profusely used them; confer, compare आदिरन्त्येन सहेता P. I. 1.71. The word कृञ् in P. III.1.40 and तृन् in P. II. 3.69 are used as Pratyaharas. For a list of the Pratyharas which are used by Panini see Kasika on the Maheswara Sutras.
pratyāhārasūtraa term for the fourteen Siva Sutras which are utilized for the formation of Pratyaharas.
pratyujjīvanabringing to life again; the term is used in the sense of प्रतिप्रसव or counter exception.
pratyudāharaṇacounter instance. In order to explain the wording of a grammatical rule clearly, it is customary to give along with the instances of the rule (where the rule has been effectively employed), a few words which would have resulted into other faulty words by the application of the particular rule in case that rule had not been stated or a word or more of it had been omitted; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐच् इति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत् समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1.
prathamalit, premier, first; the word is used in connection with the personal affixes तिप् , तस्, झि ( अन्ति ) of verbal formanuscript. See the word पुरुष a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare अस्तिर्भवन्तीपरः प्रथमपुरुषः अप्रयुज्यमानोप्यस्तीति । वृक्षः प्लक्षः। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 3.1 and 4. The word प्रथम is used in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of the first consonants of the five vargas or groups of consonants; confer, compare प्रथमैर्द्वितीयास्तृतीयैश्चतुर्थाः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 110 confer, compare प्रथमतृतीयादीनामादेशादित्वादेत्वाभावः, M.Bh. on P. VI. 4.120 Vart 3, also confer, compare Katantra I. 4.1 and Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. I. 3.35. The word is also used (in the feminine gender) in the sense of the case affixes सु ( स् ), औ, जस् ( अस् ) of the nominative case. The word is also used in the sense of the premier accent उदात्त (acute); confer, compare प्रथमभाविनः उदात्तभाविनः Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 8.
pradīpapopular name of the famous commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Kaiyata in the eleventh century A. D. The cornmentary is a very scholarly and critical one and really does justice to the well-known compliment given to it, viz. that the Pradipa has kept the Mahabhasya alive which otherwise would have remained unintelligible and consequently become lost. The commentary प्रदीप is based on the commentary महाभाष्यदीपिका,or प्रदीपिका written by Bhartrhari, which is available at present only in a fragmentary form. The Pradipa is to this day looked upon as the single commentary on the Mahabhasya in spite of the presence of a few other commentaries on it which are all thrown into the back-ground by it.
pradeśaliterally district; sphere of application, place of the application of a rule. The word is frequently used in this sense in the Kasika Vritti; confer, compare प्रत्ययप्रदेशाः प्रत्ययलोपे प्रत्ययलक्षणमित्येवमादयः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III.1.1 . confer, compare also अनुदात्तप्रदेशाः अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ इत्यादयः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 2.30. The word प्रदेश is also used in the sense of the place of use or utility; confer, compare संज्ञाशास्त्रस्य तु कार्यकालपक्षे न पृथग्वाक्यार्थबोधः किं तु प्रदेशवाक्येन सहैव । ... कार्यज्ञानं च प्रदेशदेश एव Par. Sek. Pari. 3.
prapañcaamplification, further explanation,clarification. The expression पूर्वस्यैवायं प्रपञ्चः or तस्यैवायं प्रपञ्चः is very frequently used in the Kasika vrtti; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II. 1.33,37,41, 58, II.4.28, III.2.6I et cetera, and others
pramādainadvertance, negligence; confer, compare प्रमादकृतमाचार्यस्य शक्यमकर्तुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 2.70; confer, compare also अन्ये तु गौरादिष्वेतयेाः प्रमादपाठमाहुः Kaiy. of P. I. 1.72. Vart. 4.
prayatna(1)effort; the word is used in connection with the effort made for producing sound; confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P.1.1.9 these efforts are described to be of two kinds बाह्य and आभ्यन्तर of which the latter are considered in determining the cognate nature of letters ( सावर्ण्य ); confer, compareअाभ्यन्तरप्रयत्नाः सवर्णसंज्ञायामाश्रीयन्ते;Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 1.9; (2) specific measure taken for a particular purpose such as marking a letter with a particular tone or accent or dividing a rule, or laying down a modificatory rule or the like; confer, compare सैवाननुवृत्तिः शब्देनाख्यायते प्रयत्नाधिक्येन पूर्वसूत्रेपि संबन्धार्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.22.
prayoga(1)employment or use of a word in language and literature about which, laying down rules is looked upon as the purpose of grammar; confer, compare प्रयोगमूलत्वाद् व्याकरणस्मृतेः Kaiy.on P. V. 1.16, लोकतोर्थप्रयुक्ते शब्दप्रयोगे शास्त्रेण धर्मनियमो यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika I. Vart. 1; (2) use of speech; utterance; confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्प्रयोगः प्रणवात्मकः कर्तव्यः, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4.
prayoganiyamageneral rules or principles laid down regarding the use of words in language and literature such as (l) a word recognised as correct should always be used, confer, compare एवमिहापि समानायामर्थगतौ शब्देन चापशब्देन च धर्मनियमः क्रियते शब्देनैवार्थोभिधेयो नापशब्देनेति । एवंक्रियमाणमभ्युदयकारि भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. I. Ahnika l, (2) never a base alone or an affix alone should be used, but always a base with the necessary affix should be used; confer, compare यावता समयः कृतो न केवला प्रकृतिः प्रयोक्तव्या न केवलः प्रत्ययः M. Bh, on P. I. 2.64 Vart. 8, also on P. III. 1.94 Vart. 3; (3) when the sense is already expressed by a word, a word repeating the sense should not be used; confer, compare उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः. Besides these, many minor regulations of the type of Paribhasas are laid down by grammarians. For details see Paribhashasamgraha Introduction.
prayogaratnamālāname of a recognised treatise on grammar written by पुरुषोत्तमविद्यावागीश of Bengal in the fourteenth century. The treatise explains many words which, although current in language and literature, cannot be easily formed by rules of grammar. The author has tried to form them by applying rules of grammar given in the grammatical systems of Panini and Katantra. The alphabet given in this treatise is according to the system of the Tantra Sastra which shows a scholarship of the author in that branch The grammar was studied much in Bengal and Assam.
prayogaviṣayasphere or domain of the use of words; the whole Vedic and classical recognized literature: cf महान् हि शब्दस्य प्रयोगविषयः । सप्तद्वीपा वसुमती त्रयो लोकाः चत्वारो वेदाः साङ्गाः सरहस्याः बहुधा विाभन्नाः, एकशतमध्वर्युशाखाः, सहस्रवर्त्मा सामवेदः, एकविंशतिधा बाह् वृच्यम् , नवधाथर्वणो वेदो वाकोवाक्यामितिहासः पुराणं वैद्यकमित्येतावाञ्शब्दस्य प्रयोगविषयः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. Vrt. 5
pravartanāincitement or inducement which is the sense of 'lin' affixes in general ;confer, compare प्रवर्तनायां लिङ्.
pravādaa grammatical explanation; detailed explanation by citing the gender, number, krt affix, taddhita affix.affix and the like: confer, compare लिङ्गसंख्यातद्धितकृतरूपभेदाः प्रवादाः । पाण्यादिशब्दानां प्रवादेषु प्रथमो (original) नकारो णत्वमाप्नोति स च प्राकृतः । Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIII. 9. The word is explained as a change in the form of a word, as for instance, by the substitution of स् for विसर्ग where विसर्ग is, in fact, expected; confer, compare कबन्धं पृथु इत्येतेषां पदानां प्रवादा रूपभेदा उदये परत्रावस्थिताः दिव इत्येतस्य उपचारं जनयन्ति । यथा दिवस्कबन्धम् , दिवस्पृथुः Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 22; confer, compare also प्रवादाः षडितः परे, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IX. 18. In the Nirukta, the word is used in the sense of 'distinct mention'; confer, compare एवमन्यासामपि देवतानामादित्यप्रवादाः स्तुतयो भवन्ति ( deities are mentioned under the name of Aditya) Nir II.13; cf also वैश्वानरीयाः प्रवादाः Nir, VII. 23.
pravibhaktamade separate with their Component parts shown clearly: Split up into component parts in such a way that their meaning also is fully stated cf तद्धितसमासे ष्वेकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु च पूर्वे पूर्वे अपरं अपरं प्रविभज्य निर्घ्रूयात् । दण्डयः पुरुषः। दण्डमर्हतीति वा दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा । Nir.II.2.
pravṛtta( I)complete; confer, compare अथ य प्रवृत्त अथे अमिताक्षरेषु ग्रन्थेषु वाक्यपूरणा आगच्छन्ति पदपूरणास्ते, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 9; (2) which has preSented itself, which has become applicable; the word is used in connection with a grammatical rule or operation ; confer, compare एवं च कृत्वा धर्मशास्त्रं प्रवृत्तम् ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64 Vart.39; समुदाये व्राह्मणशब्दः प्रवृतेवयवेष्वपि वर्तते जातिहीने गुणहीने च । M.Bh. on II. 2.6; confer, compare दीर्घस्य यण् ह्रस्व इति प्रवृत्तं, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1.77; also confer, compare यद्यपि ङिच्चेत्ययमपवादः ... तातङि मन्थरं प्रवृत्तः परेण बाध्यते S. K. on P.VII.1.35.
pravṛtti(l)application or presentation of a rule as opposed to निवृत्ति; cf क्वचित्प्रवृत्तिः क्वचिदप्रवृत्तिः कचिद्विभाषा क्वचिदन्येदेवः (2) working; function; confer, compare नान्तरेण साधन क्रियायाः प्रवृत्तिर्भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.3.7.
pravṛttinimittacause of the application of a word which is shown by the word when the affix त्च or ता is added to it: confer, compare तस्य भावस्त्वतलौ । शब्दस्य प्रवृत्तिनिमित्तं भावशब्देनोच्यते, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V. 1.119. There are given four such causes जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा ।
pravṛttibhedadifference regarding the cause of application; confer, compare पूर्वमिति वर्तमाने पुनः पूर्वग्रहणं प्रवृत्तिभेदेन नियमप्रतिपत्त्यर्थम्; Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI.2:174.
praśleṣa(l)coalescence of two vowels into one, as given in Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.6, and 7, corresponding to the गुण, वृद्वि and दीर्घ substitutes prescribed by the rules आद्गुणः P.IV 1.87; अकः सवर्णे दीर्घः VI.1.101; and वृद्धिरेचि VI. 1.88 which are stated under the jurisdiction of the rule एकः पूर्वपरयोः VI.1.84; (2) finding out the presence of a letter in addition to the letters already present as coalesced, after splitting the combination into its different constituent 1etters. This Practice of finding out an additional letter is resorted to by the commentators only to remove certain difficulties in arriving at some correct forms which otherwise could not be obtained; e. g. see क्ङिति च where क्ङ् is believed to be a combination of ग्, क् and ङ् See प्रश्लिष्ट and प्रश्लिष्टनिर्देश.
prasaṃghānaliterally linking up; joining; repeating a word in the Kramapatha and joining it with the following word: e. g. the second words ईळे पुरोहितम् et cetera, and others in अग्निं ईळे । ईळे पुरोहितम् । पुरोहितं यज्ञस्य ।
prasaktaapplicable, but not actually applied; the word is used in connection with a grammatical ’rule or operation that has become applicable, but has not been applied; confer, compare उत्सर्गस्य प्रसक्तस्यापवादो वाधको भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.3 32, also प्रसक्तस्यादर्शनं लोपसंज्ञं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). and S.K. on P.I.1. 60. The term प्रसक्त is opposed to the term अभिनिर्वृत्त.
prasaṅgaapplicability; possibility of being applied; the word is used with respect to a grammatical rule or operation which is on the point of being applied or taking place; the word प्राति is also used in the same sense; confer, compare को हि शब्दस्य प्रसङ्गः यत्र गम्यते चार्थो न च प्रयुज्यते M.Bh.on P.I.1.60 confer, compare also द्वौ प्रसङ्गौ अन्यार्थां एकस्मिन् स विप्रतिषेधः,Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.4. 2; also confer, compare प्रसङ्गे सति सदृशतम आदेशः स्यात् S.K. on स्थानेन्तरतमः P. I.1.50.
prasajyapratiṣedhaprohibition of the possible application of a rule, generally laid down by the use of the negative particle न, together with, or connected with, a verbal activity: e.g न लुमताङ्गस्य P.I.1.63, नामि P.VI. 4.3, न माङ्योगे VI.4.74 et cetera, and others etc: confer, compare प्रसज्यप्रतिषेधोSयं क्रियया सह यत्र नञ्; confer, comparealso प्रसज्यायं क्रियागुणौ ततः पश्चान्निवृतिं करोति M.Bh. on P.II.2.6. In some cases the negative particle in a compound has also to be taken as stating a negation by प्रसज्यप्रतिषेधः;confer, compare M.Bh. on सुडनपुंसकस्य P.1.1.43, सार्वधातुकमपित् I.4.2, चादयोsसत्त्वे I. 4. 57.
prasāraṇinthat which gets, or is liable to get the Prasarana or Samprasarana substitute; confer, compare कविधौ सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III.2.3 Vart. 1.
prasiddha(1)established in existence: confer, compare क्रमेण नार्थः पदसंहिताविदः पुराsप्रसिद्धा श्रयपूर्वसिद्धिभिः, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.34 where the Kramapatha is said to be one which was not established before the Samhitapatha; (2) known ; confer, compare अनिटि प्रसिद्धे क्सो भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.45 Vart. 4, लोकत एते शब्दाः प्रसिद्धाः स्त्री पुमान् नपुंसकमिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1.3: (3) brought about, accomplished, realized; तथास्य छः प्रसिद्धो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1.89 Vart. 2, सर्वत्रैव जश्त्वेन सिद्धं स्यात् , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VIII 2.25
prākbefore a particular thing in place, or in recital, or in mention. The word is used generally to show the limit upto which a particular topic extends; confer, compare तसिलादयः प्राक् पाशपः; cf also प्राक् कडारात्समासः P. I. 4.l : confer, compare also अथ आख्याः समाम्नायाधिकाः प्राग्रिफितात् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 33.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prācyapadavṛttisuccession of two vowels where the former vowel, which is either ए, or ओ remains without coalescence with the following vowel अ, even though by rules it is liable to be changed; exempli gratia, for exampleसुजाते अश्वसूनृते । अध्वर्यो अद्रिभिः सुतम् । In such cases the vowel अ is pronounced like ए. This view is held by the senior Sakalya (स्थविरशाकल्य); confer, compare प्राच्यपञ्चाल-उपधानिभोदयाः शाकल्यस्य स्थविरस्येतरा स्थितिः, R.Pr. II.44; confer, compare also स पूर्वस्यार्धसदृशमेकेषाम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI.19 and the commentaries thereon; confer, compare also छन्दोगानां सात्यमुग्रिराणायनीया अर्धमेकारमर्धमोकारं चाधीयते । सुजाते ए अश्वसूनृते । अध्वर्यो ओ अद्रिभिः सुतम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 3, 4 as also on P.I.1.48.
prācyāvaiyākaraṇaan eastern grammarian; the term प्राच्य (eastern) being a relative term, the east is to be taken with respect to the place in the context. The word प्राचां occurs many times in Panini's Sutras and the term प्राक् may refer to countries east of the river शरावती or सरस्वती in the Punjab. See प्राग्देश a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. प्राचां is understood by some commentators as referring to time, in which case, the word may refer to ancient grammarians आपिशलि, शाकटायन, इन्द्र and others who lived before Panini; confer, compare प्राचीनवैयाकरणतन्त्रे वाचनिकानि ...Par. Sek. Pari. 1. The word प्राचीन is, of course, mostly used in the sense of ancient, rather than the word प्राच्. For specific peculiarities of the eastern grammarians see pp. 148-149 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
prāṇapaṇāa gloss on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali, written by the famous easterm grammarian Purusottamadeva of the 12th century A. D., of which only a fragment of a few pages is available. As the legend goes, the name प्राणपणा was given to the gloss as it was accompanied by an oath on the part of the author that his life was at stake if he did even the slightest injustice to the author of the Mahabhasya.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prātipadikakāryacorresponding to अङ्गकार्य in the case of the declinables, which the Sutrakara mentions specifically with respect to the noun-base.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
prādeśikabelonging to the root; the word प्रदेश has here the peculiar sense of a root which has the meaning of the noun (under discussion). confer, compare तद्यत्र स्वरसंस्कारौ समर्थौ प्रादेशिकेन गुणेन अन्वितौ स्यातां संविज्ञातानि तानि Nir I. 12.
prāpakaapplying in the usual way; literally Ieading to the injunction or विधिशास्त्र; confer, compare किं पुनरिदं नियमार्थे आहोस्वित् प्रापकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.70; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 4. 110.
prāptavibhāṣāor प्राप्तविकल्पत्व, optional prescription of some operation or rule which otherwise is obligatory; confer, compare लेपे विभाषा । प्राप्तविभाषेयम् । किमर्थेन योगात् । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII. 1.45; confer, compare also हृक्रोरन्यतरस्याम् । प्राप्तविकल्पत्वाद् द्वितीयैव I Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 4.53.
prāptiapplication of a rule, arrival at a particular form; incidence, occurrence of a particular rule;confer, compare अनन्तरा या प्राप्तिः सा प्रतिषिध्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.43.
prāptijñaa person who knows only the application of a rule and the realization from it of the form that can be arrived at, as opposed to one who knows the form that is desired or current; cf प्राप्तिज्ञो देवानांप्रियः न त्विष्टिज्ञः इष्यते एतदूपमिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 4. 56 Vart. l ; confer, compare also किरतिं चर्करीतान्तं पचतीत्यत्र यो नयेत् । प्रातिज्ञं तमहं मन्ये प्रारब्धस्तेन संग्रहः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII. 4.92.
prāpyaliterally which is arrived at; an object which is to be reached; confer, compare प्राप्यं कर्म; the word प्राप्य is used as a word qualifying the word कर्म, in which case it is called प्राप्यकर्म, as for example ग्रामं in ग्रामं गच्छति देवदत्तः or वेदमधीते माणवकः. The term प्राप्य is defined as क्रियाकृतविशेषानवगतौ कर्तुः क्रियया अनास्थितं अास्थितं वा यदवाप्यते तत् प्राप्यं कर्म । confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सितमं कर्म । ततु त्रिविधं निर्वर्त्ये विकार्यं प्राप्यमिति । यस्य क्रियाकृतानां विशेषाणां सर्वथानुपलब्धिः तत् प्राप्यम्. Srngara Prakasa IV.
prāyageneral nature, general public; confer, compare प्राय इति लोको व्यपदिश्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. V. 1.16; confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII.16; confer, compare also, लौकिकी विवक्षा यत्र प्रायस्य सं त्ययः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. V. 1.16.
priyādia class of words headed by the word प्रिया which do not allow their previous word in a bahuvrihi compound to take the masculine base by the rule स्त्रियाः पुंवत्.. P. VI. 3.84: e. g. कल्याणीप्रियः For details, see Kas, on P. VI. 3.34.
proktapuṃskapossessed of the masculine gender
pha(l)the letter or sound फ्,the vowel अ being added for facility of pronunciation ;(2) the affix फ for which अायन is always substituted as given by Panini in P.VII.1.2.
phak(1)taddhita affix.affix फ marked with mute क् for effecting the वृद्धि substitute for the initial vowel of the word to which it is appliedition The initial letter फ् of all the affixes beginning with फ् in Panini's grammar is always changed into आयन्. The taddhita affix. affix फक् is affixed (1) in the sense of गोत्रापत्य grandchild and his issues, to the words नड and others as also to the words ending with the affixes यञ् and इञ् and words शरद्वत्, दर्भ, द्रोण et cetera, and others exempli gratia, for example नाडायनः, शालङ्कायनः, दाक्षायणः प्लाक्षायणः, द्रोणायनः, वैदः, अौर्वः et cetera, and others; cf P.IV. 1.99-103; (2) as a caturarthika affix in the four senses mentioned in P. IV. 2.67-70 to the words पक्ष and others e. g. पाक्षायणः, तौषायणः; confer, compare P.IV. 2.80.
phañtaddhita affix. affix फ marked with ञ् causing the Vrddhi substitute for the initial vowel of the word, applied in the sense of grandchildren and their issues to words अश्व and others, as also to the word भर्ग; exempli gratia, for exampleआश्वायन, अाश्मायनः, भार्गायणः confer, compare अश्वादिभ्यः फञ् and भर्गात् त्रैगर्ते; confer, compare P.IV.1.110 and 111.
phaṇādia class of seven roots headed by the root फण्, which belong to the first conjugation and which have optionally their vowel अ changed into ए and the reduplicative syllable ( अभ्यास) dropped, in the forms of the perfect tense before the affix इथ and weak affixes; e. g. फेणतु:, फेणु:, फेणिथ फफणतुः, पफणुः, पफणिथ et cetera, and others confer, compare P.VI.4.:125.
phiñtaddhita affix. affix आयनि applied to the word मिमत in the sense of offspring exempli gratia, for example मैमतायनिः ; confer, compare P.IV.1.150; it is also added in the same sense of (offspring) to the words तिक and others as also to the word कौसल्य, twosyllabled words ending with अण् and to words वाकिन and others; exempli gratia, for example तैकायनिः, कौसल्यायनिः, वाकिनकायनिः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.1.159.
phiṭsūtraa small work on accents attributed to Santanava,an ancient Vedic scholar who lived before Patanjali if not before Panini, as the latter has not referred to him. There is an anonymous commentary upon it.
baor बकार the letter ब्, the vowel अ as also the word कार being added for facility of utterance; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.17.21, The letter ब् is sometimes used for व् especially when it stands at the beginning of a word, for which scholars use the expression वबयेारभेद:
bahiraṅgaa rule or operation which is बहिरङ्ग (literally external); the word बहिरङ्ग is used in grammar in connection with a rule or operation, the cause ( निमित्त )of which occurs later in place or time than the cause of the other which is called अन्तरङ्ग. For the various kinds of बहिरङ्गत्व see the word अन्तरङ्ग where the kinds of अन्तरङ्गत्व are given.
bahiraṅgāsiddhatvainvalidity i. e. nonoccurrence or non-application of a bahiranga rule or operation before the antaranga operation which is looked upon as stronger occurring earlier to the mind, or in the wording, as it does.
bahumadhyagataa word which has entered between two constituent words of a compound by splitting in a way the compound e. g. the word च in ईयते नरा च शंसं दैव्यम् Rg. Veda IX. 86.42; confer, compare एतानि परिगृह्णीयात् बहूमध्यगतानि च । R.Pr.X.7. explained by Uvvata as बहूनां पदानां मध्यगतानि च यानि पदानि तानि अतिक्रम्य परिगृह्णीयात् !
bahulaliterally variously applicable; the word is used in the rules of Panini in connection with a grammatical rule or affix or the like that is seen necessarily applied in some cases, optionally applied in a few other cases and not at all applied in the other cases still. The word बहुलम् is used by Panini in all such cases. See P. II. 1.32, 57; II. 3.62; II.4.39, 73, 76, 84, III. 1.34 et cetera, and others; confer, compare the usual explanation of बहुलम् given by grammarians in the lines क्वचित्प्रवृत्तिः क्वचिदप्रवृत्तिः क्वचिद्विभाषा क्वचिदन्यदेव । विधेर्विधानं बहुधा समीक्ष्य चतुर्विधं बाहुलकं वदन्ति Com. Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.18.
bahuvacanathe plural number; the affixes of the plural number applied to noun-bases as also to roots; confer, compare बहुषु बहुवचनम् P. I. 4.21.
bahuvrīhia compound similar in meaning to the word बहुव्रीहि ( possessed of much rice ) which, in sense shows quite a distinct object than those which are shown by the constituent members of the compound; a relative or adjective compound. There are various kinds of the Bahuvrihi compound such as समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुव्रीहि, दिग्बहुव्रीहि, सहबहुव्रीहि, नञ्बहुव्रीहि, and अनेकपदबहुव्रीहि which depend upon the specific peculiarity noticed in the various cases. Panini in his grammar has not given any definition of बहुव्रीहि, but has stated that a compound other than those already given viz. अव्ययीभाव, द्वन्द्व and तत्पुरुष, is बहुव्रीहि and cited under Bahuvrihi all cases mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf शेषो बहुव्रीहिः II. 3.23-28; also confer, compare अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.6; II. 1.20; II. 1.49.
bahuvrīhiprakṛtisvarathe accent peculiar to, or specifically mentioned in the case of the Bahuvrihi compound viz. the retention of its own accents by the first member, in spite of the general rule that a compound word has the last vowel accented acute id est, that is उदात्त. confer, compare बहुव्रीहौ प्रकृत्या पूर्वपदम्. P. VI. 2.1. The expression बहुव्रीहिस्वर in this very sense is used in the Mahabhasya confer, compare बहुव्रीहिस्वरं शास्ति समासान्तविधेः सुकृत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 2.1.
bahvapekṣaliterally depending on many; the word is used in the sense of depending on many causal factors ( निमित्तानि ) and given as the definition of a kind of बहिरङ्ग by some grammarians; confer, compare अल्पापेक्षमन्तरङ्गं बह्वपेक्षं बहिरङ्गम् . This kind of अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्गत्व, cited by Kaiyata is, however, disapproved by Nagesabhatta; confer, compare बहुिरङ्गान्तरङ्गाशब्दाभ्यां बह्वपेक्षत्वाल्पापेक्षत्वयोः शब्दमर्यादया अलाभाच्च । तथा सति असिद्धं बह्वपेक्षमल्पापेक्षे इत्येव वदेत् । Par. Sek. on Pari. 50.
bahvarthaliterally the meaning of the word बहु. There are many senses of the word बहु out of which 'plurality' is the sense usually seen. The word also means 'collection;' confer, compare ग्रामशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव शालांसमुदाये वर्तते । तद्यथा । ग्रामो दग्ध इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.8, 21.
bādhakaliterally that which sublates or sets aside; generally a special rule which sets aside a general rule: confer, compare येन नाप्राप्ते यो विधिरारभ्यते स तस्य बाधको भवति, Pari. Patha of पुरुषोत्तमदेव Pari. 51; confer, compare also नैतज्ज्ञापकसाध्यं अपवादैरुत्सर्गा बाध्यन्त इति । बाधकेनानेन भवितव्यं सामान्यविहितस्य विशेषविहितेन । M.Bh. on P. II. 1.24 Vart. 5. बाधक is used as a synonym of अपवाद, confer, compare अपवादशब्दोत्र बाधकपरः Par. Sek. Pari. 58.
bādhakatvathe same as बाध ; sublation; setting aside; this sublation is described to be of two types(1) complete sublation when the rule set aside, is for ever set aside and cannot, by the maxim called तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय, be applied again; confer, compare दधि ब्राह्मणेभ्यो दीयतां तक्रं कौण्डिन्यायेति सत्यपि संभवे दधिदानस्य तक्रदानं निवर्तकं भवति । confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.47; VI. 1.2. VI. 2.1. et cetera, and others; ( 2 ) temporary sublation when the rule set aside, can be applied, if possible after the special rule has been applied; confer, compare सर्वथा अनवकाशत्वादेव बाधकत्वे स्वस्य (अनवकाशशास्त्रस्य) पूर्वप्रवृत्तिरित्येव बाधः । तत्र बाधके प्रवृत्ते यद्युत्सर्गप्राप्तिर्भवति तदा भवत्येव यथा तत्रैव याडादयः Par.Sek.on Pari.57, The sublation or बाधकत्व is not only in the case of सामान्यविशेषभाव and अनवकाशत्व as given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., but a rule or operation which is पर (cited later), or नित्य, or अन्तरङ्ग sets aside the rule or operation which is पूर्व,or अनित्य,or बहिरङ्ग respectively. This बाध्यबाधकभाव occupies a very important position in respect of the application of grammar rules for arriving at the correct forms (इष्टरूपसिद्धि) and grammarians have laid down a number of Paribhasas in the field of बाध्यबाधकभाव.
bālaṃbhaṭṭa( बाळंभट्ट )surnamed Payagunda or Payagunde, who has written a commentary on the commentary Mitaksara on the याज्ञवल्क्यस्मृति. Some scholars say that he was also a great grammarian and identical with वैद्यनाथ पायगुंडे who has written the commentary काशिका or गदा on the Paribhasendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the Laghusabdendusekhara and commentaries on the Vaiyakaranabhusana,Sabdakaustubha and Bhasyapradipoddyota. Other scholars believe that Balambhatta was the son of Vaidyanatha and that he wrote only the commentary on Mitaksara called Balambhatti after him. (2) There was also a comparatively modern grammarian of Tanjore who has written small grammar works बालबोधिनी and बालरञ्जनी.
bāhulakathe application of a grammatical rule as a necessity to arrive at some forms in literature especially in the Vedic Literature as also in the works of standard writers, which cannot be explained easily by the regular application of the stated rules; confer, compare सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिदनराणां कालहलच्स्वरकर्तृयङां च । व्यत्ययमिच्छति शास्त्रकृदेषां सोपि च सिध्यति बाहुलकेन M.Bh. on P. III. 1.85; also confer, compare बाहुलकं प्रकृतेस्तनुदृष्टेः प्रायसमुच्चयनादपि तेषाम् । कार्यसशेषविधेश्च तदुक्तं नैगमरूढिभवं हि सुसाधु M.Bh. on P. III.3.1. In many sutras, Panini has put the word बहुलम् to arrive at such forms; e.g see P.II.1.32,57; II.3.62. II.4.39,73,76,84 et cetera, and others
bilvakādia class of words headed by the word बिल्वक the affix ईय ( छ ) placed after which is elided when another taddhita affix. affix such as अण् or the like is placed after them; confer, compare बिल्वा यस्यां सन्ति बिल्वकी तस्यां भवा: बैल्वकाः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.VI.4.153.
buddhinotion, mental understanding; mental inclination; confer, compare बुद्धि: संप्रत्यय इत्यनर्थान्तरम् | Or अस्तेर्भूर्भवतीत्यस्तिबुद्ध्यां भवतिबुद्धिं प्रतिपद्यते M. Bh on P. I.1.56 Vart. 14; (2) mental inclusion; confer, compare यां यां विभक्तिं आश्रयितुं बुद्धिरुपजायते सा साश्रयितव्या M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 57: confer, compare अथ बुद्धिः अविशेषात्स्मपुरा हेतू, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.118 Vart. 4.
buddhisāgarawriter of a grammar work who lived in the 11th century.
bṛhacchabdaratnaa learned commentary on the commentary मनोरमा of भट्टोजीदीक्षित; the commentary was written by हरिदीक्षित the grandson of Bhattoji. The work is called बृहच्छब्दरत्न in contrast with the लघुशब्दरत्न of the same author (हरिदीक्षित) which is generally studied at the Pathasalas all over the country. The work बृहच्छब्दरत्न is only in a Manuscript form at present. Some scholars believe that it was written by Nagesabhatta, who ascribed it to his preceptor Hari Diksita, but the belief is not correct as proved by a reference in the Laghusabdaratna, where the author himself remarks that he himself has written the बृहच्छब्दरत्न, and internal evidences show that लबुशब्दरत्न is sometimes a word-forword summary of the बृहच्छब्दरत्न. confer, compareविस्तरस्तु अस्मत्कृते बृहच्छब्दरत्ने मदन्तेवासिवृतलधुशब्देन्दुशेखरे च द्रष्टव्यः Laghusabdaratna. For details see Bhandarkar Ins. Journal Vol. 32 pp.258-60.
bṛhatsaṃjñāthe same as महत्संज्ञा or महती संज्ञा; a bigger terminology as contrasted with लघुसंज्ञा brief terminology such as टि, घु, भ et cetera, and others for which (latter) Panini is very particular. The bigger terms such as सर्वनाम, अात्मनेपद, परस्मैपद and others are evidently borrowed by Panini from the ancient grammarians who lived before him.
bṛhadṛrpaṇāname of a commentary on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara by Mannudeva, who was called also Mantudeva, who lived in the latter half of the eighteenth century.
belavalakara[ SHRIPAD KRISHNA BELVALKAR ]a well-known Sanskrit scholar of the present day who has been the General Editor of the Mahabharata published by the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona. He has written a book on grammar reviewing very briefly the various systems of Sanskrit grammar, which is named "Systems of Sanskrit Grammar".
bopadevaa great Sanskrit scholar and grammarian belonging to Devagiri in the greater Maharastra who was supported by Hemadri of Devagiri. He resided at सार्थग्राम on the river Varada in the first half of the thirteenth century. He wrote a short treatise on Sanskrit Grammar, which has a number of peculiar abbreviations for the usual well-known grammatical termanuscript. His grammar had a wide spread in Bengal and it is today a very common text on Grammar Bengal. On this account some scholars believe that he lived in Bengal. He was the son of Kesava and pupil of Dhanesa. He is also the author, of the well-known work कविकल्पद्रुम on which he has written a commentary named कामधेनु or काव्यकामधेनु.
bha(1)the letter or sound भ् with the vowel अ added for facility of utterance; (2) a technical term in the Grammar of Panini given to a noun base before such case and taddhita affixes as begin with any vowel or with the consonant य्. The utility of this designation of भ to the base is (l) to prevent the substitutes which are enjoined for the final vowel or consonant of a pada (a word ending with a case-affix or a base before case and taddhita affix. affixes beginning with any consonant excepting य् ) just as the substitution of Visarga, anusvara, the first or third consonant, and others given in P. VIII. 4.37 and the following. For the various changes and operations for a base termed भ see P. VI. 4.129 to 175.
bhakārathe consonant भ् with the vowel अ and the affix कार added for facility of utterance: confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 17,21.
bhaktaltaddhita affix. affix भक्त applied to the words भौरिकि and others in the sense of 'a place of residence;' confer, compare P. IV. 2.54.
bhakti(1)name given to two of the five divisions of a Saman which are प्रस्तावभक्ति, उद्गीथ, प्रतिहार, उपद्रव and निधानभाक्ति; (2) the vowel portion surrounding, or placed after, the consonant र् or ल् which (consonant) is believed to be present in the vowel ऋ or ऌ respectively forming its important portion, but never separately noticed in it. The vowels ऋ and ऌ are made up of one matra each. It is contended by the grammarians that the consonants र् and ल् forming respectively the portion of ऋ and ऌ, make up halfa-matra, while the remaining half is made up of the भाक्ति of the vowel surrounding the consonant or situated after the consonant. The word which is generally used for this 'bhakti is 'ajbhakti' instead of which the word स्वरभक्ति is found in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare यत्तद्रेफात्परं भक्तेस्तेन व्यवहितत्वान्न प्राप्नेति | ...... यच्चात्र रेफात्परं भुक्तेर्न तत् क्वचिदपि व्यपवृक्तं दृश्यते | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 4.1 Vart 2; confer, compare स्वरभक्तिः पूर्वभागक्षराङ्गं Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 17; also confer, compare रेफात्स्वरोपहिताद् व्यञ्जनोदयाद् ऋकारवर्णी स्वरभक्तिरुत्तरा ) Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 13.
bhakṣitalit, eaten up: a fault in pronunciation when a letter is so hurriedly pronounced that it appears to have been droppedition
bhaṭṭojīsurnamed Diksita; a stalwart grammarian of the Panini system who flourished in the first half of the seventeenth century and wrote many independent books and commentaries such as the Siddhantakaumudi, the Praudhamanorama, the Vaiyakaranasiddhantakarika, the Sabdakaustubha and others. The most reputed work out of these, however, is the Siddhantakaumudi which is very popular even today and which has almost set aside other works of its kind such as the Prakriyakaumudi and others. Bhattoji was a Telagu Brahmana, as generally believed, and although he belonged to the South, he made Varanasi his home where he prepared a school of learned Grammarians. Although he carried on his work silently in Varanasi, he was envied by the reputed rhetorician of his time Pandita Jagannātha, who criticised his work ( Bhattojis work ) named Manorama very severely. See प्रौढमनोरमा a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got many commentaries of which the Tattvabodhini written by Bhattoji's pupil Jnanendrasarasvati is appreciated much by learned grammarians.
bhatvathe nature or quality of being called भ which causes many grammatical operations which are given together by Panini in VI. 4.129 to 179. See the word भ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
bharatamallaa grammarian of Bengal who lived in the sixteenth century and who wrote उपसर्गवृत्ति, दुतबोध and other works on grammar.
bhargādia class of words headed by भर्ग which are generally names of countries, the taddhita affixes अण् and others added to which are not elided; e. g. भार्गीं, कैकेयी, काश्मीरी; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on IV. 1.178.
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
bhasaṃjñāthe term भ applied to the noun-base in contrast with the term पद. For details see the word भ.
bhāgavata hariśāstrīa modern scholar of grammar who has written a commentary named Vakyarthacandrika on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa; he lived in the first half of the eighteenth century.
bhāva(1)becoming; existence. The word is used many times in the sense of धात्वर्थthe sense of a root which is 'incomplete activity' or 'process of evolving'; confer, compare तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातु: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 5; confer, compare also षड् भावविकारा भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 36; पूर्वापरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेन आचष्टे व्रजतिपचतीत्युपक्रमप्रभृति अपवर्गपर्यन्तम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1 ; (2) activity as opposed to instruments ( साधन or कारक ); confer, compare भावगर्हायाम् । धात्वर्थगर्हायाम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.24; confer, compare also भावः क्रिया, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on यस्य च भावेन भावलक्षणम् P. II. 3.37; (3) completed action which is shown, not by a verb, but by a verbal derivative noun; confer, compare धात्वर्थश्च धातुनैवोच्यते | यस्तस्य सिद्धता नाम धर्मस्तत्र घञादयः प्रत्यया विधीयन्ते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on 'भावे' P. III. 3.18; confer, compare also कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.19, III. 1.67, IV. 1.3, V. 4.19; confer, compare also भावस्त्वेक: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.67; (4) the radical factor for the use of a word; प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त; confer, compare भवतोत्मादभिधानप्रत्ययौ इति भावः | शब्दस्य प्रवृत्तिनिमित्तं भावशब्देनोच्यते | अश्वत्वम् , अश्वता | Kāś, on P. 5.1.119; (5) thing, object cf सिद्धशब्दः कूटस्थेषु भावेष्वविचालिषु वर्तते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Āhnika l; (6) transformation, substitution; change into the nature of another; confer, compare तत्र प्रथमास्तृतीयभावम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 4. confer, compare also the words मूर्धन्यभाव, अभिनिधानभाव et cetera, and others {7) possession of the qualities, nature; तदर्थस्य भाव: तादर्थ्यम्: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 3.13; (8) relationship; confer, compare गुणप्रधानभाव, प्रकृतिविकृतिभाव et cetera, and others
bhāvapratyayaan affix in the sense of quality such as त्व, ता et cetera, and others; confer, compare न ह्यन्तरेण भावप्रत्ययं गुणप्रधानो भवति निर्देश: .
bhāvaśarmanthe author of the कातन्त्रपरिभाषावृत्ति, a work on the Paribhāșās in grammar which are utilized in explaining the rules of the कातन्त्रव्याकरण by Śarvavarman.
bhāvasādhana(l)a word in the sense of भाव or completed verbal activity अस्ति भावसाधनो विधिशब्दः | विधानं विधिरिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.57; (2) an affix applied for the formation of a word in the sense of verbal activity; confer, compare प्रयतनं प्रयत्नः | प्रपूर्वाद्यततेर्भावसाधनो नङ् प्रत्ययः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.9.
bhāvyamānalit, which is to be produced; which is prescribed by a rule, like an affix; hence, an affix or an augment or a substitute prescribed by a rule as contrasted with the conditions or the original wording for which something is substituted, or after which an affix is placed, or to which an addition is made, or which is deleted; confer, compare भाव्यमानेन सवर्णानांग्रहृणं न Par. Sek. Pari, 19; also confer, compare M.Bh. on P.I. 1.50, I.1. 69,VI.1.85, VI.4.160.
bhāṣāvṛttia short gloss on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini in the l2th century by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, a reputed scholar belonging to the Eastern school of grammarians which flourished in Bengal and Behar in the 10th, 11th and 12th centuries, The gloss is very useful for beginners and it has given a clear explanation of the different sūtras without going into difficult niceties and discussions. The treatise does not comment upon Vedic portions or rules referring to Vedic Language because, as the legend goes, king Lakṣmaṇa Sena, for whom the gloss was written, was not qualified to understand Vedic Language; confer, compare वैदिकभाषानर्हत्वात् Com. on Bhāṣāvṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara. There is a popular evaluation of the Bhāṣāvṛtti given by the author himself in the stanza "काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत्सिद्धान्तं बोद्धुमस्ति धीः ! तदा विचिन्त्यतां भ्रातर्भाषावृत्तिरियं मम " at the end of his treatise; for details see पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
bhāṣitapuṃskaa word or a noun-base which has the same sense in the masculine gender as in the neuter gender: generally words of quality or adjectives like शुचि, मधु et cetera, and others fall in this category;cf तृतीयादिषु भाषितपुंस्कं पुंवद्गालवस्य P. VII. 1. 74; confer, compare also भाषितः पुमान् यस्मिन्नर्थे प्रवृत्तिानिमित्ते स भाषितपुंस्कशब्देनोच्यते । तद्योगादभिधेयमपि यन्नपुसकं तदपि भाषितपुंस्कम् | तस्य प्रतिपादकं यच्छब्दरूपं तदपि भाषितपुंस्कम् | Kāś. on VII.1.74.
bhāṣyaa learned commentary on an original work, of recognised merit and scholarship, for which people have got a sense of sanctity in their mind; generally every Sūtra work of a branch of technical learning (or Śāstra) in Sanskrit has got a Bhāṣya written on it by a scholar of recognised merit. Out of the various Bhāṣya works of the kind given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., the Bhāṣya on the Vyākaraṇa sūtras of Pāṇini is called the Mahābhāṣya, on the nature of which possibly the following definition is based "सूत्रार्थो वर्ण्यते यत्र पदैः सूत्रानुकारिभिः| स्वपदानि च वर्ण्यन्ते भाष्यं भाष्यविदो विदुः ।" In books on Sanskrit Grammar the word भाष्य is used always for the Mahābhāṣya. The word भाष्य is sometimes used in the Mahābhāṣya of Patanjali (confer, compare उक्तो भावभेदो भाष्ये III.3.19, IV.4.67) where the word may refer to a work like लघुभाष्य which Patañjali may have written, or may have got available to him as written by somebody else, before he wrote the Mahābhāṣya.
bhāṣyakāraPatañjali, the author of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya; the term, in this sense, frequently occurs in works on Grammar. See भाष्य.
bhāṣyeṣṭithe brief pithy assertions or injunctions of the type of Sūtras given by Patañjali in a way to supplement the Sūtras of Pāṇini and the Vārttikas thereon. See the word इष्टि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. and the word भाष्यसूत्र also.
bhāskaraśāstrīsurnamed Abhyankar (1785-1870) a great grammarian in the line of the pupils of Nāgeśa who was educated at Poona and lived at Sātārā. He taught many pupils, a large number of whom helped the spread of Vyākaraṇa studies even in distant places of the country, such as Vārāṇasi and others. For details see Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona. pp. 27-29, D. E. Society's Edition.
bhisaffix of the instrumental plural before which the base is looked upon as a Pada and sometimes split up in the Padapāṭha, especially when the preceding word has got no change for its last letter or syllable.
bhuktaliterally swallowed or eaten up; the term is used in connection with letters that are uttered imperfectly on account of the proximity of similar letters.
bhūtaliterally what has become or happened, The word is used in books on grammar in the sense of past tense in general, which has been subdivided into (a) unseen past (परीक्षभूत or लिट् ), (b) past, not of today (अनद्यतनभूत or लङ् ) and (c) past in general (सामान्यभूत or लुङ्),confer, compare भूते P.III.2.84, परोक्षे लिट् P.III.2.116 and अनद्यतने लङ् P.III.2.111.
bhūtapūrvagatiliterally denotation of something which formerly was existing; a consideration of that form of a word which was formerly present. The word is used frequently by commentators when they try to apply a rule of grammar to a changed wording under the plea that the wording required by the rule was formerly there; confer, compareभूतपूर्वगत्या (पकारलोपे कृतेपि ) दाप् भविष्यति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.20 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.56, VII.1.9 and VII.3.103; confer, comparealso सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Par. Śeḵ. Pari. 76.
bhūmanplurality of the individuals referred to; confer, compare बहोर्नञ्वदुत्तरपदभूम्नि P. VI.2.175.
bhūmādithe limited senses भूमन् (plurality) and others in which भतुप् and other possessive taddhita affixes should take place, and not in the general sense of the 'presence at one place' as also 'the possession by some one individual;' confer, compare भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेतिशायने । संसर्गेस्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 2.94.
bhūvādilit headed by भू , or headed by भू and वा as some scholars like to explain; the term means roots; in general, which have भू as the first root in Pāṇini's list of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो धातव: P. I. 3.1; The word भूवादि denoting roots stands in contrast with the word भ्वादि which stands for the roots of the first conjugation. भूवादीनां वकारोयं मङ्गलार्थः प्रयुज्यते | भुवो वार्थं वदन्तीति भ्वर्था वा वादयः स्मृता: Kāś. on P. I. 3.1.
bhedaka(1)literallydistinguishing; differentiating; cf भेदकत्वात्स्वरस्य | भेदका उदात्तादय: | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 13; (2) adjective; confer, compare भेदकं विशेषणं भेद्यं विशेष्यम् Kāś. on P. II: 1.57; (3) variety; kind; confer, compare सामान्यस्य विशेषो भेदकः प्रकार: Kāś. on P.V. 3.23; (4) indicating, suggesting, as contrasted with वाचक; confer, compare संबन्धस्य तु भेदक: Vākyapadīya.
bhedyathat which is distinguished; the word which is qualified; confer, compare भेद्यं विशेष्यम् Kāś. on P. II. 1.57.
bhoganirtaddhita affix. affix भोगीनर् suggested by the Vārttikakāra to form words like राजभोगीन, अाचार्यभोगीन which are derived by the rule आत्मन्विश्वजनभोगोत्तरपदात् ख: P. V. 1.9.
bhautapūrvyathe consideration that a thing was such and such a one formerly, and hence liable to undergo grammatical operations on that ground; confer, compare कृत एत्त्वे भौतपूर्व्यात्| भिस ऐस्| Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VII. 1. 9.
bhraṭactaddhita affix. affix भ्रट applied to the prefix अव in the sense of depression of the nose; exempli gratia, for example अवभ्रटः पुरुष: अवभ्रटा नासिका अवभ्रटम् (depression of the nose नासिकाया नतत्वम्);confer, compare Kāś. on नते नासिकायाः संज्ञायां टटिञ् नाटज् भ्रटच: P. V. 2.31.
bhraṣṭāvasaraliterally a person or a thing of which the proper occasion has passed; the word is used in connection with the application of a rule even though the proper time of its application is gone, on the analogy of a man who is paid his Dakṣiṇā although the proper time has gone ( भ्रष्टावसरन्यायेन दक्षिणा दीयते); confer, compare न च पुनर्लुक्शास्त्रं प्रवर्तते भ्रष्टावसरत्वात् Kāś. on P. VII.2.101.
bhrūmadhyaliterallycentre of the brows, or eyebrows which is described as the place of air ( which produces utterance or speech) at the time of the evening soma-pressing or sacrifice: confer, compare प्रात:सवनमाध्यन्दिनसवनतृतीयसवनक्रमेण उर:कण्ठभ्रूमध्यानि त्रीणि स्थानानि वायोर्भर्वान्त Vāj. Prāt. I. 30; confer, compare also भ्रुवोर्मध्ये प्राणमावेश्य सम्यक्.
m(1)fifth letter of the labial class of consonants which is possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, कण्ठसंवृतत्व, अल्पप्राणत्व and अानुनासिक्य ; (2) substitute म् ( मश् ) for अम् of the 1st. person. singular. in Vedic literature; exempli gratia, for example वधीं वृत्रम्| confer, compare अमो मश् P. VII, 1.40;
ma(1)the consonant म् with the vowel अ added for facility of utterance; cf Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.2.1 ; (2) The substitute म for मस् of the 1st person. plural in the perfect tense confer, compare P परस्मैपदानां ... णल्वमाः III. 4.82 and in the present tense also in the case of the root विद्; (3) taddhita affix. affix म added to the word मध्य in the Śaiṣika senses,and to the words द्यु and द्रु in the sense of possession; confer, compare P.IV.3.8,V.2. 108.
makārathe consonant म् with the vowel अ and the affix कार added for facility of use and pronunciation; confer, compare T.Pr.I.17 and 21.
maṭtaddhita affix. affix म applied to a numeral, not preceded by another numeral in the sense of completion; e. g. पञ्चम:, सप्तम:; confer, compare नान्तादसंख्यादेर्मट् Pān. V.2.49.
maṇḍūkagatiliterallythe gait of a frog; jump; the continuation of a word from a preceding Sūtra to the following Sūtra or Sūtras in the manner of a frog by omitting one or more Sūtras in the middle; the word मण्डूकप्लुति is also used in the same sense especially by later grammarians; confer, compare अथवा मण्डूकगतयोधिकाराः | यथा मण्डूका उत्प्लुत्योत्प्लुत्य गच्छन्ति तद्वदधिकाराः || Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.3 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2, II. 3.32, II. 4.34, VI.1.16, VI.3.49,VII. 2.117.
matuptaddhita affix. affix मत् changed in some cases to वत् (cf मादुपधायाश्च मतोर्वोऽयवादिभ्यः P. VIII. 2.9), applied to any noun or substantive in the sense of 'who possesses that,' or 'which contains it,' or in the sense of possession as popularly expressedition The affix is called possessive affix also, and is very commonly found in use; e. g. गोमान्, वृक्षवान् , यवमान् , et cetera, and others confer, compare तदस्यास्त्यस्मिन्निति मतुप् P. V. 2.94. The very general sense of 'possession' is limited to certain kinds of possession by the Vārttikakāra in the following stanza; भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेतिशायने | संसर्गेऽस्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: confer, compare Kāś. on P. V. 2.94. There are other taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the same sense as मतुप्, such as the affixes लच् (V. 2.96-98), इलच् (99, 100, 105, 117), श and न (100), ण (101), विनि (102, 121, 122), इनि (102, 115, 116, 128, 129-137), अण् (103, 104), उरच् (106), र (107), म (108), व ( 109, 110), ईरन् and ईरच् (111), वलच् (112, 113), ठन् (115, 116), ठञ् (118, 119), यप् (120), युस् (123, 138, 140), ग्मिनि (124), आलच् and आटच् (125), अच् (127), and ब, भ, यु, ति, तु, त and यस् each one applied to specifically stated words. मतुप् is also specially prescribed after the words headed by रस (confer, compare रसादिभ्यश्च P. V. 2.95) in supersession of some of the other affixes mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. which would take place in such cases, if मतुप् were not prescribed by the rule रसादिभ्यश्च. The portion of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. prescribing the possessive affixes is named मतुबधिकार (P. V. 2.92 to 140).
matublopaelision of the affix मतुप् specially prescribed after words of quality, or words meaning quality, such as शुक्ल, कृष्ण which originally mean the white colour, the black colour et cetera, and others e. g. शुक्लः पट: confer, compare गुणवचनेभ्यो मतुपो लुक् P. V. 2.94 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
madhyaliterally middle; middling variety. The word is used in the sense of the middling effort between the open (विवृत) and the close (संवृत) external efforts which technically is called हकार; confer, compare मध्ये हकारः | मध्ये भव: मध्यः | अ सांप्रतिके | तदयमर्थः | सांप्रतिके प्रकृतिस्थे कण्ठे सति हकारो नाम बाह्यः प्रयत्नः क्रियते | तेन च व्यञ्जनेषु घोषो जायते | Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.Bhāṣya on II.6.
madhyakaumudīcalled also मध्यमकौमुदी a work on grammar which is an abridgment, to a certain extent, of Bhaṭṭojī's Siddhāntakaumudī. The treatise was written by Varadarāja, a pupil of Bhaṭṭojī for facilitating the study of the Siddhānta-kaumudi.
madhyapatitaliterally fallen in the middle; the word is used generally in the sense of an augment which is inserted in the middle of a word. Sometimes an affix too, like अकच् or a conjugational sign like श्रम्, is placed in the middle of a word. Such a middling augment is technically ignored and a word together with it is taken as the original word for grammatical operations; exempli gratia, for example उच्चकै:, नीचकै: et cetera, and others cf तन्मध्यपतितस्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यते Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 89.
madhyama(1)the middle person ( मध्यमपुरुष ), confer, compare युष्मद्युपपदे...मध्यम: P. I. 4.105; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 7; (2) middling tone or effort confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्ययोग: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4, where the commentator explains the word as उच्चनीचसमाहारविलक्षण: वाक्प्रयोगः | the word मध्यमा is used in this sense as qualifying a mode of utterance. वृत्ति; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् ! Ṟ. Pr. XIII. 19; cf also चतुष्कला मध्यमायार्म् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 32; (3) one of the seven modes of speech or tones. cf सप्त वाचः स्थानानि भवन्ति | उपांशुध्वाननिमदेापव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.4 and 5 and also कण्ठे मध्यमम् XVIII.11 where the commentatator explains मध्यम as यत्र कण्ठे स्थाने प्रयोग उपलभ्यते तन्मध्यमं नाम षष्ठं वाचस्स्थानम् | (4) one of the seven musical notes originating or proceeding from the Svarita accent confer, compare, स्वारतप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः Pāṇ Śikṣā.
madhyamapadalopaliterally the dropping of the middle word or member ( of a compound generally) as for instance in शाकपार्थिक for शाकप्रियपार्थिव; the word मध्यमपदलोप is also used in the sense of a compound. The compounds which have the middle word dropped are enumerated by the Vārttikakāra under the Vārttika शाकपार्थिवादीनां मध्यमपदलेापश्च Bh. Vṛ. II.1.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).; cf also Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.6.30.
mantraname given to the Samhitā portion of the Veda works especially of the Ṛgveda and the Yajurveda as different from the Brāhmaṇa, Āraṇyaka and other portions of the two Vedas as also from the other Vedas; confer, compare मन्त्रशब्द ऋक्शब्दे च यजु:शब्दे च; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4. The word मन्त्र occurs several times in the rules of Pāṇini ( confer, compare P. II. 4. 80, III.2.71, III.3.96, VI. 1. 151, VI.1.210, VI.3.131, VI.4.53, VI. 4.141) and a few times in the Vārttikas. (confer, compare I. 1. 68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4, IV.3.66 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5 and VI. 4. 141 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1). It is, however, doubtful whether the word was used in the limited sense by Pāṇini and Kātyāyana. Later on, the word came to mean any sacred text or even any mystic formula, which was looked upon as sacredition Still later on, the word came to mean a secret counsel. For details see Goldstūcker's Pāṇini p. 69, Thieme's 'Pāṇini and the Veda ' p. 38.
mahāprāṇaliterally hard breathing, aspirate characteristic (बाह्यप्रयत्न) of consonants possessed by the second and fourth consonants of the five classes, and the sibilants श्, ष् and स् which letters are also called महाप्राण on that account.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyadīpikāa very learned old commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Bhartrhari or Hari in the seventh century A. D. The commentary has got only one manuscript preserved in Germany available at present, of which photostat copies or ordinary copies are found here and there. The first page of the manuscript is missing and it is incomplete also, the commentary not going beyond the first seven Aahnikas. For details see page 383 Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
mahābhāṣyapradīpaa very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
mātraca taddhita affix. affix in the sense of measure applied optionally with द्वयस and दघ्न to a noun exempli gratia, for example ऊरुमात्रम् प्रस्थमात्रम् ; confer, compare प्रमाणे द्वयसज्दघ्नञ्मात्रचः P. V.2.37 and Kasika thereon which remarks that द्वयस and दघ्न are applied in the sense of height, while मात्र is applied in the sense of any measure: confer, compare प्रथमश्च द्वितीयश्च ऊर्ध्वमाने मतौ मम Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.2.37.
mātrā(1)measure, quantity ; cf भवति हि तत्र या च यावती च अर्थमात्रा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.45 and II.1.1 ; (2) mora, prosodial unit of one instant id est, that is the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel: confer, compare भूयसी मात्रा इवर्णोवर्णयोः, अल्पीयसी अवर्णस्य, M.Bh. on I.1.48 Vart. 4: confer, compare मात्रा ह्रस्वस्ता वदवग्रहान्तरं, द्वे दीर्धः,तिस्रः प्लुत उच्यते स्वरः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)I.16: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.34, T.Pr.I.37, V.Pr.I.59, R.T.28 also cf अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Par. Sek. Pari. 132. The instant is taken to be equal to the throbbing of the eye, or a flash of lightning, or a note of a wood-cock.
mādhurīrvṛtia gloss not composed by, but simply explained by an inhabitant of Mathuraa or Madhuraa Such a gloss is referred to in the Mahaabhaasya on P.IV.3.101 Vaart.3, which possibly might be referring to an existing gloss on the SUtras of Paanini, which was being explained at Mathura, at the time of Patanjali. The term मधुरा was used for मथुरा in ancient times and the word माथुरी वृत्ति is also used for माधुरी वृति.
māheśasutrthe fourteen sutras अइउण्, ऋलृक् et cetera, and others which are believed to have been composed by Siva and taught to Paanini, by means of the sounds of the drum beaten at the end of the dance; confer, compare नृत्तावसाने नटराजराजेा ननाद ढक्कां नवपञ्चवारम् । उद्धर्तुकामः सनकादिसिद्धानेतद्विमशौ शिवसूत्रजालम् Nandikeswara-kaarikaa 1. For details see Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition.
mit(1)characterized by the mute letter म्; augments So characterized such as नुम् , अम् and the like, are inserted after the last vowel of a word to which they are to be added; confer, compare मिदचोन्त्यात् परः P. I. 1.47; (2) a technical term applied to the fifty-five roots which are headed by the root घट् and which belong to the first corjugation, to the roots ज्वळ et cetera, and others, as also to the roots जन्, जू, क्नूस्, रञ्ज् and roots ending in अम्. These roots are not really characterized by the mute letter म्, but they are given the designation मित्. The use of the designation मित् is (a) the shortening of the penultimate vowel which : has been lengthened by Vrddhi , before the causal sign णि and (b) ; the optional lengthening of the ; penultimate vowel before the affix ) चिण् and णमुल्, For a complete list ] of 'mit' roots see Dhaatupaatha.
mīyataddhita affix. affix मीय along with म ( मण्) applied to the word मध्य in the sense of a case-affix ( locative case-affix) exempli gratia, for example मध्यमीय ; cf मण्मीयौ च प्रत्ययौ वक्तव्यौ Kaas. on P. IV.3.60.
mukhanāsikāvacanadefinition of अनुनासक, a letter which is pronounced through both-the mouth and the nose-as contrasted with नासिक्य a letter which is uttered only through the nose; exempli gratia, for example ड्, ञ् , ण्, न् , म् and the nasalized vowels and nasalized य् , व् and ल्; confer, compare मुखनासिक्रावचनेीSनुनासिकः Paan. I. 1.8: confer, compare also अनुस्वारोत्तम अनुनासिकाः (Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II.30), where the fifth letters and the anusvaara are called anunaasika. According to Bhattoji, however, anusvaara cannot be anunaasika as it is pronounced through the nose alone, and not through both-the mouth and the nose. As the anusvaara is pronounced something like a nasalized ग् according to the Taittiriyas it is called a consonant in the Taittiriya Praatisaakhya: confer, compare ' अनुस्वारोप्युत्तमवह्यञ्जनमेव अस्मच्छाखायाम् ! अर्धगकाररूपत्वात् / Com. on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 30.
mukhasukhārthaa mute letter added to an affix or a substitute cr the like, which does not really form a part of the affix et cetera, and others, but which simply facilitates the utterance of it: confer, compare अथ मुखसुखार्थस्तकार: दकारोपि ! Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, VI.1.87; confer, compare also अादति तकारो मुखसुखार्थः, न त्वयं तपरः Kaas. on P. III.2.171.
mukhyamain, , principal, primary substantive as contrasted with a gualifying substantive;confer, compareगौणमुख्ययोमुख्ये कार्यसंप्रत्यय: Par. Sek. Pari. 15.
mugdhabodhaliterally instructions to the ignorant: a treatise on grammar similar to the Astadhyayi of Panini but much shorter, written by Bopadeva or Vopadeva an inhabitant of the greater Maharastra in the Vardha district, in the thirteenth century. After the fall of the Hindu rulers in Bengal, treatises like भाषावृत्ति and others written by eastern grammarians fell into the back-ground and their place was taken up by easier treatises written by Bopadeva and others.Many commentaries were written upon the Mugdhabodha, of which the Vidyanivsa is much known to grammarians
mṛrghanyaletters pronounced at the place called मूर्धन्: cerebral or lingual letters,the letters ऋ, ॠ,ट्, ठ् ,ड् ,ढ्, ण्|.
mṛtathe crude base of a declinable word; the pratipadika; the term is found used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; cf Jain. Vyak. I..1.5.
makḍonel[MACDONELL,ARTHUR ANTHONY ]a deep scholar of Vedic Gram. and Literature who has written an exhaustive Vedic Grammar; in treatment, at places he differs from Panini and follows a different method, but the manner of thinking and argument is on original lines.
maitrāyaṇīya prātiśākhyaa Pratiskhya or :Parsada work giving the peculiarities of Sandhi, accent and the like, in changing the Maitrayaniya Samhitaapatha into the Padapatha.
mokṣeśvaraa grammarian of the fourteenth century who has written a commentary on the Katantra Vrtti of Durgasimha. He has written a commentary on the Akhyatavrtti of the Katantra school as also a short treatise dealing with the krt affixes called Krdvrtti.
mleccha(1)a word although correct,yet looked upon as incorrect owing to its faulty utterance; (2) a person like the uncultured people, who is not able to pronounce words correctly confer, compare म्लेच्छा मा भूमेत्यध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1, Ahnika 1.
y(1)a consonant of the palatal class, called semivowel or अन्तःस्थ( spelt as अन्तस्थ also ), possessed of the properties संवृतत्व, नाद, घोष and अनुनासिकत्व in addition; (2) a substitute for म् when that म् is followed by ह् which is followed by य्. e. g.किंय्ह्य: confer, compare यवलपरे यवला वा. P. VIII.3. 26 Vart.l ; (3) य् looked upon as possessed of a very little effort in production i. e. which appears as almost dropped but not completely dropped when its elision is prescribed at the end of a word. e. gभोय् अच्युत; confer, compare व्योर्लधुप्रयत्नतर: शाकटायनस्य P. VIII. 3.18.
y(1)the consonant य् with अ added to it merely for the sake of facility in pronunciation; यकार is also used in the same sense: e. g. लिटि वयो यः: P.VI.1.38 confer, compare T.Pr.I: 17,21;(2) krt affix (यत्) prescribed as कृत्य or potential passive participle; exempli gratia, for exampleचेयम्, गेयम्, शाप्यम् , शक्यम् , गद्यम् , अजर्यम् पण्यम् et cetera, and others: confer, compare अचो यत्...अजर्यं संगतम् P.III. 1.97-105; (3) krt. affix क्यप् which is also an affix called krtya; e. gब्रह्मोद्यम् , भाव्यम्, घात्यम् , स्तुत्यम् , कल्प्यम् , खेयम् , भृत्यः:, भिद्यः, पुष्य:, कृत्यम्,also कार्यम् ; confer, compare P. III. 1.106-128:(4) krt affix ण्यत् ( which is also कृत्य ), e. g कार्यम् , हार्यम् , वाक्यम् , लाव्यम्, कुण्डपाय्यम्. et cetera, and others: cf P. III. 1.124-132: (5) taddhita affix. affix य affixed (a) in the sense of collection to पाश, वात et cetera, and others, as also to खल, गो and रथ, e. g. पाद्या, रथ्या et cetera, and others confer, compare P. IV. 2. 49, 50ः (b) in the चातुरर्थिक senses to बल, कुल, तुल et cetera, and others e. g. वल्यः,.कुल्यम् efeminine. P V.2. 80, (c) as a Saisika taddhita affix. affix to ग्राम्यहः' along with the affix खञ्ज e. g. ग्राम्यः, ग्रामीणः: cf P: IV. 2.94 (d) in the sense of 'good therein' ( तत्र साधुः ) and other stated senses affixed to सभा, सोदर पूर्व, and सोम: e. g. सभ्य:, पूर्व्यः; .et cetera, and others. confer, compare P. IV. 4.105, 109, 133, 137, 138: (e) in the sense of 'deserving it' to दण्ड and other words, e. g. दण्ड्य, अर्ध्र्य, मध्य, मेध्य, et cetera, and others: cf P. V. 1.66: ( f ) in the sense of quality or action to सखि e. g. सख्यम् ; cf P. V. 1.126: (6) taddhita affix. affix यत् applied to (a) राजन् श्वशुर, कुल, मनु in the sense of offspring, (b) शूल्, उखा, वायु, ऋतु and others, under certain conditions; confer, compare P. IV. 2.17, 31, 32, 101, (c) to अर्ध, परार्ध, words in the class headed by दि्श, छन्दस and others in specific senses; cf P. IV. 3-46, 54 et cetera, and others and (d) in specific senses to specific words mentioned here and there in a number of sUtras from IV.4, 75 to V.4.25; (e) to शाखा, मुख, जघन and others in the sense of इव (similar to) exempli gratia, for example शाख्यः, मुख्य:, et cetera, and others: confer, compare P. V. 3. 103; (7) case-ending य substituted for ङे of the dative sing; e. g. रामाय confer, compare P. VII. 3.102: (8) verb-affix यक् applied to the nouns कण्डू and others to make them ( denominative ) roots; e. g. कण्डूय,सन्तूय et cetera, and others confer, compare कण्ड्वादिभ्यो यक् P. III. 1.27 (9) | Vikarana य ( यक् ) applied to any root before the Saarvadhaatuka personal endings to form the base for the passive voice as also the base for the 'Karmakartari' voice e g क्रियते, भूयते, confer, compare सार्वधातुके यक् P. III. 1.67 (10) Unaadi affix य ( यक् ) applied to the root हृन् to form the Vedic word अघ्न्य: cf अघ्न्यादयश्च: ( 11 ) augment य ( यक् ) added to the affix क्त्वा in Vedic Literature: e. g. दत्त्वायः confer, compare क्त्वो यक् P. VII.1.47; (12) verb affix यङ् added to a root to form its Intensive base ( which sometimes is dropped ) and the root is doubledition e. g. चेक्रीयते,चर्करीति;. confer, compare P. III. 1.22,24; (13) short term ( प्रत्याहृार ) supposed to be beginning with य in the affix यइ in the sUtra धातेरेकाचो ... यङ् III. 1.22, and ending with ङ् in the sUtra लिड्याशिष्यङ्क III. 1.86, with a view to include the various verb affixes and conjugational signs.
yaḍlugantaa secondary root formed by adding the affix यङ् to roots specified in P. III. 1.22,23,24, which affix is sometimes dropped: confer, compare यङोचि च ; P. II. 4. 74. The yanluganta roots take the parasmaipada personal endings and not the atmanepada ones which are applied to yananta roots.
yaḍlugantaśiromaṇia grammar work dealing with the frequentative roots written by Pandita Sesakrsna.
yatprakaraṇaliterally the topic or the section of यत्; the section where the taddhita affix. affix यत् is prescribedition This taddhita affix. affix यत् is prescribed in the fifth adhyaaya of Paanini in a number of rules in different and different senses ; confer, compare यत्प्रक्ररणे रथाच्च P.V. 1.6 Vaart.1 ; यत्प्रकरणे व्रह्मवर्चसान्त्व P.V.1.39 Vaart. 1.
yathāgṛhītaṃas they are actually found in Vedic recital with some irregularties of euphonic changes,lengthening of the vowel and the like. Specimens of such phrases are given in R.Pr.II.33 to 39.
yathālakṣaṇaṃas formed according to rules. The phrase यथालक्षणमप्रयुक्ते is very often found in the Mahaabhaasya as a general guiding remark that noun-forms or wordforms which are not found in use in the language of the people or in literature should be understood as they are derived by observing all the rules that are applicable.
yathāvatas it is in the original Samahitpaatha without any change of accent, et cetera, and others when cited in the यद्वत lifeminine. a word formed from यत्: a Padapaatha: the word अव्ययवत् (not allowing any change or reduction) is given by Uvvata in explanation of यथावत्: confer, compare दृश्यते पदं यथावत् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.31.
yathāśrutārthagrāhinone who grasps the sense as given by the actual wording without going into details re: the use or application et cetera, and others: cf यथाश्रुतग्राहिप्रतिपत्रपेक्षोयम् यथोद्देशपक्षः इति कैयटः : Par. Sek. Pari. 2
yathodeśa( परिभाषा)a short phrase or term for the Paribhaasaa or guiding statement यथोद्देशं संज्ञापरिभाषम् 'technical terms and Paribhaasaas are to be interpreted at the place where they are stated, and not at the place or places of their application or utility'.
yadāgama( परिभाषा )short familiar wording for the dictum or Paribhaasaa यदागमास्तद्गुणीभूतास्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यन्ते ' Par. Sek. Pari. 11.
yadṛcchāśabdliterally a chance-word: Samjna-sabda or proper noun which is given accidentally without any found used attention to derivation or authority confer, compare अयं , तर्हि यदृच्छाशब्दोsपरिहार्यः। लृफिङ्: लृफिङ्ङ् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on Siva Stra2.
yadvṛttalit a word formed from यत्; a word which contains the pronoun यत् in it which prevents sarvaanudatta for a verb which follows; confer, compare यदस्मिन्वर्तते यद्वृत्तम् M.. Bh. on P. VIII.1.66; cf also. यद्वृत्तोपपदाच्च Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI. 14, where Uvvata explains यद्वत्तasयदो वृत्तं यद्वृत्तं सर्वविभक्त्यन्तं सर्वप्रत्ययान्तं च गृह्यन्ते । V.'Pr. VI. 14 commentary
yalopadropping of the consonant य् which prevents the validity of a changed letter ( स्थानिवद्भाव ); confer, compare न पदान्तद्विर्वचनवरेयलोप......विधिषु P.I.1.58.
yavamadhyaliterally having the centre bulging out like the Yava grain; name given to a variety of the Gayatri which has 7 letters in the first and third (last) feet and 10 letters in the second id est, that is the middle foot; the name is also given to a Mahabrhati having the first and the last feet consisting of 8 letters and the middle one consisting of 12 syllables: cf R.Pr.XVI.18 and 48.
yastaddhita affix. affix य with mute स् to indicate the application of the term पद् to the preceding base as a consequence of which the final म् of the words कम् and शम्, after which यस् is prescribed, gets changed into anusvara e. g. कंयु:, दंयु:: cf P.W.2.138.
yaskādiwords headed by the word यस्क, the affixes in the sense of ’a descendant' placed after which are elided and the words are to be used in the plural number in the masculine gender; e. g. यस्का:; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.4.63.
yāskaa reputed ancient Niruktakara or etymologist, of the 6th century B.C. or even a few centuries before that, whose work, the Nirukta, is looked upon as the oldest authoritative treatise regarding derivation of Vedic words. Yaska was preceded by a number of etymologists whom he has mentioned in his work and whose works he has utilisedition Yaska's Nirukta threw into the back-ground the older treatises on etymology, all of which disappeared gradually in the course of time.
yiṭaugment य् prefixed to the taddhita affix. affix इष्ठ when it is applied to the word बहु,in which case बहु is changed intoभू: exempli gratia, for example भूयिष्ठ: cf बहोर्लोपो भू च बहोः; इष्ठस्य यिट् व; P. VI. 4.168,159.
yuktavadbhāvaliterally behaviour like the original base. The term is used in the sense of possession of, or getting, the same gender and number as was possessed by the base to which the taddhita affix. affix was added and subsequently dropped by a rule of Panini in which the word लुप् is put in the sense of dropping: e. g. कुरयः देश: or अङ्गाः देश: in the sense of कुरूणां or अङ्गानां निवासो जनपदः confer, compare जनपदे लुप् P. IV.3.81 and लुपि युक्तवद् व्यक्तिवचने P.I.2.51;confer, compare also M.Bh. on P. I. 2.51 and 52.
yugapatprasaṅgasimultaneous possibility of the application of two rules or operations, when in grammar no option re : their application is admissible as it is admissible according to Mimamsa rules re : two operations enjoined by Vedic behests. In Grammar, only one of such rules applies, the priority of application being based upon the criteria of परत्व, नित्यत्व, अन्तरङ्गत्व and अपवादत्व: confer, compare शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधो नाम भवति यत्रोभयोर्युगप्रसङ्ग: | M.Bh. on VI. 1.158 Vart, 12.
yugapadadhikaraṇavacanatādenotation of two or more things by one single member by virtue of their being put together in a dvandva compound of two or more words; the grammarians advocate this doctrine stating that in a dvandva compound such as घटपटौ or घटपटम् , the word घट has the capacity of expressing the sense of both घट and पट, which in a sentence घटः पटश्च, it does not possess. Similarly पट also has the capacity of conveying the sense of both पट and घट. Possibly this theory is advocated by grarnmarians, on the analogy of words like पितरौ or मातरौ for मातापितरौ, द्यावा for द्यावापृथिवी and so on; confer, compare सिद्धं तु युगपदधिकरणवचने द्वन्द्ववचनात् P. II 2.29 Vart. 2. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya on चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II. 2.29.
yugma(1)lit, pair; the word is used for the second and fourth consonants ख्, घ्, छ्, झ् et cetera, and others of the five classes which, in a way are combinations of two consonants; confer, compare युग्माः सोष्माण: Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 16; cf also युग्मौ सोष्माणौ where the word सोष्मन् is explained as उष्म। वायुस्तेन सह वर्तन्त इति सोष्माण: | खघ छझ टढ थध फभ: confer, comparealso युग्मयोद्वितीयचतुर्थयोः; (2) even, as opposed to odd, referring to the vowels ओ and औ which are even in the enumeration ए ओ ऐ अौ. The consonants called युग्म viz. ख, घ and others which are defined as युग्म are also the even consonants in their classes.
yuckrt affix यु changed into अन, (1) applied in the sense of 'a habituated agent' to intransitive roots in the sense of movement or utterance, to Atmanepadi roots beginning with a consonant, to the roots जु, चेकम् सृ, शुच्, कुघ्, as also to roots in the sense of decoration: exempli gratia, for example चलन:, शब्दन:: cf P.III. 2. 148-15I: (2) applied to causal roots, as also to the roots आस् श्रन्थ् and others in the sense of verbal activity when the word so formed has always the feminine gender; exempli gratia, for example कारणा, हृरणा, आसना, घट्टना,वेदना et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.III.3.107 and the Varttikas thereon; (3) applied to roots ending in अा and preceded by the indeclinables ईषद्, दुस् or सु in the sense of easy or difficult for obtainment and, wherever seen to any root in the Vedic language, as also to some other roots as found in actual use in the classical literature; e. g. ईषद्दानो गौर्मवता, दु्ष्पानः, सुपान: et cetera, and others सूपसदन:, दुर्योधनः, दुर्मर्षण: et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.III.8.128-130.
yuvanliterally young person; masculine; the word is given as a technical term in grammar in the sense of one, who is the son of the grandson or his descendant, provided his father is alive; the term is also applied to a nephew, brother, or a paternal relative of the grandson or his descendant, provided his elderly relative, if not his his father, is alive; it is also applied to the grandson, in case respect is to be shown to him: confer, compare P. IV. 1.163-167. The affixes prescribed in the sense of युवन् are always applied to a word ending with a taddhita affix. affix applied to it in the sense of an offspring (अपत्य) or grandson (गोत्र), in spite of the ruling that in the sense of grandson or his descendant (गोत्र), one affix only इञ् or अण् or the like is added to the base; exempli gratia, for example गार्ग्यस्यापत्यं गार्ग्यायण:, दाक्षेरपत्यं दाक्षाय्ण: गार्ग्ये जीवति तस्य भ्राता सपिण्डो वा गाम्यार्यण: तत्रभवान् गार्ग्यः; गार्ग्यायणो वा.
yuvapratyayataddhita affix. affix फक् ( अायन ), फिञ् ( अायनि ) or any other in the sense of युवन् which is to be applied to a base ending with an affix in the sense of offspring ( अपत्यप्रत्ययान्त ) or with an affix in the sense of a grandson ( गोत्रप्रत्ययान्त ). The affix is not applied when a female offspring is meant.
yustaddhita affix. affix यु in the sense of possession applied to (l) the word ऊर्णा; exempli gratia, for example ऊर्णायुः; confer, compare P. V. 2.123: (2) to the words कं, शं, अहं and शुभं; exempli gratia, for example कंयुः,शंयुः, अहंयुः, शुभयुंः, cf P.V.4.139* 140.
yogarūḍhaa word that can be derived, but is always used in a specific sense, the derivative sense which is wider being limited: exempli gratia, for example पङ्कजम्.
yogavibhāgadivision of a rule which has been traditionally given as one single rule, into two for explaining the formation of certain words, which otherwise are likely to be stamped as ungrammatical formations. The writer of the Varttikas and the author of the Mahabhasya have very frequently taken recourse to this method of योगविभाग; confer, compare P.I.1.3 Vart. 8, I.1.17 Vart.1,I.1.61, Vart. 3; I. 4.59 Vart. 1, II. 4. 2. Vart.2, III.1.67 Vart. 5, III.4.2. Vart. 6, VI.I. I Vart. 5, VI.1.33 Vart.1 et cetera, and others Although this Yogavibhaga is not a happy method of removing difficulties and has to be followed as a last recourse, the Varttikakara has suggested it very often, and sometimes a sutra which is divided by the Varttikakara into two,has been recognised as a couple of sutras in the Sutrapatha which has come down to us at present.
yogāpekṣaconcerning only that particular rule to which it refers. The word is many times used in connection with a deduction ( ज्ञापक ) which is not to be applied in general, but which is restricted to the functions of that rule from which the deduction is drawn; confer, compare योगोपक्षं ज्ञापकम् M.Bh. on P. I.1.23 Vart.10, P.III.1.95 Vart.2.,P.IV. 1.87 Vart. 2, confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.62 and V.1.1.
yogyatācompatibility of sense; confer, compare असत्यपि च गेहनने तस्य योग्यतया गेाघ्न इत्यभिधीयते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III.4.73.
yoṣāa woman; the word is used in the sense of feminine as applicable to gender.
yaugapadyasimultaneity of occurrence; simultaneous possibility of the application of two rules which evidently cannot apply simultaneously, but scope has to be given to one of the two, the priority being decided on the criteria of परत्व, नित्यत्व, अन्तरङ्गत्व and अपवादत्व;confer, compare न चास्ति यौगपदद्येन संभव: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.57; cf also M.Bh. on I. 4.1 , I. 4.2, II. 1.3 et cetera, and others
yaudheyādia class of nine words headed by the word यौधेय, a taddhita affix applied to which is not to be elided even though the word be used in the plural number
r(1)second letter of the यण् class ( semi-vowels ) which has got the properties नादभागित्व, घोषवत्त्व,' संवृतत्व and अल्पप्राणता i. e. it is a sonant, inaspirate consonant. Regarding its स्थान or place of production, there is a difference of opinion : generally the consonant र् is looked upon as a cerebral or lingual letter (मूर्धन्य); cf ऋटुरषाणां मूर्धा, S.K.also Pāṇini. Siksa; but it is called by some as दन्त्य or दन्तमूलीय: cf रेफस्तु दस्त्ये दन्तमूले वा RT. 8, by others as दन्तमूलीय and and by still others as वर्स्त्य gingival. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya it is described as दन्तमूलीय: cf रो दन्तमूल I. 68, while in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya it is said to be produced by the touch of the middle part of the tip of the tongue just a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the teeth;confer, compare रेफे जिह्वाग्रमध्येन प्रत्यग्दन्तमूलेभ्यः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 41; (2) substitute र् (रेफ ) for the final letter of the word अहन्, as also for the final of अम्रस्, ऊधस्, अवस् and भुवस् optionally with रु, which ( रु) is dropped before vowels, and changed to ओ before अ and soft consonants, while it is changed into visarga before hard consonants and surds.exempli gratia, for example अम्नरेव, अम्र एवः ऊधरेव, ऊधएव: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII, 2-70: (3) the consonants र् (technically) called र् in Panini's grammar ) which is substituted for the consonant स् and for the consonant न् of the word अहन् when the consonant स् or न् stands at the end of a word. This substitute रु, unlike the substitute र् is liable to be changed into visarga, or the consonant य्, or the vowel उ by P. VIII.3.15, 17, VI.1.113, 114.
r(1)the consonant र, generally cited as रेफ; the vowel अ is added to र् for facility of utterance: confer, compare T. Pr.' I.21 ; (2) short term ( प्रत्याहृार ) for र् and ल्; confer, compare उरण् रपरः, P. I. 1.51: (3) krt affix र applied to the roots नम्रः, कम्प्रः et cetera, and others in the sense of agent who is habituated to, or expert in the action expressed by the root; e. g, नम्रः, कम्प्र:; confer, compare नमिकम्पिस्म्यजसकमहिंसदीपो रः P. III. 2. 167; (4) taddhita affix. affix र as a Caturarthika affix applied to the words headed by अश्मन्: e. g. अश्मरः; confer, compare वुञ्छण् P. IV. 2. 80; (5) tad affix र in the sense of possession affixed to the words ऊष, सुषि, मुष्क, मधु, and तमस् with अ of तमस् changed to इ: e. g. ऊषरम्, सुषिरम्, मधुर:, तमिस्रा: confer, compare Kas on. P.V. 2.107 and 114: (6) taddhita affix. affix र in the sense of diminution affixed to the words कुटी, शमी and शुण्डा: exempli gratia, for example कुटीर:, शमीर, शुण्डार:: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3. 88: (7) taddhita affix. affix रक् which see below; (8) krt affix रक् which see below; (9) a term for द्विगुसमास in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
rak(1)taddhita affix.affix र proposed by the Varttikakra instead of अारक् for being affixed to the word गोधा to form the word गौधारः: confer, compare आरग्वचनमनर्थकं रका सिद्धत्वात् P.IV.1.130 Vart. 1 ; (2) krt affix रक् applied to the root ज्या; confer, compare रकेि ज्यः प्रसारणम् P. I.1.4 Vart. 6.
raktaliterally coloured id est, that iscoloured by nasalization: a term used by ancient grammarians for a nasaIized letter ( अनुनासिक ); cf रक्तसंज्ञो नुनासेकः R.Pr.r.17on which Uvvata comments :-अनुनासिको वणो . रक्त इत्युच्यते; also confer, compare अरक्तसंध्येत्यपवाद्यते पदं R. Pr, XI. 18, where unnasalized अा is stated as अरक्तसंधि and illustrated by the commentator by quoting the passage मन्द्रमावरेण्यम् as contrasted with अभ्र औ अषः ।
raṅganasalisation; colouring of a letter by its nasalisation: confer, compare रङ्गवर्ण प्रयुञ्जीरन् नो ग्रसेत् पूर्वमक्षरम् Pāṇini. Siksa. 27.
rañtaddhita affix. affix र causing vrddhi, applied to the word अग्नीध् in the sense of Sarana id est, that is a room or a place; exempli gratia, for example अाग्नीघ्रम् confer, compare अग्नीध: शरणे रञ् भं च P. IV.3.120 Vart, 9.
ratnārṇavaname of a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi written by Krsnamitra, a famous grammarian and Naiyayika who lived in the eighteenth century and wrote many commentary works on books in the Vyakarana and Nyāya Sastras.
radānukkrt affix रदानु applied to the root जीव्: exempli gratia, for example जीरदानुः;confer, compare जीवे रदानुक् । जीरदानु: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra , Vart. 5.
ranpersonal ending रन् substituted for the personal ending झ of the प्रथमपुरुष (third person) Atmanepada of 'lin' (potential and benedictive); confer, compare झस्य रन् P.III. 4.105.
ramānāthaśarmaa grammarian of the Katantra school who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a commentary named Manorama on the Katantradhatuvrtti and Sabdasadhyaprayoga.
rasādia class of words headed by the word रस which have the taddhita affix.affix मतुप् added to them in the sense of possession in preference to other affixes like इन्: exempli gratia, for example. रसवान् , रूपवान् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V. 2.95.
rājārāmaśāstrī( कार्लेकर )a reputed scholar of Sanskrit grammar who resided at Varanasi and established a school of Sanskrit Grammarians there in the nineteenth century. He wrote a treatise on grammar named शब्दव्युत्पत्तिकौमुदी.
rāmacandra(1)रामन्वन्द्राचार्य (son of कृष्णाचार्य) the well-known author of the Prakriyakaumudi. He belonged to the Sesa family and the latter half of the fifteenth century is assigned as his date. He is believed to have been a resident of Andhra. His work, the Prakriyakaumudi, was a popular grammar treatise for some time before Bhattoji's SiddhantaKaumudi got its hold, and it had a number of commentaries written upon it especially by his descendants and members of his family which became well-known as the Sesa family of grammarians. The Prakriyakaumudi is named कृष्णर्किकरप्राक्रिया also. (2) There was a grammarian named Ramacandra who wrote a small treatise on grammar named विदग्धबोध. (3) There was another grammarian of the same name who was a pupil of Nagesabhatta of the eighteenth century and who wrote a small commentary called वृतिसंग्रह on Panini's Astadhyayi. (4) There was also another Ramacandra who was a scholar of Vedic grammar and who wrote the commentary named ज्योत्स्ना on the Vjasaneyi-Pratisakhya.
rāmacandrabhaṭṭa tāreone of the senior pupils of Nagesabhatta who was a teacher of Vaidyanatha Payagunde. He wrote a small gloss on the Astadhyayi which is named पाणिनिसूत्रवृत्ति He lived in the first half of the eighteenth century and taught several pupils at Varnasi.
rāmabhadra dīkṣitason of यज्ञराम दीक्षित, a grammarian of Tanjore of the seventeenth century who wrote a commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva named परिभाषावृत्तिव्याख्या. He has also written the ' life of Patanjali' ( पतञ्जलिचरित ) and many miscellaneous works, such as उणादिमणिदीपिका and others.
rāmānanda grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a commentary on Bopadeva's Mugdhabodha. He was possibly the same as Ramarama (see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) and Ramānandatirtha who wrote the Katantrasamgraha, although different from the well-known रामानन्दतर्थि of the sixteenth century who was a sanyasin and who wrote many philosophical and religious booklets.
rikan augment added optionally with रुक् and रीक् to the reduplicative syllable of the frequentative root from a primitive root which ends in ऋ or has a penultimate ऋ; e. g. चरिकर्ति, नरिनर्ति भरिभ्रत् et cetera, and others; confer, compare रुग्रिकौ च लुकि, P.VII. 4.9l and ऋतश्च VII.4.92.
rīkaugment री added optionally with रुक् and रिक् to the reduplicative syllable ( अभ्यास ) of the frequentative base of roots having ऋ as their penultimate vowel; exempli gratia, for example वरीवृश्च्यते वरीवृश्चीति, नरीनर्ति, चरीकर्ति; cf रीगृदुपधस्य च P.VII. 4.90.
rukaugment र् added optionally with रिक् to the reduplicative syllable; (see रिक् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.); e.gचर्कर्ति, नर्नर्त्ति; cf P. VII. 4. 91, 92 as also VII. 4.65.
ruṭaugment र्, prefixed to the person. ending झ of the प्रथमपुरुष (3rd person. plural) after the root शी, विद् and in Vedic literature after a few other roots exempli gratia, for example शेरते, संविद्रते,अदुह्व;confer, compare शीङो रुट्; P.VII. 1.6-8.
rūpasiddhiliterally the formation of words; the name रूपासिद्वि is given to a small literary work on the formation of words written by Dayānandasarasvatī.
rūpāvatāraa well-known work on word formation written by धर्मकीर्ति a Jain grammarian of the twelfth century. Scholars believe that this work was the first work of the form of topics which was taken as a model by the authors of the Prakriyākaumudī and the Siddhāntakaumudī.
rūpya(1)a taddhita affix. affix applied to a word meaning 'a cause' or expressing 'a human being' in the sense of 'proceeding therefrom' exempli gratia, for example समादागतं समरूप्यम्; देवदत्तरूप्यम् ; confer, compare हेतुमनुष्येभ्येन्यतरस्यां रूप्यः P. IV. 3.81 ; (2) a taddhita affix. affix applied to a word in the genitive case in the sense of भूतपूर्व, 'formerly belonging to' ; e. g. देवदत्तस्य भूतपूर्वो गौः देवदत्तरूप्य:; confer, compare Kāś. on षष्ठया रूप्य च P. V. 3.54.
rephathe consonant र्; generally the word रेफ is used for र and not रकार; confer, compare वर्णात्कार: । रादिफं: P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3,4. The consonant र is described as one pronounced like the tearing of a piece of cloth and resembling a snarl or a growl: confer, compare रिफ्यते विपाटथते वस्त्रादिपाटनध्वनिवदुच्चार्यते इति रेफ: |
rephina term applied(1)to the Visarjasnīya letter preceded by any vowel excepting अ and अा, ( 2 ) to the Visarjanīya preceded by अ in some specified words such as प्रातः, भाः, अविभः, अाद:, क: et cetera, and others under certain conditions, as also, (3) to the Visarjanīya in हातः, सनितः et cetera, and others For details see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.30-36.
rhil(1)a taddhita affix. affix termed also विभक्ति which is applied to the word इदभ् in the sense of the locative case, the word इदम् being changed into एत; e. g. एतर्हि; confer, compare इदमो र्हिल् P. V. 3.16 and एतेतौ रथो: P. V. 3.4. (2) taddhita affix. affix applied in Veda to तत् and other pronouns: exempli gratia, for exampleतर्हि, कर्हि, यर्हि, confer, compare P. V. 3.20, 21.
l(1)a consonant of the dental class which is a semi-vowel ( यण् ) with liquid contact in the mouth, and which is inaspirate ( अल्पप्राण ),voiced ( घोष ) and both nasalised and unnasalised; (2) name in general ( लकार ) given to the personal endings applied to roots in the ten tenses and moods which take different substitutes ति, त:, अन्ति et cetera, and others and have various modifications and augments in the different tenses and moods; (3) substituted as a semi-vowel ( यण् ) for the vowel ऌ followed by any other vowel in the euphonic combinations; (4)applied at the beginning of nontaddhita affixes as a mute letter indicating the acute ac